Skip to main content

Full text of "The history of Herodotus"

See other formats


/•^ 


This  is  No.  40,5  of  Everyman's  Library. 


EVERYMAN'S    LIBRARY 

Founded  1906  by  J.  M.  Dent  (d.  1926) 
Edited  by  Ernest  Rhys  (d.  1946) 


CLASSICAL 


THE  HISTORY  OF  HERODOTUS 
TRANSLATED  BY  GEORGE  RAWLINSON 
EDITED  BY  E.  H.  BLAKENEY,  M.A. 
IN  2  VOLS.  VOL.  I 


HERODOTUS,  born  about  484  b.c.  at 
Halicamassus.  Travelled  extensively  in 
Greece  and  in  Macedon,  Thrace,  Persia, 
and  Palestine.  In  45^7  was  living  at  Samos, 
but  about  447  went  to  Athens.  Assisted  in 
the  foundation  of  Thurii,  of  which  he  became 
a  citizen,    and   died   there   about   425^   b.c. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  HERODOTUS 


VOLUME  ONE 


LONDON:  J.  M.  DENT  &  SONS  LTD. 
NEW  YORK:  E.  P.  DUTTON  &  CO.  INC. 


PA 


o 


This   book    is    copyright.     It   may   not    be 

reproduced  whole  or  in  part  by  any  method 

without    written    permission.     AppHcation 

should  be  made  to  the  publishers : 

J.  M.  Dent  &  Sons  Ltd. 
Aldine  House    •    Bedford  St.    •    London 


Made  in  Great  Britain 

by 

Richard  Clay  and  Company,  Ltd. 

Bungay,  Suffolk 

First  published  in  this  edition  igio 

Last  reprinted  1949 


BOOK 

PRODUCTION 

WAR  ECONOMY 

STANCi^RD 


THIS  BOOK  IS  PRODUCED  IN  COM- 
PLETE CONFORMITY  WITH  THE 
AUTHORIZED  ECONOMY  STANDARDS 


EDITOR'S  PREFACE 

The  accompanying  translation  of  Herodotus  was  first  issued 
in  1858,  and  since  that  date  has  had  no  serious  rival. 
Rawlinson's  Herodotus — like  Jowett's  Plato,  Jebb's  Sophocles, 
and  Butcher  and  Lang's  Odyssey — ^is  become  well-nigh  an  English 
classic.  Up  to  the  present  time,  however,  its  price  has  been 
practically  prohibitive.  In  its  original  form  it  will  be  valued 
for  many  years  to  come  as  a  great  storehouse  of  information  on 
all  the  innumerable  questions  and  problems  that  must  inevitably 
arise  when  dealing  with  an  author  like  Herodotus.  The  bulk  of 
this  information  is  contained  in  elaborate  essays  and  appendices 
—full  of  instruction,  no  doubt,  for  the  trained  scholar,  but  quite 
useless  (and  encumbering)  for  the  "  general  reader." 

In  the  present  reprint  all  these  essays  have  been  omitted; 
the  notes  have  been  cut  down  unsparingly;  and  the  Introduc- 
tion (on  the  Life  and  Writings  of  Herodotus),  which,  in  the  large 
edition,  extends  to  nearly  one  hundred  and  twenty  pages,  has 
been  reduced  to  about  twenty. 

Notwithstanding,  it  is  hoped  that,  in  its  present  shape, 
Rawlinson's  Herodotus  will  prove  a  source  of  pleasure  to  many 
who  have  hitherto  been  deterred  from  attacking  the  four 
formidable  volumes  of  which  the  original  work  consisted. 

The  footnotes  are  sufficient  to  clear  up  all  the  main  difficul- 
ties, and  only  a  good  classical  atlas  is  needed  to  make  the 
narrative  "  live  "  for  English  readers  to-day. 

The  additions  to  the  footnotes  which  I  have  ventured  to  make 
are  enclosed  in  square  brackets.  In  some  dozen  places  or  so,  I 
have  silently  corrected  a  slip,  or  some  statement  which  later 
researches  have  rendered  inaccurate  or  doubtful,  and  I  have 
occasionally  inserted  a  special  note  on  some  point  of  interest 


^SSy? 


The  History  of  Hcrodotms 

(e.g.,  on  'Babylon/  'The  Battle  of  Marathon');  but,  with 
these  exceptions,  the  reader  may  feel  secure  that  he  has  before 
him  Rawlinson's  own  words.  I  have  not  even  replaced  Jupiter 
by  Zeus,  or  Juno  by  Here  (and  the  like),  though  the  substitution 
of  a  Latin  nomenclature  for  the  names  of  Greek  deities  is  an 
indefensible  practice. 

E.  H.  BLAKENEY^ 

Thh  King's  School,  Ely, 
December  1909. 


V^  \ 


BIOGRAPHICAL  NOTE  ON  THE 
TRANSLATOR 

George  Rawlinson  (brother  of  the  famous  Sir  Henry  Rawlin- 
son,  the  "  father  of  Assyriology  "),  born  1812,  elected  Fellow  of 
Exeter  College,  Oxford,  1840;  Bampton  Lecturer,  1859;  made 
a  Canon  of  Canterbury,  1872;  elected  Camden  Professor  of 
Ancient  History,  Oxford,  1861;  resigned,  1889;  died,  1902, 
aged  90. 

Chief  v/orks:~ 

1.  The  History  of  Herodotus,  in  4  vols.,  1858;   4th  edition,  1880. 

2.  The  Seven  Great  Monarchies  of  the  Ancient  East,  1862-1881. 

3.  Commentary  on  Exodus  {"  Speaker's  Commentary  ") 
4  The  History  of  Phoenicia,  1889. 


[Original  Dedication,  1858] 


TO 

THE  RIGHT   HONOURABLE 

WILLIAM  EWART  GLADSTONE,  M.P„ 

ETC.  ETC.  ETC, 

WHO,     AMID     THE     CARES     OF     PUBLIC     LIFE, 

HAS  CONTINUED   TO   FEEL  AND   SHOW 

AN     INTEREST     IN     CLASSICAL     STUDIES, 

THIS  WORK  IS  INSCRIBED, 

AS   A   TOKEN  OF  WARM  REGARD, 

BY   THE   AUTHOR. 


CONTENTS 

Introduction  ...... 


THE  FIRST  BOOK.  ENTITLED  CLIO 

Causes  o£  the  war  between  Greece  and  Persia — i.  Mythic  (ch.  1-5).  2. 
Historic — Aggressions  of  Croesus — Previous  Lydian  History  (6-25). 
Conquests  of  Croesus  (26-28).  Visit  of  Solon  to  the  court  of  Croesus 
{29-33).  Story  of  Adrastus  and  Atys  (34,  45).  Preparations  of 
Croesus  against  Cyrus — Consultation  of  the  oracles  (46-55).  Croesus 
seeks  a  Greek  alliance — Hellenes  and  Pelasgi  (56-58).  State  of 
Athens  under  Pisistratus  (59-64).  Early  History  of  Sparta  {65-68). 
Alliance  of  Croesus  with  Sparta  (69-70).  Croesus  warned  (71).  Croesus 
invades  Cappadocia — His  war  with  Cjnrus  (72-85).  Dang«  and  de- 
liverance of  Croesus  (86,  87).  His  advice  to  Cyrus  (88,  89).  His 
message  to  the  Delphic  oracle  (90,  91).  His  offerings  (92).  Wonders 
of  Lydia  (93).  Manners  and  customs  of  the  Lydians  (94).  History 
of  Cyrus — Old  Assyrian  Empire — Revolt  of  Media  (95).  Early  Median 
History  (96-107).  Birth  and  bringing-up  of  Cyrus  (108-122).  Incite- 
ments to  revolt  (123,  4).  He  sounds  the  feelings  of  the  Persians — 
their  Ten  Tribes  (125,  6).  Revolt  and  struggle  (127-130).  Customs 
of  the  Persians  (131-140).  Cyrus  threatens  the  Ionian  Greeks  (141). 
Accoimt  of  the  Greek  settlements  in  Asia  (142-151).  Sparta  interferes 
to  protect  the  Greeks  (152).  Sardis  revolts  and  is  reduced  (153-7). 
Fate  of  Pactyas  (158-160),  Reduction  of  the  Asiatic  Greeks  (161-170). 
The  Carians,  Caunians,  and  Lycians  attacked — their  customs — they 
submit  to  the  Persians  (171-6).  Conquests  of  Cyrus  in  Upper  Asia 
(177).  Desoriptionof  Babylon  (178-187).  Cyrus  marches  on  Babylon 
(188-190).  Fall  of  Babylon  (191).  Description  of  Babylonia  (192-3). 
Customs  of  the  Babylonians  (194-200).  Expedition  of  Cyrus  against 
the  Massaget»  (201).  The  River  Araxes  (202).  The  Caspian  (203-4). 
Tomyris — her  offer  to  Cyrus  (205,  6).  Advice  given  by  Croesus, 
adopted  by  Cyrus  (207,  8).  Dream  of  Cyrus  {209-210).  Two  battles 
with  the  Ma^sagetas — Defeat  and  death  of  Cyrus  (21 1-4).  Manners 
and  customs  of  the  Massagetaa  (215)        .         .         .         .        Page  1 

THE  SECOND  BOOK,  ENTITLED  EUTERPÄ 

Accession  of  Cambyses — he  invades  Egypt  (ch.  i).  Description  of  Egypt 
— Antiquity  (2).  Seats  of  learning  (3).  Inventions,  etc.  (4).  De- 
scription of  the  country  (5-13).     Agriculture  (14).     Boundaries  {15- 

V 


vi  The  History  of  Herodotus 

i8).  The  Nile — Causes  of  the  inundation  (19-27).  Sources  (28) 
The  Upper  Nile  (29-31).  The  interior  of  Libya  (32).  Comparison  01 
the  Nile  and  Ister  (33,  34).  Customs  of  the  Egyptians — their  strange- 
ness (35,  36).  Religious  customs  (37-48).  Connection  of  the  religions 
of  Egypt  and  Greece  (49-57)-  Egyptian  Festivals  (58-64).  Sacred 
animals  (65-67).  The  Crocodile  (68-70).  The  Hippopotamus  (71). 
Otters,  fish,  etc  (72).  The  Phoenix  (73).  Sacred  and  winged  serpents 
(74f  75)-  The  Ibis  (76).  Daily  life  of  the  Egyptians  (77-80).  Dress 
(81).  Divination  (82).  Oracles  (83).  Practice  of  Medicine  (84). 
Funerals  (85-90).  Worship  of  Perseus  (91).  Customs  of  the  marsh- 
men  (92-95).  Egyptian  boats  (96).  Routes  in  the  flood-time  (97) 
Anthylla  and  Archandropolis  (98).  History  of  Egypt — Men  (99). 
His  successors — Nitocris — Mceris  (100,  loi).  Sesostris — his  expedi- 
tions— his  works  in  Egypt  (102-110).  His  son,  Pheron  (in).  Proteus 
— story  of  Helen  (i  12-120).  Rhampsinitus  (122).  Doctrine  of  metem- 
psychosis (123).  Cheops — his  pyramid  (124-126).  Chephren  (127, 
128).  Mycerinus  (129-133).  His  pyramid — history  of  Rhodopis  (134, 
135).  Asychis  (136).  'Anysis — Sabaco  (137-140).  Sethos — invasion 
of  Seimacherib  ^141).  Number  of  the  kings  (142,  143)*  Greek  and 
Egyptian  notions  of  the  age  of  the  gods  (144-146).  The  Dodecarchy 
(147-152).  Psarmnetichus  (i54-i57)-  Neco,  his  son  (158,  159). 
Psammis,  son  of  Neco  (160).  Apries,  son  of  Psammis — his  deposition 
(161-169).  Tomb  of  Osiris  (170).  Egyptian  mysteries  (171).  Reign 
of  Amasie  (172-177).     His  favour  to  the  Greeks  (178-182)       Page  no 


THE  THIRD  BOOK,  ENTITLED  THALIA 

Causes  of  quarrel  between  Persia  and  Egypt — Nitetis  story  (1-3).  Aid 
lent  by  Phanes  (4).  Passage  of  the  Desert  (5-9).  Invasion  of  Egypt 
— Psammenitus  king  (10).  Murder  of  the  children  of  Phanes — Battle 
of  Pelusium  (11).  Egyptian  and  Persian  skulls  (12).  Siege  and 
capture  of  Memphis — submission  of  the  Libyans  and  C3rrenaBans  (13). 
Treatment  of  Psammenitus  (14, 15).  Treatment  of  the  body  of  Amasis 
(16).  Expeditions  planned  by  Cambyses  (17,  18).  Phoenicians  refuse 
to  attack  Carthage  (19).  Embassy  to  the  Ethiopians  (20-24).  Ex- 
pedition fails  (25).  Failure  of  the  expedition  against  Amnion  (26). 
Severities  of  Cambyses  towards  the  Egyptians  (27-29).  His  out- 
rageous conduct  towards  the  Persians  (30-35).  His  treatment  of 
Croesus  (36).  His  madness  (37,  38).  History  of  Polycrates — his 
connection  with  Amasis  (39-43).  He  sends  ships  to  assist  Cambyses 
(44).  Revolt  of  the  crews — Samos  attacked  (45).  Aid  sought  from 
Sparta  and  Corinth  (46,  47).  Story  of  Periander  (48-53).  Siege  of 
Samos  (54-56).  Fate  of  the  rebels  (57-59)-  Wonders  of  Samos  (60). 
Revolt  of  the  Magi — usxupation  of  the  Pseudo-Smerdis  (61).  The 
news  reaches  Cambyses — his  wound,  speech,  and  death  (62-66). 
Reign  of  the  Magus  (67).  His  detection  by  Otanes  (68,  69).  Otanes 
conspires — arrival  of  Darius.  {70),     Debate  of  the  conspirators  (71-73). 


Contents  vii 

Fate  of  Prexaspes  (74,  75).  Overthrow  of  the  Magi  (76-79).  Debate 
on  the  best  form  of  government  (80-82).  Decision  of  Otanes  (83). 
Privileges  of  the  Six  (84).  Darius  obtains  the  kingdom  (85-87)- 
His  wives  (88).  Division  of  the  Empire  into  twenty  Satrapies  (89-93). 
Amoxmt  of  the  tribute  (94-97).  Customs  of  the  Indians  (98-105). 
Productiveness  of  the  earth's  extremities  (106-116).  The  river 
Aces  (117).  Fate  of  Intaphernes  (118,  X19).  Story  of  Oroetes  and 
Polycrates  (120-125).  Punishment  of  Oroetes  (126-128).  Democedes 
of  Crotona  cures  Darius  (129,  130).  His  former  history  (131).  His 
influence — he  cures  Atossa  (132,  133).  Atossa  at  his  instigation 
requests  Darius  to  invade  Greece  (134).  Persians  sent  to  explore 
the  coasts — Democedes  escapes  (135-138).  Persian  expedition  against 
Samos  to  establish  Syloson  (139-149).  Revolt,  and  reduction  of 
Babylon  by  the  stratagem  of  Zopyrus  (150-158).  Pimishment  of  the 
rebels  (159).     Reward  of  Zopyrus  (i6o)  .         .         .     Page  sio 


THE  FOURTH  BOOK,  ENTITLED  MELPOMENE 

Expedition  of  Dariijs  against  Scythia — its  pretext  (i).  Previous  history 
of  the  Scythians — their  war  with  their  slaves  (2-4).  Traditions  of 
their  origin — i.  Their  own  account  (5-7).  2.  Greek  version  of  the 
same  (8-10).  3.  Account  preferred  by  the  author  (11,  12).  Story 
of  Aristeas  (13-16).  Description  of  Scythia  (17-20).  Neighbouring 
nations,  Sauromatae,  Budini,  Argippaei,  Issedones,  and  Arimaspi 
(21-27).  Climate  of  Scythia  (28-31).  Stories  of  the  Hyperboreans 
(32-36).  Universal  geography — i.  Description  of  Asia  (37-41).  2. 
Circumnavigation  of  Libya  (42,  43).  3.  Voyage  of  Scylax  (44). 
Origin  of  the  names,  Europe,  Asia,  Libya  (45).  Remarkable  features 
of  Scythia — the  people  (46,  47).  The  rivers — the  Ister  and  its  affluents 
(48-50).  The  Tyras  (51).  The  Hypanis  (52).  The  Borysthenes  (53). 
The  Panticapes,  Hypacyris,  Gerrhus,  Tanais,  etc  (54-58).  Religion 
of  the  Scyths — Gods  (59).  Sacrifices  (60,  61).  Worship  of  Mars, 
etc  (62,  63).  War-customs  (64-66).  Soothsayers  (67-69).  Oaths 
(70).  Burial  of  the  kings,  etc  (71-73).  Use  of  hemp  (74,  75).  Hatred 
of  foreign  customs — stories  of  Anacharsis  and  Scylas  (76-80).  Popula- 
tion (81).  Marvels  (82).  Preparations  of  Darius  (83-85).  Size  of 
the  Euxine,  Propontis,  etc  (86).  March  of  Darius  to  the  Ister  (87-92). 
Customs  of  the  Thracians  (93-96).  Darius  at  the  Ister  (97,  98).  Size 
and  shape  of  Scythia  (99-101).  Description  of  the  surrounding 
nations,  Taiu-i,  etc  (102-117).  Consultation  of  the  kings  (118,  119). 
Plans  of  the  Scyths  (120).  March  of  Darius  through  Scythia,  and 
return  to  the  Ister  (121-140).  P^sage  of  the  Ister  and  return  to  the 
Hellespont  (141,  143).  Saying  of  Megabazus  (144).  Libyan  expedi- 
tion of  Aryandes — Founding  of  Thera  (145-149).  Theraeans  required 
by  the  oracle  to  colonise  Libya — two  accounts  (150-155).  Occupation 
of  Pia  tea  (156).  Settlement  at  Aziris  (157).  Colonisation  of  Cyrene 
(zs8).     History  of  Cyrene  from  its  foundation  to  the  death  oi  Arcesi- 


viii  The  History  of  Herodotus 

laus  III.  (159-164).  Application  of  Pheretima  to  Aryandes  (165). 
Fateof  Aryandes  (166).  Expedition  against  Barca  (167).  Account  of 
the  Libyan  tribes  from  Egypt  to  Lake  Tritonis  (168- 181).  The  three 
regions  of  Northern  Libya  (182-185).  Customs  of  the  Libyans  (i So- 
rgo). Contrast  of  eastern  and  western  Libya  (igr,  192).  Account 
of  the  western  tribes  (193-196).  Four  nations  of  Libya  (197).  Pro- 
ductiveness of  Libya  {198,  199).  Account  of  the  expedition  against 
Barca  (200-203).  Fate  of  the  Barcaeans  (204).  Death  of  Pheretima 
(*o5) Page  287 


INTRODUCTION 


The  time  at  which  Herodotus  lived  and  wrote  may  be  deter- 
mined within  certain  limits  from  his  History.  On  the  one  hand 
it  appears  that  he  conversed  with  at  least  one  person  who  had 
been  an  eye-witness  of  some  of  the  great  events  of  the  Persian 
war;  on  the  other,  that  he  outlived  the  commencement  of  the 
Peloponnesian  struggle,  and  was  acquainted  with  several  cir- 
cumstances which  happened  in  the  earlier  portion  of  it.  He 
must  therefore  have  flourished  in  the  fifth  century  b.c.,  and 
must  have  written  portions  of  his  history  at  least  as  late  as  b.c. 
430.  His  birth  would  thus  fall  naturally  into  the  earlier  portion 
of  the  century,  and  he  would  have  belonged  to  the  generation 
which  came  next  in  succession  to  that  of  the  conquerors  of 
Salamis. 

It  may  be  concluded  that  Herodotus  was  born  in  or  about 
the  year  b.c.  484.  Concerning  the  birthplace  of  the  historian 
no  reasonable  doubt  has  ever  been  entertained  either  in  ancient 
or  modem  times.  He  belonged  to  the  town  of  Halicamassus, 
a  Dorian  colony  in  Asia  Minor.  The  all  but  universal  testimony 
of  ancient  writers,  the  harmony  of  their  witness  with  the  atten- 
tion given  to  Halicamassus  and  its  affairs  in  the  history,  and 
the  epitaph  which  appears  to  have  been  engraved  upon  the 
historian's  tomb  at  Thurium,  form  a  body  of  proof  the  weight 
of  which  is  irresistible. 

Of  the  parents  and  family  of  Herodotus  but  little  can  be  said 
to  be  known.  His  parents'  names  are  given  as  Lyxes  and 
Dryio  (or  Rhoio),  and  he  doubtless  belonged  to  one  of  the  wealthy 
and  noble  families  of  the  place« 

The  education  of  Herodotus  is  to  be  judged  of  from  his  work. 

No  particulars  of  it  have  come  down  to  us.    Herodotus,  it  may, 

however,  be  supposed,  followed  the  course  common  in  later 

times — ^attended  the  granmiar-school  where  he  leamt  to  read 

I  ♦05  ix  A 


X  The  History  of  Herodotus 

and  write,  frequented  the  palaestra  where  he  went  through  the 
exercises,  and  received  instruction  from  the  professional  harper 
or  flute-player,  who  conveyed  to  him  the  rudiments  of  music, 
But  these  things  formed  a  very  slight  part  of  that  education, 
which  was  necessary  to  place  a  Greek  of  the  upper  ranks  on  a 
level,  intellectually,  with  those  who  in  Athens  and  elsewhere 
gave  the  tone  to  society,  and  were  regarded  as  finished  gentle- 
men. A  knowledge  of  literature,  and  especially  of  poetry — 
above  all  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  classic  writings  of 
Homer,  was  the  one  great  requisite ;  to  which  might  be  added  a 
familiarity  with  philosophical  systems,  and  a  certain  amount  of 
rhetorical  dexterity. 

Herodotus,  as  his  writings  show,  was  most  thoroughly 
accomplished  in  the  first  and  most  important  of  these  three 
things.  He  has  drunk  at  the  Homeric  cistern  till  his  whole 
being  is  impregnated  with  the  influence  thence  derived. 
In  the  scheme  and  plan  of  his  work,  in  the  arrangement  and 
order  of  its  parts,  in  the  tone  and  character  of  the  thoughts, 
in  ten  thousand  little  expressions  and  words,  the  Homeric 
student  appears;  and  it  is  manifest  that  the  two  great  poems  of 
ancient  Greece  are  at  least  as  familiar  to  him  as  Shakspeare 
to  the  modem  educated  Englishman.  Nor  has  this  intimate 
knowledge  been  gained  by  the  sacrifice  of  other  reading.  There 
is  scarcely  a  poet  of  any  eminence  anterior  to  his  day  with  whose 
works  he  has  not  shown  himself  acquainted.  Prose  composi- 
tion had  but  commenced  a  very  short  time  before  the  date  of 
his  history.  Yet  even  here  we  find  an  acquaintance  indicated 
with  a  number  of  writers,  seldom  distinctly  named,  but  the 
contents  of  whose  works  are  well  known  and  familiarly  dealt 
with.  It  may  be  questioned  whether  there  was  a  single  work  of 
importance  in  the  whole  range  of  Greek  literature  accessible  to 
him,  with  the  contents  of  which  he  was  not  fairly  acquainted. 

Such  an  amount  of  literary  knowledge  implies  a  prolonged 
and  careful  seK-education,  and  is  the  more  remarkable  in  the 
case  of  one  whose  active  and  inquisitive  turn  of  mind  seems  to 
have  led  him  at  an  early  age  to  engage  in  travels,  the  extent  of 
which,  combined  with  their  leisurely  character,  clearly  shows 
that  a  long  term  of  years  must  have  been  so  occupied.  The 
quantum  of  travel  has  indeed  been  generally  exaggerated;  but 
after  every  deduction  is  made  that  judicious  criticism  suggests 
as  proper,  there  still  remains,  in  the  distance  between  the  ex- 
treme limits  reached,  and  in  the  fulness  of  the  information 


Introduction  xi 

gained;  unmistakable  evidence  of  a  vast  amount  of  time  spent 
in  the  occupation.  Herodotus  undoubtedly  visited  Babylon, 
Ardericca  near  Susa,  the  remoter  parts  of  Egypt,  Scythia, 
Colchis,  Thrace,  Cyrene,  Zante,  Dodona,  and  Magna  Graecia — 
thus  covering  with  his  travels  a  space  of  thirty-one  degrees  of 
longitude  (above  1700  miles)  from  east  to  west,  and  of  twenty- 
four  of  latitude  (1660  miles)  from  north  to  south.  Within 
these  limits  moreover  his  knowledge  is  for  the  most  part  close 
and  accurate.  He  has  not  merely  paid  a  hasty  visit  to  the 
countries,  but  has  examined  them  leisurely,  and  is  familiar 
with  their  scenery,  their  cities  small  and  large,  their  various 
wonders,  their  temples  and  other  buildings,  and  with  the 
manners  and  customs  of  their  inhabitants.  The  fulness  and 
minuteness  of  his  information  is  even  more  remarkable  than  its 
wide  range,  though  it  has  attracted  less  observation. 

If  anything  is  certain  with  respect  to  the  events  of  our  author*s 
career,  it  is  that  his  home  during  the  first  half  of  his  life  was  in 
Asia  Minor,  during  the  last  in  Magna  Graecia.  It  is  clear  that 
his  visit  to  Egypt,  with  which  some  of  his  other  journeys  are 
necessarily  connected,  took  place  after  the  revolt  oi  Inarus 
(b.c.  460);  for  he  states  that  he  saw  the  skulls  of  those  who 
were  slain  in  the  great  battle  of  Papremis  by  which  Inarus 
established  himself;  and  yet  it  could  not  have  been  long  after, 
or  he  would  scarcely  have  been  received  with  so  much  cordiality, 
and  allowed  such  free  access  to  the  Egyptian  temples  and 
records.  There  is  every  reason  to  conclude  that  his  visit  fell 
within  the  period — six  years,  from  B.c.  460  to  b.c.  455,  inclu- 
sively— during  w^hich  the  Athenian  armies  were  in  possession 
of  the  country,  when  gratitude  to  their  deliverers  would  have 
led  the  Egyptians  to  receive  any  Greek  who  visited  them  with 
open  arms,  and  to  treat  him  with  a  friendliness  and  familiarity 
very  unlike  their  ordinary  jealousy  of  foreigners.  His  Egyptian 
travels  would  thus  fall  between  his  twenty-fourth  and  his 
twenty-ninth  year. 

Suidas  relates  that  he  was  forced  to  fly  from  Halicamassus  to 
Samos  by  the  tyranny  of  Lygdamis,  the  grandson  of  Artemisia, 
who  had  put  his  uncle  (or  cousin)  Panyasis  to  death;  that  in 
Samos  he  adopted  the  Ionic  dialect,  and  wrote  his  history; 
that  after  a  time  he  returned  and  took  the  lead  in  an  insur- 
rection whereby  Halicamassus  obtained  her  freedom,  and 
Lygdamis  was  driven  out;  that  then,  finding  himself  disliked 
by  the  other  citizens,  he  quitted  his  country,  and  joined  in  the 


xii  The  History  of  Herodotus 

Athenian  colonisation  of  Thurium,  at  which  place  he  died  and 
was  buried. 

Herodotus  probably  continued  to  reside  at  Halicamassus, 
taking  long  journeys  for  the  purpose  of  historical  and  geo- 
graphical inquiry,  till  towards  the  year  b.c.  447,  when,  being 
about  thirty-seven  years  of  age,  and  having  brought  his  work  to 
a.  certain  degree  of  completeness,  though  one  far  short  of  that 
which  it  reached  finally,  he  removed  to  Greece  Proper,  and  took 
up  his  abode  at  Athens.  Halicamassus,  it  would  appear,  had 
shortly  before  cast  off  her  tyrants  and  joined  the  Athenian 
confederacy,  so  that  the  young  author  would  be  welcomed  for 
his  country's  sake  no  less  than  for  his  own.  It  was  m  the  year 
B.c.  446,  if  we  may  believe  Eusebius,  that  a  decree  passed  the 
Athenian  assembly,  whereby  a  reward  was  assigned  to  Hero- 
dotus on  account  of  his  great  historical  work,  which  he  had  read 
publicly  to  the  Athenians. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  imagine  the  reasons  which  may  have 
induced  our  author,  in  spite  of  the  fascinations  of  its  society,  to 
quit  Athens,  and  become  a  settler  in  one  of  her  colonial  de- 
pendencies. At  Athens  he  could  have  no  citizenship;  and  to 
the  Greek  not  bent  on  money-making,  or  absorbed  in  philosophy, 
to  be  without  political  rights,  to  have  no  share  in  what  formed 
the  daily  life  and  occupied  the  constant  thoughts  of  all  around 
him,  was  intolerable.  "  Man  is  not  a  man  unless  he  is  a  citizen," 
said  Aristotle;  and  the  feeling  thus  expressed  was  common  to 
the  Greek  nation.  Besides,  Athens,  like  every  capital,  was  an 
expensive  place  to  hve  in;  and  the  wealth  which  had  made  a 
figure  at  Halicamassus  would,  even  if  it  were  not  dissipated, 
have  scarcely  given  a  living  there.  The  acceptance  by  Hero- 
dotus of  a  sum  of  money  from  the  Athenian  people  would  seem 
to  indicate  that  his  means  were  now  low.  They  may  have  been 
exhausted  by  the  cost  of  his  long  journeys,  or  have  suffered 
from  his  leaving  Halicamassus.  At  any  rate  his  circumstances 
may  well  have  been  such  as  to  lead  him  gladly  to  embrace  the 
invitation  which  Athens  now  offered  to  adventurers  from  all 
parts  of  Greece,  whereby  he  would  acquire  at  her  hands  a  parcel 
of  land  (KArjpov),  which  would  place  him  above  want,  and  a  new 
right  of  citizenship.  Accordingly,  in  the  year  B.c.  443,  when 
he  had  just  passed  his  fortieth  year,  Herodotus,  according  to 
the  unanimous  testimony  of  ancient  writers,  joined  the  colonists 
whom  Pericles  was  now  sending  out  to  Italy,  and  became  one  of 
the  first  settlers  at  Thurium. 


Introduction  xiii 

At  Thurium  Herodotus  would  seem  to  have  devoted  himself 
almost  entirely  to  the  elaboration  of  his  work. 

At  the  same  time  he  no  doubt  composed  that  separate  work 
the  existence  of  which  it  has  been  the  fashion  of  late  years  to 
deny — ^his  History  of  Assyria.  With  these  literary  labours  in 
hand,  it  is  no  wonder  if  Herodotus,  having  reached  the  period 
of  middle  life,  when  the  fatigues  of  travel  begin  to  be  more 
sensibly  felt,  and  being  moreover  entangled  in  somewhat  diffi- 
cult domestic  politics,  laid  aside  his  wandering  habits,  and  was 
contented  to  remain  at  Thurium  without  even  exploring  to  any 
great  extent  the  countries  to  which  his  new  position  gave  him 
an  easy  access.  There  is  no  trace  of  his  having  journeyed 
further  during  these  years  than  the  neighbouring  towns  of  Meta- 
pontum  and  Crotona,  except  in  a  single  instance.  He  must 
have  paid  a  visit  to  Athens  at  least  as  late  as  b.c.  436,  and 
probably  some  years  later;  for  he  saw  the  magnificent  Propy- 
laea,  one  of  the  greatest  of  the  constructions  of  Pericles,  which 
was  not  commenced  till  b.c.  436,  nor  finished  till  five  years 
afterwards. 

The  state  of  Thurium,  while  it  was  the  abode  of  Herodotus, 
appears  to  have  been  one  of  perpetual  trouble  and  disquiet* 
Soon  afterwards  a  war  broke  out  between  the  Tlmrians  and  the 
people  of  Tarentum,  which  was  carried  on  both  by  land  and  sea^ 
with  varied  success,  and  which  probably  continued  during  a 
space  of  several  years. 

It  is  uncertain  whether  Herodotus  lived  to  see  all  these 
vicissitudes.  The  place  and  time  of  his  death  are  matters  of 
controversy.  The  work  of  Herodotus,  therefore,  contains  no 
sign  that  he  outlived  his  sixtieth  year,  and  perhaps  it  may  be 
said  that  the  balance  of  evidence  is  in  favour  of  his  having  died 
at  Thurium  when  he  was  about  sixty.  He  would  thus  have 
escaped  the  troubles  which  afflicted  his  adopted  country  during 
the  later  portion  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  and  have  been 
spared  the  pain  of  seeing  the  state  of  which  he  was  a  citizen 
enrol  herself  among  the  enemies  of  his  loved  and  admired 
Athens. 

The  merits  of  Herodotus  as  a  writer  have  never  been  ques- 
tioned. Those  who  make  the  lowest  estimate  of  his  qualifica- 
tions as  an  historian,  are  profuse  in  their  acknowledgments  of 
his  beauties  of  composition  and  style,  by  which  they  consider 
that  other  commentators  upon  his  work  have  been  unduly 
biassed  in  his  favour,  and  led  to  overrate  his  historical  accuracy« 


XIV  The  History  of  Herodotus 

Scarcely  a  dissentient  voice  is  to  be  found  on  this  point  among 
critical  authorities,  whether  ancient  or  modem,  who  all  agree  in 
upholding  our  author  as  a  model  of  his  own  peculiar  order  of 
composition.  In  the  concluding  portion  of  this  notice  an  en- 
deavour will  be  made  to  point  out  the  special  excellencies  which 
justify  this  universal  judgment,  while,  at  the  same  time,  atten- 
tion will  be  drawn  to  certain  qualifying  statements  whereby  the 
most  recent  of  our  author's  critics  has  lessened  the  effect  of 
those  general  eulogiums  which  he  has  passed  upon  the  literary 
merits  of  the  History. 

The  most  important  essential  of  every  literary  composition, 
be  it  poem,  treatise,  history,  tale,  or  aught  else,  is  unity.  Upon 
this  depends  our  power  of  viewing  the  composition  as  a  whole, 
and  of  deriving  pleasure  from  the  grasp  that  we  thereby  obtain 
of  it,  as  well  as  from  our  perception  of  the  harmony  and  mutual 
adaptation  of  the  parts,  the  progress  and  conduct  of  the  argu- 
ment, and  the  interconnection  of  the  various  portions  with  one 
another.  In  few  subjects  is  it  so  difficult  to  secure  this  funda- 
mental groundwork  of  literary  excellence  as  in  history.  The 
unity  furnished  by  mere  identity  of  country  or  of  race  falls 
short  of  what  is  required ;  and  hence  most  general  histories  are 
wearisome  and  deficient  in  interest.  Herodotus,  by  selecting 
for  the  subject  of  his  work  a  special  portion  of  the  history  of 
Greece  and  confining  himself  to  the  narration  of  events  having 
a  bearing,  direct  or  indirect,  upon  his  main  topic,  has  obtained  a 
unity  of  action  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  most  stringent  demands 
of  art,  equal,  indeed,  to  that  which  characterises  the  master- 
pieces of  the  imagination.  Instead  of  undertaking  the  complex 
and  difficult  task  of  writing  the  history  of  the  Hellenic  race 
during  a  given  period,  he  sits  down  with  the  one  (primary) 
object  of  faithfully  recording  the  events  of  a  particular  war.  It 
is  not,  as  has  been  generally  said,  the  conflict  of  races,  the 
antagonism  between  Europe  and  Asia,  nor  even  that  antagonism 
in  its  culminating  form — the  struggle  between  Greece  and 
Persia^that  he  puts  before  him  as  his  proper  subject.  Had 
his  views  embraced  this  whole  conflict,  the  Argonautic  expedi- 
tion, the  Trojan  war,  the  invasion  of  Europe  by  the  Teucrians 
and  Mysians,  the  frequent  incursions  into  Asia  of  the  Cimmerians 
and  the  Treres,  perhaps  even  the  settlement  of  the  Greeks  upon 
the  Asiatic  shores,  would  have  claimed  their  place  as  integral 
portions  of  his  narrative.  His  absolute  renunciation  of  some 
of  these  subjects,  and  his  cursory  notice  or  entire  omission  of 


Introduction  xv 

others,  indicate  that  he  proposed  to  himself  a  far  narrower  task 
than  the  relation  of  the  long  course  of  rivalry  between  the 
Asiatic  and  European  races.  Nor  did  he  even  intend  to  give  us 
an  account  of  the  entire  struggle  between  Greece  and  Persia. 
His  work,  though  not  finished  throughout,  is  concluded;  and 
its  termination  with  the  return  of  the  Greek  fleet  from  Sestos, 
distinctly  shows  that  it  was  not  his  object  to  trace  the  entire 
history  of  the  Graeco-Persian  struggle,  since  that  struggle  con- 
tinued for  thirty  years  afterwards  with  scarcely  any  intermis- 
sion, until  the  arrangement  known  as  the  Peace  of  Callias. 
The  real  intention  of  Herodotus  was  to  write  the  history  of  the 
Persian  War  of  Invasion — ^the  contest  which  commenced  with 
the  first  expedition  of  Mardonius,  and  terminated  with  the 
entire  discomfiture  of  the  vast  fleet  and  army  collected  and  led 
against  Greece  by  Xerxes.  The  portion  of  his  narrative  which 
is  anterior  to  the  expedition  of  Mardonius  is  of  the  nature  of  an 
introduction,  and  in  this  a  double  design  may  be  traced,  the 
main  object  of  the  writer  being  to  give  an  account  of  the  rise, 
growth,  and  progress  of  the  great  Empire  which  had  been  the 
antagonist  of  Greece  in  the  struggle,  and  his  secondary  aim  to 
note  the  previous  occasions  whereon  the  two  races  had  been 
brought  into  hostile  contact.  Both  these  points  are  connected 
intimately  with  the  principal  object  of  tiie  history,  the  one 
being  necessary  in  order  to  a  correct  appreciation  of  the  great- 
ness of  the  contest  and  the  glory  gained  by  those  with  whom 
the  victory  rested,  and  the  other  giving  the  causes  from  which 
the  quarrel  sprang,  and  throwing  important  light  on  the  course 
of  the  invasion  and  the  conduct  of  the  invaders. 

Had  Herodotus  confined  himself  rigidly  to  these  three  inter- 
connected heads  of  narration,  the  growth  of  the  Persian  Empire, 
the  previous  hostilities  between  Greece  and  Persia,  and  the 
actual  conduct  of  the  great  war,  his  history  would  have  been 
meagre  and  deficient  in  variety.  To  avoid  this  consequence,  he 
takes  every  opportunity  which  presents  itself  of  diverging  from 
his  main  narrative  and  interweaving  with  it  the  vast  stores  of 
his  varied  knowledge,  whether  historical,  geographical,  or  anti- 
quarian. He  thus  contrived  to  set  before  his  countrymen  a 
general  picture  of  the  world,  of  its  various  races,  and  of  the 
previous  history  of  those  nations  which  possessed  one;  thereby 
giving  a  grandeur  and  breadth  to  his  work,  which  places  it  in 
the  very  first  rank  of  historical  compositions.  At  the  same 
time  he  took  care  to  diversify  his  pages  by  interspersing  amid 


xvi  The  History  of  Herodotus 

his  more  serious  matter  tales,  anecdotes,  and  descriptions  of  a 
lighter  character,  which  are  very  graceful  appendages  to  the 
main  narrative,  and  happily  relieve  the  gravity  of  its  general 
tone.  The  variety  and  richness  of  the  episodical  matter  in 
Herodotus  forms  thus  one  of  his  most  striking  and  obvious 
characteristics,  and  is  noticed  by  all  critics;  but  in  this  very 
profusion  there  is  a  fresh  peril,  or  rather  a  multitude  of  perils, 
and  it  may  be  questioned  whether  he  has  altogether  escaped 
them.  Episodes  are  dangerous  to  unity.  They  may  overlay 
the  main  narrative  and  oppress  it  by  their  mere  weight  and 
number:  they  may  be  awkward  and  ill-timed,  interrupting  the 
thread  of  the  narrative  at  improper  places:  or  they  may  be  in- 
congnious  in  matter,  and  so  break  in  upon  the  harmony  which 
ought  to  characterise  a  work  of  art.  In  Herodotus  the  amount 
of  the  episodical  matter  is  so  great  that  these  dangers  are  in- 
creased proportionally.  Nearly  one-half  of  the  work  is  of  this 
secondary  and  subsidiary  character.  It  is,  however,  palpable 
to  every  reader  who  possesses  the  mere  average  amount  of  taste 
and  critical  discernment,  that  at  least  the  great  danger  has 
been  escaped,  and  that  the  episodes  of  Herodotus,  notwith- 
standing their  extraordinary  length  and  number,  do  not  injure 
the  unity  of  his  work,  or  unduly  overcharge  his  narrative.  This 
result,  which  "  surprises  "  the  modern  critic,  has  been  ascribed 
with  reason  to  "  two  principal  causes — the  propriety  of  the 
occasion  and  mode  in  which  the  episodical  matter  is  intro- 
duced, and  the  distinctness  of  form  and  substance  which  the 
author  has  imparted  to  his  principal  masses."  By  the  exercise 
of  great  care  and  judgment,  as  well  as  of  a  good  deal  of  self- 
restraint  in  these  two  respects,  Herodotus  has  succeeded  in 
completely  subordinating  his  episodes  to  his  main  subject,  and 
has  prevented  them  from  entangling,  encumbering,  or  even 
unpleasantly  interrupting  the  general  narrative. 

Next  in  order  to  the  epic  unity  in  plan  displayed  in  his  history, 
and  rich  yet  well-arranged  and  appropriate  episode,  both  of 
which  the  work  of  Herodotus  seems  to  possess  in  a  high  degree, 
may  be  mentioned  the  excellency  of  his  character-drawing, 
which,  whether  nations  or  individuals  are  its  object,  is  remark- 
ably successful  and  effective.  His  portraiture  of  the  principal 
nations  with  which  his  narrative  is  concerned — the  Persians, 
the  Athenians,  and  the  Spartans — is  most  graphic  and  striking. 
Brave,  lively,  spirited,  capable  of  sharp  sayings  and  repartees, 
but  vain,  weak,  impulsive,  and  hopelessly  servile  towards  their 


Introduction  xvii 

lords,  the  ancient  Persians  stand  out  in  his  pages  as  completely 
depicted  by  a  few  masterly  strokes  as  their  modern  descendants 
have  been  by  the  many  touches  of  a  Chardin  or  a  Morier. 
Clearly  marked  out  from  other  barbarian  races  by  a  lightness 
and  sprightliness  of  character,  which  brought  them  near  to  the 
Hellenic  type,  yet  vividly  contrasted  with  the  Greeks  by  their 
passionate  abandon  and  slavish  submission  to  the  caprices  of 
despotic  power,  they  possess  in  the  pages  of  Herodotus  an  in- 
dividuality which  is  a  guarantee  of  truth,  and  which  serves  very 
remarkably  to  connect  them  with  that  peculiar  Oriental  people 
— the  "  Frenchmen  of  the  East,"  as  they  have  been  called — at 
present  inhabiting  their  country.  Active,  vivacious,  intelligent, 
sparkling,  even  graceful,  but  without  pride  or  dignity,  supple, 
sycophantic,  alv/ays  either  tyrant  or  slave,  the  modern  Persian 
contrasts  strongly  with  the  other  races  of  the  East,  who  are 
either  rude,  bold,  proud,  and  freedora-loving,  like  the  Kurds  and 
Afghans,  or  listless  and  apathetic,  like  the  Hindoos.  This 
curious  continuity  of  character,  which  however  is  not  without  a 
parallel,  very  strongly  confirms  the  truthfulness  of  our  author, 
who  is  thus  shown,  even  in  what  might  seem  to  be  the  mere 
ornamental  portion  of  his  work,  to  have  confined  himself  to  a 
representation  of  actual  realities. 

To  the  Persian  character  that  of  the  Greeks  offers,  in  many 
points,  a  strong  contrast — a  contrast  which  is  most  clearly  seen 
in  that  form  of  the  Greek  character  which  distinguished  the 
races  of  the  Doric  stock,  and  attained  its  fullest  development 
among  the  Spartans.  Here  again  the  picture  drawn  by  Hero- 
dotus exhibits  great  power  and  skill.  By  a  small  number  of 
carefully-managed  touches,  by  a  few  well-chosen  anecdotes,  and 
by  occasional  terse  remarks,  he  contrives  to  set  the  Spartans 
before  us,  both  as  individuals  and  as  a  nation,  more  graphically 
than  perhaps  any  other  writer.  Their  pride  and  independent 
spirit,  their  entire  and  willing  submission  to  their  laws,  their 
firmness  and  solidity  as  troops,  their  stem  sententiousness, 
relieved  by  a  touch  of  humour,  are  vividly  displayed  in  his 
narrative.  At  the  same  time  he  does  not  shrink  ^rom  showing 
the  dark  side  of  their  character.  The  selfishness,  backw^ardness, 
and  over-caution  of  their  public  policy,  their  cunning  and 
duplicity  upon  occasion,  their  inability  to  resist  corrupting 
influences  and  readiness  to  take  bribes,  their  cruelty  and  entire 
want  of  compassion,  whether  towards  friend  or  foe,  are  all  dis- 
tinctly noted,  and  complete  a  portrait  not  more  striking  in  its 

I    405  *A 


xviii  The  History  of  Herodotus 

features  than  consonant  with  all  that  we  know  from  other 
sources  of  the  leading  people  of  Greece. 

Similar  fidelity  and  descriptive  power  are  shown  in  the 
picture  which  he  gives  us  of  the  Athenians.  Like  the  Spartans, 
they  are  independent  and  freedom-loving^  brave  and  skilful  in 
war,  patriotic,  and,  from  the  time  that  they  obtain  a  form  of 
government  suited  to  their  wants,  fondly  attached  to  it.  Like 
them,  too,  they  are  cruel  and  unsparing  towards  their  adver- 
saries. Unlike  them,  they  are  open  in  their  public  poHcy, 
active  and  enterprising  almost  to  rashness,  impulsive  and  so 
changeable  in  their  conduct,  vain  rather  than  proud,  as  troops 
possessing  more  dash  than  firmness,  in  manners  refined  and 
elegant;  witty,  hospitable,  magnificent,  fond  of  display,  capable 
upon  occasion  of  greater  moderation  and  self-denial  than  most 
Greeks,  and  even  possessing  to  a  certain  extent  a  generous  spirit 
of  Pan-Hellenism.  Herodotus,  in  his  admiration  of  the  ser- 
vices rendered  by  the  Athenians  to  the  common  cause  during 
the  great  war,  has  perhaps  over-estimated  their  pretensions  to 
this  last  quality ;  at  least  it  will  be  found  that  enlightened  self- 
interest  sufficiently  explains  their  conduct  during  that  struggle ; 
and  circumstances  occurring  both  before  and  after  it  clearly 
show,  that  they  had  no  scruples  about  calling  in  the  Persians 
against  their  own  countrymen  when  they  expected  to  gain  by 
it.  It  ought  not  to  be  forgotten  in  any  estimate  of  the  Athenian 
character,  that  they  set  the  example  of  seeking  aid  from  Persia 
against  their  Hellenic  enemies.  The  circumstances  of  the  time 
no  doubt  were  trying,  and  the  resolve  not  to  accept  aid  at  the 
sacrifice  of  their  independence  was  worthy  of  their  high  spirit  as 
a  nation;  but  still  the  fact  remains,  that  the  common  enemy 
first  learnt  through  the  invitation  of  Athens  how  much  she  had 
to  hope  from  the  internal  quarrels  and  mutual  jealousies  of  the 
Greek  states. 

In  depicting  other  nations  besides  these  three — who  play  the 
principal  parts  in  his  story — Herodotus  has  succeeded  best  with 
the  varieties  of  barbarism  existing  upon  the  outskirts  of  the 
civilised  world,  and  least  well  with  those  nations  among  whom 
refiinement  and  cultivation  were  at  the  highest.  He  seems  to 
have  experienced  a  difficulty  in  appreciating  any  other  phase  of 
civilisation  than  that  which  had  been  developed  by  the  Greeks. 
His  portraiture  of  the  Egyptians,  despite  its  elaborate  finish,  is 
singularly  ineffective;  while  in  the  case  of  the  Lydians  and 
Babylonians,  he  scarcely  presents  us  with  any  distinctive  national 


Introduction  xix 

features.  On  the  other  hand,  his  pictures  of  the  Scythians,  the 
Thracians,  and  the  wild  tribes  of  Northern  Africa,  are  exceed- 
ingly happy,  the  various  forms  of  barbarism  being  well  con- 
trasted and  carefully  distinguished  from  one  another. 

Among  the  individuals  most  effectively  portrayed  by  our 
author,  may  be  mentioned  the  four  Persian  monarchs  with 
whom  his  narrative  is  concerned,  the  Spartan  kings,  Cleomenes, 
Leonidas,  and  Pausanias,  the  Atiienian  statesmen  and  generals, 
Themistocles  and  Aristides,  the  tyrants  Periander,  Polycrates, 
Pisistratus,  and  Histiaeus  the  Milesian,  Amasis  the  Egyptian 
king,  and  Croesus  of  Lydia.  The  various  shades  of  Oriental 
character  and  temperament  have  never  been  better  depicted 
than  in  the  representation  given  by  Herodotus  of  the  first  four 
Achaemenian  kings — Cyrus,  the  simple,  hardy,  vigorous  moun- 
tain chief,  endowed  with  a  vast  ambition  and  with  great  military 
genius,  changing,  as  his  empire  enlarged,  into  flie  kind  and 
friendly  paternal  monarch — clement,  witty,  polite,  familiar  with 
his  people;  Cambyses,  the  first  form  of  the  Eastern  tyrant, 
inheriting  his  father's  vigour  and  much  of  his  talent,  but  spoilt 
by  the  circumstances  of  his  birth  and  breeding,  violent,  rash, 
headstrong,  incapable  of  self-restraint,  furious  at  opposition,  not 
only  cruel  but  brutal;  Darius,  the  model  Oriental  prince,  brave, 
sagacious,  astute,  great  in  the  arts  both  of  war  and  peace,  the 
organiser  and  consolidator  as  well  as  the  extender  of  the  empire, 
a  man  of  kind  and  warm  feeling,  strongly  attached  to  his 
friends,  clement  and  even  generous  towards  conquered  foes, 
only  severe  upon  system  where  the  well-being  of  the  empire 
required  an  example  to  be  made;  and  Xerxes,  the  second  and 
inferior  form  of  the  tyrant,  weak  and  puerile  as  well  as  cruel 
and  selfish,  fickle,  timid,  Hcentious,  luxurious,  easily  worked  on 
by  courtiers  and  women,  superstitious,  vainglorious,  destitute  of 
all  real  magnanimity,  only  upon  occasion  ostentatiously  parad- 
ing a  generous  act  when  nothing  had  occurred  to  ruffle  his  feel- 
ings. Nor  is  Herodotus  less  successful  in  his  Hellenic  portraits. 
Themistocles  is  certainly  better  drawn  by  Herodotus  than  by 
Thucydides.  His  political  wisdom  and  clearsightedness,  his  wit 
and  ready  invention,  his  fertility  in  expedients,  his  strong  love 
of  intrigue,  his  curious  combination  of  patriotism  with  selfish- 
ness, his  laxity  of  principle  amounting  to  positive  dishonesty, 
are  all  vividly  exhibited,  and  form  a  whole  which  is  at  once 
more  graphic  and  more  complete  than  the  sketch  furnished  by 
the  Attic  writer.    The  character  of  Aristides  presents  a  ßew 


XX  The  History  of  Herodotus 

point  for  admiration  in  the  skill  with  which  it  is  hit  ofi 
with  the  fewest  possible  touches.  Magnanimous,  disinterestedly 
patriotic,  transcending  all  his  countrymen  in  excellence  of  moral 
character  and  especially  in  probity,  the  simple  straightforward 
statesman  comes  before  us  on  a  single  occasion,  and  his  features 
are  portrayed  without  effort  in  a  few  sentences.  In  painting 
the  Greek  tyrants,  whom  he  so  much  detested,  Herodotus  has 
resisted  the  temptation  of  representing  them  all  in  the  darkest 
colours,  and  has  carefully  graduated  his  portraits  from  the 
atrocious  cruelties  and  horrible  outrages  of  Periander  to  the 
wise  moderation  and  studied  mildness  of  Pisistratus.  The 
Spartan  character,  again,  is  correctly  given  under  its  various 
aspects,  Leonidas  being  the  idealised  type  of  perfect  Spartan 
heroism,  while  Pausanias  is  a  more  ordinary  specimen  of  their 
nobler  class  of  mind,  brave  and  gene/ous,  but  easily  wrought 
upon  by  corrupting  influences,  Cleomenes  and  Eurybiades  being 
representatives  of  the  two  forms  of  evil  to  which  Spartans  were 
most  prone, — Eurybiades  weak,  timorous,  vacillating,  and  in- 
capable; Cleomenes  cruel,  false,  and  violent, — both  alike  open 
to  take  bribes,  and  ready  to  sacrifice  the  interests  of  the  state  to 
their  own  selfish  ends. 

To  his  skill  in  character-drawing  Herodotus  adds  a  power  of 
pathos  in  which  few  writers,  whether  historians  or  others,  have 
Seen  his  equals.  The  stories  of  the  wife  of  Intaphernes  weeping 
and  lamenting  continually  at  the  king's  gate,  of  Psammenitus 
sitting  in  the  suburb  and  seeing  his  daughter  employed  in  servile 
offices  and  his  son  led  to  death,  yet  "  showing  no  sign,"  but 
bursting  into  tears  when  an  old  friend  accosted  him  and  asked 
an  alms;  of  Lycophron  silently  and  sadly  enduring  every- 
thing rather  than  hold  converse  with  a  father  who  had  slain  his 
mother,  and  himself  suffering  for  his  father's  cruelties  at  the 
moment  when  a  prosperous  career  seemed  about  to  open  on 
him,  are  examples  of  this  excellence  within  the  compass  of  a 
single  book  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  parallel  from  the 
entire  writings  of  any  other  historical  author.  But  the  most 
eminent  instance  of  the  merit  in  question  is  to  be  found  in  the 
story  of  Croesus.  It  has  been  well  observed  that  "  the  volume 
of  popular  romance  contains  few  more  beautifully  told  tales 
than  that  of  the  death  of  Atys; "  and  the  praise  might  be  ex- 
tended to  the  whole  narrative  of  the  life  of  Croesus  from  the 
visit  of  Solon  to  the  scene  upon  the  pyre,  which  is  a  master- 
piece of  pathos,  exhibiting  tragic  power  of  the  highest  order^ 


Introduction  xxi 

The  same  power  is  exhibited  in  a  less  degree  in  the  stories  of 
the  siege  of  Xanthus,  of  Tomyris,  of  CEobazus,  of  Pythius,  ol 
Boges,  and  of  Masistes.  In  the  last  of  these  cases,  and  perhaps 
in  one  or  two  others,  the  horrible  has  somewhat  too  large  a 
share;  in  all,  however,  the  pathetic  is  an  important  and  well- 
developed  element. 

It  has  been  maintained  that  Herodotus,  though  excellent  in 
tragic  scenes,  was  "  deficient  in  the  sense  of  the  comic  properly 
so  called."  His  "  good  stories  "  and  "  clever  sayings  "  are 
thought  to  be  "  not  only  devoid  of  true  wit,  but  among  the  most 
insipid  of  his  anecdotical  details."  The  correctness  of  this  judg- 
ment may  be  questioned,  not  only  on  the  general  ground  that 
tragic  and  comic  power  go  together,  but  by  an  appeal  to  fact — 
the  experimmtum  cruets  in  such  a  case.  It  is,  of  course,  not  to 
be  expected  in  a  grave  and  serious  production  like  a  history, 
that  humorous  features  should  be  of  frequent  occurrence:  the 
author's  possession  of  the  quality  of  humour  will  be  sufficiently 
shown  if  even  occasionally  he  diversifies  his  narrative  by  anec- 
dotes or  remarks  of  a  ludicrous  character.  Now  in  the  work  of 
Herodotus  there  are  several  stories  of  which  the  predominant 
characteristic  is  the  humorous;  as,  very  palpably,  the  tale  of 
Alcmaeon's  visit  to  the  treasury  of  Croesus,  when,  having 
"  clothed  himself  in  a  loose  tunic,  which  he  made  to  bag  greatly 
at  the  waist,  and  placed  upon  his  feet  the  widest  buskins  that  he 
could  anywhere  find,  he  followed  his  guide  into  the  treasure- 
house,"  where  he  "  fell  to  upon  a  heap  of  gold-dust,  and  in  the 
first  place  packed  as  much  as  he  could  inside  his  buskins 
between  them  and  his  legs,  after  which  he  filled  the  breast  of  hb 
tunic  quite  full  of  gold,  and  then  sprinkling  some  among  his 
hair,  and  taking  some  likewise  in  his  mouth,  came  forth  from 
the  treasure-house  scarcely  able  to  drag  his  legs  along,  like  any- 
thing rather  than  a  man,  with  his  mouth  crammed  full,  and  his 
bulk  increased  every  way."  The  laughter  of  Croesus  at  the 
sight  is  echoed  by  the  reader,  who  has  presented  to  him  a  most 
ridiculous  image  hit  off  with  wonderful  effect,  and  poeticised  by 
the  touch  of  imagination,  which  regards  the  distorted  form  as 
having  lost  all  semblance  of  humanity.  It  would  be  impossible 
to  deny  to  Herodotus  the  possession  of  a  sense  of  the  comic  if 
he  had  confined  himself  to  this  single  exhibition  of  it. 

Perhaps  the  most  attractive  feature  in  the  whole  work  of 
Herodotus — that  which  prevents  us  from  ever  feeling  weariness 
as  we  follow  him  through  the  nine  books  of  his  history — is  the 


xxii  The  History  of  Herodotus 

wonderful  variety  in  which  he  deals^  Not  only  historian,  but 
geographer,  traveller,  naturalist,  mythologer,  moralist,  anti- 
quarian, he  leads  us  from  one  subject  to  another, — 

From  grave  to  gay,  from  lively  to  severe, — 

never  pursuing  his  main  narrative  for  any  long  time  without 
the  introduction  of  some  agreeable  episodical  matter,  rarely 
carrying  an  episodical  digression  to  such  an  extent  as  to  be  any 
severe  trial  to  our  patience.  Even  as  historian,  the  respect  in 
which  he  especially  excels  other  writers  is  the  diversity  of  his 
knowledge.  Contriving  to  bring  almost  the  whole  known  world 
within  the  scope  of  his  story,  and  throwing  everj^where  a  retro- 
spective glance  at  the  earliest  beginnings  of  states  and  empires, 
he  exhibits  before  our  eyes  a  sort  of  panoramic  view  of  history, 
in  which  past  and  present,  near  and  remote,  civilised  kingdoms 
and  barbarous  communities,  kings,  priests,  sages,  lawgivers, 
generals,  courtiers,  common  men,  have  all  their  place — a  place 
at  once  skilfully  assigned  and  properly  apportioned  to  their  re- 
spective claims  on  our  attention.  Blended,  moreover,  with  this 
profusion  of  historic  matter  are  sketches  of  religions,  graphic 
descriptions  of  countries,  elaborate  portraitures  of  the  extremes 
of  savage  and  civilised  life,  striking  moral  reflections,  curious 
antiquarian  and  philosophical  disquisitions,  legends,  anecdotes, 
criticisms — not  all  perhaps  equally  happy,  but  all  serving  the 
purpose  of  keeping  ahve  the  reader's  interest,  and  contributing 
to  the  general  richness  of  effect  by  which  the  work  is  charac- 
terised. Again,  most  remarkable  is  the  variety  of  styles  which 
are  assumed,  with  almost  equal  success,  in  the  descriptions  and 
anecdotes.  The  masterly  treatment  of  pathetic  subjects,  and 
the  occasional  indulgence,  with  good  effect,  in  a  comic  vein, 
have  been  already  noticed.  Equal  power  is  shown  in  dealing 
with  such  matters  as  are  tragic  without  being  pathetic,  as  in  the 
legend  of  Gyges,  the  story  of  the  death  of  Cyrus,  the  description 
of  the  self-destruction  of  Cleomenes,  and,  above  all,  in  the 
striking  scene  which  portrays  the  last  moments  of  Prexaspes, 
In  this,  and  in  his  account  of  the  death  of  Adrastus,  Herodotus 
has,  if  anywhere,  reached  the  sublime.  Where  his  theme  is 
lower,  he  has  a  style  peculiarly  his  own,  which  seems  to  come 
to  him  without  effort,  yet  which  is  most  difficult  of  attainment* 
It  is  simple  without  being  homely,  famihar  without  being 
vulgar,  Hvely  without  being  forced  or  affected.  Of  this,  re- 
markable and  diversified  specimens  will  be  found  in  the  history 


Introduction  xxiii 

of  the  birth  and  early  years  of  Cyrus,  and  in  the  tale — which 
reads  Hke  a  story  in  the  Arabian  Nights — of  the  thieves  who 
plundered  the  treasury  of  Rhampsinitus.  Occasionally  he  ex- 
hibits another  power  which  is  exceedingly  rare — that,  namely, 
of  representing  the  grotesque.  The  story  of  Arion  has  a  touch 
of  this  quality,  which  is  more  fully  displayed  in  the  account  of 
the  funeral  rites  of  the  Scythian  kings.  Still  more  remarkable, 
and  still  more  important  in  its  bearing  on  the  general  effect  of 
his  work,  is  the  dramatic  power,  so  largely  exhibited  in  the 
abundant  dialogues  and  in  the  occasional  set  speeches  where- 
with his  narrative  is  adorned,  which  by  their  contrast  with  the 
ordinary  historical  form,  and  their  intrinsic  excellence  generally, 
tend  more  perhaps  than  any  other  single  feature  to  enliven  his 
pages,  and  to  prevent  the  weariness  which  is  naturally  caused 
by  the  uniformity  of  continued  narration. 

Another  excellence  of  Herodotus  is  vivid  description,  or  the 
power  of  setting  before  us  graphically  and  distinctly  that  which 
he  desires  us  to  see.  This  faculty  however  he  does  not  exhibit 
equally  in  all  subjects.  Natural  scenery,  in  common  with  the 
ancients  generally,  he  for  the  most  part  neglects;  and  his 
descriptions  of  the  great  works  constructed  by  the  labour  of 
man,  although  elaborate,  fail  in  conveying  to  the  minds  of  his 
readers  any  very  distinct  impression  of  their  appearance.  The 
power  in  question  is  shown  chiefly  in  his  accounts  of  remarkable 
events  or  actions,  which  portions  of  his  narrative  have  often  all 
the  beauty  and  distinctness  of  pictures.  Gyges  in  the  bed- 
chamber of  Candaules,  Arion  on  the  quarter-deck  chanting  the 
Orthian,  Cleobis  and  Bito  arriving  at  the  temple  of  Juno, 
Adrastus  delivering  himself  up  to  Croesus,  Alcmaeon  coming 
forth  from  the  treasure-house,  are  pictures  of  the  simplest  and 
most  striking  kind,  presenting  to  us  at  a  single  glance  a  scene 
exactly  suited  to  form  a  subject  for  a  painter.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever, the  description  is  more  complex  and  continuous.  The 
charge  of  the  Athenians  at  Marathon,  the  various  contests  and 
especially  the  final  struggle  at  Thermopylae,  the  conflict  in  the 
royal  palace  at  Susa  between  the  Magi  and  the  seven  con- 
spirators, the  fight  between  Onesilus  and  Artybius,  the  exploits 
of  Artemisia  at  Salamis,  the  death  of  Masistius  and  the  conten- 
tion for  his  body,  are  specimens  of  excellent  description  of  the 
more  complicated  kind,  wherein  not  a  single  picture,  but  a  suc- 
cession of  pictures,  is  exhibited  before  the  eyes  of  the  reader. 
These  descriptions  possess  all  the  energy,  fife,  and  power  of 


xxiv  The  History  of  Herodotus 

Homeric  scenes  and  battles,  and  are  certainly  not  surpassed  in 
the  compositions  of  any  prose  writer. 

The  most  obvious  merit  of  our  author,  and  the  last  which 
seems  to  require  special  notice,  is  his  simplicity.  The  natural 
flow  of  narrative  and  sentiment  throughout  his  work,  the  pre- 
dominant use  of  common  and  familiar  words,  the  avoidance  of 
ail  meretricious  ornament  and  rhetorical  artifice,  have  often 
been  remarked,  and  have  won  the  approbation  of  almost  all 
critics.  With  Herodotus  composition  is  not  an  art,  but  a  spon- 
taneous outpouring.  He  does  not  cultivate  graces  of  style,  or 
consciously  introduce  fine  passages.  He  writes  as  his  subject 
leads  him,  rising  with  it,  but  never  transcending  the  modesty  of 
nature,  or  approaching  to  the  confines  of  bombast.  Not  only 
are  his  words  simple  and  common,  but  the  structure  of  his 
sentences  is  of  the  least  complicated  kind.  He  writes,  as 
Aristotle  observes,  not  in  laboured  periods,  but-  in  sentences 
which  have  a  continuous  flow,  and  which  oiily  end  when  the 
sense  is  complete.  Hence  the  wonderful  clearness  and  trans- 
parency of  his  style,  which  is  never  involved,  never  harsh  or 
forced,  and  which  rarely  allows  the  shadow  of  a  doubt  to  rest 
upon  his  meaning. 

The  same  spirit,  which  thus  affects  his  language  and  mode  of 
expression,  is  apparent  in  the  whole  tone  and  conduct  of  the 
narrative.  Everything  is  plainly  and  openly  related;  there  is 
no  affectation  of  mystery;  we  are  not  tantalised  by  obscure 
allusions  or  hints;  the  author  freely  and  fully  admits  us  to  his 
confidence,  is  not  afraid  to  mention  himself  and  his  own  impres- 
sions; introduces  us  to  his  informants;  tells  us  plainly  what  he 
saw  and  what  he  heard;  allows  us  to  look  into  his  heart,  where 
there  is  nothing  that  he  needs  to  hide,  and  to  become  sharers 
alike  in  his  religious  sentiments,  his  political  opinions,  and  his 
feelings  of  sympathy  or  antipathy  towards  the  various  persons 
or  races  that  he  is  led  to  mention.  Hence  the  strong  personal 
impression  of  the  writer  which  we  derive  from  his  work,  whereby, 
despite  the  meagre  notices  that  remain  to  us  of  his  life,  we  are 
made  to  feel  towards  him  as  towards  an  intimate  acquaintance, 
and  to  regard  ourselves  as  fully  entitled  to  canvass  and  discuss 
all  his  qualities,  moral  as  well  as  intellectual.  The  candour, 
honesty,  amiabihty,  piety,  and  patriotism  of  Herodotus,  his 
primitive  cast  of  mind  and  habits,  his  ardent  curiosity,  his 
strong  love  of  the  marvellous,  are  familiar  topics  with  his  com- 
mentators, who  find  his  portrait  drawn  by  himself  with  as  much 


Introduction  xxv 

completeness  (albeit  unconsciously)  in  his  writings,  as  those  of 
other  literary  men  have  been  by  their  professed  biographers* 
All  this  is  done  moreover  without  the  slightest  affectation,  or 
undue  intrusion  of  his  own  thoughts  and  opinions;  it  is  the 
mere  result  of  his  not  thinking  about  himself,  and  is  as  far 
removed  from  the  ostentatious  display  of  Xenophon  as  from 
the  studied  concealment  of  Thucydides. 

While  the  language,  style,  sentiments,  and  tone  of  narrative 
in  Herodotus  are  thus  characterised,  if  we  compare  him  with 
later  writers,  by  a  natural  simplicity  and  freedom  from  effort, 
which  constitute  to  a  considerable  extent  the  charm  of  his 
writing,  it  is  important  to  observe  how  greatly  in  all  these 
respects  he  is  in  advance  of  former  prose  authors.  Justice  is 
not  done  to  his  merits  unless  some  attention  be  given  to  the 
history  of  prose  composition  before  his  time,  and  something  like 
a  comparison  instituted  between  him  and  his  predecessors. 
With  Herodotus  simplicity  never  degenerates  into  baldness,  or 
familiarity  into  what  is  rude  and  coarse.  His  style  is  full,  free, 
and  flowing,  and  offers  a  most  agreeable  contrast  to  the  stiff 
conciseness,  curt  broken  sentences,  and  almost  unvaried  con- 
struction, of  previous  historians.  If  we  glance  our  eye  over  the 
fragments  of  the  early  Greek  writers  that  have  come  down  to 
our  times,  we  shall  be  surprised  to  find  how  rude  and  primitive, 
how  tame,  bald,  and  spiritless  the  productions  appear  to  have 
been,  even  of  the  most  celebrated  historians  anterior  to,  or  con- 
temporary with,  our  author.  A  comparison  between  the  style 
of  Herodotus  and  the  style  of  writing  customary  in  his  day 
would  furnish  us  with  a  tolerably  accurate  means  of  estimating 
the  interval  which  separated  Herodotus,  as  a  writer,  from  those 
who  had  preceded  him — an  interval  so  great  as  to  render  the 
style  of  composition  which  he  invented  a  sort  of  new  art,  and  to 
entitle  him  to  the  honourable  appellation,  which  prescription 
has  made  indisputably  his,  of  the  "  Father  of  History," 

EDITORIAL  NOTE 

BOOKS   SUGGESTED    FOR   THE   STUDY   OF   HERODOTUS 

Sayce's  ed.  of  books  i.-iii.  (but  to  be  used  with  caution). 
Macau's  ed.  of  books  iv.-ix.  (1892-1908).     Admirable;  and  indispensable 
for  the  advanced  student. 

Bury's  Ancient  Greek  Historians  (1909)  pp.  36-74.     A  valuable  piece  of 
criticism. 
Studies  in  Herodotus,  by  J.  WeUs   (1923);  Herodotus,  by  R.  Glov» 
{1924). 


xxvi  The  History  of  Herodotus 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

ist  edition,  Aldine,  Venice,  September,  MDII. 

English  Translations:  Barnaby  Rich,  1584  (first  two  Books);  Isaac 
Littlebury,  1709;  W.  Beloe,  1791,  2nd  edition,  1806;  with  notes  from 
Larcher  and  Rennell,  1824;  P.  E.  Laurent,  from  Gaisford's  text,  1827; 
Isaac  Taylor,  1829;  H.  Cary,  1849  (Bohn),  and  Lubbock's  Hundred 
Bocdcs,  No.  I ;  G.  Rawlinson,  assisted  by  Sir  H.  Rawlinson  and  Sir  J.  G. 
Wilkinson,  1858-60;  with  abridged  notes  (A.  J.  Grant),  1897;  G.  C. 
Macaulay,  1890;  G.  Woodroufle  Hzirris,  New  Classical  Library,  1906-7. 


THE 

HISTORY    OF    HERODOTUS 

THE  FIRST  BOOK,  ENTITLED  CLIO 

These  are  the  researches  of  Herodotus  of  Halicamassus/  which 
he  publishes,  in  the  hope  of  thereby  preserving  from  decay  the 
remembrance  of  what  men  have  done,  and  of  preventing  the 
great  and  wonderful  actions  of  the  Greeks  and  the  Barbarians 
from  losing  their  due  meed  of  glory ;  and  withal  to  put  on  record 
what  were  their  grounds  of  feud. 

I.  According  to  the  Persians  best  informed  in  history,  the 
Phoenicians  began  the  quarrel.  This  people,  who  had  formerly 
dwelt  on  the  shores  of  the  Erythraean  Sea,^  having  migrated  to 
the  Mediterranean  and  settled  in  the  parts  which  they  now 
inhabit,  began  at  once,  they  say,  to  adventure  on  long  voyages, 
freighting  their  vessels  with  the  wares  of  Egypt  and  Assyria. 
They  landed  at  many  places  on  the  coast,  and  among  the  rest 
at  Argos,  which  was  then  pre-eminent  above  all  the  states  in- 
cluded now  under  the  common  name  of  Hellas.^  Here  they 
exposed  their  merchandise,  and  traded  with  the  natives  for  five 
or  six  days;  at  the  end  of  which  time,  when  almost  everything 
was  sold,  there  came  down  to  the  beach  a  number  of  women, 
and  among  them  the  daughter  of  the  king,  who  was,  they  say, 
agreeing  in  this  with  the  Greeks,  lo,  the  child  of  Inachus.  The 
women  were  standing  by  the  stem  of  the  ship  intent  upon  their 
purchases,  when  the  Phoenicians,  with  a  general  shout,  rushed 
upon  them.  The  greater  part  made  their  escape,  but  some 
were  seized  and  carried  off.  lo  herself  was  among  the  captives. 
The  Phoenicians  put  the  women  on  board  their  vessel,  and  set 

*  The  mention  of  the  author's  name  and  coimtry  in  the  first  sentence  of 
his  history  seems  to  have  been  usual  in  the  age  in  which  Herodotus  wrote. 

'  By  the  Erythraean  Sea  Herodotus  intends,  not  our  Red  Sea,  which  he 
calls  the  Arabian  Gulf  (/coXttoj  'Apdßios),  but  the  Indian  Ocean,  c«:  rather 
both  the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  Persian  Gulf,  which  latter  he  does  not 
consider  distinct  from  the  Ocean,  being  ignorant  of  its  shape. 

•  The  ancient  superiority  of  Argos  is  indicated  by  the  position  of  Aga- 
memnon at  the  time  of  the  Trojan  war  (compare  Thucyd.  i.  9-10),  and  by 
the  use  of  the  word  Argive  in  Homer  for  Greek  generally.  No  otlier  name 
of  a  single  people  is  used  in  the  same  generic  way. 

I 


2  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

sail  for  Egypt.  Thus  did  lo  pass  into  Egypt,  according  to  the 
Persian  story/  which  differs  widely  from  the  Phoenician :  and  thus 
commenced,  according  to  their  authors,  the  series  of  outrages. 

2.  At  a  later  period,  certain  Greeks,  with  whose  name  they 
are  unacquainted,  but  who  would  probably  be  Cretans,^  made  a 
landing  at  Tyre,  on  the  Phoenician  coast,  and  bore  off  the  king's 
daughter,  Europe.  In  this  they  only  retaliated;  but  after- 
wards the  Greeks,  they  say,  were  guilty  of  a  second  violence. 
They  manned  a  ship  of  war,  and  sailed  to  ^Ea,  a  city  of  Colchis, 
on  the  river  Phasis ;  from  whence,  after  despatching  the  rest  of 
the  business  on  which  they  had  come,  they  carried  off  Medea, 
the  daughter  of  the  king  of  the  land.  The  monarch  sent  a 
herald  into  Greece  to  demand  reparation  of  the  wrong,  and  the 
restitution  of  his  child;  but  the  Greeks  made  answer,  that 
having  received  no  reparation  of  the  wrong  done  them  in  the 
seizure  of  lo  the  Argive,  they  should  give  none  in  this  instance. 

3.  In  the  next  generation  afterwards,  according  to  the  same 
authorities,  Alexander  the  son  of  Priam,  bearing  these  events 
in  mind,  resolved  to  procure  himself  a  wife  out  of  Greece  by 
violence,  fully  persuaded,  that  as  the  Greeks  had  not  given 
satisfaction  for  their  outrages,  so  neither  would  he  be  forced 
to  make  any  for  his.  Accordingly  he  made  prize  of  Helen; 
upon  which  the  Greeks  decided  that,  before  resorting  to  other 
measures,  they  would  send  envoys  to  reclaim  the  princess  and 
require  reparation  of  the  wrong.  Their  demands  were  met  by 
a  reference  to  the  violence  which  had  been  offered  to  Medea, 
and  they  were  asked  with  what  face  they  could  now  require 
satisfaction,  when  they  had  formerly  rejected  all  demands  for 
either  reparation  or  restitution  addressed  to  them.^ 

^  The  name,  thus  first  brought  before  us  in  its  Asiatic  form,  may  perhaps 
furnish  an  astronomical  solution  for  the  entire  fable;  for  as  the  wanderings 
of  the  Greek  lo  have  been  often  compared  with  the  erratic  course  of  the 
moon  in  the  heavens,  passing  in  succession  through  all  the  signs  of  the 
zodiac,  so  do  we  find  that  in  the  ante-Semitic  period  there  was  also  an 
identity  of  name,  the  Egyptian  title  of  the  moon  being  Yah,  and  the 
primitive  Chaldaean  title  being  represented  by  a  Cuneiform  sign,  which  is 
phonetically  At,  as  in  modem  Turkish. 

'  Since  no  other  Greeks  were  thought  to  have  poss^sed  a  navy  in  these 
early  times. 

»  Aristophanes  in  the  Achamians  (488-494)  very  wittily  parodies  the 
opening  of  Herodotus's  history.  Professing  to  give  the  causes  of  the 
Pelopoonesian  war,  he  says: — 

"  This  was  nothing, 

Smacldng  too  much  of  our  accustomed  manner 
To  give  offence.     But  here,  sirs,  was  the  rub : 
Some  sparks  of  ours,  hot  with  the  grape,  had  stol'd 


Chap.  2-5.  Thc  Story  of  lo  3 

4.  Hitherto  the  injuries  on  either  side  had  been  mere  acts  of 
common  violence;  but  m  what  followed  the  Persians  consider 
that  the  Greeks  were  greatly  to  blame,  since  before  any  attack 
had  been  made  on  Europe,  they  led  an  army  into  Asia.  Now 
as  for  the  carrying  off  of  women,  it  is  the  deed,  they  say,  of  a 
rogue ;  but  to  make  a  stir  about  such  as  are  carried  off,  argues 
a  man  a  fool.  Men  of  sense  care  nothing  for  such  women,  since 
it  is  plain  that  without  their  own  consent  they  would  never  be 
forced  away.  The  Asiatics,  when  the  Greeks  ran  off  with  their 
women,  never  troubled  themselves  about  the  matter;  but  the 
Greeks,  for  the  sake  of  a  single  Lacedaemonian  girl,  collected  a 
vast  armament,  invaded  Asia,  and  destroyed  the  kingdom  of 
Priam.  Henceforth  they  ever  looked  upon  the  Greeks  as  their 
open  enemies.  For  Asia,  with  all  the  various  tribes  of  bar- 
barians that  inhabit  it,  is  regarded  by  the  Persians  as  their  own ; 
but  Europe  and  the  Greek  race  they  look  on  as  distinct  and 
separate.^ 

5.  Such  is  the  account  which  the  Persians  give  of  these 
matters,^  They  trace  to  the  attack  upon  Troy  their  ancient 
enmity  towards  the  Greeks.  The  Phoenicians,  however,  as 
regards  lo,  vary  from  the  Persian  statements.  They  deny  that 
they  used  any  violence  to  remove  her  into  Egypt;  she  herself, 
they  say,  having  formed  an  intimacy  with  the  captain,  while  his 
vessel  lay  at  Argos,  and  perceiving  herself  to  be  with  child,  of 
her  own  freewill  accompanied  the  Phoenicians  on  their  leaving 
the  shore,  to  escape  the  shame  of  detection  and  the  reproaches 
of  her  parents.  Whether  this  latter  account  be  true,  or  whether 
the  matter  happened  otherwise,  I  shall  not  discuss  further.    I 

A  mistress  of  the  game — Simaetha  named — 
From  the  Megarians:   her  doughty  townsmen 
(For  the  deed  moved  no  small  extent  of  anger) 
Reveng'd  the  afiront  upon  Aspasia's  train, 
A  %fd  bore  away  a  brace  ■■^■'-  her  fair  damsels. 
All  Greece  anon  gave  note  of  martial  p*elude. 
And  what  the  cause  of  war?   marry,  ttree  women." 

— Mitchell,  p.  70-3. 
This  is  the  earliest  indication  of  »  knowledge  of  the  work  of  Herodotus 
on  the  part  of  any  other  Greek  writer. 

»  The  claim  made  by  the  Persians  to  the  natural  lordship  of  Asia  was 
convenient  as  furnishing  them  with  pretexts  for  such  wars  as  it  suited 
their  policy  to  engage  in  with  non- Asiatic  nations. 

'  It  is  curious  to  observe  the  treatment  which  the  Greek  myths  met 
with  at  the  hands  of  foreigners.  The  Oriental  mind,  quite  unable  to 
appreciate  poetry  of  such  a  character,  stripped  the  legends  bare  of  all 
that  beautified  them,  and  then  treated  them,  thus  vulgarised,  as  matteri 
of  simple  history. 


4  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

shall  proceed  at  once  to  point  out  the  person  who  first  within 
my  own  knowledge  inflicted  injury  on  the  Greeks,  after  which  I 
shall  go  forward  with  my  history,  describing  equally  the  greater 
and  the  lesser  cities.  For  the  cities  which  were  formerly  great, 
have  most  of  them  become  insignificant;  and  such  as  are  at 
present  powerful,  were  weak  in  the  olden  time.^  I  shall  there- 
fore discourse  equally  of  both,  convinced  that  human  happiness 
never  continues  long  in  one  stay. 

6.  Croesus,  son  of  Alyattes,  by  birth  a  Lydian,  was  lord  of 
all  the  nations  to  the  west  of  the  river  Halys.  This  stream, 
which  separates  Syria  ^  from  Paphlagonia,  runs  with  a  course 
from  south  to  north,  and  finally  falls  into  the  Euxine.  So  far 
as  our  knowledge  goes,  he  was  the  first  of  the  barbarians  who 
had  dealings  with  the  Greeks,  forcing  some  of  them  to  become 
his  tributaries,  and  entering  into  alliance  with  others.  He  con- 
quered the  iEolians,  lonians,  and  Dorians  of  Asia,  and  made  a 
treaty  with  the  Lacedaemonians.  Up  to  that  time  all  Greeks 
had  been  free.  For  the  Cimmerian  attack  upon  Ionia,  which 
was  earlier  than  Croesus,  was  not  a  conquest  of  the  cities,  but 
only  an  inroad  for  plundering. 

7.  The  sovereignty  of  Lydia,  which  had  belonged  to  the 
Heraclides,  passed  into  the  family  of  Croesus,  who  were  called 
the  Mermnadae,  in  the  manner  which  I  will  now  relate.  There 
was  a  certain  king  of  Sardis,  Candaules  by  name,  whom  the 
Greeks  called  Myrsilus.  He  was  a  descendant  of  Alcaeus,  son 
of  Hercules.  The  first  king  of  this  dynasty  was  Agron,  son  of 
Ninus,  grandson  of  Belus,  and  great-grandson  of  Alcaeus;  Can- 
daules, son  of  Myrsus,  was  the  last.  The  kings  who  reigned 
before  Agron  sprang  from  Lydus,  son  of  Atys,  from  whom  the 
people  of  the  land,  called  previously  Meonians,  received  the 
name  of  Lydians.  The  Heraclides,  descended  from  Hercules 
and  the  slave-girl  of  Jardanus,  having  been  entrusted  by  these 
princes  with  the  management  of  affairs,  obtained  the  kingdom 
by  an  oracle.  Their  rule  endured  for  two  and  twenty  genera- 
tions of  men,  a  space  of  five  hundred  and  five  years;*  during 

*  Thucydides  remarks  on  the  small  size  to  which  Mycenae  had  dwindled 
Compared  with  its  former  power  (i.  10). 

"  By  Syria  Herodotus  here  means  Cappadoda,  the  inhabitants  of  which  he 
calls  Syrians  (i.  72,  and  vii.  72),  or  Cappadocian  Syrians  {^vplovs  Kainraöö- 
>cos  i.  72).  Herodotus  regards  the  words  Syria  and  Ass5n:ia,  Syrians  and 
Assyrians,  as  in  reality  the  same  (vii.  63);  in  his  use  of  them,  however, 
as  ethnic  appellatives,  he  always  carefully  distinguishes. 

*  Herodotus  professes  to  count  three  generations  to  the  century  (ii.  14a), 
thus  making  the  generation  33  J  years.  In  this  case  the  average  of  th« 
generations  is  but  23  years. 


Chap.  6-10.  Legend  of  Gyges  5 

the  whole  of  which  period,  from  Agron  to  Candaules,  the  crown 
descended  in  the  direct  line  from  father  to  son. 

8.  Now  it  happened  that  this  Candaules  was  in  love  with  his 
own  wife;  and  not  only  so,  but  thought  her  the  fairest  woman 
in  the  whole  world.  This  fancy  had  strange  consequences. 
There  was  in  his  body-guard  a  man  whom  he  specially  favoured, 
Gyges,  the  son  of  Dascylus.  All  affairs  of  greatest  moment 
were  entrusted  by  Candaules  to  this  person,  and  to  him  he  was 
wont  to  extol  the  surpassing  beauty  of  his  wife.  So  matters 
went  on  for  a  while.  At  length,  one  day,  Candaules,  who  was 
fated  to  end  ill,  thus  addressed  his  follower:  "  I  see  thou  dost 
not  credit  what  I  tell  thee  of  my  lady's  loveliness;  but  come 
now,  since  men's  ears  are  less  credulous  than  their  eyes,  con- 
trive some  means  whereby  thou  mayst  behold  her  naked."  At 
this  the  other  loudly  exclaimed,  saying,  "  What  most  unwise 
speech  is  this,  master,  which  thou  hast  uttered  ?  Wouldst  thou 
have  me  behold  my  mistress  when  she  is  naked  ?  Bethink  thee 
that  a  woman,  with  her  clothes,  puts  off  her  bashfulness.  Our 
fathers,  in  time  past,  distinguished  right  and  wrong  plainly 
enough,  and  it  is  our  wisdom  to  submit  to  be  taught  by  them. 
There  is  an  old  saying,  *  Let  each  look  on  his  own.'  I  hold  thy 
wife  for  the  fairest  of  all  womankind.  Only,  I  beseech  thee, 
ask  me  not  to  do  wickedly." 

9.  Gyges  thus  endeavoured  to  decline  the  king's  proposal, 
trembling  lest  some  dreadful  evU  should  befall  him  through  it. 
But  the  king  replied  to  him,  "  Courage,  friend;  suspect  me  not 
of  the  design  to  prove  thee  by  this  discourse;  nor  dread  thy 
mistress,  lest  mischief  befall  thee  at  her  hands.  Be  sure  I  will 
so  manage  that  she  shall  not  even  know  that  thou  hast  looked 
upon  her.  I  will  place  thee  behind  the  open  door  of  the  chamber 
in  which  we  sleep.  When  I  enter  to  go  to  rest  she  will  follow 
me.  There  stands  a  chair  close  to  the  entrance,  on  which  she 
will  lay  her  clothes  one  by  one  as  she  takes  them  off.  Thou 
wilt  be  able  thus  at  thy  leisure  to  peruse  her  person.  Then, 
when  she  is  moving  from  the  chair  toward  the  bed,  and  her 
back  is  turned  on  thee,  be  it  thy  care  that  she  see  thee  not  as 
thou  passest  through  the  doorway." 

10.  Gyges,  unable  to  escape,  could  but  declare  his  readiness. 
Then  Candaules,  when  bedtime  came,  led  Gyges  into  his  sleep- 
ing-chamber, and  a  moment  after  the  queen  followed.  She 
entered,  and  laid  her  garments  on  the  chair,  and  Gyges  gazed 
on  her.     After  a  while  she  moved  toward  the  bed,  and  her  back 


6  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

being  then  turned,  he  glided  stealthily  from  the  apartment. 
As  he  was  passing  out,  however,  she  saw  him,  and  instantly 
divining  what  had  happened,  she  neither  screamed  as  her  shame 
impelled  her,  nor  even  appeared  to  have  noticed  aught,  pur- 
posing to  take  vengeance  upon  the  husband  who  had  so  affronted 
her.  For  among  the  Lydians,  and  indeed  among  the  barbarians 
generally,  it  is  reckoned  a  deep  disgrace,  even  to  a  man,  to  be 
seen  naked.^ 

11.  No  sound  or  sign  of  intelligence  escaped  her  at  the  time. 
But  in  the  morning,  as  soon  as  day  broke,  she  hastened  to  choose 
from  among  her  retinue,  such  as  she  knew  to  be  most  faithful 
to  her,  and  preparing  them  for  what  was  to  ensue,  summoned 
Gyges  into  her  presence.  Now  it  had  often  happened  before 
that  the  queen  had  desired  to  confer  with  him,  and  he  was 
accustomed  to  come  to  her  at  her  call.  He  therefore  obeyed 
the  summons,  not  suspecting  that  she  knew  aught  of  what  had 
occurred.  Then  she  addressed  these  words  to  him :  "  Take  thy 
choice,  Gyges,  of  two  courses  which  are  open  to  thee.  Slay 
Gmdaules,  and  thereby  become  my  lord,  and  obtain  the  Lydian 
throne,  or  die  this  moment  in  his  room.  So  wilt  thou  not  again, 
obeying  all  behests  of  thy  master,  behold  what  is  not  lawful  for 
thee.  It  must  needs  be,  that  either  he  perish  by  whose  counsel 
this  thing  was  done,  or  thou,  who  sawest  me  naked,  and  so 
didst  break  our  usages."  At  these  words  Gyges  stood  awhile 
in  mute  astonishment;  recovering  after  a  time,  he  earnestly 
besought  the  queen  that  she  would  not  compel  him  to  so  hard 
a  choice.  But  finding  he  implored  in  vain,  and  that  necessity 
was  indeed  laid  on  him  to  kill  or  to  be  killed,  he  made  choice 
of  life  for  himself,  and  replied  by  this  inquiry:  "  If  it  must  be 
so,  and  thou  compellest  me  against  my  will  to  put  my  lord  to 
death,  come,  let  me  hear  how  thou  wilt  have  me  set  on  him." 
"  Let  him  be  attacked,"  she  answered,  "  on  that  spot  where  I 
was  by  him  shown  naked  to  you,  and  let  the  assault  be  made 
when  he  is  asleep." 

12.  All  was  then  prepared  for  the  attack,  and  when  night 
fell,  Gyges,  seeing  that  he  had  no  retreat  or  escape,  but  must 
absolutely  either  slay  Candaules,  or  himself  be  slain,  followed 
his  mistress  into  the  sleeping-room.  She  placed  a  dagger  in  his 
hand;  and  hid  him  carefully  behind  the  self-same  door.    Then 

*  The  contrast  between  the  feelings  of  the  Greeks  and  the  barbarians  on 
this  point  is  noted  by  Thucydides  (i.  6),  where  we  learn  that  the  exhibition 
of  the  naked  person  was  recent,  even  with  the  Greeks. 


Chap.  11-14.  AcCCSSioil   of  GygCS  7 

Gyges,  when  the  king  was  fallen  asleep,  entered  privily  into  the 
chamber  and  struck  him  dead.  Thus  did  the  wife  and  kingdom 
of  Candaules  pass  into  the  possession  of  Gyges,  of  whom  Archi- 
lochus  the  Parian,  who  lived  about  the  same  time,^  made 
mention  in  a  poem  written  in  Iambic  trimeter  verse. 

13.  Gyges  was  afterwards  confirmed  in  the  possession  of  the 
throne  by  an  answer  of  the  Delphic  oracle.  Enraged  at  the 
murder  of  their  king,  the  people  flew  to  arms,  but  after  a  while 
the  partisans  of  Gyges  came  to  terms  with  them,  and  it  was 
agreed  that  if  the  Delphic  oracle  declared  hira  king  of  the 
Lydians,  he  should  reign;  if  otherwise,  he  should  yield  the 
throne  to  the  Heraclides.  As  the  oracle  was  given  in  his  favour 
he  became  king.  The  Pythoness,  however,  added  that,  in  the 
fifth  generation  from  Gyges,  vengeance  should  come  for  the 
Heraclides;  a  prophecy  of  which  neither  the  Lydians  nor  their 
princes  took  any  account  till  it  was  fulfilled.  Such  was  the 
way  in  which  the  Mermnads  deposed  the  Heraclides,  and 
themselves  obtained  the  sovereignty. 

14.  When  Gyges  was  established  on  the  throne,  he  sent  no 
small  presents  to  Delphi,  as  his  many  silver  offerings  at  the 
Delphic  shrine  testify.  Besides  this  silver  he  gave  a  vast 
number  of  vessels  of  gold,  among  which  the  most  worthy  of 
mention  are  the  goblets,  six  in  number,  and  weighing  altogether 
thirty  talents,  which  stand  in  the  Corinthian  treasury,  dedicated 
by  him.  I  call  it  the  Corinthian  treasury,  though  in  strictness 
of  speech  it  is  the  treasury  not  of  the  whole  Corinthian  people, 
but  of  Cypselus,  son  of  Eetion.  Excepting  Midas,  son  of 
Gordias,*  king  of  Phrygia,  Gyges  was  the  first  of  the  barbarians 
whom  we  know  to  have  sent  offerings  to  Delphi.  Midas  dedi- 
cated the  royal  throne  whereon  he  was  accustomed  to  sit  and 
administer  justice,  an  object  well  worth  looking  at.  It  lies  in 
the  same  place  as  the  goblets  presented  by  Gyges.  The  Del- 
phians  call  the  whole  of  the  silver  and  the  gold  which  Gyges 
dedicated,  after  the  name  of  the  donor,  Gygian. 

As  soon  as  Gyges  was  king  he  made  an  inroad  on  Miletus  and 
Smyrna,  and  took  the  city  of  Colophon.    Afterwards,  however, 

^  There  are  strong  grounds  for  believing  that  Archilochus  was  later 
than  Callinus,  who  is  proved  by  Grote  to  have  written  after  the  great 
Cimmerian  invasion  in  the  reign  of  Ardys.  But  there  is  nothing  to  show 
at  what  time  in  the  reign  of  Ardys  this  invasion  happened.  Archilochus 
may  have  been  contemporary  both  with  Gyges  and  Ardys.  The  Cimmerian 
invasion  may  have  been  early  in  the  reign  of  the  latter  prince,  say  b.c.  675. 

*  Every  Phrygian  king  mentioned  in  ancient  history  is  either  Midas, 
son  of  Gordias,  or  Gordias,  son  of  Midas. 


8  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

though  he  reigned  eight  and  thirty  years,  he  did  not  perform  a 
single  noble  exploit.  I  shall  therefore  make  no  further  mention 
of  him,  but  pass  on  to  his  son  and  successor  in  the  kingdom, 
Ardys. 

15.  Ardys  took  Priene  and  made  war  upon  Miletus.  In  his 
reign  the  Cimmerians,  driven  from  their  homes  by  the  nomades 
of  Scythia,  entered  Asia  and  captured  Sardis,  all  but  the  citadel. 
He  reigned  forty-nine  years,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son, 
Sadyattes,  who  reigned  twelve  years.  At  his  death  his  son 
Alyattes  mounted  the  throne. 

16.  This  prince  waged  war  with  the  Medes  under  Cyaxares, 
the  grandson  of  Deioces,^  drove  the  Cimmerians  out  of  Asia, 
conquered  Smyrna,  the  Colophonian  colony,*  and  invaded  Cla- 
zomenae.  From  this  last  contest  he  did  not  come  off  as  he 
could  have  wished,  but  met  with  a  sore  defeat;  still,  however, 
in  the  course  of  his  reign,  he  performed  other  actions  very 
worthy  of  note,  of  which  I  will  now  proceed  to  give  an  account. 

17.  Inheriting  from  his  father  a  war  with  the  Milesians,  he 
pressed  the  siege  against  the  city  by  attacking  it  in  the  following 
manner.  When  the  harvest  was  ripe  on  the  ground  he  marched 
his  army  into  Milesia  to  the  sound  of  pipes  and  harps,  and  flutes 
masculine  and  feminine.^  The  buildings  that  were  scattered 
over  the  country  he  neither  pulled  down  nor  burnt,  nor  did  he 
even  tear  away  the  doors,  but  left  them  standing  as  they  were. 
He  cut  down,  however,  and  utterly  destroyed  all  the  trees  and 
all  the  com  throughout  the  land,  and  then  returned  to  his  own 
dominions.  It  was  idle  for  his  army  to  sit  down  before  the 
place,  as  the  Milesians  were  masters  of  the  sea.  The  reason 
that  he  did  not  demolish  their  buildings  was,  that  the  inhabi- 
tants might  be  tempted  to  use  them  as  homesteads  from  which 
to  go  forth  to  sow  and  till  their  lands;  and  so  each  time  that 
he  invaded  the  country  he  might  find  something  to  plunder. 

18.  In  this  way  he  carried  on  the  war  with  the  Milesians  for 
eleven  years,  in  the  course  of  which  he  inflicted  on  them  two 
terrible  blows;  one  in  their  own  country  in  the  district  of  Lime- 
neium,  the  other  in  the  plain  of  the  Maeander.  During  six  of 
these  eleven  years,  Sadyattes,  the  son  of  Ardys,  who  first  lighted 

1  Vide  infra,  chaps.  73-4.  '  Vide  infra,  ch.  150. 

» Aulus  Gellius  understood  the  "  male  and  female  flutes,"  as  flutes 
played  by  men,  and  flutes  played  by  women.  But  it  is  more  probable 
that  flutes  of  different  tones  or  pitches  are  intended.  The  flute,  the  pitch 
of  which  was  lower,  would  be  called  malt ;  the  more  treble  or  shrill- 
soxinding  one  would  be  the  female. 


Chap.  15-2«.  Alyattes  Consults  the  Oracle  9 

the  flames  of  this  war,  was  king  of  Lydia,  and  made  the  incur- 
sions. Only  the  five  following  years  belong  to  the  reign  of 
Alyattes,  son  of  Sadyattes,  who  (as  I  said  before)  inheriting  the 
war  from  his  father,  applied  himself  to  it  unremittingly.  The 
Milesians  throughout  the  contest  received  no  help  at  all  from 
any  of  the  lonians,  excepting  those  of  Chios,  who  lent  them 
troops  in  requital  of  a  like  service  rendered  them  in  former  times, 
the  Milesians  having  fought  on  the  side  of  the  Chians  during  the 
whole  of  the  war  between  them  and  the  people  of  Erythrae. 

19.  It  was  in  the  twelfth  year  of  the  war  that  the  following 
mischance  occurred  from  the  firing  of  the  harvest-fields. 
Scarcely  had  the  corn  been  set  a-light  by  the  soldiers  when  a 
violent  wind  carried  the  flames  against  the  temple  of  Minerva 
Assesia,  which  caught  fire  and  was  burnt  to  the  ground.  At 
the  time  no  one  made  any  account  of  the  circumstance;  but 
afterwards,  on  the  return  of  the  army  to  Sardis,  Alyattes  fell 
sick.  His  illness  continued,  whereupon,  either  advised  thereto 
by  some  friend,  or  perchance  himself  conceiving  the  idea,  he 
sent  messengers  to  Delphi  to  inquire  of  the  god  concernir^  his 
malady.  On  their  arrival  the  Pythoness  declared  that  no 
answer  should  be  given  them  until  they  had  rebuilt  the  temple 
of  Minerva,  burnt  by  the  Lydians  at  Assesus  in  Milesia. 

20.  Thus  much  I  know  from  information  given  me  by  the 
Delphians;  the  remainder  of  the  story  the  Milesians  add. 

The  answer  made  by  the  oracle  came  to  the  ears  of  Periander, 
son  of  Cypselus,  who  was  a  very  close  friend  to  Thrasybulus, 
tyrant  of  Miletus  at  that  period.  He  instantly  despatched  a 
messenger  to  report  the  oracle  to  him,  in  order  that  Thrasy- 
bulus, forewarned  of  its  tenor,  might  the  better  adapt  his 
measures  to  the  posture  of  affairs. 

21.  Alyattes,  the  moment  that  the  words  of  the  oracle  were 
reported  to  him,  sent  a  herald  to  Miletus  in  hopes  of  concluding 
a  truce  with  Thrasybulus  and  the  Milesians  for  such  a  time  as 
was  needed  to  rebuild  the  temple.  The  herald  went  upon  his 
way;  but  meantime  Thrasybulus  had  been  apprised  of  every- 
thing; and  conjecturing  what  Alyattes  would  do,  he  contrived 
this  artifice.  He  had  all  the  corn  that  was  in  the  city,  whether 
belonging  to  himself  or  to  private  persons,  brought  into  the 
market-place,  and  issued  an  order  that  the  Milesians  should 
hold  themselves  in  readiness,  and,  when  he  gave  the  signal, 
should,  one  and  all,  fall  to  drinking  and  revelry. 

22.  The  purpose  for  which  he  gave  these  orders  was  the  fol- 


lo  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

lowing.  He  hoped  that  the  Sardian  herald,  seeing  so  great  store 
of  com  upon  the  ground,  and  all  the  city  given  up  to  festivity, 
would  inform  Alyattes  of  it,  which  fell  out  as  he  anticipated. 
Tlie  herald  observed  the  whole,  and  when  he  had  delivered  his 
message,  went  back  to  Sardis.  This  circumstance  alone,  as  I 
gather,  brought  about  the  peace  which  ensued.  Alyattes,  who 
had  hoped  that  there  was  now  a  great  scarcity  of  corn  in  Miletus, 
and  that  the  people  were  worn  down  to  the  last  pitch  of  suffer- 
ing, when  he  heard  from  the  herald  on  his  return  from  Miletus 
tidings  so  contrary  to  those  he  had  expected,  made  a  treaty  with 
the  enemy  by  which  the  two  nations  became  close  friends  and 
allies.  He  then  built  at  Assesus  two  temples  to  Minerva  instead 
of  one,^  and  shortly  after  recovered  from  his  malady.  Such 
were  the  chief  circumstances  of  the  war  which  Alyattes  waged 
with  Thrasybulus  and  the  Milesians. 

23.  This  Periander,  who  apprised  Thrasybulus  of  the  oracle, 
was  son  of  Cypselus,  and  tyrant  of  Corinth.^  In  his  time  a  very 
wonderful  thing  is  said  to  have  happened.  The  Corinthians  and 
the  Lesbians  agree  in  their  account  of  the  matter.  They  relate 
that  Arion  of  Methymna,  who  as  a  player  on  the  harp,  was 
second  to  no  man  living  at  that  time,  and  who  was,  so  far  as  we 
know,  the  first  to  invent  the  dithyrambic  measure,^  to  give  it  its 
name,  and  to  recite  in  it  at  Corinth,  was  carried  to  Taenanim  on 
the  back  of  a  dolphin. 

24.  He  had  lived  for  many  years  at  the  court  of  Periander, 
when  a  longing  came  upon  him  to  sail  across  to  Italy  and  Sicily. 
Having  made  rich  profits  in  those  parts,  he  wanted  to  recross 
the  seas  to  Corinth.  He  therefore  hired  a  vessel,  the  crew  of 
which  were  Corinthians,  thinking  that  there  was  no  people  in 
whom  he  could  more  safely  confide;   and,  going  on  board,  he 

^  The  feeling  that  restitution  should  be  twofold,  when  made  to  the  gods, 
was  a  feature  of  the  reUgion  of  Rome.     It  was  not  recognised  in  Greece. 

"  Bahr  says  (Not.  ad  ioc),  Periander  was  tyrant  in  the  ancient  sense  of 
the  word,  in  which  it  is  simply  equivalent  to  the  Latin  "  rex  "  and  the 
Greek  &va^,  or  ßaffiXevs;  because  he  inherited  the  crown  from  his 
father  Cypselus.  But  it  would  rather  seem  that  the  word  bears  here  its 
usual  sense  of  a  king  who  rules  with  a  usurped  and  unconstitutional 
authority. 

*  The  invention  of  the  Dithyramb,  or  Cyclic  chorus,  was  ascribed  to 
Arion,  not  only  by  Herodotus,  but  also  by  Aristotle,  by  Hellanicus,  by 
Dicaeardius,  and,  implicitly,  by  Pindar,  who  said  it  was  invented  at 
Corinth.  Perhaps  it  is  best  to  conclude  with  a  recent  writer  that  Arion 
did  not  invent,  but  only  improved  the  dithyramb.  The  dithjrramb  was 
originally  a  mere  hymn  in  honour  of  Bacchus,  with  the  cirQumstances  of 
whose  birth  the  word  is  somewhat  fancifully  connected  (Eurip.  Bacch. 
526).     It  was  sung  by  a  Ku)fioi,  or  band  of  revellers,  directed  by  a  leader. 


Chap.  22-25^  Lcgcnd  of  Arion  1 1 

set  sail  from  Taren  tum  ^  The  sailors,  however,  when  they 
reached  the  open  sea,  formed  a  plot  to  throw  him  overboard 
and  seize  upon  his  riches.  Discovering  their  design,  he  fell  on 
his  knees,  beseeching  them  to  spare  his  life,  and  making  them 
welcome  to  his  money.  But  they  refused;  and  required  him 
either  to  kill  himself  outright,  if  he  wished  for  a  grave  on  the 
dry  land,  or  without  loss  of  time  to  leap  overboard  into  the  sea. 
In  this  strait  Arion  begged  them,  since  such  was  their  pleasure, 
to  allow  him  to  mount  upon  the  quarter-deck,  dressed  in  his 
full  costume,  and  there  to  play  and  sing,  and  promising  that,  as 
soon  as  his  song  was  ended,  he  would  destroy  himself.  Delighted 
at  the  prospect  of  hearing  the  very  best  harper  in  the  world,  they 
consented,  and  withdrew  from  the  stem  to  the  middle  of  the 
vessel:  while  Arion  dressed  himself  in  the  full  costume  of  his 
calling,  took  his  harp,  and  standing  on  the  quarter-deck,  chanted 
the  Orthian.^  His  strain  ended,  he  flung  himself,  fully  attired 
as  he  was,  headlong  into  the  sea.  The  Corinthians  then  sailed 
on  to  Corinth.  As  for  Arion,  a  dolphin,  they  say,  took  him 
upon  his  back  and  carried  him  to  Tosnarum,  where  he  went 
ashore,  and  thence  proceeded  to  Corinth  in  his  musician's  dress, 
and  told  all  that  had  happened  to  him.  Periander,  however, 
disbelieved  the  story,  and  put  Arion  in  ward,  to  prevent  his 
leaving  Corinth,  while  he  watched  anxiously  for  the  return  of 
the  mariners.  On  their  arrival  he  summoned  them  before  him 
and  asked  them  if  they  could  give  him  any  tidings  of  Arion. 
They  returned  for  answer  that  he  was  ahve  and  in  good  health 
in  Italy,  and  that  they  had  left  him  at  Tarentum,^  where  he 
was  doing  well.  Thereupon  Arion  appeared  before  them,  just 
as  he  was  when  he  jumped  from  the  vessel:  the  men,  astonished 
and  detected  in  falsehood,  could  no  longer  deny  their  gxiilt. 
Such  is  the  account  which  the  Corinthians  and  Lesbians  give; 
and  there  is  to  this  day  at  Tsenarum,  an  offering  of  Arion's  at 
the  shrine,  which  is  a  small  figure  in  bronze,  representing  a  man 
seated  upon  a  dolphin.^ 

25.  Having  brought  the  war  with  the  Milesians  to  a  close, 

*  According  to  the  scholiast  on  Aristophanes,  the  Orphian  was  pitched 
in  a  high  key,  as  the  name  would  imply,  and  was  a  lively  spirited  air. 

'  In  memory  of  this  legend,  the  Tarentines  were  fond  of  exhibiting 
Arion,  astride  upon  his  dolphin,  on  their  coins. 

»  Various  attempts  have  been  made  to  rationalise  the  legend  of  Aritm. 
The  truth  seems  to  be,  that  the  legend  grew  out  of  the  figure  at  Taenarum, 
which  was  known  by  its  inscription  to  be  an  offering  of  Arion's.  The 
fig\ire  itself  remained  at  Taenarum  more  than  seven  hundred  years.  It 
waa  seen  by  ^lian  in  the  third  century  after  Christ. 


1 2  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

and  reigned  over  the  land  of  Lydia  for  fifty-seven  years,  Alyattes 
died.  He  was  the  second  prince  of  his  house  who  made  offerings 
at  Delphi.  His  gifts,  which  he  sent  on  recovering  from  his 
sickness,  were  a  great  bowl  of  pure  silver,  with  a  salver  in  steel 
curiously  inlaid,  a  work  among  all  the  offerings  at  Delphi  the 
best  worth  looking  at.  Glaucus,  the  Chian,  made  it,  the  man 
who  first  invented  the  art  of  inlaying  steel.^ 

26.  On  the  death  of  Alyattes,  Croesus,  his  son,  who  was 
thkty-five  years  old,  succeeded  to  the  throne.  Of  the  Greek 
cities,  Ephesus  was  the  first  that  he  attacked.  The  Ephesians, 
when  he  laid  siege  to  the  place,  made  an  offering  of  their  city 
to  Diana,  by  stretching  a  rope  from  the  town  wall  to  the  temple 
of  the  goddess,^  which  was  distant  from  the  ancient  city,  then 
besieged  by  Croesus,  a  space  of  seven  furlongs.^  They  were,  as 
I  said,  the  first  Greeks  whom  he  attacked«  Afterwards,  on 
some  pretext  or  other,  he  made  war  in  turn  upon  every  Ionian 
and  iEolian  state,  bringing  forward,  where  he  could,  a  substantial 
ground  of  complaint;  where  such  failed  him,  advancing  some 
poor  excuse. 

27.  In  this  way  he  made  himself  master  of  all  the  Greek 
cities  in  Asia,  and  forced  them  to  become  his  tributaries;  after 
which  he  began  to  think  of  building  ships,  and  attacking  the 
islanders.  Everything  had  been  got  ready  for  this  purpose, 
when  Bias  of  Priene  (or,  as  some  say,  Pittacus  the  Mytilenean) 
put  a  stop  to  the  project.  The  king  had  made  inquiry  of  this 
person,  who  was  lately  arrived  at  Sardis,  if  there  were  any  news 
from  Greece;  to  which  he  answered,  "  Yes,  sire,  the  islanders 
are  gathering  ten  thousand  horse,  designing  an  expedition  against 
thee  and  against  thy  capital."  Croesus,  thinking  he  spake 
seriously,  broke  out,  "  Ah,  might  the  gods  put  such  a  thought 
into  their  minds  as  to  attack  the  sons  of  the  Lydians  with 
cavalry  1 "    "  It  seems,  oh  I   king,"  rejoined  the  other,  "  that 

^  It  is  questionable  whether  by  k6\\t]<tls  is  to  be  understood  the 
inlaying,  or  merely  the  welding  of  iron  together.  The  only  two  descrip- 
tions which  eye-witnesses  have  left  us  of  the  salver,  lead  in  opposite 
directions. 

■An  analogous  case  is  mentioned  by  Plutarch  (Solon,  c.  12).  The 
fugitives  implicated  in  the  insxirrection  of  Cylon  at  Athens  connected 
themselves  with  the  altar  by  a  cord.  Through  the  breaking  of  the  cord 
they  lost  their  sacred  character.  So,  too,  when  Polycrates  dedicated 
the  island  of  Rheneia  to  the  Delian  Apollo,  he  connected  it  with  Delos  by 
a  chain  (Thucyd.  iii.  104). 

•We  learn  by  this  that  the  site  of  Ephesus  had  changed  between  the 
time  of  Croesus  and  that  of  Herodotus.  The  building  seen  by  Herodotus 
wan  that  burnt,  B.c.  356. 


Chap.  25-30.  Croesus'  Dcsigns  1 3 

thou  desirest  earnestly  to  catch  the  islanders  on  horseback  upon 
the  mainland, — thou  knowest  well  what  would  come  of  it.  But 
what  thinkest  thou  the  islanders  desire  better,  now  that  they 
hear  thou  art  about  to  build  ships  and  sail  against  them,  than  to 
catch  the  Lydians  at  sea,  and  there  revenge  on  them  the  wrongs 
of  their  brothers  upon  the  mainland,  whom  thou  boldest  in 
slavery?  "  CrcESus  was  charmed  with  the  turn  of  the  speech; 
and  thinking  there  was  reason  in  what  was  said,  gave  up  his 
ship-building  and  concluded  a  league  of  amity  with  the  lonians 
of  the  isles. 

28.  Croesus  afterwards,  in  the  course  of  many  years,  brought 
under  his  sway  almost  all  the  nations  to  the  west  of  the  Halys. 
The  Lycians  and  Cilicians  alone  continued  free;  all  the  other 
tribes  he  reduced  and  held  in  subjection.  They  were  the 
following:  the  Lydians,  Phrygians,  Mysians,  Mariandynians, 
Chalybians,  Paphlagonians,  Thynian  and  Bithynian  Thracians, 
Carians,  lonians,  Dorians,  iEolians  and  Pamphylians.^ 

29.  When  all  these  conquests  had  been  added  to  the  Lydian 
empire,  and  the  prosperity  of  Sardis  was  now  at  its  height, 
there  came  thither,  one  after  another,  all  the  sages  of  Greece 
living  at  the  time,  and  among  them  Solon,  the  Athenian. ^  He 
was  on  his  travels,  having  left  Athens  to  be  absent  ten  years, 
under  the  pretence  of  wishing  to  see  the  world,  but  really  to 
avoid  being  forced  to  repeal  any  of  the  laws  which,  at  the 
request  of  the  Athenians,  he  had  made  for  them.  Without  his 
sanction  the  Athenians  could  not  repeal  them,  as  they  had 
bound  themselves  under  a  heavy  curse  to  be  governed  for  ten 
years  by  the  laws  which  should  be  imposed  on  them  by  Solon.^ 

30.  On  this  account,  as  well  as  to  see  the  world,  Solon  set  out 

^  It  is  not  quite  correct  to  speak  of  the  Cilicians  as  dwelling  within  {i.e., 
west  of)  the  Halys,  for  the  Halys  in  its  upper  course  ran  through  Cilicia 
{Siä,  KlXIkujp,  ch.  72),  and  that  country  lay  chiefly  south  of  the  river. 
Lycia  and  Cilicia  would  be  likely  to  maintain  their  independence,  being 
both  countries  of  great  natural  strength.  They  lie  upon  the  high  moun- 
tain-range of  Taurus,  which  runs  from  east  to  west  along  the  south  of 
Asia  Minor,  within  about  a  degree  of  the  shore,  and  sends  down  from  the 
main  chain  a  series  of  lateral  branches  or  spurs,  which  extend  to  the  sea 
along  the  whole  line  of  coast  from  the  Gulf  of  Makri,  opposite  Rhodes,  to 
the  plain  of  Tarsus,  The  moimtains  of  the  interior  are  in  many  parts 
covered  with  snow  during  the  whole  or  the  greater  part  of  the  year. 

*  Solon's  visit  to  Croesus  was  rejected  as  fabulous  before  the  time  of 
Plutarch  (Solon,  c.  27),  on  account  of  chronological  difficulties.  Croesus 
most  probably  reigned  from  b.c.  568  to  b.c.  554.  Solon  certainly  outlived 
the  first  usurpation  of  the  government  at  Athens  by  Pisistratus,  which 
was  B.c.  560. 

•  The  travels  of  Solon  are  attested  by  Plato  (Tim.  p.  21)  and  others. 


14  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

upon  his  travels,  in  the  course  of  which  he  went  to  Egypt  to  the 
court  of  Amasis/  and  also  came  on  a  visit  to  Crcesus  at  Sardis. 
Croesus  received  him  as  his  guest,  and  lodged  him  in  the  royal 
palace.  On  the  third  or  fourth  day  after,  he  bade  his  servants 
conduct  Solon  over  his  treasuries,^  and  show  him  all  their  great- 
ness and  magnificence.  When  he  had  seen  them  all,  and, 
so  far  as  time  allowed,  inspected  them,  Croesus  addressed  this 
question  to  him.  "  Stranger  of  Athens,  we  have  heard  much  of 
thy  wisdom  and  of  thy  travels  through  many  lands,  from  love  of 
knowledge  and  a  wish  to  see  the  world.  I  am  curious  therefore 
to  inquire  of  thee,  whom,  of  all  the  men  that  thou  hast  seen, 
thou  deemest  the  most  happy?  "  This  he  asked  because  he 
thought  himself  the  happiest  of  mortals:  but  Solon  answered 
him  without  flattery,  according  to  his  true  sentiments,  "  Tellus 
of  Athens,  sire."  Full  of  astonishment  at  what  he  heard,  Croesus 
demanded  sharply,  "  And  wherefore  dost  thou  deem  Tellus 
happiest?  "  To  which  the  other  rephed,  "  First,  because  his 
country  was  flourishing  in  his  days,  and  he  himself  had  sons 
both  beautiful  and  good,  and  he  lived  to  see  children  bom  to 
each  of  them,  and  these  children  all  grew  up;  and  further 
because,  after  a  life  spent  in  what  our  people  look  upon  as 
comfort,  his  end  was  surpassingly  glorious.  In  a  battle  between 
the  Athenians  and  their  neighbours  near  Eleusis,  he  came  to 
the  assistance  of  his  countrymen,  routed  the  foe,  and  died  upon 
the  field  most  gallantly.  The  Athenians  gave  him  a  public 
funeral  on  the  spot  where  he  fell,  and  paid  him  the  highest 
honours." 

31.  Thus  did  Solon  admonish  Croesus  by  the  example  of  Tellus, 
enumerating  the  manifold  particulars  of  his  happiness.  When 
he  had  ended,  Croesus  inquired  a  second  time,  who  after  Tellus 
seemed  to  him  the  happiest,  expecting  that  at  any  rate,  he 
would  be  given  the  second  place.  "  Cleobis  and  Bito,"  Solon 
answered;  "  they  were  of  Argive  race;  their  fortune  was  enough 
for  their  wants,  and  they  were  besides  endowed  with  so  much 
bodily  strength  that  they  had  both  gained  prizes  at  the  Games. 
Also  this  tale  is  told  of  them: — There  was  a  great  festival  in 
honour  of  the  goddess  Juno  at  Argos,  to  which  their  mother 
must  needs  be  taken  in  a  car.®    Now  the  oxen  did  not  come 

•  Amasis  began  to  reign  b.c.  569.  Solon  might  sail  from  Athens  to 
Egypt,  thence  to  Cyprus  (Herod,  v.  113),  and  from  Cyprus  to  Lydia. 

•  Vide  infra,  vi.  125. 

•  Cicero  and  others  relate  that  the  ground  of  the  necessity  was  the 
circumstances  that  the  youths*  another  was  priestess  of  Juno  at  the  time. 


Chap.  30-3«.  Legend  of  Solon  1 5 

home  from  the  field  in  time:  so  the  youths^  fearful  of  being  too 
late,  put  the  yoke  on  their  own  necks,  and  themselves  drew  the 
car  in  which  their  mother  rode.  Five  and  forty  furlongs  did 
they  draw  her,  and  stopped  before  the  temple.  This  deed  of 
theirs  was  witnessed  by  the  whole  assembly  of  worshippers,  and 
then  their  life  closed  in  the  best  possible  way.  Herein,  too, 
God  showed  forth  most  evidently,  how  much  better  a  thing  for 
man  death  is  than  life.  For  the  Argive  men,  who  stood  around 
the  car,  extolled  the  vast  strength  of  the  youths;  and  the 
Argive  women  extolled  the  mother  who  was  blessed  with  such  a 
pair  of  sons;  and  the  mother  herself,  overjoyed  at  the  deed  and 
at  the  praises  it  had  won,  standing  straight  before  the  image, 
besought  the  goddess  to  bestow  on  Cleobis  and  Bito,  the  sons 
who  had  so  mightily  honoured  her,  the  highest  blessing  to  which 
mortals  can  attain.  Her  prayer  ended,  they  offered  sacrifice  and 
partook  of  the  holy  banquet,  after  which  the  two  youths  fell 
asleep  in  the  temple.  They  never  woke  more,  but  so  passed 
from  the  earth.  The  Argives,  looking  on  them  as  among  the 
best  of  men,  caused  statues  of  them  to  be  made,  which  they  gave 
to  the  shrine  at  Delphi." 

32.  When  Solon  had  thus  assigned  these  youths  the  second 
place,  Croesus  broke  in  angrily,  "  What,  stranger  of  Athens,  is 
my  happiness,  then,  so  utterly  set  at  nought  by  thee,  that  thou 
dost  not  even  put  me  on  a  level  with  private  men?  " 

"  Oh  1  Croesus,"  rephed  the  other,  "  thou  askedst  a  question 
concerning  the  condition  of  man,  of  one  who  knows  that  the 
power  above  us  is  full  of  jealousy,^  and  fond  of  troubling  our 
lot.  A  long  life  gives  one  to  witness  much,  and  experience 
much  oneself,  that  one  would  not  choose.    Seventy  years  I 

Servius  says  a  pestilence  had  destroyed  the  oxen,  which  contradicts 
Herodotus.  Otherwise  the  tale  is  told  with  fewer  varieties  than  most 
ancient  stories. 

^  The  (pdovos  ("  jealousy  ")  of  God  is  a  leading  feature  in  Herodotus's 
conception  of  the  Deity,  and  no  doubt  is  one  of  the  chief  moral  conclusions 
which  he  drew  from  his  own  survey  of  human  events,  and  intended  to 
impress  on  us  by  his  history.  (Vide  infra,  iii.  40,  vii.  46,  and  especially 
vii.  10,  §  5-6.)  Herodotus's  4>6ovep6s  6e6s  is  not  simply  the  "  Deus 
ultor  "  of  rehgious  Romans,  much  less  the  "  jealous  God  "  of  Scripture. 
The  idea  of  an  avenging  God  is  included  in  the  Herodotean  conception, 
but  is  far  from  being  the  whole  of  it.  Prosperity,  not  pride,  eminence, 
not  arrogance,  provokes  him.  He  does  not  like  any  one  to  be  great  or 
happy  but  himself  (vii.  46,  end).  What  is  most  remarkable  is,  that  with 
such  a  conception  of  the  Divine  Nature,  Herodotus  could  maintain  such 
a  placid,  cheerful,  childUke  temper.  Possibly  he  was  serene  because  h© 
felt  secure  in  his  mediocrity. 

I  405  B 


1 6  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

regard  as  the  limit  of  the  life  of  man.^  In  these  seventy  years 
are  contained,  without  reckoning  intercalary  months,  twenty-five 
thousand  and  two  hundred  days.  Add  an  intercalary  month  to 
every  other  year,  that  the  seasons  may  come  round  at  the  right 
time,  and  there  will  be,  besides  the  seventy  years,  thirty-five 
such  months,  making  an  addition  of  one  thousand  and  fifty  days. 
The  whole  number  of  the  days  contained  in  the  seventy  years 
will  thus  be  twenty-six  thousand  two  hundred  and  fifty,'*  whereof 
not  one  but  will  produce  events  unlike  the  rest.  Hence  man  is 
wholly  accident.  For  thyself,  ohl  Croesus,  I  see  that  thou  art 
wonderfully  rich,  and  art  the  lord  of  many  nations;  but  with 
respect  to  that  whereon  thou  questionest  me,  I  have  no  answer 
to  give,  until  I  hear  that  thou  hast  closed  thy  life  happily.  For 
assuredly  he  who  possesses  great  store  of  riches  is  no  nearer 
happiness  than  he  who  has  what  suffices  for  his  daily  needs, 
unless  it  so  hap  that  luck  attend  upon  him,  and  so  he  continue 
in  the  enjoyment  of  all  his  good  things  to  the  end  of  life.  For 
many  of  the  wealthiest  men  have  been  unfavoured  of  fortune, 
and  many  whose  means  were  moderate  have  had  excellent 
luck.  Men  of  the  former  class  excel  those  of  the  latter  but 
in  two  respects;  these  last  excel  the  former  in  many.  The 
wealthy  man  is  better  able  to  content  his  desires,  and  to  bear  up 
against  a  sudden  buffet  of  calamity.  The  other  has  less  ability 
to  withstand  these  evils  (from  which,  however,  his  good  luck 
keeps  him  clear),  but  he  enjoys  all  these  following  blessings: 
he  is  whole  of  limb,  a  stranger  to  disease,  free  from  misfortune, 
happy  in  his  children,  and  comely  to  look  upon.  If,  in  addition 
to  all  this,  he  end  his  life  well,  he  is  of  a  truth  the  man  of  whom 
thou  art  in  search,  the  man  who  may  rightly  be  termed  happy. 
Call  him,  however,  until  he  die,  not  happy  but  fortunate. 
Scarcely,  indeed,  can  any  man  unite  all  these  advantages:  as 
there  is  no  country  which  contains  within  it  all  that  it  needs,  but 
each,  while  it  possesses  some  things,  lacks  others,  and  the  best 

^  "  The  days  of  our  years  are  threescore  years  and  ten  "  (Ps.  xc.  lo). 

*  No  commentator  on  Herodotus  has  succeeded  in  explaining  the  curious 
mistake  whereby  the  solar  year  is  made  to  average  375  days.  That 
Herodotus  knew  the  true  solar  year  was  not  375,  but  more  neairly  365  days, 
is  clear  from  book  ii.  ch.  4.  Two  inaccuracies  produce  the  error  in  Hero- 
dotus. In  the  first  place  he  makes  Solon  coimt  his  months  at  30  days 
each,  whereas  it  is  notorious  that  the  Greek  months,  after  the  system  of 
intercalation  was  introduced,  were  alternately  of  29  and  30  days.  By 
this  error  his  first  number  is  raised  from  24,780  to  25,200;  and  also  his 
second  number  from  1033  to  1050.  Secondly,  he  omits  to  mention  that 
from  time  to  time  (every  4th  rpieri^pls  probably)  the  intercalary  month 
was  omitted  altogether. 


ckap.  33-35.         Sequel  to  the  Legend  1 7 

country  is  that  which  contains  the  most;  so  no  single  human 
being  is  complete  in  every  respect — something  is  always  lacking. 
He  who  unites  the  greatest  number  of  advantages,  and  retaining 
them  to  the  day  of  his  death,  then  dies  peaceably,  that  man 
alone,  sire,  is,  in  my  judgment,  entitled  to  bear  the  name  of 
'  happy.'  But  in  every  matter  it  behoves  us  to  mark  well  the 
end:  for  oftentimes  God  gives  men  a  gleam  of  happiness,  and 
then  plunges  them  into  ruin." 

33.  Such  was  the  speech  which  Solon  addressed  to  Croesus,  a 
speech  which  brought  him  neither  largess  nor  honour.  Ilie 
king  saw  him  depart  with  much  indifference,  since  he  thought 
that  a  man  must  be  an  arrant  fool  who  made  no  account  of 
present  good,  but  bade  men  always  wait  and  mark  the  end. 

34.  After  Solon  had  gone  away  a  dreadful  vengeance,  sent  of 
God,  came  upon  Croesus,  to  punish  him,  it  is  hkely,  for  deeming 
himself  the  happiest  of  men.  First  he  had  a  dream  in  the 
night,  which  foreshowed  him  truly  the  evils  that  were  about  to 
befall  him  in  the  person  of  his  son.  For  Croesus  had  two  sons, 
one  blasted  by  a  natural  defect,  being  deaf  and  dumb;  the  other, 
distinguished  far  above  all  his  co-mates  in  every  pursuit.  The 
name  of  the  last  was  Atys.  It  was  this  son  concerning  whom 
he  dreamt  a  dream,  that  he  would  die  by  the  blow  of  an  iron 
weapon.  When  he  woke,  he  considered  earnestly  with  himself, 
and,  greatly  alarmed  at  the  dream,  instantly  made  his  son  take 
a  wife,  and  whereas  in  former  years  the  youth  had  been  wont  to 
command  the  Lydian  forces  in  the  field,  he  now  would  not 
suffer  him  to  accompany  them.  All  the  spears  and  javelins, 
and  weapons  used  in  the  wars,  he  removed  out  of  the  male 
apartments,  and  laid  them  in  heaps  in  the  chambers  of  the 
women,  fearing  lest  perhaps  one  of  the  weapons  that  hung  against 
the  wall  might  fall  and  strike  him. 

35.  Now  it  chanced  that  while  he  was  making  arrangements 
for  the  wedding,  there  came  to  Sardis  a  man  under  a  misfortune, 
who  had  upon  him  the  stain  of  blood.  He  was  by  race  a 
Phrygian,  and  belonged  to  the  family  of  the  king.  Presenting 
himself  at  the  palace  of  Croesus,  he  prayed  to  be  admitted  to 
purification  according  to  the  customs  of  the  country.  Now  the 
Lydian  method  of  purifying  is  very  nearly  the  same  as  the 
Greek.  Croesus  granted  the  request,  and  went  through  all  the 
customary  rites,  after  which  he  asked  the  suppliant  of  his  birth 
and  country,  addressing  him  as  follows: — "Who  art  thou, 
stranger,  and  from  what  part  of  Phrygia  fleddest  thou  to  take 


1 8  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

refuge  at  my  hearth  ?  And  whom,  moreover,  what  man  or  what 
woman,  hast  thou  slain?  "  "  Ohl  king,"  replied  the  Phrygian, 
"  I  am  the  son  of  Gordias,  son  of  Midas.  I  am  named  Adrastus.^ 
The  man  I  unintentionally  slew  was  my  own  brother.  For  this 
my  father  drove  me  from  the  land,  and  I  lost  all.  Then  fled  I 
here  to  thee."  "  Thou  art  the  offspring,"  Croesus  rejoined,  "  of 
a  house  friendly  to  mine,  and  thou  art  come  to  friends.  Thou 
shalt  want  for  nothing  so  long  as  thou  abidest  in  my  dominions. 
Bear  thy  misfortune  as  easily  as  thou  mayest,  so  will  it  go  best 
with  thee."  Thenceforth  Adrastus  lived  in  the  palace  of  the 
king. 

36.  It  chanced  that  at  this  very  same  time  there  was  in  the 
Mysian  Olympus  a  huge  monster  of  a  boar,  which  went  forth 
often  from  this  mountain-country,  and  wasted  the  corn-fields  of 
the  Mysians.  Many  a  time  had  the  Mysians  collected  to  hunt 
the  beast,  but  instead  of  doing  him  any  hurt,  they  came  off 
always  with  some  loss  to  themselves.  At  length  they  sent 
ambassadors  to  Croesus,  who  delivered  their  message  to  him  in 
these  words :  "  Oh  I  king,  a  mighty  monster  of  a  boar  has 
appeared  in  our  parts,  and  destroys  the  labour  of  our  hands. 
We  do  our  best  to  take  him,  but  in  vain.  Now  therefore  we 
beseech  thee  to  let  thy  son  accompany  us  back,  with  some 
chosen  youths  and  hounds,  that  we  may  rid  our  country  of  the 
animal."     Such  was  the  tenor  of  their  prayer. 

But  Croesus  bethought  him  of  his  dream,  and  answered, 
**  Say  no  more  of  my  son  going  with  you ;  that  may  not  be  in 
any  wise.  He  is  but  just  joined  in  wedlock,  and  is  busy  enough 
with  that.  I  will  grant  you  a  picked  band  of  Lydians,  and  all 
my  huntsmen  and  hounds;  and  I  will  charge  those  whom  I 
send  to  use  all  zeal  in  aiding  you  to  rid  your  country  of  the 
brute." 

37.  With  this  reply  the  Mysians  were  content;  but  the  king's 
son,  hearing  what  the  prayer  of  the  Mysians  was,  came  suddenly 
in,  and  on  the  refusal  of  Croesus  to  let  him  go  with  them,  thus 
addressed  his  father:  "  Formerly,  my  father,  it  was  deemed  the 
noblest  and  most  suitable  thing  for  me  to  frequent  the  wars 
and  hunting-parties,  and  win  myself  glory  in  them;  but  now 
thou  keepest  me  away  from  both,  although  thou  hast  never 
beheld  in  me  either  cowardice  or  lack  of  spirit.  What  face 
meanwhile  must  I  wear  as  I  walk  to  the  forum  or  return  from 

^  Adrastus  is  "  the  doomed  " — "  the  man  unable  to  escape."  At5^  b 
••  the  youth  under  the  influence  of  At6  " — "  the  man  judicially  blind." 


Cäap.  36-43.  Story  of  Adrastus  1 9 

it?  What  must  the  citizens,  what  must  my  young  bride  think 
of  me?  What  sort  of  man  will  she  suppose  her  husband  to  be? 
Either,  therefore,  let  me  go  to  the  chace  of  this  boar,  or  give  me 
a  reason  why  it  is  best  for  me  to  do  according  to  thy  wishes." 

38.  Then  Croesus  answered,  "  My  son,  it  is  not  because  I  have 
seen  in  thee  either  cowardice  or  aught  else  which  has  displeased 
me  that  I  keep  thee  back;  but  because  a  vision  which  came 
before  me  in  a  dream  as  I  slept,  warned  me  that  thou  wert 
doomed  to  die  young,  pierced  by  an  iron  weapon.  It  was  this 
which  first  led  me  to  hasten  on  thy  wedding,  and  now  it  hinders 
me  from  sending  thee  upon  this  enterprise.  Fain  would  I  keep 
watch  over  thee,  if  by  any  means  I  may  cheat  fate  of  thee 
during  my  own  hfetime.  For  thou  art  the  one  and  only  son 
that  I  possess;  the  other,  whose  hearing  is  destroyed,  I  regard 
as  if  he  were  not.'* 

39.  "  Ah  1  father,"  returned  the  youth,  "  I  blame  thee  not 
for  keeping  watch  over  me  after  a  dream  so  terrible;  but  if 
thou  mistakest,  if  thou  dost  not  apprehend  the  dream  aright, 
*tis  no  blame  for  me  to  show  thee  wherein  thou  errest.  Now 
the  dream,  thou  saidst  thyself,  foretold  that  I  should  die  stricken 
by  an  iron  weapon.  But  what  hands  has  a  boar  to  strike  with? 
What  iron  weapon  does  he  wield  ?  Yet  this  is  what  thou  f earest 
for  me.  Had  the  dream  said  that  I  should  die  pierced  by  a 
tusk,  then  thou  hadst  done  well  to  keep  me  away;  but  it  said 
a  weapon.  Now  here  we  do  not  combat  men,  but  a  wild 
animal.    I  pray  thee,  therefore,  let  me  go  with  them," 

40.  "  There  thou  hast  me,  my  son,"  said  Crcesus,  "  thy  inter- 
pretation is  better  than  mine.  I  yield  to  it,  and  change  my 
mind,  and  consent  to  let  thee  go." 

41.  Then  the  king  sent  for  Adrastus,  the  Phrygian,  and  said 
to  him,  "  Adrastus,  when  thou  wert  smitten  with  the  rod  of 
affiiction — no  reproach,  my  friend — I  purified  thee,  and  have 
taken  thee  to  live  with  me  in  my  palace,  and  have  been  at 
every  charge.  Now,  therefore,  it  behoves  thee  to  requite  the 
good  offices  which  thou  hast  received  at  my  hands  by  consenting 
to  go  with  my  son  on  this  hunting  party,  and  to  watch  over 
him,  if  perchance  you  should  be  attacked  upon  the  road  by 
some  band  of  daring  robbers.  Even  apart  from  this,  it  were 
right  for  thee  to  go  where  thou  mayest  make  thyself  famous 
by  noble  deeds.  They  are  the  heritage  of  thy  family,  and  thou 
too  art  so  stalwart  and  strong." 

42.  Adrastus  answered,  "  Except  for  thy  request,  Oh!  king. 


20  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

I  would  rather  have  kept  away  from  this  hunt;  for  methinks  it 
ill  beseems  a  man  under  a  misfortune  such  as  mine  to  consort 
with  his  happier  compeers;  and  besides,  I  have  no  heart  to  it. 
On  many  grounds  I  had  stayed  behind;  but,  as  thou  urgest  it, 
and  I  am  bound  to  pleasure  thee  (for  truly  it  does  behove  me 
to  requite  thy  good  offices),  I  am  content  to  do  as  thou  wishest. 
For  thy  son,  whom  thou  givest  into  my  charge,  be  sure  thou 
shalt  receive  him  back  safe  and  sound,  so  far  as  depends  upon 
a  guardian's  carefulness." 

43.  Thus  assured,  Croesus  let  them  depart,  accompanied  by  a 
band  of  picked  youths,  and  well  provided  with  dogs  of  chase. 
When  they  reached  Olympus,  they  scattered  in  quest  of  the 
animal;  he  was  soon  found,  and  the  hunters,  drawing  round 
him  in  a  circle,  hurled  their  weapons  at  him.  Then  the  stranger, 
the  man  who  had  been  purified  of  blood,  whose  name  was 
Adrastus,  he  also  hurled  his  spear  at  the  boar,  but  missed  his 
aim,  and  struck  Atys.  Thus  wsis  the  son  of  Croesus  slain  by 
the  point  of  an  iron  weapon,  and  the  warning  of  the  vision  was 
fulfilled.  Then  one  ran  to  Sardis  to  bear  the  tidings  to  the 
king,  and  he  came  and  informed  him  of  the  combat  and  of  the 
fate  that  had  befallen  his  son. 

44.  If  it  was  a  heavy  blow  to  the  father  to  learn  that  his 
child  was  dead,  it  yet  more  strongly  affected  him  to  think  that 
the  very  man  whom  he  himself  once  purified  had  done  the 
deed.  In  the  violence  of  his  grief  he  called  aloud  on  Jupiter 
Catharsius,^  to  be  a  witness  of  what  he  had  suffered  at  the 
stranger's  hands.  Afterwards  he  invoked  the  same  god  as 
Jupiter  Ephistius  and  Hetsereus — using  the  one  term  because 
he  had  unwittingly  harboured  in  his  house  the  man  who  had 
now  slain  his  son;  and  the  other,  because  the  stranger,  who 
had  been  sent  as  his  child's  guardian,  had  turned  out  his  most 
cruel  enemy. 

45.  Presently  the  Lydians  arrived,  bearing  the  body  of  the 
youth,  and  behind  them  followed  the  homicide.  He  took  his 
stand  in  front  of  the  corse,  and,  stretching  forth  his  hands  to 
Croesus,  delivered  himself  into  his  power  with  earnest  entreaties 
that  he  would  sacrifice  him  upon  the  body  of  his  son — "  his 

*  Jupiter  was  Catharsius,  "  the  god  of  purifications,"  not  on  account  of 
the  resemblance  of  the  rites  of  purification  with  those  of  Jupiter  MeiXlxios, 
but  simply  in  the  same  way  that  he  was  Ephistius  and  Hetasreiis,  god  of 
hearths,  aind  of  companionship,  because  he  presided  over  all  occasions  of 
obligation  between  man  and  man,  auid  the  purified  person  contracted  an 
obligation  towards  his  purifier. 


Chap.  43-47.  Grief  of  Croesus  2 1 

former  misfortune  was  burthen  enough;  now  that  he  had  added 
to  it  a  second,  and  had  brought  ruin  on  the  man  who  purified 
him,  he  could  not  bear  to  hve."  Then  Croesus,  when  he  heard 
these  words,  was  moved  with  pity  towards  Adrastus,  notwith- 
standing the  bitterness  of  his  own  calamity;  and  so  he  answered, 
"  Enough,  my  friend ;  I  have  all  the  revenge  that  I  require, 
since  thou  givest  sentence  of  death  against  thyself.  But  in 
sooth  it  is  not  thou  who  hast  injured  me,  except  so  far  as  thou 
hast  unwittingly  dealt  the  blow.  Some  god  is  the  author  of 
my  misfortune,  and  I  was  forewarned  of  it  a  long  time  ago." 
Croesus  after  this  buried  the  body  of  his  son,  with  such  honours 
as  befitted  the  occasion.  Adrastus,  son  of  Gordias,  son  of  Midas, 
the  destroyer  of  his  brother  in  time  past,  the  destroyer  now  of 
his  purifier,  regarding  himself  as  the  most  unfortunate  wretch 
whom  he  had  ever  Imown,  so  soon  as  all  was  quiet  about  the 
place,  slew  himself  upon  the  tomb.  Croesus,  bereft  of  his  son, 
gave  himself  up  to  mourning  for  two  full  years. 

46.  At  the  end  of  this  time  the  grief  of  Croesus  was  inter- 
rupted by  intelligence  from  abroad.  He  learnt  that  Cyrus,  the 
son  of  Cambyses,  had  destroyed  the  empire  of  Astyages,  the 
son  of  Cyaxares;  and  that  the  Persians  were  becoming  daily 
more  powerful.  This  led  him  to  consider  with  himseK  whether 
it  were  possible  to  check  the  growing  power  of  that  people 
before  it  came  to  a  head.  With  this  design  he  resolved  to  make 
instant  trial  of  the  several  oracles  in  Greece,  and  of  the  one  in 
Libya.^  So  he  sent  his  messengers  in  different  directions,  some 
to  Delphi,  some  to  Abse  in  Phocis,  and  some  to  Dodona;  others 
to  the  oracle  of  Amphiaraüs;  others  to  that  of  Trophonius; 
others,  again,  to  Branchidas  in  Milesia.^  These  were  the  Greek 
oracles  which  he  consulted.  To  Libya  he  sent  another  embassy, 
to  consult  the  oracle  of  Ammon.  These  messengers  were  sent 
to  test  the  knowledge  of  the  oracles,  that,  if  they  were  found 
really  to  return  true  answers,  he  might  send  a  second  time,  and 
inquire  if  he  ought  to  attack  the  Persians. 

47.  The  messengers  who  were  despatched  to  make  trial  of  the 
oracles  were  given  the  following  instructions :  they  were  to  keep 
count  of  the  days  from  the  time  of  their  leaving  Sardis,  and, 
reckoning  from  that  date,  on  the  hundredth  day  they  were  to 

*  "  The  one  in  Libya  "  (Africa) — that  of  Ammon,  because  Egypt  was 
regarded  by  Herodotus  as  in  Asia,  not  in  Africa. 

'  The  oracle  at  Abae  seems  to  have  ranked  next  to  that  at  Delphi.  The 
Orientals  do  not  appear  to  have  possessed  any  indigenous  oracles. 


2  2  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

consult  the  oracles,  and  to  inquire  of  them  what  Croesus  the  son 
of  Alyattes,  king  of  Lydia,  was  doing  at  that  moment.  The 
answers  given  them  were  to  be  taken  down  in  writing,  and  brought 
back  to  him.  None  of  the  replies  remain  on  record  except  that 
of  the  oracle  at  Delphi.  There,  the  moment  that  the  Lydians 
entered  the  sanctuary,^  and  before  they  put  their  questions,  the 
Pythoness  thus  answered  them  in  hexameter  verse: — 

I  can  count  the  sands,  and  I  can  measure  the  ocean; 
I  have  ears  for  the  silent,  and  know  what  the  dumb  man  meaneth ; 
Lo!   on  my  sense  there  striketh  the  smell  of  a  shell-covered  tortoise, 
Boiling  now  on  a  fire,  with  the  flesh  of  a  lamb,  in  a  cauldron, — 
Brass  is  the  vessel  below,  and  brass  the  cover  above  it. 

48.  These  words  the  Lydians  wrote  down  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Pythoness  as  she  prophesied,  and  then  set  off  on  their 
return  to  Sardis.  When  all  the  messengers  had  come  back  with 
the  answers  which  they  had  received,  Croesus  undid  the  rolls, 
and  read  what  was  written  in  each.  Only  one  approved  itself 
to  him,  that  of  the  Delphic  oracle.  This  he  had  no  sooner 
heard  than  he  instantly  made  an  act  of  adoration,  and  accepted 
it  as  true,  declaring  that  the  Delphic  was  the  only  really  oracular 
shrine,  the  only  one  that  had  discovered  in  what  way  he  was  in 
fact  employed.  For  on  the  departure  of  his  messengers  he  had 
set  himself  to  think  what  was  most  impossible  for  any  one  to 
conceive  of  his  doing,^  and  then,  waiting  till  the  day  agreed  on 
came,  he  acted  as  he  had  determined.  He  took  a  tortoise  and 
a  lamb,  and  cutting  them  in  pieces  with  his  own  hands,  boiled 
them  both  together  in  a  brazen  cauldron,  covered  over  with  a 
lid  which  was  also  of  brass. 

49.  Such  then  was  the  answer  returned  to  Croesus  from 
Delphi.  What  the  answer  was  which  the  Lydians  who  went  to 
the  shrine  of  Amphiaraüs  and  performed  the  customary  rites, 
obtained  of  the  oracle  there,  I  have  it  not  in  my  power  to 
mention,  for  there  is  no  record  of  it.    All  that  is  known  is,  that 

*  The  fiiyapov  was  the  "  inner  shrine,"  the  sacred  chamber  where  the 
oracles  were  given. 

*  It  is  impossible  to  discuss  such  a  question  as  the  nature  of  the  ancient 
oracles,  which  has  had  volumes  written  upon  it,  within  the  limits  of  a 
note.  I  wiU  only  observe  that  in  forming  our  judgment  on  the  subject, 
two  points  should  be  kept  steadily  in  view:  (i)  the  fact  that  the  Pythoness 
whom  St.  Paul  met  with  on  his  first  entrance  into  European  Greece,  was 
really  possessed  by  an  evil  spirit,  which  St.  Paul  cast  out,  thereby  depriving 
her  masters  of  all  their  hopes  of  gain  (Acts  xvi.  16-19) :  and  (2)  the  pheno- 
mena of  Mesmerism.  In  one  or  other  of  these,  or  in  both  of  them  com- 
bined, will  be  found  the  simplest,  and  probably  the  truest  explanation,  of 
all  that  is  really  marvellous  in  the  responses  of  the  oracles. 


Chap.  48-51.         Gfatitudc  of  Crcesus  23 

Croesus  believed  himself  to  have  found  there  also  an  oracle 
which  spoke  the  truthg 

50.  After  this  Croesus,  having  resolved  to  propitiate  the 
Delphic  god  with  a  magnificent  sacrifice,  offered  up  three  thou- 
sand of  every  kind  of  sacrificial  beast,  and  besides  made  a  huge 
pile,  and  placed  upon  it  couches  coated  with  silver  and  with 
gold,  and  golden  goblets,  and  robes  and  vests  of  purple;  all 
which  he  burnt  in  the  hope  of  thereby  making  himself  more 
secure  of  the  favour  of  the  god.  Further  he  issued  his  orders 
to  all  the  people  of  the  land  to  offer  a  sacrifice  according  Xg 
their  means.  When  the  sacrifice  was  ended,  the  king  melted 
down  a  vast  quantity  of  gold,  and  ran  it  into  ingots,  making 
them  six  palms  long,  three  palms  broad,  and  one  palm  in  thick- 
ness. The  number  of  ingots  was  a  hundred  and  seventeen,  four 
being  of  refined  gold,  in  weight  two  talents  and  a  half;  the 
others  of  pale  gold,  and  in  weight  two  talents.  He  also  caused 
a  statue  of  a  lion  to  be  made  in  refined  gold,  the  weight  of 
which  was  ten  talents.  At  the  time  when  the  temple  of  Delphi 
was  burnt  to  the  ground,^  this  lion  feD  from  the  ingots  on  which 
it  was  placed;  it  now  stands  in  the  Corinthian  treasury,  and 
weighs  only  six  talents  and  a  half,  having  lost  three  talents 
and  a  half  by  the  fire. 

51.  On  the  completion  of  these  works  Croesus  sent  them  away 
to  Delphi,  and  with  them  two  bowls  of  an  enormous  size,  one 
of  gold,  the  other  of  silver,  which  used  to  stand,  the  latter  upon 
the  right,  the  former  upon  the  left,  as  one  entered  the  temple. 
They  too  were  moved  at  the  time  of  the  fire;  and  now  the 
golden  one  is  m  the  Clazomenian  treasury,  and  weighs  eight 
talents  and  forty-tw^o  minae;  the  silver  one  stands  in  the  comer 
of  the  ante-chapel,  and  holds  six  hundred  amphorae.  This  is 
known,  because  the  Delphians  fill  it  at  the  time  of  the  Theo- 
phania.2  It  is  said  by  the  Delphians  to  be  a  work  of  Theodore 
the  Samian,^  and  I  think  that  they  say  true,  for  assuredly  it  is 
the  work  of  no  common  artist.  Croesus  sent  also  four  silver 
casks,  which  are  in  the  Corinthian  treasury,  and  two  lustral 
vases,  a  golden  and  a  silver  one.    On  the  former  is  inscribed  the 

*  Vide  infra,  ii.  i8o,  v.  62.     It  was  burnt  accidentally. 

*  Both  in  Julius  Pollux  and  in  Philostratus  there  is  mention  of  the 
Theophania,  as  a  festival  celebrated  by  the  Greeks.  No  particulars  are 
known  of  it. 

»  Pausanias  ascribed  to  Theodore  of  Samos  the  invention  of  casting  in 
bronze,  and  spoke  of  him  also  as  an  architect  (iii.  xii.  §  8;  vin.  xiv.  §  5). 
Pliny  agreed  with  both  statements  (Nat.  Hist.  xxxv.  12). 

I  405  *B 


24  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

name  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  and  they  claim  it  as  a  gift  of 
theirs,  but  wrongly,  since  it  was  really  given  by  Croesus.  The 
inscription  upon  it  was  cut  by  a  Delphian,  who  wished  to 
pleasure  the  Lacedaemonians.  His  name  is  known  to  me,  but  I 
forbear  to  mention  it.  The  boy,  through  whose  hand  the  water 
runs,  is  (I  confess)  a  Lacedaemonian  gift,  but  they  did  not  give 
either  of  the  lustral  vases.  Besides  these  various  offerings, 
Croesus  sent  to  Delphi  many  others  of  less  account,  among  the 
rest  a  number  of  round  silver  basins.  Also  he  dedicated  a 
female  figure  in  gold,  three  cubits  high,  which  is  said  by  the 
Delphians  to  be  the  statue  of  his  baking-woman;  and  further, 
he  presented  the  necklace  and  the  girdles  of  his  wife. 

52.  These  were  the  offerings  sent  by  Croesus  to  Delphi.  To 
the  shrine  of  Amphiaraus,  with  whose  valour  and  misfortune  he 
was  acquainted,^  he  sent  a  shield  entirely  of  gold,  and  a  spear, 
also  of  solid  gold,  both  head  and  shaft.  They  were  still  existing 
in  my  day  at  Thebes,  laid  up  in  the  temple  of  Ismenian  Apollo. 

53.  The  messengers  who  had  the  charge  of  conveying  these 
treasures  to  the  shrines,  received  instructions  to  ask  the  oracles 
whether  Croesus  should  go  to  war  with  the  Persians,  and  if  so, 
whether  he  should  strengthen  himself  by  the  forces  of  an  ally^ 
Accordingly,  when  they  had  reached  their  destinations  and  pre- 
sented the  gifts,  they  proceeded  to  consult  the  oracles  in  the 
following  terms: — "  Croesus,  king  of  Lydia  and  other  countries, 
believing  that  these  are  the  only  real  oracles  in  all  the  world, 
has  sent  you  such  presents  as  your  discoveries  deserved,  and  now 
inquires  of  you  whether  he  shall  go  to  war  with  the  Persians, 
and  if  so,  whether  he  shall  strengthen  himself  by  the  forces  of 
a  confederate."  Both  the  oracles  agreed  in  the  tenor  of  their 
reply,  which  was  in  each  case  a  prophecy  that  if  Croesus  attacked 
the  Persians,  he  would  destroy  a  mighty  empire,  and  a  recom- 
mendation to  him  to  look  and  see  who  were  the  most  powerful 
of  the  Greeks,  and  to  make  alliance  with  them. 

54.  At  the  receipt  of  these  oracular  replies  Croesus  was  over- 
joyed, and  feeling  sure  now  that  he  would  destroy  the  empire  of 
the  Persians,  he  sent  once  more  to  Pytho,  and  presented  to  the 
Delphians,  the  number  of  whom  he  had  ascertained,  two  gold 
staters  apiece.^    In  return  for  this  the  Delphians  granted  to 

*  For  the  story  of  Amphiaraus,  cf.  Pausan.  i.  34,  ii.  13,  §  6.  ^Eschylus 
Sept.  contr.  Th.  564  et  seqq.  The  "  misfortiine  "  is  his  being  engulfed 
near  Oropus,  or  (as  some  said)  at  Harma  in  Bceotia. 

*  For  the  value  of  the  stater,  see  note  on  Book  vii.  ch.  28, 


Chap.  52-57.  Sparta  and  Athens  25 

Croesus  and  the  Lydians  the  privilege  of  precedency  in  consult- 
ing the  oracle,  exemption  from  all  charges,  the  most  honourable 
scat  at  the  festivals,  and  the  perpetual  right  of  becoming  at 
pleasure  citizens  of  their  town. 

55.  After  sending  these  presents  to  the  Delphians,  Croesus  a 
third  time  consulted  the  oracle,  for  having  once  proved  its 
truthfulness,  he  wished  to  make  constant  use  of  it.  The  ques- 
tion whereto  he  now  desired  an  answer  was — "  ^^^^lethe^  his 
kingdom  would  be  of  long  duration?  "  The  following  was  the 
reply  of  the  Pythoness : — 

Wait  till  the  time  shall  come  when  a  mule  is  monarch  of  Media; 
Then,  thou  delicate  Lydian,  away  to  the  pebbles  of  Hermus ; 
Haste,  oh !  haste  thee  away,  nor  blush  to  behave  like  a  coward. 

56.  Of  all  the  answers  that  had  reached  him,  this  pleased  him 
far  the  best,  for  it  seemed  incredible  that  a  mule  should  ever 
come  to  be  king  of  the  Medes,  and  so  he  concluded  that  the 
sovereignty  would  never  depart  from  himself  or  his  seed  after 
him.  Afterwards  he  turned  his  thoughts  to  the  alliance  which 
he  had  been  recommended  to  contract,  and  sought  to  ascertain 
by  inquiry  which  was  the  most  powerful  of  the  Grecian  states* 
His  inquiries  pointed  out  to  him  two  states  as  pre-eminent  above 
the  rest.  These  were  the  Lacedaemonians  and  the  Athenians, 
the  former  of  Doric  the  latter  of  Ionic  blood.  And  indeed  these 
two  nations  had  held  from  very  early  times  the  most  distin- 
guished place  in  Greece,  the  one  being  a  Pelasgic  the  other  a 
Hellenic  people,  and  the  one  having  never  quitted  its  original 
seats,  while  the  other  had  been  excessively  migratory;  for 
during  the  reign  of  Deucalion,  Phthiotis  was  the  country  in 
which  the  Hellenes  dwelt,  but  under  Dorus,  the  son  of  Hellen, 
they  moved  to  the  tract  at  the  base  of  Ossa  and  Olympus,  which 
is  called  Histiaeotis;  forced  to  retire  from  that  region  by  the 
Cadmeians,^  they  settled,  under  the  name  of  Macedni,  in  the 
chain  of  Pindus.  Hence  they  once  more  removed  and  came  to 
Dryopis;  and  from  Dryopis  having  entered  the  Peloponnese  in 
this  way,  they  became  known  as  Dorians. 

57.  What  the  language  of  the  Pelasgi  was  I  cannot  say  with 
any  certainty.  If,  however,  we  may  form  a  conjecture  from 
the  tongue  spoken  by  the  Pelasgi  of  the  present  day, — ^those, 

*The  Cadmeians  were  the  Graeco- Phoenician  race  (their  name  merely 
signifying  "  the  Easterns  "),  who  in  the  ante- Trojan  times,  occupied  the 
coimtry  which  was  afterwards  called  Boeotia.  Hence  the  Greek  tragedians, 
in  plays  of  which  ancient  Thebes  is  the  scene,  invariably  speak  of  the 
Thebans  as  Ka5yxeiOi,  Ktt5/u.e?os  Xedi. 


26  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

for  instance,  who  live  at  Creston  above  the  Tyrrhenians,  who 
formerly  dwelt  in  the  district  named  Thessaliotis,  and  were 
neighbours  of  the  people  now  called  the  Dorians, — or  those 
again  who  founded  Placia  and  Scylac6  upon  the  Hellespont, 
who  had  previously  dwelt  for  some  time  with  the  Athenians,^ — 
or  those,  in  short,  of  any  other  of  the  cities  which  have  dropped 
the  name  but  are  in  fact  Pelasgian;  if,  I  say,  we  are  to  form 
a  conjecture  from  any  of  these,  we  must  pronounce  that  the 
Pelasgi  spoke  a  barbarous  language.  If  this  were  really  so,  and 
the  entire  Pelasgic  race  spoke  the  same  tongue,  the  Athenians, 
who  were  certainly  Pelasgi,  must  have  changed  their  language 
at  the  same  time  that  they  passed  into  the  Hellenic  body;  for 
it  is  a  certain  fact  that  the  people  of  Creston  speak  a  language 
unlike  any  of  their  neighbours,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the 
Placianians,  while  the  language  spoken  by  these  two  people  is 
the  same;  which  shows  that  they  both  retain  the  idiom  which 
they  brought  with  them  into  the  countries  where  they  are  now 
settled. 

58,  The  Hellenic  race  has  never,  since  its  first  origin,  changed 
its  speech.  This  at  least  seems  evident  to  me.  It  was  a  branch 
of  the  Pelasgic,  which  separated  from  the  main  body,  and  at 
first  was  scanty  in  numbers  and  of  little  power ;  but  it  gradually 
spread  and  increased  to  a  multitude  of  nations,  chiefly  by  the 
voluntary  entrance  into  its  ranks  of  numerous  tribes  of  bar- 
barians. The  Pelasgi,  on  the  other  hand,  were,  as  I  think,  a 
barbarian  race  which  never  greatly  multiplied. 

59.  On  inquiring  into  the  condition  of  these  two  nations, 
Croesus  found  that  one,  the  Athenian,  was  in  a  state  of  grievous 
oppression  and  distraction  under  Pisistratus,  the  son  of  Hippo- 
crates, who  was  at  that  time  tyrant  of  Athens.  Hippocrates, 
when  he  was  a  private  citizen,  is  said  to  have  gone  once  upon  a 
time  to  Olympia  to  see  the  games,  when  a  wonderful  prodigy 
happened  to  him.  As  he  was  employed  in  sacrificing,  the 
cauldrons  which  stood  near,  full  of  water  and  of  the  fiesh  of  the 
Tictims,  began  to  boil  without  the  help  of  fire,  so  that  the  water 
overflowed  the  pots.  Chilon  the  Lacedaemonian,  who  happened 
to  be  there  and  to  witness  the  prodigy,  advised  Hippocrates,  if 
he  were  unmarried,  never  to  take  into  his  house  a  wife  who 
could  bear  him  a  child;  if  he  already  had  one,  to  send  her  back 
to  her  friends ;  if  he  had  a  son,  to  disown  him.  Chilon's  advice 
did  not  at  all  please  Hippocrates,  who  disregarded  it,  and  some 

1  Vide  infra,  vi.  137. 


Chap.  58-60.  Pisistfatus  ^^ 

time  after  became  the  father  of  Pisistratus.  This  Pisistratus,  at 
a  time  when  there  was  civil  contention  in  Attica  between  the 
party  of  the  Sea-coast  headed  by  Megacles  the  son  of  Alcmaeon, 
and  that  of  the  Plain  headed  by  Lycurgus,  one  of  the  Aristolaids, 
formed  the  project  of  making  himself  tyrant,  and  with  this  view 
created  a  third  party.^  Gathering  together  a  band  of  partisans, 
and  giving  himself  out  for  the  protector  of  the  Highlanders,  he 
contrived  the  following  stratagem.  He  wounded  himself  and 
his  mules,  and  then  drove  his  chariot  into  the  market-place, 
professing  to  have  just  escaped  an  attack  of  his  enemies,  who 
had  attempted  his  life  as  he  was  on  his  way  into  the  country* 
He  besought  the  people  to  assign  him  a  guard  to  protect  his 
person,  reminding  them  of  the  glory  which  he  had  gained  when 
he  led  the  attack  upon  the  Megarians,  and  took  the  town  of 
Nissea,*  at  the  same  time  performing  many  other  exploits.  The 
Athenians,  deceived  by  his  story,  appointed  him  a  band  oi 
citizens  to  serve  as  a  guard,  who  were  to  carry  clubs  instead 
of  spears,  and  to  accompany  him  wherever  he  went.  Thus 
strengthened,  Pisistratus  broke  into  revolt  and  seized  the 
citadel.  In  this  way  he  acquired  the  sovereignty  of  Athens, 
which  he  continued  to  hold  without  disturbing  the  previously 
existing  offices  or  altering  any  of  the  laws.  He  administered 
the  state  according  to  the  established  usages,  and  his  arrange- 
ments were  wise  and  salutary, 

60.  However,  after  a  little  time,  the  partisans  of  Megacles 
and  those  of  Lycurgus  agreed  to  forget  their  differences,  and 
united  to  drive  him  out.  So  Pisistratus,  having  by  the  means 
described  first  made  himself  master  of  Athens,  lost  his  power 
again  before  it  had  time  to  take  root.  No  sooner,  however, 
was  he  departed  than  the  factions  which  had  driven  him  out 
quarrelled  anew,  and  at  last  Megacles,  wearied  with  the  struggle, 
sent  a  herald  to  Pisistratus,  with  an  offer  to  re-establish  him  on 
the  throne  if  he  would  marry  his  daughter.  Pisistratus  con- 
sented, and  on  these  terms  an  agreement  was  concluded  between 
the  two,  after  which  they  proceeded  to  devise  the  mode  of  his 
restoration.  And  here  the  device  on  which  they  hit  was  the 
silUest  that  I  find  on  record,  more  especially  considering  that 

*  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  these  local  factions  must  also  have  been 
political  parties. 

*  Plutarch  mentions  a  war  between  Athens  and  Megara,  under  the 
conduct  of  Solon,  in  which  Pisistratus  was  said  to  have  distinguished  him- 
self (Solon,  c  8),  as  having  occurred  before  Solon's  legislation,  i,e.  before 

B.c.  594. 


28  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  l 

the  Greeks  have  been  from  very  ancient  times  distinguished 
from  the  barbarians  by  superior  sagacity  and  freedom  from 
foolish  simpleness,  and  remembering  that  the  persons  on  whom 
this  trick  was  played  were  not  only  Greeks  but  Athenians,  who 
have  the  credit  of  surpassing  all  other  Greeks  in  cleverness. 
There  was  in  the  Paeanian  district  a  woman  named  Phya/  whose 
height  only  fell  short  of  four  cubits  by  three  fingers'  breadth, 
and  who  was  altogether  comely  to  look  upon.  This  woman  they 
clothed  in  complete  armour,  and,  instructing  her  as  to  the 
carriage  which  she  was  to  maintain  in  order  to  beseem  her  part, 
they  placed  her  in  a  chariot  and  drove  to  the  city.  Heralds  had 
been  sent  forward  to  precede  her,  and  to  make  proclamation  to 
this  effect:  "  Citizens  of  Athens,  receive  again  Pisistratus  with 
friendly  minds.  Minerva,  who  of  all  men  honours  him  the  most, 
herself  conducts  him  back  to  her  own  citadel."  This  they  pro- 
claimed in  all  directions,  and  immediately  the  rumour  spread 
throughout  the  country  districts  that  Minerva  was  bringing 
back  her  favourite.  They  of  the  city  also,  fully  persuaded  that 
the  woman  was  the  veritable  goddess,  prostrated  themselves 
before  her,  and  received  Pisistratus  back. 

6i.  Pisistratus,  having  thus  recovered  the  sovereignty, 
married,  according  to  agreement,  the  daughter  of  Megacles. 
As,  however,  he  had  already  a  family  of  grown  up  sons,  and 
the  Alcmaeonidae  were  supposed  to  be  under  a  curse,^  he  deter- 
mined that  there  should  be  no  issue  of  the  marriage.  His  wife 
at  first  kept  this  matter  to  herself,  but  after  a  time,  either  her 
mother  questioned  her,  or  it  may  be  that  she  told  it  of  her  own 
accord.  At  any  rate,  she  informed  her  mother,  and  so  it  reached 
her  father's  ears.  Megacles,  indignant  at  receiving  an  affront 
from  such  a  quarter,  in  his  anger  instantly  made  up  his  differ- 
ences with  the  opposite  faction,  on  which  Pisistratus,  aware  of 
what  was  planning  against  him,  took  himself  out  of  the  country, 

^  Grote  has  some  just  remarks  upon  the  observations  with  which 
Herodotus  accompanies  the  story  of  Phya.  It  seems  clear  that  the  Greeks 
<d  the  age  of  Pisistratus  fully  believed  in  the  occasional  presence  upon 
earth  of  the  Gods.  Grote  refers  to  the  well-known  appearance  of  the 
God  Pan  to  Phidippides  a  little  before  the  battle  of  Marathon,  which 
Herodotus  himself  states  to  have  been  received  as  true  by  the  Athenians 
(vi.  105).     [The  woman's  height  would  be  about  6  EngUsh  feet.] 

'Vide  infra,  v.  70-1;  Thucyd.  i.  126;  Plut.  Solon,  c.  12.  The  curse 
rested  on  them  upon  account  of  their  treatment  of  tho  partisans  of  Cylon. 
The  archon  of  the  time,  Megacles,  not  only  broke  faith  with  them  after 
he  had,  by  a  pledge  to  spare  their  lives,  induced  them  to  leave  the  sacred 
precinct  of  Minerva  in  the  Acropolis,  but  also  slew  a  number  at  the  altar 
of  the  Eumeoides. 


Chap.  61-63.  Pisistratus  29 

Arrived  at  Eretria,  he  held  a  council  with  his  children  to  decide 
what  was  to  be  done.  The  opinion  of  Hippias  prevailed,  and  it 
was  agreed  to  aim  at  regaining  the  sovereignty.  The  first  step 
was  to  obtain  advances  of  money  from  such  states  as  were  under 
obligations  to  them.  By  these  means  they  collected  large  sums 
from  several  countries,  especially  from  the  Thebans,  who  gave 
them  far  more  than  any  of  the  rest.  To  be  brief,  time  passed, 
and  all  was  at  length  got  ready  for  their  return.  A  band  of 
Argive  mercenaries  arrived  from  the  Peloponnese,  and  a  certain 
Naxian  named  Lygdamis,  who  volunteered  his  services,  was 
particularly  zealous  in  the  cause,  supplying  both  men  and 
money. 

62.  In  the  eleventh  year  of  their  exile  the  family  of  Pisis- 
tratus set  sail  from  Eretria  on  their  return  home.  They  made 
the  coast  of  Attica,  near  Marathon,  where  they  encamped,  and 
were  joined  by  their  partisans  from  the  capital  and  by  numbers 
from  the  country  districts,  who  loved  tyranny  better  than  free- 
dom. At  Athens,  while  Pisistratus  was  obtaining  funds,  and 
even  after  he  landed  at  Marathon,  no  one  paid  any  attention  to 
his  proceedings.  WTien,  however,  it  became  known  that  he  had 
left  Marathon,  and  was  marching  upon  the  city,  preparations 
were  made  for  resistance,  the  whole  force  of  the  state  was  levied, 
and  led  against  the  returning  exiles.  Meantime  the  army  of 
Pisistratus,  which  had  broken  up  from  Marathon,  meeting  their 
adversaries  near  the  temple  of  the  Pallenian  Minerva,^  pitched 
their  camp  opposite  them.  Here  a  certain  soothsayer,  Amphi- 
lytus  by  name,  an  Acamanian,  moved  by  a  divine  impulse, 
came  into  the  presence  of  Pisistratus,  and  approaching  him 
uttered  this  prophecy  in  the  hexameter  measure: — 

Now  has  the  cast  been  made,  the  net  is  out-spread  in  the  water, 
Through  the  moonshiny  night  the  tunnies  will  enter  the  meshes. 

63.  Such  was  the  prophecy  uttered  under  a  divine  inspira- 
tion. Pisistratus,  apprehending  its  meaning,  declared  that  he 
accepted  the  oracle,  and  instantly  led  on  his  army.  The 
Athenians  from  the  city  had  just  finished  their  midday  meal, 
after  which  they  had  betaken  themselves,  some  to  dice,  others 
to  sleep,  when  Pisistratus  with  his  troops  fell  upon  them  and 

*  Pallen6  was  a  village  of  Attica,  near  Gargettus,  which  is  the  modern 
Gariio.  It  was  famous  for  its  temple  of  Minerva  [Athena],  which  was 
of  such  magnificence  as  to  be  made  the  subject  of  a  special  treatise  by 
Themison,  whose  book,  entitled  PalleniSt  is  mentioned  by  Athenaeus  (vi. 
6,  p.  t35). 


30  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

put  them  to  the  rout.  As  soon  as  the  flight  began,  Pisistratus 
bethought  himself  of  a  most  wise  contrivance,  whereby  the 
Athenians  might  be  induced  to  disperse  and  not  unite  in  a  body 
any  more.  He  mounted  his  sons  on  horseback  and  sent  them 
on  in  front  to  overtake  the  fugitives,  and  exhort  them  to  be  of 
good  cheer,  and  return  each  man  to  his  home.  Tne  Athenians 
took  the  ad'v'ice,  and  Pisistratus  became  for  the  third  time 
master  of  Athens. 

64-  Upon  this  he  set  himself  to  root  his  power  more  firmly, 
by  the  aid  of  a  numerous  body  of  mercenaries,  and  by  keeping 
up  a  full  exchequer,  partly  supplied  from  native  sources,  partly 
from  the  countries  about  the  river  Str\'mon.^  He  also  de- 
manded hostages  from  many  of  the  Athenians  who  had  remained 
at  home,  and  not  left  Athens  at  his  approach;  and  these  he 
sent  to  Naxos,  which  he  had  conquered  by  force  of  arms,  and 
given  over  into  the  charge  of  Lygdamis.  Farther,  he  purified 
the  island  of  Deles,  according  to  the  injunctions  of  an  oracle, 
after  the  follo\N'ing  fashion.  All  the  dead  bodies  which  had  been 
interred  within  sight  of  the  temple  he  dug  up,  and  removal  to 
another  part  of  the  isle.^  Thus  was  the  t\Tanny  of  Pisistratus 
established  at  Athens,  many  of  the  Athenians  having  fallen  in 
the  battle,  and  many  others  ha^-ing  fled  the  country'  together 
with  the  son  of  Alcmseon. 

65.  Such  was  the  condition  of  the  Athenians  when  Croesus 
made  inquiry  concerning  them.'  Proceeding  to  seek  informa- 
tion concerning  the  Lacedaemonians,  he  learnt  that,  after  pass- 
ing through  a  period  of  great  depression,  they  had  lately  been 
victorious  in  a  war  with  the  people  of  Tegea;  for,  during  the 
joint  reign  of  Leo  and  Agasicles,  kings  of  Sparta,  the  Lace- 
daemonians, s-'ccessful  in  all  their  other  wars,  suffered  continual 
defeat  at  the  hands  of  the  Tegeans.  At  a  still  earher  period 
they  had  been  the  very  worst  governed  people  in  Greece,  as 
well  in  matters  of  internal  management  as  in  their  relations 

''■  The  revenues  of  F^isistratus  were  derived  in  part  from  the  income- 
tax  of  five  per  cent,  which  he  levied  from  his  subjects  (Thucyd.  vi.  54. 
Aäf;vxLovi  e'.KOcrr,-»  Toa-os-öu^oi.  rdv  fi'/vou^hiv),  in  part  probably  from 
the  süver-mines  at  Laurimn,  which  a  little  later  were  so  remarkably  pro- 
ductive (Ha-od.  viL  144).  He  Laf  al;:  a  :Lirf  ;:irce  of  revenue,  of  which 
Harodotus  here  «speaks,  coiisis'_^e  ^z^zz-'-.-j  ri.ier  of  lands  or  min« 
lying  near  the  Strymon,  and  ctliiir-.r.g  ::  r.izi  probably  in  his  private 
capacity.     That  part  of  Thrace  was  famous  for  its  gold  and  süvct  mines. 

*  Compare  Thucyd.  iii-  104. 

'The  embassy  of  Croesus  cannct  ^tssiblv  hs"?  be?"  ?"bseq"jent  to  the 
frnal  establishment  of  Pisistratu-.  i:  A -:.^:ii  -  -:  -  -  l-  :-  3  :.  542  at  the 
earliest.     It  probably  occurred  d  ^12^ 


.  2 .    .: 


Chap.  64-66.  LvCUFgUS  3 1 

towards  foreigners,  from  whom  they  kept  entirely  aloof.  The 
circumstances  which  led  to  their  being  well  governed  were  the 
following : — Lycurgus,  a  man  of  distinction  among  the  Spartans, 
had  gone  to  Delphi,  to  visit  the  oracle.  Scarcely  had  he  entered 
Tito  the  inner  fame,  when  the  Pythoness  exclaimed  aloud. 

Oh!   thou  great  Lycnrgus,  that  cotn'st  to  my  beautiful  dweffin^ 
Dear  to  Jove,  and  to  a^  who  sit  in  the  haus  of  Olympus, 
Whether  to  hau  thee  a  god  I  know  not,  or  cmly  a  mortal. 
But  my  hope  is  strong  that  a  god  thou  wüt  prove,  Lycurgns. 

Some  report  besides,  that  the  Pythoness  delivered  to  him  the 
entire  system  of  laws  which  are  still  observed  by  the  Spartans. 
The  Lacedemonians,  however,  themselves  assert  that  Lycurgus, 
when  he  was  guardian  of  his  nephew,  Labotas,  king  of  Sparta, 
and  regent  in  his  room,  introduced  them  from  Crete;  for  a^ 
soon  as  he  became  regent,  he  altered  the  whole  of  the  existing 
customs,  substituting  new  ones,  which  he  took  care  should  be 
observed  by  all.  After  this  he  arranged  whatever  appertained 
to  war,  establishing  the  Enomotiae,  Trlacades,  and  Syssitia,^ 
besides  which  he  instituted  the  senate,^  and  the  ephoralty. 
Such  was  the  way  in  which  the  Lacedsmonians  became  a  wefl- 
govemed  people. 

66.  On  the  death  of  Lycurgus  they  built  him  a  temple,  and 
ever  since  they  have  worshipped  him  with  the  utmost  reverence. 
Their  soil  being  good  and  the  population  numerous,  they  sprang 
up  rapidly  to  power,  and  became  a  flo^jrlshing  people.  In  con- 
sequence they  soon  ceased  to  be  satisfied  to  stay  quiet;  and, 
regarding  the  Arcadians  as  very  much  their  inferiors,  they  sent 
to  consult  the  oracle  about  conquering  the  whole  of  Arcadia, 
The  Pythoness  thus  answered  them: 

Gravest  thou  Arcady  ?     Bold  is  thy  craving.     I  shall  not  content  iL 

Many  the  men  that  in  Arcady  dwell,  whose  food  is  the  aoont — 

They  will  never  allow  thee.     It  is  not  I  that  am  niggard. 

I  wül  give  thee  to  dance  in  Tegea,  with  noisy  foot-f^ 

And  wiih  the  measuring  line  mete  out  the  glorious  champaign. 

*  The  iriauoriax  were  divisions  of  the  Spartan  cohort  (X^os).  Of  the 
TfHTjKddes  nothing  seems  to  be  known.  They  may  have  been  also  divisions 
of  the  army — but  divisions  confined  to  the  camp,  not  eidsting  in  the  üeld. 
The  word  (rucr<ri-ui  would  seem  in  this  place  not  to  have  its  ordinary 
signification,  "  common  meals  "  or  "  messes,"  but  to  be  applied  to  the 
"  set  of  persons  who  were  appointed  to  mess  together." 

■  It  is  quite  inconceivable  that  Lycurgus  should  in  any  sesise  have  in- 
stituted the  senate.  Lyc_rgas  appears  to  have  made  scarcelv  any  cJianges 
in  the  constttutum.  Wliat  he  <üd  was  to  aller  the  customs  and  habits 
of  the  people. 


32  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

When  the  Lacedaemonians  received  this  reply,  leaving  the  rest 
of  Arcadia  untouched,  they  marched  against  the  Tegeans,  carry- 
ing with  them  fetters,  so  confident  had  this  oracle  (which  was, 
in  truth,  but  of  base  metal)  made  them  that  they  would  enslave 
the  Tegeans.  The  battle,  however,  went  against  them,  and 
many  fell  into  the  enemy's  hands.  Then  these  persons,  wearing 
the  fetters  which  they  had  themselves  brought,  and  fastened 
together  in  a  string,  measured  the  Tegean  plain  as  they  executed 
their  labours.  The  fetters  in  which  they  worked  were  still,  in 
my  day,  preserved  at  Tegea  where  they  hung  round  the  walls 
of  the  temple  of  Minerva  Alea.^ 

67.  Throughout  the  whole  of  this  early  contest  with  the 
Tegeans,  the  Lacedaemonians  met  with  nothing  but  defeats; 
but  in  the  time  of  Croesus,  under  the  kings  Anaxandrides  and 
Aristo,  fortune  had  turned  in  their  favour,  in  the  manner  which 
I  will  now  relate.  Having  been  worsted  in  every  engagement 
by  their  enemy,  they  sent  to  Delphi,  and  inquired  of  the  oracle 
what  god  they  must  propitiate  to  prevail  in  the  war  against  the 
Tegeans.  The  answer  of  the  Pythoness  was,  that  before  they 
could  prevail,  they  must  remove  to  Sparta  the  bones  of  Orestes, 
the  son  of  Agamemnon.  Unable  to  discover  his  burial-place, 
they  sent  a  second  time,  and  asked  the  god  where  the  body  of 
the  hero  had  been  laid.  The  following  was  the  answer  they 
received : — 

Level  and  smooth  is  the  plain  where  Arcadian  Tegea  standeth; 
There  two  winds  are  ever,  by  strong  necessity,  blowing. 
Counter-stroke  answers  stroke,  and  evil  lies  upon  evil. 
There  all- teeming  Earth  doth  harbour  the  son  of  Atrides; 
Bring  thou  him  to  thy  city,  and  then  be  Tegea's  master. 

After  this  reply,  the  Lacedaemonians  were  no  nearer  discovering 
the  burial-place  than  before,  though  they  continued  to  search 
for  it  diligently;  until  at  last  a  man  named  Lichas,  one  of  the 
Spartans  called  Agathoergi,  found  it.  The  Agathoergi  are 
citizens  who  have  just  served  their  time  among  the  knights. 
The  five  eldest  of  the  knights  go  out  every  year,  and  are  bound 
during  the  year  after  their  discharge,  to  go  wherever  the  State 
sends  them,  and  actively  employ  themselves  in  its  service. 

68.  Lichas  was  one  of  this  body  when,  partly  by  good  luck, 
'partly  by  his  own  wisdom,  he  discovered  the  burial-place. 

»Minerva  Alea  was  an  Arcadian  goddess.  She  was  worshipped  at 
Mantinea,  Manthyrea,  and  Alea,  as  well  as  at  Tegea.  Her  temple  at 
Tegea  was  particularly  magnificent.  See  the  description  in  Pausanias 
(VIII.  xlvü.  §  1-2). 


Chap.  67-69.        The  Boncs  of  Orestes  3  3 

Intercourse  between  the  two  States  existing  just  at  this  time, 
he  went  to  Tegea,  and,  happening  to  enter  into  the  workshop 
of  a  smith,  he  saw  him  forging  some  iron.  As  he  stood  marvel- 
ling at  what  he  beheld,^  he  was  observed  by  the  smith  who, 
leaving  off  his  work,  went  up  to  him  and  said, 

"  Certainly,  then,  you  Spartan  stranger,  you  would  have  been 
wonderfully  surprised  if  you  had  seen  what  I  have,  since  you 
make  a  marvel  even  of  the  working  in  iron.  I  wanted  to  make 
myself  a  well  in  this  room,  and  began  to  dig  it,  when  what 
think  you?  I  came  upon  a  coffin  seven  cubits  long.  I  had 
never  believed  that  men  were  taller  in  the  olden  times  than 
they  are  now,  so  I  opened  the  coffin.  The  body  inside  was  of 
the  same  length:  I  measured  it,  and  filled  up  the  hole  again." 

Such  was  the  man's  account  of  what  he  had  seen.  The  other, 
on  turning  the  matter  over  in  his  mind,  conjectured  that  this 
was  the  body  of  Orestes,  of  which  the  oracle  had  spoken.  He 
guessed  so,  because  he  observed  that  the  smithy  had  two 
bellows,  which  he  understood  to  be  the  two  winds,  and  the 
hammer  and  anvil  would  do  for  the  stroke  and  the  counter- 
stroke,  and  the  iron  that  was  being  wrought  for  the  evil  lying 
upon  evil.  This  he  imagined  might  be  so  because  iron  had  been 
discovered  to  the  hurt  of  man.  Full  of  these  conjectures,  he 
sped  back  to  Sparta  and  laid  the  whole  matter  before  his 
countrymen.  Soon  after,  by  a  concerted  plan,  they  brought  a 
charge  against  him,  and  began  a  prosecution.  Lichas  betook 
himself  to  Tegea,  and  on  his  arrival  acquainted  the  smith  with 
his  misfortune,  and  proposed  to  rent  his  room  of  him.  The 
smith  refused  for  some  time ;  but  at  last  Lichas  persuaded  him, 
and  took  up  his  abode  in  it.  Then  he  opened  the  grave,  and 
collecting  the  bones,  returned  with  them  to  Sparta.  From 
henceforth,  whenever  the  Spartans  and  the  Tegeans  made  trial 
of  each  other's  skill  in  arms,  the  Spartans  always  had  greatly 
the  advantage;  and  by  the  time  to  which  we  are  now  come 
they  were  masters  of  most  of  the  Peloponnese. 

69.  Croesus,  informed  of  all  these  circumstances,  sent 
messengers  to  Sparta,  with  gifts  in  their  hands,  who  were  to 
ask  the  Spartans  to  enter  into  alliance  with  him.  They  re- 
ceived strict  injunctions  as  to  what  they  should  say,  and  on 
their  arrival  at  Sparta  spake  as  follows: — 

*  Herodotus  means  to  represent  that  the  forging  of  iron  was  a  novelty 
at  the  time.  Brass  was  known  to  the  Greeks  before  iron,  as  the  Homeric 
poems  sufficiently  indicate. 


34  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

"  Croesus,  king  of  the  Lydians  and  of  other  nations,  has  sent 
us  to  speak  thus  to  you;  *  Oh  I  Lacedaemonians,  the  god  has 
bidden  me  to  make  the  Greek  my  friend;  I  therefore  apply  to 
you,  in  conformity  with  the  oracle,  knowing  that  you  hold  the 
first  rank  in  Greece,  and  desire  to  become  your  friend  and  ally 
in  all  true  faith  and  honesty.'  " 

Such  was  the  message  which  Croesus  sent  by  his  heralds. 
The  Lacedaemonians,  who  were  aware  beforehand  of  the  reply 
given  him  by  the  oracle,  were  full  of  joy  at  the  coming  of  the 
messengers,  and  at  once  took  the  oaths  of  friendship  and  alliance: 
this  they  did  the  more  readily  as  they  had  previously  contracted 
certain  obligations  towards  him.  They  had  sent  to  Sardis  on 
one  occasion  to  purchase  some  gold,  intending  to  use  it  on  a 
statue  of  Apollo — the  statue,  namely,  which  remains  to  this 
day  at  Thomax  in  Laconia,^  when  Croesus,  hearing  of  the  matter, 
gave  them  as  a  gift  the  gold  which  they  wanted. 

70.  This  was  one  reason  why  the  Lacedaemonians  were  so 
willing  to  make  the  alliance:  another  was,  because  Croesus  had 
chosen  them  for  his  friends  in  preference  to  all  the  other  Greeks. 
They  therefore  held  themselves  in  readiness  to  come  at  his 
summons,  and  not  content  with  so  doing,  they  further  had  a 
huge  vase  made  in  bronze,  covered  with  figures  of  animals  all 
round  the  outside  of  the  rim,  and  large  enough  to  contain  three 
hundred  amphorae,  which  they  sent  to  Croesus  as  a  return  for 
his  presents  to  them.  The  vase,  however,  never  reached  Sardis. 
Its  miscarriage  is  accounted  for  in  two  quite  different  ways. 
The  Lacedaemonian  story  is,  that  when  it  reached  Samos,  on 
its  way  towards  Sardis,  the  Samians  having  knowledge  of  it, 
put  to  sea  in  their  ships  of  war  and  made  it  their  prize.  But 
the  Samians  declare,  that  the  Lacedaemonians  who  had  the  vase 
in  charge,  happening  to  arrive  too  late,  and  learning  that  Sardis 
had  fallen  and  that  Croesus  was  a  prisoner,  sold  it  in  their 
island,  and  the  purchasers  (who  were,  they  say,  private  persons) 
made  an  offering  of  it  at  the  shrine  of  Juno :  ^  the  sellers  were 
very  likely  on  their  return  to  Sparta  to  have  said  that  they 
had  been  robbed  of  it  by  the  Samians.  Such,  tiien,  was  the 
fate  of  the  vase. 

71.  Meanwhile  Croesus,  taking  the  oracle  in  a  wrong  sense, 
led  his  forces  into  Cappadocia,  fully  expecting  to  defeat  Cyrus 

*  Pausanias  declares  that  the  gold  obtained  of  Croesus  by  the  Laced»- 
monians  was  used  in  fact  upon  a  statue  of  Apollo  at  Amycl«  (III.  x.  §  xo). 

•  Vide  infra,  ii.  182 


Chap.  70-72.  Cappadocia  Invaded  35 

and  destroy  the  empire  of  the  Persians.  While  he  was  still 
engaged  in  making  preparations  for  his  attack,  a  Lydian  named 
Sandanis,  who  had  always  been  looked  upon  as  a  wise  man, 
but  who  after  this  obtained  a  very  great  name  indeed  among 
his  countrymen,  came  forward  and  counselled  the  king  in  these 
words : 

"  Thou  art  about,  oh !  king,  to  make  war  against  men  who 
wear  leathern  trousers,  and  have  all  their  other  garments  of 
leather;^  who  feed  not  on  what  they  like,  but  on  what  they 
can  get  from  a  soil  that  is  sterile  and  unkindly;  who  do  not 
indulge  in  wine,  but  drink  water;  who  possess  no  figs  nor  any- 
thing else  that  is  good  to  eat.  If,  then,  thou  conquerest  them, 
what  canst  thou  get  from  them,  seemg  that  they  have  nothing 
at  all?  But  if  they  conquer  thee,  consider  how  much  that  is 
precious  thou  wilt  lose:  if  they  once  get  a  taste  of  our  pleasant 
things,  they  will  keep  such  hold  of  them  that  we  shall  never  be 
able  to  make  them  loose  their  grasp.  For  my  part,  I  am  thank- 
ful to  the  gods,  that  they  have  not  put  it  into  the  hearts  of 
the  Persians  to  invade  Lydia." 

Croesus  was  not  persuaded  by  this  speech,  though  it  was  true 
enough;  for  before  the  conquest  of  Lydia,  the  Persians  pos- 
sessed none  of  the  luxuries  or  delights  of  life. 

72.  Tiie  Cappadocians  are  known  to  the  Greeks  by  the  name 
of  Syrians.*  Before  the  rise  of  the  Persian  power,  they  had 
been  subject  to  the  Medes;  but  at  the  present  time  they  were 
within  the  empire  of  Cyrus,  for  the  boundary  between  the 
Median  and  the  Lydian  empires  was  the  river  Halys.  This 
stream,  which  rises  in  the  mountain  country  of  Armenia,  runs 
first  through  Cilicia;  afterwards  it  flows  for  a  while  with  the 
Matieni  on  the  right,  and  the  Phrygians  on  the  left:  then,  when 
they  are  passed,  it  proceeds  with  a  northern  course,  separating 
the  Cappadocian  Syrians  from  the  Paphlagonians,  who  occupy 
the  left  bank,  thus  forming  the  boundary  of  almost  the  whole 
of  Lower  Asia,  from  the  sea  opposite  Cyprus  to  the  Euxine. 
Just  there  is  the  neck  of  the  peninsula,  a  journey  of  five  days 
across  for  an  active  v^alker.® 

*  For  a  description  of  the  Persian  dress,  see  note  on  ch.  135. 

■  Vide  infra,  vii.  72.  The  Cappadocians  of  Herodotus  inhabit  the 
country  bounded  by  the  Euxine  on  the  north,  the  Halys  on  the  west, 
the  Armenians  apparently  on  the  east  (from  whom  the  Cappadocians  are 
dearly  distinguished,  vii.  72-3),  and  the  Matieni  on  the  south. 

•Herodotus  tells  us  in  one  place  (iv.  loi)  that  he  reckons  the  dajr^s 
journey  at  200  stadia,  that  is  at  about  23  of  our  miles.     If  we  regard  this 


36  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

73.  There  were  two  motives  which  led  Croesus  to  attack 
Cappadocia:  firstly,  he  coveted  the  land,  which  he  wi^.hed  to 
add  to  his  own  dominions;  but  the  chief  reason  was,  that  he 
wanted  to  revenge  on  Cyrus  the  wrongs  of  Astyages,  and  was 
made  confident  by  the  oracle  of  being  able  so  to  do:  for  the 
Astyages,  son  of  Cyaxares  and  king  of  the  Medes,  who  had  been 
dethroned  by  Cyrus,  son  of  Cambyses,  was  Croesus'  brother  by 
marriage.  This  marriage  had  taken  place  under  circumstances 
which  I  will  now  relate.  A  band  of  Scythian  nomads,  who  had 
left  their  own  land  on  occasion  of  some  disturbance,  had  taken 
refuge  in  Media.  Cyaxares,  son  of  Phraortes,  and  grandson  of 
Deioces,  was  at  that  time  king  of  the  country.  Recognising 
them  as  suppliants,  he  began  by  treating  them  with  kindness, 
and  coming  presently  to  esteem  them  highly,  he  intrusted  to 
their  care  a  number  of  boys,  whom  they  were  to  teach  their 
language  and  to  instruct  in  the  use  of  the  bow.  Time  passed, 
and  the  Scythians  employed  themselves,  day  after  day,  in  hunt- 
ing, and  always  brought  home  some  game ;  but  at  last  it  chanced 
that  one  day  they  took  nothing.  On  their  return  to  Cyaxares 
with  empty  hands,  that  monarch,  who  was  hot-tempered,  as  he 
showed  upon  the  occasion,  received  them  very  rudely  and  in- 
sultingly. In  consequence  of  this  treatment,  which  they  did 
not  conceive  themselves  to  have  deserved,  the  Scythians  deter- 
mined to  take  one  of  the  boys  whom  they  had  in  charge,  cut 
him  in  pieces,  and  then  dressing  the  flesh  as  they  were  wont  to 
dress  that  of  the  wild  animals,  serve  it  up  to  Cyaxares  as  game : 
after  which  they  resolved  to  convey  themselves  with  all  speed 
to  Sardis,  to  the  court  of  Alyattes,  the  son  of  Sadyattes.  The 
plan  was  carried  out:  Cyaxares  and  his  guests  ate  of  the  flesh 
prepared  by  the  Scythians,  and  they  themselves,  having  accom- 
plished their  purpose,  fled  to  Alyattes  in  the  guise  of  suppliants. 

74.  Afterwards,  on  the  refusal  of  Alyattes  to  give  up  his 
suppliants  when  Cyaxares  sent  to  demand  them  of  him,  war 
broke  out  between  the  Lydians  and  the  Medes,  and  continued 

as  the  measxire  intended  here',  we  must  consider  that  Herodotus  imagined 
the  isthmus  of  Natolia  to  be  but  115  miles  across,  165  miles  short  of  the 
truth.  It  must  be  observed,  however,  that  the  ordinary  day's  journey 
cannot  be  intended  by  the  686$  ev  ^iSiv  tp  ävdpt.  The  Avijfi  eit^^pos  is 
not  the  mere  common  traveller.  He  is  the  lightly- equipped  pedestrian, 
and  his  day's  journey  must  be  estimated  at  something  considerably 
above  200  Stades.  Herodotus  appears  to  speak  not  of  any  particvdar 
case  or  cases,  but  generally  of  all  Hghtly-equipped  pedestrians.  He  caimot 
therefore  be  rightly  regarded  as  free  from  mistake  in  the  matter.  Probably 
he  considered  the  isthmus  at  least  100  miles  narrower  than  it  really  is. 


Chap.  73-73-        Alyattes  and  Cyaxares  37 

for  five  years,  with  various  success.  In  the  course  of  it  the 
Medes  gained  many  victories  over  the  Lydians,  and  the  Lydians 
also  gained  many  victories  over  the  Medes.  Among  their  other 
battles  there  was  one  night  engagement.  As,  however,  the 
balance  had  not  inclined  in  favour  of  either  nation,  another 
combat  took  place  in  the  sixth  year,  in  the  course  of  which, 
just  as  the  battle  was  growing  warm,  day  was  on  a  sudden 
changed  into  night.  This  event  had  been  foretold  by  Thales, 
the  Milesian,  who  forewarned  the  lonians  of  it,  fixing  for  it  the 
very  year  in  which  it  actually  took  place  .^  The  Medes  and 
Lydians,  when  they  observed  the  change,  ceased  fighting,  and 
were  alike  anxious  to  have  terms  of  peace  agreed  on.  Syennesis  ® 
of  Cilicia,^  and  Labynetus  *  of  Babylon,  were  the  persons  who 
mediated  between  the  parties,  who  hastened  the  taking  of  the 
oaths,  and  brought  about  the  exchange  of  espousals.  It  was 
they  who  advised  that  Alyattes  should  give  his  daughter 
Aryenis  in  marriage  to  Astyages  the  son  of  Cyaxares,  knowing, 
as  they  did,  that  without  some  sure  bond  of  strong  necessity, 
there  is  wont  to  be  but  little  security  in  men's  covenants.  Oaths 
are  taken  by  these  people  in  the  same  way  as  by  the  Greeks, 
except  that  they  make  a  slight  flesh  wound  in  their  arms,  from 
which  each  sucks  a  portion  of  the  other's  blood.^ 

75.  Cyrus  had  captured  this  Astyages,  who  was  his  mother's 
father,  and  kept  him  prisoner,  for  a  reason  which  I  shall  bring 
forward  in  another  part  of  my  history.    This  capture  formed 

^  The  prediction  of  this  eclipse  by  Thales  may  fairly  be  classed  with  the 
prediction  of  a  good  olive-crop  or  of  the  fall  of  an  aerolite.  Thales,  indeed, 
could  only  have  obtained  the  requisite  knowledge  for  predicting  ecUpses 
from  the  Chaldaeans,  and  that  the  science  of  these  astronomers,  although 
sufficient  for  the  investigation  of  limar  eclipses,  did  not  enable  them  to 
calculate  solar  echpses — dependent  as  such  a  calculation  is,  not  only  on 
the  determination  of  the  period  of  recurrence,  but  on  the  true  projection 
also  of  the  track  of  the  sun's  shadow  along  a  particular  line  over  the  surface 
of  the  earth — may  be  inferred  from  our  finding  that  in  the  astronomical 
(Janon  of  Ptolemy,  which  was  compiled  from  the  Chaldaean  registers,  the 
observations  of  the  moon's  eclipses  are  alone  entered. 

"  The  name  Syennesis  is  common  to  all  the  kings  of  Cilicia  mentioned  in 
history.  It  has  been  supposed  not  to  be  really  a  name,  but,  hke  Pharaoh, 
a  title. 

'  Cilicia  had  become  an  independent  state,  either  by  the  destruction  of 
Assyria,  or  Ln  the  course  of  her  decline  after  the  reign  of  Esarhaddon. 
Previously,  she  had  been  included  in  the  dominions  of  the  Assyrian  kings. 

*  The  Babylonian  monarch  at  this  time  was  either  Nabopolassar  or 
Nebuchadnezzar.  Neither  of  these  names  is  properly  HeUenised  by 
Labynetus.  Labynetus  is  undoubtedly  the  Nabunahid  of  the  inscrip- 
tions, the  Nabonadius  of  the  Canon,  the  Nabonnedus  of  Berosus  and 
Megasthenes. 

'  Vide  infra,  iv.  70,  and  Tacit.  Annal.  xii.  47. 


38  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

the  ground  of  quarrel  between  Cyrus  and  Croesus,  in  consequence 
of  which  Croesus  sent  his  servants  to  ask  the  oracle  if  he  should 
attack  the  Persians;  and  vv^hen  an  evasive  answer  came,  fancy- 
ing it  to  be  in  his  favour,  carried  his  arms  into  the  Persian 
territory.  When  he  reached  the  river  Halys,  he  transported 
his  army  across  it,  as  I  maintain,  by  the  bridges  which  exist 
there  at  the  present  day;  ^  but,  according  to  the  general  belief 
of  the  Greeks,  by  the  aid  of  Thales  the  Milesian.  The  tale  is, 
that  Croesus  was  in  doubt  how  he  should  get  his  army  across,  as 
the  bridges  were  not  made  at  that  time,  and  that  Thales,  who 
happened  to  be  in  the  camp,  divided  the  stream  and  caused  it 
to  flow  on  both  sides  of  the  army  instead  of  on  the  left  only. 
lliis  he  effected  thus: — Beginning  some  distance  above  the 
camp,  he  dug  a  deep  channel,  which  he  brought  round  in  a 
semicircle,  so  that  it  might  pass  to  rearward  of  the  camp;  and 
that  thus  the  river,  diverted  from  its  natural  course  into  the 
new  channel  at  the  point  where  this  left  the  stream,  might  flow 
by  the  station  of  the  army,  and  afterwards  fall  again  into  the 
ancient  bed.  In  this  way  the  river  was  split  into  two  streams, 
vthich  were  both  easily  fordable.  It  is  said  by  some  that  the 
water  was  entirely  drained  off  from  the  natural  bed  of  the  river. 
But  I  am  of  a  different  opinion;  for  I  do  not  see  how,  in  that 
case,  they  could  have  crossed  it  on  their  return. 

76.  Having  passed  the  Halys  with  the  forces  under  his  com- 
mand, Croesus  entered  the  district  of  Cappadocia  which  is  called 
Pteria.^  It  lies  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  city  of  Sinope^ 
upon  the  Euxine,  and  is  the  strongest  position  in  the  whole 
country  thereabouts.  Here  Croesus  pitched  his  camp,  and 
began  to  ravage  the  fields  of  the  Syrians.  He  besieged  and 
took  the  chief  city  of  the  Pterians,  and  reduced  the  inhabitants 
to  slavery :  he  likewise  made  himself  master  of  the  surrounding 
villages.    Thus  he  brought  ruin  on  the  Syrians,  who  were  guilty 

» The  Halys  {Kizil  Irmak)  is  fordable  at  no  very  great  distance  from  its 
mouth,  but  bridges  over  it  are  not  unfrequent.  These  are  of  a  very  simple 
construction,  consisting  of  planks  laid  across  a  few  slender  beams,  extend- 
ing from  bank  to  bank,  without  any  parapet.  Bridges  with  stone  piers 
have  existed  at  some  former  period,  but  they  belong  probably  to  Roman, 
and  not  to  any  earlier  times.  The  ancient  constructions  mentioned  by 
Herodotus  are  more  Ukely  to  have  been  of  the  modem  type. 

»  Pteria  in  Herodotus  is  a  district,  not  a  city. 

•  Sinope,  which  recent  events  have  once  more  made  famous,  was  a 
colony  of  the  Milesians,  founded  about  b.c.  630  (infra,  iv.  12).  It  occupied 
the  neck  of  a  small  peninsula  projecting  into  the  Euxine  towards  the  north- 
east, in  lat.  42",  long.  35',  nearly.  The  ancient  town  has  been  completely 
ruined,  and  the  modern  is  built  of  its  fragments. 


Chap,  f^ft-  Crcesus  RetFcats  39 

of  no  offence  towards  him.  Meanwhile,  Cyrus  had  levied  ae 
army  and  marched  against  Crcesus,  increasing  his  numbers  at 
every  step  by  the  forces  of  the  nations  that  lay  in  his  way. 
Before  beginning  his  march  he  had  sent  heralds  to  the  lonians, 
with  an  invitation  to  them  to  revolt  from  the  Lydian  king: 
they,'  however,  had  refused  compliance.  Cyrus,  notwithstand- 
ing, marched  against  the  enemy,  and  encamped  opposite  them 
in  the  district  of  Pteria,  where  the  trial  of  strength  took  place 
between  the  contending  powers.  The  combat  was  hot  and 
bloody,  and  upon  both  sides  the  number  of  the  slain  was  great; 
nor  had  victory  declared  in  favour  of  either  party,  when  night 
came  down  upon  the  battle-field.  Thus  both  armies  fought 
valiantly. 

77.  Croesus  laid  the  blame  of  his  ill  success  on  the  number 
of  his  troops,  which  fell  very  short  of  the  enemy ;  and  as  on  the 
next  day  Cyrus  did  not  repeat  the  attack,  he  set  off  on  his 
return  to  Sardis,  intending  to  collect  his  allies  and  renew  thg 
contest  in  the  spring.  He  meant  to  call  on  the  Egyptians  to 
send  him  aid,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  alliance  which  he 
had  concluded  with  Amasis,^  previously  to  his  leagiie  with  the 
Lacedaemonians.  He  intended  also  to  summon  to  his  assistance 
the  Babylonians,  under  their  king  Labynetus,^  for  they  too  were 
bound  to  him  by  treaty:  and  further,  he  meant  to  send  word 
to  Sparta,  and  appoint  a  day  for  the  coming  of  their  succours. 
Having  got  together  these  forces  in  addition  to  his  own,  he 
would,  as  soon  as  the  winter  was  past  and  springtime  come, 
march  once  more  against  the  Persians.  With  these  intentions 
Croesus,  immediately  on  his  return,  despatched  heralds  to  his 
various  allies,  with  a  request  that  they  would  join  him  at  Sardis 
in  the  course  of  the  fifth  month  from  the  time  of  the  departure 
of  his  messengers.  He  then  disbanded  the  army — consisting  of 
mercenary  troops— which  had  been  engaged  with  the  Persians 
and  had  since  accompanied  him  to  his  capital,  and  let  them 
depart  to  their  homes,  never  imagining  that  Cyrus,  after  a  battle 
in  which  victory  had  been  so  evenly  balanced,  would  venture  to 
march  upon  Sardis. 

*  The  treaty  of  Amasis  with  Croesus  would  sufGice  to  account  for  tlie 
hostility  of  the  Persians  against  Egypt. 

*  Undoubtedly  the  Nabonadius  of  the  Canon,  and  the  Nabunahid  of  the 
monuments.  The  fact  that  it  was  with  this  monarch  that  Crcesus  made  his 
treaty  helps  greatly  to  fix  the  date  of  the  tall  of  Sardis;  it  proves  that 
that  event  cannot  have  happened  earlier  than  b.c.  554.  For  Nabunahid  did 
not  ascend  the  throne  till  b.c.  555,  and  a  full  year  must  be  allowed  between 
the  conclusion  of  the  treaty  and  the  taking  of  the  Lydian  capital. 


40  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

78.  While  Croesus  was  still  in  this  mind,  all  the  suburbs  of 
Sardis  were  found  to  swarm  with  snakes,  on  the  appearance  of 
which  the  horses  left  feeding  in  the  pasture-grounds,  and  flocked 
to  the  suburbs  to  eat  them.  The  king,  who  witnessed  the 
unusual  sight,  regarded  it  very  rightly  as  a  prodigy.  He  there- 
fore instantly  sent  messengers  to  the  soothsayers  of  Telmessus,^ 
to  consult  them  upon  the  matter.  His  messengers  reached  the 
city,  and  obtained  from  the  Telmessians  an  explanation  of  what 
the  prodigy  portended,  but  fate  did  not  allow  them  to  inform 
their  lord;  for  ere  they  entered  Sardis  on  their  return,  Croesus 
was  a  prisoner.  What  the  Telmessians  had  declared  was,  that 
Croesus  must  look  for  the  entry  of  an  army  of  foreign  invaders 
into  his  country,  and  that  when  they  came  they  would  subdue 
the  native  inhabitants;  since  the  snake,  said  they,  is  a  child  of 
earth,  and  the  horse  a  warrior  and  a  foreigner.  Croesus  was 
already  a  prisoner  when  the  Telmessians  thus  answered  his 
inquiry,  but  they  had  no  knowledge  of  what  was  taking  place 
at  Sardis,  or  of  the  fate  of  the  monarch. 

79.  Cyrus,  however,  when  Croesus  broke  up  so  suddenly  from 
his  quarters  after  the  battle  at  Pteria,  conceiving  that  he  had 
marched  away  with  the  intention  of  disbanding  his  army,  con- 
sidered a  little,  and  soon  saw  that  it  was  advisable  for  him  to 
advance  upon  Sardis  with  all  haste,  before  the  Lydians  could 
get  their  forces  together  a  second  time.  Having  thus  deter- 
mined, he  lost  no  time  in  carrying  out  his  plan.  He  marched 
forward  with  such  speed  that  he  was  himself  the  first  to  an- 
nounce his  coming  to  the  Lydian  king.  That  monarch,  placed 
in  the  utmost  difficulty  by  the  turn  of  events  which  had  gone 
so  entirely  against  all  his  calculations,  nevertheless  led  out  the 
Lydians  to  battle.  In  all  Asia  there  was  not  at  that  time  a 
braver  or  more  warlike  people.  Their  manner  of  fighting  was 
on  horseback;  they  carried  long  lances,  and  were  clever  in  the 
management  of  their  steeds. 

80.  The  two  armies  met  in  the  plain  before  Sardis.  It  is  a 
vast  flat,  bare  of  trees,  watered  by  the  Hyllus  and  a  number  of 
other  streams,  which  all  flow  into  one  larger  than  the  rest, 
called  the  Hermus.*    This  river  rises  in  the  sacred  mountain  of 

1  Three  distinct  cities  of  Asia  Minor  are  called  by  this  name.  The 
Lycian  Telmessus  lay  upon  the  coast  occupying  the  site  of  the  modem 
vulage  of  Makri,  where  are  some  curious  remains,  especially  tombs,  partly 
Greek,  partly  native  Lycian.  " 

*  Sardis  (the  modern  Sart)  stood  in  the  broad  valley  of  the  Hermus  at 
a  point  where  the  hills  approach  each  other  more  closely  than  in  any  other 


Chap.  78-81.  Cfoesus  Defeated  41 

the  Dindymenian  Mother,*  and  falls  into  the  sea  near  the  town 
of  Phocaea.* 

When  Cyrus  beheld  the  Lydians  arranging  themselves  in  order 
of  battle  on  this  plain,  fearful  of  the  strength  of  their  cavalry, 
he  adopted  a  device  which  Harpagus,  one  of  the  Medes,  sug- 
gested to  him.  He  collected  together  all  the  camels  that  had 
come  in  the  train  of  his  army  to  carry  the  provisions  and  the 
baggage,  and  taking  oS  their  loads,  he  mounted  riders  upon 
them  accoutred  as  horsemen.  These  he  commanded  to  advance 
in  front  of  his  other  troops  against  the  Lydian  horse;  behind 
them  were  to  follow  the  foot  soldiers,  and  last  of  all  the  cavalry. 
When  his  arrangements  were  complete,  he  gave  his  troops  orders 
to  slay  all  the  other  Lydians  who  came  in  their  way  without 
mercy,  but  to  spare  Croesus  and  not  kill  him,  even  if  he  should 
be  seized  and  offer  resistance.  The  reason  why  Cyrus  opposed 
his  camels  to  the  enemy's  horse  was,  because  the  horse  has  a 
natural  dread  of  the  camel,  and  cannot  abide  either  the  sight 
or  the  smell  of  that  animal.  By  this  stratagem  he  hoped  to 
make  Croesus's  horse  useless  to  him,  the  horse  being  what  he 
chiefly  depended  on  for  victory.  The  two  armies  then  joined 
battle,  and  immediately  the  Lydian  war-horses,  seeing  and 
smelling  the  camels,  turned  round  and  galloped  off;  and  so  it 
came  to  pass  that  all  Croesus's  hopes  withered  away.  The 
Lydians,  however,  behaved  manfully.  As  soon  as  they  under- 
stood wh^t  was  happening,  they  leaped  off  their  horses,  and 
engaged  with  the  Persians  on  foot.  The  combat  was  long ;  but 
at  last,  after  a  great  slaughter  on  both  sides,  the  Lydians  turned 
and  fled.  They  were  driven  within  their  walls,  and  the  Persians 
laid  siege  to  Sardis. 

81.  Thus  the  siege  began.  Meanwhile  Croesus,  thinking  that 
the  place  would  hold  out  no  inconsiderable  time,  sent  off  fresh 
heralds  to  his  allies  from  the  beleaguered  town.  His  former 
messengers  had  been  charged  to  bid  them  assemble  at  Sardis  in 
the  course  of  the  fifth  month;  they  whom  he  now  sent  were  to 
say  that  he  was  already  besieged,  and  to  beseech  them  to  come 
to  his  aid  with  all  possible  speed.  Among  his  other  allies 
Croesus  did  not  omit  to  send  to  Lacedaemon. 

place.  Some  vestiges  of  the  ancient  town  remain,  but,  except  the  ruins 
of  the  great  temple  of  Cybele  (infra,  v.  102),  they  seem  to  be  of  a  late 
date. 

^  The  Dindymenian  mothea-  was  Cybel6,  the  special  deity  of  Phrygia. 

*Tbc  Hermus  (Ghiediz-Chai)  now  falls  into  the  sea  very  much  never 
to  Smyrna  than  to  Phocaea.     Its  course  is  perpetually  changing. 


42  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

82.  It  chanced,  however,  that  the  Spartans  were  themselves 
just  at  this  time  engaged  in  a  quarrel  with  the  Argives  about  a 
place  called  Thyrea/  which  was  within  the  limits  of  Argolis, 
but  had  been  seized  on  by  the  Lacedaemonians.  Indeed,  the 
whole  country  westward,  as  far  as  Cape  Malea,  belonged  once 
to  the  Argives,  and  not  only  that  entire  tract  upon  the  main- 
land, but  also  Cythera,  and  the  other  islands.  The  Argives 
collected  troops  to  resist  the  seizure  of  Thyrea,  but  before  any 
battle  was  fought,  the  two  parties  came  to  terms,  and  it  was 
agreed  that  three  hundred  Spartans  and  three  hundred  Argives 
should  meet  and  fight  for  the  place,  which  should  belong  to  the 
nation  with  whom  the  victory  rested.  It  was  stipulated  also 
that  the  other  troops  on  each  side  should  return  home  to  their 
respective  countries,  and  not  remain  to  witness  the  combat,  as 
there  was  danger,  if  the  armies  stayed,  that  either  the  one  or 
the  other,  on  seeing  their  countrymen  undergoing  defeat,  might 
hasten  to  their  assistance.  These  terms  being  agreed  on,  the 
two  armies  marched  off,  leaving  three  hundred  picked  men  on 
each  side  to  fight  for  the  territory.  The  battle  began,  and  so 
equal  were  the  combatants,  that  at  the  close  of  the  day,  when 
night  put  a  stop  to  the  fight,  of  the  whole  six  hundred  only 
tliee  men  remained  alive,  two  Argives,  Alcanor  and  Chromius, 
and  a  single  Spartan,  Othryadas.  The  two  Argives,  regarding 
themselves  as  the  victors,  hurried  to  Argos.  Othryadas,  the 
Spartan,  remained  upon  the  field,  and,  stripping  the  bodies  of 
the  Argives  who  had  fallen,  carried  their  armour  to  the  Spartan 
camp.  Next  day  the  two  armies  returned  to  learn  the  result. 
At  first  they  disputed,  both  parties  claiming  the  victory,  the 
one,  because  they  had  the  greater  number  of  survivors;  the 
other,  because  their  man  remained  on  the  field,  and  stripped 
the  bodies  of  the  slain,  whereas  the  two  men  of  the  other  side 
ran  away;  but  at  last  they  fell  from  words  to  blows,  and  a 
battle  was  fought,  in  which  both  parties  suffered  great  loss,  but 
at  the  end  the  Lacedaemonians  gained  the  victory.  Upon  this 
the  Argives,  who  up  to  that  time  had  worn  their  hair  long,  cut 
it  off  close,  and  made  a  law,  to  which  they  attached  a  curse, 
binding  themselves  never  more  to  let  their  hair  grow,  and  never 
to  allow  their  women  to  wear  gold,  until  they  should  recover 
Thyrea.  At  the  same  time  the  Lacedaemonians  made  a  law  the 
very  reverse  of  this,  namely,  to  wear  their  hair  long,  though 

*  Thyrea  was  the  chief  town  of  the  district  called  Cynuria,  the  borde: 
territory  between  Laconia  and  Argolis  (cf.  Thucyd.  v.  41). 


Chap.  82-85.  Sardis  Taken  43 

they  had  always  before  cut  it  close.  Othryadas  himself,  it  is 
said,  the  sole  survivor  of  the  three  hundred,  prevented  by  a 
sense  of  shame  from  returning  to  Sparta  after  all  his  comrades 
had  fallen,  laid  violent  hands  upon  himself  in  Thyrea. 

83.  Although  the  Spartans  were  engaged  with  these  matters 
when  the  herald  arrived  from  Sardis  to  entreat  them  to  come 
to  the  assistance  of  the  besieged  king,  yet,  notwithstanding, 
they  instantly  set  to  work  to  afford  him  help.  They  had  com- 
pleted their  preparations,  and  the  ships  were  just  ready  to  start, 
when  a  second  message  informed  them  that  the  place  had 
already  fallen,  and  that  Croesus  was  a  prisoner.  Deeply  grieved 
at  his  misfortune,  the  Spartans  ceased  their  efforts. 

84.  The  following  is  the  way  in  which  Sardis  was  taken.  On 
the  fourteenth  day  of  the  siege  Cyrus  bade  some  horsemen  ride 
about  his  lines,  and  make  proclamation  to  the  whole  army  that 
he  would  give  a  reward  to  the  man  who  should  first  mount  the 
wall.  After  this  he  made  an  assault,  but  without  success.  His 
troops  retired,  but  a  certain  Mardian,  Hyrceades  by  name, 
resolved  to  approach  the  citadel  and  attempt  it  at  a  place  where 
no  guards  were  ever  set.  On  this  side  the  rock  was  so  pre- 
cipitous, and  the  citadel  (as  it  seemed)  so  impregnable,  that  no 
fear  was  entertained  of  its  being  carried  in  this  place.  Here 
was  the  only  portion  of  the  circuit  round  which  their  old  king 
Meles  did  not  carry  the  lion  which  his  leman  bore  to  him.  For 
when  the  Telraessians  had  declared  that  if  the  lion  were  taken 
round  the  defences,  Sardis  would  be  impregnable,  and  Meles,  in 
consequence,  carried  it  round  the  rest  of  the  fortress  where  the 
citadel  seemed  open  to  attack,  he  scorned  to  take  it  round  this 
side,  which  he  looked  on  as  a  sheer  precipice,  and  therefore 
absolutely  secure.  It  is  on  that  side  of  the  city  which  faces 
Mount  Tmolus,  Hyrceades,  however,  having  the  day  before 
observed  a  Lydian  soldier  descend  the  rock  after  a  helmet  that 
had  rolled  dow^n  from  the  top,  and  having  seen  him  pick  it  up 
and  carry  it  back,  thought  over  what  he  had  witnessed,  and 
formed  his  plan.  He  climbed  the  rock  himself,  and  other  Per- 
sians followed  m  his  track,  until  a  large  number  had  mounted 
to  the  top.  Thus  was  Sardis  taken,^  and  given  up  entirely  to 
pillage. 

85.  With  respect  to  Croesus  himself,  this  is  what  befell  him 
at  the  taking  of  the  town.    He  had  a  son,  of  whom  I  made 

*  Sardis  was  taken  a  second  time  in  almost  exactly  the  same  way  by 
Lagoras,  one  of  the  generals  of  Antiochus  the  Great. 


44  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

mention  above,  a  worthy  youth,  whose  only  defect  was  that  he 
was  deaf  and  dumb.  In  the  days  of  his  prosperity  Croesus  had 
done  the  utmost  that  he  could  for  him,  and  among  other  plans 
which  he  had  devised,  had  sent  to  Delphi  to  consult  the  oracle 
on  his  behalf.  The  answer  which  he  had  received  from  the 
Pythoness  ran  thus: — 

Lydian,  wide-ruling  monarch,  thou  wondrous  simple  Croesus, 
Wish  not  ever  to  hear  in  thy  palace  the  voice  thou  hast  prayed  for, 
Uttering  intelligent  sounds.     Far  better  thy  son  should  be  silent! 
Ah !   woe  worth  the  day  when  thine  ear  shall  first  list  to  his  accents. 

When  the  town  was  taken,  one  of  the  Persians  was  just  going 
to  kill  Croesus,  not  knowing  who  he  was.  Croesus  saw  the  man 
coming,  but  under  the  pressure  of  his  affliction,  did  not  care  to 
avoid  the  blow,  not  minding  whether  or  no  he  died  beneath  the 
stroke.  Then  this  son  of  his,  who  was  voiceless,  beholding  the 
Persian  as  he  rushed  towards  Croesus,  in  the  agony  of  his  fear 
and  grief  burst  into  speech,  and  said,  "  Man,  do  not  kill  Croesus." 
This  was  the  first  time  that  he  had  ever  spoken  a  word,  but 
afterwards  he  retained  the  power  of  speech  for  the  remainder 
of  his  life. 

86.  Thus  was  Sardis  taken  by  the  Persians,  and  Croesus  him- 
self fell  into  their  hands,  after  having  reigned  fourteen  years, 
and  been  besieged  in  his  capital  fourteen  days;  thus  too  did 
Croesus  fulfil  the  oracle,  which  said  that  he  should  destroy  a 
mighty  empire, — by  destroying  his  own.  Then  the  Persians 
who  had  made  Croesus  prisoner  brought  him  before  Cyrus.  Now 
a  vast  pile  had  been  raised  by  his  orders,  and  Croesus,  laden 
with  fetters,  was  placed  upon  it,  and  with  him  twice  seven 
of  the  sons  of  the  Lydians.  I  know  not  whether  Cyrus  was 
minded  to  make  an  offering  of  the  first-fruits  to  some  god  or 
other,  or  whether  he  had  vowed  a  vow  and  was  performing  it, 
or  whether,  as  may  well  be,  he  had  heard  that  Croesus  was  a 
holy  man,  and  so  wished  to  see  if  any  of  the  heavenly  powers 
would  appear  to  save  him  from  being  burnt  alive.  However  it 
might  be,  Cyrus  was  thus  engaged,  and  Croesus  was  already  on 
the  pile,  when  it  entered  his  mind  in  the  depth  of  his  woe  that 
there  was  a  divine  warning  in  the  words  which  had  come  to 
him  from  the  lips  of  Solon,  "  No  one  while  he  Hves  is  happy." 
When  this  thought  smote  him  he  fetched  a  long  breath,  and 
breaking  his  deep  silence,  groaned  out  aloud,  thrice  uttering  the 
name  of  Solon.  Cyrus  caught  the  sounds,  and  bade  the  inter- 
preters inquire  of  Croesus  who  it  was  he  called  on^    They  drew 


Chap.  86-87.        DcHvcrancc  of  Croesus  45 

near  and  asked  him,  but  he  held  his  peace,  and  for  a  long  time 
made  no  answer  to  their  questionings,  until  at  length,  forced  to 
say  something,  he  exclaimed,  "  One  I  would  give  much  to  see 
converse  with  every  monarch."  Not  knowing  what  he  meant 
by  this  reply,  the  interpreters  begged  him  to  explain  himself; 
and  as  they  pressed  for  an  answer,  and  grew  to  be  troublesome, 
he  told  them  how,  a  long  time  before,  Solon,  an  Athenian,  had 
come  and  seen  all  his  splendour,  and  made  light  of  it;  and  how 
whatever  he  had  said  to  him  had  fallen  out  exactly  as  he  fore- 
showed, although  it  was  nothing  that  especially  concerned  him, 
but  applied  to  all  mankind  alike,  and  most  to  those  who  seemed 
to  themselves  happy.  Meanwhile,  as  he  thus  spoke,  the  pile 
was  lighted,  and  the  outer  portion  began  to  blaze.  Then  Cyrus, 
hearing  from  the  interpreters  what  Crcesus  had  said,  relented, 
bethinking  himself  that  he  too  was  a  man,  and  that  it  was  a 
fellow-man,  and  one  who  had  once  been  as  blessed  by  fortune 
as  himself,  that  he  was  burning  alive;  afraid,  moreover,  of 
retribution,  and  full  of  the  thought  that  whatever  is  human  is 
insecure.  So  he  bade  them  quench  the  blazing  fire  as  quickly 
as  they  could,  and  take  down  Crcesus  and  the  other  Lydians, 
which  they  tried  to  do,  but  the  flames  were  not  to  be  mastered. 
87.  Then,  the  Lydians  say  that  Croesus,  perceiving  by  the 
efforts  made  to  quench  the  fire  that  Cyrus  had  relented,  and 
seeing  also  that  all  was  in  vain,  and  that  the  men  could  not  get 
the  fire  under,  called  with  a  loud  voice  upon  the  god  Apollo, 
and  prayed  him,  if  he  had  ever  received  at  his  hands  any 
acceptable  gift,  to  come  to  his  aid,  and  deliver  him  from  his 
present  danger.  As  thus  with  tears  he  besought  the  god, 
suddenly,  though  up  to  that  time  the  sky  had  been  clear  and 
the  day  without  a  breath  of  wind,^  dark  clouds  gathered,  and 
the  storm  burst  over  their  heads  with  rain  of  such  violence,  that 
the  flames  were  speedily  extinguished.  Cyrus,  convinced  by 
this  that  Croesus  was  a  good  man  and  a  favourite  of  heaven, 
asked  him  after  he  was  taken  off  the  pile,  "  Who  it  was  that 
had  persuaded  him  to  lead  an  army  into  his  country,  and  so 
become  his  foe  rather  than  continue  his  friend  ?  "  to  which 
Croesus  made  answer  as  follows:  "  What  I  did,  oh!  king,  was 
to  thy  advantage  and  to  my  own  loss.  If  there  be  blame,  it 
rests  with  the  god  of  the  Greeks,  who  encouraged  me  to  begin 
the  war.    No  one  is  so  foolish  as  to  prefer  war  to  peace,  in 

*The  later  romancers  regarded  this  incident  as  over-marvellous,  and 
softened  down  the  miracle  considerably. 


46  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  l 

which,  instead  of  sons  burying  their  fathers,  fathers  bury  their 
sons.    But  the  gods  willed  it  so."  ^ 

88.  Thus  did  Croesus  speak.  Cyrus  then  ordered  his  fetters 
to  be  taken  off,  and  made  him  sit  down  near  himself,  and  paid 
him  much  respect,  looking  upon  him,  as  did  also  the  courtiers, 
with  a  sort  of  wonder.  Croesus,  wrapped  in  thought,  uttered 
no  word.  After  a  while,  happening  to  turn  and  perceive  the 
Persian  soldiers  engaged  in  plundering  the  town,  he  said  to 
Cyrus,  "  May  I  now  tell  thee,  oh !  king,  what  I  have  in  my 
mind,  or  is  silence  best?  "  Cyrus  bade  him  speak  his  mind 
boldly.  Then  he  put  this  question :  "  What  is  it,  oh !  Cyrus, 
which  those  men  yonder  are  doing  so  busily?  "  "  Plundering 
thy  city,"  Cyrus  answered,  "  and  carrying  off  thy  riches." 
"  Not  my  city,"  rejoined  the  other,  "  nor  my  riches.  They  are 
not  mine  any  more.     It  is  thy  wealth  which  they  are  pillaging." 

89.  Cyrus,  struck  by  what  Croesus  had  said,  bade  all  the  court 
to  withdraw,  and  then  asked  Croesus  what  he  thought  it  best 
for  him  to  do  as  regarded  the  plundering.  Croesus  answered, 
"  Now  that  the  gods  have  made  me  thy  slave,  oh  I  Cyrus,  it 
seems  to  me  that  it  is  my  part,  if  I  see  anything  to  thy  advan- 
tage, to  show  it  to  thee.  Thy  subjects,  the  Persians,  are  a  poor 
people  with  a  proud  spirit.  If  then  thou  lettest  them  pillage 
and  possess  themselves  of  great  wealth,  I  will  tell  thee  what 
thou  hast  to  expect  at  their  hands.  The  man  who  gets  the 
most,  look  to  having  him  rebel  against  thee.  Now  then,  if  my 
words  please  thee,  do  thus,  oh!  king: — Let  some  of  thy  body- 
guards be  placed  as  sentinels  at  each  of  the  city  gates,  and  let 
them  take  their  booty  from  the  soldiers  as  they  leave  the  town, 
and  tell  them  that  they  do  so  because  the  tenths  are  due  to 
Jupiter.  So  wilt  thou  escape  the  hatred  they  would  feel  if  the 
plunder  were  taken  away  from  them  by  force ;  and  they,  seeing 
that  what  is  proposed  is  just,  will  do  it  wilhngly." 

90.  Cyrus  was  beyond  measure  pleased  with  this  advice,  so 

^  Modern  critics  seem  not  to  have  been  the  first  to  object  to  this  entire 
narrative,  that  the  rehgion  of  the  Persians  did  not  allow  the  burning  of 
human  beings  (vide  infra,  iii.  16).  The  objection  had  evidently  been  made 
before  the  time  of  Nicolas  of  Damascus,  who  meets  it  mdirectJy  in  his 
narrative.  The  Persians  (he  gives  us  to  understand)  had  for  some  time 
before  this  neglected  the  precepts  of  Zoroaster,  and  allowed  his  ordinances 
with  respect  to  fire  to  fafi  into  desuetude.  The  miracle  whereby  Croesus 
was  snatched  from  the  flames  reminded  them  of  their  ancient  creed,  and 
induced  them  to  re-establish  the  whole  system  of  Zoroaster.  It  may 
be  doubted,  however,  whether  the  system  of  Zoroaster  was  at  this  time 
any  portion  of  the  Persian  religion. 


Chap.  88-91.      Thc  Oraclc  Reproached  47 

excellent  did  it  seem  to  him.  He  praised  Croesus  highly,  and 
gave  orders  to  his  body-guard  to  do  as  he  had  suggested.  Then, 
turning  to  CrcEsus,  he  said,  "  Oh  1  Croesus,  I  see  that  thou  art 
resolved  both  in  speech  and  act  to  show  thyself  a  vhrtuous 
prince:  ask  me,  therefore,  whatever  thou  wilt  as  a  gift  at  this 
moment."  Crcesus  replied,  "  Oh  I  my  lord,  if  thou  wilt  suffer 
me  to  send  these  fetters  to  the  god  of  the  Greeks,  whom  I  once 
honoured  above  all  other  gods,  and  ask  him  if  it  is  his  wont  to 
deceive  his  benefactors, — that  will  be  the  highest  favour  thou 
canst  confer  on  me."  Cyrus  upon  this  inquired  what  charge 
he  had  to  make  against  the  god.  Then  Crcesus  gave  him  a  full 
account  of  all  his  projects,  and  of  the  answers  of  the  oracle,  and 
of  the  ofierings  which  he  had  sent,  on  which  he  dwelt  especially, 
and  told  him  how  it  was  the  encouragement  given  him  by  the 
oracle  which  had  led  him  to  make  war  upon  Persia.  All  this  he 
related,  and  at  the  end  again  besought  permission  to  reproach 
the  god  with  his  behaviour.  Cyrus  answered  with  a  laugh, 
"  This  I  readily  grant  thee,  and  whatever  else  thou  shalt  at  any 
time  ask  at  my  hands."  Croesus,  finding  his  request  allowed, 
sent  certain  Lydians  to  Delphi,  enjoining  them  to  lay  his  fetters 
upon  the  threshold  of  the  temple,  and  ask  the  god,  "  If  he  were 
not  ashamed  of  having  encouraged  him,  as  the  destined  destroyer 
of  the  empire  of  Cyrus,  to  begin  a  war  with  Persia,  of  which 
such  were  the  first-fruits  ?  "  As  they  said  this  they  were  to 
point  to  the  fetters;  and  further  they  were  to  inquire,  "  if  it 
was  the  wont  of  the  Greek  gods  to  be  ungrateful?  " 

91.  The  Lydians  went  to  Delphi  and  delivered  their  message, 
on  which  the  Pythoness  is  said  to  have  replied — "  It  is  not 
possible  even  for  a  god  to  escape  the  decree  of  destiny.  Croesus 
has  been  punished  for  the  sin  of  his  fifth  ancestor,^  who,  when 
he  was  one  of  the  body-guard  of  the  Heraclides,  joined  in  a 
woman's  fraud,  and,  slaying  his  master,  wrongfully  seized  the 
throne.  Apollo  was  anxious  that  the  fall  of  Sardis  should  not 
happen  in  the  lifetime  of  Croesus,  but  be  delayed  to  his  son's 
days;  he  could  not,  however,  persuade  the  Fates.  All  that  they 
were  willing  to  allow  he  took  and  gave  to  Croesus.  Let  Croesus 
know  that  Apollo  delayed  the  taking  of  Sardis  three  full  years, 
and  that  he  is  thus  a  prisoner  three  years  later  than  was  his 
destiny.  Moreover  it  was  Apollo  who  saved  him  from  the  burn- 
ing pile.  Nor  has  Croesus  any  right  to  complain  with  respect 
to  the  oracular  answer  which  he  received.    For  when  the  god 

*  Vide  supra,  ch.  13. 
I*"5  C 


48  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

told  him  that,  if  he  attacked  the  Persians,  he  would  destroy  a 
mighty  empire,  he  ought,  if  he  had  been  wise,  to  have  sent 
again  and  inquired  which  empire  was  meant,  that  of  Cyrus  or 
his  own;  but  if  he  neither  understood  what  was  said,  nor  took 
the  trouble  to  seek  for  enlightenment,  he  has  only  himself  to 
blame  for  the  result.  Besides,  he  had  misunderstood  the  last 
answer  which  had  been  given  him  about  the  mule.  Cyrus  was 
that  mule.  For  the  parents  of  Cyrus  were  of  different  races, 
and  of  different  conditions, — his  mother  a  Median  princess, 
daughter  of  King  Astyages,  and  his  father  a  Persian  and  a 
subject,  who,  though  so  far  beneath  her  in  all  respects,  had 
married  his  royal  mistress." 

Such  was  the  answer  of  the  Pythoness.  The  Lydians*  re- 
turned to  Sardis  and  communicated  it  to  Croesus,  who  confessed, 
on  hearing  it,  that  the  fault  was  his,  not  the  god's.  Such  was 
the  way  in  which  Ionia  was  first  conquered,  and  so  was  the 
empire  of  Croesus  brought  to  a  close. 

92.  Besides  the  offerings  which  have  been  already  mentioned, 
there  are  many  others  in  various  parts  of  Greece  presented  by 
Croesus;  as  at  Thebes  in  Boeotia,  where  there  is  a  golden  tripod, 
dedicated  by  him  to  Ismenian  Apollo;  ^  at  Ephesus,  where  the 
golden  heifers,  and  most  of  the  columns  are  his  gift;  and  at 
Delphi,  in  the  temple  of  Pronaia,^  where  there  is  a  huge  shield 
in  gold,  which  he  gave.  All  these  offerings  were  stiU  in  exist- 
ence in  my  day;  many  others  have  perished:  among  them 
those  which  he  dedicated  at  Branchidae  in  Milesia,  equal  in 
weight,  as  I  am  informed,  and  in  all  respects  like  to  those  at 
Delphi.  The  Delphian  presents,  and  those  sent  to  Amphiaraüs, 
came  from  his  own  private  property,  being  the  first-fruits  of  the 
fortune  which  he  inherited  from  his  father;  his  other  offerings 
came  from  the  riches  of  an  enemy,  who,  before  he  mounted  the 
throne,  headed  a  party  against  him,  with  the  view  of  obtaining 
the  crown  of  Lydia  for  Pantaleon.  This  Pantaleon  was  a  son 
of  Alyattes,  but  by  a  different  mother  from  Croesus;  for  the 
mother  of  Croesus  was  a  Carian  woman,  but  the  mother  of 

*  The  river  Ismenins  washed  the  foot  of  the  hill  on  which  this  temple 
stood  (Paus.  ix.  10,  2) ;  hence  the  phrase  "  Ismenian  Apollo." 

*  The  temple  of  Minerva  at  Delphi  stood  in  front  of  the  great  temple 
oi  Apollo.  Hence  the  Delphian  Minerva  was  called  Minerva  Pronaia 
{StA  TO  IT p  6  Tov  vaov  i5p0(x$ai,  as  Harpocration  says).  Vide  infra,  viii. 
37.  Pausanias  mentions  that  the  shield  was  no  longer  there  in  his  day. 
It  had  been  carried  ofi  by  Philomelus,  the  Phocian  general  in  the  Sacred 
War  (Paus.  x.  viii.  §  4). 


Chap.  93-93.  Toiiib  of  Alyattcs  49 

Pantaleon  an  Ionian.  When,  by  the  appointment  of  his  father, 
Croesus  obtained  the  kingly  dignity/  he  seized  the  man  who  had 
plotted  against  him,  and  broke  him  upon  the  wheel.  His  pro- 
perty, which  he  had  previously  devoted  to  the  service  of  the 
gods,  Croesus  applied  in  the  way  mentioned  above.  This  is  all 
I  shall  say  about  his  offerings. 

93.  Lydia,  unlike  most  other  countries,  scarcely  offers  any 
wonders  for  the  historian  to  describe,  except  the  gold-dust  which 
is  washed  down  from  the  range  of  Tmolus.  It  has,  however, 
one  structure  of  enormous  size,  only  inferior  to  the  monuments 
of  Egypt  ^  and  Babylon.  This  is  the  tomb  of  Alyattes,^  the 
father  of  Croesus,  the  base  of  which  is  formed  of  immense  blocks 
of  stone,  the  rest  being  a  vast  mound  of  earth.  It  was  raised 
by  the  joint  labour  of  the  tradesmen,  handicraftsmen,  and 
courtesans  of  Sardis,  and  had  at  the  top  five  stone  pillars,  which 
remained  to  my  day,  with  inscriptions  cut  on  them,  showing 

*  This  has  been  supposed  to  mean  that  Alyattes  associated  Croesus  with 
him  in  the  government.  But  there  are  no  sufficient  grounds  for  such 
an  opinion.  Association,  common  enough  in  Egj^pt,  was  very  rarely 
practised  in  the  East  until  the  time  of  the  Sassanian  princes;  and  does 
aot  seem  ever  to  obtain  unless  where  the  succession  is  doubtful. 

•The  colossal  size  of  the  monuments  in  Egypt  is  sufficiently  known. 
They  increased  in  size  as  the  power  of  Egypt  advanced.  The  taste  ixsr 
colossal  statues  is  often  supposed  to  be  pecuUarly  Egyptian;  but  the 
Greeks  had  some  as  large  as,  and  even  larger  than,  any  in  Egypt. 

*  The  following  account  of  the  external  appearance  of  this  monument, 
which  still  exists  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Hermus,  near  the  ruins  of  the 
ancient  Sardis,  is  given  by  Mr.  Hamilton  (Asia  Minor,  vol.  i.  pp.  145-6)  :— 
"  One  mile  south  of  this  spot  we  reached  the  principal  timaulus,  generally 
designated  as  the  tomb  of  Halyattes.  It  took  us  about  ten  minutes  to 
ride  round  its  base,  which  would  give  it  a  circumference  of  nearly  half  a 
mile.  Towards  the  north  it  consists  of  the  natural  rock,  a  white  horizon- 
tally-stratified earthy  Hmestone,  cut  away  so  as  to  appear  as  part  of  the 
structure.  The  upper  portion  is  sand  and  gravel,  apparently  brought 
from  the  bed  of  the  Hermus.  Several  deep  ravines  have  been  worn  by 
time  and  weather  in  its  sides,  particularly  on  that  to  the  south :  we  followed 
one  of  these  as  afiording  a  better  footing  than  the  smooth  grass,  as  we 
ascended  to  the  summit.  Here  we  found  the  remains  of  a  foundation 
nearly  eighteen  feet  square,  on  the  north  of  which  was  a  huge  circular 
stone,  ten  feet  in  diameter,  with  a  flat  bottom  and  a  raised  edge  or  lip, 
evidently  placed  there  as  an  ornament  on  the  apex  of  the  tumulus. 
Herodotus  says  that  phalli  were  erected  upon  the  summit  of  some  of  these 
tumuli,  of  which  this  may  be  one;  but  Mr.  Strickland  supposes  that  a 
rude  representation  of  the  human  face  might  be  traced  on  its  weather- 
beaten  surface.  In  consequence  of  the  ground  sloping  to  the  south,  this 
tumulus  appears  much  higher  when  viewed  from  the  side  of  Sardis  than 
from  any  other.  It  rises  at  an  angle  of  about  22°,  and  is  a  conspicuous 
object  on  all  sides." 

Besides  the  barrow  of  Alyattes  there  are  a  vast  number  of  ancient 
tumuli  on  the  shores  of  the  Gygaean  lake.  Three  or  four  of  these  are 
scarcely  inferior  in  size  to  that  of  Alyattes. 


50  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i, 

how  much  of  the  work  was  done  by  each  class  of  workpeople. 
It  appeared  on  measurement  that  the  portion  of  the  courtesans 
was  the  largest.  The  daughters  of  the  common  people  in  Lydia, 
one  and  all,  pursue  this  traffic,  wishing  to  collect  money  for 
their  portions.  They  continue  the  practice  till  they  many ;  and 
are  wont  to  contract  themselves  in  marriage.  The  tomb  is  six 
Stades  and  two  plethra  in  circumference;  its  breadth  is  thirteen 
plethra.  Close  to  the  tomb  is  a  large  lake,  which  the  Lydians 
say  is  never  dry.^    They  call  it  the  Lake  Gygaea. 

94.  The  Lydians  have  very  nearly  the  same  customs  as  the 
Greeks,  with  the  exception  that  these  last  do  not  bring  up  their 
girls  in  the  same  way.  So  far  as  we  have  any  knowledge,  they 
were  the  first  nation  to  introduce  the  use  of  gold  and  silver 
coin,*  and  the  first  who  sold  goods  by  retail.  They  claim  ako 
the  invention  of  all  the  games  which  are  common  to  them  with 
the  Greeks.  These  they  declare  that  they  invented  about  the 
time  when  they  colonised  Tyrrhenia,  an  event  of  w^hich  they 
give  the  following  account.  In  the  days  of  Atys  the  son  of 
Manes,  there  was  great  scarcity  through  the  whole  land  of 
Lydia.  For  some  time  the  Lydians  bore  the  affliction  patiently, 
but  finding  that  it  did  not  pass  away,  they  set  to  work  to  devise 
remedies  for  the  evil.  Various  expedients  were  discovered  by 
various  persons;  dice,  and  huckle-bones,  and  ball,^  and  all  such 
games  were  invented,  except  tables,  the  invention  of  which  they 
do  not  claim  as  theirs.  The  plan  adopted  against  the  famine 
was  to  engage  in  games  one  day  so  entirely  as  not  to  feel  any 
craving  for  food,  and  the  next  day  to  eat  and  abstain  from 
games.  In  this  way  they  passed  eighteen  years.  Still  the 
affliction  continued  and  even  became  more  grievous.  So  the 
king  determined  to  divide  the  nation  in  half,  and  to  make  the 
two  portions  draw  lots,  the  one  to  stay,  the  other  to  leave  the 
land.  He  would  continue  to  reign  over  those  whose  lot  it 
should  be  to  remain  behind;  the  emigrants  should  have  his  son 
Tyrrhenus  for  their  leader.  The  lot  was  cast,  and  they  who  had 
to  emigrate  went  down  to  Smyrna,  and  built  themselves  ships, 
in  which,  after  they  had  put  on  board  all  needful  stores,  they 
sailed  away  in  search  of  new  homes  and  better  sustenance. 

*  This  lake  is  still  a  remarkable  feature  in  the  scene. 

*  It  is  probable  that  the  Greeks  derived  their  first  knowledge  of  coined 
money  from  the  Asiatics  with  whom  they  came  into  contact  in  Asia  Minor. 

*  The  ball  was  a  very  old  game,  and  it  was  doubtless  invented  in  Egypt, 
as  Plato  says.  It  is  mentioned  by  Homer  (Od.  viii.  372),  and  it  was  known 
ia  Egypt  long  before  his  time,  in  the  twelfth  dynasty. 


Chap.  94-96.    Risc  of  the  Median  Empire  5 1 

After  sailing  past  many  countries  they  came  to  Umbria/  where 
they  built  cities  for  themselves,  and  fixed  their  residence.  Their 
former  name  of  Lydians  they  laid  aside,  and  called  themselves 
after  the  name  of  the  king's  son,  who  led  the  colony,  Tyrrhenians. 

95.  Thus  far  I  have  been  engaged  in  showing  how  the  Lydians 
were  brought  under  the  Persian  yokct  The  course  of  my  history 
now  compels  me  to  inquire  who  this  Cyrus  was  by  whom  the 
Lydian  empire  was  destroyed,  and  by  what  means  the  Persians 
had  become  the  lords  paramount  of  Asia,  And  herein  I  shall 
follow  those  Persian  authorities  whose  object  it  appears  to  be 
not  to  magnify  the  exploits  of  Cyrus,  but  to  relate  the  simple 
truth.  I  know  besides  three  ways  in  which  the  story  of  Cyrus 
is  told,  all  differing  from  my  own  narrative^ 

The  Ass)n:ians  had  held  the  Empire  of  Upper  Asia  for  the 
space  of  five  hundred  and  twenty  years,  when  the  Medes  set 
the  example  of  revolt  from  their  authority.  They  took  arms 
for  the  recovery  of  their  freedom,  and  fought  a  battle  with  the 
Assyrians,  in  which  they  behaved  with  such  gallantry  as  to 
shake  off  the  yoke  of  servitude,  and  to  become  a  free  people. 
Upon  their  success  the  other  nations  also  revolted  and  regained 
tJieir  independence. 

96.  Thus  the  nations  over  that  whole  extent  of  country 
obtained  the  blessing  of  self-government,  but  they  fell  again 
under  the  sway  of  kings,  in  the  manner  which  I  will  now  relate* 
There  was  a  certain  Mede  named  Deioces,  son  of  Phraortes,  a 
man  of  much  wisdom,  who  had  conceived  the  desire  of  obtaining 
to  himself  the  sovereign  power.  In  furtherance  of  his  ambition, 
therefore,  he  formed  and  carried  into  execution  the  following 
scheme.  As  the  Medes  at  that  time  dwelt  in  scattered  villages 
without  any  central  authority,  and  lawlessness  in  consequence 
prevailed  throughout  the  land,  Deioces,  who  was  already  a  man 
of  mark  in  his  own  village,  applied  himself  with  greater  zeal 
and  earnestness  than  ever  before  to  the  practice  of  justice  among 
his  fellows.  It  was  his  conviction  that  justice  and  injustice  are 
engaged  in  perpetual  war  with  one  another.  He  therefore 
began  this  course  of  conduct,  and  presently  the  men  of  his 
village,  observing  his  integrity,  chose  him  to  be  the  arbiter  of 
all  their  disputes.  Bent  on  obtaining  the  sovereign  power,  he 
showed  himself  an  honest  and  an  upright  judge,  and  by  these 
means  gained  such  credit  with  his  fellow-citizens  as  to  attract 

*  The  Umbria  of  Herodotus  appears  to  include  almost  the  whole  of 
Northern  Italy. 


52  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

the  attention  of  those  who  lived  in  the  surrounding  villages. 
They  had  long  been  suffering  from  unjust  and  oppressive  judg- 
ments; so  that,  when  they  heard  of  the  singular  uprightness  of 
Deioces,  and  of  the  equity  of  his  decisions,  they  joyfully  had 
recourse  to  him  in  the  various  quarrels  and  suits  that  arose, 
until  at  last  they  came  to  put  confidence  in  no  one  else. 

97.  The  number  of  complaints  brought  before  him  continually 
increasing,  as  people  learnt  more  and  more  the  fairness  of  his 
judgments,  Deioces,  feeling  himself  now  all  important,  an- 
nounced that  he  did  not  intend  any  longer  to  hear  causes,  and 
appeared  no  more  in  the  seat  in  which  he  had  been  accustomed 
to  sit  and  administer  justice.  "  It  did  not  square  with  his 
interests,"  he  said,  "  to  spend  the  whole  day  in  regulating  other 
men's  affairs  to  the  neglect  of  his  own."  Hereupon  robbery  and 
lawlessness  broke  out  afresh,  and  prevailed  through  the  country 
even  more  than  heretofore;  wherefore  the  Medes  assembled 
from  all  quarters,  and  held  a  consultation  on  the  state  of  affairs. 
The  speakers,  as  I  think,  were  chiefly  friends  of  Deioces.  "  We 
cannot  possibly,"  they  said,  "  go  on  living  in  this  country  if 
things  continue  as  they  now  are;  let  us  therefore  set  a  king 
over  us,  that  so  the  land  may  be  well  governed,  and  we  our- 
selves may  be  able  to  attend  to  our  own  affairs,  and  not  be 
forced  to  quit  our  country  on  account  of  anarchy."  The 
assembly  was  persuaded  by  these  arguments,  and  resolved  to 
appoint  a  king. 

98.  It  followed  to  determine  who  should  be  chosen  to  the 
office.  When  this  debate  began  the  claims  of  Deioces  and  his 
praises  were  at  oiice  in  every  mouth;  so  that  presently  all 
agreed  that  he  should  be  king.  Upon  this  he  required  a  palace 
to  be  built  for  him  suitable  to  his  rank,  and  a  guard  to  be 
given  him  for  his  person.  The  Medes  complied,  and  built  him 
a  strong  and  large  palace/  on  a  spot  which  he  himself  pointed 
out,  and  likewise  gave  him  liberty  to  choose  himself  a  body- 
guard from  the  whole  nation.  Thus  settled  upon  the  throne, 
he  further  required  them  to  build  a  single  great  city,  and,  dis- 
regarding the  petty  towns  in  which  they  had  formerly  dwelt, 
make  the  new  capital  the  object  of  their  chief  attention.  The 
Medes  were  again  obedient,  and  built  the  city  now  called 
Agbatana,*  the  walls  of  which  are  of  great  size  and  strength, 

1  The  royal  palace  at  Agbatana  is  said  by  Polybius  to  have  been  7  Stades 
(more  than  four-fifths  of  a  mile)  in  circumference. 

•  There  is  every  reasoa  *^  believe  that  the  original  form  of  the  name 


Chap.  97-100.  Agbatana  53 

rising  in  circles  one  within  the  other.  The  plan  of  the  place  is, 
that  each  of  the  walls  should  out-top  the  one  beyond  it  by  the 
battlements.  The  nature  of  the  ground,  which  is  a  gentle  hill, 
favours  this  arrangement  in  some  degree,  but  it  was  mainly 
effected  by  art.  The  number  of  the  circles  is  seven,  the  royal 
palace  and  the  treasuries  standing  within  the  last.  Th«  circuit 
of  the  outer  wall  is  very  nearly  the  same  with  that  of  Athens. 
Of  this  wall  the  battlements  are  white,^  of  the  next  black,  of 
the  third  scarlet,  of  the  fourth  blue,  of  the  fifth  orange;  ail 
these  are  coloured  with  paint.  The  two  last  have  their  battle- 
ments coated  respectively  with  silver  and  gold.^ 

99,  All  these  fortifications  Deioces  caused  to  be  raised  for 
himself  and  his  own  palace.  The  people  were  required  to  build 
their  dwellings  outside  the  circuit  of  the  walls.  WTien  the 
town  was  finished,  he  proceeded  to  arrange  the  ceremonial. 
He  allowed  no  one  to  have  direct  access  to  the  person  of  the 
king,  but  made  all  communication  pass  through  the  hands  of 
messengers,  and  forbade  the  king  to  be  seen  by  his  subjects. 
He  also  made  it  an  offence  for  any  one  whatsoever  to  laugh  or 
spit  in  the  royal  presence.  This  ceremonial,  of  which  he  was 
the  first  inventor,  Deioces  established  for  his  own  security,  fear- 
ing that  his  compeers,  who  were  brought  up  together  with  him, 
and  were  of  as  good  family  as  he,  and  no  whit  inferior  to  him 
in  manly  qualities,  if  they  saw  him  frequently  would  be  pained 
at  the  sight,  and  would  therefore  be  likely  to  conspire  against 
him;  whereas  if  they  did  not  see  him,  they  would  think  him 
quite  a  different  sort  of  being  from  themselves. 

100.  After  completing  these  arrangements,  and  firmly  settling 
himself  upon  the  throne,  Deioces  continued  to  administer  justice 
with  the  same  strictness  as  before.    Causes  were  stated   in 

Hellenised  as  ^Ä.yßäTava  or  'EKßdrava  was  Hagmatän,  and  that  it  was  of 
Arian  etymology,  having  been  first  used  by  the  Arian  Medes.  It  would 
signify  in  the  language  of  the  country  *'  the  place  of  assemblage." 

* "  This  is  manitestiy  a  fable  of  Sabaeaa  origin,  the  seven  colours 
mentioned  by  Herodotus  being  precisely  those  employed  by  the  Orientals 
to  denote  the  seven  great  heavenly  bodies,  or  the  seven  climates  in  which 
they  revolve.  The  great  temple  of  Nebuchadnezzar  at  Borsippa  (the 
modem  Birs-Nimrud)  was  a  building  in  se\en  platforms  coloured  in  a 
similar  way. 

*  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  this  accoimt,  though  it  may  be  greatly 
exaggerated,  is  not  devoid  of  a  foundation.  The  temple  at  Borsippa 
(see  the  preceding  note)  appears  to  have  had  its  fourth  and  seventh  stages 
actually  coated  with  gold  and  silver  respectively.  And  it  seems  certain 
that  there  was  often  in  Oriental  towns  a  most  lavish  display  of  the  two 
precious  metals. 


54  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

writing,  and  sent  in  to  the  king,  who  passed  his  judgment  upon 
the  contents,  and  transmitted  his  decisions  to  the  parties  con- 
cerned: besides  which  he  had  spies  and  eavesdroppers  in  all 
parts  of  his  dominions,  and  if  he  heard  of  any  act  of  oppression, 
he  sent  for  the  guilty  party,  and  awarded  him  the  punishment 
meet  for  his  offence. 

loi.  Thus  Deioces  collected  the  Medes  into  a  nation,  and 
ruled  over  them  alone.  Now  these  are  the  tribes  of  which  they 
consist:  the  Busae,  the  Paretaceni,  the  Struchates,  the  Arizanti, 
the  Budii,  and  the  Magi. 

102.  Having  reigned  three-and-fifty  years,  Deioces  was  at  his 
death  succeeded  by  his  son  Phraortes.  This  prince,  not  satisfied 
with  a  dominion  which  did  not  extend  beyond  the  single  nation 
of  the  Medes,  began  by  attacking  the  Persians;  and  marching 
an  army  into  their  country,  brought  them  under  the  Median 
yoke  before  any  other  people.  After  this  success,  being  now  at 
the  head  of  two  nations,  both  of  them  powerful,  he  proceeded 
to  conquer  Asia,  overrunning  province  after  province.  At  last 
he  engaged  in  war  with  the  Assyrians — those  Assyrians,  I  mean, 
to  whom  Nineveh  belonged,^  who  were  formerly  the  lords  of 
Asia.  At  present  they  stood  alone  by  the  revolt  and  desertion 
of  their  allies,  yet  still  their  internal  condition  was  as  flourishing 
as  ever.  Phraortes  attacked  them,  but  perished  in  the  expedi- 
tion with  the  greater  part  of  his  army,  after  having  reigned  over 
the  Medes  two-and-twenty  years. 

103.  On  the  death  of  Phraortes  his  son  Cyaxares  ascended 
the  throne.  Of  him  it  is  reported  that  he  was  still  more  war- 
like than  any  of  his  ancestors,  and  that  he  was  the  first  who 
gave  organisation  to  an  Asiatic  army,  dividing  the  troops  into 
companies,  and  forming  distinct  bodies  of  the  spearmen,  the 
archers,  and  the  cavalry,  who  before  his  time  had  been  mingled 
in  one  mass,  and  confused  together.  He  it  was  who  fought 
against  the  Lydians  on  the  occasion  when  the  day  was  changed 
suddenly  into  night,  and  who  brought  under  his  dominion  the 
whole  of  Asia  beyond  the  Halys.^  This  prince,  collecting  to- 
gether all  the  nations  which  owned  his  sway,  marched  against 
Nineveh,  resolved  to  avenge  his  father,  and  cherishing  a  hope 
that  he  might  succeed  in  taking  the  town.    A  battle  was  fought, 

*  Herodotus  intends  here  to  distinguish  the  Assyrians  of  Assyria  Proper 
from  the  Babylonians,  whom  he  calls  also  Assyrians  (i.  178,  188,  etc.). 
Against  the  latter  he  means  to  say  this  expedition  was  not  directed. 

»  Vide  supra,  chapter  74. 


Chap.  101-105.         Scythians  Masters  55 

in  which  the  Assyrians  suffered  a  defeat,  and  Cyaxares  had 
akeady  begun  the  siege  of  the  place,  when  a  numerous  horde  of 
Scyths,  under  their  king  Madyes,^  son  of  Protothyes,  burst  into 
Asia  in  pursuit  of  the  Cimmerians  whom  they  had  driven  out  of 
Europe,  and  entered  the  Median  territory. 

104.  The  distance  from  the  Palus  Maeotis  to  the  river  Phasis 
and  the  Colchians  is  thirty  days'  journey  for  a  lightly-equipped 
traveller.*  From  Colchis  to  cross  into  Media  does  not  take  long 
— there  is  only  a  single  intervening  nation,  the  Saspirians,® 
passing  whom  you  find  yourself  in  Media.  Tliis  however  was 
not  the  road  followed  by  the  Scythians,  who  turned  out  of  the 
straight  course,  and  took  the  upper  route,  which  is  much  longer, 
keeping  the  Caucasus  upon  their  right.*  The  Scythians,  having 
thus  invaded  Media,  were  opposed  by  the  Medes,  who  gave  them 
battle,  but,  being  defeated,  lost  their  empire.  The  Scythians 
became  masters  of  Asia. 

105.  After  this  they  marched  forward  with  the  design  of 
invading  Egypt.  When  they  had  reached  Palestine,  however, 
Psammetichus  the  Egyptian  king  met  them  with  gifts  and 
prayers,  and  prevailed  on  them  to  advance  no  further.  On 
their  return,  passing  through  Ascalon,  a  city  of  Syria,^  the 
greater  part  of  them  went  their  way  without  doing  any  damage; 
but  some  few  who  lagged  behind  pillaged  the  temple  of  Celestial 
Venus.^  I  have  inquired  and  find  that  the  temple  at  Ascalon  is 
the  most  ancient  of  all  the  temples  to  this  goddess;  for  the  one 
in  Cyprus,  as  the  Cyprians  themselves  admit,  was  built  in  imita- 

*  According  to  Strabo,  Madys,  or  Madyes,  was  a  Cimmerian  prince  who 
drove  the  Treres  out  of  Asia. 

*  From  the  mouth  of  the  Palus  Maeotis,  or  Sea  of  Azof,  to  the  river 
Rion,  (the  ancient  Phasis)  is  a  distance  of  about  270  geographical  miles, 
or  but  little  more  than  the  distance  (240  geog.  miles)  from  the  gulf  of  Issus 
to  the  Euxine,  which  was  called  (ch.  72)  "  a  journey  of  five  days  for  a  lightly- 
equipped  traveller."  We  may  learn  from  this  that  Herodotus  did  not 
intend  the  day's  journey  for  a  measure  of  length. 

'  The  Saspirians  are  mentioned  again  as  lying  north  of  Media  (ch.  no), 
and  as  separating  Media  from  Colchis  (iv.  37). 

*  Herodotus,  clearly,  conceives  the  Cimmerians  to  have  coasted  the  Black 
Sea,  and  appears  to  have  thought  that  the  Scythians  entered  Asia  by  the 
route  of  Daghestan,  along  the  shores  of  the  Caspian. 

*  Ascalon  was  one  of  the  most  ancient  cities  of  the  Philistines  (Judges 
i.  18,  xiv.  19,  etc.).  Ascalon  is  first  mentioned  in  cuneiform  inscriptions 
of  the  time  of  Sennacherib,  having  been  reduced  by  him  in  the  famous 
campaign  of  his  third  year. 

*  Herodotus  probably  intends  the  Sj^ian  goddess  Atergatis  or  Derceto, 
who  was  worshipped  at  Ascalon  and  elsewhere  in  SjTia,  under  the  form 
of  a  mermaid,  or  figure  half  woman  half  fish.  She  may  be  identified  with 
Astarte,  and  therefore  with  the  Venus  of  the  Greeks. 

I  405  *C 


56  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

tion  of  It;  and  that  in  Cythera  was  erected  by  the  Phoenicians, 
who  belong  to  this  part  of  Syria.  The  Scythians  who  plundered 
the  temple  were  punished  by  the  goddess  with  the  female  sick- 
ness, which  still  attaches  to  their  posterity.  They  themselves 
confess  that  they  are  afflicted  with  the  disease  for  this  reason, 
and  travellers  who  visit  Scythia  can  see  what  sort  of  a  disease 
it  is.    Those  who  suffer  from  it  are  called  Enarees. 

106.  The  dominion  of  the  Scythians  over  Asia  lasted  eight- 
and-twenty  years,  during  which  time  their  insolence  and  oppres- 
sion spread  ruin  on  every  side.  For  besides  the  regular  tribute, 
they  exacted  from  the  several  nations  additional  imposts,  which 
they  fixed  at  pleasure;  and  further,  they  scoured  the  country 
and  plundered  every  one  of  whatever  they  could.  At  length 
Cyaxares  and  the  Medes  invited  the  greater  part  of  them  to  a 
banquet,  and  made  them  drunk  with  wine,  after  which  they 
were  all  massacred.  The  Medes  then  recovered  their  empire, 
and  had  the  same  extent  of  dominion  as  before.  They  took 
Nineveh — I  will  relate  how  in  another  history — and  conquered 
all  Assyria  except  the  district  of  Babylonia.  After  this  Cyaxares 
died,  having  reigned  over  the  Medes,  if  we  include  the  time  of 
the  Scythian  rule,  forty  years. 

107.  Astyages,  the  son  of  Cyaxares,  succeeded  to  the  throne. 
He  had  a  daughter  who  was  named  Mandant,  concerning  whom 
he  had  a  wonderful  dream.  He  dreamt  that  from  her  such  a 
stream  of  water  flowed  forth  as  not  only  to  fill  his  capital,  but 
to  flood  the  whole  of  Asia.  This  vision  he  laid  before  such  of 
the  Magi  as  had  the  gift  of  interpreting  dreams,  who  expounded 
its  meaning  to  him  in  full,  whereat  he  was  greatly  terrified.  On 
this  account,  when  his  daughter  was  now  of  ripe  age,  he  would 
not  give  her  in  marriage  to  any  of  the  Medes  who  were  of 
suitable  rank,  lest  the  dream  should  be  accomplished;  but  he 
married  her  to  a  Persian  of  good  family  indeed,^  but  of  a  quiet 

*  Cambyses,  the  father  of  C5n:us,  appears  to  have  been  not  only  a  man 
of  good  family,  but  of  royal  race — the  hereditary  monarch  of  his  nation, 
which,  when  it  became  subject  to  the  Medes,  still  retained  its  line  of 
native  kings,  the  descendants  of  Achaemenes  (Hakhamanish).  In  the 
Behistun  Inscription  (col.  i,  par.  4)  Darius  carries  up  his  genealogy  to 
Achasmenes,  and  asserts  that  "  eight  of  his  race  had  been  kings  before 
himself — he  was  the  ninth."  Cambyses,  the  father  of  Cyrus,  Cyrus  him- 
self, and  Cambyses  the  son  of  Cyrus,  are  probably  included  in  the  eight. 
An  inscription  has  been  foimd  upon  a  brick  at  Senkereh  in  lower  Chaldaea, 
in  which  Cyrus  the  Great  calls  himself  "  the  son  of  Cambyses,  the  powerful 
king."  This  then  is  decisive  as  to  the  royalty  of  the  hne  of  Cjrrus  the  Great, 
and  is  confirmatory  of  the  impression  derived  from  other  evidence,  that 
when  Darius  speaks  of  eight  Achaemenian  kings  having  preceded  him,  he 


Chap.  106-109.  Lcgcnd  of  Cyrus  57 

temper,  whom  he  looked  on  as  much  inferior  to  a  Mede  of  even 
middle  condition. 

108.  Thus  Cambyses  (for  so  was  the  Persian  called)  wedded 
Mandane/  and  took  her  to  his  home,  after  which,  in  the  very 
first  year,  Astyages  saw  another  vision.  He  fancied  that  a  vine 
grew  from  the  womb  of  his  daughter,  and  overshadowed  the 
whole  of  Asia,  After  this  dream,  which  he  submitted  also  to 
the  interpreters,  he  sent  to  Persia  and  fetched  away  Mandant, 
who  was  now  with  child,  and  was  not  far  from  her  time.  On 
her  arrival  he  set  a  watch  over  her,  intending  to  destroy  the 
child  to  which  she  should  give  birth;  for  the  Magian  inter- 
preters had  expounded  the  vision  to  foreshow  that  the  offspring 
of  his  daughter  would  reign  over  Asia  in  his  stead.  To  guard 
against  this,  Astyages,  as  soon  as  Cyrus  was  bom,  sent  for  Har- 
pagus,  a  man  of  his  own  house  and  the  most  faithful  of  the 
Medes,  to  whom  he  was  wont  to  entrust  all  his  affairs,  and 
addressed  him  thus — "  Harpagus,  I  beseech  thee  neglect  not 
the  business  with  which  I  am  about  to  charge  thee;  neither 
betray  thou  the  interests  of  thy  lord  for  others'  sake,  lest  thou 
bring  destruction  on  thine  own  head  at  some  future  time.  Take 
the  child  born  of  Mandant  my  daughter;  carry  him  with  thee 
to  thy  home  and  slay  him  there.  Then  bury  him  as  thou  wilt." 
"  Oh  1  king,"  replied  the  other,  "  never  in  time  past  did  Har- 
pagus disoblige  thee  in  anything,  and  be  sure  that  through  all 
future  time  he  will  be  careful  in  nothing  to  offend.  If  therefore 
it  be  thy  will  that  this  thing  be  done,  it  is  for  me  to  serve  thee 
with  all  diligence." 

109.  When  Harpagus  had  thus  answered,  the  child  was  given 

into  his  hands,  clothed  in  the  garb  of  death,  and  he  hastened 

weeping  to  his  home.    There  on  his  arrival  he  found  his  wife, 

to  whom  he  told  all  that  Astyages  had  said.    "  What  then," 

said  she,  "  is  it  now  in  thy  heart  to  do  ?  "     **  Not  what  Astyages 

requires,"  he  answered ;    "  no,  he  may  be  madder  and  more 

frantic  still  than  he  is  now,  but  I  will  not  be  the  man  to  work 

his  will,  or  lend  a  helping  hand  to  such  a  murder  as  this.    Many 

things  forbid  my  slaying  him.    In  the  first  place  the  boy  is  my 

own  kith  and  kin;  and  next  Astyages  is  old,  and  has  no  son.* 

alludes  to  the  ancestry  of  Cjnrus  the  Great,  and  not  to  his  own  umnediate 
paternal  line. 

*  Whether  there  was  really  any  connection  of  blood  between  Cyrus  and 
Astyages,  or  whether  they  were  no  way  related  to  one  another,  will  perhapf 
never  be  determined. 

'  Xenophon  (CjTop.  I.  iv.  §  20)  gives  Astyages  a  son,  whom  he  calls 
Cyaxares.     The  inscriptions  tend  to  confirm  Herodotus. 


58  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

If  then  when  he  dies  the  crown  should  go  to  his  daughter — 
that  daughter  whose  child  he  now  wishes  to  slay  by  my  hand 
— what  remains  for  me  but  danger  of  the  fearfuUest  kind? 
For  my  own  safety,  indeed,  the  child  must  die;  but  some  one 
belonging  to  Astyages  must  take  his  Ufe,  not  I  or  mine." 

no.  So  saying  he  sent  off  a  messenger  to  fetch  a  certain 
Mitradates/  one  of  the  herdsmen  of  Astyages,  whose  pasturages 
he  knew  to  be  the  fittest  for  his  purpose,  lying  as  they  did 
among  mountains  infested  with  wild  beasts.  This  man  was 
married  to  one  of  the  king's  female  slaves,  whose  Median  name 
was  Spaco,  which  is  in  Greek  Cyno,  since  in  the  Median  tongue 
the  word  "  Spaca  "  means  a  bitch.  The  mountains,  on  the 
skirts  of  which  his  cattle  grazed,  lie  to  the  north  of  Agbatana, 
towards  the  Euxine.  That  part  of  Media  which  borders  on  the 
Saspirians  is  an  elevated  tract,  very  mountainous,  and  covered 
with  forests,  while  the  rest  of  the  Median  territory  is  entirely 
level  ground.  On  the  arrival  of  the  herdsman,  who  came  at 
the  hasty  summons,  Harpagus  said  to  him — "  Astyages  requires 
thee  to  take  this  child  and  lay  him  in  the  wildest  part  of  the 
hills,  where  he  will  be  sure  to  die  speedily.  And  he  bade  me 
tell  thee,  that  if  thou  dost  not  kill  the  boy,  but  anyhow  allowest 
him  to  escape,  he  will  put  thee  to  the  most  painful  of  deaths. 
I  myself  am  appointed  to  see  the  child  exposed." 

III.  The  herdsman  on  hearing  this  took  the  child  in  his 
arms,  and  went  back  the  way  he  had  come  till  he  reached  the 
folds.  There,  providentially,  his  wife,  who  had  been  expecting 
daily  to  be  put  to  bed,  had  just,  during  the  absence  of  her  hus- 
band, been  delivered  of  a  child.  Both  the  herdsman  and  his 
wife  were  uneasy  on  each  other's  account,  the  former  fearful 
because  his  wife  was  so  near  her  time,  the  woman  alarmed 
because  it  was  a  new  thing  for  her  husband  to  be  sent  for  by 
Harpagus.  When  therefore  he  came  into  the  house  upon  his 
return,  his  wife,  seeing  him  arrive  so  unexpectedly,  was  the  first 
to  speak,  and  begged  to  know  why  Harpagus  had  sent  for  him 
in  such  a  hurry.  "  Wife,"  said  he,  "  when  I  got  to  the  town  I 
saw  and  heard  such  things  as  I  would  to  heaven  I  had  never 
seen — such  things  as  I  would  to  heaven  had  never  happened  to 

^  Ctesias  seems  to  have  called  this  person  Atradates.  Atradates  may 
fairly  be  considered  to  be  a  mere  Median  synonym  for  the  Persian  Mitra- 
dates — the  name  signifying  "  given  to  the  sim,"  and  Atra  or  Adar  (whence 
Atropaten6)  being  equivalent  in  Median,  as  a  title  of  that  luminary  (or 
of  fire,  which  was  the  usual  emblem  of  his  worship)  to  the  Persian  Müee 
oc  Mihr. 


Chap.  110-113.  Cyrus  Saved  59 

our  masters.  Every  one  was  weeping  in  Harpagus's  house.  It 
quite  frightened  me,  but  I  went  in.  The  moment  I  stepped 
inside,  what  should  I  see  but  a  baby  lying  on  the  floor,  panting 
and  whimpering,  and  all  covered  with  gold,  and  wrapped  in 
clothes  of  such  beautiful  colours.  Harpagus  saw  me,  and 
directly  ordered  me  to  take  the  child  in  my  arms  and  carry 
him  off,  and  what  was  I  to  do  with  him,  think  you?  Why,  to 
lay  him  in  the  mountains,  where  the  wild  beasts  are  most 
plentiful.  And  he  told  me  it  was  the  king  himself  that  ordered 
it  to  be  done,  and  he  threatened  me  with  such  dreadful  things 
if  I  failed.  So  I  took  the  child  up  in  my  arms,  and  carried  him 
along.  I  thought  it  might  be  the  son  of  one  of  the  household 
slaves.  I  did  wonder  certainly  to  see  the  gold  and  the  beautiful 
baby-clothes,  and  I  could  not  think  why  there  was  such  a 
weeping  in  Harpagus's  house.  Well,  very  soon,  as  I  came  along, 
I  got  at  the  truth.  They  sent  a  servant  with  me  to  show  me 
the  way  out  of  the  town,  and  to  leave  the  baby  in  my  hands; 
and  he  told  me  that  the  child's  mother  is  the  king's  daughter 
Mandane,  and  his  father  Cambyses,  the  son  of  Cyrus;  and  that 
the  king  orders  him  to  be  killed;  and  look,  here  the  child  is." 

112.  With  this  the  herdsman  uncovered  the  infant,  and 
showed  him  to  his  wife,  who,  when  she  saw  him,  and  observed 
how  fine  a  child  and  how  beautiful  he  was,  burst  into  tears,  and 
clinging  to  the  knees  of  her  husband,  besought  him  on  no 
account  to  expose  the  babe;  to  which  he  answered,  that  it  was 
not  possible  for  him  to  do  otherwise,  as  Harpagus  would  be  sure 
to  send  persons  to  see  and  report  to  him,  and  he  was  to  suffer 
a  most  cruel  death  if  he  disobeyed.  Failing  thus  in  her  first 
attempt  to  persuade  her  husband,  the  woman  spoke  a  second 
time,  saying,  "  If  then  there  is  no  persuading  thee,  and  a  child 
must  needs  be  seen  exposed  upon  the  mountains,  at  least  do 
thus.  The  child  of  which  I  have  just  been  delivered  is  still- 
bom;  take  it  and  lay  it  on  the  hills,  and  let  us  bring  up  as  our 
own  the  child  of  the  daughter  of  As ty ages.  So  shalt  thou  not 
be  charged  with  unfaithfulness  to  thy  lord,  nor  shall  we  have 
managed  badly  for  ourselves.  Our  dead  babe  will  have  a  royal 
funeral,  and  this  living  child  will  not  be  deprived  of  life." 

113.  It  seemed  to  the  herdsman  that  this  advice  was  the  best 
under  the  circumstances.  He  therefore  followed  it  without  loss 
of  time.  The  child  which  he  had  intended  to  put  to  death  he 
gave  over  to  his  wife,  and  his  own  dead  child  he  put  in  the 
cradle  wherein  he  had  carried  the  other,  clothing  it  first  in  ail 


6o  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

the  other's  costly  attire,  and  taking  it  m  his  arms  he  laid  it  in 
the  wildest  place  of  all  the  mountain-range.  When  the  child 
had  been  three  days  exposed,  leaving  one  of  his  helpers  to 
watch  the  body,  he  started  off  for  the  city,  and  going  straight 
to  Harpagus's  house,  declared  himself  ready  to  show  the  corpse 
of  the  boy.  Harpagus  sent  certain  of  his  body-guard,  on  whom 
he  had  the  firmest  reliance,  to  view  the  body  for  him,  and, 
satisfied  with  their  seeing  it,  gave  orders  for  the  funeral.  Thus 
was  the  herdsman's  child  buried,  and  the  other  child,  who  was 
afterwards  known  by  the  name  of  Cyrus,  was  taken  by  the 
herdsman's  wife,  and  brought  up  under  a  different  name. 

114.  When  the  boy  was  in  his  tenth  year,  an  accident  which 
I  will  now  relate,  caused  it  to  be  discovered  who  he  was.  He 
was  at  play  one  day  in  the  village  where  the  folds  of  the  cattle 
were,  along  with  the  boys  of  his  own  age,  in  the  street.  The 
other  boys  who  were  playing  with  him  chose  the  cowherd's  son, 
as  he  was  called,  to  be  their  king.  He  then  proceeded  to  order 
them  about — some  he  set  to  build  him  houses,  others  he  made 
his  guards,  one  of  them  was  to  be  the  king's  eye,  another  had 
the  office  of  carrying  his  messages,  all  had  some  task  or  other. 
Among  the  boys  there  was  one,  the  son  of  Artembares,  a  Mede 
of  distinction,  who  refused  to  do  what  Cyrus  had  set  him. 
Cyrus  told  the  other  boys  to  take  him  into  cxistody,  and  when 
his  orders  were  obeyed,  he  chastised  him  most  severely  with  the 
whip.  The  son  of  Artembares,  as  soon  as  he  was  let  go,  full  of 
rage  at  treatment  so  little  befitting  his  rank,  hastened  to  the 
city  and  complained  bitterly  to  his  father  of  what  had  been 
done  to  him  by  Cyrus,  He  did  not,  of  course,  say  "  Cyrus,"  by 
which  name  the  boy  was  not  yet  known,  but  called  him  the  son 
of  the  king's  cowherd.  Artembares,  in  the  heat  of  his  passion, 
went  to  As ty ages,  accompanied  by  his  son,  and  made  complaint 
of  the  gross  injury  which  had  been  done  him.  Pointing  to  the 
boy's  shoulders,  he  exclaimed,  "  Thus,  oh  1  king,  has  thy  slave, 
the  son  of  a  cowherd,  heaped  insult  upon  us." 

115.  At  this  sight  and  these  words  Astyages,  wishing  to 
avenge  the  son  of  Artembares  for  his  father's  sake,  sent  for  the 
cowherd  and  his  boy.  When  they  came  together  into  his  pre- 
sence, fixing  his  eyes  on  Cyrus,  Astyages  said,  "  Hast  thou 
then,  the  son  of  so  mean  a  fellow  as  that,  dared  to  behave  thus 
rudely  to  the  son  of  yonder  noble,  one  of  the  first  in  my  court?" 
"  My  lord,"  replied  the  boy,  "  I  only  treated  him  as  he  deserved. 
I  was  chosen  king  in  play  by  the  boys  of  our  village,  because 


Chap.  114-117.       Astyagcs*  Suspicion  6 1 

they  thought  me  the  best  for  it.  He  himself  was  one  of  the 
boys  who  chose  me.  All  the  others  did  according  to  my  orders; 
but  he  refused,  and  made  light  of  them,  until  at  last  he  got  his 
due  reward.  If  for  this  I  deserve  to  suffer  punishment,  here  I 
am  ready  to  submit  to  it." 

ii6.  While  the  boy  was  yet  speaking  Astyages  was  struck 
with  a  suspicion  who  he  was.  He  thought  he  saw  something  in 
the  character  of  his  face  like  his  own,  and  there  was  a  noble- 
ness about  the  answer  he  had  made;  besides  which  his  age 
seemed  to  tally  with  the  time  when  his  grandchild  was  exposed. 
Astonished  at  all  this,  Astyages  could  not  speak  for  a  while. 
At  last,  recovering  himself  with  difficulty,  and  wishing  to  be 
quit  of  Artembares,  that  he  might  examine  the  herdsman  alone, 
he  said  to  the  former,  "  I  promise  thee,  Artembares,  so  to  settle 
this  business  that  neither  thou  nor  thy  son  shall  have  any  cause 
to  complain."  Artembares  retired  from  his  presence,  and  the 
attendants,  at  the  bidding  of  the  king,  led  Cyrus  into  an  inner 
apartment.  Astyages  then  being  left  alone  with  the  herdsman, 
inquired  of  him  where  he  had  got  the  boy,  and  who  had  given 
him  to  him;  to  which  he  made  answer  that  the  lad  was  his  own 
child,  begotten  by  himself,  and  that  the  mother  who  bore  him 
was  still  alive,  and  lived  with  him  in  his  house.  Astyages 
remarked  that  he  was  very  ill-advised  to  bring  himself  into  such 
great  trouble,  and  at  the  same  time  signed  to  his  body-guard  to 
lay  hold  of  him.  Then  the  herdsman,  as  they  were  dragging 
him  to  the  rack,  began  at  the  beginning,  and  told  the  whole 
story  exactly  as  it  happened,  without  concealing  anything, 
ending  with  entreaties  and  prayers  to  the  king  to  grant  him 
forgiveness. 

117.  Astyages,  having  got  the  truth  of  the  matter  from  the 
herdsman,  was  very  little  further  concerned  about  him,  but 
with  Harpagus  he  was  exceedingly  enraged.  The  guards  were 
bidden  to  summon  him  into  the  presence,  and  on  his  appear- 
ance Astyages  asked  him,  "  By  what  death  was  it,  Harpagus, 
that  thou  slewest  the  child  of  my  daughter  whom  I  gave  into 
thy  hands?  "  Harpagus,  seeing  the  cowherd  in  the  room,  did 
not  betake  himself  to  lies,  lest  he  should  be  confuted  and  proved 
false,  but  replied  as  follows : — "  Sire,  when  thou  gavest  the  child 
into  my  hands  I  instantly  considered  with  myself  how  I  could 
contrive  to  execute  thy  wishes,  and  yet,  while  guiltless  of  any 
unfaithfulness  towards  thee,  avoid  imbruing  my  hands  in  blood 
which  was  in  truth  thy  daughter's  and  thine  own.    And  this 


02  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

was  how  I  contrived  it.  I  sent  for  this  cowherd,  and  gave  the 
child  over  to  him,  telling  him  that  by  the  king's  orders  it  was 
to  be  put  to  death.  And  in  this  I  told  no  lie,  for  thou  hadst 
so  commanded.  Moreover,  when  I  gave  him  the  child,  I  en- 
joined him  to  lay  it  somewhere  in  the  wilds  of  the  mountains^ 
and  to  stay  near  and  watch  till  it  was  dead;  and  I  threatened 
him  with  all  manner  of  punishment  if  he  failed.  Afterwards, 
when  he  had  done  according  to  all  that  I  commanded  him,  and 
the  child  had  died,  I  sent  some  of  the  most  trustworthy  of  my 
eunuchs,  who  viewed  the  body  for  me,  and  then  I  had  the 
child  buried.  This,  sire,  is  the  simple  truth,  and  this  is  the 
death  by  which  the  child  died." 

1 1 8.  Thus  Harpagus  related  the  whole  story  in  a  plain, 
straightforward  way;  upon  which  Astyages,  letting  no  sign 
escape  him  of  the  anger  that  he  felt,  began  by  repeating  to  him 
all  that  he  had  just  heard  from  the  cowherd,  and  then  concluded 
with  saying,  "  So  the  boy  is  alive,  and  it  is  best  as  it  is.  For 
the  child's  fate  was  a  great  sorrow  to  me,  and  the  reproaches  of 
my  daughter  went  to  my  heart.  Truly  fortune  has  played  us  a 
good  turn  in  this.  Go  thou  home  then,  and  send  thy  son  to  be 
with  the  new  comer,  and  to-night,  as  I  mean  to  sacrifice  thank- 
offerings  for  the  child's  safety  to  the  gods  to  whom  such  honour 
is  due,  I  look  to  have  thee  a  guest  at  the  banquet.'* 

119.  Harpagus,  on  hearing  this,  made  obeisance,  and  went 
home  rejoicing  to  find  that  his  disobedience  had  turned  out  so 
fortunately,  and  that,  instead  of  being  punished,  he  was  invited 
to  a  banquet  given  in  honour  of  the  happy  occasion.  The 
moment  he  reached  home  he  called  for  his  son,  a  youth  of  about 
thirteen,  the  only  child  of  his  parents,  and  bade  him  go  to  the 
palace,  and  do  whatever  Astyages  should  direct.  Then,  in  the 
gladness  of  his  heart,  he  went  to  his  wife  and  told  her  all  that 
had  happened.  Astyages,  meanwhile,  took  the  son  of  Har- 
pagus, and  slew  him,  after  which  he  cut  him  in  pieces,  and 
roasted  some  portions  before  the  fire,  and  boiled  others;  and 
when  all  were  duly  prepared,  he  kept  them  ready  for  use.  The 
hour  for  the  banquet  came,  and  Harpagus  appeared,  and  with 
him  the  other  guests,  and  all  sat  down  to  the  feast.  Astyages 
and  the  rest  of  the  guests  had  joints  of  meat  served  up  to  them ; 
but  on  the  table  of  Harpagus,  nothing  was  placed  except  the 
flesh  of  his  own  son.  This  was  all  put  before  him,  except  the 
hands  and  feet  and  head,  which  were  laid  by  themselves  in  a 
covered  basket«    When  Harpagus  seemed  to  have  eaten  his  fill, 


Chap.  118-120.    Astyages  and  the  Magi  63 

Astyages  called  out  to  him  to  know  how  he  had  enjoyed  the 
repast.  On  his  reply  that  he  had  enjoyed  it  excessively,  they 
whose  business  it  was  brought  him  the  basket,  in  which  were 
the  hands  and  feet  and  head  of  his  son,  and  bade  him  open  it, 
and  take  out  what  he  pleased.  Harpagus  accordingly  un- 
covered the  basket,  and  saw  within  it  the  remains  of  his  son. 
The  sight,  however,  did  not  scare  him,  or  rob  him  of  his  self- 
possession.  Being  asked  by  Astyages  if  he  knew  what  beast's 
flesh  it  was  that  he  had  been  eating,  he  answered  that  he  knew 
very  well,  and  that  whatever  the  king  did  was  agreeable.  After 
this  reply,  he  took  with  him  such  morsels  of  the  flesh  as  were 
uneaten,  and  went  home,  intending,  as  I  conceive,  to  collect 
the  remains  and  bury  them. 

120.  Such  was  the  mode  in  which  Astyages  punished  Har- 
pagus: afterwards,  proceeding  to  consider  what  he  should  do 
with  Cyrus,  his  grandchild,  he  sent  for  the  Magi,  who  formerly 
interpreted  his  dream  in  the  way  which  alarmed  him  so  much, 
and  asked  them  how  they  had  expounded  it.  They  answered, 
without  varying  from  what  they  had  said  before,  that  "  the  boy 
must  needs  be  a  king  if  he  grew  up,  and  did  not  die  too  soon." 
Then  Astyages  addressed  them  thus :  "  The  boy  has  escaped, 
and  lives;  he  has  been  brought  up  in  the  country,  and  the  lads 
of  the  village  where  he  lives  have  made  him  their  king.  All 
that  kings  commonly  do  he  has  done.  He  has  had  his  guards, 
and  his  doorkeepers,  and  his  messengers,  and  all  the  other  usual 
officers.  Tell  me,  then,  to  what,  think  you,  does  all  this  tend  ?  " 
The  Magi  answered,  "  If  the  boy  survives,  and  has  ruled  as  a 
king  without  any  craft  or  contrivance,  in  that  case  we  bid  thee 
cheer  up,  and  feel  no  more  alarm  on  his  account.  He  will  not 
reign  a  second  time.  For  we  have  found  even  oracles  sometimes 
fulfilled  in  an  unimportant  way;  and  dreams,  still  oftener,  have 
wondrously  mean  accomplislunents."  "  It  is  what  I  myself 
most  incline  to  think,"  Astyages  rejoined;  "  the  boy  having 
been  aheady  king,  the  dream  is  out,  and  I  have  nothing  more  to 
fear  from  him.  Nevertheless,  take  good  heed  and  counsel  me 
the  best  you  can  for  the  safety  of  my  house  and  your  own 
interests."  "  Truly,"  said  the  Magi  in  reply,  "  it  very  much 
concerns  our  interests  that  thy  kingdom  be  firmly  established; 
for  if  it  went  to  this  boy  it  would  pass  into  foreign  hands,  since 
he  is  a  Persian:  and  then  we  Medes  should  lose  our  freedom, 
and  be  quite  despised  by  the  Persians,  as  being  foreigners.  But 
so  long  as  thou,  our  fellow-countryman,  art  on  the  throne,  all 


64  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

manner  of  honours  are  ours,  and  we  are  even  not  without 
some  share  in  the  government.  Much  reason  therefore  have  we 
to  forecast  well  for  thee  and  for  thy  sovereignty.  If  then  we 
saw  any  cause  for  present  fear,  be  sure  we  would  not  keep  it 
back  from  thee.  But  truly  we  are  persuaded  that  the  dream  has 
had  its  accomplishment  in  this  harmless  way;  and  so  our  own 
fears  being  at  rest,  we  recommend  thee  to  banish  thine*  As 
for  the  boy,  our  advice  is,  that  thou  send  him  away  to  Persia, 
to  his  father  and  mother." 

121.  As ty ages  heard  their  answer  with  pleasure,  and  calling 
Cyrus  into  his  presence,  said  to  him,  "  My  child,  I  was  led  to  do 
thee  a  wrong  by  a  dream  which  has  come  to  nothing:  from  that 
wrong  thou  wert  saved  by  thy  own  good  fortune.  Go  now  with 
a  light  heart  to  Persia;  I  will  provide  thy  escort.  Go,  and 
when  thou  gettest  to  thy  journey's  end,  thou  wilt  behold  thy 
father  and  thy  mother,  quite  other  people  from  Mitradates  the 
cowherd  and  his  wife." 

122.  With  these  words  Astyages  dismissed  his  grandchild. 
On  his  arrival  at  the  house  of  Cambyses,  he  was  received  by  his 
parents,  who,  when  they  learnt  who  he  was,  embraced  him 
heartily,  having  always  been  convinced  that  he  died  almost 
as  soon  as  he  was  bom.  So  they  asked  him  by  what  means  he 
had  chanced  to  escape;  and  he  told  them  how  that  till  lately  he 
had  known  nothing  at  all  about  the  matter,  but  had  been  mis- 
taken— oh  I  so  widely  1 — and  how  that  he  had  learnt  his  history 
by  the  way,  as  he  came  from  Media.  He  had  been  quite  sure 
that  he  was  the  son  of  the  king's  cowherd,  but  on  the  road  the 
king's  escort  had  told  him  all  the  truth;  and  then  he  spoke  of 
the  cowherd's  wife  who  had  brought  him  up,  and  filled  his  whole 
talk  with  her  praises;  in  all  that  he  had  to  tell  them  about 
himself,  it  was  always  Cyno — Cyno  was  everything.  So  it 
happened  that  his  parents,  catching  the  name  at  his  mouth,  and 
wishing  to  persuade  the  Persians  that  there  was  a  special  provi- 
dence in  his  preservation,  spread  the  report  that  Cyrus,  when  he 
was  exposed,  was  suckled  by  a  bitch.  This  was  the  sole  origin 
of  the  rumour. 

123.  Afterwards,  when  Cyrus  grew  to  manhood,  and  became 
known  as  the  bravest  and  most  popular  of  all  his  compeers, 
Harpagus,  who  was  bent  on  revenging  himself  upon  Astyages, 
began  to  pay  him  court  by  gifts  and  messages.  His  own  rank 
was  too  humble  for  him  to  hope  to  obtain  vengeance  without 
some   foreign   help.    When   therefore   he   saw   Cyrus,   whose 


Chap.  121-125.      Revcngc  of  Harpagus  65 

wrongs  were  so  similar  to  his  own,  growing  up  expressly  (as  it 
were)  tx>  be  the  avenger  whom  he  needed,  he  set  to  work  to 
procure  his  support  and  aid  in  the  matter.  He  had  akeady 
paved  the  way  for  his  designs,  by  persuading,  severally,  thi 
great  Median  nobles,  whom  the  harsh  rule  of  their  monardh  had 
ofiended,  that  the  best  plan  would  be  to  put  Cyrus  at  their 
head,  and  dethrone  Astyages.  These  preparations  made,  Har- 
pagus being  now  ready  for  revolt,  was  anxious  to  make  known 
his  wishes  to  Cyrus,  who  still  lived  in  Persia;  but  as  the  roads 
between  Media  and  Persia  were  guarded,  he  had  to  contrive  a 
means  of  sending  word  secretly,  which  he  did  in  the  following 
way.  He  took  a  hare,  and  cutting  open  its  belly  without 
hurting  the  fur,  he  slipped  in  a  letter  containing  what  he  wanted 
to  say,  and  then  carefully  sewing  up  the  paunch,  he  gave  the 
hare  to  one  of  his  most  faithful  slaves,  disguising  him  as  a 
hunter  with  nets,  and  sent  him  off  to  Persia  to  take  the  game 
as  a  present  to  Cyrus,  bidding  him  tell  Cyrus,  by  word  of  mouth, 
to  paunch  the  animal  himself,  and  let  no  one  be  present  at  the 
time, 

124.  All  was  done  as  he  wished,  and  Cyrus,  on  cutting  the 
hare  open,  found  the  letter  inside,  and  read  as  follows: — "  Son 
of  Cambyses,  the  gods  assuredly  watch  over  thee,  or  never 
wouldst  thou  have  passed  through  thy  many  wonderful  adven- 
tures— now  is  the  time  when  thou  mayst  avenge  thyself  upon 
Astyages,  thy  murderer.  He  willed  thy  death,  remember;  to 
the  gods  and  to  me  thou  owest  that  thou  art  still  alive.  I  think 
thou  art  not  ignorant  of  what  he  did  to  thee,  nor  of  what  I 
suffered  at  his  hands  because  I  committed  thee  to  the  cowherd, 
and  did  not  put  thee  to  death.  Listen  now  to  me,  and  obey  my 
words,  and  all  the  empire  of  Astyages  shall  be  thine.  Raise  the 
standard  of  revolt  in  Persia,  and  then  march  straight  on  Media. 
Whether  Astyages  appoint  me  to  command  his  forces  against 
thee,  or  whether  he  appoint  any  other  of  the  princes  of  the 
Medes,  all  will  go  as  thou  couldst  wish.  They  will  be  the  first 
to  fall  away  from  him,  and  joining  thy  side,  exert  themselves  to 
overturn  his  power.  Be  sure  that  on  our  part  all  is  ready; 
wherefore  do  thou  thy  part,  and  that  speedily." 

125.  Cyrus,  on  receiving  the  tidings  contained  in  this  letter, 
set  himself  to  consider  how  he  might  best  persuade  the  Persians 
to  revolt.  After  much  thought,  he  hit  on  the  following  as  the 
most  expedient  course:  he  wrote  what  he  thought  proper  upon 
a  roll,  and  then  calling  an  assembly  of  the  Persians,  he  unfolded 


66  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

the  roll,  and  read  out  of  it  that  Astyages  appointed  him  their 
general.  "  And  now/'  said  he,  "  since  it  is  so,  I  command  you 
to  go  and  bring  each  man  his  reaping-hook."  With  these  words 
he  dismissed  the  assembly. 

Now  the  Persian  nation  is  made  up  of  many  tribes.^  Those 
which  Cyrus  assembled  and  persuaded  to  revolt  from  the  Medes, 
were  the  principal  ones  on  which  all  the  others  are  dependent.* 
These  are  the  Pasargadse,^  the  Maraphians,  and  the  Maspians,  of 
whom  the  Pasargadae  are  the  noblest.  The  Achaemenidae,*  from 
which  spring  all  the  Perseid  kings,  is  one  of  their  clans.  The 
rest  of  the  Persian  tribes  are  the  following:  the  Panthialaeans, 
the  Derusiaeans,  the  Germanians,  who  are  engaged  in  husbandry ; 
the  Daans,  the  Mardians,  the  Dropicans,  and  the  Sagartians, 
who  are  Nomads.^ 

126.  When,  in  obedience  to  the  orders  which  they  had 
received,  the  Persians  came  with  their  reaping-hooks,  Cyrus  led 
them  to  a  tract  of  ground,  about  eighteen  or  twenty  forlongs 
each  way,  covered  with  thorns,  and  ordered  them  to  clear  it 
before  the  day  was  out.  They  accomplished  their  task;  upon 
which  he  issued  a  second  order  to  them,  to  take  the  bath  the 
day  following,  and  again  come  to  him.  Meanwhile  he  collected 
together  all  his  father's  flocks,  both  sheep  and  goats,  and  all  his 
oxen,  and  slaughtered  them,  and  made  ready  to  give  an  enter- 
tainment to  the  entire  Persian  army.  Wine,  too,  and  bread  of 
the  choicest  kinds  were  prepared  for  the  occasion.  When  the 
morrow  came,  and  the  Persians  appeared,  he  bade  them  recline 

*  According  to  Xenophon  the  number  of  the  Persian  tribes  was  twelve 
(Cyrop.  I.  ii.  §  5),  according  to  Herodotus,  ten. 

'  The  distinction  of  superior  and  inferior  tribes  is  common  among 
nomadic  and  semi-nomadic  nations. 

'  Pasargadas  was  not  only  the  name  of  the  principal  Persian  tribe,  but 
also  of  the  ancient  capital  of  the  country  (Strab.  xv.  p.  1035).  It  seems 
tolerably  certain  that  the  modern  Murg-aub  is  the  site  of  the  ancient 
Pasargadas.  Its  position  ^ath  respect  to  Persepolis,  its  strong  situation 
among  the  mountains,  its  remains  bearing  the  marks  of  high  antiquity, 
and,  above  all,  the  name  and  tomb  of  Cjttus,  which  have  been  discovered 
among  the  ruins,  mark  it  for  the  capital  of  that  monarch  beyond  all 
reasonable  doubt. 

*  The  Achaemenidae  were  the  royal  family  of  Persia,  the  descendants  of 
Achaemenes  (Hakhamanish),  who  was  probably  the  leader  under  whom  the 
Persians  first  settled  in  the  country  which  has  ever  since  borne  their  name. 
This  Achaemenes  is  mentioned  by  Herodotus  as  the  founder  of  the  kingdom 
(iii.  75;  vii.  11).  Achaemenes  continued  to  be  used  as  a  family  name  in 
after  times.  It  was  borne  by  one  of  the  sons  of  Darius  Hystaspes  (infra, 
vii.  7). 

»  Nomadic  hordes  must  always  be  an  important  element  in  the  population 
of  Persia.  Large  portions  of  the  country  are  only  habitable  at  certain 
seasons  of  the  year. 


Chap.  126-129.      Revolt  of  the  Persians  67 

upon  the  grass,  and  enjoy  themselves.  After  the  feast  was 
over,  he  requested  them  to  tell  him  "  which  they  liked  best, 
to-day's  work,  or  yesterday's  ?  "  They  answered  that  "  the 
contrast  was  indeed  strong:  yesterday  brought  them  nothing 
but  what  was  bad,  to-day  everything  that  was  good."  Cyrus 
instantly  seized  on  their  reply,  and  laid  bare  his  purpose  in 
these  words :  "  Ye  men  of  Persia,  thus  do  matters  stand  with 
you.  If  you  choose  to  hearken  to  my  words,  you  may  enjoy 
these  and  ten  thousand  similar  delights,  and  never  condescend 
to  any  slavish  toil;  but  if  you  will  not  hearken,  prepare  your- 
selves for  unnumbered  toils  as  hard  as  yesterday's.  Now  there- 
fore follow  my  bidding,  and  be  free.  For  myself  I  feel  that  I  am 
destined  by  Providence  to  undertake  your  liberation;  and  you, 
I  am  sure,  are  no  whit  inferior  to  the  Medes  in  anything,  least 
of  all  in  bravery.  Revolt,  therefore,  from  Astyages,  without  a 
moment's  delay." 

127.  The  Persians,  who  had  long  been  impatient  of  the  Median 
dominion,  now  that  they  had  found  a  leader,  were  delighted  to 
shake  off  the  yoke.  Meanwhile  Astyages,  informed  of  the  doings 
of  Cyrus,  sent  a  messenger  to  summon  him  to  his  presence. 
Cyrus  replied,  "  Tell  Astyages  that  I  shall  appear  in  his  presence 
sooner  than  he  will  like."  Astyages,  when  he  received  this 
message,  instantly  armed  all  his  subjects,  and,  as  if  God  had 
deprived  him  of  his  senses,  appointed  Harpagus  to  be  their 
general,  forgetting  how  greatly  he  had  injured  him.  So  when 
the  two  armies  met  and  engaged,  only  a  few  of  the  Medes,  who 
were  not  in  the  secret,  fought;  others  deserted  openly  to  the 
Persians;  while  the  greater  number  counterfeited  fear,  and  fled. 

128.  Astyages,  on  learning  the  shameful  flight  and  dispersion 
of  his  army,  broke  out  into  threats  against  Cyrus,  saying, 
"  Cyrus  shall  nevertheless  have  no  reason  to  rejoice; "  and 
directly  he  seized  the  Magian  interpreters,  who  had  persuaded 
him  to  allow  Cyrus  to  escape,  and  impaled  them;  after  which, 
he  armed  all  the  Medes  who  had  remained  in  the  city,  both  young 
and  old;  and  leading  them  against  the  Persians,  fought  a  battle^ 
in  which  he  was  utterly  defeated,  his  army  being  destroyed,  and 
he  himself  falling  into  the  enemy's  hands^ 

129.  Harpagus  then,  seeing  him  a  prisoner,  came  near,  and 
exulted  over  him  with  many  jibes  and  jeers.  Among  other 
cutting  speeches  which  he  made,  he  alluded  to  the  supper  where 
the  flesh  of  his  son  was  given  him  to  eat,  and  asked  Astyages  to 
inswer  him  now,  how  he  enjoyed  being  a  slave  instead  of  a 


68  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

king?  Astyages  looked  in  his  face,  and  asked  him  in  return, 
why  he  claimed  as  his  own  the  achievements  of  Cyrus  ?  "  Be- 
cause," said  Harpagus,  "  it  was  my  letter  which  made  him 
revolt,  and  so  I  am  entitled  to  all  the  credit  of  the  enterprise.*' 
Then  Astyages  declared,  that  "  in  that  case  he  was  at  once  the 
silliest  and  the  most  unjust  of  men:  the  silliest,  if  when  it  was 
in  his  power  to  put  the  crown  on  his  own  head,  as  it  must 
assuredly  have  been,  if  the  revolt  was  entirely  his  doing,  he  had 
placed  it  on  the  head  of  another;  the  most  unjust,  if  on  account 
of  that  supper  he  had  brought  slavery  on  the  Medes.  For, 
supposing  that  he  was  obliged  to  invest  another  with  the  kingly 
power,  and  not  retain  it  himself,  yet  justice  required  that  a 
Mede,  rather  than  a  Persian,  should  receive  the  dignity.  Now, 
however,  the  Medes,  who  had  been  no  parties  to  the  wrong  of 
which  he  complained,  were  made  slaves  instead  of  lords,  and 
slaves  moreover  of  those  who  till  recently  had  been  their 
subjects." 

130.  Thus  after  a  reign  of  thirty-five  years,  Astyages  lost  his 
crown,  and  the  Medes,  in  consequence  of  his  cruelty,  were 
taxxight  under  the  rule  of  the  Persians.  Their  empire  over  the 
parts  of  Asia  beyond  the  Halys  had  lasted  one  hundred  and 
twenty -eight  years,  except  during  the  time  when  the  Scythians 
had  the  dominion.^  Afterwards  the  Medes  repented  of  their 
submission,  and  revolted  from  Darius,  but  were  defeated  in 
battle,  and  again  reduced  to  subjection.^  Now,  however,  in  the 
time  of  Astyages,  it  was  the  Persians  who  under  Cyrus  revolted 
from  the  Medes,  and  became  thenceforth  the  rulers  of  Asia. 
Cyrus  kept  Astyages  at  his  court  during  the  remainder  of  his 
life,  without  doing  him  any  further  injury.  Such  then  were 
the  circumstances  of  the  birth  and  bringing  up  of  Cyrus,  and 
such  were  the  steps  by  which  he  mounted  the  throne.  It  was 
at  a  later  date  that  he  was  attacked  by  Croesus,  and  overthrew 
him,  as  I  have  related  in  an  earlier  portion  of  this  history.  The 
overthrow  of  Crcesus  made  him  master  of  the  whole  of  Asia. 

131.  The  customs  which  I  know  the  Persians  to  observe  are 
the  following.  They  have  no  images  of  the  gods,  no  temples 
nor  altars,  and  consider  the  use  of  them  a  sign  of  folly.  This 
comes,  I  think,  from  their  not  believing  the  gods  to  have  the 

*».«.  they  ruled  (128  —  28=:)  100  years.  TMs.  would  make  their  rule 
begin  in  the  twenty-third  year  of  Deioces. 

*  In  the  great  insaiption  of  Darius  at  Behistun  a  long  and  elaborate 
account  is  given  of  a  Median  revolt  which  occurred  in  the  third  year 
of  the  reign  of  Darius,  and  was  put  down  with  difficulty. 


chaf.  i3o-x3a.    Customs  of  thc  Persians  69 

same  nature  with  men,  as  the  Greeks  imagine.  Their  wont, 
however,  is  to  ascend  the  summits  of  the  loftiest  mountains, 
and  there  to  offer  sacrifice  to  Jupiter,  which  is  the  name  they 
give  to  the  whole  circuit  of  the  firmament.  They  likewise  offer 
to  the  sun  and  moon,  to  the  earth,  to  fire,  to  water,  and  to  the 
winds.  These  are  the  only  gods  whose  worship  has  come  down 
to  them  from  ancient  times.  At  a  later  period  they  began  the 
worship  of  Urania,  which  they  borrowed  ^  from  the  Arabians 
and  Assyrians.  MyHtta  is  the  name  by  which  the  Assyrians 
know  this  goddess,  whom  the  Arabians  call  Alitta,  and  the 
Persians  Mitra.* 

132.  To  these  gods  the  Persians  offer  sacrifice  in  the  following 
manner:  they  raise  no  altar,  fight  no  fire,  pour  no  libations; 
there  is  no  sound  of  the  flute,  no  putting  on  of  chaplets,  no 
consecrated  barley-cake;  but  the  man  who  wishes  to  sacrifice 
brings  his  victim  to  a  spot  of  ground  which  is  pure  from  pollu- 
tion, and  there  calls  upon  the  name  of  the  god  to  whom  he 
intends  to  offer.  It  is  usual  to  have  the  turban  encircled  with 
a  wreath,  most  commonly  of  myrtle.  The  sacrificer  is  not 
allowed  to  pray  for  blessings  on  himself  alone,  but  he  prays  for 
the  welfare  of  the  king,  and  of  the  whole  Persian  people,  among 
whom  he  is  of  necessity  included.  He  cuts  the  victim  in  pieces, 
and  having  boiled  the  flesh,  he  lays  it  out  upon  the  tenderest 
herbage  that  he  can  find,  trefoil  especially.  When  all  is  ready, 
one  of  the  Magi  comes  forward  and  chants  a  hymn,  which  they 
say  recounts  the  origin  of  the  gods.  It  is  not  lawful  to  offer 
sacrifice  unless  there  is  a  Magus  present.    After  waiting  a  short 

*  The  readiness  of  the  Persians  to  adopt  foreign  customs,  even  in  religion, 
is  very  remarkable.  Perhaps  the  most  striking  instance  is  the  adoption 
from  the  Ass^nrians  of  the  well-known  emblem  consisting  of  a  winged 
circle  with  or  without  a  human  figure  rising  from  the  circular  space.  'Hiis 
emblem  is  of  Assyrian  origin,  appearing  in  the  earliest  sculptures  of  that 
country  (Layard's  Nineveh,  vol.  i.  chap,  v.) .  Its  exact  meaning  is  uncertain, 
but  the  conjecture  is  probable,  that  while  in  the  hxmian  head  we  have  the 
symbol  of  intelligence,  the  wings  signify  omnipresence,  and  the  circle 
eternity.  Thus  the  Persians  were  able,  without  the  sacrifice  of  any 
principle,  to  admit  it  as  a  religious  emblem,  which  we  find  them  to  have 
done,  as  early  as  the  times  of  Darius,  universally  (see  the  sculptures  at 
Persepolis,  Nakhsh-i-Rustam,  Behistun,  etc.). 

'  This  identification  is  altogether  a  mistake.  The  Persians,  like  their 
Vedic  brethren,  worshipped  the  sun  under  the  name  of  Mithra.  This 
was  a  portion  of  the  rehgion  which  they  brought  with  them  from  the  Indas, 
and  was  not  adopted  from  any  foreign  nation.  The  name  of  Mithra  does 
not  indeed  occur  in  the  Achaemenian  inscriptions  until  the  time  of  Artax- 
erxes  Mnemon,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  question  the  antiquity  of  his 
worship  in  Persia.  Xenophon  is  right  in  making  it  a  part  of  the  religion 
of  Cyrus  (Cyrop.  viii.  iii.  §  12,  and  vii.  §  3). 


JO  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

time  the  sacrificer  carries  the  flesh  of  the  victim  away  with  him, 
and  makes  whatever  use  of  it  he  may  please.^ 

133.  Of  all  the  days  in  the  year,  the  one  which  they  celebrate 
most  is  their  birthday.  It  is  customary  to  have  the  board 
furnished  on  that  day  with  an  ampler  supply  than  common. 
The  richer  Persians  cause  an  ox,  a  horse,  a  camel,  and  an  ass 
to  be  baked  whole  *  and  so  sen'ed  up  to  them :  the  poorer 
dasses  use  instead  the  smaller  kinds  of  cattle.  They  eat  httle 
solid  food  but  abundance  of  dessert,  which  is  set  on  table  a  few 
dishes  at  a  tim.e;  this  it  is  which  makes  them  say  that  "  the 
Greeks,  when  they  eat,  leave  oü  hungry,  having  nothing  worth 
mention  served  up  to  them  after  the  meats;  whereas,  if  they 
had  more  put  before  them,  they  would  not  stop  eating."  They 
axe  very  fond  of  wine,  and  drink  it  in  large  quantities.'  To 
voEoit  or  obey  natural  calls  in  the  presence  of  another,  is  for- 
bidden among  them.     Such  are  their  customs  in  these  matters. 

It  is  also  their  general  practice  to  dehberate  upon  affairs  of 
weight  when  they  are  drunk;  and  then  on  the  morrow,  when 
they  are  sober,  the  decision  to  which  they  came  the  night  before 
is  put  before  them  by  the  master  of  the  house  in  which  it  was 
made:  and  if  it  is  then  approved  of,  they  act  on  it;  if  not, 
they  set  it  aside.  Sometimes,  however,  they  are  sober  at  their 
first  deliberation,  but  in  this  case  they  always  reconsider  the 
matter  under  the  influence  of  >^'ine.* 

134.  'VSTien  they  meet  each  other  in  the  streets,  you  may 
know  if  the  persons  meeting  are  of  equal  rank  by  the  following 
token;  if  they  are,  instead  of  speaking,  they  kiss  each  other  on 
the  Ups.  In  the  case  where  one  is  a  little  inferior  to  the  other, 
the  kiss  b  given  on  the  cheek;  where  the  difference  of  rank  is 
great,  the  inferior  prostrates  himself  upon  the  ground.^    Of 

^  At  the  secret  meetings  of  the  Ali  Allahis  of  Persia,  which  in  popular 
belief  have  attained  an  infamous  notoriety,  but  which  are  in  reahty  alto- 
gether iimocent,  are  practised  many  ceremonies  that  bear  a  striking 
resemblance  to  the  old  Magian  sacrince. 

*  It  is  a  common  custom  in  the  East  at  the  present  day,  to  roast  sheep 
whole,  even  for  an  ordinary  repast;  and  on  fete  days  it  is  done  in  Dalmatia 
and  in  other  parts  of  Europe. 

*  At  the  present  day,  among  the  "  bons  vivants  "  of  Persia,  it  is  usual 
to  sit  for  hours  before'  dinner  drinking  wine,  and  eating  dried  fruits,  such 
as  filberts,  almonds,  pistachii>nuts,  melon  seeds,  etc.  A  party,  indeed, 
often  sits  down  at  seven  o'clock,  and  the  dinner  is  not  brought  in  till  eleven. 

*  Tacitus  asserts  that  the  Germans  were  in  the  habit  of  dehberating  on 
peace  and  war  under  the  influence  of  wine,  reserving  their  determination 
for  the  morrow. 

'  The  Persians  are  still  notorious  for  their  rigid  attention  to  ceremonial 
aad  etiquette. 


Chap.  133-136.    Customs  of  the  Persians  71 

nations,  they  honour  most  their  nearest  neighbours,  whom  they 
esteem  next  to  themselves;  those  who  live  beyond  these  they 
honour  in  the  second  degree;  and  so  with  the  remainder,  the 
further  they  are  removed,  the  less  the  esteem  in  which  they 
hold  them.  The  reason  is,  that  they  look  upon  themselves  as 
very  greatly  superior  in  all  respects  to  the  rest  of  mankind, 
regarding  others  as  approaching  to  excellence  in  proportion  as 
they  dwell  nearer  to  them;  v/hence  it  comes  to  pass  that  those 
who  are  the  farthest  off  must  be  the  most  degraded  of  mankind.^ 
Under  the  dominion  of  the  Medes,  the  several  nations  of  the 
empire  exercised  authority  over  each  other  in  this  order.  The 
Medes  were  lords  over  all,  and  governed  the  nations  upon  their 
borders,  who  in  their  turn  governed  the  States  beyond,  who 
likewise  bore  rule  over  the  nations  which  adjoined  on  them.^ 
And  this  is  the  order  which  the  Persians  abo  follow  in  their 
distribution  of  honour;  for  that  people,  like  the  Med^,  has  a 
progressive  scale  of  administration  and  government. 

135.  There  is  no  nation  which  so  readily  adopts  foreign 
customs  as  the  Persians.  Thus,  they  have  taken  the  dress  of 
the  Medes,^  considering  it  superior  to  their  own:  and  in  war 
they  wear  the  Eg\"ptian  breastplate.  As  soon  as  they  hear  of 
any  luxury,  they  instantly  make  it  their  own :  and  hence,  among 
other  novelties,  they  have  learnt  unnatural  lust  from  the  Greeks. 
Each  of  them  has  several  wives,  and  a  still  larger  number  of 
concubineSi 

136.  Next  to  prowess  in  arms,  it  is  regarded  as  the  greatest 
proof  of  manly  excellence,  to  be  the  father  of  many  sons, 

^  In  an  early  stage  of  geographical  knowledge  each  nation  regards  itself 
as  occupying  the  centre  of  the  earth.  Herodotus  tacitly  assumes  that 
Greece  is  the  centre  by  his  theory  of  ia-xariai  or  "  extremities  "  (üi.  115). 
Such  was  the  view  commonly  entertained  among  the  Greeks,  and  Delphi, 
as  the  centre  of  Greece,  was  caUed  "  the  navel  of  the  world." 

•  It  is  quite  inconceivable  that  there  should  have  been  any  such  system 
of  government  either  in  Media  or  Persia,  as  Herodotus  here  indicates. 
With  respect  to  Persia,  we  know  that  the  most  distant  satrapies  were  held 
as  directly  of  the  crown  as  the  near^t.  The  utmast  that  can  be  said  with 
truth  is,  that  in  the  Persian  and  Median,  as  in  the  Roman  empire,  there 
w«r«  three  grades;  first,  the  ruling  nation;  secondly,  the  conquered  pro- 
vinces; thirdly,  the  nations  on  the  frontier,  governed  by  their  own  laws 
and  princes,  but  owning  the  supremacy  of  the  imperial  power,  and  reckoned 
among  its  tributaries.  This  was  the  position  in  which  the  Ethiopians, 
Colchians,  and  Arabians,  stood  to  Po-sia  (Herod.  ILL  97). 

*  It  appears  from  ch.  71  that  the  old  national  dress  of  the  Persians  was  a 
ciose-ntting  tvmic  and  trousers  of  leather.  The  Median  costume,  according 
to  Xenophon  (Cyrop.  viii.  i.  §  40)  was  of  a  nature  to  conceal  the  form, 
and  give  it  an  appearance  of  grandeur  and  elegance.  It  would  ^em 
therefore  to  have  been  a  flowing  rob«. 


72  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

Every  year  the  king  sends  rich  gifts  to  the  man  who  can  show 
the  largest  number:  for  they  hold  that  number  is  strength. 
Their  sons  are  carefully  instructed  from  their  fifth  to  their 
twentieth  year,  in  three  things  alone, — to  ride,  to  draw  the 
bow,  and  to  speak  the  truth.^  Until  their  fifth  year  they  are 
not  allowed  to  come  into  the  sight  of  their  father,  but  pass 
their  lives  with  the  women.  This  is  done  that,  if  the  child  die 
young,  the  father  may  not  be  afflicted  by  its  loss. 

137.  To  my  mind  it  is  a  wise  rule,  as  also  is  the  following — 
that  the  king  shall  not  put  any  one  to  death  for  a  single  fault, 
and  that  none  of  the  Persians  shall  visit  a  single  fault  in  a  slave 
with  any  extreme  penalty;  but  in  every  case  the  services  of 
the  offender  shall  be  set  against  his  misdoings;  and,  if  the 
latter  be  found  to  outweigh  the  former,  the  aggrieved  party 
shall  then  proceed  to  punishment.* 

138.  The  Persians  maintain  that  never  yet  did  any  one  kill 
his  own  father  or  mother;  but  in  all  such  cases  they  are  quite 
sure  that,  if  matters  were  sifted  to  the  bottom,  it  would  be 
found  that  the  child  was  either  a  changeling  or  else  the  fruit  of 
adultery;  for  it  is  not  likely  they  say  that  the  real  father 
should  perish  by  the  hands  of  his  child. 

139.  They  hold  it  unlawful  to  talk  of  anything  which  it  is 
unlawful  to  do.  The  most  disgraceful  thing  in  the  world,  they 
think,  is  to  tell  a  lie;  the  next  worst,  to  owe  a  debt:  because, 
among  other  reasons,  the  debtor  is  obliged  to  tell  lies.  If  a 
Persian  has  the  leprosy  ^  he  is  not  allowed  to  enter  into  a  city, 
or  to  have  any  dealings  with  the  other  Persians ;  he  must,  they 
say,  have  sinned  against  the  sun.  Foreigners  attacked  by  this 
disorder,  are  forced  to  leave  the  country:  even  white  pigeons 
are  often  driven  away,  as  guilty  of  the  same  offence.  They 
never  defile  a  river  with  the  secretions  of  their  bodies,  nor  even 
wash  their  hands  in  one;  nor  will  they  allow  others  to  do  so, 
as  they  have  a  great  reverence  for  rivers.  There  is  another 
peculiarity,  which  the  Persians  themselves  have  never  noticed, 
but  which  has  not  escaped  my  observation.    Their  names, 

*  The  Persian  regard  for  truth  has  been  questioned  by  Larcher  on  the 
strength  of  the  speech  of  Darius  in  Book  iii.  (chap.  72).  This  speech, 
however,  is  entirely  unhistoric.  The  special  estimation  in  which  truth, 
was  held  among  the  Persians  is  evidenced  in  a  remarkable  manner  by 
the  inscriptions  of  Darius,  where  lying  is  taken  as  the  representative  of 
an  evil. 

*  Vide  infra,  vii.  194. 

*  With  the  Persian  isolation  of  the  leper,  compare  the  Jewish  practice 
(Lev.  xiii.  46.     2  Kings  vii.  3;   iv.  5.     Luke  xvii.  12). 


cmai-.  I37-I4I.  The  Magi  73 

which  are  expressive  of  some  bodily  or  mental  excellence,  all 
end  with  the  same  letter — the  letter  which  is  called  San  by  the 
Dorians,  and  Sigma  by  the  lonians.  Any  one  who  examines 
will  find  that  the  Persian  names,  one  and  all  without  exception, 
end  with  this  letter.^ 

140.  Thus  much  I  can  declare  of  the  Persians  with  entire 
certainty,  from  my  own  actual  knowledge.  There  is  another 
custom  which  b  spoken  of  with  reserve,  and  not  openly,  con- 
cerning their  dead.  It  is  said  that  the  body  of  a  male  Persian 
is  never  buried,  until  it  has  been  torn  either  by  a  dog  or  a  bird 
of  prey.^  That  the  Magi  have  this  custom  is  beyond  a  doubt, 
for  they  practise  it  without  any  concealment.  The  dead  bodies 
are  covered  with  wax,  and  then  buried  in  the  ground. 

The  Magi  are  a  very  peculiar  race,  different  entirely  from 
the  Egyptian  priests,  and  indeed  from  all  other  men  whatsoever. 
The  Egyptian  priests  make  it  a  point  of  religion  not  to  kill  any 
live  animals  except  those  which  they  offer  in  sacrifice.  Hie 
Magi,  on  the  contrary,  kill  animals  of  all  kinds  with  their  own 
hands,  excepting  dogs  ^  and  men.  They  even  seem  to  take  a 
delight  in  the  employment,  and  kill,  as  readily  as  they  do  other 
animals,  ants  and  snakes,  and  such  like  flying  or  creeping 
things.  However,  since  this  has  always  been  their  custom,  let 
them  keep  to  it.    I  return  to  my  former  narrative. 

14I0  Immediately  after  the  conquest  of  Lydia  by  the  Per- 
sians, the  Ionian  and  ^Eolian  Greeks  sent  ambassadors  to  Cyrus 
at  Sardis,  and  prayed  to  become  his  lieges  on  the  footing  which 
they  had  occupied  under  Croesus.  Cyrus  listened  attentively 
to  their  proposak,  and  answered  them  by  a  fable.  "  There  was 
a  certain  piper,"  he  said,  "  who  was  walking  one  day  by  the 
seaside,  when  he  espied  some  fish;  so  he  began  to  pipe  to  them, 
imagining  they  would  come  out  to  him  upon  the  land.  But  as 
he  found  at  last  that  his  hope  was  vain,  he  took  a  net,  and  en- 
closing a  great  draught  of  fishes,  drew  them  ashore.    The  fish 

*  Here  Herodotus  was  again  mistaken.  The  Persian  names  of  men 
which  terminate  with  a  consonant  end  indeed  invariably  with  the  letter  s, 
or  rather  sh,  as  Kurush  (Cyrus),  Ddryavush  (Darius).  But  a  large  number 
of  Persian  names  of  men  were  pronounced  with  a  vowel  termination,  not 
expressed  in  writing,  and  in  these  the  last  consonant  might  be  almost 
any  letter. 

»Agathias  and  Strabo  also  mention  this  strange  custom,  which  still 
prevails  among  the  Parsees  wherever  they  are  found,  whether  in  P«sia 
or  in  India. 

•  The  dog  is  represented  in  the  Zendavesta  as  the  special  aninaal  of 
Ormazd,  and  is  still  regarded  with  peculiar  reverence  by  the  Parseej. 


74  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

then  began  to  leap  and  dance;  but  the  piper  said,  *  Cease  your 
dancing  now,  as  you  did  not  choose  to  come  and  dance  when  I 
piped  to  you.'  "  Cyrus  gave  this  answer  to  the  lonians  and 
iEolians,  because,  when  he  urged  them  by  his  messengers  to 
revolt  from  Croesus,  they  refused ;  but  now,  when  his  work  was 
done,  they  came  to  offer  their  allegiance.  It  was  in  anger, 
therefore,  that  he  made  them  this  reply.  The  lonians,  on  hear- 
ing it,  set  to  work  to  fortify  their  towns,  and  held  meetings 
at  the  Panionium,  which  were  attended  by  all  excepting  the 
Milesians,  with  whom  Cyrus  had  concluded  a  separate  treaty, 
by  which  he  allowed  them  the  terms  they  had  formerly  obtained 
from  Croesus.  The  other  lonians  resolved,  with  one  accord,  to 
send  ambassadors  to  Sparta  to  implore  assistance. 

142.  Now  the  lonians  of  Asia,  who  meet  at  the  Panionium, 
have  built  their  cities  in  a  region  where  the  air  and  cHmate  are 
the  most  beautiful  in  the  whole  world:  for  no  other  region  is 
equally  blessed  with  Ionia,  neither  above  it  nor  below  it,  nor 
east  nor  west  of  it.  For  in  other  countries  either  the  climate  is 
over  cold  and  damp,  or  else  the  heat  and  drought  are  sorely 
oj^ressive.  The  lonians  do  not  all  speak  the  same  language, 
but  use  in  different  places  four  different  dialects.  Towards  the 
south  their  first  city  is  Miletus,  next  to  which  He  Myus  and 
Prienö;  ^  all  these  three  are  in  Caria  and  have  the  same  dialect. 
Their  cities  in  Lydia  are  the  following:  Ephesus,  Colophon, 
Lebedus,  Teos,  Clazomense,  and  Phocaea.^  The  inhabitants  of 
these  towns  have  none  of  the  pecuHarities  of  speech  which 
belong  to  the  three  first-named  cities,  but  use  a  dialect  of  their 
own.  There  remain  three  other  Ionian  towns,  two  situate  in 
isles,  namely,  Samos  and  Chios;  and  one  upon  the  mainland, 
which  is  Erythrae.  Of  these  Chios  and  Erythrae  have  the  same 
dialect,  while  Samos  possesses  a  language  pecuUar  to  itself. 
Such  are  the  four  varieties  of  which  I  spoke. 

143.  Of  the  lonians  at  this  period,  one  people,  the  Milesians, 
were  in  no  danger  of  attack,  as  Cyrus  had  received  them  into 
alliance.  The  islanders  also  had  as  yet  nothing  to  fear,  since 
Phoenicia  was  still  independent  of  Persia,  and  the  Persians 
themselves  were  not  a  seafaring  people.    The  Milesians  had 

1  Miletus,  Myus,  and  Prien^  all  lay  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mseander  (the 
modem  M ender e).  At  their  original  colonisation  they  were  all  maritime 
cities. 

*  These  cities  are  enimierated  in  the  order  in  which  they  stood,  from  south 
to  north.  Erythrae  lay  on  the  coast  opposite  Chios,  between  Teos  and 
Clazomenae. 


Chap.  142-145.  Doric  HcxapoHs  75 

separated  from  the  common  cause  solely  on  account  of  the  ex- 
treme weakness  of  the  lonians:  for,  feeble  as  the  power  of  the 
entire  Hellenic  race  was  at  that  time,  of  all  its  tribes  the  Ionic 
was  by  far  the  feeblest  and  least  esteemed,  not  possessing  a 
single  State  of  any  mark  excepting  Athens.  The  Athenians 
and  most  of  the  other  Ionic  States  over  the  world,  went  so  far 
in  their  dislike  of  the  name  as  actually  to  lay  it  aside;  and 
even  at  the  present  day  the  greater  number  of  them  seem  to 
me  to  be  ashamed  of  it.  But  the  twelve  cities  in  Asia  have 
always  gloried  in  the  appellation;  they  gave  the  temple  which 
they  built  for  themselves  the  name  of  the  Panionium,  and 
decreed  that  it  should  not  be  open  to  any  of  the  other  Ionic 
States;  no  State,  however,  except  Smyrna,  has  craved  admission 
to  it. 

144.  In  the  same  way  the  Dorians  of  the  region  which  is  now 
called  the  Pentapolis,  but  which  was  formerly  known  as  the 
Doric  Hexapolis,  exclude  all  their  Dorian  neighbours  from  their 
temple,  the  Triopium:  ^  nay,  they  have  even  gone  so  far  as  to 
shut  out  from  it  certain  of  their  own  body  who  were  guilty  of 
an  offence  against  the  customs  of  the  place.  In  the  games 
which  were  anciently  celebrated  in  honour  of  the  Triopian 
Apollo,  the  prizes  given  to  the  victors  were  tripods  of  brass; 
and  the  rule  was  that  these  tripods  should  not  be  carried  away 
from  the  temple,  but  should  then  and  there  be  dedicated  to  the 
god.  Now  a  man  of  Haiicarnassus,  whose  name  was  Agasicles, 
being  declared  victor  in  the  games,  in  open  contempt  of  the 
law,  took  the  tripod  home  to  his  own  house  and  there  hung  it 
against  the  wall.  As  a  punishment  for  this  fault,  the  five  other 
cities,  Lindus,  lalyssus,  Cameirus,  Cos,  and  Cnidus,  deprived 
the  sixth  city,  Haiicarnassus,  of  the  right  of  entering  the  temple.^ 
X45.  The  lonians  founded  twelve  cities  in  Asia,  and  refused 
to  enlarge  the  number,  on  account  (as  I  imagine)  of  their 
having  been  divided  into  twelve  States  when  they  lived  in  the 
Peloponnese;  just  as  the  Achseans,  who  drove  them  out,  are  at 
the  present  day.    The  first  city  of  the  Achseans  after  Sicyon,  is 

*  The  Triopium  was  built  on  a  promontory  of  the  same  name  within  the 
territory  of  the  Cnidians. 

*  Lindus,  lalyssus,  and  Cameirus  were  in  Rhodes;  Cos  was  on  the  island 
of  the  same  name,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ceramic  Gulf.  Cnidus  and  Haiicar- 
nassus were  on  the  mainland,  the  former  near  to  the  Triopium,  the  latter 
on  the  north  shore  of  the  Ceramic  Gulf,  on  the  site  now  occupied  by 
Boodroom.  These  six  cities  formed  an  Amphictyony,  which  held  its 
meetings  at  the  temple  of  Apollo,  called  the  Triopium,  near  Cnidus,  the 
most  central  of  the  cities. 


76  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  l 

Pell6n^,  next  to  which  are  JEgeira,,  iEgae  upon  the  Crathis,  a 
stream  which  is  never  dry,  and  from  which  the  Italian  Crathis  ^ 
received  its  name, — Bura,  Helic6 — where  the  lonians  took 
refuge  on  their  defeat  by  the  Achaean  invaders, — iEgium, 
Rhypes,  Patreis,  Phareis,  Olenus  on  the  Peinis,  which  is  a  large 
river, — Dym6  and  Tritaeeis,  all  sea-port  towns  except  the  last 
two,  which  lie  up  the  country. 

146.  These  are  the  twelve  divisions  of  what  is  now  Achaea, 
and  was  formerly  Ionia;  and  it  was  owing  to  their  coming  from 
a  country  so  divided  that  the  lonians,  on  reaching  Asia,  founded 
their  twelve  States:  for  it  is  the  height  of  folly  to  maintain 
that  these  lonians  are  more  Ionian  than  the  rest,  or  in  any 
respect  better  bom,  since  the  truth  is  that  no  small  portion  of 
them  were  Abantians  from  Eubosa,  who  are  not  even  lonians  in 
name;  and,  besides,  there  were  mixed  up  with  the  emigration, 
Minyae  from  Orchomenus,  Cadmeians,  Dryopians,  Phocians  from 
the  several  cities  of  Phocis,  Molossians,  Arcadian  Pelasgi, 
Dorians  from  Epidaurus,  and  many  other  distinct  tribes.  Even 
those  who  came  from  the  Prytaneum  of  Athens,^  and  reckon 
themselves  the  purest  lonians  of  all,  brought  no  wives  with 
them  to  the  new  country,  but  married  Carian  girls,  whose 
fathers  they  had  slain.  Hence  these  women  made  a  law,  which 
they  bound  themselves  by  an  oath  to  observe,  and  which  they 
handed  down  to  their  daughters  after  them,  "  That  none  should 
ever  sit  at  meat  with  her  husband,  or  call  him  by  his  name; " 
because  the  invaders  slew  their  fathers,  their  husbands,  and 
their  sons,  and  then  forced  them  to  become  their  wives.  It 
was  at  Miletus  that  these  events  took  place. 

147,  The  kings,  too,  whom  they  set  over  them,  were  either 

Lycians,  of  the  blood  of  Glaucus,^  son  of  Hippolochus,  or  Pylian 

Caucons  *  of  the  blood  of  Codrus,  son  of  Melanthus;   or  else 

^  The  Italian  Crathis  ran  close  by  our  author's  adopted  city,  Thurium 
(infra,  v.  45). 

*  This  expression  alludes  to  the  solemnities  which  accompanied  the  send- 
ing out  of  a  colony.  In  the  Prytaneum,  or  Government-house,  of  each 
state  was  preserved  the  sacred  fire,  which  was  never  allowed  to  go  out, 
whereon  the  life  of  the  State  was  supposed  to  depend.  When  a  colony 
took  its  departure,  the  leaders  went  in  solemn  procession  to  the  Prytaneum 
of  the  mother  city,  and  took  fresh  fire  from  the  sacred  hearth,  which  was 
conveyed  to  the  Prytaneum  of  the  new  settlement. 

*  See  Hom.  II.  ii.  876. 

*  The  Gaucons  are  reckoned  by  Strabo  among  the  earliest  inhabitants 
oi  Greece,  and  associated  with  the  Pelasgi,  Leleges,  and  Dryopes  (vii. 
p.  465).  Like  their  kindred  tribes,  they  were  very  widely  spread.  Their 
chief  settlements,  however,  appear  to  have  been  on  the  north  coast  of 
Asia  Mincff. 


Chap.  146-150.      Twclve  iEolian  Cities  77 

from  both  those  families.  But  since  these  lonians  set  more 
store  by  the  name  than  any  of  the  others,  let  them  pass  for  the 
pure-bred  lonians;  though  truly  all  are  lonians  who  have  their 
origin  from  Athens,  and  keep  the  Apaturia.^  This  is  a  festival 
which  all  the  lonians  celebrate,  except  the  Ephesians  and  the 
Colophonians,  whom  a  certain  act  of  bloodshed  excludes  from  it. 

148.  The  Panionium  ^  is  a  place  in  Mycale,  facing  the  north, 
which  was  chosen  by  the  common  voice  of  the  lonians  and  made 
sacred  to  Heliconian  Neptune.*  Mycal6  itself  is  a  promontory 
of  the  mainland,  stretching  out  westward  towards  Samos,  in 
which  the  lonians  assemble  from  all  their  States  to  keep  the 
feast  of  the  Panionia.*  The  names  of  festivals,  not  only  among 
the  lonians  but  among  all  the  Greeks,  end,  like  the  Persian 
proper  names,  in  one  and  the  same  letter. 

149.  The  above-mentioned,  then,  are  the  twelve  towns  of  the 
lonians.  The  iEolic  cities  are  the  following: — Cyme,  called 
also  Phriconis,  Larissa,  Neonteichus,  Temnus,  Cilia,  Notium, 
/Egiroessa,  Pitane,  /Egsas,  Myrina,  and  Gryneia.  These  are 
the  eleven  ancient  cities  of  the  Cohans.  Originally,  indeed, 
they  had  twelve  cities  upon  the  mainland,  like  the  lonians,  but 
the  lonians  deprived  them  of  Smyrna,  one  of  the  number.  The 
soil  of  JEolis  is  better  than  that  of  Ionia,  but  the  climate  is 
less  agreeable. 

150.  The  following  is  the  way  in  which  the  loss  of  Sm>Tna 
happened.  Certain  men  of  Colophon  had  been  engaged  in  a 
sedition  there,  and  being  the  weaker  party,  were  driven  by  the 
others  into  banishment.  The  Smymaeans  received  the  fugitives, 
who,  after  a  time,  watching  their  opportimity,  while  the  inhabi- 

*  The  Apaturia  was  the  solemn  annual  meeting  of  the  phratries,  for  the 
purpose  of  registering  the  children  of  the  preceding  year  whose  birth  entitled 
them  to  citizenship.  It  took  place  in  the  month  Pyanepsion  (November), 
and  lasted  three  days. 

*  Under  the  name  of  Panionium  are  included  both  a  tract  of  ground  and 
a  temple.  It  is  the  former  of  which  Herodotus  here  speaks  particularly, 
as  the  place  in  which  the  great  Pan-Ionic  festival  was  held.  The  spot 
was  on  the  north  side  of  the  promontory  of  Mycal6.  The  Panionium  was 
in  the  territory  of  Prien6,  and  consequently  under  the  guardianship  of 
that  state. 

'  Heliconian  Neptune  was  so  called  from  Helic6,  which  is  mentioned 
above  among  the  ancient  Ionian  cities  in  the  Peloponnese  (ch.  145).  This 
had  been  the  central  point  of  the  old  confederacy,  and  the  temple  there  had 
been  in  old  times  their  place  of  meetiag. 

*  It  is  remarkable  that  Thucydides,  writing  so  shortly  after  Herodotus, 
should  speak  of  the  Pan- Ionic  festival  at  Mycal6  as  no  longer  of  any 
importance,  and  regard  it  as  practically  superseded  by  the  festival  of  the 
Ephesia,  held  near  Ephesus  (iii.  104).  Stul  the  old  feast  continued,  and 
was  celebrated  as  late  as  the  time  of  Augustus. 


78  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  1. 

tants  were  celebrating  a  feast  to  Bacchus  outside  the  walls,  shut 
to  the  gates,  and  so  got  possession  of  the  town.  The  iEolians 
of  the  other  States  came  to  their  aid,  and  terms  were  agreed  on 
between  the  parties,  the  lonians  consenting  to  give  up  all  the 
moveables,  and  the  i5)olians  making  a  surrender  of  the  place. 
The  expelled  Smymaeans  were  distributed  among  the  other 
States  of  the  iEolians,  and  were  everywhere  admitted  to  citizen- 
ship. 

151.  These,  then,  were  all  the  iEolic  cities  upon  the  mam- 
land,  with  the  exception  of  those  about  Mount  Ida,  which  made 
no  part  of  this  confederacy.^  As  for  the  islands,  Lesbos  contains 
five  cities.*  Arisba,  the  sixth,  was  taken  by  the  Methymnaeans, 
their  kinsmen,  and  the  inhabitants  reduced  to  slavery.  Tenedos 
contains  one  city,  and  there  is  another  which  is  built  on  what 
are  called  the  Hundred  Isles.^  The  ^olians  of  Lesbos  and 
Tenedos,  like  the  Ionian  islanders,  had  at  this  time  nothing  to 
fear.  The  other  iEolians  decided  in  their  common  assembly 
to  follow  the  lonians,  whatever  course  they  should  pursue. 

152.  When  the  deputies  of  the  lonians  and  iEolians,  who  had 
journeyed  with  all  speed  to  Sparta,  reached  the  city,  they  chose 
one  of  their  number,  Pythermus,  a  Phocaean,  to  be  their  spokes- 
man. In  order  to  draw  together  as  large  an  audience  as  possible, 
he  clothed  himself  in  a  purple  garment,  and  so  attired  stood 
forth  to  speak.  In  a  long  discourse  he  besought  the  Spartans 
to  come  to  the  assistance  of  his  countrymen,  but  they  were  not 
to  be  persuaded,  and  voted  against  sending  any  succour.  The 
deputies  accordingly  went  their  way,  while  the  Lacedaemonians, 
notwithstanding  the  refusal  which  they  had  given  to  the  prayer 
of  the  deputation,  despatched  a  penteconter  *  to  the  Asiatic  coast 
with  certain  Spartans  on  board,  for  the  purpose,  as  I  think,  of 
watching  Cyrus  and  Ionia.  These  men,  on  their  arrival  at 
Phocaea,  sent  to  Sardis  Lacrines,  the  most  distinguished  of  their 
number,  to  prohibit  Cyrus,  in  the  name  of  the  Lacedaemonians, 
from  offering  molestation  to  any  city  of  Greece,  since  they  would 
not  allow  it. 

*  The  district  here  indicated,  and  commonly  called  the  Troad,  extended 
from  Adramyttium  on  the  south  to  Priapus  on  the  north. 

*  The  five  Lesbian  cities  were :  My tilen6,  Methymna,  Antissa,  Eresus, 
and  Pyrrha. 

'  These  islands  lay  off  the  promontory  which  separated  the  bay  of 
Atarneus  from  that  of  Adramyttium,  opposite  to  the  northern  part  of 
the  island  of  Lesbos. 

*  Penteconters  were  ships  with  fifty  rowers,  twenty-five  on  a  side,  who 
sat  on  a  level,  as  is  customary  in  rowboats  at  the  present  day. 


Chap.  151-155.  Revolt  of  Safdis  79 

153.  Cyrus  is  said,  on  hearing  the  speech  of  the  herald,  to 
have  asked  some  Greeks  who  were  standing  by,  "  Who  these 
Lacedaemonians  were,  and  what  was  their  number,  that  they 
dared  to  send  him  such  a  notice?  "  ^  When  he  had  received 
their  reply,  he  turned  to  the  Spartan  herald  and  said,  "  I  have 
never  yet  been  afraid  of  any  men,  who  have  a  set  place  in  the 
middle  of  their  city,  where  they  come  together  to  cheat  each 
other  and  forswear  themselves.  If  I  live,  the  Spartans  shall 
have  troubles  enough  of  their  own  to  talk  of,  without  concerning 
themselves  about  the  lonians."  Cyrus  intended  these  words  as 
a  reproach  against  all  the  Greeks,  because  of  their  having  market- 
places where  they  buy  and  sell,  which  is  a  custom  unknown  to  the 
Persians,  who  never  make  purchases  in  open  marts,  and  indeed 
have  not  in  their  whole  country  a  single  market-place.^ 

After  this  interview  Cyrus  quitted  Sardis,  leaving  the  city 
under  the  charge  of  Tabalus,  a  Persian,  but  appointing  Pactyas, 
a  native,  to  collect  the  treasure  belonging  to  Croesus  and  the 
other  Lydians,  and  bring  it  after  him.  Cyrus  himself  pro- 
ceeded towards  Agbatana,  carrying  Croesus  along  with  him, 
not  regarding  the  lonians  as  important  enough  to  be  his  im- 
mediate object.  Larger  designs  were  in  his  mind.  He  wished 
to  war  in  person  against  Babylon,  the  Bactrians,  the  Sacae,'  and 
Egypt;  he  therefore  determined  to  assign  to  one  of  his  generals 
the  task  of  conquering  the  lonians. 

154.  No  sooner,  however,  was  Cyrus  gone  from  Sardis  than 
Pactyas  induced  his  countrymen  to  rise  in  open  revolt  against 
him  and  his  deputy  Tabalus.  With  the  vast  treasures  at  his 
disposal  he  then  went  down  to  the  sea,  and  employed  them  in 
hiring  mercenary  troops,  while  at  the  same  time  he  engaged  the 
people  of  the  coast  to  enrol  themselves  in  his  army.  He  then 
marched  upon  Sardis,  where  he  besieged  Tabalus,  who  shut 
himself  up  in  the  citadel. 

155.  When  Cjnrus,  on  his  way  to  Agbatana,  received  these 
tidings,  he  turned  to  Croesus  and  said,  "  Where  will  all  this  end, 

*  Compare  v.  73  and  105, 

*  Markets  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word  are  still  unknown  in  the  East, 
where  the  bazaars,  which  are  collections  of  shops,  take  their  place.  The 
Persians  of  the  nobler  class  would  neither  buy  nor  sell  at  aU,  since  they 
would  be  supplied  by  their  dependents  and  through  presents  with  all  that 
they  required  for  the  common  purposes  of  life.  Those  of  lower  rank 
would  buy  at  the  shops,  which  were  not  allowed  in  the  Forum,  or  public 
place  of  meeting. 

'  Bactria  may  be  regarded  as  fairly  represented  by  the  modern  Balkh. 
The  Saca  (Scyths)  are  more  dif&cult  to  locate;  it  only  appears  that  theii 
country  bordered  upon  and  lay  beyond  Bactria. 

1 405  D 


8o  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i 

Croesus,  thinkest  thou?  It  seemeth  that  these  Lydians  will  not 
cease  to  cause  trouble  both  to  themselves  and  others.  I  doubt 
me  if  it  were  not  best  to  sell  them  all  for  slaves.  Methinks 
what  I  have  now  done  is  as  if  a  man  were  to  *  kill  the  father 
and  then  spare  the  child.'  Thou,  who  wert  something  more 
than  a  father  to  thy  people,  I  have  seized  and  carried  off,  and 
to  that  people  I  have  entrusted  their  city.  Can  I  then  feel 
surprise  at  their  rebellion?  "  Thus  did  Cyrus  open  to  Croesus 
his  thoughts ;  whereat  the  latter,  full  of  alarm  lest  Cyrus  should 
lay  Sardis  in  ruins,  repHed  as  follows :  "  Oh  1  my  king,  thy  words 
are  reasonable;  but  do  not,  I  beseech  thee,  give  full  vent  to 
thy  anger,  nor  doom  to  destruction  an  ancient  city,  guiltless 
alike  of  the  past  and  of  the  present  trouble.  I  caused  the  one, 
and  in  my  own  person  now  pay  the  forfeit.  Pactyas  has  caused 
the  other,  he  to  whom  thou  gavest  Sardis  in  charge;  let  him 
bear  the  punishment.  Grant,  then,  forgiveness  to  the  Lydians, 
and  to  make  sure  of  their  never  rebelling  against  thee,  or 
alarming  thee  more,  send  and  forbid  them  to  keep  any  weapons 
of  war,  command  them  to  wear  tunics  under  their  cloaks,  and 
to  put  buskins  upon  their  legs,  and  make  them  bring  up  their 
sons  to  cithern-playing,  harping,  and  shop-keeping.  So  wilt 
thou  soon  see  them  become  women  instead  of  men,  and  there 
will  be  no  more  fear  of  their  revolting  from  thee." 

156.  Croesus  thought  the  Lydians  would  even  so  be  better  off 
than  if  they  were  sold  for  slaves,  and  therefore  gave  the  above 
advice  to  Cyrus,  knowing  that,  unless  he  brought  forward  some 
notable  suggestion,  he  would  not  be  able  to  persuade  him  to 
alter  his  mind.  He  was  likewise  afraid  lest,  after  escaping  the 
danger  which  now  pressed,  the  Lydians  at  some  future  time 
might  revolt  from  the  Persians  and  so  bring  themselves  to  ruin. 
The  advice  pleased  Cyrus,  who  consented  to  forego  his  anger 
and  do  as  Croesus  had  said.  Thereupon  he  summoned  to  his 
presence  a  certain  Mcde,  Mazares  by  name,  and  charged  him 
to  issue  orders  to  the  Lydians  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of 
Croesus'  discourse.  Further,  he  commanded  him  to  sell  for 
slaves  all  who  had  joined  the  Lydians  in  their  attack  upon 
Sardis,  and  above  aught  else  to  be  sure  that  he  brought  Pactyas 
with  him  alive  on  his  return.  Having  given  these  orders  Cyrus 
continued  his  journey  towards  the  Persian  territory. 

157.  Pactyas,  when  news  came  of  the  near  approach  of  the 
army  sent  against  him,  fled  in  terror  to  Cym6.  Mazares, 
therefore,  the  Median  general,  who  had  marched  on  Sardis  with 


chaj.  156-159.    Aristodicus  and  the  Oracle  81 

a  detachment  of  the  army  of  Cyrus,  finding  on  his  arrival  that 
Pactyas  and  his  troops  were  gone,  immediately  entered  the 
town.  And  first  of  all  he  forced  the  Lydians  to  obey  the  orders 
of  his  master,  and  change  (as  they  did  from  that  time)  their 
entire  manner  of  living.  Next,  he  despatched  messengers  to 
Cym6,  and  required  to  have  Pactyas  delivered  up  to  him.  On 
this  the  Cymsans  resolved  to  send  to  Branchidas  and  ask  the 
advice  of  the  god.  Branchidae  ^  is  situated  in  the  territory  ©f 
Miletus,  above  the  port  of  Panormus.  Taere  was  an  orade 
there,  established  in  very  ancient  times,  which  both  the  lonians 
and  iEolians  were  wont  often  to  consult. 

158.  Hither  therefore  the  Cymaeans  sent  their  deputies  to 
make  inquiry  at  the  shrine,  "  What  the  gods  would  hke  them 
to  do  with  the  Lydian,  Pactyas  ?  "  The  oracle  told  them,  in 
reply,  to  give  him  up  to  the  Persians.  With  this  answcar  the 
messengers  returned,  and  the  people  of  Cyme  were  ready  to 
surrender  him  accordingly;  but  as  they  were  preparing  to  do  so, 
Aristodicus,  son  of  Heraclides,  a  citizen  of  distinction,  hindered 
them.  He  declared  that  he  distrusted  the  response,  and 
believed  that  the  messengers  had  reported  it  fiilsely;  until  at 
last  another  embassy,  of  which  Aristodicus  1-iimseii  made  part, 
was  despatched,  to  repeat  the  former  inquiry  concerning 
Pactyas. 

159.  On  their  arrival  at  the  shrine  of  the  god,  Aristodicus, 
speaking  on  behalf  of  the  whole  body,  thus  addressed  the 
oracle;  "Oh I  king,  Pactyas  the  Lydian,  threatened  by  the 
Persians  with  a  violent  death,  has  come  to  us  for  sanctuary,  and 
io,  they  ask  him  at  our  hands,  calling  upon  our  nation  to  deliver 
him  up.  Now,  though  we  greatly  dread  the  Persian  power,  yet 
have  we  not  been  bold  to  give  up  our  suppliant,  till  we  have 
certain  knowledge  of  thy  mind,  what  thou  wouldst  have  us  to 
do."  The  oracle  thus  questioned  gave  the  same  answer  as 
before,  bidding  them  surrender  Pactyas  to  the  Persians;  where- 
upon Aristodicus,  who  had  come  prepared  for  such  an  answer, 
proceeded  to  make  the  circuit  of  the  temple,  and  to  take  all 
the  nests  of  young  sparrows  and  other  birds  that  he  could  find 
about  the  building.  As  he  was  thus  employed,  a  voice,  it  is 
said,  came  forth  from  the  inner  sanctuary,  addressing  Aristodicus 

*  The  temple  of  Apollo  at  Branchidae  and  the  port  Panormus  still  remain. 
The  former  is  twelve  miles  from  Miletus,  neariy  due  south.  It  lies  near  th« 
shore,  about  two  miles  inland  from  Cape  Monodendri.  It  is  a  magnificent 
ruin  of  Ionic  architecture.    [See  Frazer's  Pausanias,  vol.  iv.  136  (£.H.B.}.J 


82  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

in  these  words:  "  Most  impious  of  men,  what  is  this  thou  hast 
the  face  to  do  ?  Dost  thou  tear  my  suppliants  from  my  temple  ?" 
Aristodicus,  at  no  less  for  a  reply,  rejoined,  "  Oh,  king,  art  thou 
so  ready  to  protect  thy  suppliants,  and  dost  thou  command  the 
Cymaeans  to  give  up  a  supphant?  "  "  Yes,"  returned  the  god, 
"  I  do  command  it,  that  so  for  the  impiety  you  may  the  sooner 
perish,  and  not  come  here  again  to  consult  my  oracle  about  the 
surrender  of  suppliants." 

1 60.  On  the  receipt  of  this  answer  the  Cymaeans,  unwilling  to 
bring  the  threatened  destruction  on  themselves  by  giving  up 
the  man,  and  afraid  of  having  to  endure  a  siege  if  they  con- 
tinued to  harbour  him,  sent  Pactyas  away  to  Mytilene.  On 
this  Mazares  despatched  envoys  to  the  Mytilenseans  to  demand 
the  fugitive  of  them,  and  they  were  preparing  to  give  him  up 
for  a  reward  (I  cannot  say  with  certainty  how  large,  as  the 
bargain  was  not  completed),  when  the  Cymaeans,  hearing  what 
the  Mytilenaeans  were  about,  sent  a  vessel  to  Lesbos,  and  con- 
veyed away  Pactyas  to  Chios.  From  hence  it  was  that  he  was 
surrendered.  The  Chians  dragged  him  from  the  temple  of 
Minerva  Poliuchus  ^  and  gave  him  up  to  the  Persians,  on  con- 
dition of  receiving  the  district  of  Atameus,  a  tract  of  Mysia 
opposite  to  Lesbos,*  as  the  price  of  the  surrender.  Thus  did 
Pactyas  fall  into  the  hands  of  his  pursuers,  who  kept  a  strict 
watch  upon  him,  that  they  might  be  able  to  produce  him  before 
Cyrus.  For  a  long  time  afterwards  none  of  the  Chians  would 
use  the  barley  of  Atameus  to  place  on  the  heads  of  victims,  or 
make  sacrificial  cakes  of  the  com  grown  there,  but  the  whole 
produce  of  the  land  was  excluded  from  all  their  temples. 

161.  Meanwhile  Mazares,  after  he  had  recovered  Pactyas 
from  the  Chians,  made  war  upon  those  who  had  taken  part  in 
the  attack  on  Tabalus,  and  in  the  first  place  took  Priene  and 
sold  the  inhabitants  for  slaves,  after  which  he  overran  the 
whole  plain  of  the  Mseander  and  the  district  of  Magnesia,^  both 
of  which  he  gave  up  for  pillage  to  the  soldiery.  He  then 
suddenly  sickened  and  died. 

162.  Upon  his  death  Harpagus  was  sent  down  to  the  coast  to 
succeed  to  his  command.  He  also  was  of  the  race  of  the  Medes, 
being  the  man  whom  the  Median  king,  Astyages,  feasted  at  the 

1  That  is,  "  Minerva,  Guardian  of  the  citadel." 

'  Atarneus  lay  to  the  north  of  the  iEolis  of  Herodotus,  almost  exactly 
opposite  to  Mytilen6. 

'  Not  Magnesia  under  Sipylus,  but  Magnesia  on  the  Mäander,  one  of  the 
few  ancient  Greek  settlements  situated  iax  inland. 


Chap.  160-164.  Sicgc  of  PhocaBa  8  3 

unholy  banquet,  and  who  lent  his  aid  to  place  Cyrus  upon  the 
throne.  Appointed  by  Cyrus  to  conduct  the  war  in  these  parts, 
he  entered  Ionia,  and  took  the  cities  by  means  of  mounds« 
Forcing  the  enemy  to  shut  themselves  up  within  their  defences, 
he  heaped  mounds  of  earth  against  their  walls,^  and  thus  carried 
the  towns.  Phocaea  was  the  city  against  which  he  directed  his 
first  attack. 

163.  Now  the  Phocseans  were  the  first  of  the  Greeks  who 
performed  long  voyages,  and  it  was  they  who  made  the  Greeks 
acquainted  with  the  Adriatic  and  with  Tyrrhenia,  w^ith  Iberia, 
and  the  city  of  Tartessus.^  The  vessel  which  they  used  in  their 
voyages  was  not  the  round-built  merchant-ship,  but  the  long 
penteconter.  On  their  arrival  at  Tartessus,  the  king  of  the 
country,  whose  name  was  Arganthonius,  took  a  liking  to  them« 
This  monarch  reigned  over  the  Tartessians  for  eighty  years, 
and  lived  to  be  a  hundred  and  twenty  years  old.  He  regarded 
the  Phocasans  with  so  much  favour  as,  at  first,  to  beg  them  to 
quit  Ionia  and  settle  in  whatever  part  of  his  country  tiiey  liked. 
Afterwards,  finding  that  he  could  not  prevail  upon  them  te 
agree  to  this,  and  hearing  that  the  Mede  was  growing  great  in 
their  neighbourhood,  he  gave  them  money  to  build  a  wall  about 
their  town,  and  certainly  he  must  have  given  it  with  a  bountiful 
hand,  for  the  town  is  many  furlongs  in  circuit,  and  the  wall  is 
built  entirely  of  great  blocks  of  stone  skilfully  fitted  together. 
The  wall,  then,  was  built  by  his  aid. 

164.  Harpagus,  having  advanced  against  the  Phocaeans  with 
his  army,  laid  siege  to  their  city,  first,  however,  offering  them 
terms.  "  It  would  content  him,"  he  said,  "  if  the  Phocaeans 
would  agree  to  throw  down  one  of  their  battlements,  and 
dedicate  one  dwelling-house  to  the  king."  The  Phocaeans, 
sorely  vexed  at  the  thought  of  becoming  slaves,  asked  a  single 
day  to  deliberate  on  the  answer  they  should  return,  and  be- 
sought Harpagus  during  that  day  to  draw  off  his  forces  from 
the  walls.  Harpagus  replied,  "  that  he  understood  well  enough 
what  they  were  about  to  do,  but  nevertheless  he  would  grant 
their  request."    Accordingly  the  troops  were  withdrawn,  and 

^  This  plan  seems  not  to  have  been  known  to  the  Lydians.  The  Persians 
had  learnt  it,  in  ail  probability,  from  the  Assjnrians,  by  whom  it  had  long 
been  practised.     (2  Kings  xix.  32.     Isaiah  xxxvii.  33.) 

*  Tb«  Iberia  of  Herodotus  is  the  Spanish  Peninsula.  Tartessus  was  a 
colony  founded  there  very  early  by  the  Phcenicians.  It  was  situated 
beyond  the  straits  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bjetis  [Guadalquivir),  near  the  site 
of  the  modern  Cadiz.  Tarsus,  Tartessus,  Tarshish,  are  variants  of  the 
same  word.     [See  Ulick  Burke's  History  of  Spain^  vol.  i.  oh.  i.  (E.H.B4.] 


84  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

the  Phoceans  forthwith  took  advantage  of  their  absence  to 
launch  their  penteconters,  and  put  on  board  their  wives  and 
children,  their  household  goods,  and  even  the  images  of  their 
gods,  with  all  the  votive  offerings  from  the  fanes,  except  the 
paintings  and  the  works  in  stone  or  brass,  which  were  left 
behind.  With  the  rest  they  embarked,  and  putting  to  sea,  set 
sail  for  Qiios.  The  Persians,  on  their  return,  took  possession 
of  an  empty  town. 

165.  Arnved  at  Chios,  the  Phoca^ans  made  offers  for  the 
purdiase  of  the  islands  called  the  CEnussae,^  but  the  Chians 
refused  to  part  with  them,  fearing  lest  the  Phocaeans  should 
establish  a  factory  there,  and  exclude  their  merchants  from  the 
commerce  of  those  seas.  On  their  refusal,  the  Phocseans,  as 
Arganth&iius  was  now  dead,  made  up  their  minds  to  sail  to 
Cymus  (Corsica),  where,  twenty  years  before,  following  the 
direction  of  an  oracle,*  they  had  founded  a  city,  which  was 
called  Alaha.  Before  they  set  out,  however,  on  this  voyage, 
they  sailed  once  more  to  Phocaea,  and  surprising  the  Persian 
troops  appomted  by  Harpagus  to  garrison  the  town,  put  them 
&n  to  the  sword.  After  this  they  laid  the  heaviest  curses  on 
the  man  who  should  draw  back  and  forsake  the  armament;  and 
having  dropped  a  heavy  mass  of  iron  into  the  sea,  swore  never 
to  return  to  Phocaea  till  that  mass  reappeared  upon  the  surface. 
Nevertheless,  as  they  were  preparing  to  depart  for  Cymus,  more 
than  half  of  their  number  were  seized  with  such  sadness  and  so 
great  a  longing  to  see  once  more  their  city  and  their  ancient 
homes,  that  they  broke  the  oath  by  which  they  had  bound 
tliemselves  and  sailed  back  to  Phocaea. 

166.  The  rest  of  the  Phoceeans,  who  kept  their  oath,  proceeded 
without  stopping  upon  their  voyage,  and  when  they  came  to 
Cymus  established  themselves  along  with  the  earlier  settlers  at 
Alalia  and  built  temples  in  the  place.  For  five  years  they 
annoyed  their  neighbours  by  plundering  and  pillaging  on  all 
sides,   until   at  length   the   Carthaginians   and   Tyrrhenians ' 

*  The  CEnussae  lay  between  Chios  and  the  mainland,  opposite  the  northern 
extremity  of  that  island  (Lat.  38*  33'). 

'  A  most  important  influence  was  exercised  by  the  Greek  oracles,  especi- 
ally that  of  Delphi,  over  the  course  of  Hellenic  colonisation.  Further 
instances  occur,  iv.  155,  157,  159;  v.  42. 

•  The  naval  powCT  of  the  Tyrrhenians  was  about  this  time  at  its  height. 
Populonia  and  Caer6  (or  Agylla)  were  the  most  important  of  their  maritime 
towns.  Like  the  Greeks  at  a  somewhat  earlier  period  (Thucyd.  i.  5), 
Üxe  Tyrrhenians  at  this  time  and  for  some  centuries  afterwards  were 
pirates. 


Chap.  165-168.        Phocseans  Defeated  85 

leagued  against  them,  and  sent  each  a  fleet  of  sixty  ships  to 
attack  the  town.  The  Phocseans,  on  their  part,  manned  all 
their  vessels,  sixty  in  number,  and  met  their  enemy  on  the 
Sardinian  sea.  In  the  engagement  which  followed  the  Phocaeans 
were  victorious,  but  their  success  was  only  a  sort  of  Cadmeian 
victory.^  They  lost  forty  ships  in  the  battle,  and  the  twenty 
which  remained  came  out  of  the  engagement  with  beaks  so  bent 
and  blunted  as  to  be  no  longer  serviceable.  The  Phocaeans 
therefore  sailed  back  again  to  AlaUa,  and  taking  their  wives  and 
children  on  board,  wäth  such  portion  of  their  goods  and  chattels 
as  the  vessels  could  bear,  bade  adieu  to  Cymus  and  sailed  to 
Rhegium. 

167.  The  Carthaginians  and  Tyrrhenians,  who  had  got  into 
their  hands  many  more  than  the  Phocaeans  from  among  the 
crews  of  the  forty  vessels  that  were  destroyed,  landed  their  cap- 
tives upon  the  coast  after  the  fight,  and  stoned  them  all  to 
death.  Afterwards,  when  sheep,  or  oxen,  or  even  men  of  the 
district  of  Agyila  passed  by  the  spot  where  the  murdorcd 
Phocaeans  lay,  their  bodies  became  distorted,  or  they  were 
seized  with  palsy,  or  they  lost  the  use  of  some  of  their  limbs. 
On  this  the  people  of  Agyila  sent  to  Delphi  to  ask  the  oracle 
how  they  might  expiate  their  sin.  The  answer  of  the  Pythoness 
required  them  to  institute  the  custom,  which  they  still  observe, 
of  honouring  the  dead  Phocaeans  with  magnificent  funeral  rites, 
and  solemn  games,  both  gymnic  and  equestrian.  Such,  then, 
was  the  fate  that  befell  the  Phocsean  prisoners.  The  other 
Phocaeans,  who  had  fled  to  Rhegium,  became  after  a  while  the 
founders  of  the  city  called  Vela,^  in  the  district  of  GEnotria. 
This  city  they  colonised,  upon  the  showing  of  a  man  of  Posi- 
donia,^  who  suggested  that  the  oracle  had  not  meant  to  bid 
them  set  up  a  town  in  Cymus  the  island,  but  set  up  the  worship 
of  Cyrnus  the  hero.* 

168.  Thus  fared  it  with  the  men  of  the  city  of  Phocaea  in 
Ionia.    They  of  Teos  ^  did  and  suffered  almost  the  same;   for 

*  A  Cadmeian  victory  was  one  from  which  the  victor  received  more 
htirt  than  profit. 

*  This  is  the  town  more  commonly  called  Velia  or  Elea,  where  soon 
afterwards  the  great  Eleatic  school  of  philosophy  arose. 

*  This  is  the  place  now  known  as  Pcestum,  so  famous  for  its  beautiful 
ruins. 

*  Cymus  was  a  son  of  Hercules. 

*  Teos  was  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  isthmus  which  joined  the 
peninsula  of  Erythrae  to  the  mainland,  very  nearly  opposite  Clazomen® 
(Strab.  liv.  p.  922).     It  was  the  birthplace  of  Anacreon.  the  lyrin  xtoet. 


86  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

they  too,  when  Harpagus  had  raised  his  mound  to  the  height  of 
their  defences,  took  ship,  one  and  all,  and  sailing  across  the  sea 
to  Thrace,  founded  there  the  city  of  Abdera.^  The  site  was  one 
which  Timesius  of  Clazomenae  had  previously  tried  to  colonise, 
but  without  any  lasting  success,  for  he  was  expelled  by  the 
Thracians.  Still  the  Teians  of  Abdera  worship  him  to  this  day 
as  a  hero. 

169.  Of  all  the  lonians  these  two  states  alone,  rather  than 
submit  to  slavery,  forsook  their  fatherland.  The  others  (I 
except  Miletus)  resisted  Harpagus  no  less  bravely  than  those 
who  fled  their  country,  and  performed  many  feats  of  arms,  each 
fighting  in  their  own  defence,  but  one  after  another  they  suffered 
defeat;  the  cities  were  taken,  and  the  inhabitants  submitted, 
remaining  in  their  respective  countries,  and  obeying  the  behests 
of  their  new  lords.  Miletus,  as  I  have  already  mentioned,  had 
made  terms  with  Cyrus,  and  so  continued  at  peace.  Thus  was 
continental  Ionia  once  more  reduced  to  servitude;  and  when 
the  lonians  of  the  islands  saw  their  brethren  upon  the  mainland 
subjugated,  they  also,  dreading  the  like,  gave  themselves  up  to 
Cyrus.* 

170.  It  was  while  the  lonians  were  in  this  distress,  but  still, 
amid  it  all,  held  their  meetings,  as  of  old,  at  the  Panionium, 
that  Bias  of  Prien^,  who  was  present  at  the  festival,  recom- 
mended (as  I  am  informed)  a  project  of  the  very  highest  wisdom, 
which  would,  had  it  been  embraced,  have  enabled  the  lonians 
to  become  the  happiest  and  most  flourishing  of  the  Greeks.  He 
exhorted  them  "  to  join  in  one  body,  set  sail  for  Sardinia,  and 
there  found  a  single  Pan-Ionic  city;  so  they  would  escape  from 
slavery  and  rise  to  great  fortune,  being  masters  of  the  largest 
island  in  the  world,^  exercising  dominion  even  beyond  its 
bounds;  whereas  if  they  stayed  in  Ionia,  he  saw  no  prospect  of 
their  ever  recovering  their  lost  freedom."  Such  was  the  counsel 
which  Bias  gave  the  lonians  in  their  affliction.  Before  their 
misfortunes  began,  Thales,  a  man  of  Miletus,  of  Phoenician 
descent,  had  recommended  a  different  plan.  He  counselled 
them  to  establish  a  single  seat  of  government,  and  pointed  out 

^  For  the  site  of  Abdera,  vide  infra,  vii.  109. 

*  This  statement  appears  to  be  too  general.  Samos  certainly  maintained 
her  independence  till  the  reign  of  Darius  (vide  infra,  iii.  120). 

*  Herodotus  appears  to  have  been  entirely  convinced  that  there  was  no 
island  in  the  world  so  large  as  Sardinia.  He  puts  the  assertion  into  the 
mouth  of  Histiaeus  (v.  106),  and  again  (vi.2)  repeats  the  statement,  without 
expressing  any  doubt  of  the  fact. 


Chap.  169-171.  The  Carians  87 

Teos  as  the  fittest  place  for  it;  "  for  that,"  he  said,  "  was  the 
centre  of  Ionia.  Their  other  cities  might  still  continue  to  enjoy 
their  own  laws,  just  as  if  they  were  independent  states."  This 
also  was  good  advice. 

171.  After  conquering  the  lonians,  Harpagus  proceeded  to 
attack  the  Carians,  the  Caunians,  and  the  Lycians.  The  lonians 
and  iEolians  were  forced  to  serve  in  his  army.  Now,  of  the 
above  nations  the  Carians  are  a  race  who  came  into  the  main- 
land from  the  islands.  In  ancient  times  they  were  subjects  of 
king  Minos,  and  went  by  the  name  of  Leleges,  dwelling  among 
the  isles,  and,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  push  my  inquiries, 
never  liable  to  give  tribute  to  any  man.  They  served  on  board 
the  ships  of  king  Minos  whenever  he  required ;  and  thus,  as  he 
was  a  great  conqueror  and  prospered  in  his  wars,  the  Carians 
were  in  his  day  the  most  famous  by  far  of  all  the  nations  of  the 
earth.  They  likewise  were  the  inventors  of  three  things,  the 
use  of  which  was  borrowed  from  them  by  the  Greeks;  they  were 
the  first  to  fasten  crests  on  helmets  and  to  put  devices  on  shields, 
and  they  also  invented  handles  for  shields.  In  the  earlier  times 
shields  were  without  handles,  and  their  wearers  managed  them 
by  the  aid  of.  a  leathern  thong,  by  which  they  were  slung  round 
the  neck  and  left  shoulder.^  Long  after  the  time  of  Minos, 
the  Carians  were  driven  from  the  islands  by  the  lonians  and 
Dorians,  and  so  settled  upon  the  mainland.  The  above  is  the 
account  which  the  Cretans  give  of  the  Carians:  the  Carians 
themselves  say  very  differently.  They  maintain  that  they  are 
the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  the  part  of  the  mainland  where  they 
now  dwell,^  and  never  had  any  other  name  than  that  which  they 
still  bear;  and  in  proof  of  this  they  show  an  ancient  temple  of 
Carian  Jove  in  the  country  of  the  Mylasians,^  in  which  the 
Mysians  and  Lydians  have  the  right  of  worshipping,  as  brother 
races  to  the  Carians:  for  Lydus  and  Mysus,  they  say,  were 
brothers  of  Car.  These  nations,  therefore,  have  the  aforesaid 
right;  but  such  as  are  of  a  different  race,  even  though  they 
have  come  to  use  the  Carian  tongue,  are  excluded  from  this 
temple. 

*  Homer  generally  represents  his  heroes  as  managing  their  shields  in 
this  way  (II.  ii.  388;  iv.  796;  xi  38;  xii.  401,  etc).  Sometimes,  however, 
he  speaks  of  shields  with  handles  to  them  (viii.   193). 

*  It  seems  probable  that  the  Carians,  who  were  a  kindred  nation  to  the 
Lydians  and  the  Mysians,  belonged  originally  to  the  Asiatic  continent, 
and  thence  spread  to  the  islands. 

'  Mylasa  was  an  inland  town  of  Caria,  about  20  miles  from  the  sea.  It 
was  the  capital  of  the  later  Carian  kingdom  (b.c.  385-334). 

I  405  *D 


88  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

172.  The  Caunians/  in  my  judgment,  are  aboriginals;  but  by 
their  own  account  they  came  from  Crete.  In  their  language, 
either  they  have  approximated  to  the  Carians,  or  the  Carians  to 
them — on  this  point  I  cannot  speak  with  certainty.  In  their 
customs,  however,  they  differ  greatly  from  the  Carians,  and  not 
only  so,  but  from  all  other  men.  They  think  it  a  most  honour- 
able practice  for  friends  or  persons  of  the  same  age,  whether 
they  be  men,  women,  or  children,  to  meet  together  in  large 
companies,  for  the  purpose  of  drinking  wine.  Again,  on  one 
occasion  they  determined  that  they  would  no  longer  make  use 
of  the  foreign  temples  which  had  been  long  established  among 
them,  but  would  worship  their  own  old  ancestral  gods  alone. 
Then  their  whole  youth  took  arms,  and  striking  the  air  with 
their  spears,  marched  to  the  Calyndic  frontier,^  declaring  that 
they  were  driving  out  the  foreign  gods. 

173.  The  Lycians  are  in  good  truth  anciently  from  Crete; 
which  island,  in  former  days,  was  wholly  peopled  with  bar- 
barians. A  quarrel  arising  there  between  the  two  sons  of 
Europa,  Sarpedon  and  Minos,  as  to  which  of  them  should  be 
king,  Minos,  whose  party  prevailed,  drove  Sarpedon  and  his 
followers  into  banishment.  The  exiles  sailed  to  Asia,'  and 
landed  on  the  Milyan  territory.  Milyas,  was  the  ancient  name 
of  the  country  now  inhabited  by  the  Lycians:  *  the  Milyae  of  the 
present  day  were,  in  those  times,  called  Solymi.**  So  long  as 
Sarpedon  reigned,  his  followers  kept  the  name  which  they 
brought  with  them  from  Crete,  and  were  called  Termilae,  as  the 
Lycians  still  are  by  those  who  live  in  their  neighbourhood. 
But  after  Lycus,  the  son  of  Pandion,  banished  from  Athens  by 
his  brother  iEgeus,  had  found  a  refuge  with  Sarpedon  in  the 
country  of  these  Termilae,  they  came,  in  course  of  time,  to  be 
called  from  him  Lycians.    Their  customs  are  partly  Cretan, 

*  The  Caunians  occupied  a  small  district  on  the  coast. 
'  Calynda  was  on  the  borders  of  Caria  and  Lycia. 

*  It  is  doubtful  whether  there  is  any  truth  at  all  in  this  tale,  which 
would  connect  the  Greeks  with  Lycia.  One  thing  is  clear,  namely,  that 
the  real  Lydan  people  of  history  were  an  entirely  distinct  race  from  the 
Greeks. 

*  Milyas  continued  to  be  a  district  of  Lycia  in  the  age  of  Augustus. 

'  The  Solymi  were  mentioned  by  Chaerilus,  who  was  contemporary  with 
Herodotus  and  wrote  a  poem  on  the  Persian  War,  as  forming  a  part  of 
the  army  of  Xerxes.  Their  language,  according  to  him,  was  Phoenician. 
That  the  Pisidians  were  Solymi  is  asserted  by  Pliny.  The  same  people 
left  their  name  in  Lycia  to  Moimt  Solyma.  Here  we  seem  to  have  a  trace 
of  a  Semitic  occupation  of  these  countries  preceding  the  Indo-European. 
(Comp.  Horn.  II.  vi.  184.)  [Ace.  to  Tacitus,  Hist.  v.  2,  some  made  them 
the  ancestors  of  the  Jews  rE.H.B.).] 


Chap.  172-175.  The  Cnidians  89 

partly  Carian.  They  have,  however,  one  singular  custom  in 
which  they  differ  from  every  other  nation  in  the  world.  They 
take  the  mother's  and  not  the  father's  name.  Ask  a  Lycian 
who  he  is,  and  he  answers  by  giving  his  own  name,  that  of  his 
mother,  and  so  on  in  the  female  line.  Moreover,  if  a  free  woman 
marry  a  man  who  is  a  slave,  their  children  are  full  citizens; 
but  if  a  free  man  marry  a  foreign  woman,  or  live  with  a  con- 
cubine, even  though  he  be  the  first  person  in  the  State,  the 
children  forfeit  all  the  rights  of  citizenship. 

174.  Of  these  nations,  the  Carians  submitted  to  Harpagus 
without  performing  any  brilliant  exploits.  Nor  did  the  Greeks 
who  dwelt  in  Caria  behave  with  any  greater  gaUantry.  Among 
them  were  the  Cnidians,  colonists  from  Lacedaemon,  who  occupy 
a  district  facing  the  sea,  which  is  called  Triopium.  This  region 
adjoins  upon  Öie  Bybassian  Chersonese;  and,  except  a  very 
small  space,  is  surrounded  by  the  sea,  being  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  Ceramic  Gulf,  and  on  the  south  by  the  channel 
towards  the  islands  of  Syme  and  Rhodes.  While  Harpagus  was 
engaged  in  the  conquest  of  Ionia,  the  Cnidians,  wishing  to  make 
their  country  an  island,  attempted  to  cut  through  this  narrow 
neck  of  land,  which  was  no  more  than  five  furlongs  across  from 
sea  to  sea.  Their  whole  territory  lay  inside  the  isthmus;  for 
where  Cnidia  ends  towards  the  mainland,  the  isthmus  begins 
which  they  were  now  seeking  to  cut  through.  The  work  had 
been  com^nenced,  and  many  hands  were  employed  upon  it, 
when  it  was  observed  that  there  seemed  to  be  something  unusual 
and  unnatural  in  the  number  of  wounds  that  the  workmen 
received,  especially  about  their  eyes,  from  the  splintering  of 
the  rock.  The  Cnidians,  therefore,  sent  to  Delphi,  to  mquh*e 
what  it  was  that  hindered  their  efforts;  and  received,  according 
to  their  own  account,  the  following  answer  from  the  oracle : — 

Fence  not  the  isthmus  off,  nor  dig  it  through — 
Jove  would  have  made  an  island,  had  he  wished. 

So  the  Cnidians  ceased  digging,  and  when  Harpagus  advanced 
with  his  army,  they  gave  themselves  up  to  him  without  striking 
a  blow. 

175.  Above  Halicamassus,  and  further  from  the  coast;  were 
the  Pedasians.^  With  this  people,  when  any  evil  is  about  to 
befall  either  themselves  or  their  neighbours,  the  priestess  of 

*  Pedasus  was  reckoned  in  Caria  (infra,  v.  i2i).  Its  exact  site  is  vm- 
certain. 


go  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  l 

Minerva  grows  an  ample  beard.  Three  times  has  this  marvel 
happened.  They  alone,  of  all  the  dwellers  in  Caria,  resisted 
Harpagus  for  a  while,  and  gave  him  much  trouble,  maintaining 
themselves  in  a  certain  mountain  called  Lida,  which  they  had 
fortified ;  but  in  course  of  time  they  also  were  forced  to  submit. 

176.  When  Harpagus,  after  these  successes,  led  his  forces  into 
the  Xanthian  plain,^  the  Lycians  of  Xanthus  ^  went  out  to  meet 
him  in  the  field:  though  but  a  small  band  against  a  numerous 
host,  they  engaged  in  battle,  and  performed  many  glorious 
exploits.  Overpowered  at  last,  and  forced  within  their  walls, 
they  collected  into  the  citadel  their  wives  and  children,  all  their 
treasures,  and  their  slaves;  and  having  so  done,  fired  the 
building,  and  burnt  it  to  the  ground.  After  this,  they  bound 
themselves  together  by  dreadful  oaths,  and  sallying  forth  against 
the  enemy,  died  sword  in  hand,  not  one  escaping.  Those 
Lycians  who  now  claim  to  be  Xanthians,  are  foreign  immigrants, 
except  eighty  families,  who  happened  to  be  absent  from  the 
country,  and  so  survived  the  others.  Thus  was  Xanthus  taken 
by  Harpagus,'  and  Caunus  fell  in  like  manner  into  his  hands; 
for  the  Caunians  in  the  main  followed  the  example  of  the  Lycians. 

177.  While  the  lower  parts  of  Asia  were  in  this  way  brought 
under  by  Harpagus,  Cyrus  in  person  subjected  the  upper  regions, 
conquering  every  nation,  and  not  suffering  one  to  escape.  Of 
these  conquests  I  shall  pass  by  the  greater  portion,  and  give  an 
account  of  those  only  which  gave  him  the  most  trouble,  and  are 
the  worthiest  of  mention.  When  he  had  brought  all  the  rest  of 
the  continent  under  his  sway,  he  made  war  on  the  Assyrians.* 

178.  Assyria  possesses  a  vast  number  of  great  cities,^  whereof 
the  most  renowned  and  strongest  at  this  time  was  Babylon, 
whither,  after  the  fall  of  Nineveh,  the  seat  of  government  had 
been  removed.  The  following  is  a  description  of  the  place: — 
Hie  city  stands  on  a  broad  plain,  and  is  an  exact  square,  a 
hundred  and  twenty  furlongs  in  length  each  way,  so  tiiat  the 

*  The  Xanthian  plain  is  to  the  south  of  the  city,  being  in  fact  the  alluvial 
deposit  of  the  riva:  Xanthus. 

*  The  real  name  of  the  city  which  the  Greeks  called  Xanthus  seems  to 
have  been  Ama  or  Arina.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  monuments  of  the 
country. 

»  There  is  reason  to  beUeve  that  the  government  of  Lycia  remained  in  the 
family  of  Harpagus. 

*  Herodotus  includes  Babylonia  in  Assyria  (vide  supra,  ch.  106). 

'  The  large  number  of  Lmportant  cities  in  Assyria,  especially  if  we  includ« 
in  it  Babylonia,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  features  of  Ass>T:ian  great- 
ness. 


chaf.  176-180.  Babylon  91 

entire  circuit  is  four  hundred  and  eighty  furlongs.*  WTiile  such 
is  its  size,  in  magnificence  there  is  no  other  city  that  approaches 
to  it.  It  is  surrounded,  in  the  first  place,  by  a  broad  and  deep 
moat,  full  of  water,  behind  which  rises  a  wall  fifty  royal  cubits 
in  width,  and  two  hundred  in  height.*  (The  royal  cubit* 
is  longer  by  three  fingers'  breadth  than  the  common  cubit.)  * 

179.  And  here  I  may  not  omit  to  tell  the  use  to  which  the 
mould  dug  out  of  the  great  moat  was  turned,  nor  the  manner 
wherein  the  wall  was  wrought.  As  fast  as  they  dug  the  moat 
the  soil  which  they  got  from  the  cutting  was  made  into  bricks, 
and  when  a  sufficient  number  were  completed  they  baked  the 
bricks  in  kilns.  Then  they  set  to  building,  and  began  with 
bricking  the  borders  of  the  moat,  after  which  they  proceeded  to 
construct  the  wall  itself,  using  throughout  for  their  cement  hot 
bitumen,  and  interposing  a  layer  of  wattled  reeds  at  every 
thirtieth  course  of  the  bricks.^  On  the  top,  along  the  edges  of 
the  wall,  they  constructed  buildings  of  a  single  chamber  facing 
one  another,  leaving  between  them  room  for  a  four-horse  chariot 
to  turn.  In  the  circuit  of  the  wall  are  a  hundred  gates,  all  of 
brass,  with  brazen  lintels  and  side-posts.  The  bitumen  used  in 
the  work  was  brought  to  Babylon  from  the  Is,  a  small  stream 
which  flows  into  the  Euphrates  at  the  point  where  the  city 
of  the  same  name  stands,  eight  days'  journey  from  Babylon. 
Lumps  of  bitumen  are  found  in  great  abundance  in  this  river. 

180.  The  city  is  divided  into  two  portions  by  the  river  which 
runs  through  the  midst  of  it.  This  river  is  the  Euphrates,  a 
broad,  deep,  swift  stream,  which  rises  in  Armenia,  and  empties 
itself  into  the  Erythraean  sea.  The  city  wall  is  brought  down 
on  both  sides  to  the  edge  of  the  stream:  thence,  from  the 
comers  of  the  wall,  there  is  carried  along  each  bank  of  the  river 
a  fence  of  burnt  bricks.  The  houses  are  mostly  three  and  four 
stories  high;  the  streets  all  run  in  straight  lines,  not  only  those 

*Thc  vast  space  enclosed  within  the  walls  of  Babylon  is  noticed  by 
Aristotle.     (Polit.  iii.  i,  sub  fin.). 

*  The  great  width  and  height  of  the  walls  are  noticed  in  Scripture 
(Jerem.  fi.  53,  58).  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  Babylonians  and 
Assyrians  surrounded  their  cities  with  wails  of  a  height  which,  to  us,  is 
astounding. 

'  The  Greek  metrical  system  was  closely  connected  with  the  Babylonian. 

*  Assuming  at  present  that  the  Babylonian  foot  nearly  equalled  th« 
English,  the  conmaon  cubit  would  have  been  i  foot  8  inches,  and  the  Royal 
cubit  I  foot  10.4  inches. 

'  Layers  of  reeds  are  found  in  some  of  the  remains  of  brick  buildings 
at  present  existing  in  Babylonia,  but  usually  at  much  smaller  intervals 
than  here  indicated. 


92  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

parallel  to  the  river,  but  also  the  cross  streets  which  lead  down 
to  the  water-side.  At  the  river  end  of  these  cross  streets  are 
low  gates  in  the  fence  that  skirts  the  stream,  which  are,  like  the 
great  gates  in  the  outer  wall,  of  brass,  and  open  on  the  water. 

i8i.  The  outer  wall  is  the  main  defence  of  the  city.  There 
is,  however,  a  second  inner  wall,  of  less  thickness  than  the  first, 
but  very  little  inferior  to  it  in  strength.^  The  centre  of  each 
division  of  the  town  was  occupied  by  a  fortress.  In  the  one 
stood  the  palace  of  the  kings,^  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  great 
strength  and  size:  in  the  other  was  the  sacred  precinct  of 
Jupiter  Belus,^  a  square  enclosure  two  furlongs  each  way,  with 
gates  of  solid  brass;  which  was  also  remaining  in  my  time.  In 
the  middle  of  the  precinct  there  was  a  tower  of  solid  masonry, 
a  furlong  in  length  and  breadth,  upon  which  was  raised  a  second 
tower,  and  on  that  a  third,  and  so  on  up  to  eight.  The  ascent 
to  the  top  is  on  the  outside,  by  a  path  which  winds  round  all 
the  towers.  When  one  is  about  half-way  up,  one  finds  a  resting- 
place  and  seats,  where  persons  are  wont  to  sit  some  time  on 
their  way  to  the  summit.  On  the  topmost  tower  there  is  a 
spacious  temple,  and  inside  the  temple  stands  a  couch  of  un- 
usual size,  richly  adorned,  with  a  golden  table  by  its  side. 
There  is  no  statue  of  any  kind  set  up  in  the  place,  nor  is  the 
chamber  occupied  of  nights  by  any  one  but  a  single  native 
woman,  who,  as  the  Chaldaeans,  the  priests  of  this  god,*  affirm,  is 
chosen  for  himself  by  the  deity  out  of  all  the  women  of  the  land« 

182.  They  also  declare — but  I  for  my  part  do  not  credit  it — 
that  the  god  comes  down  in  person  into  this  chamber,  and  sleeps 
upon  the  couch.  This  is  like  the  story  told  by  the  Egyptians 
of  what  takes  place  in  their  city  of  Thebes,*  where  a  woman 

•  The  "  inner  wall  "  here  mentioned  may  have  been  the  wall  of  Nebuchad- 
aezzar's  new  city,  which  lay  entirely  within  the  ancient  circuit. 

•  This  is  the  mass  or  mound  still  called  the  Kasr  or  Palace,  "  a  square 
of  700  yards  in  length  and  breadth."  (Rich,  First  Memoir,  p.  22.)  It  is 
an  immense  pile  of  brickwork,  chiefly  of  the  finest  kind, 

•  The  Babylonian  worship  of  Bel  is  well  known  to  us  from  Scripture 
(Isaiah  xlvi.  i;  Jerem.  1.  2;  Apoc.  Dan.  xii.  16).  There  is  Uttle  doubt 
that  he  was  (at  least  in  the  later  times),  the  recognised  head  of  the  Baby- 
lonian Pantheon,  and  therefore  properly  identified  by  the  Greeks  with 
their  Zeus  or  Jupiter. 

•  The  Chaldaeans  then  appear  to  have  been  a  branch  of  the  great  Hamite 
race  of  Akkad,  which  inhabited  Babylonia  from  the  earliest  times.  With 
this  race  .originated  the  art  of  writing,  the  building  of  cities,  the  institu- 
tion of  a  religious  system,  and  the  cultivation  of  all  science,  and  of 
astronomy  in  particular. 

•  This  fable  of  the  god  coming  personally  into  his  temple  was  contrary 
to  the  Egyptian  belief  in  the  nature  of  the  gods.  It  was  only  a  figurative 
expression,  similar  to  that  of  the  Jews,  who  speak  of  God  visiting  and 
dwelling  in  his  holy  hill,  and  was  not  intended  to  be  taken  literally. 


Chap.  181-184.      Goldcn  Iiiiagc  of  Bel  93 

always  passes  the  night  in  the  temple  of  the  Theban  Jupiter.^ 
In  each  case  the  woman  is  said  to  be  debarred  all  intercourse 
with  men.  It  is  also  like  the  custom  of  Patara,  in  Lycia,  where 
the  priestess  who  delivers  the  oracles,  during  the  time  that  she 
IS  so  employed — for  at  Patara  there  is  not  always  an  oracle,* — 
is  shut  up  in  the  temple  every  night. 

183.  Below,  in  the  same  precinct,  there  is  a  second  temple,  in 
which  is  a  sitting  figure  of  Jupiter,  all  of  gold.  Before  the 
figure  stands  a  large  golden  table,  and  the  throne  whereon  it 
sits,  and  the  base  on  which  the  throne  is  placed,  are  likewise  of 
gold.  The  Chaldseans  told  me  that  all  the  gold  together  was 
eight  hundred  talents'  weight.  Outside  the  temple  are  two 
altars,  one  of  solid  gold,  on  which  it  is  only  lawful  to  offer  suck- 
lings; the  other  a  common  altar,  but  of  great  size,  on  which  the 
full-grown  animals  are  sacrificed.  It  is  also  on  the  great  altar 
that  the  Chaldseans  bum  the  frankincense,  which  is  offered  to 
the  amount  of  a  thousand  talents'  weight,  every  year,  at  the 
festival  of  the  God.  In  the  time  of  Cyrus  there  was  likewise 
in  this  temple  a  figure  of  a  man,  twelve  cubits  high,  entirely 
of  solid  gold.  I  myseK  did  not  see  this  figure,  but  I  relate 
what  the  Chaldaeans  report  concerning  it.  Darius,  the  son  of 
Hystaspes,  plotted  to  carry  the  statue  off,  but  had  not  the 
hardihood  to  lay  his  hands  upon  it.  Xerxes,  however,  the  son 
of  Darius,  killed  the  priest  who  forbade  him  to  move  the  statue, 
and  took  it  away.^  Besides  the  ornaments  which  I  have  men- 
tioned, there  are  a  large  number  of  private  offerings  in  this 
holy  precinct.* 

184.  Many  sovereigns  have  ruled  over  this  city  of  Babylon, 
and  lent  their  aid  to  the  building  of  its  walls  and  the  adornment 
of  its  temples,  of  whom  I  shall  make  mention  in  my  Assyrian 
history.  Among  them  two  were  women.  Of  these,  the  earlier, 
called  Semiramis,  held  the  throne  five  generations  before  the 

*  The  Theban  Jupiter,  or  god  worshipped  as  the  Supreme  Being  in  th« 
dty  of  Thebes,  was  Ammon  (Amun).  Herodotus  says  the  Theban  rather 
than  the  Egyptian  Jupiter,  because  various  gods  were  worshipped  in  various 
parts  of  Egypt  as  supreme. 

'  Patara  lay  on  the  shore,  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  Xanthus. 

*  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  was  done  by  Xerxes  after  the 
revolt  of  Babylon.  Arrian  relates  that  Xerxes  not  only  plundered  but 
destroyed  the  temple  on  his  return  from  Greece. 

*  The  great'  temple  of  Babylon,  regarding  which  the  Greeks  have  left 
so  many  notices,  is  beyond  all  doubt  to  be  identified  with  the  enormous 
mound  to  which  the  Arabs  imiversally  apply  the  title  of  Bdbil.  [For  later 
information  on  the  subject  of  this  great  temple,  see  Hilprecht,  Explora- 
tions in  Bible  Lands,  p.  19  sqq.  (E.H.B.).] 


94  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

later  princess.  She  raised  certain  embankments  well  worthy  of 
inspection,  in  the  plain  near  Babylon,  to  control  the  river, 
which,  till  then,  used  to  overflow,  and  flood  the  whole  country 
round  about. 

185.  The  later  of  the  two  queens,  whose  name  was  Nitocris, 
a  wiser  princess  than  her  predecessor,  not  only  left  behind  her, 
as  memorials  of  her  occupancy  of  the  throne,  the  works  which 
I  shall  presently  describe,  but  also,  observing  the  great  power 
and  restless  enterprise  of  the  Medes,  who  had  taken  so  large  a 
number  of  cities,  and  among  them  Nineveh,  and  expecting  to  be 
attacked  in  her  turn,  made  all  possible  exertions  to  increase  the 
defences  of  her  empire.  And  first,  whereas  the  river  Euphrates, 
which  traverses  the  city,  ran  formerly  with  a  straight  course  to 
Babylon,  she,  by  certain  excavations  which  she  made  at  some 
distance  up  the  stream,  rendered  it  so  winding  that  it  comes 
three  several  times  in  sight  of  the  same  village,  a  village  in 
Assyria,  which  is  called  Ardericca;  and  to  this  day,  they  who 
would  go  from  our  sea  to  Babylon,  on  descending  to  the  river 
touch  three  times,  and  on  three  different  days,  at  this  very 
place.  She  also  made  an  embankment  along  each  side  of  the 
Euphrates,  wonderful  both  for  breadth  and  height,  and  dug  a 
basin  for  a  lake  a  great  way  above  Babylon,  close  alongside  of 
the  stream,  which  was  sunk  everywhere  to  the  point  where  they 
came  to  water,  and  was  of  such  breadth  that  the  whole  circuit 
measured  four  hundred  and  twenty  furlongs.  The  soil  dug  out 
of  this  basin  was  made  use  of  in  the  embankments  along  the 
waterside.  When  the  excavation  was  finished,  she  had  stones 
brought,  and  bordered  with  them  the  entire  margin  of  the 
reservoir.  These  two  things  were  done,  the  river  made  to  wind, 
and  the  lake  excavated,  that  the  stream  might  be  slacker  by 
reason  of  the  number  of  curves,  and  the  voyage  be  rendered 
circuitous,  and  that  at  the  end  of  the  voyage  it  might  be  neces- 
sary to  skirt  the  lake  and  so  make  a  long  round.  All  these 
works  were  on  that  side  of  Babylon  where  the  passes  lay,  and 
the  roads  into  Media  were  the  straightest,  and  the  aim  of  the 
queen  in  making  them  was  to  prevent  the  Medes  from  holding 
intercourse  with  the  Babylonians,  and  so  to  keep  them  in 
ignorance  of  her  affairs. 

186.  While  the  soil  from  the  excavation  was  being  thus  used 
for  the  defence  of  the  city,  Nitocris  engaged  also  in  another 
undertaking,  a  mere  by-work  compared  with  those  we  have 
already  mentioned.    The  city,  as  I  said,  was  divided  by  the  river 


Chap.  185-187.  NitOCfiS  95 

into  two  distinct  portions.  Under  the  former  kings,  if  a  man 
wanted  to  pass  from  one  of  these  divisions  to  the  other,  he  had 
to  cross  in  a  boat;  which  must,  it  seems  to  me,  have  been  very 
troublesome.  Accordingly,  while  she  was  digging  the  lake, 
Nitocris  bethought  herself  of  turning  it  to  a  use  which  should  at 
once  remove  this  inconvenience,  and  enable  her  to  leave  another 
monument  of  her  reign  over  Babylon.  She  gave  orders  for  the 
hewing  of  immense  blocks  of  stone,  and  when  they  were  ready 
and  the  basin  was  excavated,  she  turned  the  entire  stream  of 
the  Euphrates  into  the  cutting,  and  thus  for  a  time,  while  the 
basin  was  filling,  the  natural  channel  of  the  river  was  left  dry. 
Forthwith  she  set  to  work,  and  in  the  first  place  lined  the  banks 
of  the  stream  within  the  city  with  quays  of  burnt  brick,  and  also 
bricked  the  landing-places  opposite  the  river-gates,  adopting 
throughout  the  same  fashion  of  brickwork  which  had  been  used 
in  the  town  wall;  after  which,  with  the  materials  which  had 
been  prepared,  she  built,  as  near  the  middle  of  the  town  as 
possible,  a  stone  bridge,  the  blocks  whereof  were  bound  together 
with  iron  and  lead.  In  the  daytime  square  wooden  platforms 
were  laid  along  from  pier  to  pier,  on  which  the  inhabitants 
crossed  the  stream;  but  at  night  they  were  withdrawn,  to  pre- 
vent people  passing  from  side  to  side  in  the  dark  to  commit 
robberies.  When  the  river  had  filled  the  cutting,  and  the  bridge 
was  finished,  the  Euphrates  was  turned  back  again  into  its 
ancient  bed;  and  thus  the  basin,  transformed  suddenly  into  a 
lake,  was  seen  to  answer  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  made, 
and  the  inhabitants,  by  help  of  the  basin,  obtained  the  advantage 
of  a  bridge. 

187.  It  was  this  same  princess  by  whom  a  remarkable  decep- 
tion was  planned.  She  had  her  tomb  constructed  in  the  upper 
part  of  one  of  the  principal  gateways  of  the  city,  high  above 
the  heads  of  the  passers  by,  with  this  inscription  cut  upon  it: — 
"  If  there  be  one  among  my  successors  on  the  throne  of  Babylon 
who  is  in  want  of  treasure,  let  him  open  my  tomb,  and  take  as 
much  as  he  chooses, — not,  however,  unless  he  be  truly  in  want, 
for  it  will  not  be  for  his  good."  This  tomb  continued  untouched 
until  Darius  came  to  the  kingdom.  To  him  it  seemed  a  mon- 
strous thing  that  he  should  be  unable  to  use  one  of  the  gates  of 
the  town,  and  that  a  sum  of  money  should  be  lying  idle,  and 
moreover  inviting  his  grasp,  and  he  not  seize  upon  it.  Now  he 
could  not  use  the  gate,  because,  as  he  drove  through,  the  dead 
body  would  have  been  over  his  head.    Accordingly  he  opened 


96  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  l 

the  tomb;  but  instead  of  money,  found  only  the  dead  body, 
and  a  writing  which  said — "  Hadst  thou  not  been  insatiate  of 
pelf,  and  careless  how  thou  gottest  it,  thou  wouldst  not  have 
broken  open  the  sepulchres  of  the  dead." 

188.  The  expedition  of  Cyrus  was  undertaken  against  the  son 
of  this  princess,  who  bore  the  same  name  as  his  father  Labynetus, 
and  was  king  of  the  Assyrians.  The  Great  King,  when  he  goes 
to  the  wars,  is  always  supplied  with  provisions  carefully  prepared 
at  home,  and  with  cattle  of  his  own.  Water  too  from  the  river 
Choaspes,  which  flows  by  Susa,  is  taken  with  him  for  his  drink, 
as  that  is  the  only  water  which  the  kings  of  Persia  taste.^  Wher- 
ever he  travels,  he  is  attended  by  a  number  of  four-wheeled  cars 
drawn  by  mules,  in  which  the  Choaspes  water,  ready  boiled  for 
use,  and  stored  in  flagons  of  silver,  is  moved  with  him  from  place 
to  place. 

189.  Cyrus  on  his  way  to  Babylon  came  to  the  banks  of  the 
Gyndes,^  a  stream  which,  rising  in  the  Matienian  mountains, 
runs  through  the  country  of  the  Dardanians,  and  empties 
itself  into  the  river  Tigris.  The  Tigris,  after  receiving  the 
Gyndes,  flows  on  by  the  city  of  Opis,  and  discharges  its  waters 
into  the  Erythraean  sea.  WTien  Cyrus  reached  this  stream, 
which  could  only  be  passed  in  boats,  one  of  the  sacred  white 
horses  accompanying  his  march,  full  of  spirit  and  high  mettle, 
walked  into  the  water,  and  tried  to  cross  by  himself;  but  the 
current  seized  him,  swept  him  along  with  it,  and  drowned  him 
in  its  depths.  Cyrus,  enraged  at  the  insolence  of  the  river, 
direatened  so  to  break  its  strength  that  in  future  even  women 
should  cross  it  easily  without  wetting  their  knees.  Accordingly 
he  put  off  for  a  time  his  attack  on  Babylon,  and,  dividing  his 
army  into  two  parts,  he  marked  out  by  ropes  one  hundred  and 
eighty  trenches  on  each  side  of  the  Gyndes,  leading  off  from  it 
in  all  directions,  and  setting  his  army  to  dig,  some  on  one  side 
of  the  river,  some  on  the  other,  he  accomplished  his  threat  by 
the  aid  of  so  great  a  number  of  hands,  but  not  without  losing 
thereby  the  whole  summer  season. 

190.  Having,  however,  thus  wreaked  his  vengeance  on  the 
G5Tides,  by  dispersing  it  through  three  hundred  and  sixty 
channels,  Cyrus,  with  the  first  approach  of  the  ensuing  spring, 
marched  forward  against  Babylon.  The  Babylonians,  encamped 
without  their  walls,  awaited  his  coming.    A  battle  was  fought 

*  This  statement  of  Herodotus  is  echoed  by  various  writers. 
'  The  Gyndes  is  undoubtedly  the  Diydlah. 


Chap.  188-192.  BabyloH  Takcii  97 

at  a  short  distance  from  the  city,  in  which  the  Babylonians  were 
defeated  by  the  Persian  king,  whereupon  they  wiüidrew  within 
their  defences.  Here  they  shut  themselves  up,  and  made  light 
of  his  siege,  having  laid  in  a  store  of  provisions  for  many  years 
in  preparation  against  this  attack;  for  then  they  saw  Cyrus 
conquering  nation  after  nation,  they  were  convinced  that  he 
would  never  stop,  and  that  their  turn  would  come  at  last. 

191.  Cyrus  was  now  reduced  to  great  perplexity,  as  time  went 
on  and  he  made  no  progress  against  the  place.  In  this  distress 
either  some  one  made  the  suggestion  to  him,  or  he  bethought 
himself  of  a  plan,  which  he  proceeded  to  put  in  execution.  He 
placed  a  portion  of  his  army  at  the  point  where  the  river  enters 
the  city,  and  another  body  at  the  back  of  the  place  where  it 
issues  forth,  with  orders  to  march  into  the  town  by  the  bed  of 
the  stream,  as  soon  as  the  water  became  shallow  enough:  be 
then  himself  drew  off  with  the  unwarlike  portion  of  his  host,  and 
made  for  the  place  where  Nitocris  dug  the  basin  for  the  river, 
where  he  did  exactly  what  she  had  done  formerly:  he  turned 
the  Euphrates  by  a  canal  into  the  basin,  which  was  then  a  marsh, 
on  which  the  river  sank  to  such  an  extent  that  the  natural  bed 
of  the  stream  became  fordable.  Hereupon  the  Persians  who  had 
been  left  for  the  purpose  at  Babylon  by  the  river-side,  entered 
the  stream,  which  had  now  simk  so  as  to  reach  about  midway 
up  a  man's  thigh,  and  thus  got  into  the  town.  Had  the  Baby- 
lonians been  apprised  of  what  Cyrus  was  about,  or  had  they 
noticed  their  danger,  they  would  never  have  allowed  the  Persians 
to  enter  the  city,  but  would  have  destroyed  them  utterly;  for 
they  would  have  made  fast  all  the  street-gates  which  gave  upon 
the  river,  and  mounting  upon  the  walls  along  both  sides  of  the 
stream,  would  so  have  caught  the  enemy  as  it  were  in  a  trap. 
But,  as  it  was,  the  Persians  came  upon  them  by  surprise  and  so 
took  the  city.  Owing  to  the  vast  size  of  the  place,  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  central  parts  (as  the  residents  at  Babylon  declare) 
long  after  the  outer  portions  of  the  town  were  taken,  knew 
nothing  of  what  had  chanced,  but  as  they  were  engaged  in  a 
festival,  continued  dancing  and  revelling  until  they  learnt  the 
capture  but  too  certainly.  Such,  then,  were  the  circumstances 
of  the  first  taking  of  Babylon.^ 

192.  Among  many  proofs  which  I  shall  bring  forward  of  the 

*  Herodotus  intends  to  contrast  this  first  capture  with  the  second  capturi: 
by  Darius  Hystaspes  of  which  he  speaks  in  the  latter  portion  of  the  third 
Book. 


98  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

power  and  resources  of  the  Babylonians,  the  following  is  of 
special  account.  The  whole  country  under  the  dominion  of  the 
Persians,  besides  paying  a  fixed  tribute,  is  parcelled  out  into 
divisions,  which  have  to  supply  food  to  the  Great  King  and  his 
army  during  different  portions  of  the  year.  Now  out  of  the 
twelve  months  which  go  to  a  year,  the  district  of  Babylon 
furnishes  food  during  four,  the  other  regions  of  Asia  during 
eight;  by  which  it  appears  that  Assyria,  in  respect  of  resources, 
is  one-third  of  the  whole  of  Asia.  Of  all  the  Persian  govern- 
ments, or  satrapies  as  they  are  called  by  the  natives,  this  is  by 
far  the  best.  When  Tritantsechmes,  son  of  Artabazus,^  held  it 
of  the  king,  it  brought  him  in  an  artaba  of  silver  every  day. 
The  artaba  is  a  Persian  measure,^  and  holds  three  choenixes  more 
than  the  medimnus  of  the  Athenians.  He  also  had,  belonging 
to  his  own  private  stud,  besides  war-horses,  eight  hundred 
stallions  and  sixteen  thousand  mares,  twenty  to  each  stallion. 
Besides  which  he  kept  so  great  a  number  of  Indian  hounds,* 
that  four  large  villages  of  the  plain  were  exempted  from  all 
other  charges  on  condition  of  finding  them  in  food. 

193.  But  little  rain  falls  in  Assyria,*  enough,  however,  to 
make  the  com  begin  to  sprout,  after  which  the  plant  is  nourished 
and  the  ears  formed  by  means  of  irrigation  from  the  river.^ 
For  the  river  does  not,  as  in  Egypt,  overflow  the  corn-lands  of 
its  own  accord,  but  is  spread  over  them  by  the  hand,  or  by  the 
help  of  engines.®    The  whole  of  Babylonia  is,  like  Egypt,  inter- 

^  The  name  of  Tritantaechmes  is  of  considerable  interest,  because  it  points 
to  the  Vedic  traditions  which  the  Persians  brought  with  them  from  the 
Indus,  and  of  the  currency  of  which  in  the  time  of  Xerxes  we  have  thus 
distinct  evidence.  The  name  means  "  strong  as  Tritan " — this  title, 
which  etymologically  means  "  three-bodied,"  being  the  Sanscrit  and 
Zend  form  of  the  famous  Feridim  of  Persian  romance,  who  divided  the 
world  between  his  three  sons,  Selm,  Tur,  and  Erij. 

*  This  is  the  same  name  as  the  ardeb  of  modem  Egypt,  and,  like  the 
medimnus,  is  a  com  measure.     The  ardeb  is  nearly  five  English  bushels. 

'  Models  of  favourite  dogs  are  frequently  found  in  excavating  the  cities 
of  Babylonia.     Some  may  be  seen  in  the  British  Museum. 

•  Rain  is  very  rare  in  Babylonia  during  the  summer  months,  and  pro- 
ductiveness depends  entirely  on  irrigation.  During  the  spring  there  are 
constant  showers,  and  at  other  times  of  the  year  rain  falls  frequently,  but 
irregularly,  and  never  in  great  quantities.  The  heaviest  is  in  December. 
In  ancient  times,  when  irrigation  was  carried  to  a  far  greater  extent  than 
it  is  at  present,  the  meteorology  of  the  country  may  probably  have  been 
different. 

*  At  the  present  day  it  is  not  usual  to  trust  even  the  first  sprouting  of 
the  com  to  nature.  The  lands  are  laid  under  water  for  a  few  days  before 
the  com  is  sown;  the  water  is  then  withdrawn,  and  the  seed  scattered 
upon  the  moistened  soil. 

•  The  engine  intended  by  Herodotus  seems  to  have  been  the  common 


Chap.  193-194.  Babjlonia  99 

sected  with  canals.  The  largest  of  them  all,  which  runs  towards 
the  winter  sun,  and  is  impassable  except  in  boats,  is  carried 
from  the  Euphrates  into  another  stream,  called  the  Tigris,  the 
river  upon  which  the  town  of  Nineveh  fonnerly  stood.  Of  all 
the  countries  that  we  know  there  is  none  which  is  so  fruitful  m 
grain.  It  makes  no  pretension  indeed  of  growing  the  fig,  the 
olive,  the  vine,  or  any  other  tree  of  the  kind;  but  in  grain  it  is 
so  fruitful  as  to  yield  commonly  two-hundred-fold,  and  when 
the  production  is  the  greatest,  even  three-hundred-fold.  The 
blade  of  the  wheat-plant  and  barley-plant  is  often  four  fingers  in 
breadth.  As  for  the  millet  and  the  sesame,  I  shall  not  say  to 
what  height  they  grow,  though  within  my  own  knowledge;  for 
I  am  not  ignorant  that  what  I  have  already  written  concerning 
the  fruitfulness  of  Babylonia  must  seem  incredible  to  those  who 
have  never  visited  the  country.^  The  only  oil  they  use  is  made 
from  the  sesame-plant.*  Pabn-trees  grow  in  great  numbers  over 
the  whole  of  the  flat  country,^  mostly  of  the  kind  which  bears 
fruit,  and  this  fruit  supplies  them  with  bread,  wine,  and  honey. 
They  are  cultivated  like  the  fig-tree  in  all  respects,  among  others 
in  this.  The  natives  tie  the  fruit  of  the  male-palms,  as  they  are 
called  by  the  Greeks,  to  the  branches  of  the  date-bearing  palm, 
to  let  the  gall-fly  enter  the  dates  and  ripen  them,  and  to  prevent 
the  fruit  from  falling  off.  The  male-palms,  like  the  wild  fig- 
trees,  have  usually  the  gall-fly  in  their  fruit. 

194.  But  that  which  surprises  me  most  in  the  land,  after  the 
city  itself,  I  will  now  proceed  to  mention.  The  boats  which 
come  down  the  river  to  Babylon  are  circular,  and  made  of 
skins.  The  frames,  which  are  of  willow,  are  cut  in  the  country 
of  the  Armenians  above  Assyria,  and  on  these,  which  serve  for 
hulls,  a  covering  of  skins  is  stretched  outside,  and  thus  the 
boats  are  made,  without  either  stem  or  stem,  quite  round  like 
a  shield.    They  are  then  entirely  filled  with  straw,  and  their 

hand-swipe,  to  which  alone  the  name  of  KrikwvifCov  would  properly  apply. 
The  ordinary  method  of  irrigation  at  the  present  day  is  by  the  help  o£ 
oxen,  which  draw  the  water  from  the  river  to  the  top  of  the  bank  by  means 
of  ropes  passed  over  a  roller  working  between  two  upright  posts. 

^  The  fertiMty  of  Babylonia  is  celebrated  by  a  number  of  ancient  writers. 

"  This  is  still  the  case  with  respect  to  the  people  of  the  plains.  The 
olive  is  cultivated  on  the  flanks  of  Moimt  Zagros,  but  Babylonia  did  not 
extend  so  far. 

»  There  is  reason  to  beheve  that  anciently  the  country  was  very  much 
more  thickly  wooded  than  it  is  at  present.  The  palm  will  grow  wherever 
water  is  brought.  In  ancient  times  the  whole  country  between  the  rivers, 
and  the  greater  portion  of  the  tract  intervening  between  the  Tigris  and  th« 
mountains,  was  artiflcially  irrigated. 


loo  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i, 

cargo  is  put  on  board,  after  which  they  are  sufifered  to  float 
down  the  stream.  Their  chief  freight  is  wine,  stored  in  casks 
made  of  the  wood  of  the  pakn-tree.  They  are  managed  by  two 
men  who  stand  upright  in  them,  each  plying  an  oar,  one  pulling 
and  the  other  pushing.^  The  boats  are  of  various  sizes,  some 
larger,  some  smaller ;  the  biggest  reach  as  high  as  five  thousand 
talents'  burthen.  Each  vessel  has  a  live  ass  on  board ;  those  of 
larger  size  have  more  than  one.  When  they  reach  Babylon,  the 
cargo  is  landed  and  offered  for  sale;  after  which  the  men  break 
up  their  boats,  sell  the  straw  and  the  frames,  and  loading  their 
asses  with  the  skins,  set  off  on  their  way  back  to  Armenia. 
The  current  is  too  strong  to  allow  a  boat  to  return  up-stream, 
for  which  reason  they  make  their  boats  of  skins  rather  than 
wood.  On  their  return  to  Armenia  they  build  fresh  boats  for 
the  next  voyage. 

195.  The  dress  of  the  Babylonians  is  a  linen  tunic  reaching  to 
the  feet,  and  above  it  another  tunic  made  in  wool,  besides  which 
they  have  a  short  white  cloak  thrown  round  them,  and  shoes  of 
a  peculiar  fashion,  not  unlike  those  worn  by  the  Boeotians. 
They  have  long  hair,  wear  turbans  on  their  heads,  and  anoint 
iheir  whole  body  with  perfumes.*  Every  one  carries  a  seal,* 
amd  a  walking-stick,  carved  at  the  top  into  the  form  of  an 
apple,  a  rose,  a  lily,  an  eagle,  or  something  similar;  *  for  it  is 
not  their  habit  to  use  a  stick  without  an  ornament. 

196.  Of  their  customs,  whereof  I  shall  now  proceed  to  give  an 
account,  the  following  (which  I  understand  belongs  to  them  in 
conamon  with  the  Ill)Tian  tribe  of  the  Eneti  *)  is  the  wisest  in 
my  judgment.     Once  a  year  in  each  village  the  maidens  of  age 

*  Boats  of  this  kiad,  closely  resembling  coracles,  are  represented  in  the 
Nineveh  sculptures,  and  still  ply  on  the  Euphrates. 

*  The  dress  ol  the  Babylonians  appears  on  the  cylinders  to  be  a  species 
of  flounced  robe,  reaching  from  their  neck  to  their  feet.  In  some  repre- 
sentations there  is  an  appearance  of  a  division  into  two  garments;  the 
upper  one  being  a  sort  of  short  jacket  or  tippet,  flounced  like  the  under- 
robe  or  petticoat.  The  long  hair  of  the  Babylonians  is  very  conspicuous 
OQ  the  cylinders.  It  either  depends  in  lengthy  tresses  which  fall  over  the 
back  and  shoulders,  or  is  gathered  into  what  seems  a  club  behind.  There 
are  several  varieties  of  head-dress ;  the  most  usual  are  a  low  cap  or  turban, 
from  which  two  curved  horns  branch  out,  and  a  high  crown  or  mitre,  the 
appearance  of  which  is  very  remarkable. 

*  The  Babylonian  cylinders  are  undoubtedly  the  "  seals  "  of  Herodotus. 
Many  impressions  of  them  have  been  foimd  upon  clay-tablets. 

*  Upon  the  cylinders  the  Babylonians  are  frequently,  but  not  invariably, 
represeated  with  sticks.  In  the  Assyrian  sciilptuTes  the  of&cers  of  the 
court  have  always  sticks,  used  apparently  as  staves  of  of6ce. 

*  The  Eneti  or  Heneti  are  the  same  with  the  Venetians  of  later  times 
<Liv.  L  x). 


Chap.  195-197.       Babylonian  Customs  I  o  i 

tx)  marry  were  collected  all  together  into  one  place;  while  the 
men  stood  round  them  in  a  circle.  Then  a  herald  called  up 
the  damsels  one  by  one,  and  offered  them  for  sale.  He  began 
with  the  most  beautiful.  WTien  she  was  sold  for  no  small  sum 
of  money,  he  offered  for  sale  the  one  who  came  next  to  her  in 
beauty.  All  of  them  were  sold  to  be  waves.  The  richest  of  the 
Babylonians  who  wished  to  wed  bid  against  each  other  for  the 
loveliest  maidens,  while  the  humbler  wife-seekers,  who  were  in- 
different about  beauty,  took  the  more  homely  damsels  with 
maniage-portions.  For  the  custom  was  that  when  the  herald 
had  gone  through  the  whole  number  of  the  beautiful  damsels, 
he  should  then  call  up  the  ugliest — a  cripple,  if  there  chanced 
to  be  one — and  offer  her  to  the  men,  asking  who  would  agre«i 
to  take  her  with  the  smallest  marriage-portion.  And  the  man 
who  offered  to  take  the  smallest  sum  had  her  assigned  to  him. 
The  marriage-portions  were  furnished  by  the  money  paid  for 
the  beautiful  damsels,  and  thus  the  fairer  maidens  portioned 
out  the  uglier.  No  one  was  allowed  to  give  his  daughter  in 
marriage  to  the  man  of  his  choice,  nor  might  any  one  carry  away 
the  damsel  whom  he  had  purchased  without  finding  bail  really 
and  truly  to  make  her  his  wife;  if,  however,  it  turned  out  that 
they  did  not  agree,  the  money  might  be  paid  back.  All  who 
liked  might  come  even  from  distant  villages  and  bid  for  the 
women.  This  was  the  best  of  all  their  customs,  but  it  has  now 
fallen  into  disuse.^  They  have  lately  hit  upon  a  very  different 
plan  to  save  their  maidens  from  violence,  and  prevent  their 
being  torn  from  them  and  carried  to  distant  cities,  which  is  to 
bring  up  their  daughters  to  be  courtesans.  This  is  now  done  by 
all  the  poorer  of  the  common  people,  who  since  the  conquest 
have  been  maltreated  by  their  lords,  and  have  had  ruin  brought 
upon  their  families. 

197.  The  following  custom  seems  to  me  the  \^Tsest  of  their 
institutions  next  to  the  one  lately  praised.  They  have  no  physi- 
cians, but  when  a  man  is  ill,  they  lay  him  in  the  public  square, 
and  the  passers-by  come  up  to  him,  and  if  they  have  ever  had 
his  disease  themselves  or  have  known  any  one  who  has  suffered 
from  it,  they  give  him  advice,  recommending  him  to  do  what- 
ever they  found  good  in  their  own  case,  or  in  the  case  known 
to  them;  and  no  one  is  allowed  to  pass  the  sick  man  in  silence 
without  asking  him  what  his  ailment  is. 

^  Writers  of  the  Augustan  age  mention  this  custom  as  still  existing  in 
their  dav. 


I02  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

198.  They  bury  their  dead  in  honey/  and  have  funeral  lameTi- 
tations  like  the  Egyptians.  When  a  Babylonian  has  consorted 
with  his  wife,  he  sits  down  before  a  censer  of  burning  incense, 
and  the  woman  sits  opposite  to  him.  At  dawn  of  day  they 
wash;  for  till  they  are  washed  they  will  not  touch  any  of  their 
common  vessels.    This  practice  is  observed  also  by  the  Arabians. 

199.  The  Babylonians  have  one  most  shameful  custom« 
Every  woman  born  in  the  country  must  once  in  her  life  go  and 
sit  down  in  the  precinct  of  Venus,  and  there  consort  with  a 
stranger.  Many  of  the  wealthier  sort,  who  are  too  proud  to 
mix  with  the  others,  drive  in  covered  carriages  to  the  precinct, 
followed  by  a  goodly  train  of  attendants,  and  there  take  their 
station.  But  the  larger  number  seat  themselves  within  the 
holy  enclosure  with  wreaths  of  string  about  their  heads, — and 
here  there  is  always  a  great  crowd,  some  coming  and  others 
going;  lines  of  cord  mark  out  paths  in  all  directions  among  the 
women,  and  the  strangers  pass  along  them  to  make  their  choice. 
A  woman  who  has  once  taken  her  seat  is  not  allowed  to  return 
home  till  one  of  the  strangers  throws  a  silver  coin  into  her  lap, 
and  takes  her  with  him  beyond  the  holy  ground.  When  he 
tlirows  the  coin  he  says  these  words — "  The  goddess  Mylitta 
prosper  thee."  (Venus  is  called  Mylitta  by  the  Assyrians.) 
The  silver  coin  may  be  of  any  size;  it  cannot  be  refused,  for 
that  is  forbidden  by  the  law,  since  once  thrown  it  is  sacred. 
The  woman  goes  with  the  first  man  who  throws  her  money,  and 
rejects  no  one.  When  she  has  gone  with  him,  and  so  satisfied 
the  goddess,  she  returns  home,  and  from  that  time  forth  no 
gift  however  great  will  prevail  with  her.  Such  of  the  women 
as  are  tall  and  beautiful  are  soon  released,  but  others  who  are 
ugly  have  to  stay  a  long  time  before  they  can  fulfil  the  law. 
Some  have  waited  three  or  four  years  in  the  precinct.*  A 
custom  very  much  like  this  is  found  also  in  certain  parts  of 
the  island  of  Cyprus. 

200.  Such  are  the  customs  of  the  Babylonians  generally. 
There  are  likewise  three  tribes  among  them  who  eat  nothing 
but  fish.  These  are  caught  and  dried  in  the  sun,  after  which 
they  are  brayed  in  a  mortar,  and  strained  through  a  linen  sieve. 

*  Modem  researches  show  two  modes  of  bxirial  to  have  prevailed  in 
ancient  Babylonia.  Ordinarily  the  bodies  seem  to  have  been  compressed 
into  urns  and  baked,  or  burnt.  Thousands  of  funeral  urns  are  found  on 
the  sites  of  the  ancient  cities.     Coffins  are  also  found,  but  rarely. 

'  This  unhallowed  custom  is  mentioned  among  the  abominations  of  the 
religion  of  the  Babylonians  in  the  book  of  Baruch  (vi.  43). 


Chap.  198-203.         The  Rivcf  Araxes  103 

Some  prefer  to  make  cakes  of  this  material,  while  others  bake 
it  into  a  kind  of  bread. 

201.  When  Cyrus  had  achieved  the  conquest  of  the  Baby- 
lonians, he  conceived  the  desire  of  bringing  the  Massagetae  under 
his  dominion.  Now  the  Massagetae  are  said  to  be  a  great  and 
warlike  nation,  dwelling  eastward,  toward  the  rising  of  the  sun, 
beyond  the  river  Araxes,  and  opposite  the  Issedonians.  By 
many  they  are  regarded  as  a  Scythian  race. 

202.  As  for  the  Araxes,  it  is,  according  to  some  accounts, 
larger,  according  to  others  smaller  than  the  Ister  (Danube).  It 
has  islands  in  it,  many  of  which  are  said  to  be  equal  in  size  to 
Lesbos.  The  men  who  inhabit  them  feed  during  the  summer 
on  roots  of  all  kinds,  which  they  dig  out  of  the  ground,  while 
they  store  up  the  fruits,  which  they  gather  from  the  trees  at 
the  fitting  season,  to  serve  them  as  food  in  the  winter-time. 
Besides  the  trees  whose  fruit  they  gather  for  this  purpose,  they 
have  also  a  tree  which  bears  the  strangest  produce.  When 
they  are  met  together  in  companies  they  throw  some  of  it  upon 
the  fire  round  which  they  are  sitting,  and  presently,  by  the 
mere  smell  of  the  fumes  which  it  gives  out  in  burning,  they 
grow  drunk,  as  the  Greeks  do  with  wine.  More  of  the  fruit  is 
then  thrown  on  the  fire,  and,  their  drunkenness  increasing,  they 
often  jump  up  and  begin  to  dance  and  sing.  Such  is  the 
account  which  I  have  heard  of  this  people. 

The  river  Araxes,  like  the  Gyndes,  which  Cyrus  dispersed 
into  three  hundred  and  sixty  channels,  has  its  source  in  the 
country  of  the  Matienians.  It  has  forty  mouths,  whereof  all, 
except  one,  end  in  bogs  and  swamps.  These  bogs  and  swamps 
are  said  to  be  inhabited  by  a  race  of  men  who  feed  on  raw  fish, 
and  clothe  themselves  with  the  skins  of  seals.  The  other  mouth 
of  the  river  flows  with  a  clear  course  into  the  Caspian  Sea.^ 

203.  The  Caspian  is  a  sea  by  itseK,  having  no  connection  with 
any  other.*  The  sea  frequented  by  the  Greeks,  that  beyond 
the  Pillars  of  Hercules,  which  is  called  the  Atlantic,  and  also 
the  Erythraean,  are  all  one  and  the  same  sea.  But  the  Caspian 
is  a  distinct  sea,  lying  by  itself,  in  length  fifteen  days'  voyage 
with  a  row-boat,  in  breadth,  at  the  broadest  part,  eight  days' 

*  The  geographical  knowledge  of  Herodotus  seems  to  be  nowhere  so 
much  at  fault  as  in  his  account  of  this  river.  He  appears  to  have  confused 
together  the  information  which  had  reached  him  concerning  two  or  three 
distinct  streams. 

*  Here  the  geographical  knowledge  of  Herodotus  was  much  in  advance 
of  his  age. 


I04  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  i. 

voyage.  Along  its  western  shore  runs  the  chain  of  the  Cau- 
casus, the  most  extensive  and  loftiest  of  all  mountain-ranges.^ 
Many  and  various  are  the  tribes  by  which  it  is  inhabited,  most 
of  whom  live  entirely  on  the  wild  fruits  of  the  forest.  In  these 
forests  certain  trees  are  said  to  grow,  from  the  leaves  of  which, 
pounded  and  mixed  with  water,  the  inhabitants  make  a  dye, 
wherewith  they  paint  upon  their  clothes  the  figures  of  animals; 
and  the  figures  so  impressed  never  wash  out,  but  last  as  though 
they  had  been  inwoven  in  the  cloth  from  the  first,  and  wear  as 
long  as  the  garment. 

204.  On  the  west  then,  as  I  have  said,  the  Caspian  Sea  is 
bounded  by  the  range  of  Caucasus.  On  the  east  it  is  followed 
by  a  vast  plain,  stretching  out  interminably  before  the  eye,* 
the  greater  portion  of  which  is  possessed  by  those  Massagetse, 
against  whom  Cyrus  was  now  so  anxious  to  make  an  expedition. 
Many  strong  motives  weighed  with  him  and  urged  him  on — his 
birth  especially,  which  seemed  something  more  than  human, 
and  his  good  fortune  in  all  his  former  wars,  wherein  he  had 
always  found,  that  against  what  country  soever  he  turned  his 
arms,  it  was  impossible  for  that  people  to  escape. 

205.  At  this  time  the  Massagetae  were  ruled  by  a  queen, 
named  Tomyris,  who  at  the  death  of  her  husband,  the  late  king, 
had  mounted  the  throne.  To  her  Cyrus  sent  ambassadors,  with 
instructions  to  court  her  on  his  part,  pretending  that  he  wished 
to  take  her  to  wife.  Tomyris,  however,  aware  that  it  was  her 
kingdom,  and  not  herself,  that  he  courted,  forbade  the  men  to 
approach.  Cyrus,  therefore,  finding  that  he  did  not  advance 
his  designs  by  this  deceit,  marched  towards  the  Araxes,  and 
openly  displaying  his  hostile  intentions,  set  to  work  to  construct 
a  bridge  on  which  his  army  might  cross  the  river,  and  began 
building  tow^ers  upon  the  boats  which  were  to  be  used  in  the 
passage. 

206.  ^^^lile  the  Persian  leader  was  occupied  in  these  labours, 
Tomyris  sent  a  herald  to  him,  who  said,  "  King  of  the  Medes, 
cease  to  press  this  enterprise,  for  thou  canst  not  know  if  what 
thou  art  doing  will  be  of  real  advantage  to  thee.  Be  content 
to  rule  in  peace  thy  own  kingdom,  and  bear  to  see  us  reign  over 
the  countries  that  are  ours  to  govern.    As,  however,  I  know 

1  This  was  true  within  the  limits  of  our  author's  geographical  knowledge. 
Peaks  in  the  Caucasus  attain  the  height  of  over  17,000  feet. 

*  The  deserts  of  Kharesm,  Kizilkoum,  etc.,  the  most  southern  portion 
-)i  the  Steppe  region. 


cha*».  ao4-207.       Tomyris  and  Cyrus  105 

thou  wilt  not  choose  to  hearken  to  this  counsel,  since  there  is 
nothing  thou  less  desirest  than  peace  and  quietness,  come  now, 
if  thou  art  so  mightily  desirous  of  meeting  the  Massagetae  in 
arms,  leave  thy  useless  toil  of  bridge-making;  let  us  retire  three 
days'  march  from  the  river  bank,  and  do  thou  come  across  with 
thy  soldiers;  or,  if  thou  likest  better  to  give  us  battle  on  thy 
side  the  stream,  retire  thyself  an  equal  distance."  Cyrus,  on 
this  offer,  called  together  the  chiefs  of  the  Persians,  and  laid 
the  matter  before  them,  requesting  them  to  advise  him  what  he 
should  do.  All  the  votes  were  in  favour  of  his  letting  Tomyris 
cross  the  stream,  and  giving  battle  on  Persian  ground. 

207.  But  Croesus  the  Lydian,  who  was  present  at  the  meeting 
of  the  chiefs,  disapproved  of  this  advice;  he  therefore  rose,  and 
thus  delivered  his  sentiments  in  opposition  to  it:  "Oh!  my 
kingl  I  promised  thee  long  since,  that,  as  Jove  had  given  me 
into  thy  hands,  I  would,  to  the  best  of  my  power,  avert  im- 
pending danger  from  thy  house.  Alas !  my  own  sufferings,  by 
their  very  bitterness,  have  taught  me  to  be  keen-sighted  of 
dangers.  If  thou  deemest  thyself  an  immortal,  and  thine  army 
an  army  of  immortals,  my  counsel  will  doubtless  be  thrown 
away  upon  thee.  But  if  thou  feelest  thyself  to  be  a  man,  and 
a  ruler  of  men,  lay  this  first  to  heart,  that  there  is  a  wheel  on 
which  the  affairs  of  men  revolve,  and  that  its  movement  forbids 
the  same  man  to  be  always  fortunate.  Now  concerning  the 
matter  in  hand,  my  judgment  runs  counter  to  the  judgment  of 
thy  other  counsellors.  For  if  thou  agreest  to  give  the  enemy 
entrance  into  thy  country,  consider  what  risk  is  run  I  Lose  the 
battle,  and  therewith  thy  whole  kingdom  is  lost.  For  assuredly, 
the  Massagetae,  if  they  win  the  fight,  will  not  return  to  their 
homes,  but  will  push  forward  against  the  states  of  thy  empire. 
Or  if  thou  gainest  the  battle,  why,  then  thou  gainest  far  less 
than  if  thou  wert  across  the  stream,  where  thou  mightest  follow 
up  thy  victory.  For  against  thy  loss,  if  they  defeat  thee  on 
thine  own  ground,  must  be  set  theirs  in  like  case.  Rout  their 
army  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  and  thou  mayest  push  at 
once  into  the  heart  of  their  country.  Moreover,  were  it  not 
disgrace  intolerable  for  Cyrus  the  son  of  Cambyses  to  retire 
before  and  yield  ground  to  a  woman?  My  counsel  therefore  is, 
that  we  cross  the  stream,  and  pushing  forward  as  far  as  they 
shall  fall  back,  then  seek  to  get  the  better  of  them  by  stratagem. 
I  am  told  they  are  unacquainted  with  the  good  things  on  which 
the  Persians  live,  and  have  never  tasted  the  gree*  delights  of 


io6  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

life.  Let  us  then  prepare  a  feast  for  them  in  our  camp;  let 
sheep  be  slaughtered  without  stint,  and  the  winecups  be  filled 
full  of  noble  liquor,  and  let  all  manner  of  dishes  be  prepared: 
then  leaving  behind  us  our  worst  troops,  let  us  fall  back  towards 
the  river.  Unless  I  very  much  mistake,  when  they  see  the 
good  fare  set  out,  they  will  forget  all  else  and  fall  to.  Then  it 
will  remain  for  us  to  do  our  parts  manfully." 

208.  Cyrus,  when  the  two  plans  were  thus  placed  in  contrast 
before  him,  changed  his  mind,  and  preferring  the  advice  which 
Croesus  had  given,  returned  for  answer  to  Tomyris,  that  she 
should  retire,  and  that  he  would  cross  the  stream.  She  there- 
fore retired,  as  she  had  engaged;  and  Cyrus,  giving  Croesus 
into  the  care  of  his  son  Cambyses  (whom  he  had  appointed  to 
succeed  him  on  the  throne),  with  strict  charge  to  pay  him  all 
respect  and  treat  him  well,  if  the  expedition  failed  of  success; 
and  sending  them  both  back  to  Persia,  crossed  the  river  with 
his  army. 

209.  The  first  night  after  the  passage,  as  he  slept  in  the 
enemy's  country,  a  vision  appeared  to  him.  He  seemed  to  see 
in  his  sleep  the  eldest  of  the  sons  of  Hystaspes,  with  wings  upon 
his  shoulders,  shadowing  with  the  one  wing  Asia,  and  Europe 
with  the  other.  Now  Hystaspes,  the  son  of  Arsames,  was  of 
the  race  of  the  Achaemenidae,^  and  his  eldest  son,  Darius,  was 
at  that  time  scarce  twenty  years  old;  wherefore,  not  being  of 
age  to  go  to  the  wars,  he  had  remained  behind  in  Persia.  When 
Cyrus  woke  from  his  sleep,  and  turned  the  vision  over  in  his 
mind,  it  seemed  to  him  no  light  matter.  He  therefore  sent  for 
Hystaspes,  and  taking  him  aside  said,  "  Hystaspes,  thy  son  is 
discovered  to  be  plotting  against  me  and  my  crown.  I  will  tell 
thee  how  I  know  it  so  certainly.  The  gods  watch  over  my 
safety,  and  warn  me  beforehand  of  every  danger.  Now  last 
night,  as  I  lay  in  my  bed,  I  saw  in  a  vision  the  eldest  of  thy 
sons  with  wings  upon  his  shoulders,  shadowing  with  the  one 
wing  Asia,  and  Europe  with  the  other.  From  this  it  is  certain, 
beyond  all  possible  doubt,  that  he  is  engaged  in  some  plot 
against  me.  Return  thou  then  at  once  to  Persia,  and  be  sure, 
when  I  come  back  from  conquering  the  Massagetae,  to  have  thy 
son  ready  to  produce  before  me,  that  I  may  examine  him." 

*  It  may  be  observed  here  that  the  inscriptions  confirm  Herodotus  thus 
iar.  Darius  was  son  of  Hystaspes  (Vashtaspa)  and  grandson  of  Arsames 
(Arshama).  He  traced  his  descent  through  four  ancestors  to  Achaemenes 
(Hakhamanish). 


Chap.  208-213*         Persian  Stratagem  107 

210*  Thus  Cyrus  spoke,  in  the  beHef  that  he  was  plotted 
against  by  Darius;  but  he  missed  the  true  meaning  of  the 
dream,  which  was  sent  by  God  to  forewarn  him,  that  he  was 
to  die  then  and  there,  and  that  his  kingdom  was  to  fall  at  last 
to  Darius. 

Hystaspes  made  answer  to  Cyrus  in  these  words: — "  Heaven 
forbid,  sire,  that  there  should  be  a  Persian  living  who  would 
plot  against  theel  If  such  an  one  there  be,  may  a  speedy 
death  overtake  himl  Thou  foundest  the  Persians  a  race  of 
slaves,  thou  hast  made  them  free  men:  thou  foundest  them 
subject  to  others,  thou  hast  made  them  lords  of  all.  If  a 
vision  has  announced  that  my  son  is  practising  against  thee, 
lo,  I  resign  him  into  thy  hands  to  deal  with  as  thou  wilt." 
Hystaspes,  when  he  had  thus  answered,  recrossed  the  Araxes 
and  hastened  back  to  Persia,  to  keep  a  watch  on  his  son  Darius. 

211.  Meanwhile  Cyrus,  having  advanced  a  day's  march  from 
the  river,  did  as  Croesus  had  advised  him,  and,  leaving  the 
worthless  portion  of  his  army  in  the  camp,  drew  off  with  his 
good  troops  towards  the  river.  Soon  afterwards,  a  detachment 
of  the  Massagetse,  one-third  of  their  entire  army,  led  by  Spar- 
gapises,  son  of  the  queen  Tomyris,  coming  up,  fell  upon  the 
body  which  had  been  left  behind  by  Cyrus,  and  on  their  resist- 
ance put  them  to  the  sword.  Then,  seeing  the  banquet  pre- 
pared, they  sat  down  and  began  to  feast.  When  they  had 
eaten  and  drunk  their  fill,  and  were  now  sunk  in  sleep,  the 
Persians  under  Cyrus  arrived,  slaughtered  a  great  multitude, 
and  made  even  a  larger  number  prisoners.  Among  these  last 
was  Spargapises  himself. 

212.  When  Tomyris  heard  what  had  befallen  her  son  and 
her  army,  she  sent  a  herald  to  Cyrus,  who  thus  addressed  the 
conqueror: — "  Thou  bloodthirsty  Cyrus,  pride  not  thyself  on 
this  poor  success:  it  was  the  grape-juice — which,  when  ye  drink 
it,  makes  you  so  mad,  and  as  ye  swallow  it  down  brings  up  to 
your  lips  such  bold  and  wicked  words — it  was  this  poison 
wherewith  thou  didst  ensnare  my  child,  and  so  overcamest  him, 
not  in  fair  open  fight.  Now  hearken  what  I  advise,  and  be 
sure  I  advise  thee  for  thy  good.  Restore  my  son  to  me  and 
get  thee  from  the  land  unharmed,  triumphant  over  a  third  part 
of  the  host  of  the  Massagetas.  Refuse,  and  I  swear  by  the  sun, 
the  sovereign  lord  of  the  Massagetae,  bloodthirsty  as  thou  art, 
I  will  give  thee  thy  fill  of  blood." 

a  1 3.  To  the  words  of  this  message  Cyrus  paid  no  manner  ol 


io8  The  History  of  Herodotus         book  i. 

regard.  As  for  Spargapises,  the  son  of  the  queen,  when  the 
wine  went  off,  and  he  saw  the  extent  of  his  calamity,  he  made 
request  to  C>tus  to  release  him  from  his  bonds;  then,  when 
his  prayer  was  granted,  and  the  fetters  were  taken  from  hLs 
hmt»,  as  soon  as  his  hands  were  free,  he  destroyed  himself. 

214.  Tomyris,  when  she  found  that  Cyrus  paid  no  heed  to 
her  advice,  collected  all  the  forces  of  her  kingdom^  and  gave 
him  battle.  Of  all  the  combats  in  which  the  barbarians  have 
engsLged  among  themselves,  I  reckon  this  to  have  been  the 
fiercest.  The  following,  as  I  understand,  was  the  manner  of 
it: — First,  the  two  armies  stood  apart  and  shot  their  arrows  at 
each  other;  then,  when  their  quivers  were  empty,  they  closed 
and  fought  hand-to-hand  with  lances  and  daggers;  and  thu« 
they  continued  fighting  for  a  length  of  time,  neither  choosing 
to  give  ground.  At  length  the  Massagetae  prevailed.  The 
greater  part  of  the  army  of  the  Persians  was  destroyed  and 
Cyrus  himself  fell,  after  reigning  nine  and  twenty  years.  Search 
was  made  among  the  slain  by  order  of  the  queen  for  the  body 
of  Cyrus,  and  when  it  was  found  she  took  a  skin,  and,  filling  it 
full  of  human  blood,  she  dipped  the  head  of  Cyrus  in  the  gore, 
saying,  as  she  thus  insulted  the  ccrse,  "  I  live  and  have  con- 
quered thee  in  fight,  and  yet  by  thee  am  I  ruined,  for  thou 
tookest  my  son  with  guile;  but  thus  I  make  good  my  threat. 
and  give  thee  thy  nil  of  blood."  Of  the  many  di5erent  accounts 
which  are  given  of  the  death  of  Cyrus,  this  which  I  have  fol- 
lowed appears  to  me  most  worthy  of  credit.^ 

215.  In  their  dress  and  mode  of  living  the  Massagetae  resemble 
the  Scythians.  They  fight  both  on  horseback  and  on  foot, 
neither  method  is  strange  to  them:  they  use  bows  and  lances, 
but  their  favourite  weapon  is  the  battle-axe.*  Their  arms  are 
all  either  of  gold  or  brass.  For  their  spear-points,  and  arrow- 
heads, and  for  their  battle-axes,  they  make  use  of  brass;   for 

*  It  may  be  questioned  whethCT  the  accoxmt,  which  out  of  many  seemed 
to  oiff  author  mast  worthy  of  credit,  was  ever  really  the  most  credible. 
Unwittingly  Herodotus  was  drawn  towards  the  most  romantic  and  poetic 
vCTsioii  of  each  story,  and  what  he  admired  most  seemed  to  him  the  likeliest 
to  be  true.  Accordinf  to  Xenophon,  Cyrus  died  peacefully  in  his  bed 
(CjTop.  vin.  viL);  according  to  Ctesias,  he  was  severely  wotmded  in  a 
battle  which  be  fought  with  the  Derbices,  and  died  in  camp  of  his  wounds. 
Oi  these  two  authors,  Ctesias,  perhaps,  is  the  less  untrustworthy.  On  his 
authority,  conjoined  with  that  of  Herodotus,  it  may  be  considered  certain, 
I.  That  Cyrus  died  a  violent  death;  and  2.  That  he  received  his  death- 
wotmd  in  &ght;   but  against  what  enemy  must  continue  a  doubtful  point. 

•  TTie  ö-a',aptj  is  in  aU  probability  the  khxin^ar  of  modem  Persia,  a  short, 
curved,  double-edged  dagger,  almost  univösally  worn. 


Cäap.  214-216.     Customs  of  Massagetas  109 

head-gear,  belts,  and  girdles,  of  gold.  So  too  with  tlie  caparison 
of  their  horses,  they  give  them  breastplates  of  brass,  but  employ 
gold  about  the  reins,  the  bit,  and  the  cheek-plates.  They  use 
neither  iron  nor  silver,  having  none  in  their  country;  but  they 
have  brass  and  gold  in  abundance.^ 

216.  The  follo\\'ing  are  some  of  their  customs; — Each  man 
has  but  one  ^^-ife,  yet  all  the  wives  are  held  in  common:  for 
this  is  a  custom  of  the  Massagetae  and  not  of  the  Scythians,  as 
the  Greeks  wrongly  say.  Human  life  does  not  come  to  its 
natural  close  with  this  people ;  but  when  a  man  grows  very  old, 
all  his  kinsfolk  collect  together  and  offer  him  up  in  sacrifice; 
offering  at  the  same  time  some  cattle  also.  After  the  sacrifice 
they  boil  the  flesh  and  feast  on  it;  and  those  who  thus  end 
their  days  are  reckoned  the  happiest.  If  a  man  dies  of  disease 
they  do  not  eat  him,  but  bury  him  in  the  ground,  bewailing  his 
ill-fortune  that  he  did  not  come  to  be  sacrificed.  They  sow  no 
grain,  but  live  on  their  herds,  and  on  fish,  of  which  there  is 
great  plenty  in  the  Araxes.  Milk  is  what  they  chiefly  drink. 
The  only  god  they  worship  is  the  sun,  and  to  him  they  offer  the 
horse  in  sacrifice;  under  the  notion  of  giving  to  the  swiftest  of 
the  gods  the  swiftest  of  all  mortal  creatures. ^ 

*  Both  the  Ural  and  the  Altai  mountains  abound  in  gold.  The  richness 
of  these  regions  in  this  metal  is  indicated  (book  iv.  ch.  27)  by  the  stories 
of  the  gold- guarding  Grypes,  and  the  Arimaspi  who  plunder  them  (book 
ÜL  ch.  116). 

'  Horse  sacrifices  are  said  to  prevail  among  the  modem  Parsecs. 


BABYLOX 

[added  notb  by  thh  editor] 

For  nearly  2000  years  Babylon  was  the  centre  of  the  world's  dvüisatioa. 
Her  script  and  her  language  were  known  in  Egypt,  and  on  the  shores  of 
the  Mediterranean,  and  were  the  universal  medium  of  communica:iaa 
between  educated  men.  She  was  the  bank  and  emporium  of  the  East; 
and  in  the  age  of  her  splendour,  with  her  daughter  states  about  her, 
dominated  the  thoughts  of  mankind,  ^^'hat  Rome  has  been,  and  London 
is,  that  Babylon  was — "  the  glory  of  kingdoms,  the  beauty  of  the  Chal- 
daeans'  pride  "  (Isaiah  xiii.  7).  Her  ruins  are  stiU  wonderful;  but  she  has 
left  us  spiritual  ruins  too,  aüd  these  are  yet  more  strange.  The  debt  c^ 
ancient  Israel  to  Babylon  was  immense.  The  code  of  Kbammurabi 
(circ.  B.c.  2200)  may  well  have  influenced  the  Mosaic  code;  the  angelclogy 
of  later  Jewish  Scriptures  was  Babylonian  in  origin;  the  legexids  o'f 
Creation,  the  Fall,  and  the  Deluge,  are  of  Babylonian  ancestry.  Little 
wonder  if.  when  the  end  came,  and  she  fell,  a  cry  went  through  the  earth 
that  had  once  feared  her  power,  her  pride,  her  universal  empire — 
"  Babylon  is  fallen,  is  fallen!  "  (Isaiah  xxi  9), 


THE  SECOND  BOOK,  ENTITLED  EUTERPfi 

I.  On  the  death  of  Cyrus,  Cambyses  his  son  by  Cassandan6 
daughter  of  Pharnaspes  took  the  kingdom.  Cassandane  had 
died  in  the  hfetime  of  Cyrus,  who  had  made  a  great  mourning 
for  her  at  her  death,  and  had  commanded  all  the  subjects  of  his 
empire  to  observe  the  like.  Cambyses,  the  son  of  this  lady  and 
of  Cyrus,  regarding  the  Ionian  and  ^Eolian  Greeks  as  vassals  of 
his  father,  took  them  with  him  in  his  expedition  against  Egypt  ^ 
among  the  other  nations  which  owned  his  sway. 

2.  Now  the  Egyptians,  before  the  reign  of  their  king  Psam- 
metichus,  believed  themselves  to  be  the  most  ancient  of  man- 
kind.2  Since  Psammetichus,  however,  made  an  attempt  to 
discover  who  were  actually  the  primitive  race,  they  have  been  of 
opinion  that  while  they  surpass  all  other  nations,  the  Phrygians 
surpass  them  in  antiquity.  This  king,  finding  it  impossible  to 
make  out  by  dint  of  inquiry  what  men  were  the  most  ancient, 
contrived  the  following  method  of  discovery: — He  took  two 
children  of  the  common  sort,  and  gave  them  over  to  a  herds- 
man to  bring  up  at  his  folds,  strictly  charging  him  to  let  no  one 
utter  a  word  in  their  presence,  but  to  keep  them  in  a  seques- 
tered cottage,  and  from  time  to  time  introduce  goats  to  their 
apartment,  see  that  they  got  their  fill  of  milk,  and  in  all  other 
respects  look  after  them.  His  object  herein  was  to  know,  after 
the  indistinct  babblings  of  infancy  were  over,  what  word  they 
would  first  articulate.  It  happened  as  he  had  anticipated. 
The  herdsman  obeyed  his  orders  for  two  years,  and  at  the  end 
of  that  time,  on  his  one  day  opening  the  door  of  their  room 
and  going  in,  the  children  both  ran  up  to  him  with  outstretched 
arms,  and  distinctly  said  "  Becos."  When  this  first  happened 
the  herdsman  took  no  notice;  but  afterwards  when  he  observed, 
on  coming  often  to  see  after  them,  that  the  word  was  constantly 

*  The  date  of  the  expedition  of  Cambyses  against  Egypt  cannot  be  fixed  1 
with  absolute  certainty,     b.c.  525,  which  is  the  date  ordinarily  received, 
is,  on  the  whole,  the  most  probable. 

"  This  affectation  of  extreme  antiquity  is  strongly  put  by  Plato  in  his 
Timaeus  (p.  22.  B),  where  the  Greek  nation  is  taxed  by  the  Egyptians  with 
being  in  its  infancy  as  compared  with  them.  The  Egyptian  claims  to  a 
a  high  relative  antiquity  bad,  no  doubt,  a  solid  basis  of  truth. 

no 


ckap.  1-4.  Egyptian  Discoveries  i  1 1 

in  their  mouths,  he  informed  his  lord,  and  by  his  command 
brought  the  children  into  his  presence.  Psammetichus  then 
himself  heard  them  say  the  word,  upon  which  he  proceeded 
to  make  inquiry  what  people  there  was  who  called  anything 
"  becos,"  and  hereupon  he  learnt  that  "  becos "  was  the 
Phrygian  name  for  bread.  In  consideration  of  this  circum- 
stance the  Egyptians  yielded  their  claims,  and  admitted  the 
greater  antiquity  of  the  Phrygians. 

3.  That  these  were  the  real  facts  I  learnt  at  Memphis  from 
the  priests  of  Vulcan,  The  Greeks,  among  other  foolish  tales, 
relate  that  Psammetichus  had  the  children  brought  up  by 
women  whose  tongues  he  had  previously  cut  out;  but  the 
priests  said  their  bringing  up  was  such  as  I  have  stated  above. 
I  got  much  other  information  also  from  conversation  with  these 
priests  while  I  was  at  Memphis,  and  I  even  went  to  Helbpolis 
and  to  Thebes,^  expressly  to  try  whether  the  priests  of  those 
places  would  agree  in  their  accounts  with  the  priests  at  Memphis. 
The  Heliopolitans  have  the  reputation  of  being  the  best  skilled 
in  history  of  all  the  Egyptians.^  What  they  told  me  concern- 
ing their  religion  it  is  not  my  intention  to  repeat,  except  the 
names  of  their  deities,  which  I  believe  all  men  know  equally. 
If  I  relate  anything  else  concerning  these  matters,  it  will  only 
be  when  compelled  to  do  so  by  the  course  of  my  narrative.' 

4.  Now  with  regard  to  mere  human  matters,  the  accounts 
which  they  gave,  and  in  which  all  agreed,  were  the  following. 
The  Egyptians,  they  said,  were  the  first  to  discover  the  solar 
year,  and  to  portion  out  its  course  into  twelve  parts.  They 
obtained  this  knowledge  from  the  stars.  (To  my  mind  they 
contrive  their  year  much  more  cleverly  than  the  Greeks,  for 
these  last  every  other  year  intercalate  a  whole  month,*  but  the 
Egyptians,  dividing  the  year  into  twelve  months  of  thirty  days 
each,  add  every  year  a  space  of  five  days  besides,  whereby  the 

^  The  name  of  Thebes  is  almost  always  written  in  the  plural  by  the 
Greeks  and  Romans — Qrjßai,  Thebae — but  Pliny  writes,  "  Thebe  portarum 
centum  nobilis  fama."  [This  splendid  city  was  for  centiiries  the  capital 
of  Egypt.  It  was  sacked  by  Asurbanipal  (Sardanapalus)  b.c.  663.  Re- 
fererd  to  in  O.  T.  (Nahum  iii.  8)  as  No-Amon. — E.  H.  B.] 

•  Heliopolis  ('*  City  of  the  Sun  ")  was  the  great  seat  of  learning,  and  the 
university  of  Egypt. 

^  For  instances  of  the  reserve  which  Herodotus  here  promises,  see 
chapters  45,  46,  47,  48,  61,  62,  65,  81,  132,  170,  and  171.  The  secrecy  in 
matters  of  religion,  which  was  no  doubt  enjoined  upon  Herodotus  by  the 
Egyptian  priests,  did  not  seem  strange  to  a  Greek,  who  was  accustomed 
to  it  in  the  '*  mysteries  "  of  his  own  countrymen. 

*  Vide  supra,  i.  32,  and  note  ad  loc. 

1 405  E 


1 1 2  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

circuit  of  the  seasons  is  made  to  return  with  uniformity.^)  The 
Egyptians,  they  went  on  to  affirm,  first  brought  into  use  the 
names  of  the  twelve  gods,  which  the  Greeks  adopted  from 
them ;  and  first  erected  altars,  images,  and  temples  to  the  gods ; 
and  also  first  engraved  upon  stone  the  figures  of  animals.  In 
most  of  these  cases  they  proved  to  me  that  what  they  said  was 
true.  And  they  told  me  that  the  first  man  ^  who  ruled  over 
Egypt  was  Men,  and  that  in  his  time  all  Egypt,  except  the 
Thebaic  canton,  was  a  marsh,^  none  of  the  land  below  lake 
Mceris  then  showing  itself  above  the  surface  of  the  water.  This 
is  a  distance  of  seven  days'  sail  from  the  sea  up  the  river. 

5.  What  they  said  of  their  country  seemed  to  me  very  reason- 
able. For  any  one  who  sees  Egypt,  without  having  heard  a 
word  about  it  before,  must  perceive,  if  he  has  only  common 
powers  of  observation,  that  the  Egypt  to  which  the  Greeks  go 
in  their  ships  is  an  acquired  country,  the  gift  of  the  river.* 
The  same  is  true  of  the  land  above  the  lake,  to  the  distance 
of  three  days'  voyage,  concerning  which  the  Egyptians  say 
nothing,  but  which  is  exactly  the  same  kind  of  country. 

The  following  is  the  general  character  of  the  region.  In  the 
first  place,  on  approaching  it  by  sea,  when  you  are  still  a  day's 
sail  from  the  land,  if  you  let  down  a  sounding-line  you  will  bring 
up  mud,  and  find  yourself  in  eleven  fathoms'  water,  which  shows 
that  the  soil  washed  down  by  the  stream  extends  to  that  distance. 

6.  The  length  of  the  country  along  shore,  according  to  the 

bounds  that  we  assign  to  Egypt,  namely  from  the  Plinthinetic 

gulf  ^  to  lake  Serbonis,  which  extends  along  the  base  of  Mount 

Casius,  is  sixty  schoenes.®    The  nations  whose  territories  are 

^  This  at  once  proves  they  intercalated  the  quarter  day,  making  their 
year  to  consist  of  365^  days,  without  which  the  seasons  could  not  return 
to  the  same  periods.  The  fact  of  Herodotus  not  understanding  their 
method  of  intercalation  does  not  argue  that  the  Egyptians  were  ignorant 
of  it. 

*  According  to  the  chronological  tables  of  the  Egyptians  the  gods  were 
represented  to  have  reigned  first,  and  after  them  Menes;  and  the  same 
is  found  recorded  in  the  Turin  Papyrus  of  Kings,  as  well  as  in  Manetho 
and  other  writers.  [Menes  (or  Mena),  perhaps  a  legendary  figure.  Some 
give  his  date  as  3300  b.c.,  others  much  earlier.— E.  H.  B.] 

*  Note,  besides  the  improbability  of  such  a  change,  the  fact  that  Menes 
was  the  reputed  founder  of  Memphis,  which  is  far  to  the  north  of  this  lake; 
and  that  Busiris,  near  the  coast  (the  reputed  burial-place  of  Osiris),  Buto, 
Pelusium,  and  other  towns  of  the  Delta,  were  admitted  by  the  Egyptians 
to  be  of  the  earliest  date.  *  Vide  infra,  ch.  10. 

*  Plinthin6  was  a  tovra  near  the  Lake  Mareotis. 

*  The  real  length  of  the  coast  from  the  Bay  of  Plinthine  at  Taposiris, 
<yt  at  Plinthine,  even  to  the  eastern  end  of  the  Lake  Serbonis,  is  by  the 
shore  Mttle  more  than  300  English  miles. 


Chap.  5-8.  Egypt  Dcscribed  1 1 3 

scanty  measure  them  by  the  fathom;  those  whose  bounds  are 
less  confined,  by  the  furlong;  those  who  have  an  ample  terri- 
tory, by  the  parasang;  but  if  men  have  a  country  which  is  very 
vast,  they  measure  it  by  the  schoene.  Now  the  length  of  the 
parasang  is  thirty  furlongs,^  but  the  schoene,  which  is  an  Egyp- 
tian measure,  is  sixty  furlongs.^  Thus  the  coast-line  of  Egypt 
would  extend  a  length  of  three  thousand  six  hundred  furlongs. 

7.  From  the  coast  inland  as  far  as  Heliopolis  the  breadth  of 
Egypt  is  considerable,  the  country  is  flat,  without  springs,  and 
fuU  of  swamps.®  The  length  of  the  route  from  the  sea  up  to 
Heliopolis  is  almost  exactly  the  same  as  that  of  the  road  which 
runs  from  the  altar  of  the  twelve  gods  at  Athens  *  to  the  temple 
of  Olympian  Jove  at  Pisa.*  If  a  person  made  a  calculation  he 
would  find  but  a  very  little  difference  between  the  two  routes, 
not  more  than  about  fifteen  furlongs;  for  the  road  from  Athens 
to  Pisa  falls  short  of  fifteen  hundred  furlongs  by  exactly  fifteen, 
whereas  the  distance  of  Heliopolis  from  the  sea  is  just  the  round 
number.® 

8.  As  one  proceeds  beyond  Heliopolis  '  up  the  country,  Egypt 
becomes  narrow,  the  Arabian  range  of  hills,  which  has  a  direc- 
tion from  north  to  south,  shutting  it  in  upon  the  one  side,  and 
the  Libyan  range  upon  the  other.  The  former  ridge  runs  on 
without  a  break,  and  stretches  away  to  the  sea  called  the 
Erythraean;  it  contains  the  quarries  ^  whence  the  stone  was  cut 

*  See  note  on  Book  v.  ch.  53. 

'  This  would  be  more  than  36,000  English  feet,  or  nearly  7  miles.  The 
Greek  (txolvos,  "  rope,"  is  the  same  word  which  signifies  rush,  of  which 
ropes  are  still  made  in  Egypt  and  in  other  countries. 

»  HeUopolis  stood  on  the  edge  of  the  desert,  about  4J  miles  to  the  E. 
of  the  apex  of  the  Delta;  but  the  alluvial  land  of  the  Delta  extended  5 
miles  farther  to  the  eastward  of  that  city. 

*  The  altar  of  the  twelve  gods  at  Athens  stood  in  the  Forum,  and  seems 
to  have  served,  like  the  gilt  pillar  {milUarium  aureum)  in  the  Forxmi  at 
Rome,  as  a  central  point  from  which  to  measure  distances. 

'  This  mention  of  Pisa  is  curious,  considering  that  it  had  been  destroyed 
so  long  before  (b.c.  572)  by  the  Eleans  (Pausan.  vi.  xxii.  §  2),  and  that  it 
had  certainly  not  been  rebuilt  by  the  close  of  the  Peloponnesian  war. 
Probably  Herodotus  intends  Olympia  itself  rather  than  the  ancient  town, 
which  was  six  Stades  distant. 

*  Fifteen  hundred  furlongs  (stades),  about  equal  to  173  English  miles. 

'  The  site  of  Heliopolis  is  still  marked  by  the  massive  walls  that  sur- 
rounded it,  and  by  a  granite  obelisk  bearing  the  name  of  Osirtasen  I.  of 
the  12th  dynasty,  dating  about  3900  years  ago.  It  was  one  of  two  that 
stood  before  the  entrance  to  the  temple  of  the  Sun.  [The  Bibhcal  "  ON," 
Gen.  xli.  45 ;  in  Jeren^ah  called  Bettashemesh  ("  house  of  the  sun  ") : 
Hastings,  Diet,  of  Bible,  s.v.  On.— E.  H.  B.] 

'  The  quarries  from  which  the  stone  for  the  casing  of  the  pyramids  was 
taken  are  in  that  part  of  the  modem  El-Mokuttum  range  of  hills  called  by 
Strabo  the  "  Trojan  mountain,"  and  now  Gebel  Mäsarah  or  Toora  Mäsarah, 
from  the  two  villages  below  them  on  the  Nile. 


114  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

for  the  pyramids  of  Memphis:  and  this  is  the  point  where  it 
ceases  its  first  direction,  and  bends  away  in  the  manner  above 
indicated.^  In  its  greatest  length  from  east  to  west  it  is,  as  I 
have  been  informed,  a  distance  of  two  months'  journey;  towards 
the  extreme  east  its  skirts  produce  frankincense.  Such  are  the 
chief  features  of  this  range.  On  the  Libyan  side,  the  other 
ridge  whereon  the  pyramids  stand,  is  rocky  and  covered 
with  sand;  its  direction  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  Arabian 
ridge  in  the  first  part  of  its  course.  Above  Heliopolis,  then, 
there  is  no  great  breadth  of  territory  for  such  a  country  as 
Egypt,  but  during  four  days'  sail  Egypt  is  narrow;  ^  the  valley 
between  the  two  ranges  is  a  level  plain,  and  seemed  to  me  to 
be,  at  the  narrowest  point,  not  more  than  two  hundred  furlongs 
across  from  the  Arabian  to  the  Libyan  hills.  Above  this  point 
Egypt  again  widens. 

9.  From  Heliopolis  to  Thebes  is  nine  days*  sail  up  the  river; 
the  distance  is  eighty-one  schcenes,  or  4860  furlongs. ^  If  we 
now  put  together  the  several  measurements  of  the  country  we 
shall  find  that  the  distance  along  shore  is,  as  I  stated  above, 
3600  furlongs,  and  the  distance  from  the  sea  inland  to  Thebes 
6120  furlongs.  Further,  it  is  a  distance  of  eighteen  hundred 
furlongs  from  Thebes  to  the  place  called  Elephantine. 

10.  The  greater  portion  of  the  country  above  described  seemed 
to  me  to  be,  as  the  priests  declared,  a  tract  gained  by  the 
inhabitants.  For  the  whole  region  above  Memphis,  lying  be- 
tween the  two  ranges  of  hills  that  have  been  spoken  of,  appeared 
evidently  to  have  formed  at  one  time  a  gulf  of  the  sea.  It 
resembles  (to  compare  small  things  with  great)  the  parts  about 
Ilium  and  Teuthrania,  Ephesus,  and  the  plain  of  the  Meeander.* 
In  all  these  regions  the  land  has  been  formed  by  rivers,  whereof 
the  greatest  b  not  to  compare  for  size  with  any  one  of  the  five 
mouths  of  the  Nile.^  I  could  mention  other  rivers  also,  far 
inferior  to  the  Nile  in  magnitude,  that  have  effected  very  great 

*  That  is,  towards  the  Erythrcean  Sea,  or  Arabian  Gulf. 

'That  is,  from  Heliopolis  southward;  and  he  says  it  becomes  broader 
^gain  beyond  that  point.     His  200  stadia  are  about  22  J  to  23  miles. 

"  The  nine  days'  sail,  which  Herodotus  reckons  at  4860  stadia,  would 
give  about  552  Eng.  miles;  but  the  distance  is  only  about  421,  even 
following  the  course  of  the  river. 

*  In  some  of  these  places  the  gain  of  the  land  upon  the  sea  has  been  very 
great.  This  is  particularly  the  case  at  the  mouth  of  the  Maeander,  where 
the  alluvial  plain  has  advanced  in  the  historic  times  a  distance  of  la  or 
13  miles. 

*  This  signifies  the  natural  branches  of  the  Nile;  and  when  seven  are 
reckoned,  they  include  the  two  artificial  ones. 


Chap.  9-12.  Two  Parallel  Gulfs  1 1 5 

changes.  Among  these  not  the  least  is  the  Acheloüs,  which, 
after  passing  through  Acarnania,  empties  itself  into  the  sea 
opposite  the  islands  called  Echinades/  and  has  already  joined 
one-half  of  them  to  the  continent,* 

11.  In  Arabia,  not  far  from  Egypt,  there  is  a  long  and  narrow 
gulf  running  inland  from  the  sea  called  the  Erythraean,^  of  which 
I  will  here  set  down  the  dimensions.  Starting  from  its  inner- 
most recess,  and  using  a  row-boat,  you  take  forty  days  to  reach 
the  open  .main,  while  you  may  cross  the  gulf  at  its  widest  part 
in  the  space  of  half  a  day.  In  this  sea  there  is  an  ebb  and  flow 
of  the  tide  every  day.*  My  opinion  is,  that  Egypt  was  formerly 
very  much  such  a  gulf  as  this — one  gulf  penetrated  from  the  sea 
that  washes  Egypt  on  the  north,^  and  extended  itself  towards 
Ethiopia;  another  entered  from  the  southern  ocean,  and 
stretched  towards  Syria;  the  two  gulfs  ran  into  the  land  so  as 
almost  to  meet  each  other,  and  left  between  them  only  a  very 
narrow  tract  of  country.  Now  if  the  Nile  should  choose  to 
divert  his  waters  from  their  present  bed  into  this  Arabian  gulf, 
what  is  there  to  hinder  it  from  being  filled  up  by  the  stream 
within,  at  the  utmost,  twenty  thousand  years?  For  my  part, 
I  think  it  would  be  filled  in  half  the  time.  How  then  should 
not  a  gulf,  even  of  much  greater  size,  have  been  filled  up  in 
the  ages  that  passed  before  I  was  bom,  by  a  river  that  is  at 
once  so  large  and  so  given  to  working  changes? 

12.  Thus  I  give  credit  to  those  from  whom  I  received  this 
account  of  Egypt,  and  am  myself,  moreover,  strongly  of  the 
same  opinion,  since  I  remarked  that  the  country  projects  into 
the  sea  further  than  the  neighbouring  shores,  and  I  observed 
that  there  were  shells  upon  the  hills,  and  that  salt  exuded  from 
the  soil  to  such  an  extent  as  even  to  injure  the  pyramids;  and 

*  These  islands,  which  still  bear  the  same  name  among  the  educated 
Greeks,  consist  of  two  clusters,  linked  together  by  the  barren  and  rugged 
Petald. 

■  That  the  Acheloüs  in  ancient  times  formed  fresh  land  at  its  mouth 
with  very  great  rapidity  is  certain,  from  the  testimony  of  various  writers 
besides  Herodotus. 

'  The  Greeks  generally  did  not  give  the  name  Erythraean,  or  Red  Sea, 
to  the  Arabian  Gulf,  but  to  all  that  part  of  the  Indian  Ocean  reaching  from 
the  Persian  Gulf  to  India  (as  in  ii.  102;  and  iv.  39).  It  was  also  applied 
to  the  Persian  Gulf  (i.  i,  180,  189),  and  Herodotus  sometimes  gives  it  to 
the  Arabian  Gulf,  and  even  the  western  branch  between  Mount  Sinai  and 
Egypt  (Ü.  158). 

*  Herodotus  is  perfectly  right  in  speaking  of  the  tide  in  this  gulf.  At 
Suez  it  is  from  5  to  6  feet,  but  much  less  to  the  southward. 

*  The  Mediterranean,  called  by  the  Arabs  "  the  White  Sea  "  as  weU  aa 
"  the  North  Sea." 


J  1 6  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

I  noticed  also  that  there  is  but  a  single  hill  in  all  Egypt  where 
sand  is  found/  namely,  the  hill  above  Memphis ;  and  further,  I 
found  the  country  to  bear  no  resemblance  either  to  its  border- 
land Arabia,  or  to  Libya  ^ — nay,  nor  even  to  Syria,  which  forms 
the  seaboard  of  Arabia;  but  whereas  the  soil  of  Libya  is,  we 
know,  sandy  and  of  a  reddish  hue,  and  that  of  Arabia  and 
Syria  inclines  to  stone  and  clay,  Egypt  has  a  soil  that  is  black 
and  crumbly,  as  being  alluvial  and  formed  of  the  deposits 
brought  down  by  the  river  from  Ethiopia. 

13.  One  fact  which  I  learnt  of  the  priests  is  to  me  a  strong 
evidence  of  the  origin  of  the  country.  They  said  that  when 
Moeris  was  king,  the  Nile  overflowed  all  Egypt  below  Memphis, 
as  soon  as  it  rose  so  Httle  as  eight  cubits.  Now  Moeris  had  not 
been  dead  900  years  at  the  time  when  I  heard  this  of  the  priests;  ^ 
yet  at  the  present  day,  unless  the  river  rise  sixteen,  or,  at  the 
very  least,  fifteen  cubits,  it  does  not  overflow  the  lands.  It 
seems  to  me,  therefore,  that  if  the  land  goes  on  rising  and  growing 
at  this  rate,  the  Egyptians  who  dwell  below  lake  Moeris,  in  the 
Delta  (as  it  is  called)  and  elsewhere,  will  one  day,  by  the  stop- 
page of  the  inundations,  suffer  permanently  the  fate  which  they 
told  me  they  expected  would  some  time  or  other  befall  the 
Greeks.  On  hearing  that  the  whole  land  of  Greece  is  watered 
by  rain  from  heaven,  and  not,  like  their  own,  inundated  by 
rivers,  they  observed — "  Some  day  the  Greeks  will  be  disap- 
pointed of  their  grand  hope,  and  then  they  will  be  wretchedly 
hungry;  '*  which  was  as  much  as  to  say,  "  If  God  shall  some 
day  see  fit  not  to  grant  the  Greeks  rain,  but  shall  afflict  them 
with  a  long  drought,  the  Greeks  will  be  swept  away  by  a  famine, 

*  The  only  mountain  where  sand  abounds  is  certainly  the  African  range. 

*  It  is  perfectly  true  that  neither  in  soil  nor  climate  is  Egypt  like  any 
other  cotmtry.  The  soil  is,  as  Herodotus  says,  "  black  and  crumbly." 
The  deposit  of  the  Nile,  when  left  on  a  rock  and  dried  by  the  sun,  resembles 

Eottery  in  its  appearance  and  by  its  fracture,  from  the  silica  it  contains; 
ut  as  long  as  it  retains  its  moisture  it  has  the  appearance  of  clay,  from 
its  slimy  and  tenacious  quality.  It  varies  according  to  circumstances, 
sometimes  being  mixed  with  sand,  but  it  is  generally  of  a  black  colour,  and 
Egypt  is  said  to  have  been  called  hence  "  black,"  from  the  prevailing 
character  of  its  soil. 

'This  would  make  the  date  of  Moeris  about  1355  b.c.;  but  it  neither 
agrees  with  the  age  of  Amun-m'-he  III.  of  the  Labyrinth,  nor  of  Thothmes 
III.  The  Moeris,  however,  from  whom  these  dates  are  calculated,  appears 
to  have  been  Menophres,  whose  era  was  so  remarkable,  and  was  fixed  as 
the  Sothic  period,  b.c.  1322,  which  happened  about  900  years  before 
Herodotus'  visit,  only  falling  short  of  that  sum  by  33  years.  It  is  reasonable 
to  suppose  that  by  Moeris  he  would  refer  to  that  king  who  was  so  remarkable 
for  his  attention  to  the  levels  of  the  Nile,  shown  by  his  making  the  lake 
called  after  him. 


Chap.  13-15.  Egyptian  Farming  1 1 7 

since  they  have  nothing  to  rely  on  but  rain  from  Jove^  and 
have  no  other  resource  for  water." 

14.  And  certes,  in  thus  speaking  of  the  Greeks  the  Egyptians 
say  nothing  but  what  is  true.  But  now  let  me  tell  the  Egyp- 
tians how  the  case  stands  with  themselves.  If,  as  I  said  before, 
the  country  below  Memphis,  which  is  the  land  that  is  always 
rising,  continues  to  increase  in  height  at  the  rate  at  which  it  has 
risen  in  times  gone  by,  how  will  it  be  possible  for  the  inhabi- 
tants of  that  region  to  avoid  hunger,  when  they  will  certainly 
have  no  rain,^  and  the  river  will  not  be  able  to  overflow  their 
corn-lands  ?  At  present,  it  must  be  confessed,  they  obtain  the 
fruits  of  the  field  with  less  trouble  than  any  other  people  in  the 
world,  the  rest  of  the  Egyptians  included,  since  they  have  no 
need  to  break  up  the  ground  with  the  plough,  nor  to  use  the 
hoe,  nor  to  do  any  of  the  work  which  the  rest  of  mankind  find 
necessary  if  they  are  to  get  a  crop;  but  the  husbandman  waits 
till  the  river  has  of  its  own  accord  spread  itself  over  the  fields 
and  withdrawn  again  to  its  bed,  and  then  sows  his  plot  of  ground, 
and  after  sowing  turns  his  swine  into  it — the  swine  tread  in  the 
com* — after  which  he  has  only  to  await  the  harvest.  The 
swine  serve  him  also  to  thrash  the  grain,^  which  is  then  carried 
to  the  gamer. 

15.  If  then  we  choose  to  adopt  the  views  of  the  lonians 
concerning  Egypt,  we  must  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
Egyptians  had  formerly  no  country  at  all.  For  the  lonians  say 
that  nothing  is  really  Egypt*  but  the  Delta,  which  extends 
along  shore  from  the  Watch-tower  of  Perseus,^  as  it  is  called, 
to  the  Pelusiac  Salt-pans,  a  distance  of  forty  schoenes,  and 

*  In  Upper  Egypt  showers  only  occur  about  five  or  six  times  in  the  year, 
but  every  fifteen  or  twenty  years  heavy  rain  falls  there,  which  will  account 
for  the  deep  ravines  cut  in  the  valleys  of  the  Theban  hills,  about  the 
Tombs  of  the  Kings;  in  Lower  Egypt  rain  is  more  frequent;  and  in 
Alexandria  it  is  as  abimdant  in  winter  as  in  the  south  of  Europe. 

*  Plutarch,  ^EHan,  and  Pliny  mention  this  custom  of  treading  in  the 
grain  "  with  pigs  "  in  Egypt;  but  no  instance  occurs  of  it  in  the  tombs, 
though  goats  are  sometimes  so  represented  in  the  paintings.  It  is  indeed 
more  probable  that  pigs  were  turned  in  upon  the  land  to  eat  up  the  weeds 
and  roots. 

'  The  paintings  show  that  oxen  were  commonly  used  to  tread  out  the 
gi-ain  from  the  ear  at  harvest-time,  and  occasionally,  though  rarely,  asses 
were  so  employed;  but  pigs  not  being  sufficiently  heavy  for  the  purpose, 
are  not  likely  to  have  been  substituted  for  oxen. 

*  There  is  no  appearance  of  the  name  "  Egypt  "  on  the  ancient  monu- 
ments, where  the  country  is  called  "  Chemi."  Egypt  is  said  to  have  been 
called  originally  Aetia,  and  the  Nile  Aetos  and  Siris.  Upper  Egypt,  or 
the  Thebaid,  has  even  been  confounded  with,  and  called,  Ethiopia. 

*  This  tower  stood  to  the  W.  of  the  Canopic  mouth. 


1 1 8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

stretches  inland  as  far  as  the  city  of  Cercasorus,  where  the  Nile 
divides  into  the  two  streams  which  reach  the  sea  at  Pelusium 
and  Canobus  respectively.  The  rest  of  what  is  accounted 
Egypt  belongs,  they  say,  either  to  Arabia  or  Libya.  But  the 
Delta,  as  the  Egyptians  affirm,  and  as  I  myself  am  persuaded, 
is  formed  of  the  deposits  of  the  river,  and  has  only  recently,  if 
I  may  use  the  expression,  come  to  light.  If,  then,  they  had 
formerly  no  territory  at  all,  how  came  they  to  be  so  extravagant 
as  to  fancy  themselves  the  most  ancient  race  in  the  world? 
Surely  there  was  no  need  of  their  making  the  experiment  with 
the  children  to  see  what  language  they  would  first  speak.  But 
in  truth  I  do  not  beheve  that  the  Egyptians  came  into  being  at 
the  same  time  with  the  Delta,  as  the  lonians  call  it;  I  think 
they  have  always  existed  ever  since  the  human  race  began;  as 
the  land  went  on  increasing,  part  of  the  population  came  down 
into  the  new  country,  part  remained  in  their  old  settlements. 
In  ancient  times  the  Thebais  bore  the  name  of  Egypt,  a  district 
of  .^siäich  the  entire  circumference  is  but  6120  furlongs. 

16.  If,  then,  my  judgment  on  these  matters  be  right,  the 
lonians  are  mistaken  in  what  they  say  of  Egypt.  If,  on  the 
contrary,  it  is  they  who  are  right,  then  I  undertake  to  show 
that  neither  the  lonians  nor  any  of  the  other  Greeks  know  how 
to  count.  For  they  all  say  that  the  earth  is  divided  into  three 
parts,  Europe,  Asia,  and  Libya,  whereas  they  ought  to  add  a 
fourth  part,  the  Delta  of  Egypt,  since  they  do  not  include  it 
either  in  Asia  or  Libya.^  For  is  it  not  their  theory  that  the 
Nile  separates  Asia  from  Libya?  As  the  Nile,  therefore,  splits 
in  two  at  the  apex  of  the  Delta,  the  Delta  itself  must  be  a 
separate  country,  not  contained  in  either  Asia  or  Libya. 

^17.  Here  I  take  my  leave  of  the  opinions  of  the  lonians,  and 
proceed  to  deliver  my  own  sentiments  on  these  subjects.  I  con- 
sider Egypt  to  be  the  whole  country  inhabited  by  the  Egyptians, 
just  as  Cilicia  is  the  tract  occupied  by  the  Cilicians,  and  Assyria 
that  possessed  by  the  Assyrians.  And  I  regard  the  only  proper 
boundary-line  between  Libya  and  Asia  to  be  that  which  is 
marked  out  by  the  Egyptian  frontier.  For  if  we  take  the 
boundary-line  commonly  received  by  the  Greeks,^  we  must 
regard  Egypt  as  divided,  along  its  whole  length  from  Elephan- 
tine and  the  Cataracts  to  Cercasorus,  into  two  parts,  each 

*  Though  Egypt  really  belongs  to  the  continent  of  Africa,  the  inhabit 
tants  were  certainly  of  Asiatic  origin. 

*  That  is.  the  course  of  the  Nile. 


Chap.  16-19.  The  Nile  119 

belonging  to  a  different  portion  of  the  world,  one  to  Asia,  the 
other  to  Libya;  since  the  Nile  divides  Egypt  in  two  from  the 
Cataracts  to  the  sea,  running  as  far  as  the  city  of  Cercasorus  in 
a  single  stream,  but  at  that  point  separating  into  three  branches, 
whereof  the  one  which  bends  eastward  is  called  the  Pelusiac' 
mouth,  and  that  which  slants  to  the  west,  the  Canobic.  Mean- 
while the  straight  course  of  the  stream,  which  comes  down  from 
the  upper  country  and  meets  the  apex  of  the  Delta,  continues 
on,  dividing  the  Delta  down  the  middle,  and  empties  itself  into 
the  sea  by  a  mouth,  which  is  as  celebrated,  and  carries  as  large 
a  body  of  water,  as  most  of  the  others,  the  mouth  called  the 
Sebennytic.  Besides  these  there  are  two  other  mouths  which 
run  out  of  the  Sebennytic  called  respectively  the  Saitic  and  the 
Mendesian.  The  Bolbitine  mouth,  and  the  Bucolic,  are  not 
natural  branches,  but  channels  made  by  excavation.  - 

18,  My  judgment  as  to  the  extent  of  Egypt  is  confirmed  by 
an  oracle  delivered  at  the  shrine  of  Ammon,  of  which  I  had  no 
knowledge  at  all  until  after  I  had  formed  my  opinion.  It 
happened  that  the  people  of  the  cities  Marea  ^  and  Apis,  who 
live  in  the  part  of  Egypt  that  borders  on  Libya,  took  a  dislike 
to  the  religious  usages  of  the  country  concerning  sacrificial 
animals,  and  wished  no  longer  to  be  restricted  from  eating  the 
flesh  of  cows.^  So,  as  they  believed  themselves  to  be  Libyans 
and  not  Egyptians,  they  sent  to  the  shrine  to  say  that,  having 
nothing  in  common  with  the  Egyptians,  neither  inhabiting  the 
Delta  nor  using  the  Egyptian  tongue,  they  claimed  to  be  allowed 
to  eat  whatever  they  pleased.  Their  request,  however,  was 
refused  by  the  god,  who  declared  in  reply  that  Egypt  was  the 
entire  tract  of  country  which  the  Nile  overspreads  and  irrigates, 
and  the  Egyptians  were  the  people  who  lived  below  Elephan- 
tine,^ and  drank  the  waters  of  that  river.      —- 

19.  So  said  the  oracle.  Now  the  Nile,  when  it  overflows, 
floods  not  only  the  Delta,  but  also  the  tracts  of  country  on  both 

*  The  town  of  Marea  stood  near  the  lake  to  which  it  gave  the  name 
Mareotis.     It  was  celebrated  for  the  wine  produced  in  its  vicinity. 

*  Thoiigh  oxen  were  lawful  food  to  the  Egyptians,  cows  and  heifers  were 
forbidden  to  be  killed,  either  for  the  altar  or  the  table,  being  consecrated 
(not  as  Herodotus  states,  ch.  41,  to  Isis,  but  as  Strabo  says)  to  Athor,  who 
wais  represented  under  the  form  of  a  spotted  cow,  and  to  whose  temple 
at  Atarbechis,  "  the  city  of  Athor,"  as  Herodotus  afterwards  shows,  the 
bodies  of  those  that  died  were  carried  (ch.  41). 

*  Syene  and  Elephantine  were  the  real  frontier  of  Egypt  on  the  S.  j 
Egypt  extending  "  from  the  tower  (Migdol)  of  Syene  "  to  the  sea  (Ezek. 
xxix.  10). 

I  405  *E 


I20  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

sides  the  stream  which  are  thought  to  belong  to  Libya  and 
Arabia,  in  some  places  reaching  to  the  extent  of  two  days' 
journey  from  its  banks,  in  some  even  exceeding  that  distance, 
but  in  others  falling  short  of  it.     

Concerning  the  nature  of  the  river,  I  was  not  able  to  gain 
any  information  either  from  the  priests  or  from  others.  I  was 
particularly  anxious  to  learn  from  them  why  the  Nile,  at  the 
commencement  of  the  summer  solstice,  begins  to  rise,^  and  con- 
tinues to  increase  for  a  hundred  days — and  why,  as  soon  as  that 
number  is  past,  it  forthwith  retires  and  contracts  its  stream, 
continuing  low  during  the  whole  of  the  winter  until  the  summer 
solstice  comes  round  again.  On  none  of  these  points  could  I 
obtain  any  explanation  from  the  inhabitants,^  though  I  made 
every  inquiry,  wishing  to  know  what  was  commonly  reported 
— they  could  neither  tell  me  what  special  virtue  the  Nile  has 
which  makes  it  so  opposite  in  its  nature  to  all  other  streams, 
nor  why,  unlike  every  other  river,  it  gives  forth  no  breezes  ^ 
from  its  surface. 

20.  Some  of  the  Greeks,  however,  wishing  to  get  a  reputation 
for  cleverness,  have  offered  explanations  of  the  phenomena  of 
the  river,  for  which  they  have  accounted  in  three  different  ways. 
Two  of  these  I  do  not  think  it  worth  while  to  speak  of,  further 
than  simply  to  mention  what  they  are.  One  pretends  that  the 
Etesian  winds  ^  cause  the  rise  of  the  river  by  preventing  the 
Nile-water  from  running  off  into  the  sea.  But  in  the  first  place 
it  has  often  happened,  when  the  Etesian  winds  did  not  blow, 
that  the  Nile  has  risen  according  to  its  usual  wont;  and  further, 
if  the  Etesian  winds  produced  the  effect,  the  other  rivers  which 
flow  in  a  direction  opposite  to  those  winds  ought  to  present  the 
same  phenomena  as  the  Nile,  and  the  more  so  as  they  are  all 

^  Herodotus  was  surprised  that  the  Nile  should  rise  in  the  summer 
solstice  and  become  low  in  winter.  In  the  latitude  of  Memphis  it  begins 
to  rise  at  the  end  of  June,  about  the  loth  of  August  it  attains  to  the  height 
requisite  for  cutting  the  canals  and  admitting  it  into  the  interior  of  the 
plain;  and  it  is  generally  at  its  highest  about  the  end  of  September.  This 
makes  from  92  to  100  days,  as  Herodotus  states. 

*  The  cause  of  the  inundation  is  the  water  that  falls  during  the  rainy 
season  in  Abyssinia;  and  the  range  of  the  tropical  rains  extends  even  as 
far  N.  as  latitude  17°  43'. 

'  If  this  signifies  that  breezes  are  not  generated  by,  and  do  not  rise  from, 
the  Nile,  it  is  true;  but  not  if  it  means  that  a  current  of  air  does  not  blow 
up  the  valley. 

*  The  annual  N. VV.  winds  blow  from  the  Mediterranean  during  the 
inundation;  but  they  are  not  the  cause  of  the  rise  of  the  Nile,  though  they 
help  in  a  small  degree  to  impede  its  course  northwards.  For  the  navigation 
of  the  river  they  are  invaluable. 


Chap.  20-22.         Causcs  of  InundatioD  1 2 1 

smaller  streams,  and  have  a  weaker  current.  But  these  rivers, 
of  which  there  are  many  both  in  Syria  ^  and  Libya,  are  entirely 
unlike  the  Nile  in  this  respect. 

21.  The  second  opinion  is  even  more  unscientific  than  the  one 
just  mentioned,  and  also,  if  I  may  so  say,  more  marvellous.  It 
is  that  the  Nile  acts  so  strangely,  because  it  flows  from  the 
ocean,  and  that  the  ocean  flows  all  round  the  earth.^ 

22.  The  third  explanation,  which  is  very  much  more  plausible 

than  either  of  the  others,  is  positively  the  furthest  from  the 

truth;  for  there  is  really  nothing  in  what  it  says,  any  more  than 

in  the  other  theories.    It  is,  that  the  inundation  of  the  Nile  is 

caused  by  the  melting  of  snows.^    Now,  as  the  Nile  flows  out  of 

Libya,*  through  Ethiopia,  into  Egypt,  how  is  it  possible  that  it 

can  be  formed  of  melted  snow,  running,  as  it  does,  from  the 

hottest  regions  of  the  world  into  cooler  countries?    Many  are 

the  proofs  whereby  any  one  capable  of  reasoning  on  the  subject 

may  be  convinced  that  it  is  most  unlikely  this  should  be  the 

case.    The  first  and  strongest  argument  is  furnished  by  the 

winds,  which  always  blow  hot  from  these  regions.     The  second 

is,  that  rain  and  frost  are  unknown  there.^    Now  whenever 

snow  falls,  it  must  of  necessity  rain  within  five  days;  ^  so  that, 

if  there  were  snow,  there  must  be  rain  also  in  those  parts. 

Thirdly,  it  is  certain  that  the  natives  of  the  country  are  black 

with  the  heat,  that  the  kites  and  the  swallows  remain  there  the 

whole  year,  and  that  the  cranes,  when  they  fly  from  the  rigours 

of  a  Scythian  winter,  flock  thither  to  pass  the  cold  season.''    If 

^  It  is  possible  to  justify  this  statement,  which  at  first  sight  seems  iintrue, 
by  considering  that  the  direction  of  the  Etesian  winds  was  north-westerly 
rather  than  north.  This  was  natviral,  as  they  are  caused  by  the  rush  of 
the  air  from  the  Mediterranean  and  .(Egean,  to  fill  up  the  vacuum  caused 
by  the  rarefaction  of  the  atmosphere  over  the  desert  lands  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  sea. 

•  That  the  Nile  flowed  from  the  ocean,  and  that  the  ocean  flowed  all 
roimd  the  earth,  were  certainly  opinions  of  Hecataeus.  It  is  probable, 
therefore,  that  his  account  of  the  inundation  is  here  intended. 

•  This  was  the  opinion  of  Anaxagoras,  as  well  as  of  his  pupil  Euripides 
and  others.  Herodotus  is  wrong  in  supposing  snow  could  not  be  found  on 
mountains  in  the  hot  climate  of  Africa;  perpetual  snow  is  not  confined 
to  certain  latitudes;  and  ancient  and  modem  discoveries  prove  that  it  is 
foxmd  in  the  ranges  S.  of  Abyssinia. 

•  That  is,  from  Central  Africa. 

•  Herodotus  was  not  aware  of  the  rainy  season  in  Sennar  and  the  S.S.W. 
of  Abyssinia,  nor  did  he  know  of  the  Abyssinian  snow. 

•  I  have  found  nothing  in  any  writer,  ancient  or  modem,  to  confirm, 
or  so  much  as  to  explain,  this  assertion.  In  some  parts  of  England  there 
is  a  saying,  that  "  three  days  of  white  frost  are  sure  to  bring  rain." 

'  Cranes  and  other  wading  birds  are  foimd  in  the  winter,  in  Upper  Egypt, 
but  far  more  in  Ethiopia.     Kites  remain  all  the  winter,  and  swallows  also, 


122  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

then,  in  the  country  whence  the  Nile  has  its  source,  or  in  that 
through  which  it  flows,  there  fell  ever  so  little  snow,  it  is 
absolutely  impossible  that  any  of  these  circumstances  could 
take  place. 

23.  As  for  the  writer  who  attributes  the  phenomenoii  to  the 
ocean,^  his  account  is  involved  in  such  obscurity,  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  disprove  it  by  argument.  For  my  part  I  know  of  no 
river  called  Ocean,  and  I  think  that  Homer,  or  one  of  the  earlier 
poets,  invented  the  name,  and  introduced  it  into  his  poetry. 

24.  Perhaps,  after  censuring  all  the  opinions  that  have  been 
put  forward  on  this  obscure  subject,  one  ought  to  propose  some 
theory  of  one's  own.  I  will  therefore  proceed  to  explain  what 
I  think  to  be  the  reason  of  the  Nile's  swelling  in  the  summer 
time.  During  the  winter,  the  sun  is  driven  out  of  his  usual 
course  by  the  storms,  and  removes  to  the  upper  parts  of  Libya. 
This  is  the  whole  secret  in  the  fewest  possible  words;  for  it 
stands  to  reason  that  the  country  to  which  the  Sun-god 
approaches  the  nearest,  and  which  he  passes  most  directly 
over,  will  be  scantest  of  water,  and  that  there  the  streams 
which  feed  the  rivers  will  shrink  the  most. 

25.  To  explain,  however,  more  at  length,  the  case  is  this. 
The  sun,  in  his  passage  across  the  upper  parts  of  Libya,  affects 
them  in  the  following  way.  As  the  air  in  those  regions  is  con- 
stantly clear,  and  the  country  warm  through  the  absence  of 
cold  winds,  the  sun  in  his  passage  across  them  acts  upon  them 
exactly  as  he  is  wont  to  act  elsewhere  in  summer,  when  his  path 
is  in  the  middle  of  heaven — that  is,  he  attracts  the  water.  After 
attracting  it,  he  again  repels  it  into  the  upper  regions,  where 
the  winds  lay  hold  of  it,  scatter  it,  and  reduce  it  to  a  vapour, 
whence  it  naturally  enough  comes  to  pass  that  the  winds  which 
blow  from  this  quarter — the  south  and  south-west — are  of  all 
winds  the  most  rainy.  And  my  own  opinion  is  that  the  sun 
does  not  get  rid  of  all  the  water  which  he  draws  year  by  year 
from  the  Nile,  but  retains  some  about  him.  When  the  winter 
begins  to  soften,  the  sun  goes  back  again  to  his  old  place  in  the 
middle  of  the  heaven,  and  proceeds  to  attract  water  equally 
from  all  countries.  Till  then  the  other  rivers  run  big,  from  the 
quantity  of  rain-water  which  they  bring  down  from  countries 

though  in  small  numbers,  even  at  Thebes.  The  swallow  was  always  the 
harbinger  of  spring,  as  in  Greece  and  the  rest  of  Europe. 

^  The  person  to  whom  Herodotus  alludes  is  Hecatseus.  He  mentions  it 
also  as  an  opinion  of  the  Greeks  of  Pontus,  that  the  ocean  flowed  round 
the  whole  earth  (B.  iv.  ch.  8). 


Chap.  23-28.  SouFccs  of  the  Nile  123 

where  so  much  moisture  falls  that  all  the  land  is  cut  into  gullies; 
but  in  summer,  when  the  showers  fail,  and  the  sun  attracts 
their  water,  they  become  low.  The  Nile,  on  the  contrary,  not 
deriving  any  of  its  bulk  from  rains,  and  being  in  winter  subject 
to  the  attraction  of  the  sun,  naturally  runs  at  that  season,  unlike 
all  other  streams,  with  a  less  burthen  of  water  than  in  the 
summer  time.  For  in  summer  it  is  exposed  to  attraction  equally 
with  all  other  rivers,  but  in  winter  it  suffers  alone.  The  sun, 
therefore,  I  regard  as  the  sole  cause  of  the  phenomenon. 

26.  It  is  the  sun  also,  in  my  opinion,  which,  by  heating  the 
space  through  which  it  passes,  makes  the  air  in  Egypt  so  dn/. 
There  is  thus  perpetual  summer  in  the  upper  parts  of  Lib}  a« 
Were  the  position  of  the  heavenly  regions  reversed,  so  that  the 
place  where  now  the  north  wind  and  the  winter  have  their 
dwelling  became  the  station  of  the  south  wind  and  of  the  noon- 
day, while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  station  of  the  south  wind 
became  that  of  the  north,  the  consequence  would  be  that  the 
sun,  driven  from  the  mid-heaven  by  the  winter  and  the  northern 
gales,  would  betake  himself  to  the  upper  parts  of  Europe,  as  he 
now  does  to  those  of  Libya,  and  then  I  believe  his  passage 
across  Europe  would  affect  the  Ister  exactly  as  the  Nile  is 
affected  at  the  present  day. 

27.  And  with  respect  to  the  fact  that  no  breeze  blows  from 
the  Nile,  I  am  of  opinion  that  no  wind  is  likely  to  arise  in  very 
hot  countries,  for  breezes  love  to  blow  from  some  cold  quarter. 

28.  Let  us  leave  these  things,  however,  to  their  natural 
course,  to  continue  as  they  are  and  have  been  from  the  beginning. 
With  regard  to  the  sources  of  the  Nile,^  I  have  found  no  one 
among  all  those  with  whom  I  have  conversed,  whether  Egyp- 
tians, Libyans,  or  Greeks,^  who  professed  to  have  any  know- 
ledge, except  a  single  person.    He  was  the  scribe  *  who  kept  the 

*  The  sources  of  the  great  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile  have  long  been 
discovered.  They  were  first  visited  by  the  Portuguese  Jesuit,  Father 
Lobo,  and  afterwards  by  Bruce.  Herodotus  affirms  that  of  all  the  persons 
he  had  consulted,  none  pretended  to  give  him  any  information  about  the 
sources,  except  a  scribe  of  the  sacred  treasury  of  Minerva  at  Sais,  who  said 
it  rose  from  a  certain  abyss  beneath  two  pointed  hills  between  Syene  and 
Elephantine.  This  is  an  important  passage  in  his  narrative,  as  it  involves 
the  question  of  his  having  visited  the  Thebaid. 

*  This  was  one  of  the  great  problems  of  antiquity,  as  of  later  times. 

*  The  scribes  had  different  offices  and  grades.  The  sacred  scribes  held 
a  high  post  in  the  priesthood;  and  the  royal  scribes  were  the  king's  sons 
and  military  men  of  rank.  There  were  also  ordinary  scribes  or  notaries, 
who  were  conveyancers,  wrote  letters  on  business,  settled  accounts,  and 
performed  difierent  offices  in  the  market. 


124  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

register  of  the  sacred  treasures  of  Minerva  in  the  city  of  Sais, 
and  he  did  not  seem  to  me  to  be  in  earnest  when  he  said  that 
he  knew  them  perfectly  well.  His  story  was  as  follows: — 
"  Between  Syene,  a  city  of  the  Thebais,  and  Elephantine,  there 
are  "  (he  said)  "  two  hills  with  sharp  conical  tops;  the  name  of 
the  one  is  Crophi,  of  the  other,  Mophi.  Midway  between  them 
are  the  fountains  of  the  Nile,  fountains  which  it  is  impossible  to 
fathom.  Half  the  water  runs  northward  into  Egypt,  half  to 
the  south  towards  Ethiopia."  The  fountains  were  known  to  be 
unfathomable,  he  declared,  because  Psammetichus,  an  Egyptian 
king,  had  made  trial  of  them.  He  had  caused  a  rope  to  be 
made,  many  thousand  fathoms  in  length,  and  had  sounded  the 
fountain  with  it,  but  could  find  no  bottom.  By  this  the  scribe 
gave  me  to  understand,  if  there  was  any  truth  at  all  in  what  he 
said,  that  in  this  fountain  there  are  certain  strong  eddies,  and  a 
regurgitation,  owing  to  the  force  wherewith  the  water  dashes 
against  the  mountains,  and  hence  a  sounding-line  cannot  be 
got  to  reach  the  bottom  of  the  spring. 

29.  No  other  information  on  this  head  could  I  obtain  from 
any  quarter.  All  that  I  succeeded  in  learning  further  of  the 
more  distant  portions  of  the  Nile,  by  ascending  myself  as  high 
as  Elephantine,  and  making  inquiries  concerning  the  parts 
beyond,  was  the  following: — As  one  advances  beyond  Elephan- 
tine, the  land  rises. ^  Hence  it  is  necessary  in  this  part  of  the 
river  to  attach  a  rope  to  the  boat  on  each  side,  as  men  hamesa 
an  ox,  and  so  proceed  on  the  journey.  If  the  rope  snaps,  the 
vessel  is  borne  away  down  stream  by  the  force  of  the  current. 
The  navigation  continues  the  same  for  four  days,  the  river 
winding  greatly,  like  the  Maeander,^  and  the  distance  traversed 
amounting  to  twelve  schcenes.  Here  you  come  upon  a  smooth 
and  level  plain,  where  the  Nile  flows  in  two  branches,  round  an 
island  called  Tachompso.®  The  country  above  Elephantine  is 
inhabited  by  the  Ethiopians,  who  possess  one-half  of  this  island, 
the  Egyptians  occupying  the  other.    Above  the  island  there  is 

*  This  fact  should  have  convinced  Herodotus  of  the  improbability  of  the 
story  of  the  river  flowing  southwards  into  Ethiopia.  That  boats  are  obliged 
to  be  dragged  by  ropes  in  order  to  pass  the  rapids  is  true;  and  in  performing 
this  arduous  duty  great  skill  and  agility  are  required. 

*  The  windings  of  the  Maeander  are  perhaps  at  the  present  day  still 
more  remarkable  than  they  were  anciently,  owing  to  the  growth  of  the 
alluvial  plain  through  which  it  flows. 

*  The  distances  given  by  Herodotus  are  4  days  through  the  district  of 
Dodecaschcenus  to  Tachompso  Isle,  then  40  days  by  land,  then  12  days  by 
boat  to  Meroc;  altogether  56  days. 


Chap.  29-30.  The  Dcscrters  1 2  5 

a  great  lake,  the  shores  of  which  are  inhabited  by  Ethiopian 
nomads;  after  passing  it,  you  come  again  to  the  stream  of  the 
Nile,  which  runs  into  the  lake.  Here  you  land,  and  travel  for 
forty  days  along  the  banks  of  the  river,  since  it  is  impossible  to 
proceed  further  in  a  boat  on  account  of  the  sharp  peaks  which 
jut  out  from  the  water,  and  the  sunken  rocks  which  abound  in 
that  part  of  the  stream.  When  you  have  passed  this  portion 
of  the  river  in  the  space  of  forty  days,  you  go  on  board  another 
boat  and  proceed  by  water  for  twelve  days  more,  at  the  end  of 
which  time  you  reach  a  great  city  called  Meroe,  which  is  said  to 
be  the  capital  of  the  other  Ethiopians.  The  only  gods  wor- 
shipped by  the  inhabitants  are  Jupiter  and  Bacchus,^  to  whom 
great  honours  are  paid.  There  is  an  oracle  of  Jupiter  in  the 
city,  which  directs  the  warlike  expeditions  of  the  Ethiopians; 
when  it  commands  they  go  to  war,^  and  in  whatever  direction 
it  bids  them  march,  thither  straightway  they  carry  their  arms. 
30.  On  leaving  this  city,  and  again  mounting  the  stream,  in 
the  same  space  of  time  which  it  took  you  to  reach  the  capital 
from  Elephantine,  you  come  to  the  Deserters,^  who  bear  the 
name  of  Asmach.  This  word,  translated  into  our  language, 
means  "  the  men  who  stand  on  the  left  hand  of  the  king."  * 
These  Deserters  are  Egyptians  of  the  warrior  caste,  who,  to  the 
number  of  two  hundred  and  forty  thousand,  went  over  to  the 
Ethiopians  in  the  reign  of  king  Psammetichus.    The  cause  of 

*  Amiin  and  Osiris  answered  to  Jupiter  and  Bacchus;  and  both  the 
Amun  of  Thebes  and  the  ram-headed  Nou  (or  Kneph)  were  worshipped 
in  Ethiopia.  But  it  is  this  last  deity  to  whom  Heredotus  alludes.  [See 
Prof.  W.  Flinders  Petrie,  Religion  and  Conscience  in  Ancient  Egypt,  chap, 
iv.  "  The  Egyptian  Mythology." — E.  H.  B.] 

*  The  influence  of  the  priests  at  Meroe,  through  the  belief  that  they 
spoke  the  commands  of  the  Deity,  is  more  fully  shown  by  Strabo  and 
Diodorus,  who  say  it  was  their  custom  to  send  to  the  king,  when  it  pleased 
them,  and  order  him  to  put  an  end  to  himself,  in  obedience  to  the  will 
of  the  oracle  imparted  to  them;  and  to  such  a  degree  had  they  contrived 
to  enslave  the  understanding  of  those  princes  by  superstitious  fears,  that 
they  were  obeyed  without  opposition.  At  length  a  king,  caUed  Ergamenes, 
a  contemporary  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  dared  to  disobey  their  orders, 
and  having  entered  "  the  golden  chapel "  with  his  soldiers,  caused  them 
to  be  put  to  death  in  his  stead,  and  abolished  the  custom. 

'  The  descendants  of  the  240,000  deserters  from  Psammetichus  lived, 
according  to  Herodotus,  4  months'  journey  above  Elephantine  (ch.  31), 
from  which  Meroe  stood  half-way. 

*  Diodorus  says  that  the  reason  of  the  Egyptian  troops  deserting  from 
Psammetichus  was  his  having  placed  them  in  the  left  wing,  while  the  right 
was  given  to  the  strangers  in  his  army,  which  is  not  only  more  probable 
than  the  reason  assigned  by  Herodotus,  but  is  strongly  confirmed  by  the 
discovery  of  an  inscription  in  Nubia,  written  apparently  by  the  Greeks 
who  accompanied  Psammetichus  when  in  pursxiit  of  the  deserters. 


120  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  ii. 

their  desertion  was  the  following: — Three  garrisons  were  main- 
tained in  Egypt  at  that  time,^  one  in  the  city  of  Elephantin6 
against  the  Ethiopians^  another  in  the  Pelusiac  Daphnse,  against 
the  Syrians  and  Arabians,  and  a  third,  against  the  Libyans,  in 
Marea.  (The  very  same  posts  are  to  this  day  occupied  by  the 
Persians,  whose  forces  are  in  garrison  both  in  Daphnae  and  in 
Elephantin6.)  Now  it  happened,  that  on  one  occasion  the 
garrisons  were  not  relieved  during  the  space  of  three  years;  the 
soldiers,  therefore,  at  the  end  of  that  time,  consulted  together, 
and  having  determined  by  common  consent  to  revolt,  marched 
away  towards  Ethiopia.  Psammetichus,  informed  of  the  move- 
ment, set  out  in  pursuit,  and  coming  up  with  them,  besought 
them  with  many  words  not  to  desert  the  gods  of  their  country, 
nor  abandon  their  wives  and  children.  '*  Nay,  but,"  said  one 
of  the  deserters  with  an  unseemly  gesture,  "  wherever  we  go,  we 
are  sure  enough  of  finding  wives  and  children."  Arrived  in 
Ethiopia,  they  placed  themselves  at  the  disposal  of  the  king. 
In  return,  he  made  them  a  present  of  a  tract  of  land  which 
belonged  to  certain  Ethiopians  with  whom  he  was  at  feud, 
bidding  thero  expel  the  inhabitants  and  take  possession  of  their 
territory,  from  the  time  that  this  settlement  was  formed, 
their  acquaintance  with  Egyptian  manners  has  tended  to  civilise 
the  Ethiopians.^ 

31.  Thus  the  course  of  the  Nile  is  known,  not  only  through- 
out Egypt,  but  to  the  extent  of  four  months'  journey  either  by 
land  or  water  above  the  Egyptian  boundary;  for  on  calculation 
it  will  be  found  that  it  takes  that  length  of  time  to  travel  from 
Elephantine  to  the  country  of  the  Deserters.  There  the  direc- 
tion of  the  river  is  from  west  to  east.^  Beyond,  no  one  has  any 
certain  knowledge  of  its  course,  since  the  country  is  uninhabited 
by  reason  of  the  excessive  heat. 

32.  I  did  hear,  indeed,  what  I  will  now  relate,  from  certain 
natives  of  Cyrene.  Once  upon  a  time,  they  said,  they  were  on 
a  visit  to  the  oracular  shrine  of  Ammon,*  when  it  chanced  that 
in  the  course  of  conversation  with  Etearchus,  the  Ammonian 

^  It  was  always  the  custom  of  the  Egyptians  to  have  a  ganison  stationed, 
as  Herodotus  states,  on  the  frontier. 

2  This  would  be  a  strong  argument,  if  required,  against  the  notion  of 
dvihsation  having  come  from  the  Ethiopians  to  Egj^jt;  but  the  monu- 
ments prove  beyond  all  question  that  the  Ethiopians  borrowed  from  Egypt 
their  religion  and  their  habits  of  civihsation. 

*  This  only  applies  to  the  white  river,  or  western  branch  of  the  Nile. 

*  This  was  in  the  modern  Oasis  of  See-wah  (Siwah),  where  remains  of 
the  temple  are  still  seen.     The  oracle  long  continued  in  great  repute. 


Chap.  31-32.  Interior  of  Libya  1 27 

king,  the  talk  fell  upon  the  Nile,  how  that  its  sources  were  un- 
known to  all  men.  Etearchus  upon  this  mentioned  that  some 
Nasamonians  had  once  come  to  his  court,  and  when  asked  if 
they  could  give  any  information  concerning  the  uninhabited 
parts  of  Libya,  had  told  the  following  t^le.  (The  Nasamonians 
are  a  Libyan  race  who  occupy  the  Syrtis,  and  a  tract  of  no 
great  size  towards  the  east.^)  They  said  there  had  grown  up 
among  them  some  wild  young  men,  the  sons  of  certain  chiefs^ 
who,  when  they  came  to  man's  estate,  indulged  in  all  manner 
of  extravagancies,  and  among  other  things  drew  lots  for  five  of 
their  number  to  go  and  explore  the  desert  parts  of  Libya,  and 
try  if  they  could  not  penetrate  further  than  any  had  done  pre- 
viously. The  coast  of  Libya  along  the  sea  which  washes  it  to 
the  north,  throughout  its  entire  length  from  Egypt  to  Cape 
Soloeis,^  which  is  its  furthest  point,  is  inhabited  by  Libyans  of 
many  distinct  tribes  who  possess  the  whole  tract  except  certain 
portions  which  belong  to  the  Phoenicians  and  the  Greeks.^ 
Above  the  coast-line  and  the  country  inhabited  by  the  maritime 
tribes,  Libya  is  full  of  wild  beasts;  while  beyond  the  wild  beast 
region  there  is  a  tract  which  is  wholly  sand,  very  scant  of  water, 
and  utterly  and  entirely  a  desert.  The  young  men  therefore, 
despatched  on  this  errand  by  their  comrades  with  a  plentiful 
supply  of  water  and  provisions,  travelled  at  first  through  the 
inhabited  region,  passing  which  they  came  to  the  wild  beast 
tract,  whence  they  finally  entered  upon  the  desert,  which  they 
proceeded  to  cross  in  a  direction  from  east  to  west.  After 
journeying  for  many  days  over  a  wide  extent  of  sand,  they  came 
at  last  to  a  plain  where  they  observed  trees  growing ;  approach- 
ing them,  and  seeing  fruit  on  them,  they  proceeded  to  gather 
it.  While  they  were  thus  engaged,  there  came  upon  them  some 
dwarfish  men,*  under  the  middle  height,  who  seized  them  and 
carried  them  off.  The  Nasamonians  could  not  understand  a 
word  of  their  language,  nor  had  they  any  acquaintance  with 
the  language  of  the  Nasamonians.  They  were  led  across  exten- 
sive marshes,  and  finally  came  to  a  town,  where  all  the  men 
were  of  the  height  of  their  conductors,  and  black-complexioned* 

*  Vide  infra,  iv.  172,  173. 

*  Cape  Spartel,  near  Tangier. 

*  That  is,  the  Cyrenaica,  and  the  possessions  of  the  PhcEnicians  and 
Carthaginians,  or  more  properly  the  Poeni,  on  the  N.  and  W.  coasts. 

*Men  of  diminutive  size  really  exist  in  Africa,  but  the  Nasamones 
probably  only  knew  of  some  by  report.  The  pigmies  are  mentioned  by 
Kouier  (II.  iii.  6)  and  others,  and  often  represented  on  Greek  vases. 


128  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii 

A  great  river  flowed  by  the  town/  running  from  west  to  east, 
and  containing  crocodiles. 

33.  Here  let  me  dismiss  Etearchus  the  Ammonian,  and  his 
story,  only  adding  that  (according  to  the  Cyrenseans)  he  declared 
that  the  Nasamonians  got  safe  back  to  their  country,  and  that 
the  men  whose  city  they  had  reached  were  a  nation  of  sorcerers. 
With  respect  to  the  river  which  ran  by  their  town,  Etearchus 
conjectured  it  to  be  the  Nile;  and  reason  favours  that  view. 
For  the  Nile  certainly  flows  out  of  Libya,  dividing  it  down  the 
middle,  and  as  I  conceive,  judging  the  unknown  from  the  known, 
rises  at  the  same  distance  from  its  mouth  as  the  Ister.^  This 
latter  river  has  its  source  in  the  country  of  the  Celts  near  the 
city  Pyrene,  and  runs  through  the  middle  of  Europe,  dividing  it 
into  two  portions.  The  Celts  live  beyond  the  pillars  of  Hercules, 
and  border  on  the  Cynesians,^  who  dwell  at  the  extreme  west  of 
Europe.  Thus  the  Ister  flows  through  the  whole  of  Europe 
before  it  finally  empties  itself  into  the  Euxine  at  Istria,*  one  of 
the  colonies  of  the  Milesians. 

34.  Now  as  this  river  flows  through  regions  that  are  inhabited, 
its  course  is  perfectly  well  known;  but  of  the  sources  of  the 
Nile  no  one  can  give  any  account,  since  Libya,  the  country 
through  which  it  passes,  is  desert  and  without  inhabitants.  As 
far  as  it  was  possible  to  get  information  by  inquiry,  I  have  given 
a  description  of  the  stream.  It  enters  Eg}^pt  from  the  parts 
beyond.  Egypt  lies  almost  exactly  opposite  the  mountainous 
portion  of  Cilicia,^  whence  a  lightly-equipped  traveller  may 
reach  Sinope  on  the  Euxine  in  five  days  by  the  direct  route.^ 
Sinope  lies  opposite  the  place  where  the  Ister  falls  into  the  sea.' 

*  It  seems  not  improbable  that  we  have  here  a  mention  of  the  river 
Niger,  and  of  the  ancient  representative  of  the  modern  city  of  Timbuctoo. 

*  Herodotus  does  not  intend  any  exact  correspondency  between  the  Nile 
and  the  Danube.  He  is  only  speaking  of  the  comparative  length  of  the 
two  streams,  and  conjectures  that  they  are  equal  in  this  respect. 

•  The  Cynesians  are  mentioned  again  in  iv.  49  as  Cynctes.  They  are  a 
nation  of  whom  nothing  is  known  but  their  abode  from  very  ancient 
times  at  the  extreme  S.W.  of  Europe. 

*  If  the  Danube  in  the  time  of  Herodotus  entered  the  Euxine  at  Istria, 
it  must  have  changed  its  course  very  greatly  since  he  wrote. 

•  Cilicia  was  divided  into  two  portions,  the  eastern,  or  "  Cilicia  campes- 
tris,"  and  the  western,  or  "  Cihcia  aspera."  Egypt  does  not  really  lie 
"  opposite  " — that  is,  in  the  same  longitude  with — the  latter  region.  It 
rather  faces  Pamphylia,  but  Herodotus  gives  all  Africa,  as  fax  as  the 
Lesser  Syrtis,  too  easterly  a  position. 

•  Supra,  i.  72,  sub  fin. 

'  This  of  course  is  neither  true,  nor  near  the  truth ;  and  it  is  diflacult 
to  make  out  in  what  sense  Herodotus  meant  to  assert  it.  Perhaps  he 
attached  no  very  distinct  geographical  meaning  to  the  word  "  opposite," 


Chap.  33-35.  Egyptian  Customs  129 

My  opinion  therefore  is  that  the  Nile,  as  it  traverses  the  whole 
of  Libya,  is  of  equal  length  with  the  Ister.  And  here  I  take 
my  leave  of  this  subject. 

35.  Concerning  Egypt  itself  I  shall  extend  my  remarks  to  a 
great  length,  because  there  is  no  country  that  possesses  so  many 
wonders,^  nor  any  that  has  such  a  number  of  works  which  defy 
description.  Not  only  is  the  climate  different  from  that  of  the 
rest  of  the  world,  and  the  rivers  unlike  any  other  rivers,  but 
the  people  also,  in  most  of  their  manners  and  customs,  exactly 
reverse  the  common  practice  of  mankind.  The  women  attend 
the  markets  *  and  trade,  while  the  men  sit  at  home  at  the 
loom;  *  and  here,  while  the  rest  of  the  world  works  the  woof  up 
the  warp,  the  Egyptians  work  it  down;  the  women  likewise 
carry  burthens  upon  their  shoulders,  while  the  men  carry  them 
upon  their  heads.  They  eat  their  food  out  of  doors  in  the 
streets,*  but  retire  for  private  purposes  to  their  houses,  giving 
as  a  reason  that  what  is  unseemly,  but  necessary,  ought  to  be 
done  in  secret,  but  what  has  nothing  unseemly  about  it,  should 
be  done  openly,    A  woman  cannot  serve  the  priestly  office,® 

*  By  this  statement  Herodotus  prepares  his  readers  for  what  he  is  about 
to  relate;  but  the  desire  to  tell  of  the  wonders  in  which  it  differed  from  all 
other  countries  led  Herodotus  to  indulge  in  his  love  of  antithesis,  so  that 
in  some  cases  he  confines  to  one  sex  what  was  done  by  both  (a  singular 
instance  being  noted  down  by  him  as  an  invariable  custom),  and  in  others 
he  has  indulged  in  the  marvellous  at  a  sacrifice  of  truth.  If,  however, 
Herodotus  had  told  us  that  the  Egyptian  women  enjoyed  greater  liberty, 
confidence,  and  consideration  than  under  the  hareem  system  of  the  Greeks 
and  Persians  (Book  i.  ch.  136),  he  would  have  been  fully  justified,  for  the 
treatment  of  women  in  Egypt  was  far  better  than  in  Greece.  In  many 
cases  where  Herodotus  tells  improbable  tales,  they  are  on  the  authority 
of  others,  or  mere  hearsay  reports,  for  which  he  at  once  declares  himself 
not  responsible,  and  he  justly  pleads  that  his  history  was  not  only  a  relation 
of  facts,  but  the  result  of  an  "  IcrTopLa"  or  "  inquiry,"  in  which  all  he 
heard  was  inserted. 

*  The  market-place  was  originally  outside  the  walls,  generally  in  an  open 
space,  beneath  what  was  afterwards  the  citadel  or  the  acropolis. 

*  The  ancients  generally  seem  to  have  believed  the  charge  of  effeminacy 
brought  by  Herodotus  against  the  Egyptians. 

*  That  they  sometimes  ate  in  the  street  is  not  to  be  doubted ;  but  this 
was  only  the  poorer  class,  as  in  other  parts  of  ancient  and  modem  Europe, 
and  could  not  be  mentioned  in  contradistinction  to  a  Greek  custom.  "Die 
Egyptians  generally  dined  at  a  small  round  table,  having  one  leg  (similar 
to  the  monopodium),  at  which  one  or  more  persons  sat,  and  they  ate  with 
their  fingers  like  the  Greeks  and  the  modem  Arabs.  Several  dishes  were 
placed  upon  the  table,  and  before  eating  it  was  their  custom  to  say  grace. 

'  Though  men  held  the  priesthood  in  Egypt,  as  in  other  countries, 
women  were  not  excluded  from  certain  important  duties  in  the  temples, 
as  Herodotus  also  shows  (chs.  54,  56) ;  the  queens  made  offerings  with  the 
kings;  and  the  monuments,  as  well  as  Diodorus,  show  that  an  order  of 
women,  chosen  from  the  principal  families,  were  employed  in  the  service 
of  the  gods. 


130  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

either  for  god  or  goddess,  but  men  are  priests  to  both;  sons 
need  not  support  their  parents  unless  they  choose,  but  daughters 
must,  whether  they  choose  or  no.^ 

36.  In  other  countries  the  priests  have  long  hair,  in  Egypt 
their  heads  are  shaven;  ^  elsewhere  it  is  customary,  in  mourning, 
for  near  relations  to  cut  their  hair  close:  the  Egyptians,  who 
wear  no  hair  at  any  other  time,  when  they  lose  a  relative,  let 
their  beards  and  the  hair  of  their  heads  grow  long.  All  other 
men  pass  their  lives  separate  from  animals,  the  Egyptians  liave 
animals  always  living  with  them;'  others  make  barley  and 
wheat  their  food;  it  is  a  disgrace  to  do  so  in  Egypt,*  where  the 
grain  they  live  on  is  spelt,  which  some  call  zea.  Dough  they 
knead  with  their  feet;  but  they  mix  mud,  and  even  take  up 
dirt,  with  their  hands.  They  are  the  only  people  in  the  world 
— they  at  least,  and  such  as  have  learnt  the  practice  from  them  ^ 
— who  use  circumcision.  Their  men  wear  two  garments  apiece, 
their  Women  but  one.*  They  put  on  the  rings  and  fasten  the 
ropes  to  sails  inside; '  others  put  them  outside.  When  they 
write  ^  or  calculate,  instead  of  going,  like  the  Greeks,  from  left 

^  Of  the  daughters  being  forced  to  support  their  parents  instead  of  the 
sons,  it  is  difl&cult  to  decide;  but  the  improbability  of  the  custom  is  glaring. 
It  is  the  son  on  whom  the  duty  fell  of  providing  for  the  services  in  honour 
of  his  deceased  parent;  and  the  law  of  debt  mentioned  by  Herodotus 
(in  ch.  136)  contradicts  his  assertion  here. 

*  The  custom  of  shaving  the  head  as  well  as  beard  was  not  confined  to 
the  priests  in  Egypt,  it  was  general  among  all  classes;  and  all  the  men 
wore  wigs  or  caps  fitting  close  to  their  heads,  except  some  of  the  poorest 
class.  The  custom  of  allowing  the  hair  to  grow  in  mourning  was  not 
confined  to  Egypt. 

'  Their  living  with  animals  not  only  contradicts  a  previous  assertion  of 
their  eating  in  the  streets,  but  is  contrary  to  fact. 

*  Their  considering  it  a  "  disgrace  "  to  live  on  wheat  and  barley  is  equally 
extravagant. 

'  Vide  infra,  ch.  104. 

*  The  men  having  two  dresses,  and  the  women  one,  gives  an  erroneous 
impression.  The  usual  dress  of  men  was  a  long  upper  robe  and  a  short 
kilt  beneath  it,  the  former  being  laid  aside  when  at  work;  while  women 
had  only  the  long  robe.  When  an  extra  upper  garment  was  worn  over 
these  the  men  had  three,  the  women  two;  so  that,  instead  of  limiting  the 
latter  to  one,  he  should  have  given  to  men  always  one  more  garment 
than  the  women. 

'  The  ancient  custom  of  fastening  the  braces  and  sheets  of  the  sails 
to  rings  within  the  gunwale  fully  agrees  with  that  still  adopted  in  the  Nile 
boats. 

*  The  Egyptians  wrote  from  right  to  left  in  hieratic  and  demotic  (or 
enchorial) ,  which  are  the  two  modes  of  writing  here  mentioned.  The  Greeks 
ako  in  old  times  wrote  from  right  to  left,  Uke  the  Phoenicians,  from  whom 
they  borrowed  their  alphabet.  This  seems  the  natural  mode  of  writing; 
for  though  we  have  always  been  accustomed  to  write  from  left  to  right, 
we  invariably  use  our  pencil,  in  shading  a  drawing,  from  right  to  left,  in 
^ite  of  all  our  previous  habit. 


Chap.  36-37.  Pricstly  Privileges  131 

tc  right,  they  move  their  hand  from  right  to  left;  and  they 
insist,  notwithstanding,  that  it  is  they  who  go  to  the  right,  and 
the  Greeks  who  go  to  the  left.  They  have  two  quite  different 
kinds  of  writing,  one  of  which  is  called  sacred,  the  other  common, 
37.  They  are  religious  to  excess,  far  beyond  any  other  race  of 
men,*  and  use  the  following  ceremonies: — They  drink  out  of 
brazen  cups,^  which  they  scour  every  day :  there  is  no  exception 
to  this  practice.  They  wear  linen  garments,  which  they  are 
specially  careful  to  have  always  fresh  washed.^  They  practise 
circumcision  for  the  sake  of  cleanliness,  considering  it  better  to 
be  cleanly  than  comely.  The  priests  shave  their  whole  body 
every  other  day,  that  no  Hce  or  other  impure  thing  may  adhere 
to  them  when  they  are  engaged  in  the  service  of  the  gods. 
Their  dress  is  entirely  of  Hnen,^  and  their  shoes  of  the  papyrus 
plant:  ^  it  is  not  lawful  for  them  to  wear  either  dress  or  shoes  of 
any  other  material.  They  bathe  twice  every  day  in  cold  water, 
and  twice  each  night;  besides  which  they  observe,  so  to  speak, 
thousands  of  ceremonies.  They  enjoy,  however,  not  a  few  ad- 
vantages.*   They  consume  none  of  their  own  property,  and  are 

*  The  extreme  religious  views  of  the  Egyptians  became  at  length  a  gross 
superstition,  and  were  natiirally  a  subject  for  ridicule  and  contempt. 

*  This,  he  says,  is  the  universal  custom,  without  exception;  but  we  not 
only  know  that  Joseph  had  a  silver  drinking-cup  (Gen.  xliv.  2,  5),  but  the 
sculptures  show  the  wealthy  Egyptians  used  glass,  porcelain,  and  gold, 
sometimes  inlaid  with  a  coloured  composition  resembling  enamel,  or  with 
precious  stones.  That  persons  who  could  not  afford  cups  of  more  costly 
materials  should  have  been  contented  with  those  of  bronze  is  very  probable. 

*  Their  attention  to  cleanliness  was  very  remarkable,  as  is  shown  by  their 
shaving  the  head  and  beard,  and  removing  the  hair  from  the  whole  body, 
by  their  frequent  ablutions,  and  by  the  strict  rules  instituted  to  ensure  it. 

*The  dress  of  the  priests  consisted,  as  Herodotus  states,  of  linen  (ch. 
81);  but  he  does  not  say  they  were  confined  (as  some  have  supposed)  to 
a  single  robe;  and  whether  walking  abroad,  or  of&ciating  in  the  temple, 
they  were  permitted  to  have  more  than  one  garment-  The  high  priest 
styled  Sern  always  wore  a  leopard-skin  placed  over  the  Hnen  dress  as  his 
costume  of  o£&ce.  The  fine  texture  of  the  Egyptian  linen  is  fully  proved 
by  its  transparency,  as  represented  in  the  paintings,  and  by  the  statements 
of  ancient  writers,  sacred  (Gen.  xli.  42;  and  2  Chron.  i.  16)  as  well  as 
profane. 

*  Their  sandals  were  made  of  the  papyrus,  an  inferior  quality  being  of 
matted  palm- leaves;  and  they  either  slept  on  a  simple  skin  stretched 
on  the  ground,  or  on  a  wicker  bed,  made  of  palm-branches. 

*  The  greatest  of  these  was  the  paramount  influence  they  exercised  over 
the  spiritual,  and  consequently  over  the  temporal,  concerns  of  the  whole 
community,  which  was  secured  to  them  through  their  superior  knowledge, 
by  the  dependence  of  all  classes  on  them  for  the  instruction  they  chose  to 
impart,  and  by  their  exclusive  right  of  possessing  all  the  secrets  of  religiös, 
which  were  thought  to  place  them  far  above  the  rest  of  mankind.  Nor 
did  their  power  over  an  individual  cease  with  his  life;  it  would  even  reach 
him  after  death;  and  their  veto  could  prevent  his  being  buried  in  his 
tomb,  and  consign  his  name  to  lasting  infamy. 


132  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

at  no  expense  for  anything;  ^  but  every  day  bread  is  baked  for 
them  of  the  sacred  com,  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  beef  and  of 
goose's  flesh  is  assigned  to  each,  and  also  a  portion  of  wine  made 
from  the  grape.*  Fish  they  are  not  allowed  to  eat;  ^  and  beans, 
— ^which  none  of  the  Egyptians  ever  sow,  or  eat,  if  they  come 
up  of  their  own  accord,  either  raw  or  boiled  * — the  priests  will 
not  even  endure  to  look  on,  since  they  consider  it  an  unclean 
kind  of  pulse.  Instead  of  a  single  priest,  each  god  has  the 
attendance  of  a  college,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  chief  priest;  * 
when  one  of  these  dies,  his  son  is  appointed  in  his  room. 

38.  Male  kine  are  reckoned  to  belong  to  Epaphus,^  and  are 
therefore  tested  in  the  following  manner: — One  of  the  priests 
appointed  for  the  purpose  searches  to  see  if  there  is  a  single 
black  hair  on  the  whole  body,  since  in  that  case  the  beast  is 
imclean.  He  examines  him  all  over,  standing  on  his  legs,  and 
again  laid  upon  his  back;  after  which  he  takes  the  tongue  out 
of  his  mouth,  to  see  if  it  be  clean  in  respect  of  the  prescribed 
marks  (what  they  are  I  will  mention  elsewhere '');  he  also 
inspects  the  hairs  of  the  tail,  to  observe  if  they  grow  naturally. 
If  the  animal  is  pronounced  clean  in  all  these  various  points, 
the  priest  marks  him  by  twisting  a  piece  of  papyrus  round  his 
horns,  and  attaching  thereto  some  sealing-clay,  which  he  then 
stamps  with  his  own  signet-ring.®    After  this  the  beast  is  led 

•  They  were  exempt  from  taxes,  and  were  provided  with  a  daily  allow- 
ance of  meat,  com,  and  wine ;  and  when  Pharaoh,  by  the  advice  of  Joseph, 
took  all  the  land  of  the  Egyptians  in  lieu  of  com  (Gen.  xlvii.  20,  22),  the 
land  of  the  priests  was  exempt,  and  the  tax  of  the  fifth  part  of  the  produce 
was  not  levied  upon  it. 

•  Herodotus  is  quite  right  in  saying  they  were  allowed  to  drink  wine, 
and  the  assertion  of  Plutarch  that  the  kings  (who  were  also  of  the  priestly 
caste)  were  not  permitted  to  drink  it  before  the- reign  of  Psammetichus 
is  contradicted  by  the  authority  of  the  Bible  (Gen.  xl.  10,  13)  and  the 
sculptures. 

•  Though  fish  were  so  generally  eaten  by  the  rest  of  the  Egyptians,  they 
were  forbidden  to  the  priests.  The  principal  food  of  the  priests  was  beef 
and  goose,  and  the  gazelle,  ibex,  oryx,  and  wild- fowl  were  not  forbidden; 
but  they  "  abstained  from  most  sorts  of  pulse,  from  mutton,  and  swine's 
flesh,  and  in  their  more  solemn  purifications  they  even  excluded  salt  from 
their  meals."  Garlick,  leeks,  onions,  lentils,  peas,  and  above  all  beans,  are 
said  to  have  been  excluded  from  the  tables  of  the  priests. 

•  Diodorus  is  more  correct  when  he  says  that  some  only  of  the  Eg3^tians 
abstained  from  beans,  and  it  may  be  doubted  if  they  grew  in  Egypt  without 
being  sown.  The  custom  of  forbidding  beans  to  the  priests  was  borrowed 
from  Egypt  by  Pythagoras. 

»  This  is  fully  confirmed  by  the  sculptures. 

•  Epaphus,  Herodotus  says  (in  ch.  153),  is  the  Greek  name  of  Apis. 
'  Perhaps  we  have  here,  as  in  vii.  213,  a  promise  that  is  unfulfilled. 

'  The  sanction  given  for  sacrificing  a  bull  was  by  a  papyrus  band  tied 
by  the  priest  roimd  the  horns,  which  he  stamped  with  his  signet  on  sealing- 


Chap.  38-40.  Manner  of  Sacrifice  133 

away;  and  it  is  forbidden,  under  the  penalty  of  death,  to 
sacrifice  an  animal  which  has  not  been  marked  in  this  way. 

39.  The  following  is  their  manner  of  sacrifice : — They  lead  the 
victim,  marked  with  their  signet,  to  the  altar  where  they  are 
about  to  offer  it,  and  setting  the  wood  alight,  pour  a  libation  of 
wine  upon  the  altar  in  front  of  the  victim,  and  at  the  same  time 
invoke  the  god.  Then  they  slay  the  animal,  and  cutting  off 
his  head,  proceed  to  flay  the  body.  Next  they  take  the  head, 
and  heaping  imprecations  on  it,  if  there  is  a  market-place  and  a 
body  of  Greek  traders  in  the  city,  they  carry  it  there  and  sell  it 
instantly;  if,  however,  there  are  no  Greeks  among  them,  they 
throw  the  head  into  the  river.  The  imprecation  is  to  this  effect: 
— They  pray  that  if  any  evil  is  impending  either  over  those  who 
sacrifice,  or  over  universal  Egypt,  it  may  be  made  to  fall  upon 
that  head.  These  practices,  the  imprecations  upon  the  heads, 
and  the  libations  of  wine,  prevail  all  over  Egypt,  and  extend  to 
victims  of  all  sorts;  and  hence  the  Egyptians  will  never  eat 
the  head  of  any  animal. 

40.  The  disembowelling  and  burnijig  are,  however,  different 
in  different  sacrifices.  I  will  mention  the  mode  in  use  with 
respect  to  the  goddess  whom  they  regard  as  the  greatest,^  and 
honour  with  the  chiefest  festival.  When  they  have  flayed  their 
steer  they  pray,  and  when  their  prayer  is  ended  they  take  the 
paunch  of  the  animal  out  entire,  leaving  the  intestines  and  the 
fat  inside  the  body;  they  then  cut  off  the  legs,  the  ends  of  the 
loins,  the  shoulders,  and  the  neck;  and  having  so  done,  they 
fill  the  body  of  the  steer  with  clean  bread,  honey,  raisins,  figs, 
frankincense,  myrrh,  and  other  aromatics.^  Thus  filled,  they 
bum  the  body,  pouring  over  it  great  quantities  of  oil.  Before 
offering  the  sacrifice  they  fast,  and  while  the  bodies  of  the  victims 
are  being  consumed  they  beat  themselves.  Afterwards,  when 
they  have  concluded  this  part  of  the  ceremony,  they  have  the 
other  parts  of  the  victim  served  up  to  them  for  a  repast. 

clay.  Documents  sealed  with  fine  clay  and  impressed  with  a  signet  are 
very  common ;  but  the  exact  symbols  impressed  on  it  by  the  priest  on  this 
occasion  are  not  known. 

^  Herodotus  here  evidently  alludes  to  Isis,  as  he  shows  in  chs.  59,  61, 
where  he  speaks  of  her  fete  at  Busiris;  but  he  afterwards  confounds  her 
with  Athor  (ch.  41).  This  is  excusable  in  the  historian,  as  the  attributes 
of  those  two  goddesses  are  often  so  closely  connected  that  it  is  difficult  to 
distinguish  them  in  the  sculptures,  unless  their  names  are  specified.  [la 
the  Book  of  the  Dead,  Hathor  is  identified  with  Isis. — E.  H.  B.] 

*  The  custom  of  filling  the  body  with  cakes  and  various  things,  and  then 
burning  it  all,  calls  to  mind  the  Jewish  burnt  offering  (Levit.  viii.  25,  26). 


1 34  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

41.  The  male  kine,  therefore,  if  clean,  and  the  male  calves, 
are  used  for  sacrifice  by  the  Egyptians  universally;  but  the 
females  they  are  not  allowed  to  sacrifice,^  since  they  are  sacred 
to  Isis.  The  statue  of  this  goddess  has  the  form  of  a  woman 
but  with  homs  like  a  cow,  resembling  thus  the  Greek  repre- 
sentations of  lo ;  and  the  Egyptians,  one  and  all,  venerate  cows 
much  more  highly  than  any  other  animal.  This  is  the  reason 
why  no  native  of  Egypt,  whether  man  or  woman,  will  give  a 
Greek  a  kiss,^  or  use  the  knife  of  a  Greek,  or  his  spit,  or  his 
cauldron,  or  taste  the  flesh  of  an  ox,  known  to  be  pure,  if  it  has 
been  cut  with  a  Greek  knife.  When  kine  die,  the  following  is 
the  manner  of  their  sepulture: — The  females  are  thrown  into 
the  river;  the  males  are  buried  in  the  suburbs  of  the  towns, 
with  one  or  both  of  their  homs  appearing  above  the  surface  of 
the  ground  to  mark  the  place.  When  the  bodies  are  decayed, 
a  boat  comes,  at  an  appointed  time,  from  the  island  called 
Prosopitis,^ — which  is  a  portion  of  the  Delta,  nine  schoenes  in 
circumference, — and  calls  at  the  several  cities  in  turn  to  collect 
the  bones  of  the  oxen.  Prosopitis  is  a  district  containing  several 
cities;  the  name  of  that  from  which  the  boats  come  is  Atar- 
bechis.*  Venus  has  a  temple  there  of  much  sanctity.  Great 
numbers  of  men  go  forth  from  this  city  and  proceed  to  the 
other  towns,  where  they  dig  up  the  bones,  which  they  take  away 
with  them  and  bury  together  in  one  place.  The  same  practice 
prevails  with  respect  to  the  interment  of  all  other  cattle — the 
law  so  determining;  they  do  not  slaughter  any  of  them. 

42.  Such  Egyptians  as  possess  a  temple  of  the  Theban  Jove, 
or  live  in  the  Thebaic  canton,  offer  no  sheep  in  sacrifice,^  but 
only  goats;    for  the  Egyptians  do  not  all  worship  the  same 

*  In  order  to  prevent  the  breed  of  cattle  from  being  diminished:  but  some 
mysterious  reason  being  assigned  for  it,  the  people  were  led  to  respect  an 
ordonnance  which  might  not  otherwise  have  been  attended  to.  This  was 
the  general  system,  and  the  reason  of  many  things  being  held  sacred  may 
be  attributed  to  a  necessary  precaution. 

*  The  Egyptians  considered  all  foreigners  imclean,  with  whom  they  would 
not  eat,  and  particularly  the  Greeks.  "  The  Egyptians  might  not  eat  bread 
with  the  Hebrews,  for  that  is  an  abomination  unto  the  Egyptians  "  (Gren. 
xliii.  32). 

«  The  island  was  between  the  Canopic  and  Sebennytic  branches,  at  the 
fork,  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  apex  of  the  Delta.  It  was  there  that  the 
Athenians,  who  came  to  assist  the  Egyptians  against  the  Persians,  were 
besieged,  b.c.  460-458.     (Thucyd.  i.  109). 

*  Athor  being  the  Venus  of  Egypt,  Atarbechis  was  translated  Aphrodito- 
polis. 

'  Sheep  are  never  represented  on  the  altar,  or  slaughtered  for  the  table,  at 
Thebes,  though  they  were  kept  there  for  their  wooL 


Chap.  41-43.  '  Egyptian  Gods  135 

gods/  excepting  Isis  and  Osiris,  the  latter  of  whom  they  say  is  the 
Grecian  Bacchus.  Those,  on  the  contrary,  who  possess  a  temple 
dedicated  to  Mendes,*  or  belong  to  the  Mendesian  canton, 
abstain  from  offering  goats,  and  sacrifice  sheep  instead.  The 
Thebans,  and  such  as  imitate  them  in  their  practice,  give  the 
following  account  of  the  origin  of  the  custom: — "Hercules," 
they  say,  "  wished  of  all  things  to  see  Jove,  but  Jove  did  not 
choose  to  be  seen  of  him.  At  length,  when  Hercules  persisted, 
Jove  hit  on  a  device — ^to  flay  a  ram,  and,  cutting  off  his  head, 
hold  the  head  before  him,  and  cover  himself  with  the  fleece. 
In  this  guise  he  showed  himself  to  Hercules,"  Therefore  the 
Egyptians  give  their  statues  of  Jupiter  the  face  of  a  ram :  *  and 
from  them  the  practice  has  pfessed  to  the  Ammonians,  who  are 
a  joint  colony  of  Egyptians  and  Ethiopians,  speaking  a  language 
between  the  two;  hence  also,  in  my  opinion,  the  latter  people 
took  their  name  of  Ammonians,  since  the  Egyptian  name  for 
Jupiter  is  Amun.  Such,  then,  is  the  reason  why  the  Thebans 
do  not  sacrifice  rams,  but  consider  them  sacred  animals.  Upon 
one  day  in  the  year,  however,  at  the  festival  of  Jupiter,  they 
slay  a  single  ram,  and  stripping  off  the  fleece,  cover  with  it  the 
statue  of  that  god,  as  he  once  covered  himself,  and  then  bring 
up  to  the  statue  of  Jove  an  image  of  Hercules.  "WTien  this  has 
been  done,  the  whole  assembly  beat  their  breasts  in  mourning 
for  the  ram,  and  afterwards  bury  him  in  a  holy  sepulchre. 

43.  The  account  which  I  received  of  this  Hercules  makes  him 
one  of  the  twelve  gods.*  Of  the  other  Hercules,  v/ith  whom  the 
Greeks  are  familiar,  I  could  hear  nothing  in  any  part  of  Egypt. 
That  the  Greeks,  however  (those  I  mean  who  gave  the  son  of 
Amphitryon  that  name),  took  the  name  ^  from  the  Egyptians, 
and  not  the  Egyptians  from  the  Greeks,®  is  I  think  clearly 

*  Though  each  city  had  its  presiding  deity,  many  others  of  neighbouring 
and  of  distant  towns  were  also  admitted  to  its  temples  as  contemplar  gods, 
and  none  were  positively  excluded  except  some  local  divinities,  and  certain 
animals,  whose  sanctity  was  confined  to  particular  places. 

*  The  mounds  of  Ashmoun,  on  the  canal  leading  to  Minzaleh,  mark  the 
site  of  Mendes.     The  Greeks  considered  Pan  to  be  both  Mendes  and  Khem. 

•  The  god  Noum  (Nou,  Noub,  or  Nef),  with  a  ram's  head,  answered  to 
Jupiter  (Zeus).  [See  Renouf,  Lectures  en  Egyptian  Religion  (1879),  P-  iQQ- 
— E.  H.  B.] 

*  The  Egyptian  Hercules  was  the  abstract  idea  of  divine  power,  and  it  is 
not  therefore  siirprising  that  Herodotus  could  learn  nothing  of  the  Greek 
Hercules,  who  was  a  hero  unknown  in  Egypt. 

•  Herodotus,  who  derived  his  knowledge  ©f  the  Egyptian  religion  from 
the  professional  interpreters,  seetas  to  have  regarded  the  word  "  Hercules  " 
as  Egyptian.  It  is  scarcely  nece%>sary  to  say  that  no  Egyptian  god  has  a 
name  from  which  that  of  Hercules  can  by  any  possibility  have  been  formed. 

•  The  tendency  of  the  Greeks  to  claim  an  indigenous  origin  for  the  deities 


136  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

proved,  among  other  arguments,  by  the  fact  that  both  the 

parents  of  Hercules,  Amphitryon  as  well  as  Alcmena,  were  of 

Egyptian  origin.     Again,  the  Egyptians  disclaim  all  knowledge 

of  the  names  of  Neptune  and  the  Dioscuri,  and  do  not  include 

them  in  the  number  of  their  gods;    but  had  they  adopted 

the  name  of  any  god  from  the  Greeks,  these  would  have  been 

the  likeliest  to  obtain  notice,  since  the  Egyptians,  as  I  am  well 

convinced,  practised  navigation  at  that  time,  and  the  Greeks 

also  were  some  of  them  mariners,  so  that  they  would  have  been 

more  likely  to  know  the  names  of  these  gods  than  that  of 

Hercules.     But  the  Egyptian  Hercules  is  one  of  their  ancient 

gods.     Seventeen  thousand  years  before  the  reign  of  Amasis, 

the  twelve  gods  were,  they  affii^,  produced  from  the  eight: 

and  of  these  twelve,  Hercules  is  one. 

44.  In  the  wish  to  get  the  best  information  that  I  could  on 

these  matters,  I  made  a  voyage  to  Tyre  in  Phoenicia,  hearing 

there  was  a  temple  of  Hercules  at  that  place,^  very  highly 

venerated.     I  visited  the  temple,  and  found  it  richly  adorned 

with  a  number  of  offerings,  among  which  were  two  pillars,  one 

of  pure  gold,  the  other  of  emerald,^  shining  with  great  brilliancy 

at  night.    In  a  conversation  which  I  held  with  the  priests,  I 

inquired  how  long  their  temple  had  been  built,  and  found  bj 

their  answer  that  they,  too,  differed  from  the  Greeks.    They 

said  that  the  temple  was  built  at  the  same  time  that  the  city 

was  founded,  and  that  the  foundation  of  the  city  took  place  two 

thousand  three  hundred  years  ago.     In  Tyre  I  remarked  another 

temple  where  the  same  god  was  worshipped  as  the  Thasian 

Hercules.    So  I  went  on  to  Thasos,^  where  I  found  a  temple  of 

Hercules  which  had  been  built  by  the  Phoenicians  who  colonised 

that  island  when  they  sailed  in  search  of  Europa.    Even  this 

was  five  generations  earlier  than  the  time  when  Hercules,  son 

of  Amphitryon,  was  bom  in  Greece.    These  researches  show 

plainly  that  there  is  an  ancient  god  Hercules;    and  my  own 

they  borrowed  from  strangers,  and  to  substitute  physical  for  abstract 
beings,  readily  led  them  to  invent  the  story  of  Hercules,  and  every  digitus 
vindice  nodus  was  cut  by  the  interposition  of  his  marvellous  strength. 

1  The  temple  of  Hercules  at  Tyre  was  very  ancient,  and,  according  to 
Herodotus,  as  old  as  the  city  itself,  or  2300  years  before  his  time,  i.e.  about 
2755  B.c.  Hercules  presided  over  it  under  the  title  of  Melkarth,  or  Melek- 
Kartha,  "  king  "  (lord)  of  the  city. 

*  It  was  probably  of  glass,  which  is  known  to  have  been  made  in  Egypt  at 
least  3800  years  ago,  having  been  found  bearing  the  name  of  a  Pharaoh 
of  the  1 8  th  dynasty. 

'  Thasos,  which  still  retains  its  name,  is  a  small  island  ofi  the  Thracian 
coast. 


Chap.  44-47.  HcFCuleS  I  37 

opinion  is,  that  those  Greeks  act  most  wisely  who  build  and 
maintain  two  temples  of  Hercules,  in  the  one  of  which  the 
Hercules  worshipped  is  known  by  the  name  of  Olympian,  and 
has  sacrifice  offered  to  him  as  an  immortal,  while  in  the  other 
the  honours  paid  are  such  as  are  due  to  a  hero. 

45.  The  Greeks  tell  many  tales  without  due  investigation, 
and  among  them  the  following  silly  fable  respecting  Hercules: 
— "  Hercules,"  they  say,  "  went  once  to  Egypt,  and  there  the 
inhabitants  took  lum,  and  putting  a  chaplet  on  his  head,  led 
him  out  in  solemn  procession,  intending  to  offer  him  a  sacrifice 
to  Jupiter.  For  a  while  he  submitted  quietly;  but  when  they 
led  him  up  to  the  altar  and  began  the  ceremonies,  he  put  forth 
his  strength  and  slew  them  all."  Now  to  me  it  seems  that  such 
a  story  proves  the  Greeks  to  be  utterly  ignorant  of  the  char- 
acter and  customs  of  the  people.  The  Egyptians  do  not  think 
it  allowable  even  to  sacrifice  cattle,  excepting  sheep,  and  the 
male  kine  and  calves,  provided  they  be  pure,  and  also  geese. 
How,  then,  can  it  be  believed  that  they  would  sacrifice  men  ?  ^ 
And  again,  how  would  it  have  been  possible  for  Hercules  alone, 
and,  as  they  confess,  a  mere  mortal,  to  destroy  so  many  thou- 
sands? In  saying  thus  much  concerning  these  matters,  may  I 
incur  no  displeasure  either  of  god  or  hero  1 

46.  I  mentioned  above  that  some  of  the  Egyptians  abstain 
from  sacrificing  goats,  either  male  or  female.  The  reason  is  the 
following: — These  Egyptians,  who  are  the  Mendesians,  consider 
Pan  to  be  one  of  the  eight  gods  who  existed  before  the  twelve, 
and  Pan  is  represented  in  Egypt  by  the  painters  and  the  sculp- 
tors, just  as  he  is  in  Greece,  with  the  face  and  legs  of  a  goat. 
They  do  not,  however,  believe  this  to  be  his  shape,  or  consider 
him  in  any  respect  unlike  the  other  gods;  but  they  represent 
him  thus  for  a  reason  which  I  prefer  not  to  relate.  The  Men- 
desians hold  all  goats  in  veneration,  but  the  male  more  than  the 
female,  giving  the  goatherds  of  the  males  especial  honour.  One 
is  venerated  more  highly  than  all  the  rest,  and  when  he  dies 
there  is  a  great  mourning  throughout  aU  the  Mendesian  canton. 
In  Egyptian,  the  goat  and  Pan  are  both  called  Mendes. 

47.  The  pig  is  regarded  among  them  as  an  unclean  animal,  so 
much  so  that  if  a  man  in  passing  accidentally  touch  a  pig,  he 
instantly  hurries  to  the  river,  and  plunges  in  with  all  his  clothes 

*  Herodotus  here  denies,  with  reason,  the  possibility  of  a  people  with 
laws,  and  a  character  like  those  of  the  Egyptians,  having  human  sacrifices. 
This  very  aptly  refutes  the  idle  tales  of  some  ancient  authors. 


138  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

on.  Hence,  too,  the  swineherds,  notwithstanding  that  they  are 
of  pure  Egyptian  blood,  are  forbidden  to  enter  into  any  of  the 
temples,  which  are  open  to  all  other  Egyptians;  and  further,  no 
one  will  give  his  daughter  in  marriage  to  a  swineherd,  or  take 
a  wife  from  among  them,  so  that  the  swineherds  are  forced  to 
intermarry  among  themselves.  They  do  not  offer  swine  ^  in 
sacrifice  to  any  of  their  gods,  excepting  Bacchus  and  the  Moon, 
whom  they  honour  in  this  way  at  the  same  time,  sacrificing  pigs 
to  both  of  them  at  the  same  full  moon,  and  afterwards  eating  of 
the  flesh.  There  is  a  reason  alleged  by  them  for  their  detesta- 
tion of  swine  at  all  other  seasons,  and  their  use  of  them  at  this 
festival,  with  which  I  am  well  acquainted,  but  which  I  do  not 
think  it  proper  to  mention.  The  following  is  the  mode  in  which 
they  sacrifice  the  swine  to  the  Moon: — As  soon  as  the  victim  is 
slain,  the  tip  of  the  tail,  the  spleen,  and  the  caul  are  put  together, 
and  having  been  covered  with  all  the  fat  that  has  been  found  in 
the  animal's  belly,  are  straightway  burnt.  The  remainder  of 
the  flesh  is  eaten  on  the  same  day  that  the  sacrifice  is  offered, 
which  is  the  day  of  the  full  moon:  at  any  other  time  they 
would  not  so  much  as  taste  it.  The  poorer  sort,  who  cannot 
afford  live  pigs,  form  pigs  of  dough,  which  they  bake  and  offer 
in  sacrifice. 

48.  To  Bacchus,  on  the  eve  of  his  feast,  every  Egyptian 
sacrifices  a  hog  before  the  door  of  his  house,  which  is  then  given 
back  to  the  swineherd  by  whom  it  was  furnished,  and  by  him 
carried  away.  In  other  respects  the  festival  is  celebrated  almost 
exactly  as  Bacchic  festivals  are  in  Greece,  excepting  that  the 
Egyptians  have  no  choral  dances.  They  also  use  instead  of 
phalli  another  invention,  consisting  of  images  a  cubit  high, 
pulled  by  strings,  which  the  women  carry  round  to  the  villages. 
A  piper  goes  in  front,^  and  the  women  fellow,  singing  hymns  in 
honour  of  Bacchus.  They  give  a  religious  reason  for  the 
peculiarities  of  the  image. 

49.  Melampus,  the  son  of  Amytheon,  cannot  (I  think)  have 
been  ignorant  of  this  ceremony — ^nay,  he  must,  I  should  con- 
ceive, have  been  well  acquainted  with  it.     He  it  was  who  intro- 

*  The  pig  is  rarely  represented  in  the  sculptures  of  Thebes.  The  flesh  was 
forbidden  to  the  priests,  and  to  all  initiated  in  the  mysteries,  and  it  seems 
only  to  have  been  allowed  to  others  once  a  year  at  the  fete  of  the  full  moon, 
when  it  was  sacrificed  to  the  Moon.  The  reason  of  the  meat  not  being  eaten 
was  its  imwholesomeness,  on  which  account  it  was  forbidden  to  the  Jews 
and  Moslems;  and  the  prejudice  naturally  extended  from  the  animal  to 
those  who  kept  it. 

•  The  instrimient  used  was  probably  the  double-pipe. 


Chap.  48-50.  MclampUS  1 39 

duced  into  Greece  the  name  of  Bacchus,  the  ceremonial  of  his 
worship,  and  the  procession  of  the  phallus.  He  did  not,  how- 
ever, so  completely  apprehend  the  whole  doctrine  as  to  be  able 
to  communicate  it  entirely,  but  various  sages  since  his  time  have 
carried  out  his  teaching  to  greater  perfection.  Still  it  is  certain 
that  Melampus  introduced  the  phallus,  and  that  the  Greeks 
learnt  from  him  the  ceremonies  which  they  now  practise.  I 
therefore  maintain  that  Melampus,  who  was  a  wise  man,  and 
had  acquired  the  art  of  divination,  having  become  acquainted 
with  the  worship  of  Bacchus  through  knowledge  derived  from 
Egypt,  introduced  it  into  Greece,  with  a  few  slight  changes,  at 
the  same  time  that  he  brought  in  various  other  practices.  For 
I  can  by  no  means  allow  that  it  is  by  mere  coincidence  that  the 
Bacchic  ceremonies  in  Greece  are  so  nearly  the  same  as  the 
Egyptian — they  would  then  have  been  more  Greek  in  their 
character,  and  less  recent  in  their  origin.  Much  less  can  I 
admit  that  the  Egyptians  borrowed  these  customs,  or  any  other, 
from  the  Greeks.  My  belief  is  that  Melampus  got  his  know- 
ledge of  them  from  Cadmus  the  Tyrian,  and  the  followers  whom 
he  brought  from  Phoenicia  into  the  country  which  is  now  called 
Boeotia. 

50.  Almost  all  the  names  of  the  gods  came  into  Greece  from 
Egypt.^  My  inquiries  prove  that  they  were  all  derived  from  a 
foreign  source,  and  my  opinion  is  that  Egypt  furnished  the 
greater  number.  For  with  the  exception  of  Neptune  and  the 
Dioscuri,  whom  I  mentioned  above,  and  Juno,  Vesta,  Themis, 
the  Graces,  and  the  Nereids,  the  other  gods  have  been  known 
from  time  immemorial  in  Egypt.  This  I  assert  on  the  authority 
of  the  Egyptians  themselves.  The  gods,  with  whose  names 
they  profess  themselves  unacquainted,  the  Greeks  received,  I 
believe,  from  the  Pelasgi,  except  Neptune.  Of  him  they  got 
their  knowledge  from  the  Libyans,*  by  whom  he  has  been 
always  honoured,  and  who  were  anciently  the  only  people  that 
had  a  god  of  the  name.  The  Egyptians  differ  from  the  Greeks 
also  in  paying  no  divine  honours  to  heroes.^ 

*  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Greeks  borrowed  sometimes  the  names, 
sometimes  the  attributes,  of  their  deities  from  Egypt;  but  when  Herodotus 
says  the  names  of  the  Greek  gods  were  always  known  in  Egj^jt,  it  is  evident 
that  he  does  not  mean  they  were  the  same  as  the  Greek,  '•ince  he  gives  in 
other  places  (chs.  42,  59,  138,  144,  156)  the  Egyptian  name  to  which 
those  very  gods  agree,  whom  he  mentions  in  Egypt. 

« Cf.  iv.  188. 

•  No  Egyptian  god  was  supposed  to  have  lived  on  earth  as  a  mere  man 
afterwards  deified.    The  religion  of  the  Egyptians  was  the  worship  of  the 


140  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

51.  Besides  these  which  have  been  here  mentioned,  there  are 
many  other  practices  whereof  I  shall  speak  hereafter,  which  the 
Greeks  have  borrowed  from  Egypt. ^  The  peculiarity,  however, 
which  they  observe  in  their  statues  of  Mercury  they  did  not 
derive  from  the  Egyptians,  but  from  the  Pelasgi ;  from  them  the 
Athenians  first  adopted  it,  and  afterwards  it  passed  from  the 
Athenians  to  the  other  Greeks.  For  just  at  the  time  when  the 
Athenians  were  entering  into  the  Hellenic  body,  the  Pelasgi 
came  to  live  with  them  in  their  country ,2  whence  it  was  that 
the  latter  came  first  to  be  regarded  as  Greeks.  WTioever  has 
been  initiated  into  the  mysteries  of  the  Cabiri  ^  will  understand 
what  I  mean.  The  Samothracians  received  these  mysteries 
from  the  Pelasgi,  who,  before  they  went  to  live  in  Attica,  were 
dwellers  in  Samothrace,  and  imparted  their  religious  ceremonies 
to  the  inhabitants.  The  Athenians,  then,  who  were  the  first  of 
all  the  Greeks  to  make  their  statues  of  Mercury  in  this  way, 
learnt  the  practice  from  the  Pelasgians;  and  by  this  people  a 
religious  account  of  the  matter  is  given,  which  is  explained  in 
the  Samothracian  mysteries.  1 

52.  In  early  times  the  Pelasgi,  as  I  know  by  informationL;' 
which  I  got  at  Dodona,  offered  sacrifices  of  all  kinds,  and  prayedsa^ 
to  the  gods,  but  had  no  distinct  names  or  appellations  for  them 
since  they  had  never  heard  of  any.  They  called  them  god; 
(^€01,  disposers),  because  they  had  disposed  and  arranged  a 
things  in  such  a  beautiful  order.*  After  a  long  lapse  of  tim 
the  names  of  the  gods  came  to  Greece  from  Egypt,  and  th 
Pelasgi  learnt  them,  only  as  yet  they  knew  nothing  of  Bacchu 
of  whom  they  first  heard  at  a  much  later  date.    Not  long  afte 

Deity  in  all  his  attributes,  and  in  those  things  which  were  thought  tr 
partake  of  his  essence;  but  they  did  not  transfer  a  mortal  man  to  his  place] 
though  they  allowed  a  king  to  pay  divine  honours  to  a  deceased  predecessor] 
or  even  to  himself,  his  human  doiug  homage  to  his  divine  nature.  ] 

*  Herodotus  expressly  gives  it  as  his  opinion  that  nearly  aU  the  names 
of  the  gods  were  derived  from  Egypt,  and  shows  that  their  ceremonic 
(chs.  81,  82)  and  science  come  from  the  same  source. 

*  The  Pelasgi  here  intended  are  the  Tyrrhenian  Pelasgi,  who  are  men-] 
tioned  again,  iv.  145,  and  vi.  138. 

*  Nothing  is  known  for  certain  respecting  the  Cabiri.     Most  authoritie 
agree  that  they  varied  in  number,  and  that  their  worship,  which  was  verj 
ancient  iu  Samothrace  and  in  Phrygia,  was  carried  to  Greece  from  the 
former  by  the  Pelasgi.     They  were  also  worshipped  at  an  early  time  ii 
Lemnos  and  Imbros. 

*  The  same  derivation  is  given  by  Eustathius  and  by  Clement  of  Alex-j 
andria;   but  the  more  general  belief  of  the  Greeks  derived  the  word  ßei. 
from  deiv,  "  to  run"  because  the  gods  first  worshipped  were   the  si 
moon,  and  stars.     Both  these  derivations  are  purely  fanciful. 


Chap.  5i-54  Origin  of  thc  Gods  141 

the  arrival  of  the  names  they  sent  to  consult  the  oracle  at 
Dodona  about  them.  This  is  the  most  ancient  oracle  in  Greece, 
and  at  that  time  there  was  no  other.  To  their  question, 
"  Whether  they  should  adopt  the  names  that  had  been  imported 
from  the  foreigners?  "  the  oracle  replied  by  recommending  their 
use.  Thenceforth  in  their  sacrifices  the  Pelasgi  made  use  of 
the  names  of  the  gods,  and  from  them  the  names  passed  after- 
wards to  the  Greeks. 

53.  Whence  the  gods  severally  sprang,  whether  or  no  they 
had  all  existed  from  eternity,  what  forms  they  bore — these  are 
questions  of  which  the  Greeks  knew  nothing  until  the  other  day, 
so  to  speak.  For  Homer  and  Hesiod  were  the  first  to  compose 
Theogonies,  and  give  the  gods  their  epithets,  to  allot  them  their 
several  offices  and  occupations,  and  describe  their  forms;  and 
they  lived  but  four  hundred  years  before  my  time,^  as  I  believe. 
As  for  the  poets  who  are  thought  by  some  to  be  earlier  than 
these,2  they  are,  in  my  judgment,  decidedly  later  writers.  In 
these  matters  I  have  the  authority  of  the  priestesses  of  Dodona 
for  the  former  portion  of  my  statements;  what  I  have  said  of 
Homer  and  Hesiod  is  my  own  opinion. 

54.  The  following  tale  is  commonly  told  in  Egypt  concerning 
the  oracle  of  Dodona  in  Greece,  and  that  of  Ammon  in  Libya. 
My  informants  on  the  point  were  the  priests  of  Jupiter  at 
Thebes.  They  said  "  that  two  of  the  sacred  women  were  once 
carried  off  from  Thebes  by  the  Phoenicians,^  and  that  the  story 
went  that  one  of  them  was  sold  into  Libya,  and  the  other  into 
Greece,  and  these  women  were  the  first  founders  of  the  oracles 
in  the  two  countries."  On  my  inquiring  how  they  came  to 
know  so  exactly  what  became  of  the  women,  they  answered, 
"  that  diligent  search  had  been  made  after  them  at  the  time, 
but  that  it  had  not  been  found  possible  to  discover  where  they 

*  The  date  of  Homer  has  been  variously  stated.  It  is  plain  from  the 
expressions  which  Herodotus  here  uses  that  in  his  time  the  general  behef 
assigned  to  Homer  an  earUer  date  than  that  which  he  considered  the  true 
one.  His  date  would  place  the  poet  about  b.c.  880-830,  which  is  very 
nearly  the  mean  between  the  earhest  and  the  latest  epochs  that  are  assigned 
to  him.  The  time  of  Hesiod  is  even  more  doubtful,  if  possible,  than  that 
of  his  brother-poet.  He  was  made  before  Homer,  after  him,  and  contem- 
porary with  him.  Internal  evidence  and  the  weight  of  authority  are  in 
favour  of  the  view  which  assigns  him  a  comparatively  late  date. 

*  The  "  poets  thought  by  some  to  be  earher  than  Homer  and  Hesiod  " 
are  probably  the  mystic  writers,  Olen,  Linus,  Orpheus,  Musasus,  Pamphos, 
Olympus,  etc.,  who  were  generally  accounted  by  the  Greeks  anterior  to 
Homer,  but  seem  really  to  have  belonged  to  a  later  age. 

»  This  carrying  off  priestesses  from  Thebes  is  of  course  a  fable. 


142  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

were;  afterwards,  however,  they  received  the  information  which 
they  had  given  me." 

55.  This  was  what  I  heard  from  the  priests  at  Thebes;  at 
Dodona,  however,  the  women  who  deliver  the  oracles  relate  the 
matter  as  follows: — "  Two  black  doves  flew  away  from  Egyptian 
Thebes,  and  while  one  directed  its  flight  to  Libya,  the  other 
came  to  them.^  She  alighted  on  an  oak,  and  sitting  there  began 
to  speak  with  a  human  voice,  and  told  them  that  on  the  spot 
where  she  was,  there  should  thenceforth  be  an  oracle  of  Jove. 
They  understood  the  announcement  to  be  from  heaven,  so  they 
set  to  work  at  once  and  erected  the  shrine.  The  dove  which 
flew  to  Libya  bade  the  Libyans  to  establish  there  the  oracle  of 
Ammon."  This  likewise  is  an  oracle  of  Jupiter.  The  persons 
from  whom  I  received  these  particulars  were  three  priestesses 
of  the  Dodonaeans,  the  eldest  Promeneia,  the  next  Timarete, 
and  the  youngest  Nicandra — what  they  said  was  confirmed  by 
the  other  Dodonseans  who  dwell  around  the  temple.^ 

56.  My  own  opinion  of  these  matters  is  as  follows: — I  think 
that,  if  it  be  true  that  the  Phoenicians  carried  off  the  holy 
women,  and  sold  them  for  slaves,^  the  one  into  Libya  and  the 
other  into  Greece,  or  Pelasgia  (as  it  was  then  called),  this  last 
must  have  been  sold  to  the  Thespro tians.  Afterwards,  while 
undergoing  servitude  in  those  parts,  she  built  under  a  real  oak 
a  temple  to  Jupiter,  her  thoughts  in  her  new  abode  reverting — 
as  it  was  likely  they  would  do,  if  she  had  been  an  attendant  in 
a  temple  of  Jupiter  at  Thebes — to  that  particular  god.  Then, 
having  acquired  a  knowledge  of  the  Greek  tongue,  she  set  up  an 
oracle.  She  also  mentioned  that  her  sister  had  been  sold  for  a 
slave  into  Libya  by  the  same  persons  as  herself. 

57.  The  Dodonaeans  called  the  women  doves  because  they 
were  foreigners,  and  seemed  to  them  to  make  a  noise  like  birds. 
After  a  while  the  dove  spoke  with  a  human  voice,  because  the 
woman,  whose  foreign  talk  had  previously  sounded  to  them  like 
the  chattering  of  a  bird,  acquired  the  power  of  speaking  what 
they  could  understand.  For  how  can  it  be  conceived  possible 
that  a  dove  should  really  speak  with  the  voice  of  a  man? 
Lastly,  by  calling  the  dove  black  the  Dodonaeans  indicated  that 

*  The  idea  of  women  giving  out  oracles  is  Greek,  not  Egyptian. 

"  The  Temple  of  Dodona  was  destroyed  b.c.  219  by  Dorimachus  when, 
being  chosen  general  of  the  ^tolians,  he  ravaged  Epirus.  (Polyb.  iv.  67.) 
No  remains  of  it  now  exist. 

'  Cf.  Joel  iii.  6,  where  the  Tyrians  are  said  to  have  sold  Jewish  children 
"  to  the  Grecians."  [R.V.  '*  Sons  oi  the  Grecians,"  i.e.  men  of  Greek 
descent.— E.  H.  B.] 


Chap.  55-60.  Solcmn  Assemblics  143 

the  woman  was  an  Egyptian.  And  certainly  the  character  of 
the  oracles  at  Thebes  and  Dodona  is  very  similar.  Besides  this 
form  of  divination,  the  Greeks  learnt  also  divination  by  means 
of  victims  from  the  Egyptians. 

58.  The  Egyptians  were  also  the  first  to  introduce  solemn 
assemblies/  processions,  and  litanies  to  the  gods;  of  all  which 
the  Greeks  were  taught  the  use  by  them.  It  seems  to  me  a 
sufficient  proof  of  this,  that  in  Egypt  these  practices  have  been 
established  from  remote  antiquity,  while  in  Greece  they  are 
only  recently  known. 

59.  The  Egyptians  do  not  hold  a  single  solemn  assembly,  but 
several  in  the  course  of  the  year.  Of  these  the  chief,  which  is 
better  attended  than  any  other,  is  held  at  the  city  of  Bubastis  ' 
in  honour  of  Diana.*  The  next  in  importance  is  that  which 
takes  place  at  Busiris,  a  city  situated  in  the  very  middle  of  the 
Delta;  it  is  in  honour  of  Isis,  who  is  called  in  the  Greek  tongue 
Demeter  (Ceres).  There  is  a  third  great  festival  in  Sais  to 
Minerva,  a  fourth  in  Heliopolis  to  the  Sun,  a  fifth  in  Buto  *  to 
Latona,  and  a  sixth  in  Paprerais  to  Mars. 

60.  The  following  are  the  proceedings  on  occasion  of  the 
assembly  at  Bubastis: — Men  and  women  come  sailing  all  to- 
gether, vast  numbers  in  each  boat,  many  of  the  women  with 
castanets,  which  they  strike,  while  some  of  the  men  pipe  during 
the  whole  time  of  the  voyage;  the  remainder  of  the  voyagers, 
male  and  female,  sing  the  while,  and  make  a  clapping  with  their 
hands.  When  they  arrive  opposite  any  of  the  towns  upon  the 
banks  of  the  stream,  they  approach  the  shore,  and,  while  some 
of  the  women  continue  to  play  and  sing,  others  call  aloud  to  the 
females  of  the  place  and  load  them  with  abuse,  while  a  certain 
number  dance,  and  some  standing  up  uncover  themselves. 
After  proceeding  in  this  way  all  along  the  river-course,  they 
reach  Bubastis,  where  they  celebrate  the  feast  with  abundant 

^  "  Solemn  assemblies  "  were  numerous  in  Egypt,  and  were  of  various 
kinds.  The  grand  assemblies,  or  great  panegyrics,  were  held  in  the  large 
halls  of  the  principal  temples,  and  the  king  presided  at  them  in  person. 
There  were  inferior  panegyries  in  honour  of  different  deities  every  day 
during  certain  months. 

*  Bubastis,  or  Pasht,  corresponded  to  the  Greek  Artemis.  Remains  of 
the  temple  and  city  of  Bubastis,  the  "  Pibeseth  "  (Pi-basth)  of  Ezekiel 
XXX.  17,  are  stül  seen  at  Tel  Basta,  "  the  mounds  of  Pasht."  [See  En- 
cychpadia  Biblica,  vol.  iii.,  s.v.  Pibeseth.  Bubastis  was  the  centre  of 
Egyptian  cat-worship. — E.  H.  B.] 

*  Herodotus  (infra,  ch.  156)  supposes  her  the  daughter  of  Bacchus 
(Osiris)  and  Isis,  which  is,  of  course,  an  error,  as  Osiris  had  no  daughta. 

*  The  Goddess  mentioned  at  Bubastis  should  be  Buto. 

1405  F 


144  T'he  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii 

sacrifices.  More  grape-wine  ^  is  consumed  at  this  festival  than 
in  all  the  rest  of  the  year  besides.  The  number  of  those  who 
attend,  counting  only  the  men  and  women  and  omitting  the 
children,  amounts,  according  to  the  native  reports,  to  seven 
hundred  thousand. 

6i.  The  ceremonies  at  the  feast  of  Isis  in  the  city  of  Busiris  ' 
have  been  already  spoken  of.  It  is  there  that  the  whole  multi- 
tude, both  of  men  and  women,  many  thousands  in  number,  beat 
themselves  at  the  close  of  the  sacrifice,  in  honour  of  a  god, 
whose  name  a  religious  scruple  forbids  me  to  mention.'  The 
Carian  dweUers  in  Egypt  proceed  on  this  occasion  to  still 
greater  lengths,  even  cutting  their  faces  with  their  knives/ 
whereby  they  let  it  be  seen  that  they  are  not  Egyptians  but 
foreigners. 

62.  At  Sais,^  when  the  assembly  takes  place  for  the  sacrifices, 
there  is  one  night  on  which  the  inhabitants  all  bum  a  multitude 
of  lights  in  the  open  air  round  their  houses.  They  use  lamps 
in  the  shape  of  flat  saucers  filled  with  a  mixture  of  oil  and  salt,* 
on  the  top  of  which  the  wick  floats.  These  bum  the  whole 
night,  and  give  to  the  festival  the  name  of  the  Feast  of  Lamps. 
Tne  Egyptians  who  are  absent  from  the  festival  observe  the 
night  of  the  sacrifice,  no  less  than  the  rest,  by  a  general  lighting 
of  lamps;  so  that  the  illumination  is  not  confined  to  the  city  of 
Sais,  but  extends  over  the  whole  of  Egypt.  And  there  is  a 
religious  reason  assigned  for  the  special  honour  paid  to  this 
night,  as  well  as  for  the  illumination  which  accompanies  it. 

63.  At  Hehopolis  and  Buto  the  assemblies  are  merely  for  the 
purpose  of  sacrifice;    but  at  Papremis,'  besides  the  sacrifices 

*  This  is  to  be  disting^iished  from  beer,  olvoi  KpLdivos,  "  barley- wine," 
both  of  which  were  made  in  great  quantities  in  Eg3rpt. 

•  There  were  several  places  called  Busiris  in  Eg\'pt.  It  signifies  the  burial 
place  of  Osiris.  The  Busiris  mentioned  by  Herodotus  stood  [in  the  Delta] 
a  little  to  the  S.  of  the  modern  Abooseer,  the  Coptic  Busiri,  of  which 
aothing  now  remains  but  some  granite  blocks. 

•  This  was  Osiris. 

*  The  custom  of  cutting  themselves  was  not  Egyptian;  and  it  is  there- 
fore evident  that  the  ccromand  in  Leviticus  (xix.  28;  xxi.  5)  against 
making  "  any  cuttings  in  their  fiesh  "  was  not  directed  against  a  custom 
derived  from  Egypt,  but  from  Syria,  where  the  worshippers  of  Baal  "  cut 
themselves  after  their  manner  with  knives  and  lances,"  i  Kings  xviii.  28. 

*  The  site  of  Sais  is  marked  by  lofty  mounds,  enclosing  a  space  of  great 
extent. 

•  The  oil  floated  on  water  mixed  with  salt. 

^  Papremis  is  not  known  in  the  sculptures  as  the  name  of  the  Egyptian 
Mars;  and  it  may  only  have  been  that  of  the  city,  the  capital  of  a  nom« 
(cb.  165)  which  stood  between  the  modem  Menzalch  and  Damietta  in  the 


c«AF.  61-64.  Festival  at  Papremis  145 

and  other  rites  which  are  perfonned  there  as  elsewhere,  the  fol- 
lowing custom  is  observed: — When  the  sun  is  getting  low,  a  few 
only  of  the  priests  continue  occupied  about  the  image  of  the 
god,  while  the  greater  number,  armed  with  wooden  clubs,  take 
their  station  at  the  portal  of  the  temple.  Opposite  to  them  is 
drawn  up  a  body  of  men,  in  number  above  a  thousand,  armed, 
like  the  others,  with  clubs,  consisting  of  persons  engaged  in  the 
performance  of  their  vows.  The  image  of  the  god,  which  is  kept 
in  a  small  wooden  shrine  covered  with  plates  of  gold,  is  con- 
veyed from  the  temple  into  a  second  sacred  building  the  day 
before  the  festival  begins.  The  few  priests  still  in  attendance 
upon  the  image  place  it,  together  with  the  shrine  containing  it, 
on  a  four-wheeled  car,  and  begin  to  drag  it  along;  the  others, 
stationed  at  the  gateway  of  ^e  temple,  oppose  its  admission. 
Then  the  votaries  come  forward  to  espouse  the  quarrel  of  the 
god,  and  set  upon  the  opponents,  who  are  sure  to  offer  resistance 
A  sharp  fight  with  clubs  ensues,  in  which  heads  are  commonly 
broken  on  both  sides.  Many,  I  am  convinced,  die  of  the  wounds 
that  they  receive,  though  the  Egyptians  insist  that  no  one  is 
ever  killed. 

64-  The  natives  give  the  subjoined  account  of  this  festival. 
They  say  that  the  mother  of  the  god  Mars  once  dwelt  in  the 
temple.  Brought  up  at  a  distance  from  his  parent,  when  he 
grew  to  man's  estate  he  conceived  a  wish  to  visit  her.  Accord- 
ingly he  came,  but  the  attendants,  who  had  never  seen  Httti 
before,  refused  him  entrance,  and  succeeded  in  keeping  him  out. 
So  he  went  to  another  city  and  collected  a  body  of  men,  with 
whose  aid  he  handled  the  attendants  very  roughly,  and  forced 
his  way  in  to  his  mother.  Hence  they  say  arose  the  custom  of 
a  fight  with  sticks  in  honour  of  Mars  at  this  festival. 

TTie  Eg\'ptians  first  made  it  a  point  of  religion  to  have  no 
converse  with  women  in  the  sacred  places,  and  not  to  enter 
them  without  washing,  after  such  converse.  Almost  all  other 
nations,  except  the  Greeks  and  the  Egyptians,  act  differently, 
regarding  man  as  in  this  matter  under  no  other  law  than  t£e 
brutes.  Many  animals,  they  say,  and  various  kinds  of  birds, 
may  be  seen  to  couple  in  the  temples  and  the  sacred  precincts, 
which  would  certainly  not  happen  if  the  gods  were  displeased 

Delta.  It  was  ha-e  that  Inaros  routed  the  Persians  finft-a,  in.  12) ;  and  it 
is  remarkable  that  in  this  very  island,  formed  by  the  old  Mendesian  and 
the  modem  Damietta  branches,  the  Crusades  were  defeated  in  1220,  and 
again  in  1249,  when  Louis  IX.  was  taken  prisoner. 


146  The  History  of  Heroaotus       book  11. 

at  it.  Such  are  the  arguments  by  which  they  defend  their 
practice,  but  I  nevertheless  can  by  no  means  approve  of  it.  In 
these  points  the  Egyptians  are  specially  careful,  as  they  are 
indeed  in  everything  which  concerns  their  sacred  edifices. 

65.  Egypt,  though  it  borders  upon  Libya,  is  not  a  region 
abounding  in  wild  animals.^  The  animals  that  do  exist  in  the 
country,  whether  domesticated  or  otherwise,  are  all  regarded  as 
sacred.  If  I  were  to  explain  why  they  are  consecrated  to  the 
several  gods,  I  should  be  led  to  speak  of  religious  matters,  which 
I  particularly  shrink  from  mentioning;  the  points  whereon  I 
have  touched  slightly  hitherto  have  all  been  introduced  from 
sheer  necessity.  Their  custom  with  respect  to  animals  is  as 
follows: — For  every  kind  there  are  appointed  certain  guardians, 
some  male,  some  female,^  whose  business  it  is  to  look  after 
them;  and  this  honour  is  made  to  descend  from  father  to  son. 
The  inhabitants  of  the  various  cities,  when  they  have  made  a 
vow  to  any  god,  pay  it  to  his  animals  in  the  way  which  I  will 
now  explain.  At  the  time  of  making  the  vow  they  shave  the 
head  of  the  child,^  cutting  off  all  the  hair,  or  else  half,  or  some- 
times a  third  part,  which  they  then  weigh  in  a  balance  against 
a  sum  of  silver;  and  whatever  sum  the  hair  weighs  is  presented 
to  the  guardian  of  the  animals,  who  thereupon  cuts  up  some  fish, 
and  gives  it  to  them  for  food — such  being  the  stuff  whereon 
they  are  fed.  When  a  man  has  killed  one  of  the  sacred  animals, 
if  he  did  it  with  malice  prepense,  he  is  punished  with  death;  * 
if  unwittingly,  he  has  to  pay  such  a  fine  as  the  priests  choose  to 

*  This  was  thought  ^to  be  extraordinary,  because  Africa  abounded  in 
wild  animals  (infra,  iv.  19 1-2) ;  but  it  was  on  the  west  and  south,  and  not 
on  the  confines  of  Egypt,  that  they  were  numerous.  Though  Herodotus 
abstains  from  saying  why  the  Egyptians  held  some  animus  sacred,  he 
explains  it  in  some  degree  by  observing  that  Egypt  did  not  abound  in 
animals.  It  was  therefore  foimd  necessary  to  ensure  the  preservation  of 
some,  as  in  the  case  of  cows  and  sheep ;  others  were  sacred  in  consequence 
of  their  being  unwholesome  food,  as  swine,  and  certain  fish;  and  others 
from  their  utility  in  destroying  noxious  reptiles,  as  the  cat,  ichneumon, 
ibis,  vulture,  and  falcon  tribe:  or  for  some  particidar  purpose,  as  the 
crocodile  was  sacred  in  places  distant  from  the  Nile,  where  the  canals 
required  keeping  up. 

^  Women  were  probably  employed  to  give  the  food  to  many  of  the 
animals;  but  the  curators  appear  to  have  been  men  of  the  sacerdotal 
class. 

'  Though  Egyptian  men  shaved  their  heads,  boys  had  several  tufts  of 
hair  left,  as  in  modern  Egypt  and  China.  Princes  also  wore  a  long  plaited 
lock,  falling  from  near  the  top  of  the  head,  behind  the  ear,  to  the  neck. 

*  The  law  was,  as  Herodotus  says,  against  a  person  killing  them  on 
purpose,  but  the  prejudiced  populace  in  after  times  did  not  always  keep 
within  the  law. 


Chap.  65-68.  Bufial  of  Afiimals  1 47 

impose.    When  an  ibis,  however,  or  a  hawk  is  killed,  whether  it 
was  done  by  accident  or  on  purpose,  the  man  must  needs  die. 

66.  The  number  of  domestic  animals  in  Egypt  is  very  great, 
and  would  be  still  greater  were  it  not  for  what  befalls  the  cats. 
As  the  females,  when  they  have  kittened,  no  longer  seek  the 
company  of  the  males,  these  last,  to  obtain  once  more  their 
companionship,  practise  a  curious  artifice.  They  seize  the 
kittens,  carry  them  off,  and  kill  them,  but  do  not  eat  them 
afterwards.  Upon  this  the  females,  being  deprived  of  their 
young,  and  longing  to  supply  their  place,  seek  the  males  once 
more,  since  they  are  particularly  fond  of  their  offspring.  On 
every  occasion  of  a  fire  in  Egypt  the  strangest  prodigy  occurs 
with  the  cats.  The  inhabitants  allow  the  fire  to  rage  as  it 
pleases,  while  they  stand  about  at  intervals  and  watch  these 
animals,  which,  slipping  by  the  men  or  else  leaping  over  them, 
rush  headlong  into  the  flames.  When  this  happens,  the  Egyp- 
tians are  in  deep  affliction.  If  a  cat  dies  in  a  private  house  by 
a  natural  death,  all  the  inmates  of  the  house  shave  their  eye- 
brows; on  the  death  of  a  dog  they  shave  the  head  and  the 
whole  of  the  body. 

67.  The  cats  on  their  decease  are  taken  to  the  city  of  Bubastis,^ 
where  they  are  embalmed,  after  which  they  are  buried  in  certain 
sacred  repositories.  The  dogs  are  interred  in  the  cities  to  which 
they  belong,  also  in  sacred  burial-places.  The  same  practice 
obtains  with  respect  to  the  ichneumons ;  ^  the  hawks  and  shrew- 
mice,  on  the  contrary,  are  conveyed  to  the  city  of  Buto  for 
burial,  and  the  ibises^  to  Hermopolis.  The  bears,  which  are 
scarce  in  Egypt,*  and  the  wolves,  v/hich  are  not  much  bigger 
than  foxes,^  they  bury  wherever  they  happen  to  find  them  lying. 

68.  The  following  are  the  peculiarities  of  the  crocodile: — 
During  the  four  winter  months  they  eat  nothing;  ®  they  are 

*  Cats  were  embalmed  and  buried  where  they  died,  except  perhaps  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Bubastis;  for  we  find  their  mummies  at  Thebes  and 
other  Egyptian  towns,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  hawks  and  ibises. 

*  The  viverra  ichneumon  is  still  very  common  in  Egypt. 

•  These  birds  were  sacred  to  Thoth,  the  god  of  letters. 

*  It  is  very  evident  that  bears  were  not  natives  of  Egypt ;  they  are  not 
represented  among  the  animals  of  the  country;  and  no  instance  occurs  of  a 
bear  in  the  sculptures,  except  as  a  curiosity  brought  by  foreigners. 

•  Herodotus  is  quite  correct  in  saying  that  wolves  in  Egypt  were  scarcely 
larger  than  foxes.  It  is  singular  that  he  omits  all  mention  of  the  hyaena, 
which  is  so  common  in  the  country,  and  which  is  represented  in  the  sculp- 
tures of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt. 

•  If  the  crocodile  rarely  comes  out  of  the  river  in  the  cold  weather,  because 
it  finds  the  water  warmer  than  the  external  air  at  that  season,  there  is 


148  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

four-footed,  and  live  indifferently  on  land  or  in  the  water.  The 
female  lays  and  hatches  her  eggs  ashore,  passing  the  greater 
portion  of  the  day  on  dry  land,  but  at  night  retiring  to  the 
river,  the  water  of  which  is  warmer  than  the  night-air  and  the 
dew.  Of  all  known  animals  this  is  the  one  which  from  the 
smallest  size  grows  to  be  the  greatest:  for  the  egg  of  the  croco- 
dile is  but  little  bigger  than  that  of  the  goose,  and  the  young 
crocodile  is  in  proportion  to  the  egg;  yet  when  it  is  full  grown, 
the  animal  measures  frequently  seventeen  cubits  and  even 
more.  It  has  the  eyes  of  a  pig,  teeth  large  and  tusk-like,  of  a 
size  proportioned  to  its  frame;  unhke  any  other  animal,  it  is 
without  a  tongue;  it  cannot  move  its  under-jaw,  and  in  this 
respect  too  it  is  singular,  being  the  only  animal  in  the  world 
which  moves  the  upper-jaw  but  not  the  under.  It  has  strong 
claws  and  a  scaly  skin,  impenetrable  upon  the  back.  In  the 
water  it  is  blind,  but  on  land  it  is  very  keen  of  sight.  As  it 
lives  chiefly  in  the  river,  it  has  the  inside  of  its  mouth  constantly 
covered  with  leeches;  hence  it  happens  that,  while  all  the  other 
birds  and  beasts  avoid  it,  with  the  trochilus  it  lives  at  peace, 
iincc  it  owes  much  to  that  bird:  for  the  crocodile,  when  he 
leaves  the  water  and  comes  out  upon  the  land,  is  in  the  habit 
of  lying  with  his  mouth  wide  open,  facing  the  western  breeze: 
at  such  times  the  trochilus  goes  into  his  mouth  and  devours 
the  leeches.  This  benefits  the  crocodile,  who  is  pleased,  and 
takes  care  not  to  hurt  the  trochilus. 

69.  The  crocodile  is  esteemed  sacred  by  some  of  the  Egyp- 
tians, by  others  he  is  treated  as  an  enemy.  Those  who  live 
near  Thebes,  and  those  who  dwell  around  Lake  Mceris,  regard 
them  with  especial  veneration.  In  each  of  these  places  they 
keep  one  crocodile  in  particular,  who  is  taught  to  be  tame  and 
tractable.  They  adorn  his  ears  ^  with  ear-rings  of  molten  stone  * 
or  gold,  and  put  bracelets  on  his  fore-paws,  giving  him  daily  a 
set  portion  of  bread,  with  a  certain  number  of  victims;   and, 

no  reason  to  believe  it  remains  torpid  all  that  time,  though,  like  adl  the 
lizard  tribe,  it  can  exist  a  long  time  without  eating,  and  I  have  known 
them  live  in  a  house  for  three  months  without  food,  sleeping  most  of  the 
time.  The  story  of  the  friendly  ofläces  of  the  Trochilus  appears  to  be 
derived  from  that  bird's  uttering  a  shrill  note  as  it  flies  away  on  the 
approach  of  man,  and  (quite  unintentionally)  warning  the  crocodile  of 
danger. 

*  The  crocodile's  ears  are  merely  small  openings  without  any  flesh  pro- 
jecting beyond  the  head. 

»  By  molten  stone  seems  to  be  meant  glass,  which  w^  well  known  to  the 
Egyptians. 


Chap.  69-73.  The  Hippopotamus  149 

after  having  thus  treated  him  with  the  greatest  poss^ible  atten- 
tion while  alive,  they  embalm  him  when  he  dies  and  bury  him 
in  a  sacred  repository.  The  people  of  Elephantine,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  so  far  from  considering  these  animals  as  sacred  that 
they  even  eat  their  flesh.  In  the  Egyptian  language  they  are 
not  called  crocodiles,  but  Champsse.  The  name  of  crocodiles 
was  given  them  by  the  lonians,  who  remarked  their  resemblance 
to  the  lizards,  which  in  Ionia  live  in  the  walls,  and  are  called 
crocodiles.^ 

70.  The  modes  of  catching  the  crocodile  are  many  and 
various.  I  shall  only  describe  the  one  which  seems  to  me  most 
worthy  of  mention.  They  bait  a  hook  with  a  chine  of  pork 
and  let  the  meat  be  carried  out  into  the  middle  of  the  stream, 
while  the  hunter  upon  the  bank  holds  a  living  pig,  which  he 
belabours.  The  crocodile  hears  its  cries,  and,  making  for  the 
sound,  encounters  the  pork,  which  he  instantly  swallows  down. 
The  men  on  the  shore  haul,  and  when  they  have  got  him  to 
land,  the  first  thing  the  hunter  does  is  to  plaster  his  eyes  with 
mud.  This  once  accomplished,  the  animal  is  despatched  with 
ease,  otherwise  he  gives  great  trouble. 

71.  The  hippopotamus,^  in  the  canton  of  Papremis,  is  a  sacred 
animal,  but  not  in  any  other  part  of  Egypt.  It  may  be  thus 
described : — It  is  a  quadruped,  cloven-footed,  with  hoofs  like  an 
ox,  and  a  flat  nose.  It  has  the  mane  and  tail  of  a  horse,  huge 
tusks  which  are  very  conspicuous,  and  a  voice  like  a  horse's 
neigh.  In  size  it  equals  the  biggest  oxen,  and  its  skin  is  so 
tough  that  when  dried  it  is  made  into  javelins. 

72.  Otters  also  are  found  in  the  Nile,  and  are  considered 
sacred.  Only  two  sorts  of  fish  are  venerated,^  that  called  the 
lepidotus  and  the  eel.  These  are  regarded  as  sacred  to  the 
Nile,  as  likewise  among  birds  is  the  vulpanser,  or  fox-goose.* 

73.  They  have  also  another  sacred  bird  called  the  phcenix, 
which  I  myself  have  never  seen,  except  in  pictures.  Indeed  it 
is  a  great  rarity,  even  in  Egypt,  only  coming  there  (according 

*  KpoKSSeiXos  was  the  term  given  by  the  lonians  to  lizards,  as  the 
Portuguese  al  legato  "  the  lizard  "  is  the  origin  of  our  alligator.  The 
lonians  are  here  the  descendants  of  the  Ionian  soldiers  of  Psammetichus. 

*  This  animal  was  formerly  common  in  Egypt,  but  is  now  rarely  seen  as 
low  as  the  second  cataract.  The  description  of  the  hippopotamus  by 
Herodotus  is  far  from  correct. 

» The  fish  particularly  sacred  were  the  Oxyrhinchus,  the  Lepidotus,  and 
the  Phagrus  or  eel. 

*  This  goose  of  the  Nile  was  an  emblem  of  the  God  Seb,  the  father  of 
Osiris;  but  it  was  not  a  sacred  bird. 


150  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

to  the  accounts  of  the  people  of  Heliopolis)  once  in  five  hundred 
years,  when  the  old  phoenix  dies.  Its  size  and  appearance,  if  it 
is  Hke  the  pictures,  are  as  follow: — ^The  plumage  is  partly 
red,  partly  golden,  while  the  general  make  and  size  are  almost 
exactly  that  of  the  eagle.  They  tell  a  story  of  what  this  bird 
does,  which  does  not  seem  to  me  to  be  credible:  that  he  comes 
all  the  way  from  Arabia,  and  brings  the  parent  bird,  all  plastered 
over  with  myrrh,  to  the  temple  of  the  Sun,  and  there  buries  the 
body.  In  order  to  bring  him,  they  say,  he  first  forms  a  ball  of 
myrrh  as  big  as  he  finds  that  he  can  carry;  then  he  hollows  out 
the  ball,  and  puts  his  parent  inside,  after  which  he  covers  over 
the  opening  with  fresh  myrrh,  and  the  ball  is  then  of  exactly 
the  same  weight  as  at  first;  so  he  brings  it  to  Egypt,  plastered 
over  as  I  have  said,  and  deposits  it  in  the  temple  of  the  Sun. 
Such  is  the  story  they  tell  of  the  doings  of  this  bird. 

74.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Thebes  there  are  some  sacred 
serpents^  which  are  perfectly  harmless.^  They  are  of  small 
size,  and  have  two  horns  growing  out  of  the  top  of  the  head. 
These  snakes,  when  they  die,  are  buried  in  the  temple  of  Jupiter, 
the  god  to  whom  they  are  sacred. 

75.  I  went  once  to  a  certain  place  in  Arabia,  almost  exactly 
opposite  the  city  of  Buto,  to  make  inquiries  concerning  the 
winged  serpents.^  On  my  arrival  I  saw  the  back-bones  and  ribs 
of  serpents  in  such  numbers  as  it  is  impossible  to  describe:  of 
the  ribs  there  were  a  multitude  of  heaps,  some  great,  some 
small,  some  middle-sized.  The  place  where  the  bones  lie  is  at 
the  entrance  of  a  narrow  gorge  between  steep  mountains,  which 
there  open  upon  a  spacious  plain  communicating  with  the  great 
plain  of  Egypt.  The  story  goes,  that  with  the  spring  the  winged 
snakes  come  flying  from  Arabia  towards  Egypt,  but  are  met  in 
this  gorge  by  the  birds  called  ibises,  who  forbid  their  entrance 
and  destroy  them  all.  The  Arabians  assert,  and  the  Egyptians 
also  admit,  that  it  is  on  account  of  the  service  thus  rendered 
that  the  Egyptians  hold  the  ibis  in  so  much  reverence. 

76.  The  ibis  is  a  bird  of  a  deep-black  colour,  with  legs  like  a 

^  The  homed  snake,  vipera  cerastes,  is  common  in  Upper  Egypt  and 
throughout  the  deserts.  It  is  very  poisonous,  and  its  habit  of  burying 
itself  in  the  sand  renders  it  particularly  dangerous. 

» The  bite  of  the  cerastes  or  horned  snake  is  deadly;  but  of  the  many 
serpents  in  Egypt,  three  only  are  poisonous — the  cerastes,  the  asp  or  naia, 
and  the  common  viper. 

'  The  winged  serpents  of  Herodotus  have  puzzled  many  persons  from  the 
time  of  Pausanias  to  the  present  day.  Isaiah  (xxx.  6)  mentions  the  "  fiery 
flying  serpent." 


Chap.  74-77.  The  Egyptians  1 5 1 

crane;  its  beak  is  strongly  hooked,  and  its  size  is  about  that  of 
the  landrail.  This  is  a  description  of  the  black  ibis  which  con- 
tends with  the  serpents.  The  commoner  sort,  for  there  are  two 
quite  distinct  species,^  has  the  head  and  the  whole  throat  bare 
of  feathers;  its  general  plumage  is  white,  but  the  head  and 
neck  are  jet  black,  as  also  are  the  tips  of  the  wings  and  the 
extremity  of  the  tail;  in  its  beak  and  legs  it  resembles  the  other 
species.  The  winged  serpent  is  shaped  like  the  water-snake. 
Its  wings  are  not  feathered,  but  resemble  very  closely  those  of 
the  bat.  And  thus  I  conclude  the  subject  of  the  sacred  animals. 
77.  With  respect  to  the  Egyptians  themselves,  it  is  to  be 
remarked  that  those  who  live  in  the  com  country ,2  devoting 
themselves,  as  they  do,  far  more  than  any  other  people  in  the 
world,  to  the  preservation  of  the  memory  of  past  actions,  are 
the  best  skilled  in  history  of  any  men  that  I  have  ever  met. 
The  following  is  the  mode  of  life  habitual  to  them:— For  three 
successive  days  in  each  month  they  purge  the  body  by  means 
of  emetics  and  clysters,  which  is  done  out  of  a  regard  for  their 
health,  since  they  have  a  persuasion  that  every  disease  to  which 
men  are  liable  is  occasioned  by  the  substances  whereon  they 
feed.  Apart  from  any  such  precautions,  they  are,  I  believe, 
next  to  the  Libyans,'  the  healthiest  people  in  the  world — an 
ejffect  of  their  climate,  in  my  opinion,  which  has  no  sudden 
changes.  Diseases  almost  always  attack  men  when  they  are 
exposed  to  a  change,  and  never  more  than  during  changes  of 
the  weather.  They  live  on  bread  made  of  spelt,  which  they 
form  into  loaves  called  in  their  own  tongue  cyllestis.    Their 

^  The  great  services  the  ibis  rendered  by  destroying  snakes  and  noxious 
insects  were  the  cause  of  its  being  in  such  esteem  in  Egypt.  The  stork 
was  honoxired  for  the  same  reason  in  Thessaly.  The  ibis  was  sacred  to 
Thoth,  the  Egyptian  Hermes. 

"This  is  in  contradistinction  to  the  marsh-lands,  and  signifies  Upper 
Egypt;  but  when  he  says  they  have  no  vines  in  the  coimtry  and  only 
drink  beer,  his  statement  is  opposed  to  fact,  and  to  the  ordinary  habits 
of  the  Egyptians.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Memphis,  at  Thebes,  and  the 
places  between  those  two  cities,  as  well  as  at  Eileithyias,  all  corn- growing 
districts,  they  ate  wheaten  bread  and  cultivated  the  vine.  Herodotus 
may,  therefore,  have  had  in  view  the  corn-country,  in  the  interior  of  the 
broad  Delta,  where  the  alluvial  sou  was  not  well  suited  to  the  vine.  Wine 
was  universally  used  by  the  rich  throughout  Egypt,  and  beer  supplied  its 
place  at  the  tables  of  the  poor,  not  because  "  they  had  no  vines  in  their 
country,"  but  because  it  was  cheaper.  And  that  wine  was  known  in  Lower 
as  well  as  Upper  Egypt  is  shown  by  the  IsraeHtes  mentioning  the  desert 
as  a  place  which  had  "  no  figs,  or  vines,  or  pomegranates  "  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  Egypt  (Gen.  xl.  lo;   Numb.  xx.  5). 

» Their  health  was  attributable  to  their  living  in  the  dry  atmosphere  of 
the  desert,  where  sickness  is  rarely  known. 

I  405  *F 


152  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

drink  is  a  wine  which  they  obtain  from  barley/  as  they  have 
no  vines  in  their  country.  Many  kinds  of  fish  they  eat  raw, 
either  salted  or  dried  in  the  sun.^  Quails  also,  and  ducks  and 
small  birds,  they  eat  uncooked,  merely  first  salting  them.  All 
other  birds  and  fishes,  excepting  those  which  are  set  apart  as 
sacred,  are  eaten  either  roasted  or  boiled. 

78.  In  social  meetings  among  the  rich,  when  the  banquet  is 
ended,  a  servant  carries  round  to  the  several  guests  a  coffin,  in 
which  there  is  a  wooden  image  of  a  corpse,^  carved  and  painted 
to  resemble  nature  as  nearly  as  possible,  about  a  cubit  or  two 
cubits  in  length.  As  he  shows  it  to  each  guest  in  turn,  the 
servant  says,  "  Gaze  here,  and  drink  and  be  merry;  for  when 
you  die,  such  will  you  be." 

79.  The  Egyptians  adhere  to  their  own  national  customs,  and 
adopt  no  foreign  usages.  Many  of  these  customs  are  worthy  of 
note:  among  others  their  song,  the  Linus,*  which  is  sung  under 
various  names  not  only  in  Egypt  but  in  Phoenicia,  in  Cyprus, 
and  in  other  places;  and  which  seems  to  be  exactly  the  same 
as  that  in  use  among  the  Greeks,  and  by  them  called  Linus. 
There  were  very  many  things  in  Egypt  which  filled  me  with 
astonishment,  and  this  was  one  of  them.  Whence  could  the 
Egyptians  have  got  the  Linus?  It  appears  to  have  been 
sung  by  them  from  the  very  earliest  times.  For  the  Linus  in 
Egyptian  is  called  Maneros;  and  they  told  me  that  Maneros 
was  the  only  son  of  their  first  king,  and  that  on  his  untimely 
death  he  was  honoured  by  the  Egyptians  with  these  dirgelike 
strains,  and  in  this  way  they  got  their  first  and  only  melody. 

80.  There  is  another  custom  in  which  the  Egyptians  resemble 
a  particular  Greek  people,  namely  the  Lacedaemonians.  Their 
young  men,  when  they  meet  their  elders  in  the  streets,  give: 
way  to  them  and  step  aside;  ^  and  if  an  elder  come  in  where 
young  men  are  present,  these  latter  rise  from  their  seats.     In  a 

^  This  is  the  otvos  KpLdivos  of  Xenophon. 

*  The  custom  of  drying  fish  is  frequently  represented  in  the  sculptures 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt.  Fishing  was  a  favourite  amusement  of  the 
Egyptians. 

*  The  figure  introduced  at  supper  was  of  a  mummy  in  the  usual  form 
of  Osiris,  either  standing,  or  lying  on  a  bier,  intended  to  warn  the  guests  of 
their  mortality. 

*  This  song  had  diSerent  names  in  Egypt,  in  Phoenicia,  in  Cyprus,  and 
other  places.  In  Greece  it  was  called  Linus,  in  Egypt  Maneros,  The 
stories  told  of  Linus,  the  inventor  of  melody,  and  of  his  death,  are  mere 
fables. 

*  A  similar  respect  is  paid  to  age  by  the  Chinese  and  Japanese,  and  even 
by  the  modem  Egyptians.     In  this  the  Greeks,  except  the  Lacedaemonians, 


Chap.  78-83.  Divinatioii  153 

third  point  they  differ  entirely  from  all  the  nations  of  Greece. 
Instead  of  speaking  to  each  other  when  they  meet  in  the  street», 
they  make  an  obeisance,  sinking  the  hand  to  the  knee. 

81.  They  wear  a  linen  tunic  fringed  about  the  legs,  and  caUed 
calasiris  ;  over  this  they  have  a  white  woollen  garment  thrown 
on  afterwards.  Nothing  of  woollen,  however,  is  taken  into  their 
temples  or  buried  with  them,  as  their  religion  forbids  it.  Here 
their  practice  resembles  the  rites  called  Orphic  and  Bacchic, 
but  which  are  in  reality  Egyptian  and  Pythagorean;  for  no  one 
initiated  in  these  mysteries  can  be  buried  in  a  woollen  shroud, 
a  religious  reason  being  assigned  for  the  observance. 

82.  The  Egyptians  likewise  discovered  to  which  of  the  gods 
each  month  and  day  is  sacred;  ^  and  found  out  from  the  day  of 
a  man's  birth,  what  he  will  meet  with  in  the  course  of  his  life,* 
and  how  he  will  end  his  days,  and  what  sort  of  man  he  will  be 
— discoveries  whereof  the  Greeks  engaged  in  poetry  have  made 
a  use.  The  Egyptians  have  also  discovered  more  prognostics 
than  all  the  rest  of  mankind  besides.  Whenever  a  prodigy 
takes  place,  they  watch  and  record  the  result;  then,  if  anything 
similar  ever  happens  again,  they  expect  the  same  conse- 
quences. 

83.  With  respect  to  divination,  they  hold  that  it  is  a  gift 
which  no  mortal  possesses,  but  only  certain  of  the  gods:  '  thus 
they  have  an  oracle  of  Hercules,  one  of  Apollo,  of  Minerva,  of 
Diana,  of  Mars,  and  of  Jupiter.  Besides  these,  there  is  the 
oracle  of  Latona  at  Buto,  which  is  held  in  much  higher  repute 
than  any  of  the  rest.  The  mode  of  delivering  the  oracles  is  not 
uniform,  but  varies  at  the  different  shrines. 

were  wanting.  The  Jews  were  commanded  to  "  rise  up  before  the  hoary 
head  and  honour  the  face  of  the  old  man  "  (Levit.  xix.  32). 

^  The  Romans  also  made  their  twelve  gods  preside  over  the  months; 
and  the  days  of  the  week,  when  introduced  in  late  times,  received  the  names 
of  the  Sim  and  moon  and  five  planets,  which  have  been  retained  to  the 
present  day. 

*  Horoscopes  were  of  very  early  use  in  Egypt,  as  well  as  the  interpretation 
of  dreams;  and  Cicero  speaks  of  the  Egyptians  and  Chaldees  predicting 
future  events,  as  well  as  a  man's  destiny  at  his  birth,  by  their  observations 
of  the  stars. 

*  Yet  the  Egyptians  sought  "  to  the  idols,  and  to  the  charmers,  and  to 
them  that  had  familiar  spirits,  and  to  the  wizards  "  (Is.  xix.  3).  Herodotus 
probably  means  that  none  but  oracles  gave  the  real  answer  of  the  d«ity; 
and  this  would  not  prevent  the  "  prophets  "  and  "  magicians  "  pretending 
to  this  art,  like  the  fxdvreis  of  Greece.  To  the  Israelites  it  was  particularly 
forbidden  "  to  use  divination,  to  be  an  observer  of  times,  or  an  enchanter, 
or  a  witch,  or  a  charmer,  or  a  consultcr  with  familiar  spirits,  ot  a  wizard,  or 
a  necromancer." 


154  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

84.  Medicine  is  practised  among  them  ^  on  a  plan  of  separa- 
tion; each  physician  treats  a  single  disorder,  and  no  more:* 
thus  the  country  swarms  with  medical  practitioners,  some 
undertaking  to  cure  diseases  of  the  eye,  others  of  the  head, 
others  again  of  the  teeth,  others  of  the  intestines,  and  some 
those  which  are  not  local. 

85.  The  following  is  the  way  in  which  they  conduct  their 
mournings  ^  and  their  funerals : — On  the  death  in  any  house  of 
a  man  of  consequence,  forthwith  the  women  of  the  family  be- 
plaster  their  heads,  and  sometimes  even  their  faces,  with  mud; 
and  then,  leaving  the  body  indoors,  sally  forth  and  wander 
through  the  city,  with  their  dress  fastened  by  a  band,  and  their 
bosoms  bare,  beating  themselves  as  they  walk.  All  the  female 
relations  join  them  and  do  the  same.  The  men  too,  similarly 
begirt,  beat  their  breasts  separately.  When  these  ceremonies 
are  over,  the  body  is  carried  away  to  be  embalmed. 

86.  There  are  a  set  of  men  in  Egypt  who  practice  the  art  of 
embalming,  and  make  it  their  proper  business.  These  persons, 
when  a  body  is  brought  to  them,  show  the  bearers  various 
models  of  corpses,*  made  in  wood,  and  painted  so  as  to  resemble 

^  Not  only  was  the  study  of  medicine  of  very  early  date  in  Egypt,  but 
medical  men  there  were  in  such  repute  that  they  were  sent  for  at  various 
times  from  other  countries.  Their  knowledge  of  medicine  is  celebrated 
by  Homer  (Od,  iv.  229),  who  describes  Polydamna,  the  wife  of  Thonis,  as 
giving  medicinal  plants  "  to  Helen,  in  Egypt,  a  country  producing  an 
infinite  number  of  drugs  .  .  .  where  each  physician  possesses  knowledge 
above  all  other  men."  "  O  virgin  daughter  of  Egypt,"  says  Jeremiah 
(Ixvi.  11),  "  in  vain  shalt  thou  use  many  medicines,"  Cyrus  and  Darius 
both  sent  to  Egypt  for  medical  men  (Her,  iii,  i,  132);  and  Pliny  (xix.  5) 
says  post-mortem  examinations  were  made  in  order  to  discover  the  nature 
of  maladies.     [Cf,  Erman,  Life  in  Ancient  Egypt,  pp,  377  sqq. — E,  H,  B.] 

^  The  medical  profession  being  so  divided  (as  is  the  custom  in  modern 
Europe),  indicates  a  great  advancement  of  civilisation,  as  well  as  of 
medicinal  knowledge.  The  Egyptian  doctors  were  of  the  sacerdotal  order, 
like  the  embalmers,  who  are  called  (in  Genesis  1.  2)  "  Physicians,"  and  were 
"  commanded  by  Joseph  to  embalm  his  father." 

2  The  custom  of  weeping,  and  throwing  dust  on  their  heads,  is  often 
represented  on  the  monuments;  when  the  men  and  women  have  their 
dresses  fastened  by  a  band  round  the  waist,  the  breast  being  bare,  as 
described  by  Herodotus.  For  seventy  days  (Gen,  1.  3),  or,  according  to 
some,  seventy- two  days,  the  family  mourned  at  home,  singing  the  fxmeraJ 
dirge, 

*  These  were  in  the  form  of  Osiris,  and  not  only  those  of  the  best  kind, 
but  all  the  mummies  were  put  up  in  the  same  position,  representing  the 
deceased  as  a  figure  of  Osiris,  those  only  excepted  which  were  of  the  very 
poor  people,  and  which  were  merely  wrapped  up  in  mats,  or  some  other 
common  covering.  Even  the  small  earthenware  and  other  figures  of  the 
dead  were  in  the  same  form  of  that  Deity,  whose  name  Herodotus,  as  usual, 
had  scruples  about  mentioning,  from  having  been  admitted  to  a  participa- 
tion of  the  secrets  of  the  lesser  Mysteries. 


Chap.  84-87.  Embalming  155 

nature.  The  most  penect  is  said  to  be  after  the  manner  of  him 
whom  I  do  not  think  it  religious  to  name  in  connection  with 
such  a  matter;  the  second  sort  is  inferior  to  the  first,  and  less 
costly;  the  third  is  the  cheapest  of  all.  All  this  the  embalmers 
explain,  and  then  ask  in  which  way  it  is  wished  that  the  corpse 
should  be  prepared.  The  bearers  tell  them,  and  having  con- 
cluded their  bargain,  take  their  departure,  while  the  embalmers, 
left  to  themselves,  proceed  to  their  task.  The  mode  of  embalm- 
ing, according  to  the  most  perfect  process,  is  the  following: — 
They  take  first  a  crooked  piece  of  iron,^  and  with  it  draw  out 
the  brain  through  the  nostrils,  thus  getting  rid  of  a  portion, 
while  the  skull  is  cleared  of  the  rest  by  rinsing  with  drugs; 
next  they  make  a  cut  along  the  flank  with  a  sharp  Ethiopian 
stone,2  and  take  out  the  whole  contents  of  the  abdomen,  which 
they  then  cleanse,  washing  it  thoroughly  with  palm  wine,  and 
again  frequently  with  an  infusion  of  pounded  aromatics.  After 
this  they  fill  the  cavity  with  the  purest  bruised  myrrh,  with 
cassia,  and  every  other  sort  of  spicery^  except  frankincense, 
and  sew  up  the  opening.  Then  the  body  is  placed  in  natrum  * 
for  seventy  days,  and  covered  entirely  over.  After  the  expira- 
tion of  that  space  of  time,  which  must  not  be  exceeded,  the 
body  is  washed,  and  wrapped  round,  from  head  to  foot,  with 
bandages  of  fine  linen  cloth,*»  smeared  over  with  gum,  which  is 
used  generally  by  the  Egyptians  in  the  place  of  glue,  and  in  this 
state  it  is  given  back  to  the  relations,  who  enclose  it  in  a  wooden 
case  which  they  have  had  made  for  the  purpose,  shaped  into 
the  figure  of  a  man.  Then  fastening  the  case,  they  place  it  in 
a  sepulchral  chamber,  upright  against  the  wall.  Such  is  the 
most  costly  way  of  embalming  the  dead. 

87.  If  persons  wish  to  avoid  expense,  and  choose  the  second 

^  The  mummies  afiord  ample  evidence  of  the  braiu  having  been  extracted 
through  the  nostrils;  and  the  "  drugs  "  were  employed  to  clear  out  what 
the  instrument  could  not  touch. 

*  Ethiopian  stone  either  is  black  flint,  or  an  Ethiopian  agate,  the  use  oi 
which  was  the  renmant  of  a  very  primitive  custom.  [An  embalming 
knife,  used  for  this  one  purpose  only:  see  King  and  Hall's  Egypt  and  W. 
Asia  in  the  Light  of  Modern  Discoveries,  p.  14. — E.  H.  B.] 

*  The  "  spicery,  and  balm,  and  myrrh,"  carried  by  the  Ishmaelites  (or 
Arabs)  to  Egypt  were  principally  for  the  embalmers,  who  were  doubtless 
supphed  regularly  with  them.  (Gen.  xxxvii.  25.)  Other  caravans,  like 
the  Midianite  merchantmen  (Gen.  xxxvii.  28),  visited  Egypt  for  trade; 
and  "  the  spice  merchants  "  are  noticed  (i  Kings  x.  15)  in  Solomon's  time. 

*  i.e.  subcarbonate  of  soda,  which  abounds  at  the  natron  lakes  in  the 
Lybian  desert. 

'  Not  cotton.  The  microscope  has  decided  (what  no  one  ever  doubted 
in  Egypt)  that  the  miunmy-cloths  are  linen. 


156  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

process,  the  following  is  the  method  pursued: — Syringes  are 
filled  with  oil  made  from  the  cedar-tree,  which  is  then,  without 
any  incision^  or  disembowelling,  injected  into  the  abdomen. 
The  passage  by  which  it  might  be  likely  to  return  is  stopped, 
and  the  body  laid  in  natrum  the  prescribed  number  of  days. 
At  the  end  of  the  time  the  cedar-oil  is  allowed  to  make  its 
escape;  and  such  is  its  power  that  it  brings  with  it  the  whole 
stomach  and  intestines  in  a  liquid  state.  The  natrum  mean- 
while has  dissolved  the  flesh,  and  so  nothing  is  left  of  the  dead 
body  but  the  skin  and  the  bones.  It  is  returned  in  this  condition  to 
the  relatives,  without  any  further  trouble  being  bestowed  upon  it. 

88.  The  third  method  of  embalming,  which  is  practised  in 
the  case  of  the  poorer  classes,  is  to  clear  out  the  intestines  with 
a  clyster,  and  let  the  body  lie  in  natrum  the  seventy  days,  after 
which  it  is  at  once  given  to  those  who  come  to  fetch  it  away. 

89.  The  wives  of  men  of  rank  are  not  given  to  be  embalmed 
immediately  after  death,  nor  indeed  are  any  of  the  more  beauti- 
ful and  valued  women.  It  is  not  till  they  have  been  dead  three 
or  four  days  that  they  are  carried  to  the  embalmers.  This  is 
done  to  prevent  indignities  from  being  offered  them.  It  is  said 
that  once  a  case  of  this  kind  occurred:  the  man  was  detected 
by  the  information  of  his  fellow-workman. 

90.  Whensoever  any  one,  Egyptian  or  foreigner,  has  lost  his 
life  by  falling  a  prey  to  a  crocodile,  or  by  drowning  in  the  river, 
the  law  compels  the  inhabitants  of  the  city  near  which  the  body 
is  cast  up  to  have  it  embalmed,  and  to  bury  it  in  one  of  the 
iacrcd  repositories  with  all  possible  magnificence.^  No  one 
may  touch  the  corpse,  not  even  any  of  the  friends  or  relatives, 
but  only  the  priests  of  the  Nile,  who  prepare  it  for  burial  with 
their  own  hands — regarding  it  as  something  more  than  the 
mere  body  of  a  man — and  themselves  lay  it  in  the  tomb. 

91.  The  Egyptians  are  averse  to  adopt  Greek  customs,  or,  in 
a  word,  those  of  any  other  nation.  This  feeling  is  almost 
universal  among  them.    At  Chemmis,^  however,  which  is  a 

*  Second-class  mummies  without  any  incision  are  found  in  the  tombs; 
but  the  opening  in  the  side  was  made  in  many  of  them,  and  occasionally 
even  in  those  of  an  inferior  quality ;  so  that  it  was  not  exclusively  confined 
to  mummies  of  the  first  class.  There  were,  in  fact,  many  gradations  in 
each  class, 

»  The  law  which  obliged  the  people  to  embalm  the  body  of  any  one  foimd 
dead,  and  to  bury  it  in  the  most  expensive  manner,  was  a  police,  as  well  as 
a  sanatory,  regulation. 

•  Khem,  the  god  of  Chemmis,  or  Khemmo,  being  supposed  to  aiwwer 
to  Pan,  this  city  was  called  Panopolis  by  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 


Chap.  88-92.  Templc  of  PcFSCUS  I  57 

large  city  in  the  Thebaic  canton,  near  Neapolis/  there  is  a 
square  enclosure  sacred  to  Perseus,  son  of  Danae.  Palm  trees 
grow  all  round  the  place,  which  has  a  stone  gateway  of  an 
unusual  size,  surmounted  by  two  colossal  statues,^  also  in  stone. 
Inside  this  precinct  is  a  temple,  and  in  the  temple  an  image  of 
Perseus.  The  people  of  Chemmis  say  that  Perseus  often  appears 
to  them,  sometimes  within  the  sacred  enclosure,  sometimes  in 
the  open  country:  one  of  the  sandals  which  he  has  worn  is  fre- 
quently found — two  cubits  in  length,  as  they  affirm — ^and  then 
all  Egypt  flourishes  greatly.  In  the  worship  of  Perseus  Greek 
ceremonies  are  used;  gymnastic  games  are  celebrated  in  his 
honour,  comprising  every  kind  of  contest,  with  prizes  of  cattle, 
cloaks,  and  skins.  I  made  inquiries  of  the  Chemmites  why  it 
was  that  Perseus  appeared  to  them  and  not  elsewhere  in  Egypt, 
and  how  they  came  to  celebrate  gymnastic  contests  unlike  the 
rest  of  the  Egyptians :  to  which  they  answered,  "  that  Perseus 
belonged  to  their  city  by  descent.  Danaüs  and  Lynceus  were 
Chemmites  before  they  set  sail  for  Greece,  and  from  them  Per- 
seus was  descended,"  they  said,  tracing  the  genealogy;  "and 
he,  when  he  came  to  Egypt  for  the  purpose  "  (which  the  Greeks 
also  assign)  "  of  bringing  away  from  Libya  the  Gorgon's  head, 
paid  them  a  visit,  and  acknowledged  them  for  his  kinsmen — he 
had  heard  the  name  of  their  city  from  his  mother  before  he 
left  Greece — he  bade  them  institute  a  gymnastic  contest  in  his 
honour,  and  that  was  the  reason  why  they  observed  the  practice." 
92.  The  customs  hitherto  described  are  those  of  the  Egyptians 
who  live  above  the  marsh-country.  The  inhabitants  of  the 
marshes  have  the  same  customs  as  the  rest,  as  weil  in  those 
matters  which  have  been  mentioned  above  as  in  respect  of 
marriage,  each  Egyptian  taking  to  himself,  like  the  Greeks,  a 
single  wife;  ^  but  for  greater  cheapness  of  living  the  marsh-men 
practise  certain  peculiar  customs,  such  as  these  following. 
They  gather  the  blossoms  of  a  certain  water-lily,  which  grows 
in  great  abundance  all  over  the  flat  country  at  the  time  when 
the  Nile  rises  and  floods  the  regions  along  its  banks — the  Egyp- 

*  The  "  neighbouring  Neapolis  "  is  at  least  ninety  miles  further  up  the 
river,  and  sixty  in  a  direct  line.  It  has  been  succeeded  by  the  modem 
Keneh,  a  name  taken  from  the  Greek  KatvTi  iröXts,  the  "  Newtown  "  oi 
those  days. 

*  The  court  planted  with  trees  seems  to  be  the  "  grove  "  mentioned  in 
the  Bible.    [Uncertain:  see  Encyclopedia  Biblica,  s.v.  Asherah. — E.  H.  B.] 

'  There  is  no  instance  on  the  monuments  of  Egypt  of  a  man  having 
more  than  one  wife  at  a  time. 


158  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

tians  call  it  the  lotus  ^ — they  gather,  I  say,  the  blossoms  of  this 
plant  and  dry  them  in  the  sun,  after  which  they  extract  from 
the  centre  of  each  blossom  a  substance  like  the  head  of  a  poppy, 
which  they  crush  and  make  into  bread.  The  root  of  the 
lotus  is  likewise  eatable,  and  has  a  pleasant  sweet  taste:  it 
is  round,  and  about  the  size  of  an  apple.  There  is  also  another 
species  of  the  lily  in  Egypt,  which  grows,  Hke  the  lotus,  in 
the  river,  and  resembles  the  rose.  The  fruit  springs  up  side 
by  side  with  the  blossom,  on  a  separate  stalk,  and  has 
almost  exactly  the  look  of  the  comb  made  by  wasps.  It  con- 
tains a  number  of  seeds,  about  the  size  of  an  olive-stone,  which 
are  good  to  eat:  and  these  are  eaten  both  green  and  dried. 
The  byblus  ^  (papyrus),  which  grows  year  after  year  in  the 
marshes,  they  pull  up,  and,  cutting  the  plant  in  two,  reserve 
the  upper  portion  for  other  purposes,  but  take  the  lower,  which 
is  about  a  cubit  long,  and  either  eat  it  or  else  sell  it.  Such  as 
wish  to  enjoy  the  byblus  in  full  perfection  bake  it  first  in  a  closed 
vessel,  heated  -to  a  glow.  Some  of  these  folk,  however,  live 
entirely  on  fish,  which  are  gutted  as  soon  as  caught,  and  then 
hung  up  in  the  sun:  when  dry,  they  are  used  as  food. 

93.  Gregarious  fish  are  not  found  in  any  numbers  in  the 
rivers;  they  frequent  the  lagunes,  whence,  at  the  season  of 
breeding,  they  proceed  in  shoals  towards  the  sea.  The  males 
lead  the  way,  and  drop  their  milt  as  they  go,  while  the  females, 
following  close  behind,  eagerly  swallow  it  down.  From  this 
they  conceive,'  and  when,  after  passing  some  time  in  the  sea, 
they  begin  to  be  in  spawn,  the  whole  shoal  sets  oS  on  its  return 
to  its  ancient  haunts.  Now,  however,  it  is  no  longer  the  males, 
but  the  females,  who  take  the  lead:  they  swim  in  front  in  a 
body,  and  do  exactly  as  the  males  did  before,  dropping,  little  by 
little,  their  grains  of  spawn  as  they  go,  while  the  males  in  the 
rear  devour  the  grains,  each  one  of  which  is  a  fish.*    A  portion 

*  This  Nymphaea  Lotus  grows  in  ponds  and  small  channels  in  the  Delta 
dllring  the  inundation,  which  are  dry  during  the  rest  of  the  year;  but  it  is 
not  found  in  the  Nile  itself.  It  is  nearly  the  same  as  our  white  water-lily. 
The  lotus  flower  was  always  presented  to  guests  at  an  Egyptian  party; 
and  garlands  were  put  round  their  heads  and  necks. 

*  The  use  of  the  pith  of  its  triangular  stalk  for  paper  made  it  a  very 
valuable  plant;  and  the  right  of  growing  the  best  quality,  and  of  selling 
the  papyrus  made  from  it,  belonged  to  the  Government. 

'  Aristotle  shows  the  absurdity  of  this  statement. 

*  The  male  fish  deposits  the  milt  after  the  female  has  deposited  the  spawn, 
and  thus  renders  it  prolific.  The  swallowing  of  the  spawn  is  simply  the 
act  of  any  hungry  fish,  male  or  female,  who  happens  to  find  it.  The  bruised 
heads  are  a  fable. 


Chap.  93-95.  ThcKiki  I  59 

of  the  spawn  escapes  and  is  not  swallowed  by  the  males,  and 
hence  come  the  fishes  which  grow  afterwards  to  maturity* 
When  any  of  this  sort  of  fish  are  taken  on  their  passage  to  the 
sea,  they  are  found  to  have  the  left  side  of  the  head  scarred  and 
bruised;  while  if  taken  on  their  return,  the  marks  appear  on 
the  right.  The  reason  is,  that  as  they  swim  down  the  Nile 
seaward,  they  keep  close  to  the  bank  of  the  river  upon  their 
left,  and  returning  again  up  stream  they  still  cling  to  the  same 
side,  hugging  it  and  brushing  against  it  constantly,  to  be  sure 
that  they  miss  not  their  road  through  the  great  force  of  the 
current.  When  the  Nile  begins  to  rise,  the  hollows  in  the  land 
and  the  marshy  spots  near  the  river  are  flooded  before  any 
other  places  by  the  percolation  of  the  water  through  the  river- 
banks;^  and  these,  almost  as  soon  as  they  become  pools,  are 
found  to  be  full  of  numbers  of  little  fishes.  I  think  that  I 
understand  how  it  is  this  comes  to  pass.  On  the  subsidence  of 
the  Nile  the  year  before,  though  the  fish  retired  with  the  re- 
treating waters,  they  had  first  deposited  their  spawn  in  the 
mud  upon  the  banks;  and  so,  when  at  the  usual  season  the 
water  returns,  small  fry  are  rapidly  engendered  out  of  the 
spawn  of  the  preceding  year.    So  much  concerning  the  fish. 

94.  The  Egyptians  who  live  in  the  marshes  ^  use  for  the 
anointing  of  their  bodies  an  oil  made  from  the  fruit  of  the  silli- 
cyprium,^  which  is  known  among  them  by  the  name  of  "  kiki." 
To  obtain  this  they  plant  the  sillicyprium  (which  grows  wild  in 
Greece)  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers  and  by  the  sides  of  the 
lakes,  where  it  produces  fruit  in  great  abundance,  but  with  a 
very  disagreeable  smell.  This  fruit  is  gathered,  and  then  bruised 
and  pressed,  or  else  boiled  down  after  roasting:  the  hquid  which 
comes  from  it  is  collected  and  is  found  to  be  unctuous,  and  as 
well  suited  as  olive-oil  for  lamps,  only  that  it  gives  out  an 
unpleasant  odour. 

95.  The  contrivances  which  they  use  against  gnats,  where- 
with the  country  swarms,  are  the  following.  In  the  parts  of 
Egypt  above  the  marshes  the  inhabitants  pass  the  night  upon 

*  The  sudden  appearance  of  the  young  fish  in  the  ponds  was  simply  owing 
to  these  being  supplied  by  the  canals  from  the  river,  or  by  its  overflowing 
its  banks. 

*  The  intimate  acquaintance  of  Herodotus  with  the  inhabitants  of  the 
marsh-region  is  probably  owing  to  the  important  position  occupied  by 
that  region  in  the  revolt  of  Inaros,  which  the  Athenians,  whom  Herodotus 
probably  accompanied,  went  to  assist. 

*  This  was  the  Ricinus  communis,  the  Castor-oil  plant. 


i6o  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

lofty  towers/  which  are  of  great  service,  as  the  gnats  are  unable 
to  fly  to  any  height  on  account  of  the  winds.  In  the  marsh- 
country,  where  there  are  no  towers,  each  man  possesses  a  net 
instead.  By  day  it  serves  him  to  catch  fish,  while  at  night  he 
spreads  it  over  the  bed  in  which  he  is  to  rest,  and  creeping  in, 
goes  to  sleep  underneath.  The  gnats,  which,  if  he  rolls  himself 
up  in  his  dress  or  in  a  piece  of  muslin,  are  sure  to  bite  through 
the  covering,  do  not  so  much  as  attempt  to  pass  the  net. 

96.  The  vessels  used  in  Egypt  for  the  transport  of  merchan- 
dise are  made  of  the  Acantha  (Thorn),  a  tree  which  in  its 
growth  is  very  like  the  Cyrenaic  lotus,  and  from  which  there 
exudes  a  gum.  They  cut  a  quantity  of  planks  about  two  cubits 
in  length  from  this  tree,  and  then  proceed  to  their  ship-build- 
ing, arranging  the  planks  like  bricks,  and  attaching  them  by  ties 
to  a  number  of  long  stakes  or  poles  till  the  hull  is  complete, 
when  they  lay  the  cross-planks  on  the  top  from  side  to  side. 
They  give  the  boats  no  ribs,  but  caulk  the  seams  with  papyrus 
on  the  inside.  Each  has  a  single  rudder,  which  is  driven  straight 
through  the  keel.  The  mast  is  a  piece  of  acantha-wood,  and 
the  sails  are  made  of  papyrus.  These  boats  cannot  make  way 
against  the  current  unless  there  is  a  brisk  breeze;  they  are, 
therefore,  towed  up-stream  from  the  shore:  dowTi-stream  they 
are  managed  as  follows.  There  is  a  raft  belonging  to  each, 
made  of  the  wood  of  the  tamarisk,  fastened  together  with  a 
wattling  of  reeds;  and  also  a  stone  bored  through  the  middle 
about  two  talents  in  weight.  The  raft  is  fastened  to  the  vessel 
by  a  rope,  and  allowed  to  float  down  the  stream  in  front,  while 
the  stone  is  attached  by  another  rope  astern.^  The  result  is, 
that  the  raft,  hurried  forward  by  the  current,  goes  rapidly  down 
the  river,  and  drags  the  "  baris  "  (for  so  they  call  this  sort  of 
boat)  after  it;  while  the  stone,  which  is  pulled  along  in  the 
wake  of  the  vessel,  and  lies  deep  in  the  water,  keeps  the  boat 
straight.  There  are  a  vast  number  of  these  vessels  in  Egypt, 
and  some  of  them  are  of  many  thousand  talents'  burthen. 

97.  When  the  Nile  overflows,  the  country  is  converted  into  a 
sea,  and  nothing  appears  but  the  cities,  which  look  like  the 
islands  in  the  Egean.^  At  this  season  boats  no  longer  keep  the 
course  of  the  river,  but  sail  right  across  the  plam.  On  the 
voyage  from  Naucratis  to  Memphis  at  this  season,  you  pass 

*  A  similar  practice  is  found  in  the  valley  of  the  Indus.  The  custom  of 
«leeping  on  the  flat  roofs  of  their  houses  is  still  common  in  Egypt. 

'  A  similar  practice  prevails  to  this  day  on  the  Euphrates. 

•  This  still  happens  in  those  years  when  the  inundation  is  very  high. 


Chap.  96-99.  K-lHg    Mcil  I  6 1 

close  to  the  pyramids,  whereas  the  usual  course  is  by  the  apex 
of  the  Delta,  and  the  city  of  Cercasonis.  You  can  sail  als© 
from  the  maritime  town  of  Canobus  across  the  flat  to  Naucratis, 
passing  by  the  cities  of  Anthylla  and  Archandropolis. 

98.  The  former  of  these  cities,  which  is  a  place  of  note,  is 
assigned  expressly  to  the  wife  of  the  ruler  of  Egypt  for  the  time 
being,  to  keep  her  in  shoes.  Such  has  been  the  custom  ever 
since  Egypt  fell  under  the  Persian  yoke.  The  other  city  seems 
to  me  to  have  got  its  name  of  Archandropolis  from  Archander 
the  Phthian,  son  of  Achaeus,  and  son-in-law  of  Danaus.  There 
might  certainly  have  been  another  Archander;  but,  at  any  rate, 
the  name  is  not  Egyptian. 

99.  Thus  far  I  have  spoken  of  Egypt  from  my  own  observa- 
tion, relating  what  I  myself  saw,  the  ideas  that  I  formed,  and 
the  results  of  my  own  researches.  What  follows  rests  on  the 
accounts  given  me  by  the  Egyptians,  which  I  shall  now  repeat, 
adding  thereto  some  particulars  which  fell  under  my  own  notice. 

The  priests  said  that  Men  was  the  first  king  of  Egypt,^  and 
that  it  was  he  who  raised  the  dyke  which  protects  Memphis 
from  the  inundations  of  the  Nile.  Before  his  time  the  river 
flowed  entirely  along  the  sandy  range  of  hills  which  skirts  Egypt 
on  the  side  of  Libya.  He,  however,  by  banking  up  the  river 
at  the  bend  which  it  forms  about  a  hundred  furlongs  south  of 
Memphis,  laid  the  ancient  channel  dry,  while  he  dug  a  new 
course  for  the  stream  half-way  between  the  two  lines  of  hills. 
To  this  day,  the  elbow  which  the  Nile  forms  at  the  point  where 
it  is  forced  aside  into  the  new  channel  is  guarded  with  the 
greatest  care  by  the  Persians,  and  strengthened  every  year;  for 
if  the  river  were  to  burst  out  at  this  place,  and  pour  over  the 
mound,  there  would  be  danger  of  Memphis  being  completely 
overwhelmed  by  the  flood.  Men,  the  first  king,  having  thus, 
by  turning  the  river,  made  the  tract  where  it  used  to  run,  dry 
land,  proceeded  in  the  first  place  to  build  the  city  now  called 
Memphis,  which  lies  in  the  narrow  part  of  Egypt;  after  which 
he  further  excavated  a  lake  outside  the  town,  to  the  north  and 
west,  communicating  with  the  river,  which  was  itself  the  eastern 

*  Manetho,  Eratosthenes,  and  other  writers,  agree  with  Herodotus  that 
Mdn  or  Meaes  (the  Mna,  or  M«iai,  of  the  monuments)  was  the  first  Egyptian 
king.  [As  I  have  akeady  noted,  Menes  is  not  an  historical  figure.  Pos- 
sibly Aha  and  Narmer — first  conquerors  of  the  North  and  unifiers  of  the 
kingdom — were  the  originals  of  the  legendary  king.  Since  Rawlinson 
wrote,  the  spade  of  the  archaeologist  has  unearthed  a  vast  mass  of  material 
bearing  on  Egyptian  history;  and  a  new  chapter  in  the  history  of  the 
world  has  been  recovered. — E.  H.  B.] 


102  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

boundary.  Besides  these  works/  he  also,  the  priests  said,  built 
the  temple  of  Vulcan  which  stands  within  the  city,  a  vast 
edifice,  very  worthy  of  mention. 

100.  Next,  they  read  me  from  a  papyrus,  the  names  of  three 
hundred  and  thirty  monarchs,*  who  (they  said)  were  his  suc- 
cessors upon  the  throne.  In  this  number  of  generations  there 
were  eighteen  Ethiopian  kings,^  and  one  queen  who  was  a 
native;  all  the  rest  were  kings  and  Egyptians.  The  queen  bore 
the  same  name  as  the  Babylonian  princess,  namely,  Nitocris.* 
They  said  that  she  succeeded  her  brother;  he  had  been  king  of 
Egypt,  and  was  put  to  death  by  his  subjects,  who  then  placed 
her  upon  the  throne.  Bent  on  avenging  his  death,  she  devised 
a  cunning  scheme  by  which  she  destroyed  a  vast  number  of 
Egyptians.  She  constructed  a  spacious  underground  chamber, 
and,  on  pretence  of  inaugurating  it,  contrived  the  following: — 
Inviting  to  a  banquet  those  of  the  Egyptians  whom  she  knew 
to  have  had  the  chief  share  in  the  murder  of  her  brother,  she 
suddenly,  as  they  were  feasting,  let  the  river  in  upon  them,  by 
means  of  a  secret  duct  of  large  size.  This,  and  this  only,  did 
they  tell  me  of  her,  except  that,  when  she  had  done  as  I  have 
said,  she  threw  herself  into  an  apartment  full  of  ashes,  that  she 
might  escape  the  vengeance  whereto  she  would  otherwise  have 
been  exposed. 

10 1.  The  other  kings,  they  said,  were  personages  of  no  note 
or  distinction,^  and  left  no  monuments  of  any  account,  with  the 
exception  of  the  last,  who  was  named  Moeris.^  He  left  several 
memorials  of  his  reign — the  northern  gateway  of  the  temple  of 
Vulcan,  the  lake  excavated  by  his  orders,  whose  dimensions  I 
shall  give  presently,'  and  the  pyramids  built  by  him  in  the  lake, 
the  size  of  which  will  be  stated  when  I  describe  the  lake  itself 
wherein  they  stand.  Such  were  his  works :  the  other  kings  left 
absolutely  nothing. 

102.  Passing  over  these  monarchs,  therefore,  I  shall  speak  of 

•  Neither  Menes  nor  his  immediate  successors  have  left  any  monuments. 

•  That  is,  from  Menes  to  Moeris. 

»  The  intermarriages  of  the  Egyptian  and  Ethiopian  royal  families  may 
be  inferred  from  the  sculptures. 

•  The  fact  of  Nitocris  having  been  an  early  'Egyptian  queen  is  proved 
in  her  name,  Neitakri,  occurring  in  the  Tvirin  Papyrus. 

•  Their  obscurity  was  owing  to  Egypt  being  part  of  the  time  under  the 
dominion  of  the  Shepherds,  who,  finding  Egypt  divided  into  several 
kingdoms,  or  principalities,  invaded  the  country,  and  succeeded  at  length 
in  dispossessing  the  Memphite  kings  of  their  territories. 

•  Sec  chs.  13  and  loo. 
'  Infra,  ch.  149. 


Chap.  100-104.  ScSOStfis  1 63 

the  king  who  reigned  next,  whose  name  was  Sesostris.^  He, 
the  priests  said,  first  of  all  proceeded  in  a  fleet  of  ships  of  war 
from  the  Arabian  gulf  along  the  shores  of  the  Erythraean  sea, 
subduing  the  nations  as  he  went,  until  he  finally  reached  a  sea 
which  could  not  be  navigated  by  reason  of  the  shoals.  Hence 
he  returned  to  Egypt,  where,  they  told  me,  he  collected  a  vast 
armament,  and  made  a  progress  by  land  across  the  continent, 
conquering  every  people  which  fell  in  his  way.  In  the  countries 
where  the  natives  withstood  his  attack,  and  fought  gallantly 
for  their  liberties,  he  erected  pillars,^  on  which  he  inscribed  his 
own  name  and  country,  and  how  that  he  had  here  reduced  the 
inhabitants  to  subjection  by  the  might  of  his  arms:  where,  on 
the  contrary,  they  submitted  readily  and  without  a  struggle,  he 
inscribed  on  the  pillars,  in  addition  to  these  particulars,  an 
emblem  to  mark  that  they  were  a  nation  of  women,  that  is, 
unwarlike  and  effeminate. 

103.  In  this  way  he  traversed  the  whole  continent  of  Asia, 
whence  he  passed  on  into  Europe,  and  made  himself  master  of 
Scythia  and  of  Thrace,  beyond  which  countries  I  do  not  think 
that  his  army  extended  its  march.  For  thus  far  the  pillars 
which  he  erected  are  still  visible,  but  in  the  remoter  regions 
they  are  no  longer  found.  Returning  to  Egypt  from  Thrace, 
he  came,  on  his  way,  to  the  banks  of  the  river  Phasis.  Here  I 
cannot  say  with  any  certainty  what  took  place.  Either  he  of 
bis  own  accord  detached  a  body  of  troops  from  his  main  army 
and  left  them  to  colonise  the  country,  or  else  a  certain  number 
of  his  soldiers,  wearied  with  their  long  wanderings,  deserted, 
and  established  themselves  on  the  banks  of  this  stream. 

104.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  Colchians  are  an  Egyp- 
tian race.  Before  I  heard  any  mention  of  the  fact  from  others, 
I  had  remarked  it  myself.  Aiter  the  thought  had  struck  me,  I 
made  inquiries  on  the  subject  both  in  Colchis  and  in  Egypt,  and 
I  found  that  the  Colchians  had  a  more  distinct  recollection  of 
the  Egyptians,  than  the  Egyptians  had  of  them.  Still  the 
Egyptians  said  that  they  believed  the  Colchians  to  be  descended 
from  the  army  of  Sesostris.    My  own  conjectures  were  founded, 

*  The  original  Sesostris  was  the  first  king  of  the  12th  dynasty,  Osirtasen 
I.,  who  was  the  first  great  Egyptian  conqueror;  but  when  Osirei  or  Sethi 
(Sethos),  and  his  son  Rameses  II.  surpassed  the  exploits  of  their  predecessor, 
the  name  of  Sesostris  became  confounded  with  Sethos,  and  the  conquests 
of  that  king,  and  his  still  greater  son,  were  ascribed  to  the  original  Sesostris, 

'  These  memorials,  which  belong  to  Rameses  II.,  are  found  in  Syria,  on 
the  rocks  above  the  mouth  of  the  Lycus  (now  Nahr  el  Kelb). 


1 64  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

first,  on  the  fact  that  they  are  black-skinned  and  have  woolly 
hair/  which  certainly  amounts  to  but  little,  since  several  other 
nations  are  so  too;  but  further  and  more  especially,  on  the 
circumstance  that  the  Colchians,  the  Egyptians,  and  the 
Ethiopians,  are  the  only  nations  who  have  practised  circum- 
cision from  the  earliest  times.  The  Phoenicians  and  the  Syrians 
of  Palestine  ^  themselves  confess  that  they  learnt  the  custom  of 
the  Egyptians;  and  the  Syrians  who  dwell  about  the  rivers 
Therm  odon  and  Parthenius,^  as  well  as  their  neighbours  the 
Macronians,  say  that  they  have  recently  adopted  it  from  the 
Colchians.  Now  these  are  the  only  nations  who  use  circum- 
cision, and  it  is  plain  that  they  all  imitate  herein  the  Egyptians.* 
With  respect  to  the  Ethiopians,  indeed,  I  cannot  decide  whether 
they  learnt  the  practice  of  the  Egyptians,  or  the  Egyptians  of 
them — it  is  undoubtedly  of  very  ancient  date  in  Ethiopia — but 
that  the  others  derived  their  knowledge  of  it  from  Egypt  is 
clear  to  me,  from  the  fact  that  the  Phoenicians,  when  they 
come  to  have  commerce  with  the  Greeks,  cease  to  follow  the 
Egyptians  in  this  custom,  and  allow  their  children  to  remain 
uncircumcised. 

105.  I  will  add  a  further  proof  to  the  identity  of  the  Egyp- 
tians and  the  Colchians.  These  two  nations  weave  their  finen 
in  exactly  the  same  way,  and  this  is  a  way  entirely  unknown  to 
the  rest  of  the  world;  they  also  in  their  whole  mode  of  life  and 
in  their  language  resemble  one  another.  The  Colchian  linen  ^ 
is  called  by  the  Greeks  Sardinian,  while  that  which  comes  from 
Egypt  is  known  as  Egyptian. 

106.  The  pillars  which  Sesostris  erected  in  the  conquered 
countries  have  for  the  most  part  disappeared;  but  in  the  part 
of  Syria  called  Palestine,  I  myself  saw  them  still  standing,  with 
the  writing  above-mentioned,  and  the  emblem  distinctly  visible. 

^  Herodotus  also  alludes  in  ch.  57  to  the  black  colour  of  the  Eg5rptians; 
but  not  only  do  the  paintings  pointedly  distinguish  the  Egyptians  from  the 
blacks  of  Africa,  and  even  from  the  copper-coloured  Ethiopians,  both  of 
whom  are  shown  to  have  been  of  the  same  hue  as  thefr  descendants:  but 
the  mummies  prove  that  the  Egyptians  were  neither  black  nor  woolly-haired, 
and  the  formation  of  the  head  at  once  decides  that  they  are  of  Asiatic,  and 
not  of  African,  origin.  Egypt  was  called  Chemi,  "  black,"  from  the  colour 
of  the  rich  soil,  not  from  that  of  the  people. 

•  Herodotus  apparently  alludes  to  the  Jews. 

•  The  Syrians  here  intended  are  undoubtedly  the  Cappadocians. 

•  Cfrcumcision  was  not  practised  by  the  Philistines  (i  Sam.  xiv.  6;  xvii. 
26;  xviii.  27;  2  Sam.  i.  20;  i  Chron.  x.  4),  nor  by  the  generality  of  the 
Phoenicians. 

•  Colchis  was  famous  for  its  linen. 


Chap.  I05-108.  FigUFCS   of  ScSOStHS  1 65 

In  Ionia  also,  there  are  two  representations  of  this  prince  en- 
graved upon  rocks/  one  on  the  road  from  Ephesus  to  Phocaea, 
the  other  between  Sardis  and  Smyrna.  In  each  case  the  figure 
is  that  of  a  man,  four  cubits  and  a  span  high,  with  a  spear  in 
his  right  hand  and  a  bow  in  his  left,  the  rest  of  his  costume 
being  likewise  half  Egyptian,  half  Ethiopian.  There  is  an 
inscription  across  the  breast  from  shoulder  to  shoulder,  in  the 
sacred  character  of  Egypt,  which  says,  "  With  my  own  shoulders 
I  conquered  this  land."  The  conqueror  does  not  tell  who  he  is, 
or  v/hence  he  comes,  though  elsewhere  Sesostris  records  these 
facts.  Hence  it  has  been  imagined  by  some  of  those  who  have 
seen  these  forms,  that  they  are  figures  of  Memnon;  ^  but  such 
as  think  so  err  very  widely  from  the  truth. 

107.  This  Sesostris,  the  priests  went  on  to  say,  upon  his  return 
home,  accompanied  by  vast  multitudes  of  the  people  whose 
countries  he  had  subdued,^  was  received  by  his  brother,*  whom 
he  had  made  viceroy  of  Egypt  on  his  departure,  at  Daphnae  near 
Pelusium,  and  invited  by  him  to  a  banquet,  which  he  attended, 
together  with  his  sons.  Then  his  brother  piled  a  quantity  of 
wood  all  round  the  building,  and  having  so  done  set  it  alight. 
Sesostris,  discovering  what  had  happened,  took  counsel  instantly 
with  his  wife,  who  had  accompanied  him  to  the  feast,  and  was 
advised  by  her  to  lay  two  of  their  six  sons  upon  the  fire,  and 
so  make  a  bridge  across  the  flames,  whereby  the  rest  might 
effect  their  escape.  Sesostris  did  as  she  recommended,  and  thus 
while  two  of  his  sons  were  burnt  to  death,  he  himself  and  his 
other  children  were  saved. 

108.  The  king  then  returned  to  his  own  land  and  took  ven- 

*  A  figure,  which  seems  certainly  to  be  one  of  the  two  here  mentioned  by 
Herodotus,  has  been  discovered  at  Ninfi,  on  what  appears  to  have  been  the 
ancient  road  from  Sardis  to  Smyrna. 

'  Herodotus  shows  his  discrimination  in  rejecting  the  notion  of  his  being 
Memnon,  which  had  akeady  become  prevalent  among  the  Greeks,  who  saw 
Menmon  everywhere  in  Egypt  merely  because  he  was  mentioned  in  Homer. 
A  similar  error  is  made  at  the  present  day  in  expecting  to  find  a  reference 
to  Jewish  history  on  the  monuments,  though  it  is  obviously  not  the  custom 
of  any  people  to  record  their  misfortunes  to  posterity  in  painting  or  sculp- 
ture. 

'It  was  the  custom  of  the  Egyptian  kings  to  bring  their  prisoners  to 
Egypt,  and  to  employ  them  in  pubhc  works,  as  the  sculptures  abimdantly 
prove,  and  as  Herodotus  states  (ch.  108).  The  Jews  were  employed  in  the 
same  way:  for  though  at  first  they  obtained  grazing-lands  for  their  cattle 
in  the  land  of  Goshen  (Gen.  xlvi.  34),  or  the  Bucolia,  where  they  tended  the 
king's  herds  (Gen.  xlvii.  6,  27),  they  were  afterwards  forced  to  perform 
various  services,  like  ordinary  prisoners  of  war. 

*  This  at  once  shows  that  the  conqueror  here  mentioned  is  not  the  early 
Sesostris  of  the  12th  dynasty,  but  the  great  king  of  the  19th  dynasty. 


1 66  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

geance  upon  his  brother,  after  which  he  proceeded  to  make  use 
of  the  multitudes  whom  he  had  brought  with  him  from  the 
conquered  countries,  partly  to  drag  the  huge  masses  of  stone 
which  were  moved  in  the  course  of  his  reign  to  the  temple  of 
Vulcan — partly  to  dig  the  numerous  canals  with  which  the 
whole  of  Egypt  is  intersected.  By  these  forced  labours  the 
entire  face  of  the  country  was  changed;  for  whereas  Egypt  had 
formerly  been  a  region  suited  both  for  horses  and  carriages, 
henceforth  it  became  entirely  unfit  for  either.^  Though  a  fiat 
country  throughout  its  whole  extent,  it  is  now  unfit  for  either 
horse  or  carriage,  being  cut  up  by  the  canals,  which  are  ex- 
tremely numerous  and  run  in  all  directions.  The  king's  object 
was  to  supply  Nile  water  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  towns  situated 
in  the  mid-country,  and  not  lying  upon  the  river;  for  previously 
they  had  been  obliged,  after  the  subsidence  of  the  floods,  to 
drink  a  brackish  water  which  they  obtained  from  wells.^ 

109.  Sesostris  also,  they  declared,  made  a  division  of  the  soil 
of  Egypt  among  the  inhabitants,  assigning  square  plots  of 
ground  of  equal  size  to  all,  and  obtaining  his  chief  revenue  from 
the  rent  which  the  holders  were  required  to  pay  him  year  by 
year.  If  the  river  carried  away  any  portion  of  a  man's  lot,  he 
appeared  before  the  king,  and  related  what  had  happened;  upon 
which  the  king  sent  persons  to  examine,  and  determine  by 
measurement  the  exact  extent  of  the  loss;  and  thenceforth  only 
such  a  rent  was  demanded  of  him  as  was  proportionate  to  the 
reduced  size  of  his  land.  From  this  practice,  I  think,  geometry 
first  came  to  be  known  in  Egypt,  whence  it  passed  into  Greece. 
The  sun-dial,  however,  and  the  gnomon'  with  the  division  of 
the  day  into  twelve  parts,  were  received  by  the  Greeks  from 
the  Babylonians. 

no.  Sesostris  was  king  not  only  of  Egypt,  but  also  of 
Ethiopia.    He  was  the  only  Egyptian  monarch  who  ever  ruled 

*  It  is  very  possible  that  the  number  of  canals  may  have  increased  in 
the  time  of  Rameses  II.:  and  this,  like  the  rest  of  Herodotus'  account, 
shows  that  this  king  is  the  Sesostris  whose  actions  he  is  describing, 

*  The  water  filtrates  through  the  alluvial  soil  to  the  inland  wells,  where 
it  is  sweet,  though  sometimes  hard. 

*  The  gnomon  was  of  course  part  of  every  dial.  Herodotus,  however,  is 
csorrect  in  making  a  diSerence  between  the  yvib/xcav  and  the  iro'Xos.  The 
former,  called  also  (xtolx^Iov,  was  a  perpendicular  rod,  whose  shadow 
indicated  noon,  and  also  by  its  length  a  particular  part  of  the  day,  being 
longest  at  sunrise  and  sunset.  The  ttoXos  was  an  improvement,  and  a 
real  dial,  on  which  the  division  of  the  day  was  set  ofi  by  lines,  and  indicated 
by  the  shadow  of  its  gnomon. 


Chap.  109-111.  Phcron  167 

over  the  latter  country.^  He  left,  as  memorials  of  his  reign, 
the  stone  statues  which  stand  in  front  of  the  temple  of  Vulcan, 
two  of  which,  representing  himself  and  his  wife,  are  thirty  cubits 
in  height,  while  the  remaining  four,  which  represent  his  sons, 
are  twenty  cubits.  These  are  the  statues,  in  front  of  which  the 
priest  of  Vulcan,  very  many  years  afterwards,  would  not  allow 
Darius  the  Persian  *  to  place  a  statue  of  himself;  "  because," 
he  said,  "  Darius  had  not  equalled  the  achievements  of  Sesostris 
the  Egyptian:  for  while  Sesostris  had  subdued  to  the  full  as 
many  nations  as  ever  Darius  had  brought  under,  he  had  like- 
wise conquered  the  Scythians,  whom  Darius  had  failed  to 
master.  It  was  not  fair,  therefore,  that  he  should  erect  his 
statue  in  front  of  the  offerings  of  a  king,  whose  deeds  he  had 
been  unable  to  surpass."  Darius,  they  say,  pardoned  the 
freedom  of  this  speech. 

III.  On  the  death  of  Sesostris,  his  son  Pheron,  the  priests 
said,  mounted  the  throne.  He  undertook  no  warlike  expedi- 
tions; being  struck  with  blindness,  owing  to  the  following  cir- 
cumstance. The  river  had  swollen  to  the  unusual  height  of 
eighteen  cubits,  and  had  overflowed  all  the  fields,  when,  a 
sudden  wind  arising,  the  water  rose  in  great  waves.  Then  the 
king,  in  a  spirit  of  impious  violence,  seized  his  spear,  and  hurled 
it  into  the  strong  eddies  of  the  stream.  Instantly  he  was 
smitten  with  disease  of  the  eyes,  from  which  after  a  little  while 
he  became  blind,*  continuing  without  the  power  of  vision  for 
ten  years.  At  last,  in  the  eleventh  year,  an  oracular  announce- 
ment reached  him  from  the  city  of  Buto,  to  the  effect,  that 
"  the  time  of  his  punishment  had  run  out,  and  he  should  re- 
cover his  sight  by  washing  his  eyes  with  urine.    He  must  find  a 

*  This  cannot  apply  to  any  one  Egyptian  king  in  particular,  as  many 
ruled  in  Ethiopia;  and  though  Osirtasen  I.  (the  original  Sesostris)  may  have 
been  the  first,  the  monuments  show  that  his  successors  of  the  12th  dynasty, 
and  others,  ruled  and  erected  buildings  in  Ethiopia.  The  Egyptians 
evidently  overran  all  Ethiopia,  and  part  of  the  interior  of  Africa,  in  the 
time  of  the  i8th  and  19th  dynasties,  and  had  long  before  conquered  Negro 
tribes. 

*  The  name  of  Darius  occurs  in  the  sculptures.  He  seems  to  have 
treated  the  Egj^tians  with  far  more  uniform  lenity  than  the  other  Persian 
kings. 

'  This  is  one  of  the  Greek  ciceroni  tales.  A  Greek  poet  might  make  a 
graceful  story  of  Achilles  and  a  Trojan  stream,  but  the  prosaic  Egyptians 
would  never  represent  one  of  their  kings  performing  a  feat  so  opposed  to 
his  habits,  and  to  all  their  rehgious  notions.  The  story  about  the  women 
is  equally  un- Egyptian;  but  the  mention  of  a  remedy  which  is  still  used  in 
Egypt  for  ophthalmia,  shows  that  some  simple  fact  has  been  converted 
into  a  wholly  improbable  tale. 


1 68  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

woman  who  had  been  faithful  to  her  husband,  and  had  never 
preferred  to  him  another  man."  The  king,  therefore,  first  of 
all  made  trial  of  his  wife,  but  to  no  purpose — he  continued  as 
blind  as  before.  So  he  made  the  experiment  with  other  women, 
until  at  length  he  succeeded,  and  in  this  way  recovered  his 
sight.  Hereupon  he  assembled  all  the  women,  except  the  last, 
and  bringing  them  to  the  city  which  now  bears  the  name  of 
Erythrabolus  (Red-soil),  he  there  burnt  them  all,  together  with 
the  place  itself.  The  woman  to  whom  he  owed  his  cure,  he 
married,  and  after  his  recovery  was  complete,  he  presented 
offerings  to  all  the  temples  of  any  note,  among  which  the  best 
worthy  of  mention  are  the  two  stone  obelisks  which  he  gave  to 
the  temple  of  the  Sun.^  These  are  magnificent  works;  each  is 
made  of  a  single  stone,  eight  cubits  broad,  and  a  hundred 
cubits  in  height. 

112.  Pheron,  they  said,  was  succeeded  by  a  man  of  Memphis, 
whose  name,  in  the  language  of  the  Greeks,  was  Proteus.  There 
is  a  sacred  precinct  of  this  king  in  Memphis,  which  is  very 
beautiful,  and  richly  adorned,  situated  south  of  the  great  temple 
of  Vulcan.  Phoenicians  from  the  city  of  T>Te  dwell  all  round 
this  precinct,  and  the  whole  place  is  known  by  the  name  of 
"  the  camp  of  the  T}Tians."  Within  the  enclosure  stands  a 
temple,  which  is  called  that  of  Venus  the  Stranger.*  I  conjec- 
ture the  building  to  have  been  erected  to  Helen,  the  daughter 
of  T\Tidarus;  first,  because  she,  as  I  have  heard  say,  passed 
some  time  at  the  court  of  Proteus;  and  secondly,  because  the 
temple  is  dedicated  to  Venus  ike  Stranger ;  for  among  all  the 
many  temples  of  Venus  there  is  no  other  where  the  goddess 
bears  this  title. 

113.  The  priests,  in  answer  to  my  inquiries  on  the  subject 
of  Helen,^  informed  me  of  the  following  particulars.    WTien 

*  They  were  therefore  most  probably  at  Heliopolis.  The  height  of  100 
c-ubits,  at  least  150  feet,  far  exceeds  that  of  any  found  in  Egypt,  the  highest 
being  less  than  100  feet.  The  mode  of  raising  an  obelisk  seems  to  have 
been  by  tilting  it  from  an  inclined  plane  into  a  pit,  at  the  bottom  of  which 
the  pedestal  was  placed  to  receive  it,  a  wheel  or  roller  of  wood  being 
fastened  on  each  side  to  the  end  of  the  obelisk,  which  enabled  it  to  rim 
down  the  wall  opposite  the  inclined  plane  to  its  proper  position.  During 
this  operation  it  was  dragged  by  ropes  up  the  inclined  plane,  and  then 
gradually  lowered  into  the  pit  as  soon  as  it  had  been  tilted. 

'  This  was  e\-idently  Astarte,  the  Venus  of  the  Phoenicians  and  Syrians. 

•  The  eagerness  of  the  Greeks  to  "  inquire  "  after  events  mentioned  by 
Homer,  and  the  readiness  of  the  Egyptians  to  take  advantage  of  it,  are 
shown  in  this  story  related  to  Herodotus.  The  fact  of  Homer  ha\Tng 
believed  that  Helen  went  to  Egypt,  only  proves  that  the  story  was  not 
invented  in  Herodotus'  time,  but  was  ctirrent  long  before. 


Chap.  112-115.  Rapc  of  Helen  169 

Alexander  had  carried  off  Helen  from  Sparta,  he  took  ship  and 
sailed  homewards.  On  his  way  across  the  Egean  a  gale  arose, 
which  drove  him  from  his  course  and  took  him  down  to  the  sea 
of  Egypt;  hence,  as  the  wind  did  not  abate,  he  was  carried  on 
to  the  coast,  when  he  went  ashore,  landing  at  the  Salt-Pans,  in 
that  mouth  of  the  Nile  which  is  now  called  the  Canobic.^  At 
this  place  there  stood  upon  the  shore  a  temple,  which  still 
exists,  dedicated  to  Hercules.  If  a  slave  runs  away  from  his 
master,  and  taking  sanctuary  at  this  shrine  gives  himself  up  to 
the  god,  and  receives  certain  sacred  marks  upon  his  person,* 
whosoever  his  master  may  be,  he  cannot  lay  hand  on  him. 
This  law  still  remained  unchanged  to  my  time.  Hearing,  there- 
fore, of  the  custom  of  the  place,  the  attendants  of  Alexander 
deserted  him,  and  fled  to  the  temple,  where  they  sat  as  sup- 
pHants.  While  there,  wishing  to  damage  their  master,  they 
accused  him  to  the  Eg}T)tians,  narrating  all  the  circumstances 
of  the  rape  of  Helen  and  the  wrong  done  to  Menelaus.  These 
charges  they  brought,  not  only  before  the  priests,  but  also 
before  the  warden  of  that  mouth  of  the  river,  whose  name  was 
Thonis. 

114.  As  soon  as  he  received  the  intelligence,  Thonis  sent  a 
message  to  Proteus,  who  was  at  Memphis,  to  this  effect:  "  A 
stranger  is  arrived  from  Greece;  he  is  by  race  a  Teucrian,  and 
has  done  a  wicked  deed  in  the  country  from  which  he  is  come. 
Having  beguiled  the  wife  of  the  man  whose  guest  he  was,  he 
carried  her  away  with  him,  and  much  treasure  also.  Compelled 
by  stress  of  weather,  he  has  now  put  in  here.  Are  we  to  let 
him  depart  as  he  came,  or  shall  we  seize  what  he  has  brought?  " 
Proteus  replied,  "  Seize  the  man,  be  he  who  he  may,  that  has 
dealt  thus  wickedly  with  his  friend,  and  bring  him  before  me, 
that  I  may  hear  what  he  will  say  for  himself." 

115.  Thonis,  on  receiving  these  orders,  arrested  Alexander, 
and  stopped  the  departure  of  his  ships;  then,  taking  with  him 
Alexander,  Helen,  the  treasures,  and  also  the  fugitive  slaves,  he 
went  up  to  Memphis.  When  all  were  arrived,  Proteus  asked 
Alexander,  "  who  he  was,  and  whence  he  had  come  ?  "  Alex- 
ander replied  by  giving  his  descent,  the  name  of  his  country; 
and  a  true  account  of  his  late  voyage.    Then  Proteus  ques- 

^  This  branch  of  the  Nile  entered  the  sea  a  little  to  the  E.  of  the  town 
of  Canopus,  close  to  Heracleum. 

*  Showing  they  were  dedicated  to  the  service  of  the  Deity.  To  set  a 
mark  on  any  one  as  a  protection  was  a  very  ancient  custom.  Cp.  Gen. 
iv.  15.  V 


170  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11, 

tioned  him  as  to  how  he  got  possession  of  Helen.  In  his  reply 
Alexander  became  confused,  and  diverged  from  the  truth, 
whereon  the  slaves  interposed,  confuted  his  statements,  and 
told  the  whole  history  of  the  crime.  Finally,  Proteus  delivered 
judgment  as  follows:  "  Did  I  not  regard  it  as  a  matter  of  the 
utmost  consequence  that  no  stranger  driven  to  my  country  by 
adverse  winds  should  ever  be  put  to  death,  I  would  certainly 
have  avenged  the  Greek  by  slaying  thee.  Thou  basest  of  men, 
— after  accepting  hospitality,  to  do  so  wicked  a  deed  I  First, 
thou  didst  seduce  the  wife  of  thy  own  host — then,  not  content 
therewith,  thou  must  violently  excite  her  mind,  and  steal  her 
away  from  her  husband.  Nay,  even  so  thou  wert  not  satisfied, 
but  on  leaving,  thou  must  plunder  the  house  in  which  thou 
hadst  been  a  guest.  Now  then,  as  I  think  it  of  the  greatest 
importance  to  put  no  stranger  to  death,  I  suffer  thee  to  depart; 
but  the  woman  and  the  treasures  I  shall  not  permit  to  be  carried 
away.  Here  they  must  stay,  till  the  Greek  stranger  comes  in 
person  and  takes  them  back  with  him.  For  thyself  and  thy 
companions,  I  command  thee  to  begone  from  my  land  within 
the  space  of  three  days — and  I  warn  you,  that  otherwise  at  the 
end  of  that  time  you  will  be  treated  as  enemies." 

116.  Such  was  the  tale  told  me  by  the  priests  concerning  the 
arrival  of  Helen  at  the  court  of  Proteus.  It  seems  to  me  that 
Homer  was  acquainted  with  this  story,  and  while  discarding  it, 
because  he  thought  it  less  adapted  for  epic  poetry  than  the  ver- 
sion which  he  followed,  showed  that  it  was  not  unknown  to  him. 
This  is  evident  from  the  travels  which  he  assigns  to  Alexander 
in  the  Iliad — and  let  it  be  borne  in  mind  that  he  has  nowhere 
else  contradicted  himself — making  him  be  carried  out  of  his 
course  on  his  return  with  Helen,  and  after  divers  wanderings 
come  at  last  to  Sidon  ^  in  Phoenicia.  The  passage  is  in  the 
Bravery  of  Diomed,^  and  the  words  are  as  follows: — 

"  There  were  the  robes,  many- coloured,  the  work  of  Sidonian  women: 
They  from  Sidon  had  come,  what  time  god-shaped  Alexander 
Over  the  broad  sea  brought,  that  way,  the  high-born  Helen." 


*  Herodotus  very  properly  ranks  the  Sidonians  before  the  Tynans 
(viii.  67),  and  Isaiali  calls  T)a:e  daughter  of  Sidon  (xxiii.  12),  having  been 
foimded  by  the  Sidonians.  Sidon  is  in  Genesis  (x.  19),  but  no  Tyre:  and 
Homer  only  mentions  Sidon  and  not  "  Tyre,"  as  Strabo  observes.  It  may 
be  "  doubtful  which  was  the  metropolis  of  Phoenicia,"  in  later  times; 
Sidon,  however,  appears  to  be  the  older  city. 

*  IL  vi.  290-2. 


Chap.  1x6-118.  StOrjT   of  Hclcn  I7I 

In  the  Odyssey  also  the  same  fact  is  alluded  to,  in  these 
words ;^ — 

"  Such,  so  wisely  prepared,  were  the  drugs  that  her  stores  afforded. 
Excellent;   gift  which  once  Polydamna,  partner  of  Thonis, 
Gave  her  in  Egypt,  where  many  the  simples  that  grow  in  the  meadows. 
Potent  to  cure  in  part,  in  part  as  potent  to  injure." 

Menelaus  too,  in  the  same  poem,  thus  addresses  Telema- 
chus:* — 

"  Much  did  I  long  to  return,  but  the  Gods  still  kept  me  in  Eg3rpt — 
Angry  because  I  had  failed  to  pay  them  their  hecatombs  duly." 

In  these  places  Homer  shows  himself  acquainted  with  the 
voyage  of  Alexander  to  Egypt,  for  Syria  borders  on  Egypt,  and 
the  Phoenicians,  to  whom  Sidon  belongs,  dwell  in  Syria. 

117.  From  these  various  passages,  and  from  that  about  Sidon 
especially,  it  is  clear  that  Homer  did  not  write  the  Cypria.' 
For  there  it  is  said  that  Alexander  arrived  at  Ilium  with  Helen 
on  the  third  day  after  he  left  Sparta,  the  wind  having  been 
favourable,  and  the  sea  smooth;  whereas  in  the  Iliad,  the  poet 
makes  him  wander  before  he  brings  her  home.  Enough,  how- 
ever, for  the  present  of  Homer  and  the  Cypria. 

118.  I  made  inquiry  of  the  priests,  whether  the  story  which 
the  Greeks  tell  about  Ilium  is  a  fable,  or  no.  In  reply  they 
related  the  following  particulars,  of  which  they  declared  that 
Menelaus  had  himself  informed  them.  After  the  rape  of  Helen, 
a  vast  army  of  Greeks,  wishing  to  render  help  to  Menelaus,  set 
sail  for  the  Teucrian  territory;  on  their  arrival  they  disem- 
barked, and  formed  their  camp,  after  which  they  sent  ambas- 
sadors to  Ilium,  of  whom  Menelaus  was  one.  The  embassy  was 
received  within  the  walls,  and  demanded  the  restoration  of 
Helen  with  the  treasures  which  Alexander  had  carried  off,  and 
likewise  required  satisfaction  for  the  wrong  done.  The  Teu- 
crians  gave  at  once  the  answer  in  which  they  persisted  ever 
afterwards,  backing  their  assertions  sometimes  even  with  oaths, 
to  wit,  that  neither  Helen,  nor  the  treasures  claimed,  were  in 
their  possession, — both  the  one  and  the  other  had  remained, 
they  said,  in  Egypt;  and  it  was  not  just  to  come  upon  them 
for  what  Proteus,  king  of  Egypt,  was  detaining.  The  Greeks, 
imagining  that  the  Teucrians  were  merely  laughing  at  them, 
laid  siege  to  the  town,  and  never  rested  until  they  finally  took 

*  Odyss.  iv.  227-230.  •  Ibid.  iv.  351-2. 

•  The  criticism  here  is  better  than  the  argument.     There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  Homer  was  not  the  author  of  the  rambling  epic  called  "  The  Cypria." 


172  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

it.  As,  however,  no  Helen  was  found,  and  they  were  still  told 
the  same  story,  they  at  length  believed  in  its  truth,  and 
despatched  Menelaus  to  the  court  of  Proteus. 

119.  So  Menelaus  travelled  to  Egypt,  and  on  his  arrival 
sailed  up  the  river  as  far  as  Memphis,  and  related  all  that  had 
happened.  He  met  with  the  utmost  hospitality,  received  Helen 
back  unharmed,  and  recovered  all  his  treasures.  After  this 
friendly  treatment  Menelaus,  they  said,  behaved  most  unjustly 
towards  the  Egyptians;  for  as  it  happened  that  at  the  time 
when  he  wanted  to  take  his  departure,  he  was  detained  by  the 
wind  being  contrary,  and  as  he  found  this  obstruction  continue, 
he  had  recourse  to  a  most  wicked  expedient.  He  seized,  they 
said,  two  children  of  the  people  of  the  country,  and  offered  them 
up  in  sacrifice.^  When  this  became  known,  the  indignation  of 
the  people  was  stirred,  and  they  went  in  pursuit  of  Menelaus, 
who,  however,  escaped  with  his  ships  to  Libya,  after  which  the 
Egyptians  could  not  say  whither  he  went.  The  rest  they  knew 
full  well,  partly  by  the  inquiries  which  they  had  made,  and 
partly  from  the  circumstances  having  taken  place  in  their  own 
land,  and  therefore  not  admitting  of  doubt. 

120.  Such  is  the  account  given  by  the  Egyptian  priests,  and 
I  am  myself  inclined  to  regard  as  true  all  that  they  say  of 
Helen  from  the  following  considerations : — If  Helen  had  been  at 
Troy,  the  inhabitants  would,  I  think,  have  given  her  up  to  the 
Greeks,  whether  Alexander  consented  to  it  or  no.  For  surely 
neither  Priam,  nor  his  family,  could  have  been  so  infatuated  as 
to  endanger  their  own  persons,  their  children,  and  their  city, 
merely  that  Alexander  might  possess  Helen.  At  any  rate,  if 
they  determined  to  refuse  at  first,  yet  afterwards  when  so  many 
of  the  Trojans  fell  on  every  encounter  with  the  Greeks,  and 
Priam  too  in  each  battle  lost  a  son,  or  sometimes  two,  or  three, 
or  even  more,  if  we  may  credit  the  epic  poets,  I  do  not  beHeve 
that  even  if  Priam  himself  had  been  married  to  her  he  would 
have  declined  to  deliver  her  up,  with  the  view  of  bringing  the 
series  of  calamities  to  a  close.  Nor  was  it  as  if  Alexander  had 
been  heir  to  the  crown,  in  which  case  he  might  have  had  the 

*  This  story  recalls  the  "  Sangiiine  placästis  ventos,  et  virgine  caesa," 
Virg.  JEn.  ii.  ii6;  and  Herodotus  actually  records  human  sacrifices  in 
Achaia,  or  Phthiotis  (vii.  197).  Some  have  attributed  human  sacrifices 
to  the  Egyptians;  and  Virgil  says  "  Quis  illaudati  nescit  Busiridis  aras?  " 
(Georg,  iii.  5);  but  it  must  be  quite  evident  that  such  a  custom  was 
Inconsistent  with  the  habits  of  the  civihsed  Egyptians,  and  Herodotus  has 
disproved  the  probability  of  human  sacrifices  in  Egypt  by  his  judicious 
remarks  in  ch.  45. 


Chap.  II9-I2I.  Rhaiiipsinitus  173 

chief  management  of  affairs,  since  Priam  was  already  old. 
Hector,  who  was  his  elder  brother,  and  a  far  braver  man,  stood 
before  him,  and  was  the  heir  to  the  kingdom  on  the  death  of 
their  father  Priam.  And  it  could  not  be  Hector's  interest  to 
uphold  his  brother  in  his  wrong,  when  it  brought  such  dire 
calamities  upon  himself  and  the  other  Trojans.  But  the  fact 
was  that  they  had  no  Helen  to  deliver,  and  so  they  told  the 
Greeks,  but  the  Greeks  would  not  believe  what  they  said — 
Divine  Providence,  as  I  think,  so  willing,  that  by  their  utter 
destruction  it  might  be  made  evident  to  all  men  that  when 
great  wrongs  are  done,  the  gods  will  surely  visit  them  with 
great  punishments.    Such,  at  least,  is  my  view  of  the  matter. 

121.  (i.)  When  Proteus  died,  Rhampsinitus,i  the  priests  in- 
formed me,  succeeded  to  the  throne.  His  monuments  were, 
the  western  gateway  of  the  temple  of  Vulcan,  and  the  two 
statues  which  stand  in  front  of  this  gateway,  called  by  the 
Egyptians,  the  one  Summer,  the  other  Winter,  each  twenty- 
five  cubits  in  height.  The  statue  of  Summer,  which  is  the 
northernmost  of  the  two,  is  worshipped  by  the  natives,  and  lias 
offerings  made  to  it;  that  of  Winter,  which  stands  towards  the 
south,  is  treated  in  exactly  the  contrary  way.  King  Rham- 
psinitus  was  possessed,  they  said,  of  great  riches  in  silver, — indeed 
to  such  an  amount,  that  none  of  the  princes,  his  successors, 
surpassed  or  even  equalled  his  wealth.  For  the  better  custody 
of  this  money,  he  proposed  to  build  a  vast  chamber  of  hewn 
stone,  one  side  of  which  was  to  form  a  part  of  the  outer  wall  of 
his  palace.  The  builder,  therefore,  having  designs  upon  the 
treasures,  contrived,  as  he  was  making  the  building,  to  insert  in 
this  wall  a  stone,  which  could  easily  be  removed  from  its  place 
by  two  men,  or  even  by  one.  So  the  chamber  was  finished, 
and  the  king's  money  stored  away  in  it.  Time  passed,  and  the 
builder  fell  sick,  when  finding  his  end  approaching,  he  called  for 
his  two  sons,  and  related  to  them  the  contrivance  he  had  made 
in  the  king's  treasure-chamber,  telling  them  it  was  for  their 
sakes  he  had  done  it,  that  so  they  might  always  live  in  affluence. 
Then  he  gave  them  clear  directions  concerning  the  mode  of  re- 
moving the  stone,  and  communicated  the  measurements,  bidding 
them  carefully  keep  the  secret,  whereby  they  would  be  Comp- 
trollers of  the  Royal  Exchequer  so  long  as  they  lived.  Then 
the  father  died,  and  the  sons  were  not  slow  in  setting  to  work; 

^  This  is  evidently  the  name  of  a  Rameses,  and  not  of  a  king  of  an  early 
dynasty. 


174  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

they  went  by  night  to  the  palace,  found  the  stone  in  the  wall 
of  the  building,  and  having  removed  it  with  ease,  plundered 
the  treasury  of  a  round  sum. 

(2.)  When  the  king  next  paid  a  visit  to  the  apartment,  he 
was  astonished  to  see  that  the  money  was  sunk  in  some  of  the 
vessels  wherein  it  was  stored  away.  Whom  to  accuse,  how- 
ever, he  knew  not,  as  the  seals  were  all  perfect,  and  the  fasten- 
ings of  the  room  secure.  Still  each  time  that  he  repeated  his 
visits,  he  found  that  more  money  was  gone.  The  thieves  in 
truth  never  stopped,  but  plundered  the  treasury  ever  more  and 
more.  At  last  the  king  determined  to  have  some  traps  made, 
and  set  near  the  vessels  which  contained  his  wealth.  This  was 
done,  and  when  the  thieves  came,  as  usual,  to  the  treasure- 
chamber,  and  one  of  them  entering  through  the  aperture,  made 
straight  for  the  jars,  suddenly  he  found  himself  caught  in  one  of 
the  traps.  Perceiving  that  he  was  lost,  he  instantly  called  his 
brother,  and  telling  him  what  had  happened,  entreated  him  to 
enter  as  quickly  as  possible  and  cut  off  his  head,  that  when  his 
body  should  be  discovered  it  might  not  be  recognised,  which 
would  have  the  effect  of  bringing  ruin  upon  both.  The  other 
thief  thought  the  advice  good,  and  was  persuaded  to  follow  it; 
— then,  fitting  the  stone  into  its  place,  he  went  home,  taking 
with  him  his  brother's  head. 

(3.)  When  day  dawned,  the  king  came  into  the  room,  and 
marvelled  greatly  to  see  the  body  of  the  thief  in  the  trap  with- 
out a  head,  while  the  building  was  still  whole,  and  neither 
entrance  nor  exit  was  to  be  seen  anywhere.  In  this  perplexity 
he  commanded  the  body  of  the  dead  man  to  be  hung  up  out- 
side the  palace  wall,  and  set  a  guard  to  watch  it,  with  orders 
that  if  any  persons  were  seen  weeping  or  lamenting  near  the 
place,  they  should  be  seized  and  brought  before  him.  When 
the  mother  heard  of  this  exposure  of  the  corpse  of  her  son,  she 
took  it  sorely  to  heart,  and  spoke  to  her  surviving  child,  bidding 
him  devise  some  plan  or  other  to  get  back  the  body,  and 
threatening,  that  if  he  did  not  exert  himself,  she  would  go 
herself  to  the  king,  and  denounce  him  as  the  robber. 

(4.)  The  son  said  all  he  could  to  persuade  her  to  let  the 
matter  rest,  but  in  vain;  she  still  continued  to  trouble  him, 
until  at  last  he  yielded  to  her  importunity,  and  contrived  as 
follows: — Filling  some  skins  with  wine,  he  loaded  them  on 
donkeys,  which  he  drove  before  him  till  he  came  to  the  place 
where  the  guards  were  watching  the  dead  body,  when  pulling 


Chap.  121.        The  Brothcr's  Stratagem  175 

two  or  three  of  the  skins  towards  him,  he  untied  some  of  the 
necks  which  dangled  by  the  asses'  sides.  The  wine  poured 
freely  out,  whereupon  he  began  to  beat  his  head,  and  shout 
with  all  his  might,  seeming  not  to  know  which  of  the  donkeys 
he  should  turn  to  first.  When  the  guards  saw  the  wine  running, 
delighted  to  profit  by  the  occasion,  they  rushed  one  and  all  into 
the  road,  each  with  some  vessel  or  other,  and  caught  the  liquor 
as  it  was  spilling.  The  driver  pretended  anger,  and  loaded 
them  with  abuse;  whereon  they  did  their  best  to  pacify  him, 
until  at  last  he  appeared  to  soften,  and  recover  his  good  humour, 
drove  his  asses  aside  out  of  the  road,  and  set  to  work  to  re- 
arrange their  burthens;  meanwhile,  as  he  talked  and  chatted 
with  the  guards,  one  of  them  began  to  rally  him,  and  make  him 
laugh,  whereupon  he  gave  them  one  of  the  skins  as  a  gift. 
They  now  made  up  their  minds  to  sit  dov^Ti  and  have  a  drinking- 
bout  where  they  were,  so  they  begged  him  to  remain  and  drink 
with  them.  Then  the  man  let  himself  be  persuaded,  and 
stayed.  As  the  drinking  went  on,  they  grew  very  friendly  to- 
gether, so  presently  he  gave  them  another  skin,  upon  which 
they  drank  so  copiously  that  they  were  all  overcome  with  the 
liquor,  and  growing  drowsy  lay  down,  and  fell  asleep  on  the 
spot.  The  thief  waited  till  it  was  the  dead  of  the  night,  and 
then  took  down  the  body  of  his  brother;  after  which,  in  mockery, 
he  shaved  off  the  right  side  of  all  the  soldiers'  beards,^  and  so 
left  them.  Laying  his  brother's  body  upon  the  asses,  he  carried 
it  home  to  his  mother,  having  thus  accomplished  the  thing  that 
she  had  required  of  him. 

(5.)  When  it  came  to  the  king's  ears  that  the  thief's  body 
was  stolen  away,  he  was  sorely  vexed.  Wishing,  therefore, 
whatever  it  might  cost,  to  catch  the  man  who  had  contrived 
the  trick,  he  had  recourse  (the  priests  said)  to  an  expedient, 
which  I  can  scarcely  credit.     He  sent  his  own  daughter  ^  to  the 

^  This  is  a  curious  mistake  for  any  one  to  make  who  had  been  in  Egypt, 
since  the  soldiers  had  no  beards,  and  it  was  the  custom  of  all  classes  to 
shave.  This  we  know  from  ancient  authors,  and,  above  all,  from  th« 
sculptures,  where  the  only  persons  who  have  beards  are  foreigners.  Hero- 
dotus even  allows  that  the  Egyptians  shaved  their  heads  and  beards 
(ch.  36;  cp.  Gen.  xli.  4).  Joseph,  when  sent  for  from  prison  by  Pharaoh, 
"  shaved  himself  and  changed  his  raiment."  Herodotus  could  not  have 
leamt  this  story  from  the  Egyptians,  and  it  is  evidently  from  a  Greek 
source. 

•  This  in  a  country  where  social  ties  were  so  much  regarded,  and  where 
the  distinction  of  royal  and  noble  classes  was  more  rigidly  maintained  than 
in  the  most  exclusive  community  of  modern  Europe,  shows  that  the  story 
was  of  foreign  origin. 

I  405  G 


176  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

common  stews,  with  orders  to  admit  all  comers,  but  to  require 
every  man  to  tell  her  what  was  the  cleverest  and  wickedest 
thing  he  had  done  in  the  whole  course  of  his  life.  If  any  one 
in  reply  told  her  the  story  of  the  thief,  she  was  to  lay  hold  of 
him  and  not  allow  him  to  get  away.  The  daughter  did  as  her 
father  willed,  whereon  the  thief,  who  was  well  aware  of  the 
king's  motive,  felt  a  desire  to  outdo  him  in  craft  and  cunning. 
Accordingly  he  contrived  the  following  plan: — He  procured  the 
corpse  of  a  man  lately  dead,  and  cutting  oflE  one  of  the  arms  at 
the  shoulder,  put  it  under  his  dress,  and  so  went  to  the  king's 
daughter.  When  she  put  the  question  to  him  as  she  had  done 
to  all  the  rest,  he  replied,  that  the  wickedest  thing  he  had  ever 
done  was  cutting  off  the  head  of  his  brother  when  he  was 
caught  in  a  trap  in  the  king's  treasury,  and  the  cleverest  was 
making  the  guards  drunk  and  carrying  off  the  body.  As  he 
spoke,  the  princess  caught  at  him,  but  the  thief  took  advantage 
of  the  darkness  to  hold  out  to  her  the  hand  of  the  corpse. 
Imagining  it  to  be  his  own  hand,  she  seized  and  held  it  fast; 
while  the  thief,  leaving  it  in  her  grasp,  made  his  escape  by  the  door. 

(6.)  The  king,  when  word  was  brought  him  of  this  fresh  suc- 
cess, amazed  at  the  sagacity  and  boldness  of  the  man,  sent 
messengers  to  all  the  towns  in  his  dominions  to  proclaim  a  free 
pardon  for  the  thief,  and  to  promise  him  a  rich  reward,  if  he 
came  and  made  himself  known.  The  thief  took  the  king  at  his 
word,  and  came  boldly  into  his  presence;  whereupon  Rham- 
psinitus,  greatly  admiring  him,  and  looking  on  him  as  the  most 
knowing  of  men,  gave  him  his  daughter  in  marriage.  "  The 
Egyptians,"  he  said,  "  excelled  all  the  rest  of  the  world  in 
wisdom,  and  this  man  excelled  all  other  Egyptians." 

122*  The  same  king,  I  was  also  informed  by  the  priests,  after- 
wards descended  alive  into  the  region  which  the  Greeks  call 
Hades,^  and  there  played  at  dice  with  Ceres,  sometimes  winning 
and  sometimes  suffering  defeat.  After  a  while  he  returned 
to  earth,  and  brought  with  him  a  golden  napkin,  a  gift  which 
he  had  received  from  the  goddess.  From  this  descent  of  Rham- 
psinitus  into  Hades,  and  return  to  earth  again,  the  Egyptians,  I 
was  told,  instituted  a  festival,  which  they  certainly  celebrated 
in  my  day.  On  what  occasion  it  was  that  they  instituted  it, 
whether  upon  this  or  upon  any  other,  I  cannot  determine.  The 
following  are  the  ceremonies : — On  a  certain  day  in  the  year  the 

»  Hades  was  called  in  Egyptian  Ament  or  Amenti,  over  which  Osirii 
presided  as  judge  of  the  dead. 


chaf.  122-124.  Cheops  177 

priests  weave  a  mantle,  and  binding  the  eyes  of  one  of  their 
number  with  a  fillet,  they  put  the  mantle  upon  him,  and  take 
him  with  them  into  the  roadway  conducting  to  the  temple  of 
Ceres,  when  they  depart  and  leave  him  to  himself.  Then  the 
priest,  thus  blindfolded,  is  led  (they  say)  by  two  wolves  to  the 
temple  of  Ceres,  distant  twenty  furlongs  from  the  city,  where  he 
stays  awhile,  after  which  he  is  brought  back  from  the  temple  by 
the  wolves,  and  left  upon  the  spot  where  they  first  joined  him. 

123.  Such  as  think  the  tales  told  by  the  Egyptians  credible 
are  free  to  accept  them  for  history.  For  my  own  part,  I  pro- 
pose to  myself  throughout  my  whole  work  faithfully  to  record 
the  traditions  of  the  several  nations.  The  Egyptians  maintais 
that  Ceres  and  Bacchus  preside  in  the  realms  below.  They 
were  also  the  first  to  broach  the  opinion,  that  the  soul  of  man 
is  immortal,^  and  that,  when  the  body  dies,  it  enters  into  the 
form  of  an  animal  ^  which  is  bom  at  the  moment,  thence  passing 
on  from  one  animal  into  another,  until  it  has  circled  through 
the  forms  of  all  the  creatures  which  tenant  the  earth,  the  water, 
and  the  air,  after  which  it  enters  again  into  a  human  frame,  and 
is  bom  anew.  The  whole  period  of  the  transmigration  is  (they 
say)  three  thousand  years.  There  are  Greek  writers,  some  of  an 
earlier,  some  of  a  later  date,^  who  have  borrowed  this  doctrine 
from  the  Egyptians,  and  put  it  forward  as  their  own.  I  could 
mention  their  names,  but  I  abstain  from  doing  so. 

124.  Till  the  death  of  Rhampsinitus,  the  priests  said,  Egypt 
was  excellently  governed,  and  flourished  greatly ;  but  after  him 
Cheops  succeeded  to  the  throne,  and  plunged  into  all  manner 
of  wickedness.  He  closed  the  temples,  and  forbade  the  Egyp- 
tians to  offer  sacrifice,  compelling  them  instead  to  labour,  one 
and  all,  in  his  service.  Some  were  required  to  drag  blocks  of 
stone  down  to  the  Nile  from  the  quarries  in  the  Arabian  range 
of  hills;  others  received  the  blocks  after  they  had  been  con- 
veyed in  boats  across  the  river,  and  drew  them  to  the  range  of 

*  This  was  the  great  doctrine  of  the  Egyptians,  and  their  belief  in  it  is 
everywhere  proclaimed  in  the  paintings  of  the  tombs.  But  the  souls  oi 
wicked  men  alone  appear  to  have  suffered  the  disgrace  of  entering  the  body 
of  an  animal,  when,  "  weighed  in  the  balance  "  before  the  tribunal  oi 
Osiris,  they  were  pronounced  unworthy  to  enter  the  abode  of  the  blessed. 

'  [As  a  matter  of  fact  we  can  find  no  trace  in  Egyptian  religion  of  this 
doctrine  of  "  metempsychosis," — at  least  in  the  form  in  which  Herodotu» 
gives  it. — E.  H.  B.] 

•  Pythagoras  is  supposed  to  be  included  among  the  later  writers.  Hero- 
dotus, with  more  judgment  and  fairness,  and  on  better  information,  thaj& 
some  modem  writers,  allows  that  the  Greeks  borrowed  their  early  lesson» 
of  philosophy  and  science  from  Egypt. 


178  The  History  of  Herodotus        book  11. 

hifls  called  the  Libyan.^  A  hundred  thousand  men  laboured 
constantly,  and  were  relieved  every  three  months  by  a  fresh 
lot.  It  took  ten  years'  oppression  of  the  people  to  make  the 
causeway  ^  for  the  conveyance  of  the  stones,  a  work  not  much 
inferior,  in  my  judgment,  to  the  pyramid  itself.  This  cause- 
way is  five  furlongs  in  length,  ten  fathoms  wide,  and  in  height, 
at  the  highest  part,  eight  fathoms.  It  is  built  of  polished  stone, 
and  is  covered  with  carvings  of  animals.  To  make  it  took  ten 
years,  as  I  said — or  rather  to  make  the  causeway,  the  works  on 
the  mound  *  where  the  pyramid  stands,  and  the  underground 
chambers,  which  Cheops  intended  as  vaults  for  his  own  use: 
these  last  were  built  on  a  sort  of  island,  surrounded  by  water 
introduced  from  the  Nile  by  a  canal.*  The  Pyramid  itself  was 
twenty  years  in  building.  It  is  a  square,  eight  hundred  feet 
each  way,^  and  the  height  the  same,  built  entirely  of  polished 
stone,  fitted  together  with  the  utmost  care.  The  stones  of 
which  it  is  composed  are  none  of  them  less  than  thirty  feet  in 
length.« 

125.  The  pyramid  was  built  in  steps,'  battlement-wise,  as  it 
is  called,  or,  according  to  others,  altar-wise.  After  laying  the 
stones  for  the  base,  they  raised  the  remaining  stones  to  their 

•  The  western  hills  being  specially  appropriated  to  tombs  in  all  the 
places  where  pyramids  were  built  will  account  for  these  monuments  being 
on  that  side  of  the  Nile.  The  abode  of  the  dead  was  supposed  to  be  the 
West,  the  land  of  darkness  where  the  sim  ended  his  course. 

•  ITie  remains  of  two  causeways  still  exist — the  northern  one,  which  is 
the  largest,  corresponding  with  the  great  pyramid,  as  the  other  does  with 
the  third. 

» This  was  levelling  the  top  of  the  hill  to  form  a  platform.  A  piece  of 
rock  was  also  left  in  the  centre  as  a  nucleus  on  which  the  pyranad  was 
bmlt. 

•  There  is  no  trace  of  a  canal,  nor  is  there  any  probability  of  its  having 
existed. 

•  The  dimensions  of  the  great  pyramid  were — each  face,  756  ft.,  now 
reduced  to  73a  ft.;  original  height  when  entire,  480  ft.  9  in.,  now  460  ft. 
9  in.;  angles  at  the  base,  5i*  50';  angle  at  the  apex,  76"  20';  it  covered  an 
area  of  571,536  square  feet,  now  535,824  square  feet.  Herodotus'  measure- 
ment of  eight  plethra,  or  800  ft.,  for  each  face,  is  not  very  far  from  the 
truth  as  a  round  number;  but  the  height,  which  he  says  was  the  same,  is 
far  from  correct. 

•  The  size  of  the  stones  varies.  Herodotus  alludes  to  those  of  the  outer 
surface,  which  are  now  gone. 

^  These  steps,  or  successive  stages,  had  their  faces  nearly  perpendicular, 
or  at  an  angle  of  about  75*,  and  the  triangular  space,  formed  by  each 
projecting  considerably  beyond  the  one  immediately  above  it,  was  after- 
wards filled  in,  thus  completing  the  general  form  of  the  pyramid.  It  is  a 
curious  question  if  the  Egyptians  brought  with  them  the  idea  of  the 
pj^ramid,  or  sepulchral  mound,  when  they  migrated  into  the  valley  of  the 
Nile,  and  if  it  originated  in  the  same  idea  as  the  tower,  built  also  in  stages, 
oi  Assyria,  and  the  pagoda  of  India. 


Chap  125-1*6.        Pyramid  of  Cheops  1 79 

places  by  means  of  machines  ^  formed  of  short  wooden  planks« 
The  first  machine  raised  them  from  the  ground  to  the  top  of 
the  first  step.  On  this  there  was  another  machine,  which  re- 
ceived the  stone  upon  its  arrival,  and  conveyed  it  to  the  second 
step,  whence  a  third  machine  advanced  it  still  higher.  Either 
they  had  as  many  machines  as  there  were  steps  in  the  pyramid, 
or  possibly  they  had  but  a  single  machine,  which,  being  easily 
moved,  was  transferred  from  tier  to  tier  as  the  stone  rose — both 
accounts  are  given,  and  therefore  I  mention  both.  The  upper 
portion  of  the  pyramid  was  finished  first,  then  the  middle,  and 
finally  the  part  which  was  lowest  and  nearest  the  ground.  There 
is  an  inscription  in  Egyptian  characters  ^  on  the  pyramid  which 
records  the  quantity  of  radishes,  onions,  and  garlick  consumed 
by  the  labourers  who  constructed  it;  and  I  perfectly  well  re- 
member that  the  interpreter  who  read  the  writing  to  me  said 
that  the  money  expended  in  this  way  was  1600  talents  of  silver. 
If  this  then  is  a  true  record,  what  a  vast  sum  must  have  been 
spent  on  the  iron  tools  ^  used  in  the  work,  and  on  the  feeding 
and  clothing  of  the  labourers,  considering  the  length  of  time  the 
work  lasted,  which  has  already  been  stated,  and  the  additional 
time — no  small  space,  I  imagine — ^which  must  have  been  occu- 
pied by  the  quarrying  of  the  stones,  their  conveyance,  and  the 
formation  of  the  underground  apartments. 

126.  The  wickedness  of  Cheops  reached  to  such  a  pitch  that, 
when  he  had  spent  all  his  treasures  and  wanted  more,  he  sent 
his  daughter  to  the  stews,  with  orders  to  procure  him  a  certain 
sum — how  much  I  cannot  say,  for  I  was  not  told ;  she  procured 
it,  however,  and  at  the  same  time,  bent  on  leaving  a  monument 
which  should  perpetuate  her  own  memory,  she  required  each 
man  to  make  her  a  present  of  a  stone  towards  the  works  which 
she  contemplated.  With  these  stones  she  built  the  pyramid 
which  stands  midmost  of  the  three  that  are  in  front  of  the  great 
pyramid,  measuring  along  each  side  a  hundred  and  fifty  feet.* 

*  The  notion  of  Diodorus  that  machines  were  not  yet  invented  is  sufl5- 
ciently  disproved  by  common  sense  and  by  the  assertion  of  Herodotus. 
The  position  of  these  pyramids  is  very  remarkable  in  being  placed  so  exactly 
facing  the  four  cardinal  points  that  the  variation  of  the  compass  may  be 
ascertained  from  them.  This  accuracy  would  imply  some  astronomical 
knowledge  and  careful  observations  at  that  time. 

*  This  must  have  been  in  hieroglyphics,  the  monumental  character. 
The  outer  stones  being  gone,  it  is  impossible  to  verify,  or  disprove,  the 
assertion  of  Herodotus. 

'  Iron  was  known  in  Egypt  at  a  very  early  time. 

*  The  story  of  the  daughter  of  Cheops  is  on  a  par  with  that  of  the  daughter 
of  Rhampsinitus;    and  we  may  be  certain  that  Herodotus  never  received 


i8o  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

127.  Cheops  reigned,  the  Egyptians  said,  fifty  years,  and  was 
succeeded  at  his  demise  by  Chephren,  his  brother. 

Chephren  imitated  the  conduct  of  his  predecessor,  and,  like 
him,  built  a  pyramid,  which  did  not,  however,  equal  the  dimen- 
sions of  his  brother's.  Of  this  I  am  certain,  for  I  measured 
them  both  myself.^  It  has  no  subterraneous  apartments,  nor 
any  canal  from  the  Nile  to  supply  it  with  water,  as  the  other 
pyramid  has.  In  that,  the  Nile  water,  introduced  through  an 
artificial  duct,  surrounds  an  island,  where  the  body  of  Cheops 
is  said  to  lie.  Chephren  built  his  pyramid  close  to  the  great 
pyramid  of  Cheops,  and  of  the  same  dimensions,  except  that  he 
lowered  the  height  forty  feet.  For  the  basement  he  employed 
the  many-coloured  stone  of  Ethiopia.^  These  two  pyramids 
stand  both  on  the  same  hill,  an  elevation  not  far  short  of  a 
hundred  feet  in  height.  The  reign  of  Chephren  lasted  fifty-six 
years. 

128.  Thus  the  affliction  of  Egypt  endured  for  the  space  of 
one  hundred  and  six  years,  during  the  whole  of  which  time  the 
temples  were  shut  up  and  never  opened.  The  Egyptians  so 
detest  the  memory  of  these  kings  that  they  do  not  much  like 
even  to  mention  their  names.  Hence  they  commonly  call  the 
pyramids  after  Philition,^' a  shepherd  who  at  that  time  fed  his 
flocks  about  the  place. 

129.  After  Chephren,  Mycerinus  (they  said),  son  of  Cheops, 

ascended  the  throne.    This  prince  disapproved  the  conduct  of 

his  father,  re-opened  the  temples,  and  allowed  the  people,  who 

it  from  "  the  priests,"  whose  language  he  did  not  understand,  but  from 
some  of  the  Greek  "  interpreters,"  by  whom  he  was  so  often  misled. 

^  The  measurements  of  the  Second  Pyramid  are : — present  base,  690  ft. ; 
former  base  (according  to  Colonel  Howard  Vyse),  707  ft.  9  in.;  present 
perpendicular  height  (calculating  the  angle  52"  20'),  446  ft.  9  in.;  former 
height,  454  ft.  3  in.  Herodotus  supposes  it  was  40  feet  less  in  height  than 
the  Great  Pyramid,  but  the  real  difference  was  only  24  ft.  6  in.  It  is 
singular  that  Herodotus  takes  no  notice  of  the  sphinx,  which  was  made  at 
least  as  early  as  the  i8th  dynasty,  as  it  bears  the  name  of  Thothmes  IV. 

■  This  was  red  granite  of  Syene;  and  Herodotus  appears  to  be  correct  in 
saying  that  the  lower  tier  was  of  that  stone,  or  at  least  the  casing,  which 
was  all  that  he  could  see;  and  the  numbers  of  fragments  of  granite  lying 
about  this  pyramid  show  that  it  has  been  partly  faced  with  it.  The  casing 
which  remains  on  the  upper  part  is  of  the  limestone  of  the  eastern  hills. 
All  the  pyramids  were  opened  by  the  Arab  caliphs  in  the  hopes  of  finding 
treasure. 

'  This  can  have  no  connection  with  the  invasion,  or  the  memory,  of  the 
Shepherd-kings,  at  least  as  foxmders  of  the  pyramids,  for  those  monuments 
were  raised  long  before  the  rule  of  the  Shepherd- kings  in  Egypt.  In  the 
mind  of  the  Egyptians  two  periods  of  oppression  may  have  gradually 
oome  to  be  confoimded,  and  they  may  have  ascribed  to  the  tyranny  of  tho 
Shepherd-kings  what  in  reality  belonged  to  a  far  earlier  time  of  misrule. 


Chap.  127-132.        Golden  Cow  at  Sais  1 8 1 

were  ground  down  to  the  lowest  point  of  misery,  to  return  to 
their  occupations,  and  to  resume  the  practice  of  sacrifice.  His 
justice  in  the  decision  of  causes  was  beyond  that  of  all  the 
former  kings.  The  Egyptians  praise  him  in  this  respect  more 
highly  than  any  of  their  other  monarchs,  declaring  that  he  not 
only  gave  his  judgments  with  fairness,  but  also,  when  any  one 
was  dissatisfied  with  his  sentence,  made  compensation  to  him 
out  of  his  own  purse,  and  thus  pacified  his  anger.  Mycerinus 
had  established  his  character  for  mildness,  and  was  acting  as  I 
have  described,  when  the  stroke  of  calamity  fell  on  him.  First 
of  all  his  daughter  died,  the  only  child  that  he  possessed.  Ex- 
periencing a  bitter  grief  at  this  visitation,  in  his  sorrow  he 
conceived  the  wish  to  entomb  his  child  in  some  unusual  way. 
He  therefore  caused  a  cow  to  be  made  of  wood,  and  after 
the  interior  had  been  hollowed  out,  he  had  the  whole  surface 
coated  with  gold;  and  in  this  novel  tomb  laid  the  dead  body  of 
his  daughter. 

130.  The  cow  was  not  placed  under  ground,  but  continued 
visible  to  my  times:  it  was  at  Sais,  in  the  royal  palace,  where 
it  occupied  a  chamber  richly  adorned.  Every  day  there  are 
burnt  before  it  aromatics  of  every  kind;  and  all  night  long  a 
lamp  is  kept  burning  in  the  apartment.  In  an  adjoining 
chamber  are  statues  which  the  priests  at  Sais  declared  to  repre- 
sent the  various  concubines  of  Mycerinus.  They  are  colossal 
figures  in  wood,  of  the  number  of  about  twenty,  and  are  repre- 
sented naked.  Whose  images  they  really  are,  I  cannot  say — I 
can  only  repeat  the  account  which  was  given  to  me. 

131.  Concerning  these  colossal  figures  and  the  sacred  cow, 
there  is  also  another  tale  narrated,  which  runs  thus :  "  Mycerinus 
was  enamoured  of  his  daughter,  and  offered  her  violence — the 
damsel  for  grief  hanged  herself,  and  Mycerinus  entombed  her 
in  the  cow.  Then  her  mother  cut  off  the  hands  of  all  her 
tiring-maids,  because  they  had  sided  with  the  father,  and  be- 
trayed the  child ;  and  so  the  statues  of  the  maids  have  no  hands." 
All  this  is  mere  fable  in  my  judgment,  especially  what  is  said 
about  the  hands  of  the  colossal  statues.  I  could  plainly  see 
that  the  figures  had  only  lost  their  hands  through  the  effect  of 
time.  They  had  dropped  off,  and  were  still  lying  on  the  ground 
about  the  feet  of  the  statues. 

132.  As  for  the  cow,  the  greater  portion  of  it  is  hidden  by  a 
scarlet  coverture;  the  head  and  neck,  however,  which  are 
visible,  are  coated  very  thickly  with  gold,  and  between  the 


1 82  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

horns  there  is  a  representation  in  gold  of  the  orb  of  the  sun. 
The  figure  is  not  erect,  but  lying  down,  with  the  limbs  under 
the  body;  the  dimensions  being  fully  those  of  a  large  animal  of 
the  kind.  Every  year  it  is  taken  from  the  apartment  where  it 
is  kept,  and  exposed  to  the  light  of  day — this  is  done  at  the 
season  when  the  Egyptians  beat  themselves  in  honour  of  one  of 
their  gods,  whose  name  I  am  unwilling  to  mention  in  connection 
with  such  a  matter.^  They  say  that  the  daughter  of  Mycerinus 
requested  her  father  in  her  dying  moments  to  allow  her  once  a 
year  to  see  the  sun. 

133.  After  the  death  of  his  daughter,  Mycerinus  was  visited 
with  a  second  calamity,  of  which  I  shall  now  proceed  to  give  an 
account.  An  oracle  reached  him  from  the  town  of  Buto,  which 
said,  "  Six  years  only  shalt  thou  live  upon  the  earth,  and  in  the 
seventh  thou  shalt  end  thy  days."  Mycerinus,  indignant,  sent 
an  angry  message  to  the  oracle,  reproaching  the  god  with  his 
injustice — "  My  father  and  uncle,"  he  said,  "  though  they  shut 
up  the  temples,  took  no  thought  of  the  gods,  and  destroyed 
multitudes  of  men,  nevertheless  enjoyed  a  long  life ;  I,  who  am 
pious,  am  to  die  so  soon  1 "  There  came  in  reply  a  second 
message  from  the  oracle — "  For  this  very  reason  is  thy  life 
brought  so  quickly  to  a  close — thou  hast  not  done  as  it  behoved 
thee.  Egypt  was  fated  to  suffer  affliction  one  hundred  and  fifty 
years — the  two  kings  who  preceded  thee  upon  the  throne  under- 
stood this— thou  hast  not  understood  it."  Mycerinus,  when 
this  answer  reached  him,  perceiving  that  his  doom  was  fixed, 
had  lamps  prepared,  which  he  lighted  every  day  at  eventime, 
and  feasted  and  enjoyed  himself  unceasingly  both  day  and 
night,  moving  about  in  the  marsh-country  and  the  woods,  and 
visiting  all  the  places  that  he  heard  were  agreeable  sojourns. 
His  wish  was  to  prove  the  oracle  false,  by  turning  the  nights 
into  days,  and  so  living  twelve  years  in  the  space  of  six. 

134.  He  too  left  a  pyramid,  but  much  inferior  in  size  to  his 
father's.  It  is  a  square,  each  side  of  which  falls  short  of  three 
plethra  by  twenty  feet,  and  is  built  for  half  its  height  of  the 
stone  of  Ethiopia.  Some  of  the  Greeks  call  it  the  work  of 
Rhodopis  the  courtesan,  but  they  report  falsely.  It  seems  to 
me  that  these  persons  cannot  have  any  real  knowledge  who 
Rhodopis  was;  otherwise  they  would  scarcely  have  ascribed  to 
her  a  work  on  which  uncounted  treasures,  so  to  speak,  must 
have  been  expended,    Rhodopis  also  lived  during  the  reign  of 

» This  was  Osiris. 


Chap.  i33-i35.      Rhodopis  thc  Courtcsan  183 

Amasis,  not  of  Mycerinus,  and  was  thus  very  many  years  later 
than  the  time  of  the  kings  who  built  the  pyramids.  She  was  a 
Thracian  by  birth,  and  was  the  slave  of  ladmon,  son  of  Hephaes- 
topolis,  a  Samian.  iEsop,  the  fable-writer,  was  one  of  her 
fellow-slaves.  That  ^sop  belonged  to  ladmon  is  proved  by 
many  facts — among  others,  by  this.  When  the  Delphians,  in 
obedience  to  the  command  of  the  oracle,  made  proclamation 
that  if  any  one  claimed  compensation  for  the  murder  of  JEsop 
he  should  receive  it,  the  person  who  at  last  came  forward  was 
ladmon,  grandson  of  the  former  ladmon,  and  he  received  the 
compensation.  ^Esop  therefore  must  certainly  have  been  the 
former  ladmon's  slave. 

135.  Rhodopis  really  arrived  in  Egypt  under  the  conduct  of 
Xantheus  the  Samian;  she  was  brought  there  to  exercise  her 
trade,  but  was  redeemed  for  a  vast  sum  by  Charaxus,  a  Mytile- 
naean,  the  son  of  Scamandronymus,  and  brother  of  Sappho  the 
poetess.^  After  thus  obtaining  her  freedom,  she  remained  in 
Egypt,  and,  as  she  was  very  beautiful,  amassed  great  wealth, 
for  a  person  in  her  condition;  not,  however,  enough  to  enable 
her  to  erect  such  a  work  as  this  pyramid.  Any  one  who  likes 
may  go  and  see  to  what  the  tenth  part  of  her  wealth  amounted, 
and  he  will  thereby  learn  that  her  riches  must  not  be  imagined 
to  have  been  very  wonderfully  great.  Wishing  to  leave  a 
memorial  of  herself  in  Greece,  she  determined  to  have  some- 
thing made  the  like  of  which  was  not  to  be  found  in  any  temple, 
and  to  offer  it  at  the  shrine  at  Delphi.  So  she  set  apart  a  tenth 
of  her  possessions,  and  purchased  with  the  money  a  quantity  of 
iron  spits,  such  as  are  fit  for  roasting  oxen  whole,  whereof  she 
made  a  present  to  the  oracle.  They  are  still  to  be  seen  there, 
lying  of  a  heap,  behind  the  altar  which  the  Chians  dedicated, 
opposite  the  sanctuary.  Naucratis  seems  somehow  to  be  the 
place  where  such  women  are  most  attractive.  First  there  was 
this  Rhodopis  of  whom  we  have  been  speaking,  so  celebrated  a 
person  that  her  name  came  to  be  familiar  to  all  the  Greeks; 
and,  afterwards,  there  was  another,  called  Archidice,  notorious 
throughout  Greece,  though  not  so  much  talked  of  as  her  pre- 
decessor. Charaxus,  after  ransoming  Rhodopis,  returned  to 
Mytilene,  and  was  often  lashed  by  Sappho  in  her  poetry.  But 
enough  has  been  said  on  the  subject  of  this  courtesan. 

*  Charaxus,  the  brother  of  Sappho,  traded  in  wine  from  Lesbos,  which  h« 
was  in  the  habit  of  taking  to  Naucratis,  the  entrepot  of  all  Greek  mer- 
chandise. 

I  405  *G 


184  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

136.  After  Mycerinus,  the  priests  said,  Asychis  ^  ascended  the 
throne.    He  built  the  eastern  gateway  *  of  the  temple  of  Vulcan, , 
which  in  size  and  beauty  far  surpasses  the  other  three.    All  the 
four  gateways  have  figures  graven  on  them,  and  a  vast  amount 
of  ardiitectural  ornament,  but  the  gateway  of  Asychis  is  by  far 
the  most  richly  adorned.    In  the  reign  of  this  king,  money 
being  scarce  and  commercial  dealings  straitened,  a  law  was 
passed  that  the  borrower  might  pledge  his  father's  body  to  raise 
the  sum  whereof  he  had  need.    A  proviso  was  appended  to  this  i 
law,  giving  the  lender  authority  over  the  entire  sepulchre  of  the 
borrower,  so  that  a  man  who  took  up  money  under  this  pledge, , 
if  he  died  without  paying  the  debt,  could  not  obtain  burial  1 
cither  in  his  own  ancestral  tomb,  or  in  any  other,  nor  could  he 
during  his  lifetime  bury  in  his  own  tomb  any  member  of  hisj 
family.    The  same  king,  desirous  of  eclipsing  all  his  predecessors» 
upon  the  throne,  left  as  a  monument  of  his  reign  a  pyramid  off 
brick.*    It  bears  an  inscription,  cut  in  stone,  which  runs  thus: 
— "  Despise  me  not  in  comparison  with  the  stone  pyramids  j 
for  I  surpass  them  all,  as  much  as  Jove  surpasses  the  otherr 
gods.    A  pole  was  plunged  into  a  lake,  and  the  mud  which  clavee 
thereto  was  gathered;   and  bricks  were  made  of  the  mud,  andi 
so  I  was  formed."     Such  were  the  chief  actions  of  this  prince 

137.  He  was  succeeded  on  the  throne,  they  said,  by  a  blindj 
man,  a  native  of  Anysis,  whose  own  name  also  was  Anysis 
Under  him  Egypt  was  invaded  by  a  vast  army  of  Ethiopians,, 
led  by  Sabacos,*  their  king.  The  blind  Anysis  fled  away  to  thei 
marsh-country,  and  the  Ethiopian  was  lord  of  the  land  for  üity.' 
years,  during  which  his  mode  of  rule  was  the  following : — When 

*  It  is  probable  that  he  was  Shishak,  of  the  22nd  dynasty. 

*  The  lofty  pyramidal  towers  forming  the  facades  of  the  courts,  or  vesti-i 
bules,  of  the  temple. 

2  The  use  of  crude  brick  was  general  in  Egypt,  for  dwelling-houses, 
tombs,  and  ordinary  buildings,  the  walls  of  towns,  fortresses,  and  of  thee 
gacred  enclosures  of  temples,  and  for  all  purposes  where  stone  was  not 
required,  which  last  was  nearly  confined  to  temples,  quays,  and  reservoirs. 
Even  some  small  ancient  temples  were  of  crude  bricks,  which  were  merely 
baked  in  the  sim,  and  never  burnt  in  early  Pharaonic  times.  A  great 
number  of  people  were  employed  in  this  extensive  manufacture;  it  was 
an  occupation  to  which  many  prisoners  of  war  were  condemned,  who,  like- 
the  Jews,  worked  for  the  king,  bricks  being  a  government  monopoly. 

*  Herodotus  mentions  only  one  Sabaco,  but  the  monmnents  and  Manethc 
notice  two,  the  Sabakön  and  Sebichos  (Sevechos)  of  Manetho,  called 
Shebek  in  the  hieroglyphics.  One  of  these  is  the  same  ais  So  (Savä),  the 
contemporary  of  Hosea,  King  of  Israel,  who  is  said  (in  2  Kings  xvii.  4); 
to  have  made  a  treaty  with  the  King  of  Egypt,  and  to  have  refused  the' 
annual  tribute  to  Shalmanezer,  King  of  Assyria. 


Chap.  136-139.       Tcmplc  of  Bubastis  185 

an  Egjrptian  was  guilty  of  an  offence,  his  plan  was  not  to 
punish  him  with  death:  instead  of  so  doing,  he  sentenced  him, 
according  to  the  nature  of  his  crime,  to  raise  the  ground  to  a 
greater  or  a  less  extent  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  city  to 
which  he  belonged.  Thus  the  cities  came  to  be  even  more 
elevated  than  they  were  before.  As  early  as  the  time  of  Sesos- 
tris,  they  had  been  raised  by  those  who  dug  the  canals  in  his 
reign;  this  second  elevation  of  the  soil  under  the  Ethiopian 
king  gave  them  a  very  lofty  position.  Among  the  many  cities 
which  thus  attained  to  a  great  elevation,  none  (I  thiii)  was 
raised  so  much  as  the  town  called  Bubastis,  where  there  is  a 
temple  of  the  goddess  Bubastis,  which  well  deserves  to  be  de- 
scribed. Other  temples  may  be  grander,  and  may  have  cost 
more  in  the  building,  but  there  is  none  so  pleasant  to  the  eye 
as  this  of  Bubastis.  The  Bubastis  of  the  Egyptians  is  the  same 
as  the  Artemis  (Diana)  of  the  Greeks. 

138.  The  following  is  a  description  of  this  edifice :  ^—Except- 
ing the  entrance,  the  whole  forms  an  island.  Two  artificial 
channels  from  the  Nile,  one  on  either  side  of  the  temple,  encom- 
pass the  building,  leaving  only  a  narrow  passage  by  which  it  is 
approached.  These  channels  are  each  a  hundred  feet  wide,  and 
are  thickly  shaded  with  trees.  The  gateway  is  sixty  feet  in 
height,  and  is  ornamented  with  figures  cut  upon  the  stone,  sis 
cubits  high  and  well  worthy  of  notice.  The  temple  stands  in 
the  middle  of  the  city,  and  is  visible  on  all  sides  as  one  wmJks 
round  it;  for  as  the  city  has  been  raised  up  by  embankment, 
while  the  temple  has  been  left  untouched  in  its  original  condi- 
tion, you  look  down  upon  it  wheresoever  you  are.  A  low  wall 
runs  round  the  enclosure,  having  figures  engraved  upon  it,  and 
inside  there  is  a  grove  of  beautiful  tall  trees  growing  round  t^ie 
shrine,  which  contains  the  image  of  the  goddess.  Hie  enclosure 
is  a  furlong  in  length,  and  the  same  in  breadth.  Hie  entrance 
to  it  is  by  a  road  paved  with  stone  for  a  distance  of  about  three 
furlongs,  which  passes  straight  through  the  mariiet-place  '»'nth 
an  easterly  direction,  and  is  about  four  hundred  feet  in  ^I'sdth, 
Trees  of  an  extraordinary  height  grow  on  each  side  the  .t':r-j.ii, 
which  conducts  from  the  temple  of  Bubastis  to  that  of  Mercury, 

139.  The  Ethiopian  finally  quitted  Egypt,  the  priests  said, 

*  This  account  of  the  position  of  the  temple  of  Bubastis  is  very  accurate. 
The  height  of  the  mound,  the  site  of  the  temple  in  a  low  space  beneath  tlae 
houses,  from  which  you  look  down  upon  it,  are  the  very  peculiarities  »»▼ 
one  would  remark  on  visiting  the  remains  at  Tel  Basta. 


1 86  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

by  a  hasty  flight  under  the  following  circumstances.  He  saw 
in  his  sleep  a  vision: — a  man  stood  by  his  side,  and  counselled 
him  to  gather  together  all  the  priests  of  Egypt  and  cut  every 
one  of  them  asunder.  On  this,  according  to  the  account  which 
he  himself  gave,  it  came  into  his  mind  tiiat  the  gods  intended 
hereby  to  lead  him  to  commit  an  act  of  sacrilege,  which  would 
be  sure  to  draw  do^Ti  upon  him  some  punishment  either  at  the 
hands  of  gods  or  men.  So  he  resolved  not  to  do  the  deed  sug- 
gested to  him,  but  rather  to  retire  from  Egypt,  as  the  time 
during  which  it  was  fated  that  he  should  hold  the  cotmtry  had 
now  (he  thought)  expired.  For  before  he  left  Ethiopia  he  had 
been  told  by  the  oracles  which  are  venerated  there,  that  he  was 
to  reign  fifty  years  over  Egypt.  The  years  were  now  fled,  and 
the  dream  had  come  to  trouble  him;  he  therefore  of  his  own 
accord  withdrew  from  the  land. 

140.  As  soon  as  Sabacos  was  gone,  the  blind  king  left  the 
marshes,  and  resumed  the  government.  He  had  lived  in  the 
marsh-region  the  whole  time,  having  formed  for  himself  an 
island  there  by  a  mixture  of  earth  and  ashes.  While  he  re- 
mained, the  natives  had  orders  to  bring  him  food  unbeknown 
to  the  Ethiopian,  and  latterly,  at  his  request,  each  man  had 
brought  him,  with  the  food,  a  certain  quantity  of  ashes.  Before 
Amyrtseus,^  no  one  was  able  to  discover  the  site  of  this  island,* 
which  continued  unknown  to  the  kings  of  Egypt  who  preceded 
him  on  the  throne  for  the  space  of  seven  hundred  years  and 
more.^  The  name  which  it  bears  is  Elbo.  It  is  about  ten 
furlongs  across  in  each  direction. 

141.  The  next  king,  I  was  told,  was  a  priest  of  Vulcan,  called 
Sethos.  This  monarch  despised  and  neglected  the  warrior  class 
of  the  Egyptians,  as  though  he  did  not  need  their  services. 
Among  other  indignities  which  he  offered  them,  he  took  from 
them  the  lands  which  they  had  possessed  under  all  the  previous 
kings,  consisting  of  twelve  acres  of  choice  land  for  each  warrior. 
Afterwards,  therefore,  when  Sanacharib,  king  of  the  Arabians  * 

1  See  Book  iii.  ch.  17. 

*  TMs  island  appears  to  have  stood  at  the  S.E.  comer  of  the  lake  of  Buto. 

*  Niebuhr  proposes  to  read  300  for  700  (T  or  1"  for  ^),  remarking  that 
these  signs  are  often  confoiinded.  It  certainly  does  seem  almost  incredible 
that  Herodotus  should  have  committed  the  gross  chronological  error  in- 
volved in  the  text  as  it  stands,  especially  as  his  date  for  Psammetichus  i3 
so  nearly  correct. 

*  It  is  curious  to  find  Sennacherib  called  the  "  king  of  tkt  Arabians  and 
Assyrians  " — an  order  of  words  which  seems  even  to  regard  him  as  rather 
an  Arabian  than  an  Assyrian  king.     In  the  same  sp^t  his  army  is  termed 


ceap.  140-142.  Priests  of  Vulcan  187 

and  Assyrians,  marched  his  vast  army  into  Egypt,  the  warriors 
one  and  all  refused  to  come  to  his  aid.  On  this  the  monarch, 
greatly  distressed,  entered  into  the  inner  sanctuary,  and,  before 
the  image  of  the  god,  bewailed  the  fate  which  impended  over 
him.  As  he  wept  he  fell  asleep,  and  dreamed  that  the  god 
came  and  stood  at  his  side,  bidding  him  be  of  good  cheer,  and 
go  boldly  forth  to  meet  the  Arabian  host,  which  would  do  him 
no  hurt,  as  he  himself  would  send  those  who  should  help  him. 
Sethos,  then,  relying  on  the  dream,  collected  such  of  the  Egyp- 
tians as  were  willing  to  follow  him,  who  were  none  of  them 
warriors,  but  traders,  artisans,  and  market  people;  and  with 
these  marched  to  Pelusium,  which  commands  the  entrance  into 
Egypt,  and  there  pitched  his  camp.  As  the  two  armies  lay  here 
opposite  one  another,  there  came  in  the  night  a  multitude  of 
field-mice,  which  devoured  all  the  quivers  and  bowstrings  of 
the  enemy,  and  ate  the  thongs  by  which  they  managed  their 
shields.  Next  morning  they  commenced  their  flight,  and  great 
multitudes  fell,  as  they  had  no  anns  with  which  to  defend  them- 
selves. There  stands  to  this  day  in  the  temple  of  Vulcan,  a 
stone  statue  of  Sethos,  with  a  mouse  in  his  hand,^  and  an  in- 
scription to  this  effect — "  Look  on  me,  and  learn  to  reverence 
the  gods." 

142.  Thus  far  I  have  spoken  on  the  authority  of  the  Egyp- 
tians and  their  priests.  They  declare  that  from  their  first  king 
to  this  last-mentioned  monarch,  the  priest  of  Vulcan,  was  a 
period  of  three  hundred  and  forty-one  generations;  such,  at 
least,  they  say,  was  the  number  both  of  their  kings,  and  of  Üieir 
high-priests,  during  this  interval.     Now  three  hundred  genera- 

afterwards  "  the  Arabian  host."  It  is  impossible  altogether  to  defend  the 
view  which  Herodotus  here  discloses,  but  we  may  understand  how  such  a 
mistake  was  possible,  if  we  remember  how  Arabians  were  mixed  up  with 
other  races  in  Lower  Mesopotamia  and  what  an  extensive  influence  a  great 
Assyrian  king  would  exercise  over  the  tribes  of  the  desert,  especially  those 
bordering  on  Mesopotamia.  The  ethnic  connection  of  the  two  great 
Semitic  races  would  render  imion  between  them  comparatively  easy;  and 
so  we  find  Arabian  kings  at  one  time  paramount  over  Assyria,  while  now 
apparently  the  case  was  reversed,  and  an  Assyrian  prince  bore  sway  over 
some  considerable  nvmiber  of  the  Arab  tribes. 

*  If  any  particular  reverence  was  paid  to  mic«  at  Memphis,  it  probably 
arose  from  some  other  mysterious  reason.  They  were  emblems  of  the 
generating  and  perhaps  of  the  producing  principle;  and  some  thought 
them  to  be  endued  with  prophetic  power  (a  merit  attributed  now  in  some 
degree  to  rats  on  certain  occasions).  The  people  of  Troas  are  said  to  have 
revered  mice  "  because  they  gnawed  the  bowstrings  of  their  enemies," 
and  Apollo,  who  was  called  Smintheus  (from  <rfilydos,  a  "  mouse  "),  waa 
represented  on  coins  of  Alexandria  Troas  with  a  mouse  in  his  hand. 


1 88  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

tions  of  men  make  ten  thousand  years,  three  generations  filling 
up  the  century;  and  the  remaining  forty-one  generations  make 
thirteen  hundred  and  forty  years.  Thus  the  whole  number  of 
years  is  eleven  thousand,  three  hundred  and  forty;  in  which 
entire  space,  they  said,  no  god  had  ever  appeared  in  a  human 
form;  nothing  of  this  kind  had  happened  either  under  the 
former  or  under  the  later  Egyptian  kings.  The  sun,  however, 
had  within  this  period  of  time,  on  four  several  occasions,  moved 
from  his  wonted  course,  twice  rising  where  he  now  sets,  and 
twice  setting  where  he  now  rises.  Egypt  was  in  no  degree 
affected  by  these  changes;  the  productions  of  the  land,  and  of 
the  river,  remained  the  same;  nor  was  there  anything  unusual 
either  in  the  diseases  or  the  deaths. 

143.  When  Hecataeus  the  historian  ^  was  at  Thebes,  and,  dis- 
coursing of  his  genealogy,  traced  his  descent  to  a  god  in  the 
person  of  his  sixteenth  ancestor,  the  priests  of  Jupiter  did  to 
him  exactly  as  they  afterwards  did  to  me,  though  I  made  no 
boast  of  my  family.  They  led  me  into  the  inner  sanctuary, 
which  is  a  spacious  chamber,  and  showed  me  a  multitude  of 
colossal  statues,  in  wood,  which  they  counted  up,  and  found  to 
amount  to  the  exact  number  they  had  said;  the  custom  being 
for  every  high-priest  during  his  lifetime  to  set  up  his  statue  in 
the  temple.  As  they  showed  me  the  figures  and  reckoned  them 
up,  they  assured  me  that  each  was  the  son  of  the  one  preceding 
him;  and  this  they  repeated  throughout  the  whole  line,  begin- 
ning with  the  representation  of  the  priest  last  deceased,  and 
continuing  till  they  had  completed  the  series.  When  Hecatseus, 
in.  giving  his  genealogy,  mentioned  a  god  as  his  sixteenth 
ancestor,  the  priests  opposed  their  genealogy  to  his,  going 
through  this  list,  and  refusing  to  allow  that  any  man  was  ever 
bom  of  a  god.  Their  colossal  figures  were  each,  they  said,  a 
Firomis,  born  of  a  Piromis,  and  the  number  of  them  was  three 
hundred   and   forty-five;    through   the   whole   series   Piromis 

»  This  is  the  first  distinct  mention  of  Hecataeus,  who  has  been  glanced  at 
more  than  once.  (Vide  supra,  chs.  21,  23.)  He  had  flourished  from 
about  B.c.  520  to  B.c.  475,  and  had  done  far  more  than  any  other  writer 
to  pave  the  way  for  Herodotus.  His  works  were  of  two  kinds,  geographical 
and  historical.  Under  the  former  head  he  wrote  a  description  of  the  known 
world  (r^s  irepLodoi),  chiefly  the  result  of  his  own  travels,  which  must  havei 
been  of  considerable  service  to  our  author.  Under  the  latter  he  wrote  1 
his  genealogies,  which  were  for  the  most  part  mythical,  but  contained 
occasionally  important  history  (vide  infra,  vi.  137).  The  poUtical  uofluencei 
of  Hecataeus  is  noticed  by  Herodotus  in  two  passages  (v.  35,  125).  He  isi 
the  only  prose-writer  whom  Herodotus  mentions  by  name. 


Chap.  143-146.        Rcign  of  the  Gods  189 

followed  Piromis,  and  the  line  did  not  run  up  either  to  a  god  or  a 
hero.    The  word  Piromis  may  be  rendered  "  gentleman." 

144.  Of  such  a  nature  were,  they  said,  the  beings  represented 
by  these  images — they  were  very  far  indeed  from  being  gods. 
However,  in  the  times  anterior  to  them  it  was  otherwise;  then 
Egypt  had  gods  for  its  rulers,  who  dwelt  upon  the  earth  with 
men,  one  being  always  supreme  above  the  rest.  The  last  of 
these  was  Horus,  the  son  of  Osiris,  called  by  the  Greeks  Apollo. 
He  deposed  Typhon,^  and  ruled  over  Egypt  as  its  last  god-king. 
Osiris  is  named  Dionysus  (Bacchus)  by  the  Greeks. 

145.  The  Greeks  regard  Hercules,  Bacchus,  and  Pan  as  the 
youngest  of  the  gods.  With  the  Egyptians,  contrariwise,  Pan  is 
exceedingly  ancient,  and  belongs  to  those  whom  they  call  "  the 
eight  gods,"  who  existed  before  the  rest.  Hercules  is  one  of 
the  gods  of  the  second  order,  who  are  known  as  "  the  twelve;  " 
and  Bacchus  belongs  to  the  gods  of  the  third  order,  whom  the 
twelve  produced.  I  have  already  mentioned  how  many  years 
intervened  according  to  the  Egyptians  between  the  birth  of 
Hercules  and  the  reign  of  Amasis.*  From  Pan  to  this  period 
they  count  a  still  longer  time;  and  even  from  Bacchus,  who  is 
the  youngest  of  the  three,  they  reckon  fifteen  thousand  years  to 
the  reign  of  that  king.  In  these  matters  they  say  they  cannot 
be  mistaken,  as  they  have  always  kept  count  of  the  years,  and 
noted  them  in  their  registers.  But  from  the  present  day  to  the 
time  of  Bacchus,  the  reputed  son  of  Semele,  daughter  of  Cadmus, 
is  a  period  of  not  more  than  sixteen  hundred  years;  to  that  of 
Hercules,  son  of  Alcmena,  is  about  nine  hundred;  while  to  the 
time  of  Pan,  son  of  Penelop6  (Pan,  according  to  the  Greeks,  was 
her  child  by  Mercury),  is  a  shorter  space  than  to  the  Trojan 
war,  eight  hundred  years  or  thereabouts. 

146.  It  is  open  to  all  to  receive  whichever  he  may  prefer  of 
these  two  traditions;  my  own  opinion  about  them  has  been 
already  declared.  If  indeed  these  gods  had  been  publicly 
known,  and  had  grown  old  in  Greece,  as  was  the  case  with 
Hercules,  son  of  Amphitryon,  Bacchus,  son  of  Semel^,  and  Pan, 
son  of  Penelope,  it  might  have  been  said  that  the  last-mentioned 
personages  were  men  who  bore  the  names  of  certain  previously 
existing  deities.  But  Bacchus,  according  to  the  Greek  tradition, 
was  no  sooner  bom  than  he  was  sewn  up  in  Jupiter's  thigh,  and 

*  Typhon,  or  rather  Seth,  the  brother  of  Osiris,  was  the  abstract  idea  of 
"  evil,"  as  Osiris  was  of  "  good." 

•  Supra,  ch.  43. 


190  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

carried  off  to  Nysa,  above  Egypt,  in  Ethiopia;  and  as  to  Pan, 
they  do  not  even  profess  to  know  what  happened  to  him  after 
his  birth.  To  me,  therefore,  it  is  quite  manifest  that  the  names 
of  these  gods  became  known  to  the  Greeks  after  those  of  their 
other  deities,  and  that  they  count  their  birth  from  the  time  when 
they  first  acquired  a  knowledge  of  them.  Thus  far  my  narrative 
rests  on  the  accounts  given  by  the  Egyptians. 

147.  In  what  follows  I  have  the  authority,  not  of  the  Egyp- 
tians only,  but  of  others  also  who  agree  with  them.  I  shall 
speak  likewise  in  part  from  my  own  observation.  When  the 
Egyptians  regained  their  liberty  after  the  reign  of  the  priest  of 
Vulcan,  unable  to  continue  any  while  without  a  king,  they 
divided  Egypt  into  twelve  districts,  and  set  twelve  kings  over 
them.  These  twelve  kings,  united  together  by  intermarriages, 
ruled  Egypt  in  peace,  having  entered  into  engagements  with  one 
another  not  to  depose  any  of  their  number,  nor  to  aim  at  any 
aggrandisement  of  one  above  the  rest,  but  to  dwell  together  in 
perfect  amity.  Now  the  reason  why  they  made  these  stipula- 
tions, and  guarded  with  care  against  their  infraction,  was, 
because  at  the  very  first  establishment  of  the  twelve  kingdoms, 
an  oracle  had  declared — "  That  he  among  them  who  should 
pour  in  Vulcan's  temple  a  libation  from  a  cup  of  bronze,  would 
become  monarch  of  the  whole  land  of  Egypt."  Now  the  twelve 
held  their  meetings  at  all  the  temples. 

148.  To  bind  themselves  yet  more  closely  together,  it  seemed 
good  to  them  to  leave  a  common  monument.  In  pursuance  of 
this  resolution  they  made  the  Labyrinth  which  lies  a  little  above 
Lake  Mceris,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  place  called  the  city 
of  Crocodiles.^  I  visited  this  place,  and  found  it  to  surpass 
description;  for  if  all  the  walls  and  other  great  works  of  the 
Greeks  could  be  put  together  in  one,  they  would  not  equal, 
either  for  labour  or  expense,  this  Labyrinth;  ^  and  yet  the  temple 
of  Ephesus  is  a  building  worthy  of  note,^  and  so  is  the  temple  of 

*  Afterwards  called  Arsinoe,  from  the  wife  aad  sister  of  Ptolemy  Phila- 
delphus,  like  the  port  on  the  Red  Sea  (now  Suez). 

'  The  admiration  expressed  by  Herodotus  for  the  Labyrinth  is  singular, 
when  there  were  so  many  far  more  magnificent  buildings  at  Thebes,  of  i 
which  he  takes  no  notice.     It  was  probably  the  beauty  of  the  stone,  the  rich- 
ness of  its  decoration,  and  the  pecuharity  of  its  plan  that  struck  him  so 
much. 

*  The  original  temple  of  Diana  at  Ephesus  seems  to  have  been  destroyed 
by  the  Cimmeriains.  The  temple  which  Herodotus  saw  was  then  begun 
to  be  built  by  Chersiphron  of  Cnossus  and  his  son  Metagenes.  These 
architects  did  not  live  to  complete  their  work,  which  was  finished  by 
Demetrius  and  Peonius  of  Ephesus,  the  rebuilder  of  the  temple  of  Apollo 


Cbap.  147-149.  Lake  Moeris  1 9 1 

Samos.^  The  pyramids  likewise  surpass  description,  and  are 
severally  equal  to  a  number  of  the  greatest  works  of  the  Greeks, 
but  the  Labyrinth  surpasses  the  pyramids.  It  has  twelve  courts, 
all  of  them  roofed,  with  gates  exactly  opposite  one  another,  six 
looking  to  the  north,  and  six  to  the  south.  A  single  wall  sur- 
rounds the  entire  building.  There  are  two  different  sorts  of 
chambers  throughout — half  under  ground,  half  above  ground, 
the  latter  built  upon  the  former;  the  whole  number  of  these 
chambers  is  three  thousand,  fifteen  hundred  of  each  kind.  The 
upper  chambers  I  myself  passed  through  and  saw,  and  what  I 
say  concerning  them  is  from  my  own  observation;  of  the  under- 
ground chambers  I  can  only  speak  from  report:  for  the  keepers 
of  the  building  could  not  be  got  to  show  them,  since  they  con- 
tained (as  they  said)  the  sepulchres  of  the  kings  who  built  the 
Labyrinth,  and  also  those  of  the  sacred  crocodiles.  Thus  it  is 
from  hearsay  only  that  I  can  speak  of  the  lower  chambers. 
The  upper  chambers,  however,  I  saw  with  my  own  eyes,  and 
found  them  to  excel  all  other  human  productions;  for  the 
passages  through  the  houses,  and  the  varied  windings  of  the 
paths  across  the  courts,  excited  in  me  infinite  admiration,  as  I 
passed  from  the  courts  into  chambers,  and  from  the  chambers 
into  colonnades,  and  from  the  colonnades  into  fresh  houses,  and 
again  from  these  into  courts  unseen  before.  The  roof  was 
throughout  of  stone,  like  the  walls;  and  the  walls  were  carved 
all  over  with  figures ;  every  court  was  surrounded  with  a  colon- 
nade, which  was  built  of  white  stones,  exquisitely  fitted  together. 
At  the  corner  of  the  Labyrinth  stands  a  pyramid,  forty  fathoms 
high,  with  large  figures  engraved  on  it;  which  is  entered  by  a 
subterranean  passage. 

149.  Wonderful  as  is  the  Labyrinth,  the  work  called  the  Lake 
of  Mceris,  which  is  close  by  the  Labyrinth,  is  yet  more  astonish- 
ing. The  measure  of  its  circumference  is  sixty  schoenes,  or 
three  thousand  six  hundred  furlongs,  which  is  equal  to  the 
entire  length  of  Egypt  along  the  sea-coast.  The  lake  stretches 
in  its  longest  direction  from  north  to  south,  and  in  its  deep- 
est parts  is  of  the  depth  of  fifty  fathoms.  It  is  manifestly  an 
artificial  excavation,  for  nearly  in  the  centre  there  stand  two 
pyramids,*  rising  to  the  height  of  fifty  fathoms  above  the  surface 

at  Branchidae.  The  architecture  of  the  temple  of  Chersiphron  was  Ionic 
After  its  destruction  by  Eratostratus  in  the  year  of  Alexander's  birth, 
the  temple  of  Diana  was  rebuilt  with  greater  magnificence,  and  probably  on 
a  larger  scale,  than  before. 

*  Vide  infra,  ÜL  60.  •  No  traces  remain  of  these  pyramids. 


192  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

of  the  water,  and  extending  as  far  beneath,  crowned  each  of 
them  with  a  colossal  statue  sitting  upon  a  throne.  Thus  these 
pyramids  are  one  hundred  fathoms  high,  which  is  exactly  a 
furlong  (stadium)  of  six  hundred  feet:  the  fathom  being  six  feet 
in  length,  or  four  cubits,  which  is  the  same  thing,  since  a  cubit 
measures  six,  and  a  foot  four,  palms.  The  water  of  the  lake 
does  not  come  out  of  the  ground,  which  is  here  excessively  dry,^ 
but  is  introduced  by  a  canal  from  the  Nile.  The  current  sets 
for  six  months  into  the  lake  from  the  river,  and  for  the  next  six 
months  into  the  river  from  the  lake.  While  it  runs  outward  it 
returns  a  talent  of  silver  daily  to  the  royal  treasury  from  the 
fish  that  are  taken,*  but  when  the  current  is  the  other  way  the 
return  sinks  to  one-third  of  that  sum. 

150.  The  natives  told  me  that  there  was  a  subterranean 
passage  from  this  lake  to  the  Libyan  Syrtis,  running  westward 
into  the  interior  by  the  hills  above  Memphis.  As  I  could  not 
anywhere  see  the  earth  which  had  been  taken  out  when  the 
excavation  was  made,  and  I  was  curious  to  know  what  had 
become  of  it,  I  asked  the  Egyptians  who  live  closest  to  the  lake 
where  the  earth  had  been  put.  The  answer  that  they  gave  me 
I  readily  accepted  as  true,  since  I  had  heard  of  the  same  thing 
being  done  at  Nineveh  of  the  Assyrians.  There,  once  upon  a 
time,  certain  thieves,  having  formed  a  plan  to  get  into  their 
possession  the  vast  treasures  of  Sardanapalus,  the  Ninevite 
king,  which  were  laid  up  in  subterranean  treasuries,  proceeded 
to  tunnel  a  passage  from  the  house  where  they  lived  into  the 
royal  palace,  calculating  the  distance  and  the  direction.  At 
nightfall  they  took  the  earth  from  the  excavation  and  carried  it 
to  the  river  Tigris,  which  ran  by  Nineveh,  continuing  to  get  rid 
of  it  in  this  manner  until  they  had  accomplished  their  purpose* 
It  was  exactly  in  the  same  way  that  the  Egyptians  disposed  of 
the  mould  from  their  excavation,  except  that  they  did  it  by  day 
and  not  by  night;  for  as  fast  as  the  earth  was  dug,  they  carried 
it  to  the  Nile,  which  they  knew  would  disperse  it  far  and  wide. 
Such  was  the  account  which  I  received  of  the  formation  of  this 
lake. 

*  This  is  the  nature  of  the  basin  on  which  the  alluvial  soil  has  been 
deposited;  but  it  resembles  the  whole  valley  of  the  Nile  in  being  destitute 
of  springs,  which  are  only  met  with  in  two  or  three  places.  The  wells  are 
an  formed  by  the  filtration  of  water  from  the  river. 

•A  great  quantity  of  fish  is  caught  even  at  the  present  day  at  the 
mouths  of  the  canals,  when  they  are  closed  and  the  water  is  prevented  from 
returning  to  the  Nile. 


Chap.  150-152.  PsamiTictichus  193 

151.  The  twelve  kings  for  some  time  dealt  honourably  by  one 
another,  but  at  length  it  happened  that  on  a  certain  occasion, 
when  they  had  met  to  worship  in  the  temple  of  Vulcan,  the 
high-priest  on  the  last  day  of  the  festival,  in  bringing  forth  the 
golden  goblets  from  which  they  were  wont  to  pour  the  libations, 
mistook  the  number,  and  brought  eleven  goblets  only  for  the 
twelve  princes.  Psammetichus  was  standing  last,  and,  being 
left  without  a  cup,  he  took  his  helmet,  which  was  of  bronze,^ 
from  off  his  head,  stretched  it  out  to  receive  the  liquor,  and  so 
made  his  libation.  All  the  kings  were  accustomed  to  wear 
heknets,  and  all  indeed  wore  them  at  this  very  time.  Nor  was 
there  any  crafty  design  in  the  action  of  Psammetichus.  Th« 
eleven,  however,  when  they  came  to  consider  what  had  been 
done,  and  bethought  them  of  the  oracle  which  had  declared 
"  that  he  who,  of  the  twelve,  should  pour  a  libation  from  a  cup 
of  bronze,  the  same  would  be  king  of  the  whole  land  of  Egypt," 
doubted  at  first  if  they  should  not  put  Psammetichus  to  death. 
Finding,  however,  upon  examination,  that  he  had  acted  in  tht 
matter  without  any  guilty  intent,  they  did  not  think  it  would  be 
just  to  kill  him;  but  determined,  instead,  to  strip  him  of  the 
chief  part  of  his  power  and  to  banish  him  to  the  marshes,  for- 
bidding him  to  leave  them  or  to  hold  any  communication  with 
the  rest  of  Egypt. 

152.  This  was  the  second  time  that  Psammetichus  had  been 
driven  into  banishment.  On  a  former  occasion  he  had  fled  from 
Sabacos  the  Ethiopian,  who  had  put  his  father  Necos  to  death; 
and  had  taken  refuge  in  Syria,  from  whence,  after  the  retirement 
of  the  Ethiop  in  consequence  of  his  dream,  he  was  brought  back 
by  the  Egyptians  of  the  Saitic  canton.  Now  it  was  his  ill- 
fortune  to  be  banished  a  second  time  by  the  eleven  kings,  on 
account  of  the  hbation  which  he  had  poured  from  his  helmet; 
on  this  occasion  he  fled  to  the  marshes.  Feeling  that  he  was  an 
injured  man,  and  designing  to  avenge  himself  upon  his  perse- 
cutors, Psanmietichus  sent  to  the  city  of  Buto,  where  there  is  an 
oracle  of  Latona,  the  most  veracious  of  all  the  oracles  of  the 
Egyptians,  and  having  inquired  concerning  means  of  vengeance, 
received  for  answer,  that  "  Vengeance  would  come  from  the  sea, 
when  brazen  men  should  appear."  Great  was  his  increduhty 
when  this  answer  arrived,  for  never,  he  thought,  would  brazen 
men  arrive  to  be  his  helpers.    However,  not  long  afterwards 

^  Bronze  armour  was  of  very  early  date  in  Egypt,  and  was  therefore  oo 
novelty  in  the  reign  of  Psanunetichus. 


194  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

certain  Carians  and  lonians,  who  had  left  their  country  on  a 
voyage  of  plunder,  were  carried  by  stress  of  weather  to  Egypt, 
where  they  disembarked,  all  equipped  in  their  brazen  armour, 
and  were  seen  by  the  natives,  one  of  whom  carried  the  tidings 
to  Psammetichus,  and,  as  he  had  never  before  seen  men  clad  in 
brass,  he  reported  that  brazen  men  had  come  from  the  sea  and 
were  plundering  the  plain.  Psammetichus,  perceiving  at  once 
that  the  oracle  was  accomplished,  made  friendly  advances  to 
the  strangers,  and  engaged  them,  by  splendid  promises,  to  enter 
into  his  service*  He  then,  with  their  aid  and  that  of  the 
Egyptians  who  espoused  his  cause,  attacked  the  eleven  and 
vanquished  them.^ 

153.  When  Psammetichus  had  thus  become  sole  monarch  of 
Egypt,  he  built  the  southern  gateway  of  the  temple  of  Vulcan  in 
Memphis,  and  also  a  court  for  Apis,  in  which  Apis  is  kept  when- 
ever he  makes  his  appearance  in  Egypt.  This  court  is  opposite 
the  gateway  of  Psammetichus,  and  is  surrounded  with  a  colon- 
nade and  adorned  with  a  multitude  of  figures.  Instead  of 
pillars,  the  colonnade  rests  upon  colossal  statues,  twelve  cubits 
in  height.    The  Greek  name  for  Apis  is  Epaphus. 

154.  To  the  lonians  and  Carians  who  had  lent  him  their 
assistance  Psammetichus  assigned  as  abodes  two  places  opposite 
to  each  other,  one  on  either  side  of  the  Nile,  which  received  the 
name  of  "  the  Camps."  He  also  made  good  all  the  splendid 
promises  by  which  he  had  gained  their  support;  and  further,  he 
intrusted  to  their  care  certain  Egyptian  children,  whom  they 
were  to  teach  the  language  of  the  Greeks.  These  children,  thus 
instructed,  became  the  parents  of  the  entire  class  of  interpreters 
in  Egypt.  The  lonians  and  Carians  occupied  for  many  years 
the  places  assigned  them  by  Psammetichus,  which  lay  near  the 
sea,  a  little  below  the  city  of  Bubastis,  on  the  Pelusiac  mouth  of 
the  Nile.*  King  Amasis,  long  afterwards,  removed  the  Greeks 
hence,  and  settled  them  at  Memphis  to  guard  him  against  the 
native  Egyptians.  From  the  date  of  the  original  settlement  of 
these  persons  in  Egypt,  we  Greeks,  through  our  intercourse  with 
them,  have  acquired  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  several  events 

*  The  improbability  of  a  few  Ionian  and  Carian  pirates  having  enabled 
Psammetichus  to  obtain  possession  of  the  throne  is  sufficiently  obvious. 
The  Egyptians  may  not  have  been  willing  to  inform  Herodotus  how  long 
their  kings  had  employed  Greek  mercenary  troops  before  the  Persian 
invasion. 

•The  site  chosen  for  the  Greek  camx>s  shows  that  they  were  thought 
necessary  as  a  defence  against  foreign  invasion  from  the  eastward. 


Chap.  153-156.  Templc   of  ButO  I  95 

in  Egyptian  history,  from  the  reign  of  Psammetichus  down- 
wards; but  before  his  time  no  foreigners  had  ever  taken  up 
their  residence  in  that  land.  The  docks  where  their  vessels 
were  laid  up,  and  the  ruins  of  their  habitations,  were  still  to  be 
seen  in  my  day  at  the  place  where  they  dwelt  originally,  before 
they  were  removed  by  Amasis.  Such  was  the  mode  by  which 
Psammetichus  became  master  of  Egypt. 

155.  I  have  already  made  mention  more  than  once  of  the 
Egyptian  oracle,^  and,  as  it  well  deserves  notice,  I  shall  now 
proceed  to  give  an  account  of  it  more  at  length.  It  is  a  temple 
of  Latona,*  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  great  city  on  the  Seben- 
nytic  mouth  of  the  Nile,  at  some  distance  up  the  river  from  the 
sea.  The  name  of  the  city,  as  I  have  before  observ^ed,  is  Buto; 
and  in  it  are  two  other  temples  also,  one  of  Apollo  and  one  of 
Diana.  Latona's  temple,  which  contains  the  oracle,  is  a  spacious 
building  with  a  gateway  ten  fathoms  in  height.^  The  most 
wonderful  thing  t^bat  was  actually  to  be  seen  about  this  temple 
w^as  a  chapel  in  the  enclosure  made  of  a  single  stone,  the  length 
and  height  of  which  were  the  same,  each  wall  being  forty  cubits 
square,  and  the  whole  a  single  block  I  Another  block  of  stone 
formed  the  roof,  and  projected  at  the  eaves  to  the  extent  of  four 
cubits. 

156.  This,  as  I  have  said,  was  what  astonished  me  the  most, 

of  all  the  things  that  were  actually  to  be  seen  about  the  temple. 

The  next  greatest  marvel  was  the  island  called  Chemmis.    This 

island  lies  in  the  middle  of  a  broad  and  deep  lake  close  by  the 

temple,  and  the  natives  declare  that  it  floats.    For  my  own  part 

I  did  not  see  it  float,  or  even  move;  and  I  wondered  greatly, 

when  they  told  me  concerning  it,  whether  there  be  really  such  a 

thing  as  a  floating  island.     It  has  a  grand  temple  of  Apollo 

built  upon  it,  in  which  are  three  distinct  altars.    Palm-trees 

grow  on  it  in  great  abundance,  and  many  other  trees,  some  of 

which  bear  fruit,  while  others  are  barren.    The  Egyptians  tell 

the  following  story  in  connection  with  this  island,  to  explain 

the  way  in  which  it  first  came  to  float: — "  In  former  times, 

when  the  isle  was  still  fixed  and  motionless,  Latona,  one  of  the 

eight  gods  of  the  first  order,  who  dwelt  in  the  city  of  Buto,  where 

now  she  has  her  oracle,  received  Apollo  as  a  sacred  charge  from 

^  Supra,  chs.  83,  133,  and  152.  There  were  several  other  oracles,  but 
that  of  Buto,  or  Latona,  was  held  in  the  highest  repute.     (See  ch.  83.) 

•  Herodotus  says  that  this  goddess  was  one  of  the  great  deities  (ch.  156). 

•  This  is  the  height  of  the  pyramidal  towers  of  the  propylaeum,  or  court 
9f  entrance. 


196  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  11. 

Isis,  and  saved  him  by  hiding  him  in  what  is  now  called  the 
floating  island.  Typhon  meanwhile  was  searching  everywhere 
in  hopes  of  finding  the  child  of  Osiris."  (According  to  the 
Egyptians,  Apollo  and  Diana  are  the  children  of  Bacchus  and 
Isis;^  while  Latona  is  their  nurse  and  their  preserver.  They 
can  Apollo,  in  their  language,  Horus;  Ceres  they  call  Isis; 
Diana,  Bubastis.  From  this  Egyptian  tradition,  and  from  no 
other,  it  must  have  been  that  ^schylus,  the  son  of  Euphorion, 
took  the  idea,  which  is  found  in  none  of  the  earlier  poets,  of 
making  Diana  the  daughter  of  Ceres.)  The  island,  therefore,  in 
consequence  of  this  event,  was  first  made  to  float.  Such  at 
least  is  the  account  which  the  Egyptians  give. 

157.  Psammetichus  ruled  Egypt  for  fifty-four  years,  during 
twenty-nine  of  which  he  pressed  the  siege  of  Azotus  *  without 
intermission,  till  finally  he  took  the  place.  Azotus  is  a  great 
town  in  Syria.  Of  all  the  cities  that  we  know,  none  ever  stood 
so  long  a  siege. 

158.  Psammetichus  left  a  son  called  Necos,  who  succeeded 
him  upon  the  throne*  This  prince  was  the  first  to  attempt  the 
construction  of  the  canal  to  the  Red  Sea — ^a  work  completed 
afterwards  by  Darius  the  Persian — ^the  length  of  which  is  four 
days'  journey,  and  the  width  such  as  to  admit  of  two  triremes 
being  rowed  along  it  abreast.  The  water  is  derived  from  the 
Nile,  which  the  canal  leaves  a  little  above  the  city  of  Bubastis,* 
near  Patumus,  the  Arabian  town,*  being  continued  thence  until 
it  joins  the  Red  Sea.  At  first  it  is  carried  along  the  Arabian 
side  of  the  Egyptian  plain,  as  far  as  the  chain  of  hills  opposite 
Memphis,  whereby  the  plain  is  bounded,  and  in  which  he  the 
great  stone  quarries;  here  it  skirts  the  base  of  the  hills  running 
in  a  direction  from  west  to  east;  after  which  it  turns,  and  enters 
a  narrow  pass,  trending  southwards  from  this  point,  until  it 
enters  the  Arabian  Gulf.  From  the  northern  sea  to  that  which 
is  called  the  southern  or  Erythraean,  the  shortest  and  quickest 

*  Apollo  was  Horns,  the  son  of  Isis  and  Osiris  (Ceres  and  Bacchus) ;  but 
he  had  no  äster  in  Egyptiam  mythology,  and  Diana  was  Bubastis  or 
Pasht,  who  appears  to  be  one  oi  the  great  deities. 

•Azotus  is  Ashdod  of  saored  Scripture.  This  shows  how  much  the 
Egyptian  power  had  declined  when  Psammetichus  was  obliged  to  besiege 
a  city  near  the  confines  of  Egypt  for  so  long  a  time  as  twenty-nine  years. 

» The  comimencement  of  the  Red  Sea  canal  was  in  different  places  at 
various  periods.     In  the  time  of  Herodotus  it  left  the  Pelusiac  branch  a  i 
itttle  above  Bubastis. 

*  Patumus  was  not  near  the  Red  Sea,  but  at  the  commencement  of  ^e  i 
canal,  and  was  the  Pithom  mentioned  in  Exod.  i.  ii. 


Chap.  157-160.  NcCOS  1 97 

passage,  which  is  from  Mount  Casius,  the  boundary  between 
Egypt  and  Syria,  to  the  Gulf  of  Arabia,  is  a  distance  of  exactly 
one  thousand  furlongs.  But  the  way  by  the  canal  is  very  much 
longer,  on  account  of  the  crookedness  of  its  course.  A  hundred 
and  twenty  thousand  of  the  Egyptians,  employed  upon  the  work 
in  the  reign  of  Necos,  lost  their  lives  in  making  the  excavation. 
He  at  length  desisted  from  his  undertaking,  in  consequence  of 
an  oracle  which  warned  him  "  that  he  was  labouring  for  the 
barbarian."  ^  The  Egyptians  call  by  the  name  of  barbarians  all 
such  as  speak  a  language  different  from  their  own. 

159.  Necos,  when  he  gave  up  the  construction  of  the  canal, 
turned  all  his  thoughts  to  war,  and  set  to  work  to  build  a  fleet 
of  triremes,  some  intended  for  service  in  the  northern  sea,  and 
some  for  the  navigation  of  the  Erythraean.  These  last  were 
built  in  the  Arabian  Gulf,  where  the  dry  docks  in  which  they 
lay  are  still  visible.  These  fleets  he  employed  wherever  he  had 
occasion;  while  he  also  made  war  by  land  upon  the  Syrians, 
and  defeated  them  in  a  pitched  battle  at  Magdolus,*  after  which 
he  made  himself  master  of  Cadytis,^  a  large  city  of  Syria.  The 
dress  which  he  wore  on  these  occasions  he  sent  to  Branchidae 
in  Milesia,  as  an  offering  to  Apollo.*  After  having  reigned  in  all 
sixteen  years,^  Necos  died,  and  at  his  death  bequeathed  the 
throne  to  his  son  Psammis. 

160.  In  the  reign  of  Psammis,  ambassadors  from  Elis  ®  arrived 

*  This  was  owing  to  the  increasing  power  of  the  Asiatic  nations. 

•The  place  here  intended  seems  to  be  Megiddo,  where  Josiah  lost  his 
life,  between  Gilgal  and  Mount  Carmel,  on  the  road  through  Syria  north- 
wards, and  not  Migdol  (MayouAd's),  which  was  in  Egypt.  The  similarity 
of  the  two  names  easily  led  to  the  mistake  (2  Chron.  xxxv.  22). 

'  After  the  defeat  and  death  of  Josiah,  Neco  proceeded  to  Carchemish, 
and  on  his  return,  finding  that  the  Jews  had  put  Jehoahaz,  his  son,  on 
the  throne,  "  he  made  him  a  prisoner  at  Riblah,  in  the  land  of  Hamath, 
and,  after  having  imposed  a  tribute  of  100  talents  of  silver  and  a  talent 
of  gold  upon  Jerusalem,  he  made  his  brother  Eliakim  (whose  name  h« 
changed  to  Jehoiakim)  king  in  his  stead,  carrying  Jehoahaz  captive  to 
Egypt,  where  he  died  "  (2  Kings  xxiii.  29). 

*  For  an  account  of  the  temple  of  Apollo  at  Branchidae,  see  Bk.  i.  ch.  157. 

•  The  reverses  which  soon  afterwards  befell  the  Egyptians  were  not 
mentioned  to  Herodotus.  Neco  was  defeated  at  Carchemish  by  Nebuchad- 
nezzar, in  the  4th  year  of  Jehoiakim  (Jer.  xlvi.  2),  and  lost  all  the  territory 
which  it  had  been  so  long  the  object  of  the  Pharaohs  to  possess.  For 
"  the  king  of  Babylon  took,  from  the  river  of  Egypt  unto  the  river 
Euphrates,  all  that  pertained  to  the  king  of  Egypt  "  (2  Kings  xxiv.  7). 
This  river  of  Egypt  was  the  smaU  torrent-bed  that  formed  the  boundary 
of  the  country  on  the  N.E.  side  by  the  modern  El  Areesh.  Jerusalem  was 
afterwards  taken  by  Nebuchadnezzar. 

•  This  shows  the  great  repute  of  the  Egyptians  for  learning,  even  at  this 
time,  when  they  had  greatly  declined  as  a  nation. 


198  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

in  Egypt,  boasting  that  their  arrangements  for  the  conduct  of 
the  Olympic  games  were  the  best  and  fairest  that  could  be 
devised,  and  fancying  that  not  even  the  Egyptians,  who  sur- 
passed all  other  nations  in  wisdom,  could  add  anything  to  their 
perfection.  When  these  persons  reached  Egypt,  and  explained 
the  reason  of  their  visit,  the  king  summoned  an  assembly  of  all 
the  wisest  of  the  Egyptians.  They  met,  and  the  Eleans  having 
given  them  a  full  account  of  all  their  rules  and  regulations  with 
respect  to  the  contests,  said  that  they  had  come  to  Egypt  for  the 
express  purpose  of  learning  whether  the  Egyptians  could  im- 
prove the  fairness  of  their  regulations  in  any  particular.  The 
Egyptians  considered  awhile,  and  then  made  inquiry,  "  If  they 
allowed  their  own  citizens  to  enter  the  lists  ?  "  The  Eleans 
answered,  "  That  the  lists  were  open  to  all  Greeks,  whether  they 
belonged  to  Elis  or  to  any  other  state."  Hereupon  the  Egyp- 
tians observed,  "  That  if  this  were  so,  they  departed  from  justice 
very  widely,  since  it  was  impossible  but  that  they  would  favour 
their  own  countrymen,  and  deal  unfairly  by  foreigners.  If 
therefore  they  really  wished  to  manage  the  games  with  fairness, 
and  if  this  was  the  object  of  their  coming  to  Egypt,  they  advised 
them  to  confine  the  contests  to  strangers,  and  allow  no  native  of 
Elis  to  be  a  candidate."  Such  was  the  advice  which  the  Egyp- 
tians gave  to  the  Eleans. 

161.  Psammis  reigned  only  six  years.    He  attacked  Ethiopia, 
and  died  almost  directly  afterwards.    Apries,  his  son,^  succeeded 
him  upon  the  throne,  who,  excepting  Psammetichus,  his  great- 
grandfather, was  the  most  prosperous  of  all  the  kings  that  ever  f 
ruled  over  Egypt.    The  length  of  his  reign  was  twenty-five  years, 
and  in  the  course  of  it  he  marched  an  army  to  attack  Sidon,  and 
fought  a  battle  with  the  king  of  Tyre  by  sea.     When  at  length 
the  time  came  that  was  fated  to  bring  him  woe,  an  occasion  arose 
which  I  shall  describe  more  fully  in  my  Libyan  history,  only 
touching  it  very  briefly  here.    An  army  despatched  by  Apries 
to  attack  Cyrene,  having  met  with  a  terrible  reverse,  the  Egyp-  ■ 
tians  laid  the  blame  on  him,  imagining  that  he  had,  of  malice  j 
prepense,  sent  the  troops  into  the  jaws  of  destruction.    They  be- 
lieved he  had  wished  a  vast  number  of  them  to  be  slain,  in  order  i 
that  he  himself  might  reign  with  more  security  over  the  rest  of  j 
the  Egyptians.     Indignant  therefore  at  this  usage,  the  soldiers  * 
who  returned  and  the  friends  of  the  slain  broke  instantly  into  i 
revolt.  I 

*  Apries  is  the  Pharaoh- Hophra  of  Jeremiah  (xliv.  30).  | 


ckkv.  161-163.  Amasis  Revolts  199 

162.  Apries,  on  learning  these  circumstances,  sent  Amasis  to 
the  rebels,  to  appease  the  tumult  by  persuasion.  Upon  his 
arrival,  as  he  was  seeking  to  restrain  the  malcontents  by  his 
exhortations,  one  of  them,  coming  behind  him,  put  a  helmet  on 
his  head,  saying,  as  he  put  it  on,  that  he  thereby  crowned  him 
king.  Amasis  was  not  altogether  displeased  at  the  action,  as  his 
conduct  soon  made  manifest:  for  no  sooner  had  the  insurgents 
agreed  to  make  him  actually  their  king,  than  he  prepared  to 
march  with  them  against  Apries«  That  monarch,  on  tidings  of 
these  events  reaching  him,  sent  Patarbemis,  one  of  his  courtiers, 
a  man  of  high  rank,  to  Amasis,  with  orders  to  bring  him  alive 
into  his  presence.  Patarbemis,  on  arriving  at  the  place  where 
Amasis  was,  called  on  him  to  come  back  with  him  to  the  king, 
whereupon  Amasis  broke  a  coarse  jest,  and  said,  "  Pry  thee  take 
that  back  to  thy  master."  When  the  envoy,  notwithstanding 
this  reply,  persisted  in  his  request,  exhorting  Amasis  to  obey  the 
summons  of  the  king,  he  made  answer,  "  that  this  was  exactly 
what  he  had  long  been  intending  to  do;  Apries  would  have  no 
reason  to  complain  of  him  on  the  score  of  delay;  he  would 
shortly  come  himself  to  the  king,  and  bring  others  with  him."  ^ 
Patarbemis,  upon  this,  comprehending  the  intention  of  Amasis, 
partly  from  his  replies,  and  partly  from  the  preparations  which 
he  saw  in  progress,  departed  hastily,  wishing  to  inform  the  king 
with  all  speed  of  what  was  going  on.  Apries,  however,  when 
he  saw  him  approaching  without  Amasis,  fell  into  a  paroxysm  of 
rage;  and  not  giving  himself  time  for  reflection,  commanded 
the  nose  and  ears  of  Patarbemis  to  be  cut  off.  Then  the  rest  of 
the  Egyptians,  who  had  hitherto  espoused  the  cause  of  Apries, 
when  they  saw  a  man  of  such  note  among  them  so  shamefully 
outraged,  without  a  moment's  hesitation  went  over  to  the  rebels, 
and  put  themselves  at  the  disposal  of  Amasis. 

163.  Apries,  informed  of  this  new  calamity,  armed  his  mer- 
cenaries, and  led  them  against  the  Egyptians:  this  was  a  body 
of  Carians  and  lonians,^  numbering  thirty  thousand  men,  which 
was  now  with  him  at  Sais,  where  his  palace  stood — a  vast  build- 
ing, well  worthy  of  notice.  The  army  of  Apries  marched  out  to 
attack  the  host  of  the  Egyptians,  while  that  of  Amasis  went 

^  Compare  the  answer  of  Cyrus  to  Astyages  (i.  127),  which  shows  that 
this  was  a  couunonplace — the  answer  supposed  to  be  proper  for  a  powerful 
rebel. 

•  The  Greek  troops  continued  in  the  pay  of  the  king.  The  state  of  Egypt, 
and  the  dethronement  of  Apries,  are  predicted  in  Isa.  xix.  Zt  and  in  Jer. 
xliv.  30. 


200  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

forth  to  fight  the  strangers ;  and  now  both  annies  drew 
near  the  city  of  Momemphis,^  and  prepared  for  the  coming 
fight. 

164.  The  Egyptians  are  divided  into  seven  distinct  classes  * — 
these  are,  the  priests,  the  warriors,  the  cowherds,  the  swineherds, 
the  tradesmen,  the  interpreters,  and  the  boatmen.  Their  titles 
indicate  their  occupations.  The  warriors  consist  of  Hermoty- 
bians  and  Calasirians,  who  come  from  different  cantons,^  the 
whole  of  Egypt  being  parcelled  out  into  districts  bearing  this 
name. 

165.  The  foUowmg  cantons  furnish  the  Hermotybians: — ^The 
cantons  of  Busiris,  Sais,  Chemmis,  Papremis,  that  of  the  island 
called  Prosopitis,*  and  half  of  Natho.  They  number,  when  most 
numerous,  a  hundred  and  sixty  thousands  None  of  them  ever 
practises  a  trade,  but  all  are  given  wholly  to  war. 

166.  The  cantons  of  the  Calasirians  are  different — they  in- 
clude the  following: — The  cantons  of  Thebes,  Bubastis,  Aphthis, 
Tanis,^  Mendes,  Sebennytus,  Athribis,  Pharbaethus,  iWuis, 
Onuphis,  Anysis,  and  Myecphoris — ^this  last  canton  consists  of 
an  island  which  lies  over  against  the  town  of  Bubastis.  The 
Calasirians,  when  at  their  greatest  number,  have  amounted  to 
two  hundred  and  fifty  thousand.  Like  the  Hermotybians,  they 
are  forbidden  to  pursue  any  trade,  and  devote  themselves 
entirely  to  warlike  exercises,  the  son  following  the  father's 
calling. 

167.  Whether  the  Greeks  borrowed  from  the  Egyptians  their 
notions  about  trade,  like  so  many  others,  I  cannot  say  for  certain. 
I  have  remarked  that  the  Thracians,  the  Scyths,  the  Persians, 
the  Lydians,  and  aknost  all  other  barbarians,  hold  the  citizens 
who  practise  trades,  and  their  children,  in  less  repute  than  thei 
rest,  while  they  esteem  as  noble  those  who  keep  aloof  fromJi 
handicrafts,  and  especially  honour  such  as  are  given  wholly  to|  t 
war.    These  ideas  prevail  throughout  the  whole  of  Greece, 

»Momemphis  was  on  the  edge  of  the  desert,  neaa"  the  mouth  of  the 
Lycus  canaL 

»These  classes,  rather  than  castes,  were,  according  to  Herodotus — i 
The  sacerdotal.  2.  The  military.  3.  The  herdmen.  4.  Swineherds 
5.  Shopkeepers.     6.  Interpreters.     7.  Boatmen. 

•  The  number  of  the  nomes  or  cantons  varied  at  different  timea.  EachJ 
nome  was  governed  by  a  Nomarch,  to  whom  was  entrusted  the  levying 
of  taxes,  and  various  duties  connected  with  the  administration  of  the 
province. 

*  Of  Busiris,  see  ch.  61. 

» The  city  of  Tanis  is  the  Zoan  of  Scripture.  [Cf.  Encycl.  Bibltea,  toL  ivi 
s.v.—E.  H.  B.] 


chaf.  164-169.      Battle  of  Momemphis  201 

particularly  among  the  Lacedaemonians*    Corinth  is  the  place 
where  mechanics  are  least  despised.^ 

168.  The  warrior  class  in  Egypt  had  certain  special  privileges 
in  which  none  of  the  rest  of  the  Egyptians  participated,  except 
the  priests.  In  the  first  place  each  man  had  twelve  arum  *  of 
land  assigned  him  free  from  tax.  (The  arura  is  a  square  of  a 
hundred  Egyptian  cubits,  the  Egyptian  cubit  being  of  the  same 
length  as  the  Samian.)  All  the  warriors  enjoyed  this  privilege 
together;  but  there  were  other  advantages  which  came  to  each 
in  rotation,  the  same  man  never  obtaining  them  twice.  A  thou- 
sand Calasirians,  and  the  same  number  of  Hermotybians,  formed 
in  alternate  years  the  body-guard  of  the  king;  and  during  their 
year  of  service  these  persons,  besides  their  arurcsy  received  a 
daily  portion  of  meat  and  drink,  consisting  of  five  pounds  of 
baked  bread,  two  pounds  of  beef,  and  four  cups  of  wine. 

169.  When  Apries,  at  the  head  of  his  mercenaries,  and 
Amasis,  in  command  of  the  whole  native  force  of  the  Egyptians, 
encountered  one  another  near  the  city  of  Momemphis,  an  en- 
gagement presently  took  place.  The  foreign  troops  fought 
bravely,  but  were  overpowered  by  numbers,  in  which  they  feu 
very  far  short  of  their  adversaries.  It  is  said  that  Apries  be- 
lieved that  there  was  not  a  god  who  could  cast  him  down  from 
his  eminence,  so  firmly  did  he  think  that  he  had  established 
himself  in  his  kingdom*  But  at  this  time  the  battle  went  against 
him;  and,  his  army  being  worsted,  he  fell  into  the  enemy's 
hands,  and  was  brought  back  a  prisoner  to  Sais,  where  he  was 
lodged  in  what  had  been  his  own  house,  but  was  now  the  palace 
of  Amasis,  Amasis  treated  him  with  kindness,  and  kept  him 
in  the  palace  for  a  while;  but  finding  his  conduct  blamed  by 
the  Egyptians,  who  charged  him  with  acting  unjustly  in  pre- 
serving a  man  who  had  shown  himself  so  bitter  an  enemy  both 
to  them  and  him,  he  gave  Apries  over  into  the  hands  of  his 
former  subjects,  to  deal  with  as  they  chose*    Then  the  Egyp- 

*  The  situation  of  Corinth  led  so  natiorally  to  extensive  trade,  and  thenc« 
to  that  splendour  and  magnificence  of  living  by  which  the  tiseful  and 
ornamental  arts  are  most  encouraged,  that,  in  spite  of  Dorian  prid«  and 
exclusiveness,  the  mechanic's  occupation  came  soon  to  be  regarded  with 
a  good  deal  of  favour.  As  early  as  the  time  of  Cypselus  elaborate  works 
of  art  proceeded  from  the  Corinthian  workshops,  as  the  golden  statue  oi 
Jupiter  at  Olympia.  Later,  Corinth  became  noted  for  the  peculiar  com- 
position of  its  bronze,  which  was  regarded  as  better  suited  for  works  ®i[ 
art  than  any  other,  and  which  under  the  name  of  JEs  Corinthiacum  was 
celebrated  throughout  the  world. 

*  The  arura  was  a  little  naore  than  three- fourths  of  an  English  acre; 
and  was  only  a  land  measure. 


202  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

tians  took  him  and  strangled  him,  but  having  so  done  they 
buried  him  in  the  sepulchre  of  his  fathers.  This  tomb  is  in  the 
temple  of  Minerva,  very  near  the  sanctuary,  on  the  left  hand  as  i 
©ne  enters.  The  Saites  buried  all  the  kings  who  belonged  to 
their  canton  inside  this  temple;  and  thus  it  even  contains  the 
tomb  of  Amasis,  as  well  as  that  of  Apries  and  his  family.  The 
latter  is  not  so  close  to  the  sanctuary  as  the  former,  but  still  itt 
is  within  the  temple.  It  stands  in  the  court,  and  is  a  spacious  i 
cleister,  built  of  stone,  and  adorned  with  pillars  carved  so  as  to ) 
resemble  palm-trees,^  and  with  other  sumptuous  ornaments.. 
Within  the  cloister  is  a  chamber  with  folding  doors,  behind! 
which  lies  the  sepulchre  of  the  king. 

170.  Here  too,  in  this  same  precinct  of  Minerva  at  Sais,  is  the  5 
burial-place  of  one  whom  I  think  it  not  right  to  mention  in  such 
a  connection.*  It  stands  behind  the  temple,  against  the  back- 
wall,  which  it  entirely  covers.  There  are  also  some  large  stone; 
obelisks  in  the  enclosure,  and  there  is  a  lake  ^  near  them,  adorned; 
with  an  edging  of  stone.  In  form  it  is  circular,  and  in  size,  asi 
it  seemed  to  me,  about  equal  to  the  lake  in  Delos  called  "  thei 
Hoop."* 

171.  On  this  lake  it  is  that  the  Egyptians  represent  by  nighti 

his  sufferings  ^  whose  name  I  refrain  from  mentioning,  and  thisi 

representation  they  call  their  Mysteries.*    I  know  well  the  whole! 

*They  are  common  in  Egyptian  temples,  particularly  in  the  Delta, 
where  they  are  often  of  granite. 
■  This  was  Osiris. 

*  This  lake  still  remains  at  Sais,  the  modern  Sa-el-Hagar.  The  stone 
casing,  which  always  Uned  the  sides  of  these  sacred  lakes  (and  which  mayi 
be  seen  at  Thebes,  Hermonthes,  and  other  places),  is  entirely  gone;  but 
the  extent  of  the  main  enclosure,  which  included  within  it  the  lake  and 
temple,  is  very  evident;  and  the  massive  crude  brick  walls  are  standing 
to  a  great  height.  They  are  about  seventy  feet  thick,  and  have  layers 
of  reeds  and  rushes  at  intervals,  to  serve  as  binders.  The  lake  is  stüll 
supplied  by  a  canal  from  the  river. 

*  The  Delian  lake  was  a  famous  feature  of  the  great  temple  or  sacred 
enclosure  of  Apollo,  which  was  the  chief  glory  of  that  island. 

'  The  Egyptians  and  the  Syrians  had  each  the  myth  of  a  dying  God ;  but 
they  selected  a  difierent  phaenomenon  for  its  basis;  the  former  the  Nile,' 
the  Syrians,  the  aspect  of  nature,  or,  as  Macrobius  shows,  the  sim ;  which, 
during  one  part  of  the  year  manifesting  its  vivifying  effects  on  the  earth'« 
surface,  seemed  to  die  on  the  approach  of  winter;  and  hence  the  notiom 
of  a  God  who  was  both  mortal  and  immortal.  In  the  religion  of  Greece 
we  trace  this  more  obscurely;  but  the  Cretans  believed  that  Jupiter  had 
died,  and  even  showed  his  tomb.  This  belief  was  perhaps  borrowed  from 
Egypt  or  from  Syria;   for  the  Greeks  derided  the  notion  of  a  God  dying. 

*  The  sufferings  and  death  of  Osiris  were  the  great  mystery  of  the 
Egyptian  reUgion;  and  some  traces  of  it  are  perceptible  among  other 
people  of  antiquity.  His  being  the  divine  goodness,  and  the  abstract 
idea  of  "  good,"  his  manifestation  upon  earth  (like  an  Indian  God),  hisi 


Chap.  I70-I73.  Rcign  of  Amasis  203 

course  of  the  proceedings  in  these  ceremonies,^  but  they  shall 
not  pass  my  lips.  So  too,  with  regard  to  the  mysteries  of  Ceres, 
which  the  Greeks  term  "  the  Thesmophoria,"  I  know  them,  but 
I  shall  not  mention  them,  except  so  far  as  may  be  done  without 
impiety.  The  daughters  of  Danaus  brought  these  rites  from 
Egypt,  and  taught  them  to  the  Pelasgic  women  of  the  Pelo- 
ponnese.  Afterwards,  when  the  inhabitants  of  the  peninsula 
were  driven  from  their  homes  by  the  Dorians,  the  rites  perished. 
Only  in  Arcadia,  where  the  natives  remained  and  were  not  com- 
pelled to  migrate,*  their  observance  continued. 

172.  After  Apries  had  been  put  to  death  in  the  way  that  I 
have  described  above,  Amasis  reigned  over  Egypt.  He  belonged 
to  the  canton  of  Sais,  being  a  native  of  the  town  called  Siouph« 
At  first  his  subjects  looked  down  on  him  and  held  him  in  small 
esteem,  because  he  bad  been  a  mere  private  person,  and  of  a 

death,  and  resurrection,  and  his  ofi&ce  as  judge  of  the  dead  in  a  future 
state,  look  like  the  early  revelation  of  a  future  manifestation  of  the  deity 
converted  into  a  mythological  fable.  Osiris  may  be  said  rather  to  have 
presided  over  the  judgment  of  the  dead,  than  to  have  judged  them;  he 
gave  admission,  to  those  who  were  found  worthy,  to  the  abode  of  happiness. 
He  was  not  the  avenging  deity;  he  did  not  punish,  ncff  could  he  show 
mercy,  or  subvert  the  judgment  pronounced.  It  was  a  simple  question  ^ 
fact.  If  wicked  they  were  destined  to  suSer  punishment.  A  maa's 
actions  were  balanced  in  the  scales  against  justice  or  truth,  and  if  found 
wanting  he  was  excluded  from  future  happiness.  Thus,  though  the 
Egyptians  are  said  to  believe  the  gods  were  capable  of  influencing  destiny 
(Euseb.  Pr.  Ev,  üi.  4),  it  is  evident  that  Osiris  (like  the  Greek  Zeus)  was 
bound  by  it;  and  the  wicked  were  punished,  not  because  he  rejected  them, 
but  because  they  wert  wicked.  Each  man's  conscience,  released  from 
the  sinful  body,  was  his  own  judge;  and  self-condemnation  hereafter 
followed  up  the  yvwdi  and  alcrxjuveo  (reaxrrbv  enjoined  on  earth. 

*  These  mysteries  of  Osiris,  Herodotus  says,  were  introduced  into  Greece 
by  the  daughters  of  Danaus.  The  fables  of  antiquity  had  generally  several 
meanings;  they  were  either  historical,  physical,  or  religious.  The  les» 
instructed  were  led  to  believe  Osiris  represented  some  natural  pheno- 
menon ;  as  the  inimdation  of  the  Nile,  which  disappearing  again,  and  losing 
its  effects  in  the  sea,  was  construed  into  the  manifestation  and  death  of  the 
deity,  destroyed  by  Typhon;  and  the  story  of  hi»  body  having  been  carried 
to  Byblus,  and  that  of  the  head  which  went  annually  from  Egypt  to  that 
place,  swimming  on  the  sea  (Lucian,  de  Deä  Syria)  for  seven  days,  were  the 
allegory  of  the  water  of  the  Nile  carried  by  the  currents  to  the  Sj^an 
coast;  though  Pausanias  (x.  12)  says  they  lamented  Osiris,  "  when  th« 
Nile  began  to  rise."  His  fabulous  history  was  also  thought  by  the  Greeks 
to  be  connected  with  the  sim;  but  it  was  not  so  viewed  in  early  times 
by  the  Egyptians;  and  this  was  rather  an  Asiatic  notion,  and  an  instanc« 
of  the  usual  adaptation  of  deities  to  each  other  in  different  mythologies. 
Least  of  all  was  he  thought  to  be  a  man  deified.  The  portion  of  the 
mysteries  imparted  to  strangers,  as  to  Herodotus,  Plutarch,  and  others, 
and  even  to  Pythagoras,  was  Umited;  and  the  more  important  secrets 
were  not  even  revealed  to  all  "  the  priests,  but  to  those  only  who  were  th« 
most  approved."  [Sec  J.  G.  Frazer's  Adonis,  Atits,  Osiris  (1907). — E.  H.  B.] 

•  Compare  viiL  73. 


204  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii, 

house  of  no  great  distinction;  but  after  a  time  Amasis  succeeded 
in  reconciling  them  to  his  rule,  not  by  severity,  but  by  clever- 
ness. Among  his  other  splendour  he  had  a  golden  foot-pan,  in 
which  his  guests  and  himself  were  wont  upon  occasion  to  wash 
their  feet.  This  vessel  he  caused  to  be  broken  in  pieces,  and 
made  of  the  gold  an  image  of  one  of  the  gods,  which  he  set  up  in 
the  most  public  place  in  the  whole  city ;  upon  which  the  Egyp- 
tians flocked  to  the  image,  and  worshipped  it  with  the  utmost 
reverence.  Amasis,  finding  this  was  so,  called  an  assembly, 
and  opened  the  matter  to  them,  explaining  how  the  image  had 
been  made  of  the  foot-pan,  wherein  tiiey  had  been  wont  formerly 
to  wash  their  feet  and  to  put  all  manner  of  filth,  yet  now  it  was 
greatly  reverenced.  "  And  truly,"  he  went  on  to  say,  "  it  had 
gone  with  him  as  with  the  foot-pan.  If  he  was  a  private  person 
formerly,  yet  now  he  had  come  to  be  their  king.  And  so  he 
bade  them  honour  and  reverence  him."  Such  was  the  mode  in 
which  he  won  over  the  Egyptians,  and  brought  them  to  be 
content  to  do  him  service. 

173.  The  following  was  the  general  habit  of  his  life: — From 
early  dawn  to  the  time  when  the  forum  is  wont  to  fiU,^  he 
sedulously  transacted  all  the  business  that  was  brought  before 
him ;  during  the  remainder  of  the  day  he  drank  and  joked  with 
his  guests,  passing  the  time  in  witty  and,  sometimes,  scarce 
seemly  conversation.  It  grieved  his  friends  that  he  should  thus; 
demean  himself,  and  accordingly  some  of  them  chid  him  on  the 
subject,  saying  to  him, — "  Oh  1  king,  thou  dost  but  ill  guard  thy 
royal  dignity  whilst  thou  allowest  thyself  in  such  levities.  Tliou 
shouldest  sit  in  state  upon  a  stately  throne,  and  busy  thyself 
with  aSairs  the  whole  day  long.  So  would  the  Egyptians  feel 
that  a  great  man  rules  them,  and  thou  wouldst  be  better  spokenr 
of.  But  now  thou  conductest  thyself  in  no  kingly  fashion.*' 
Amasis  answered  them  thus: — "  Bowmen  bend  their  bows  when 
they  wish  to  shoot;  unbrace  them  when  the  shooting  is  over. 
Were  they  kept  always  strung  they  would  break,  and  fail  the 
archer  in  time  of  need.  So  it  is  with  men.  If  they  give  them- 
selves constantly  to  serious  work,  and  never  indulge  awhile  in 
pastime  or  sport,  they  lose  their  senses,  and  become  mad  01 

» In  early  times  the  Greeks  divided  the  day  into  three  parts.  The 
division,  according  to  Dio  Chrysostomus,  was  trpwt,  sunrise,  or  early  mom; 
repl  irXridovcav  iyopdv,  market  time  or  forenoon,  the  third  hour;  fj^ffijfj.ßpia^ 
midday;  ieSXrj,  or  trepi  beiXrjv,  afternoon,  c«-  the  ninth  hour;  and  itrT^pa^ 
evening,  or  sunset.  These  are  very  like  the  Arabic  divisions  at  the  present 
time,  for  each  of  which  they  have  a  stated  number  of  prayers. 


CHAr.  173-175.        Aiiiasis  adoms  Sai's  205 

moody.    Knowing  this,  I  divide  my  life  between  pastime  Bind 
business."    Thus  he  answered  his  friends. 

174.  It  is  said  that  Amasis,  even  while  he  was  a  private  man, 
had  the  same  tastes  for  drinking  and  jesting,  and  was  averse  to 
engaging  in  any  serious  employment.  He  lived  in  constant 
feasts  and  revelries,  and  whenever  his  means  failed  him,  he 
roamed  about  and  robbed  people.  On  such  occasions  the 
persons  from  whom  he  had  stolen  would  bring  him,  if  he  denied 
the  charge,  before  the  nearest  oracle;  sometimes  the  oracle 
would  pronounce  him  guilty  of  the  theft,  at  other  times  it  would 
acquit  him.  When  afterwards  he  came  to  be  king,  he  neglected 
the  temples  of  such  gods  as  had  declared  that  he  was  not  a  thief, 
and  neither  contributed  to  their  adornment,  nor  frequented 
them  for  sacrifice;  since  he  regarded  them  as  utterly  worthless, 
and  their  oracles  as  wholly  false :  but  the  gods  who  had  detected 
his  guilt  he  considered  to  be  true  gods  whose  oracles  did  not 
deceive,  and  these  he  honoured  exceedingly. 

175,  First  of  all,  therefore,  he  built  the  gateway  ^  of  the 
temple  of  Minerva  at  Sais,  which  is  an  astonishing  work,  far 
surpassing  all  other  buildings  of  the  same  kind  both  in  extent 
and  height,  and  built  with  stones  of  rare  size  and  excellency. 
In  the  next  place,  he  presented  to  the  temple  a  number  of  large 
colossal  statues,  and  several  prodigious  andro-sphinxes,*  besides 
certain  stones  for  the  repairs,  of  a  most  extraordinary  size. 
Some  of  these  he  got  from  the  quarries  over  against  Memphis, 
but  the  largest  were  brought  from  Elephantine,^  which  is  twenty 
days'  voyage  from  Sais.  Of  all  these  wonderful  masses  that 
which  I  most  admire  is  a  chamber  made  of  a  single  stone,  which 
was  quarried  at  Elephantine.  It  took  three  years  to  convey  this 
block  from  the  quarry  to  Sais;  and  in  the  conveyance  were  em- 
ployed no  fewer  than  two  thousand  labourers,  who  were  all  from 
the  class  of  boatmen.  The  length  of  this  chamber  on  the  outside 
is  twenty-one  cubits,  its  breadth  fourteen  cubits,  and  its  height 
eight.  The  measurements  inside  are  the  following: — The 
length,  eighteen  cubits  and  five-sixths;  the  breadth,  twelve 
cubits;  and  the  height,  five.  It  lies  near  the  entrance  of  the 
temple,  where  it  was  left  in  consequence  of  the  following  cir- 
cumstance:— It  happened  that  the  architect,  just  as  the  stone 

^  Not  a  "  portico,"  but  the  lofty  towers  of  the  Area,  or  Court  of  Entrance. 

•  The  usual  sphinxes  of  the  drotnos,  or  avenue,  leading  to  the  entrance  of 
the  large  temples. 

•  These  were  granite  blocks. 


2o6  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  ii. 

had  reached  the  spot  where  it  now  stands,  heaved  a  sigh,  con- 
sidering the  length  of  time  that  the  removal  had  taken,  and 
feeling  wearied  with  the  heavy  toil.  The  sigh  was  heard  by 
Amasis,  who,  regarding  it  as  an  omen,  would  not  allow  the 
chamber  to  be  moved  forward  any  further.  Some,  however,  say 
that  one  of  the  workmen  engaged  at  the  levers  was  crushed  and 
killed  by  the  mass,  and  that  this  was  the  reason  of  its  being  left 
where  it  now  stands. 

176.  To  the  other  temples  of  much  note  Amasis  also  made 
magnificent  offerings — at  Memphis,  for  instance,  he  gave  the 
recumbent  colossus  ^  in  front  of  the  temple  of  Vulcan,  which 
is  seventy-five  feet  long.  Two  other  colossal  statues  stand  on 
the  same  base,  each  twenty  feet  high,  carved  in  the  stone  of 
Ethiopia,  one  on  either  side  of  the  temple.  There  is  also  a  stone 
colossus  of  the  same  size  at  Sals,  recumbent  like  that  at  Memphis. 
Amasis  finally  built  the  temple  of  Isis  at  Memphis,  a  vast 
structure,  well  worth  seeing. 

177.  It  is  said  that  the  reign  of  Amasis  was  the  most  pros- 
perous time  that  Egypt  ever  saw,^ — the  river  was  more  liberal ! 
to  the  land,  and  the  land  brought  forth  more  abundantly  for  the ; 
service  of  man  than  had  ever  been  known  before ;    while  the 
number  of  inhabited  cities  was  not  less  than  twenty  thousand. 
It  was  this  king  Amasis  who  established  the  law  that  every 
Egyptian  should  appear  once  a  year  before  the  governor  of  his  > 
canton,^  and  show  his  means  of  living;  or,  failing  to  do  so,  and  I 
to  prove  that  he  got  an  honest  livelihood,  should  be  put  to 
death.     Solon  the  Athenian  borrowed  this  law  from  the  Egyp- 
tians, and  imposed  it  on  his  countrymen,  who  have  observed  it 
ever  since.    It  is  indeed  an  excellent  custom. 

178.  Amasis  was  partial  to  the  Greeks,*  and,  among  other 
favours  which  he  granted  them,  gave  to  such  as  liked  to  settle 
in  Egypt  the  city  of  Naucratis  ^  for  their  residence.    To  those 

*  It  was  an  unusual  position  for  an  Egyptian  statue;  and  this,  as  well 
as  the  oth«:  at  Memphis,  and  the  monolith,  may  have  been  left  on  thC' 
ground,  in  consequence  of  the  troubles  which  came  upon  Egypt  at  the  time; 
and  which  the  Egyptians  concealed  from  Herodotus. 

'This  can  only  relate  to  the  internal  state  of  the  country;    and  what 
Herodotus  afterwards  says  shows  this  was  his  meaning. 
'  Each  nome,  or  canton,  was  governed  by  a  nomarch. 

*  Amasis  had  reason  to  be  hostile  to  the  Greeks,  who  had  assisted  Apries, 
but,  perceiving  the  value  of  their  aid,  he  became  friendly  to  them,  and( 
granted  them  many  privileges,  which  had  the  effect  of  inducing  many  toi 
settle  in  Egypt,  and  afterwards  led  them  to  assist  the  Egyptians  in  freeingi 
their  country  from  the  Persians. 

*  This  was  "  formerly  "  the  only  commercial  entrepot  for  Greek  mer- 
chandise, and  was  established  for  the  first  time  bv  Amasis. 


Chap.  176-181.  Thc  HclleniuiTi  207 

who  only  wished  to  trade  upon  the  coast,  and  did  not  want  to 
fix  their  abode  in  the  country,  he  granted  certain  lands  where 
they  might  set  up  altars  and  erect  temples  to  the  gods.  Of  these 
temples  the  grandest  and  most  famous,  which  is  also  the  most 
frequented,  is  that  called  "  the  Hellenium."  It  was  built  con- 
jointly by  the  lonians,  Dorians,  and  ^olians,  the  following 
cities  taking  part  in  the  work: — the  Ionian  states  of  Qiios,  Teos, 
Phocaea,  and  Clazomenae;  Rhodes,  Cnidus,  Halicamassus,  and 
Phaselis  ^  of  the  Dorians;  and  Mytilene  of  the  ^olians.  These 
are  the  states  to  whom  the  temple  belongs,  and  they  have  the 
right  of  appointing  the  governors  of  the  factory ;  the  other  cities 
which  claim  a  share  in  the  building,  claim  what  in  no  sense 
belongs  to  them.  Three  nations,  however,  consecrated  for  them- 
selves separate  temples — the  Eginetans  one  to  Jupiter,  the 
Samians  to  Juno,  and  the  Milesians  to  Apollo.* 

179.  In  ancient  times  there  was  no  factory  but  Naucratis  in 
the  whole  of  Egypt;  and  if  a  person  entered  one  of  the  other 
mouths  of  the  Nile,  he  was  obliged  to  swear  that  he  had  not 
come  there  of  his  own  free  will.  Having  so  done,  he  was  bound 
to  sail  in  his  ship  to  the  Canobic  mouth,  or,  were  that  impossible 
owing  to  contrary  winds,  he  must  take  his  wares  by  boat  all 
round  the  Delta,  and  so  bring  them  to  Naucratis,  which  had  an 
exclusive  privilege. 

180.  It  happened  in  the  reign  of  Amasis  that  the  temple  of 
Delphi  had  been  accidentally  burnt,*  and  the  Amphictyons  * 
had  contracted  to  have  it  rebuilt  for  three  hundred  talents,  of 
which  sum  one-fourth  was  to  be  furnished  by  the  Delphians. 
Under  these  circumstances  the  Delphians  went  from  city  to  city 
begging  contributions,  and  among  their  other  wanderings  came 
to  Egypt  and  asked  for  help.  From  few  other  places  did  they 
obtain  so  much — Amasis  gave  them  a  thousand  talents  of  alum,* 
and  the  Greek  settlers  twenty  minae.® 

181.  A  league  was  concluded  by  Amasis  with  the  Cyrenaeans, 
by  which  Cyren^  and  Egypt  became  close  friends  and  allies.  He 
likewise  took  a  wife  from  that  city,  either  as  a  sign  of  his  friendly 

^  Phaselis  lay  on  the  east  coast  of  Lycia,  directly  at  the  base  of  Mount 
Sol>Tna  (Takhtalu). 

•  That  is,  to  the  gods  specially  worshipped  in  their  respective  countries, 

•  The  temple  at  Delphi  was  burnt  in  the  year  b.c.  548,  consequently  in 
the  2  ist  year  of  Amasis. 

•  See  Book  vii.  ch.  200. 

•  That  of  Egypt  was  celebrated. 

•  Twenty  minae  would  be  somewhat  more  than  £80  of  our  money.  Th« 
entire  sum  which  the  Delphians  had  to  collect  exceeded  £18,000. 

1405  H 


2o8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  il 

feeling,  or  because  he  had  a  fancy  to  marry  a  Greek  woman. 
However  this  may  be,  certain  it  is  that  he  espoused  a  lady 
of  Cyren6,  by  name  Ladic6,  daughter,  some  say,  of  Battus  or 
Arcesilaüs,  the  king  —  others,  of  Critobulus,  one  of  the  chief 
citizens.  When  the  time  came  to  complete  the  contract,  Amasis 
was  struck  with  weakness.  Astonished  hereat — for  he  was  not 
wont  to  be  so  afflicted — the  king  thus  addressed  his  bride: 
"  Woman,  thou  hast  certainly  bewitched  me — now  therefore  be 
sure  thou  shalt  perish  more  miserably  than  ever  woman  perished 
yet."  Ladic^  protested  her  innocence,  but  in  vain;  Amasis  was 
not  softened.  Hereupon  she  made  a  vow  internally,  that  if  he 
recovered  within  the  day  (for  no  longer  time  was  allowed  her), 
she  would  present  a  statue  to  the  temple  of  Venus  at  Cyrenl. 
Immediately  she  obtained  her  wish,  and  the  king's  weakness 
disappeared.  Amasis  loved  her  greatly  ever  after,  and  Ladic^ 
performed  her  vow.  The  statue  which  she  caused  to  be  made, 
and  sent  to  Cyr en6,  continued  there  to  my  day,  standing  with 
its  face  looking  outwards  from  the  city.  Ladice  herself,  when 
Cambyses  conquered  Egypt,  suffered  no  wrong;  for  Cambyses, 
on  learning  of  her  who  she  was,  sent  her  back  unharmed  to  her 
country. 

182.  Besides  the  marks  of  favour  already  mentioned,  Amasis 
also  enriched  with  offerings  many  of  the  Greek  temples.  He 
sent  to  Cyren^  a  statue  of  Minerva  covered  with  plates  of  gold,^ 
and  a  painted  likeness  ^  of  himself.  To  the  Minerva  of  Lindus 
he  gave  two  statues  in  stone,  and  a  linen  corslet^  well  worth 
inspection.  To  the  Samian  Juno  he  presented  two  statues  of 
himself,  made  in  wood,*  which  stood  in  the  great  temple  to  my 
day,  behind  the  doors.  Samos  was  honoured  with  these  gifts  on 
account  of  the  bond  of  friendship  subsisting  between  Amasis  and 
Polycrates,  the  son  of  ^Eaces:  ^  Lindus,  for  no  such  reason,  but 
because  of  the  tradition  that  the  daughters  of  Danaus  *  touched 

•  Statues  of  this  kind  were  not  ud  common  (infra,  vi.  118).  The  most 
famous  was  that  of  Minerva  [Athena]  at  Delphi,  which  the  Athenians 
dedicated  from  the  spoils  of  thefr  victory  at  the  Eurymedon. 

*The  Egyptians  had  actual  portraits  of  thefr  kings  at  a  very  remote 
pCTiod;  and  those  in  the  sculptures  were  real  likenesses.  There  are  some 
portraits  painted  on  wood  and  afl&xed  to  mummy  cases,  but  these  are  of 
Greek  and  Roman  time,  and  an  innovation  not  Egyptian. 

•  It  has  been  conjectured  that  the  "  tree- wool "  of  Herodotus  was  silk; 
but  cotton  is  commonly  used  for  embroidery  even  at  the  present  day. 

•  Pausanias  (ii.  19)  sa5rs  "  all  ancient  statues  were  of  wood,  especially 
hose  of  the  Egyptians." 

•  Vide  infra,  iii.  39-43. 

•  The  flight  of  Danaus  from  Egypt  to  Greece  is  not  only  mentioned  by 


cha7.  182.         Amasis  reduces  Cyprus  209 

there  in  their  flight  from  the  sons  of  ^Egyptus,  and  built  the 
temple  of  Minerva.  Such  were  the  offerings  of  Amasis.  He 
likewise  took  Cyprus,  which  no  man  had  ever  done  before/  and 
compelled  it  to  pay  him  a  tribute.^ 

Herodotus,  but  by  Manetho  and  others,  and  was  credited  both  by  Greeks 
and  Egyptians. 

*  According  to  Greek  tradition,  the  conquest  was  efiected  by  a  certain 
Cinyras,  a  Syrian  king,  whom  Homer  makes  contemporary  with  Aga- 
memnon.    (II.  xi.  20.)     His  capital  was  Paphos. 

■  Neco  had  made  Egypt  a  naval  power  (supra,  ch.  159),  which  she  thence- 
forth contiuued  to  t>d. 


ADDED  NOTES  BY  THE  EDITOR 

(1.)  Thg  Pyramids. — The  Pyramids  divide  themselves  into  seven  larf® 
groups,  the  two  largest  (at  Gizeh)  being  the  work  of  the  old  kLags,  whil» 
the  five  smaller  were  probably  built  in  the  Vth  and  Vlth  d5masties.  On 
being  investigated,  the  chambers  within  several  of  these  structures  were 
foimd  to  be  covered  with  hieroglyphic  signs.  They  are  among  the  very 
oldest  literary  monuments  of  Egypt.  The  pyramid  texts  are  religious, 
and  contain  hymns,  prayers,  and  magical  formulae,  reflecting  the  popular 
ideas  of  Ufe  after  death.  Most  of  them  are  in  poetical  language.  Large 
and  important  finds  of  gems  and  treasure  ware  dug  up  in  the  und« 
diambers,  as  well  as  of  reliefs,  granite  figures,  and  the  like. 

(2.)  Among  recent  discoveries  in  Egypt  the  Td-d-A^narna  tablets  are  th« 
most  important.  These  clay  tablets,  in  cuneiform  character,  enable  us 
to  get  a  singularly  helpful  understanding  not  only  of  the  civiMsati®n  of  th« 
period  (about  1400  b.c.),  but  also  of  the  political  status  of  Egji)t  at  th« 
time.  They  prove  the  prevalence  of  Babylonian  influence  and  civilising 
power  in  Western  Asia  in  a  hitherto  unexpected  fashion.  Even  Egyptian 
kings  wrote  to  their  Syrian  subjects  in  Babylonian. 

(3.)  The  Labyrinth  was  probably  a  temple,  though  (so  far)  ao  architectural 
plan  of  the  building  has  been  obtained. 

The  discovery  by  Dr.  A.  J.  Evans  of  a  huge,  many-chambered  building 
fca  Cnossus  (Crete),  on  the  traditional  site  of  the  palace  of  Minos^  has 
suggested  to  him  the  idea  that  this  Cretan  struCtmre  was  the  original 
labyrinth.  Its  huge  size  and  complexity  caused  the  name  to  be  used  in 
its  conventional  meaning;  but  originally  the  word  seems  to  mean  "  housss 
of  the  double-axe  "  {la^rys). 

Every  excavation  made  proves  the  extraordinarily  high  state  of  civür 
isaiion  which  had  been  attained  in  ancient  Egypt, 


THE  THIRD  BOOK,  ENTITLED  THALIA 

I.  The  above-mentioned  Amasis  was  the  Egyptian  king  against 
whom  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  made  his  expedition;  and  with 
him  went  an  army  composed  of  the  many  nations  under  his  rule, 
among  them  being  included  both  Ionic  and  iEolic  Greeks.    The 
reason  of  the  invasion  was  the  following.^    Cambyses,  by  the 
advice  of  a  certain  Egyptian,  who  was  angry  with  Amasis  for 
having  torn  him  from  his  wife  and  children,  and  given  him  over 
to  the  Persians,  had  sent  a  herald  to  Amasis  to  ask  his  daughter 
in  marriage.    His  adviser  was  a  physician,  whom  Amasis,  when 
Cyrus  had  requested  that  he  would  send  him  the  most  skilful  of 
all  the  Egyptian  eye-doctors,^  singled  out  as  the  best  from  the 
whole  number.    Therefore  the  Egyptian  bore  Amasis  a  grudge, , 
and  his  reason  for  urging  Cambyses  to  ask  the  hand  of  the  king's  i 
daughter  was,  that  if  he  complied,  it  might  cause  him  annoy- 
ance; if  he  refused,  it  might  make  Cambyses  his  enemy.    When  i 
the  message  came,  Amasis,  who  much  dreaded  the  power  of  the : 
Persians,  was  greatly  perplexed  whether  to  give  his  daughter  or  r 
no;  for  that  Cambyses  did  not  intend  to  make  her  his  wife,  butt 
would  only  receive  her  as  his  concubine,  he  knew  for  certain. 
He  therefore  cast  the  matter  in  his  mind,  and  finally  resolved! 
what  he  would  do.     There  was  a  daughter  of  the  late  king: 
Apries,  named  Nitetis,^  a  tall  and  beautiful  woman,  the  lastt 
survivor  of  that  royal  house.    Amasis  took  this  woman,  and, 
decking  her  out  with  gold  and  costly  garments,  sent  her  tO] 
Persia  as  if  she  had  been  his  own  child.    Some  time  afterwards, 
Cambyses,  as  he  gave  her  an  embrace,  happened  to  call  her  by^ 
her  father's  name,  whereupon  she  said  to  him,  "  I  see,  O  king, 
thou  knowest  not  how  thou  hast  been  cheated  by  Amasis ;  who 

•  Herodotus  had  already  told  us  that  the  subjugation  of  Egypt  was 
among  the  designs  of  Cyrus  (i.  153).  Indeed,  two  motives  of  a  public  ( 
character,  each  by  itself  enough  to  account  for  the  attack,  urged  the  Persiani 
arms  in  this  direction;  viz.,  revenge,  and  the  lust  of  conquest.  Grotd 
has  noticed  the  "  impulse  of  aggrandisement,"  which  formed  the  pre-^ 
dominant  characteristic  of  the  Persian  nation  at  this  period. 

•  Vide  supra,  ii.  84.  Egyptians  first,  and  afterwards  Greeks,  were  the 
court  physicians  of  the  Achasmenidae. 

•  This  account,  which  Herodotus  says  was  that  of  the  Persians,  is  utterly; 
inadmissible. 

210 


Chap.  x-4.  Lcgcnd  of  Nitctis  2  I  I 

took  me,  and,  tricking  me  out  with  gauds,  sent  me  to  thee  as  his 
own  daughter.  But  I  am  in  truth  the  child  of  Apries,  who  was 
his  lord  and  master,  until  he  rebelled  against  him,  together  with 
the  rest  of  the  Egyptians,  and  put  him  to  death."  It  was  this 
speech,  and  the  cause  of  quarrel  it  disclosed,  which  roused  the 
anger  of  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  and  brought  his  arms  upon 
Egypt.    Such  is  the  Persian  story. 

2.  The  Egyptians,  however,  claim  Cambyses  as  belonging  to 
them,  declaring  that  he  was  the  son  of  this  Nitetis.  It  was 
Cyrus,  they  say,  and  not  Cambyses,  who  sent  to  Amasis  for  his 
daughter.  But  here  they  mis-state  the  truth.  Acquainted  as 
they  are  beyond  all  other  men  with  the  laws  and  customs  of  the 
Persians,  they  cannot  but  be  well  aware,  first,  that  it  is  not  the 
Persian  wont  to  allow  a  bastard  to  reign  when  there  is  a  legiti- 
mate heir;  and  next,  that  Cambyses  was  the  son  of  Cassandane, 
the  daughter  of  Phamaspes,  an  Acbaemenian,  and  not  of  this 
Egyptian.  But  the  fact  is,  that  they  pervert  history,  in  order 
to  claim  relationship  with  the  house  of  Cjrus,  Such  is  the 
truth  of  this  matter. 

3.  I  have  also  heard  another  account,  which  I  do  not  at  all 
believe, — that  a  Persian  lady  came  to  visit  the  wives  of  Cyrus, 
and  seeing  how  tall  and  beautiful  were  the  children  of  Cassan- 
dan6,  then  standing  by,  broke  out  into  loud  praise  of  them,  and 
admired  them  exceedingly.  But  Cassandane,  wife  of  Cyrus, 
answered,  "  Though  such  the  children  I  have  borne  him,  yet 
Cyrus  slights  me  and  gives  all  his  regard  to  the  new-comer  from 
Eg>^pt."  Thus  did  she  express  her  vexation  on  account  of 
Nitetis:  whereupon  Cambyses,  the  eldest  of  her  boys,  exclaimed, 
"  Mother,  when  I  am  a  man,  I  will  turn  Egypt  upside  down  for 
you."  He  was  but  ten  years  old,  as  the  tale  runs,  when  he  said 
this,  and  astonished  all  the  women,  yet  he  never  forgot  it  after- 
wards; and  on  this  account,  they  say,  when  he  came  to  be  a 
man,  and  mounted  the  throne,  he  made  his  expedition  against 
Egypt. 

4.  There  was  another  matter,  quite  distinct,  which  helped  to 
bring  about  the  expedition.  One  of  the  mercenaries  of  Amasis,* 
a  Halicamassian,  Phanes  by  name,  a  man  of  good  judgment,  and 
a  brave  warrior,  dissatisfied  for  some  reason  or  other  with  his 
master,  deserted  the  service,  and,  taking  ship,  fled  to  Cambyses, 
wishing  to  get  speech  with  him.    As  he  was  a  person  of  no  small 

^  The  Carian  and  Ionian  mercenaries  mentioned  repeatedly  in  the  second 
!  Book  (chs.  152,  154,  163,  etc.). 


212  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iil 

account  among  the  mercenaries,  and  one  who  could  give  very 
exact  intelligence  about  Egypt,  Amasis,  anxious  to  recover  him, 
ordered  that  he  should  be  pursued.  He  gave  the  matter  in 
charge  to  one  of  the  most  trusty  of  the  eunuchs,  who  went  in 
quest  of  the  Halicamassian  in  a  vessel  of  war.  The  eunuch 
caught  him  in  Lycia,  but  did  not  contrive  to  bring  him  back  to 
Egypt,  for  Phanes  outwitted  him  by  making  his  guards  drunk, 
and  then  escaping  into  Persia.  Now  it  happened  that  Cambyses 
was  meditating  his  attack  on  Egypt,  and  doubting  how  he  might 
best  pass  the  desert,  when  Phanes  arrived,  and  not  only  told 
him  ail  the  secrets  of  Amasis,  but  advised  him  also  how  the 
desert  might  be  crossed.  He  counselled  him  to  send  an  ambas- 
sador to  the  king  of  the  Arabs,^  and  ask  him  for  safe-conduct ; 
through  the  region. 

5.  Now  the  only  entrance  into  Egypt  is  by  this  desert:  the 
country  from  PhcEnicia  to  the  borders  of  the  city  Cadytis* 
belongs  to  the  people  called  the  Palasstine  Syrians;*  from 
Cadytis,  which  it  appears  to  me  is  a  city  almost  as  large  as 
Sardis,  the  marts  upon  the  coast  till  you  reach  Jenysus  are  the 
Arabian  king's;  after  Jenysus  the  Syrians  again  come  in,  andi 
extend  to  Lake  Serbonis,  near  the  place  where  Mount  Casius 
juts  out  into  the  sea.  At  Lake  Serbonis,  where  the  tale  goesi 
that  Typhon  hid  himself,  Egypt  begins.  Now  the  whole  tract 
between  Jenysus  on  the  one  side,  and  Lake  Serbonis  and  Moimti 
Casius  on  the  other,  and  this  is  no  small  space,  being  as  much 
as  three  days'  journey,  is  a  dry  desert  without  a  drop  .of  water. 

6»  I  shall  now  mention  a  thing  of  which  few  of  those  who  sail 
to  Egypt  are  aware.  Twice  a  year  wine  is  brought  into  Egypt 
from  every  part  of  Greece,  as  well  as  from  Phoenicia,  in  earthen 
jars;  *  and  yet  in  the  whole  country  you  will  nowhere  see,  as  I 
may  say,  a  single  jar.  What  then,  every  one  will  ask,  becomes 
of  the  jars?  This,  too,  I  will  clear  up.  The  burgomaster  of 
each  town  has  to  collect  the  wine-jars  within  his  district,  and  to 
carry  them  to  Memphis,  where  they  are  all  filled  with  water  by 
the  Memphians,  who  then  convey  them  to  this  desert  tract  of 

^  Herodotus  appears  to  have  thought  that  the  Arabs  were  united  under 
the  government  of  a  single  king. 

•  That  is,  Gaza. 

"  Palestine  Syria  means  properly  "  the  Syria  of  the  Philistines,"  who 
were  in  ancient  times  by  far  the  most  powerful  race  of  southern  Syria  (cf.1 
Gen.  xxL  32-4,  xxvi  14-«;   Ex.  xiiL  17,  etc.). 

*  Besides  the  quantity  of  wine  made  in  Egypt,  a  great  supply  was 
annually  imported  from  Greece,  after  the  trade  was  opened  with  that 
country. 


Chap.  5-9.  Arabian  Pledges  2 1 3 

Syria*  And  so  it  comes  to  pass  that  all  the  jars  which  enter 
Egypt  year  by  year,  and  are  there  put  up  to  sale,  find  their  way 
into  Syria,  whither  all  the  old  jars  have  gone  before  them. 

7.  This  way  of  keeping  the  passage  into  Egypt  fit  for  use  by 
storing  water  there,  was  begun  by  the  Persians  so  soon  as  they 
became  masters  of  that  country.  As,  however,  at  the  time  of 
which  we  speak  the  tract  had  not  yet  been  so  supplied,  Cam- 
byses  took  the  advice  of  his  Halicamassian  guest,  and  sent 
messengers  to  the  Arabian  to  beg  a  safe-conduct  through  the 
region.  The  Arabian  granted  his  prayer,  and  each  pledged 
faith  to  the  other. 

8.  The  Arabs  keep  such  pledges  more  religiously  than  almost 
any  other  people.^  They  plight  faith  with  the  forms  following, 
When  two  men  would  swear  a  friendship,  they  stand  on  each 
side  of  a  third :  he  with  a  sharp  stone  makes  a  cut  on  the  inside 
of  the  hand  of  each  near  the  middle  finger,  and,  taking  a  piece 
from  their  dress,  dips  it  in  the  blood  of  each,  and  moistens 
therewith  seven  stones  *  lying  in  the  midst,  calling  the  while 
on  Bacchus  and  Urania.  After  this,  the  man  who  makes  the 
pledge  commends  the  stranger  (or  the  citizen,  if  citizen  he  be) 
to  all  his  friends,  and  they  deem  themselves  bound  to  stand  to 
the  engagement.  They  have  but  these  two  gods,  to  wit,  Bacchus 
and  Urania;^  and  they  say  that  in  their  mode  of  cutting  the 
hair,  they  follow  Bacchus.  Now  their  practice  is  to  cut  it  in  a 
ring,  away  from  the  temples.  Bacchus  they  call  in  their 
language  Orotal,  and  Urania,  Alilat. 

9.  Wlien,  therefore,  the  Arabian  had  pledged  his  faith  to  the 
messengers  of  Cambyses,  he  straightway  contrived  as  follows : — 
he  filled  a  number  of  camels'  skins  with  water,  and  loading 
therewith  all  the  live  camels  that  his  possessed,  drove  them  into 
the  desert,  and  awaited  the  coming  of  the  army.  This  is  the 
more  likely  of  the  two  tales  that  are  told.  The  other  is  an  im- 
probable story,  but,  as  it  is  related,  I  think  that  I  ought  not  to 
pass  it  by.    There  is  a  great  river  in  Arabia,  called  the  Corys, 

» The  fidelity  of  the  Arabs  to  their  engagements  is  noticed  by  all 
travellers.  Mr.  Kinglake  remarks,  "  It  is  not  of  the  Bedouins  that 
travellers  are  afraid,  for  the  safe-conduct  granted  by  the  Chief  of  the 
ruling  tribe  is  never,  I  believe,  violated."     (Eothen.) 

■  Events  were  often  recorded  in  the  East  by  stones.  Comp,  the  12  stones 
placed  in  the  bed  of  the  Jordan,  Joshua  iv.  9.  The  number  7  had  an 
important  meaning  (as  in  the  Bible  frequently),  as  well  as  4.  The  former 
was  the  fortunate  number.     It  was  also  a  sacred  number  with  the  Persians. 

"  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  religion  of  the  Arabians  in  the  time 
of  Herodotus  was  astral — "  the  worship  of  the  host  of  heaven." 


2  14  ^^^  History  of  Herodotus       book  in. 

which  empties  itself  into  the  Erj-thraean  sea.  The  Arabian 
king,  they  say,  made  a  pipe  of  the  skins  of  oxen  and  other 
beasts,  reaching  from  this  river  all  the  way  to  the  desert,  and  so 
brought  the  water  to  certain  cisterns  which  he  had  had  dug  in 
the  desert  to  receive  it.  It  is  a  twelve  days'  journey  from  the 
river  to  this  desert  tract.  And  the  water,  they  say,  was  brought 
through  three  different  pipes  to  three  separate  places. 

10.  Psammenitus,  son  of  Amasis,  lay  encamped  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Nile,  called  the  Pelusiac,  awaiting  Cambyses.  For  Cam- 
byses,  when  he  went  up  against  Egypt,  found  Amasis  no  longer 
in  life:  he  had  died  after  ruling  Egypt  forty  and  four  years, 
during  all  which  time  no  great  misfortune  had  befallen  him^ 
When  he  died,  his  body  was  embalmed,  and  buried  in  the  tomb 
which  he  had  himself  caused  to  be  made  in  the  temple.^  After 
his  son  Psammenitus  had  mounted  the  throne,  a  strange  prodigy 
occurred  in  Egypt: — Rain  fell  at  Egyptian  Thebes,  a  thing 
which  never  happened  before,  and  which,  to  the  present  time, 
has  never  happened  again,  as  the  Thebans  themselves  testify. 
In  Upper  Egypt  it  does  not  usually  rain  at  all;  but  on  this 
occasion,  rain  fell  at  Thebes  in  small  drops. 

11.  The  Persians  crossed  the  desert,  and,  pitching  their  camp 
close  to  the  Egyptians,  made  ready  for  battle.  Hereupon  the 
mercenaries  in  the  pay  of  Psammenitus,  who  were  Greeks  and 
Carians,  full  of  anger  against  Phanes  for  having  brought  a  foreign 
army  upon  Egypt,  bethought  themselves  of  a  mode  whereby 
they  might  be  revenged  on  him.  Phanes  had  left  sons  in  Egypt, 
The  mercenaries  took  these,  and  leading  them  to  the  camp, 
displayed  them  before  the  eyes  of  their  father;  after  which  they 
brought  out  a  bowl,  and,  placing  it  in  the  space  between  the 
two  hosts,  they  led  the  sons  of  Phanes,  one  by  one,  to  the  vessel, 
and  slew  them  over  it.*  When  the  last  was  dead,  water  and 
wine  were  poured  into  the  bowl,  and  all  the  soldiers  tasted  of 
the  blood,  and  so  they  went  to  the  battle.  Stubborn  was  the 
fight  which  followed,  and  it  was  not  till  vast  numbers  had  been 
slain  upon  both  sides,  that  the  Egyptians  turned  and  fled. 

12.  On  the  field  where  this  battle  was  fought  I  saw  a  very 
wonderful  thing  which  the  natives  pointed  out  to  me.  The 
bones  of  the  slain  lie  scattered  upon  the  field  in  two  lots,  those 
of  the  Persians  in  one  place  by  themselves,  as  the  bodies  lay  at 
the  first — those  of  the  Egyptians  in  another  place  apart  from 

^  The  temple  of  Minerva  at  Sals.     (Vide  supra,  ii.  169.) 
'  This  was  a  mode  of  making  an  oath  binduig. 


Chap.  10-14.   Cambyscs  conquers  Egypt  215 

them :  If,  then,  yo^  strike  the  Persian  skulls,  even  with  a  pebble, 
they  are  so  weak,  that  you  break  a  hole  in  them ;  but  the  Egyp- 
tian skulls  are  so  strong,  that  you  may  smite  them  with  a  stone 
and  you  will  scarcely  break  them  in.  They  gave  me  the  follow- 
ing reason  for  this  difierence,  which  seemed  to  me  likely 
enough : — The  Egyptians  (they  said)  from  early  childhood  have 
the  head  shaved,  and  so  by  the  action  of  the  sim  the  skull 
becomes  thick  and  hard.  The  same  cause  prevents  baldness  in 
Egypt,  where  you  see  fewer  bald  men  than  in  any  other  land. 
Such,  then,  is  the  reason  why  the  skulls  of  the  Egyptians  are  so 
strong.  The  Persians,  on  the  other  hand,  have  feeble  skulls, 
because  they  keep  themselves  shaded  from  the  first,^  wearing 
turbans  upon  their  heads.  What  I  have  here  mentioned  I  saw 
with  my  own  eyes,  and  I  observed  also  the  like  at  Papremis,  in 
the  case  of  the  Persians  who  were  killed  with  Achaemenes,  the 
son  of  Darius,  by  Inarus  the  Libyan.^ 

13.  The  Egyptians  who  fought  in  the  battle,  no  sooner  turned 
their  backs  upon  the  enemy,  than  they  fled  away  in  complete 
disorder  to  Memphis,  where  they  shut  themselves  up  within  the 
walls..  Hereupon  Cambyses  sent  a  Mytilenaean  vessel,  with  a 
Persian  herald  on  board,  who  was  to  sail  up  the  Nile  to  Mem- 
phis, and  invite  the  Egyptians  to  a  surrender.  They,  however, 
when  they  saw  the  vessel  entering  the  town,  poured  forth  in 
crowds  from  the  castle,  destroyed  the  ship,  and,  tearing  the 
crew  limb  from  limb,  so  bore  them  into  the  fortress.  After  this 
Memphis  was  besieged,  and  in  due  time  surrendered.  Hereon 
the  Libyans  who  bordered  upon  Egypt,  fearing  the  fate  of  that 
country,  gave  themselves  up  to  Cambyses  without  a  battle, 
made  an  agreement  to  pay  tribute  to  him,  and  forthwith  sent 
him  gifts.^  The  Cyrenaeans  too,  and  the  Barcaeans,  having  the 
same  fear  as  the  Libyans,  immediately  did  the  like.  Cambyses 
received  the  Libyan  presents  very  graciously,  but  not  so  the 
gifts  of  the  Cyrenaeans.  They  had  sent  no  more  than  five 
hundred  mince  *  of  silver,  which  Cambyses,  I  imagine,  thought 
too  little.  He  therefore  snatched  the  money  from  them,  and 
with  his  own  hands  scattered  it  among  his  soldiers. 

14.  Ten  days  after  the  fort  had  fallen,  Cambyses  resolved  to 

*  Probably  the  shading  by  the  turban  is  alone  meant. 

•  Vide  infra,  vii.  7.  The  revolt  of  Inarus  is  fixed  by  Clinton  to  the  year 
B.c.  460,  the  fifth  year  of  Artaxerxes. 

•  Vide  infra,  iv.  165.     Arcesilaiis  III.  was  king  of  Cyrene  at  this  time. 

*  If  Attic  minae  are  intended,  as  is  probable,  the  value  of  the  Cyrenaean 
<  contribution  would  be  little  more  than  £2000  of  our  money. 

I  405  *jj 


2i6  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  in. 

try  the  spirit  of  Psammenitus,  the  Egyptian  king,  whose  whole 
reign  had  been  but  six  months.    He  therefore  had  him  set  ini 
one  of  the  suburbs,  and  many  other  Egyptians  with  him,  and 
there  subjected  him  to  insult.    First  of  all  he  sent  his  daughter t 
out  from  the  city,  clothed  in  the  garb  of  a  slave,  with  a  pitcher i 
to  draw  water.    Many  virgins,  the  daughters  of  the  chief  nobles, 
accompanied  her,  wearing  the  same  dress.    When  the  damsels 
came  opposite  the  place  where  their  fathers  sate,  shedding  tears 
and  uttering  cries  of  woe,  the  fathers,  all  but  Psammenitus, 
wept  and  wailed  in  return,  grieving  to  see  their  children  in  so 
sad  a  plight;   but  he,  when  he  had  looked  and  seen,  bent  hisi 
head  towards  the  ground.    In  this  way  passed  by  the  water- 
carriers.    Next  to  Öiera  came  Psammenitus'  son,  and  two  thou 
sand  Egyptians  of  the  same  age  with  him — all  of  them  havingi 
ropes  round  their  necks  and  bridles  in  their  mouths — and  they\ 
too  passed  by  on  their  way  to  suffer  death  for  the  murder  of  the» 
Mytilenaeans  who  were  destroyed,  with  their  vessel,  in  Memphis.- 
For  so  had  the  royal  judges  given  their  sentence — "  for  eacht 
Mytilenaean  ten  of  the  noblest .  Egyptians  must  forfeit  life. 
King  Psammenitus  saw  the  train  pass  on,  and  knew  his  son  waa 
being  led  to  death,  but,  while  the  other  Egyptians  who  satei 
around  him  wept  and  were  sorely  troubled,  he  showed  no  further 
sign  than  when  he  saw  his  daughter.    And  now,  when  they  tooi 
were  gone,  it  chanced  that  one  of  his  former  boon-companions,  a 
man  advanced  in  years,  who  had  been  stripped  of  all  that  he 
had  and  was  a  beggar,  came  where  Psanmienitus,  son  of  Amasis. 
and  the  rest  of  the  Egyptians  were,  asking  alms  from  the< 
soldiers.    At  this  sight  the  king  burst  into  tears,  and,  weeping; 
out  aloud,  called  his  friend  by  his  name,  and  smote  himself  on 
the  head.    Now  there  were  some  who  had  been  set  to  watch 
Psammenitus  and  see  what  he  would  do  as  each  train  went  by 
so  these  persons  went  and  told  Cambyses  of  his  behaviourr 
Then  he,  astonished  at  what  was  done,  sent  a  messenger  tc 
Psammenitus,  and  questioned  him,  saying,  "  Psammenitus,  thj 
lord  Cambyses  asketh  thee  why,  when  thou  sawest  thy  daughtei 
brought  to  shame,  and  thy  son  on  his  way  to  death,  thou  didst 
neither  utter  cry  nor  shed  tear,  while  to  a  beggar,  who  isi 
he  hears,  a  stranger  to  thy  race,  thou  gavest  those  marks  o: 
honour."    To  this  question  Psammenitus  made  answer,  "  0  soi 
of  Cyrus,  my  own  misfortunes  were  too  great  for  tears;  but  tho 
woe  of  my  friend  deserved  them.    When  a  man  falls  fronr 
splendour  and  plenty  into  beggary  at  the  threshold  of  old  age 


chaf.  15-16.  End  of  Psammenitus  2 1 7 

one  may  well  weep  for  him."  When  the  messenger  brought  back 
this  answer,  Cambyses  owned  it  was  just;  Croesus,  likewise,  the 
Egyptians  say,  burst  into  tears — for  he  too  had  come  into  Egypt 
with  Cambyses — and  the  Persians  who  were  present  wept. 
Even  Cambyses  himself  was  touched  with  pity,  and  he  forth- 
with gave  an  order,  that  the  son  of  Psammenitus  should  be 
spared  from  the  number  of  those  appointed  to  die,  and  Psam- 
menitus himself  brought  from  the  suburb  into  his  presence. 

15.  The  messengers  were  too  late  to  save  the  life  of  Psam- 
menitus* son,  who  had  been  cut  in  pieces  the  first  of  all;  but 
they  took  Psammenitus  himself  and  brought  him  before  the 
king.  Cambyses  allowed  him  to  live  with  him,  and  gave  him 
no  more  harsh  treatment;  nay,  could  he  have  kept  from  inter- 
meddling with  affairs,  he  might  have  recovered  Egypt,  and  ruled 
it  as  governor.  For  the  Persian  wont  is  to  treat  the  sons  of 
kings  with  honour,  and  even  to  give  their  fathers'  kingdoms  to 
the  children  of  such  as  revolt  from  them.^  There  are  many 
cases  from  which  one  may  collect  that  this  is  the  Persian  rule, 
and  especially  those  of  Pausiris  and  Thannyras.  Thannyras  was 
son  of  Inarus  the  Libyan,  and  was  allowed  to  succeed  his  father, 
as  was  also  Pausiris,  son  of  Amyrtseus;  yet  certainly  no  two 
persons  ever  did  the  Persians  more  damage  than  Amyrtseus  and 
Inarus.  In  this  case  Psammenitus  plotted  evil,  and  received 
his  reward  accordingly.  He  was  discovered  to  be  stirring  up 
revolt  in  Egypt,  wherefore  Cambyses,  when  his  guilt  clearly 
appeared,  compelled  him  to  drink  bull's  blood,^  which  presently 
caused  his  death.    Such  was  the  end  of  Psammenitus. 

16.  After  this  Cambyses  left  Memphis,  and  went  to  Sals, 
wishing  to  do  that  which  he  actually  did  on  his  arrival  there* 
He  entered  the  palace  of  Amasis,  and  straightway  commanded 
that  the  body  of  the  king  should  be  brought  forth  from  the 
sepulchre.  When  the  attendants  did  according  to  his  com- 
mandment, he  further  bade  them  scourge  the  body,  and  prick  it 
with  goads,  and  pluck  the  hair  from  it,*  and  heap  upon  it  all 

*  It  appears  from  the  Jewish  history  that  this  was  a  general  Oriental 
practice  in  ancient  times.  When  Pharaoh-Necho  deposed  Jehoahai,  b« 
made  Eliakim  (Jehoiakim),  his  brother,  king  over  Judah  (2  Kings  xxiii. 
34).  And  when  Nebuchadnezzar  deposed  Jehoiachm  (2  Kings  xxiv.  17), 
he  set  Mattaniah  (Zedekiah),  his  uncle,  upon  the  throne. 

•There  seems  to  have  been  a  wide-spread  beUef  among  the  andesats 
that  bull's  blood  was  poisonous. 

•  This  b  evidently  a  Greek  statement,  and  not  derived  from  the  Egypti^ 
priests.  There  was  no  hair  to  pluck  out,  the  "  head  and  all  the  body  "  ol 
the  kings  and  priests  being  shaved.     The  whole  story  may  be  doubted. 


2 1 8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  hi. 

manner  of  insults.  The  body,  however,  having  been  embalmed, 
resisted,  and  refused  to  come  apart,  do  what  they  would  to  it;  so 
the  attendants  grew  weary  of  their  work;  whereupon  Cambyses 
bade  them  take  the  corpse  and  bum  it.  This  was  truly  an 
impious  command  to  give,  for  the  Persians  hold  fire  to  be  a  god,^ 
and  never  by  any  chance  bum  their  dead.  Indeed  this  practice 
is  unlawful,  both  with  them  and  with  the  Egyptians — with  them 
for  the  reason  above  mentioned,  since  they  deem  it  wrong  to 
give  the  corpse  of  a  man  to  a  god;  and  with  the  Egyptians, 
because  they  believe  fire  to  be  a  live  animal,  which  eats  what- 
ever it  can  seize,  and  then,  glutted  with  the  food,  dies  with  the 
matter  which  it  feeds  upon.  Now  to  give  a  man's  body  to  be 
devoured  by  beasts  is  in  no  wise  agreeable  to  their  customs,  and 
indeed  this  is  the  very  reason  why  they  embalm  their  dead; 
namely,  to  prevent  them  from  being  eaten  in  the  grave  by 
worms.  Thus  Cambyses  commanded  what  both  nations  ac- 
counted unlawful.*  According  to  the  Egyptians,  it  was  not 
Amasis  who  was  thus  treated,  but  another  of  their  nation  who 
was  of  about  the  same  height.  The  Persians,  believing  this 
man's  body  to  be  the  king's,  abused  it  in  the  fashion  described 
above.  Amasis,  they  say,  was  warned  by  an  oracle  of  what 
would  happen  to  him  after  his  death:  in  order,  therefore,  to 
prevent  the  impending  fate,  he  buried  the  body,  which  after- 
wards received  the  blows,  inside  his  own  tomb  near  the  entrance, 
commanding  his  son  to  bury  him,  when  he  died,  in  the  furthest 
recess  of  the  same  sepulchre.  For  my  own  part  I  do  not  believe 
that  these  orders  were  ever  given  by  Amasis;  the  Egyptians,  as 
it  seems  to  me,  falsely  assert  it,  to  save  their  own  dignity. 

17.  After  this  Cambyses  took  counsel  with  himself,  and 
planned  three  expeditions.  One  was  against  the  Carthaginians, 
another  against  the  Ammonians,  and  a  third  against  the  long- 
lived  Ethiopians,  who  dwelt  in  that  part  of  Libya  which  borders 
upon  the  southern  sea.*  He  judged  it  best  to  despatch  his  fleet 
against  Carthage  and  to  send  some  portion  of  his  land  army  to 
act  against  the  Ammonians,  while  his  spies  went  into  Ethiopia, 
under  the  pretence  of  carrying  presents  to  the  king,  but  in  reality 

•  On  this  point  see  above,  i.  131. 

•  The  Egyptians  were  averse  to  burning  a  body,  not  only  because  burning 
was  considered  the  punishment  of  the  wicked,  but  because  it  was  opposed 
to  all  their  prejudices  in  favour  of  its  preservation.  If  they  really  believed 
in  the  retiirn  of  the  soul  to  the  body,  this  would  be  an  additional  reason. 

•  Not  only  in  this  passage,  but  again,  infra,  ch.  114,  they  are  said  to 
dwell  towards  the  south,  at  the  furthest  limits  of  Africa.  Their  country 
must  have  lain,  therefore,  beyond  the  Straits  of  Babel-mandeb. 


Chap.  17-ao.  Table  of  the  Sun  2 1 9 

to  take  note  of  all  they  saw,  and  especially  to  observe  whether 
there  was  really  what  is  called  "  the  table  of  the  Sun  "  in 
Ethiopia. 

18.  Now  the  table  of  the  Sun  according  to  the  accounts  given 
of  it  may  be  thus  described: — It  is  a  meadow  in  the  skirts  of 
their  city  full  of  the  boiled  flesh  ^  of  all  manner  of  beasts,  which 
the  magistrates  are  careful  to  store  with  meat  every  night,  and 
where  whoever  likes  may  come  and  eat  during  the  day.  The 
people  of  the  land  say  that  the  earth  itself  brings  forth  the  food. 
Such  is  the  description  which  is  given  of  this  table. 

19.  When  Cambyses  had  made  up  his  mind  that  the  spies 
should  go,  he  forthwith  sent  to  Elephantine  for  certain  of  the 
Icthyophagi  who  were  acquainted  with  the  Ethiopian  tongue; 
and,  while  they  were  being  fetched,  issued  orders  to  his  fleet  to 
sail  against  Carthage.  But  the  Phoenicians  said  they  would  not 
go,  since  they  were  bound  to  the  Carthaginians  by  solemn  oaths, 
and  since  besides  it  would  be  wicked  in  them  to  make  war  on 
their  own  children.  Now  when  the  Phoenicians  refused,  the  rest 
of  the  fleet  was  unequal  to  the  undertaking ;  and  so  it  was  that 
the  Carthaginians  escaped,  and  were  not  enslaved  by  the 
Persians.  Cambyses  thought  not  right  to  force  the  war  upon 
the  Phoenicians,  because  they  had  yielded  themselves  to  the 
Persians,^  and  because  upon  the  Phoenicians  all  his  sea-service 
depended.  The  Cyprians  had  also  joined  the  Persians  of  their 
own  accord,  and  took  part  with  them  in  the  expedition  against 
Egypt. 

20.  As  soon  as  the  Icthyophagi  arrived  from  Elephantine, 
Cambyses,  having  told  them  what  they  were  to  say,  forthwith 
despatched  them  into  Ethiopia  with  these  following  gifts:  to 
wit,  a  purple  robe,*  a  gold  chain  for  the  neck,  armlets,  an 
alabaster  box  of  myrrh,  and  a  cask  of  palm  wine.  The  Ethio- 
pians to  whom  this  embassy  was  sent,  are  said  to  be  the  tallest  * 

•  This  was  less  conimon  in  early  times,  and  as  Athenaeus  says,  the  heroes 
in  Homer  seldom  "  boil  their  meat,  or  dress  it  with  sauces;  "  but  in  Egypt 
as  well  as  in  Ethiopia  boiled  meat  was  eaten,  though  the  Egyptians  mor« 
frequently  roasted  it,  and  boiled  their  fish.  With  the  Arabs  the  custom 
of  boiling  meat  seems  to  be  very  ancient. 

•  It  has  been  usual  to  ascribe  the  conquest  of  Phoenicia  to  Cyrus.  But, 
according  to  Herodotus,  the  acquisition  belongs  to  the  reign  of  Cambyses. 

•  Various  opinions  have  been  held  about  the  origin  of  the  Tjnrian  purple. 
The  murex  is  generally  supposed  to  have  given  it.  A  shell-fish  (Helix 
lanthina)  is  found  on  the  coast,  about  Tyre  and  Beyroot,  which  is  remark- 
able for  its  throwing  out  a  quantity  of  purple  liquid  when  approached,  is 
order  (like  the  sepia)  to  conceal  itself. 

•  Vid«  infra,  iii.  114;  and  compare  Isaiah  xlv.  14. 


220  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

and  handsomest  men  in  the  whole  world.  In  their  customs 
they  differ  greatly  from  the  rest  of  mankind,  and  particularly  in 
the  way  they  choose  their  kings ;  for  they  iSmd  out  the  man  who 
is  the  tallest  of  all  the  citizens,  and  of  strength  equal  to  his 
height,  and  appoint  him  to  rule  over  them. 

21.  The  Icthyophagi  on  reaching  this  people,  delivered  the 
gifts  to  the  king  of  the  country,  and  spoke  as  follows: — "  Cam- 
byseSy  king  of  the  Persians,  anxious  to  become  thy  ally  and 
sworn  friend,  has  sent  us  to  hold  converse  with  thee,  and  to  bear 
thee  the  gifts  thou  seest,  which  are  the  things  wherein  he  him- 
self delights  the  most."  Hereon  the  Ethiopian,  who  knew  they 
came  as  spies,  made  answer: — "  The  king  of  the  Persians  sent 
you  not  with  these  gifts  because  he  much  desired  to  become  my 
sworn  friend — nor  is  the  account  which  ye  give  of  yourselves 
true,  for  ye  are  come  to  search  out  my  kingdom.  Also  your 
king  is  not  a  just  man — for  were  he  so,  he  had  not  coveted  a 
land  which  is  not  his  own,  nor  brought  slavery  on  a  people  who 
never  did  him  any  wrong.  Bear  him  this  bow,  and  say, — '  The 
king  of  the  Ethiops  thus  advises  the  king  of  the  Persians — when 
the  Persians  can  pull  a  bow  of  this  strength  thus  easily,  then  let 
him  come  with  an  army  of  superior  strength  against  the  long- 
lived  Ethiopians — till  then,  let  him  thank  the  gods  that  they 
have  not  put  it  into  the  heart  of  the  sons  of  the  Ethiops  to 
covet  countries  which  do  not  belong  to  them.'  " 

22.  So  speaking,  he  unstrung  the  bow,  and  gave  it  into  the 
hands  of  the  messengers.  Then,  taking  the  purple  robe,  he 
s^ked  them  what  it  was,  and  how  it  had  been  made.  They 
answered  truly,  telling  him  concerning  the  purple,  and  the  art 
of  the  dyer — ^whereat  he  observed,  "  that  the  men  were  deceitful, 
and  their  garments  also."  Next  he  took  the  neck-chain  and 
the  armlets,  and  asked  about  them.  So  the  Icthyophagi  ex- 
plained their  use  as  ornaments.  Then  the  king  laughed,  and 
fancying  they  were  fetters,  said,  "  the  Ethiopians  had  much 
stronger  ones."  Thirdly,  he  inquired  about  the  myrrh,  and 
when  they  told  him  how  it  was  made  and  rubbed  upon  the 
limbs,  he  said  the  same  as  he  had  said  about  the  robe.  Last  of 
all  he  came  to  the  wine,  and  having  learnt  their  way  of  making 
it,  he  drank  a  draught,  which  greatly  delighted  him;  whereupon 
he  asked  what  the  Persian  king  was  wont  to  eat,  and  to  what 
age  the  longest-lived  of  the  Persians  had  been  known  to  attain^ 
They  told  him  that  the  king  ate  bread,  and  described  the  nature 
of  wheat — adding  that  eighty  years  was  the  longest  term  of 


Chap.  «1-25-       Agc  of  thc  Ethiopians  221 

man's  life  among  the  Persians.  Hereat  he  remarked,  ''  It  did 
not  surprise  him,  if  they  fed  on  dirt,  that  they  died  so  soon; 
indeed  he  was  sure  they  never  would  have  lived  so  long  as 
eighty  years,  except  for  the  refreshment  they  got  from  that 
drink  (meaning  the  wine),  wherein  he  confessed  the  Persians 
surpassed  the  Ethiopians." 

23.  The  Icthyophagi  then  in  their  turn  questioned  the  king 
concerning  the  term  of  life,  and  diet  of  his  people,  and  were  told 
that  most  of  them  lived  to  be  a  hundred  and  twenty  years  old, 
while  some  even  went  beyond  that  age — they  ate  boiled  flesh, 
and  had  for  their  drink  nothing  but  milk.  When  the  Icthyo- 
phagi showed  wonder  at  the  number  of  the  years,  he  led  them  to 
a  fountain,  wherein  when  they  had  washed,  they  found  their 
flesh  all  glossy  and  sleek,  as  if  they  had  bathed  in  oil — and  a 
scent  came  from  the  spring  like  that  of  violets.  The  water  v/as 
so  weak,  they  said,  that  nothing  would  float  in  it,  neither  wood, 
nor  any  lighter  substance,  but  all  went  to  the  bottom.  If  the 
account  of  this  fountain  be  true,  it  would  be  their  constant  use 
of  the  water  from  it  which  makes  them  so  long-lived.  When 
they  quitted  the  fountain  the  king  led  them  to  a  prison,  where 
the  prisoners  were  all  of  them  bound  with  fetters  of  gold. 
Among  these  Ethiopians  copper  is  of  all  metals  the  most  scarce 
and  valuable.  After  they  had  seen  the  prison,  they  were  like- 
wise shown  what  is  called  "  the  table  of  the  Sun." 

24.  Also,  last  of  all,  they  were  allowed  to  behold  the  coffins  of 
the  Ethiopians,  which  are  made  (according  to  report)  of  crystal, 
after  the  following  fashion: — When  the  dead  body  has  been 
dried,  either  in  the  Egyptian,  or  in  some  other  manne/,  they 
cover  the  whole  with  gypsum,  and  adorn  it  with  painting  until  it 
is  as  like  the  living  man  as  possible.  Then  they  place  the  body 
in  a  crystal  pillar  which  has  been  hollowed  out  to  receive  it, 
crystal  being  dug  up  in  great  abundance  in  their  country,  and 
of  a  kind  very  easy  to  work.  You  may  see  the  corpse  through 
the  pillar  within  which  it  lies;  and  it  neither  gives  out  any  un- 
pleasant odour,  nor  is  it  in  any  respect  unseemly;  yet  there 
is  no  part  that  is  not  as  plainly  visible  as  if  the  body  was 
bare.  The  next  of  kin  keep  the  crystal  pillar  in  their  houses 
for  a  full  year  from  the  time  of  the  death,  and  give  it  the  first 
fruits  continually,  and  honour  it  with  sacrifice.  After  the 
year  is  out  they  bear  the  pillar  forth,  and  set  it  up  near  the 
town. 

25.  When  the  spies  had  now  seen  everything,  they  returned 


22  2  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

back  to  Egypt,  and  made  report  to  Cambyses,  who  was  stirred 
to  anger  by  their  words.  Forthwith  he  set  out  on  his  march 
against  the  Ethiopians  without  having  made  any  provision  for 
the  sustenance  of  his  army,  or  reflected  that  he  was  about  to 
wage  war  in  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth.  Like  a  senseless 
madman  as  he  was,  no  sooner  did  he  receive  the  report  of  the 
Icthyophagi  than  he  began  his  march,  bidding  the  Greeks  who 
were  with  his  army  remain  where  they  were,  and  taking  only 
his  land  force  with  him.  At  Thebes,  which  he  passed  through 
on  his  way,  he  detached  from  his  main  body  some  fifty  thousand 
men,  and  sent  them  against  the  Ammonians  with  orders  to  carry 
the  people  into  captivity,  and  bum  the  oracle  of  Jupiter.  Mean- 
while he  himself  went  on  with  the  rest  of  his  forces  against  the 
Ethiopians.  Before,  however,  he  had  accomplished  one-fifth 
part  of  the  distance,  all  that  the  army  had  in  the  way  of  provi- 
sions failed;  whereupon  the  men  began  to  eat  the  sumpter 
beasts,  which  shortly  failed  also.  If  then,  at  this  time,  Cam- 
byses,  seeing  what  was  happening,  had  confessed  himself  in  the 
wrong,  and  led  his  army  back,  he  would  have  done  the  wisest 
thing  that  he  could  after  the  mistake  made  at  the  outset;  but  as 
it  was,  he  took  no  manner  of  heed,  but  continued  to  march  for- 
wards. So  long  as  the  earth  gave  them  anything,  the  soldiers 
sustained  life  by  eating  the  grass  and  herbs;  but  when  they 
came  to  the  bare  sand,  a  portion  of  them  were  guilty  of  a  horrid 
deed :  by  tens  they  cast  lots  for  a  man,  who  was  slain  to  be  the 
food  of  the  others.  When  Cambyses  heard  of  these  doings, 
alarmed  at  such  cannibalism,  he  gave  up  his  attack  on  Ethiopia, 
and  retreating  by  the  way  he  had  come,  reached  Thebes,  after 
he  had  lost  vast  numbers  of  his  soldiers.  From  Thebes  he 
marched  down  to  Memphis,  where  he  dismissed  the  Greeks, 
allowing  them  to  sail  home.  And  so  ended  the  expedition 
against  Ethiopia.^ 

26.  The  men  sent  to  attack  the  Ammonians,  started  from 
Thebes,  having  guides  with  them,  and  may  be  clearly  traced  as 
far  as  the  city  Oasis,*  which  is  inhabited  by  Samians,  said  to  be 
of  the  tribe  iEschrionia.    The  place  is  distant  from  Thebes 

»  The  communication  between  Egypt  and  Ethiopia  was  such  as  to  render 
the  expedition  easy.     Its  chief  object  would  be  the  conquest  of  Meroe. 

"  The  city  Oasis  is  taken,  with  much  reason,  for  the  modern  El  Khargeh, 
the  chief  town  of  what  is  called  the  great  Oasis.  This  is  distant,  by  one 
road  42,  by  another  52  hours  (6  and  7J  days'  journey  respectively),  from 
ancient  Thebes.  The  Egyptians  in  the  time  of  Herodotus  may  have  given 
the  name  Oasis  to  the  city,  as  well  as  to  the  tract  surrounding  it. 


Chap.  26-28.  Appcarancc  of  Apis  223 

seven  days'  journey  across  the  sand,  and  is  called  in  our  tongue 
"  the  Island  of  the  Blessed."  Thus  far  the  army  is  known  to 
have  made  its  way;  but  thenceforth  nothing  is  to  be  heard  ol 
them,  except  what  'the  Ammonians,  and  those  who  get  their 
knowledge  from  them,  report.  It  is  certain  they  neither  reached 
the  Ammonians,  nor  even  came  back  to  Egypt.  Further  than 
this,  the  Ammonians  relate  as  follows: — That  the  Persians  set 
forth  from  Oasis  across  the  sand,  and  had  reached  about  half 
way  between  that  place  and  themselves,  when,  as  they  were  at 
their  midday  meal,  a  wind  arose  from  the  south,  strong  and 
deadly,  bringing  with  it  vast  columns  of  whirling  sand,  which 
entirely  covered  up  the  troops,  and  caused  them  wholly  to  dis- 
appear. Thus,  according  to  the  Ammonians,  did  it  fare  with 
this  army. 

27.  About  the  time  when  Cambyses  arrived  at  Memphis,  Apis 
appeared  to  the  Egyptians.  Now  Apis  is  the  god  whom  the 
Greeks  call  Epaphus.^  As  soon  as  he  appeared,  straightway  all 
the  Egyptians  arrayed  themselves  in  their  gayest  garments,  and 
fell  to  feasting  and  jollity:  which  when  Cambyses  saw,  making 
sure  that  these  rejoicings  were  on  account  of  his  own  ill  success, 
he  called  before  him  the  officers  who  had  charge  of  Memphis^ 
and  demanded  of  them, — "  Why,  when  he  was  in  Memphis 
before,  the  Egyptians  had  done  nothing  of  this  kind,  but  waited 
until  now,  when  he  had  returned  with  the  loss  of  so  many  of  his 
troops  ?  "  The  officers  made  answer,  "  That  one  of  their  gods 
had  appeared  to  them,  a  god  who  at  long  intervals  of  time  had 
been  accustomed  to  show  himself  in  Egypt — and  that  always  on 
his  appearance  the  whole  of  Egypt  feasted  and  kept  jubilee." 
When  Cambyses  heard  this,  he  told  them  that  they  lied,  and  as 
liars  he  condemned  them  all  to  sufEer  death. 

28,  When  they  were  dead,  he  called  the  priests  to  his  presence, 
and  questioning  them  received  the  same  answer;  whereupon  he 
observed,  **  That  he  would  soon  know  whether  a  tame  god  had 
really  come  to  dwell  in  Egypt " — ^and  straightway,  without 
another  word,  he  bade  them  bring  Apis  to  him.  So  they  went 
out  from  his  presence  to  fetch  the  god.  Now  this  Apis,  or 
Epaphus,  is  the  calf  of  a  cow  which  is  never  afterwards  able  to 
bear  young.  The  Egyptians  say  that  fire  comes  down  from 
heaven  upon  the  cow,  which  thereupon  conceives  Apis.  The 
calf  which  is  so  called  has  the  following  marks: — He  is  black, 
with  a  square  spot  of  white  upon  his  forehead,  and  on  his  back 

*  Vide  supra,  ii.  153, 


224  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

the  figure  of  an  eagle ;  the  hairs  in  his  tail  are  double,  and  there 
is  a  beetle  upon  his  tongue.^ 

29.  When  the  priests  returned  bringing  Apis  with  them,  Cam- 
byses,  like  the  harebrained  person  that  he  was,  drew  his  dagger, 
and  aimed  at  the  belly  of  the  animal,  but  missed  his  mark,  and 
stabbed  him  in  the  thigh.  Then  he  laughed,  and  said  thus  to 
the  priests: — "  Oh  I  blockheads,  and  think  ye  that  gods  become 
like  this,  of  flesh  and  blood,  and  sensible  to  steel?  A  fit  god 
indeed  for  Egyptians,  such  an  one  1  But  it  shall  cost  you  dear 
that  you  have  made  me  your  laughing-stock."  When  he  had 
so  spoken,  he  ordered  those,  whose  business  it  was,^  to  scourge 
the  priests,  and  if  they  found  any  of  the  Egyptians  keeping 
festival  to  put  them  to  death.  Thus  was  the  feast  stopped 
throughout  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  the  priests  suffered  punish- 
ment. Apis,  wounded  in  the  thigh,  lay  some  time  pining  in  the 
temple ;  at  last  he  died  of  his  wound,  and  the  priests  buried  him 
secretly  without  the  knowledge  of  Cambyses. 

30.  And  now  Cambyses,  who  even  before  had  not  been  quite 
in  his  right  mind,  was  forthwith,  as  the  Egyptians  say,  smitten 
with  madness  ^  for  this  crime.  The  first  of  his  outrages  was  the 
slaying  of  Smerdis,  his  full  brother,*  whom  he  had  sent  back 
to  Persia  from  Egypt  out  of  envy,  because  he  drew  the  bow 
brought  from  the  Ethiopians  by  the  Icthyopbagi  (which  none 
of  the  other  Persians  were  able  to  bend)  the  distance  of  two 
fingers'  breadth.^  When  Smerdis  was  departed  into  Persia, 
Cambyses  had  a  vision  in  his  sleep — he  thought  a  messenger 
from  Persia  came  to  him  with  tidings  that  Smerdis  sat  upon  the 

*  Apis  was  supposed  to  be  the  image  ot  the  soul  of  Osiris,  and  he  was 
the  sacred  emblem  of  that  God;  but  he  is  sometimes  figured  as  a  man 
mth  a  bull's  head. 

*  Like  the  Turks,  and  other  orientals,  the  Persians  had  certain  persons 
whose  duty  it  was  to  inflict  the  bastinado  and  other  punishments.  The 
conduct  of  the  Egyptians  to  their  enemies  contrasts  favourably  with  that 
of  the  Eastern  people  of  antiquity;  for  they  only  cut  ofi  the  hands  of  the 
dead,  and  laid  them  in  "  heaps  "  befcare  the  king  (cp.  i  Kings  x.  8,  and  i 
Sam.  xviii.  27),  as  returns  of  the  enemy's  killed;  and  if  their  captives  were 
obhged  to  work,  this  was  only  the  condition  on  which  Hfe  was  preserved  in 
early  times;  and  we  see  no  systematic  tortures  inflicted,  and  no  cruelties 
beyond  accidental  harsh  treatment  by  some  ignorant  soldier,  not  unknown 
in  the  wars  of  Christian  Europe. 

*  The  madness  of  Cambyses  has  been  generally  accepted  by  our  writers. 
But,  as  Heeren  long  ago  observed,  "  we  ought  to  be  particularly  on  our 
guard  against  the  evil  that  is  related  of  Cambyses,  inasmuch  as  our  informa- 
tion is  derived  entirely  from  his  enemies,  the  Egyptian  priests." 

*  In  the  original,  "  both  of  the  same  father  and  of  the  same  mother." 

*  This  is  contradicted  by  the  Inscription,  which  records  that  Smerdis 
was  put  to  death  before  Cambyses  started  for  Egypt. 


chaf.  29-31.     Cambyscs  Kills  His  Sister  225 

royal  throne,  and  with  his  head  touched  the  heavens.  Fearing 
therefore  for  himself,  and  thinking  it  likely  that  his  brother 
would  kill  him,  and  rule  in  his  stead,  Cambyses  sent  into  Persia 
Prexaspes,  whom  he  trusted  beyond  all  the  other  Persians, 
bidding  him  put  Smerdis  to  death.  So  this  Prexaspes  went 
up  to  Susa^  and  slew  Smerdis.  Some  say  he  killed  him  as 
they  hunted  together,  others,  that  he  took  him  down  to  the 
Erythraean  Sea,  and  there  drowned  him,* 

31.  This,  it  is  said,  was  the  first  outrage  which  Cambyses 
committed.  The  second  was  the  slaying  of  his  sister,  who  had 
accompanied  him  into  Egypt,  and  lived  with  him  as  his  wife, 
though  she  was  his  full  sister,'  the  daughter  both  of  his  father 
and  his  mother.  The  way  wherein  he  had  made  her  his  wife 
was  the  following: — It  was  not  the  custom  of  the  Persians, 
before  his  time,  to  marry  their  sisters — ^but  Cambyses,  happen- 
ing to  fall  in  love  with  one  of  his,  and  wishing  to  take  her  to 
wife,  as  he  knew  that  it  was  an  unconmion  thing,  called  together 
the  royal  judges,  and  put  it  to  them,  "  whether  there  was  any 
law  which  allowed  a  brother,  if  he  wished,  to  marry  his  sister?  " 
Now  the  royal  judges  are  certain  picked  men  among  the  Persians, 
who  hold  their  office  for  life,  or  until  they  are  found  guilty  of 
some  misconduct.  By  them  justice  is  administered  in  Persia, 
and  they  are  the  interpreters  of  the  old  laws,  all  disputes  being 
referred  to  their  decision.  When  Cambyses,  therefore,  put  his 
question  to  these  judges,  they  gave  him  an  answer  which  was  at 
once  true  and  safe — "  they  did  not  find  any  law,"  they  said, 
"  allowing  a  brother  to  take  his  sister  to  wife,  but  they  found  a 
law,  that  the  king  of  the  Persians  might  do  whatever  he  pleased." 
And  so  they  neither  warped  the  law  through  fear  of  Cambyses, 
nor  ruined  themselves  by  over  stiffly  maintaining  the  law;  but 
they  brought  another  quite  distinct  law  to  the  king's  help, 
which  allowed  him  to  have  his  wish,*    Cambyses,  therefore, 

^  From  this  passage,  as  well  as  from  several  others  (chs.  65,  70,  etc.),  it 
would  appear  that  Susa  had  become  the  chief  residence  of  the  Persian 
court  as  early  as  the  time  of  Cambyses. 

•  The  Inscription  expressly  confirms  the  fact  of  the  putting  to  death  of 
Smwdis  by  his  brother,  and  also  states  that  the  death  was  not  generally 
known. 

•  The  Egyptians  were  permitted  to  marry  their  sisters  by  the  same  fath«: 
and  mother.  Both  were  forbidden  by  the  Levitical  law ;  but  in  Patriarchal 
times  a  man  was  permittrd  to  marry  a  sister,  the  daughter  of  his  father  only 
(Gen.  XX.  12).  The  Egyptian  custom  is  one  of  those  pointed  at  in  Levit. 
xviii.  3. 

•  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  point  out  the  agreement  between  the  view  of 
Persian  law  here  disclosed,  and  that  furnished  by  Dan.  ch.  vi. — "  The  law 
of  the  Medes  and  Persians  alters  not." 


2  20  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

married  the  object  of  his  love/  and  no  long  time  afterwards  he 
took  to  wife  another  sister.  It  was  the  younger  of  these  who 
went  with  him  into  Egypt,  and  there  suffered  death  at  his  hands. 

32.  Concerning  the  manner  of  her  death,  as  concerning  that 
of  Smerdis,^  two  different  accounts  are  given.  The  story  which 
the  Greeks  tell,  is,  that  Cambyses  had  set  a  young  dog  to  fight 
the  cub  of  a  lioness — his  wife  looking  on  at  the  time.  Now  the 
dog  was  getting  the  worse,  when  a  pup  of  the  same  Utter  broke 
his  chain,  and  came  to  his  brother's  aid — then  the  two  dogs 
together  fought  the  lion,  and  conquered  him.  The  thing 
greatly  pleased  Cambyses,  but  his  sister  who  was  sitting  by 
shed  tears.  When  Cambyses  saw  this,  he  asked  her  why  she 
wept:  whereon  she  told  him,  that  seeing  the  young  dog  come  to 
his  brother's  aid  made  her  think  of  Smerdis,  whom  there  was 
none  to  help.  For  this  speech,  the  Greeks  say,  Cambyses  put 
her  to  death.  But  the  Egyptians  tell  the  story  thus : — The  two 
were  sitting  at  table,  when  the  sister  took  a  lettuce,  and  strip- 
ping the  leaves  off,  asked  her  brother  "  when  he  thought  the 
lettuce  looked  the  prettiest — when  it  had  all  its  leaves  on,  or 
now  that  it  was  stripped  ?  "  He  answered,  "  When  the  leaves 
were  on."  "  But  thou,"  she  rejoined,  "  hast  done  as  I  did  to 
the  lettuce,  and  made  bare  the  house  of  Cyrus."  Then  Cam- 
byses was  wroth,  and  sprang  fiercely  upon  her,  though  she  was 
with  child  at  the  time.  And  so  it  came  to  pass  that  she  mis- 
carried and  died. 

33.  Thus  mad  was  Cambyses  upon  his  own  kindred,  and  this 
cither  from  his  usage  of  Apis,  or  from  some  other  among  the 
many  causes  from  which  calamities  are  wont  to  arise.  They 
fay  that  from  his  birth  he  was  afflicted  with  a  dreadful  disease, 
the  disorder  which  some  call  **  the  sacred  sickness."  ^  It  would 
be  by  no  means  strange,  therefore,  if  his  mind  were  affected  in 
some  degree,  seeing  that  his  body  laboured  under  so  sore  a 
malady. 

34.  He  was  mad  also  upon  others  besides  his  kindred ;  among 
the  rest,  upon  Prexaspes,  the  man  w^hom  he  esteemed  beyond 
all  the  rest  of  the  Persians,  who  carried  his  messages,  and  whose 

•  This  was  Atossa,  the  mother  of  Xerxes  (vide  infra,  iii.  88),  who  was 
the  wife  successively  of  Cambyses,  the  Pseudo-Smerdis,  and  Darius 
Hystaspes. 

•  Vide  supra,  ch.  30,  sub  fin. 

•  That  the  disease  known  under  this  name  was  epilepsy  appears  from  the 
book  of  Hippocrates,  "  On  the  Sacred  Sickness."  The  Italians  still  call 
h  "mal  benedetto."  Its  sudden  and  terrible  character  caused  it  to  be 
regarded  as  a  divine  visitation. 


Chap.  32-35-  Cambyscs*  Cruelty  227 

son  held  the  office — an  honour  of  no  small  account  in  Persia — 
of  his  cupbearer.  Him  Cambyses  is  said  to  have  once  ad- 
dressed as  follows : — "  What  sort  of  man,  Prexaspes,  do  the 
Persians  think  me  ?  What  do  they  say  of  me  ?  "  Prexaspes 
answered,  "  Oh !  sire,  they  praise  thee  greatly  in  all  things  but 
one — they  say  thou  art  too  much  given  to  love  of  wine."  ^ 
Such  Prexaspes  told  him  was  the  judgment  of  the  Persians; 
whereupon  Cambyses,  full  of  rage,  made  answer,  "  What?  they 
say  now  that  I  drink  too  much  wine,  and  so  have  lost  my  senses, 
and  am  gone  out  of  my  mind  I  Then  their  former  speeches 
about  me  were  untrue."  For  once,  when  the  Persians  were 
sitting  with  him,  and  Croesus  was  by,  he  had  asked  them, 
"  What  sort  of  man  they  thought  him  compared  to  his  father 
Cyrus?  "  Hereon  they  had  answered,  "  That  he  surpassed  his 
father,  for  he  was  lord  of  all  that  his  father  ever  ruled,  and 
further  had  made  himself  master  of  Egypt,  and  the  sea."  Then 
Croesus,  who  was  standing  near,  and  misliked  the  comparison, 
spoke  thus  to  Cambyses:  "  In  my  judgment,  0  son  of  Cyrus, 
thou  art  not  equal  to  thy  father,  for  thou  hast  not  yet  left 
behind  thee  such  a  son  as  he."  Cambyses  was  delighted  when 
he  heard  this  reply,  and  praised  the  judgment  of  Croesus. 

35.  Recollecting  these  answers,  Cambyses  spoke  fiercely  to 
Prexaspes,  saying,  "  Judge  now  thyself,  Prexaspes,  whether  the 
Persians  tell  the  truth,  or  whether  it  is  not  they  who  are  mad 
for  speaking  as  they  do.  Look  there  now  at  thy  son  standing 
in  the  vestibule — if  I  shoot  and  hit  him  right  in  the  middle  of 
the  heart,  it  will  be  plain  the  Persians  have  no  groimds  for  what 
they  say :  if  I  miss  him,  then  I  allow  that  the  Persians  are  right, 
and  that  I  am  outiof  my  mind."  So  speaking  he  drew  his  bow 
to  the  full,  and  struck  the  boy,  who  straightway  fell  down  dead. 
Then  Cambyses  ordered  the  body  to  be  opened,  and  the  wound 
examined;  and  when  the  arrow  was  found  to  have  entered  the 
heart,  the  king  was  quite  overjoyed,  and  said  to  the  father  with 
a  laugh,  "  Now  thou  seest  plainly,  Prexaspes,  that  it  is  not  I  who 
am  mad,  but  the  Persians  who  have  lost  their  senses.  I  pray 
thee  tell  me,  sawest  thou  ever  mortal  man  send  an  arrow  with  a 
better  aim  ?  "  Prexaspes,  seeing  that  the  king  was  not  in  his 
right  mind,  and  fearing  for  himself,  replied,  "  Oh  I  my  lord,  I  do 
not  think  that  God  himself  could  shoot  so  dexterously."  Such 
was  the  outrage  which  Cambyses  committed  at  this  time:    at 

*  The  drinking  propensities  of  the  Persians  generally  have  been  already 
aoticed  by  Heri>dotus  (i.  133). 


22  8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  m. 

another,  he  took  twelve  of  the  noblest  Persians,  and,  without 
bringing  any  charge  worthy  of  death  against  them,  buried  them 
all  up  to  the  neck. 

36.  Hereupon  Croesus  the  Lydian  thought  it  right  to  admonish 
Cambyses,  which  he  did  in  these  words  following: — "  Oh  I  king, 
allow  not  thyself  to  give  way  entirely  to  thy  youth,  and  the 
heat  of  thy  temper,  but  check  and  control  thyself.  It  is  well  to 
look  to  consequences,  and  in  forethought  is  true  wisdom.  Thou 
layest  hold  of  men,  who  are  thy  fellow-citizens,  and,  without 
cause  of  complaint,  slayest  them — thou  even  puttest  children  to 
death — bethink  thee  now,  if  thou  shalt  often  do  things  like 
these,  will  not  the  Persians  rise  in  revolt  against  thee?  It  is 
by  thy  father's  wish  that  I  offer  thee  advice;  he  charged  m© 
strictly  to  give  thee  such  counsel  as  I  might  see  to  be  most  for 
thy  good."  In  thus  advising  Cambyses,  Croesus  meant  nothing 
but  what  was  friendly.  But  Cambyses  answered  him,  "  Dost 
thou  presume  to  offer  me  advice  ?  Right  well  thou  miedst  thy 
own  country  when  thou  wert  a  king,  and  right  sage  advice  thou 
gavest  my  father  Cyrus,  bidding  him  cross  the  Araxes  and  fight 
the  Massagetae  in  their  own  land,  when  they  were  willing  to 
have  passed  over  into  ours.  By  thy  misdirection  of  thine  own 
affairs  thou  broughtest  ruin  upon  thyself,  and  by  thy  bad 
counsel,  which  he  followed,  thou  broughtest  ruin  upon  Cyras, 
my  father.  But  thou  shalt  not  escape  punishment  now,  for  I 
have  long  been  seeking  to  find  some  occasion  against  thee."  As 
he  thus  spoke,  Cambyses  took  up  his  bow  to  shoot  at  Croesus; 
but  Croesus  ran  hastily  out,  and  escaped.  So  when  Cambyses 
found  that  he  could  not  kill  him  with  his  bow,  he  bade  his 
servants  seize  him.,  and  put  him  to  death.  The  servants,  how- 
ever, who  knew  their  master's  humour,  thought  it  best  to  hide 
Croesus ;  that  so,  if  Cambyses  relented,  and  asked  for  him,  they 
might  bring  him  out,  and  get  a  reward  for  having  saved  his  life 
— S,  on  the  other  hand,  he  did  not  relent,  or  regret  the  loss,  they 
might  then  despatch  him.  Not  long  afterwards,  Cambyses  did 
in  fact  regret  the  loss  of  Croesus,  and  the  servants,  perceiving  it, 
let  him  loiow  that  he  was  still  alive.  "  I  am  glad,"  said  he, 
"  that  Croesus  lives,  but  as  for  you  who  saved  him,  ye  shall  not 
escape  my  vengeance,  but  shall  all  of  you  be  put  to  death." 
And  he  did  even  as  he  had  said. 

37.  Many  other  wild  outrages  of  this  sort  did  Cambyses 
commit,  both  upon  the  Persians  and  the  allies,  while  he  still 
stayed  at  Memphis;    among  the  rest  he  opened  the  ancient 


Chap.  30-38-  Cambyscs  Insanc  229 

sepulchres,  and  examined  the  bodies  that  were  buried  in  them. 
He  Ukewise  went  into  the  temple  of  Vulcan,  and  made  great 
sport  of  the  image.  For  the  image  of  Vulcan  ^  is  very  like  the 
Pataeci  ^  of  the  Phoenicians,  wherewith  they  ornament  the  prows 
of  their  ships  of  war.  If  persons  have  not  seen  these,  I  will 
explain  in  a  different  way — it  is  a  figure  resembling  that  of  a 
pigmy.  He  went  also  into  the  temple  of  the  Cabiri,^  which  it  is 
unlawful  for  any  one  to  enter  except  the  priests,  and  not  only 
made  sport  of  the  images,  but  even  burnt  them.  They  are  made 
like  the  statue  of  Vulcan,  who  is  said  to  have  been  their  father* 
38.  Thus  it  appears  certain  to  me,  by  a  great  variety  of 
proofs,  that  Cambyses  was  raving  mad ;  he  would  not  else  have 
set  himself  to  make  a  mock  of  holy  rites  and  long-established 
usages.  For  if  one  were  to  offer  men  to  choose  out  of  all  thß 
customs  in  the  world  such  as  seemed  to  them  the  best,  they 
would  examine  the  whole  number,  and  end  by  preferring  their 
own ;  *  so  convinced  are  they  that  their  own  usages  far  surpass 
those  of  all  others.  Unless,  therefore,  a  man  was  mad,  it  is  not 
likely  that  he  would  make  sport  of  such  matters.  That  people 
have  this  feeling  about  their  laws  may  be  seen  by  very  many 
proofs:  among  others,  by  the  follo-^^nng.  Darius,  after  he  had 
got  the  kingdom,  called  into  his  presence  certain  Greeks  who 
were  at  hand,  and  asked — '*  What  he  should  pay  them  to  eat 
tlie  bodies  of  their  fathers  when  they  died  ?  "  To  which  they 
answered,  that  there  was  no  sum  that  would  tempt  them  to  do 
such  a  thing.  He  then  sent  for  certain  Indians,  of  the  race 
called  CaUatians,  men  who  eat  their  fathers,^  and  asked  them, 
while  the  Greeks  stood  by,  and  knew  by  the  help  of  an  inter- 
preter all  that  was  said — "  What  he  should  give  them  to  bum 
the  bodies  of  their  fathers  at  their  decease?  "  The  Indians 
exclaimed  aloud,  and  bade  him  forbear  such  language.    Such  is 

1  The  deformed  figure  of  the  Pthah  of  Memphis  doubtless  gave  rise  to 
the  fable  of  the  lameness  of  the  Greek  Hephaestus  or  Vulcan. 

•  They  were  dwarf  figures  of  gods,  apparently  of  any  gods,  placed, 
according  to  Herodotus,  at  the  prow,  according  to  Hesychius  and  Suidas, 
at  the  poop  of  a  galley.  They  were  probably  intended  to  protect  the  ship 
from  harm. 

•  The  Cabiri  were  Pelasgic  gods.  [The  word  is  connected  with  the 
Semitic  K^bir^zgre^t.—E.  H.  B.] 

*  This  just  remark  of  Herodotus  is  one  of  many  tending  to  show  how 
unprejudiced  and  sensible  his  opinions  were;  and  we  may  readily  absolve 
him  from  the  folly  of  believing  many  of  the  strange  stories  he  relates, 
against  which  indeed  he  guards  himself  by  saying  he  merely  reports  what 
he  hears  without  giving  credit  to  all  himself,  or  expecting  othars  to  do  so. 

*  Vide  infra,  iii.  99,  and  compare  the  custom  of  the  Issedonians,  iv.  26. 


230  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iii. 

men's  wont  herein;    and  Pindar  was  right,  in  my  judgment, 
when  he  said,  "  Law  is  the  king  o'er  all." 

39.  While  Cambyses  was  carrying  on  this  war  in  Egypt,  the 
Lacedaemonians  likewise  sent  a  force  to  Samos  against  Poly- 
crates,  the  son  of  ^aces,  who  had  by  insurrection  made  himself 
master  of  that  island.^  At  the  outset  he  divided  the  state  into 
three  parts,  and  shared  the  kingdom  with  his  brothers,  Pantag- 
notus  and  Syloson;  but  later,  having  killed  the  former  and 
banished  the  latter,  who  was  the  younger  of  the  two,  he  held 
the  whole  island.  Hereupon  he  made  a  contract  of  friendship 
with  Amasis  the  Egyptian  king,  sending  him  gifts,  and  receiving 
from  him  others  in  return.  In  a  little  while  his  power  so  greatly 
increased,  that  the  fame  of  it  went  abroad  throughout  Ionia 
and  the  rest  of  Greece.  Wherever  he  turned  his  arms,  success 
waited  on  him.  He  had  a  fleet  of  a  hundred  penteconters,  and 
bowmen  to  the  number  of  a  thousand.^  Herewith  he  plundered 
all,  without  distinction  of  friend  or  foe;  for  he  argued  that  a 
friend  was  better  pleased  if  you  gave  him  back  what  you  had 
taken  from  him,  than  if  you  spared  him  at  the  first.  He  cap- 
tured many  of  the  islands,  and  several  towns  upon  the  mainland. 
Among  his  other  doings  he  overcame  the  Lesbians  in  a  sea-fight, 
when  they  came  with  all  their  forces  to  the  help  of  Miletus,  and 
made  a  number  of  them  prisoners.  These  persons,  laden  with 
fetters,  dug  the  moat  which  surrounds  the  castle  at  Samos  .^ 

40.  The  exceeding  good  fortune  of  Polycrates  did  not  escape 
the  notice  of  Amasis,  who  was  much  disturbed  thereat.  When 
therefore  his  successes  continued  increasing,  Amasis  wrote  him 
the  following  letter,  and  sent  it  to  Samos.  "  Amasis  to  Poly- 
crates thus  sayeth:  It  is  a  pleasure  to  hear  of  a  friend  and  ally 
prospering,  but  thy  exceeding  prosperity  does  not  cause  me  joy, 
forasmuch  as  I  know  that  the  gods  are  envious.  My  wish  for 
myself,  and  for  those  whom  I  love,  is,  to  be  now  successful,  and 
now  to  meet  with  a  check;  thus  passing  through  life  amid 
alternate  good  and  ill,  rather  than  with  perpetual  good  fortune. 
For  never  yet  did  I  hear  tell  of  any  one  succeeding  in  all  his 
undertakings,  who  did  not  meet  with  calamity  at  last,  and  come 
to  utter  ruin.  Now,  therefore,  give  ear  to  my  words,  and  meet 
thy  good  luck  in  this  way:  bethink  thee  which  of  all  thy 
treasures  thou  valuest  most  and  canst  least  bear  to  part  with; 

*  See  below,  ch.  120. 

"  These  bowmen  were  Samians. 

•  The  town  Samos,  not  the  island,  is  of  course  here  meant.  The  islands 
ot  the  Egean  almost  all  derived  their  name  from  their  chief  city. 


chaf.  39-43.  Polycrates'  Ring  231 

take  it,  whatsoever  it  be,  and  throw  it  away,  so  that  it  may  be 
sure  never  to  come  any  more  into  the  sight  of  man.  Then,  if  thy 
good  fortune  be  not  thenceforth  chequered  with  ill,  save  thyself 
from  harm  by  again  doing  as  I  have  counselled." 

41.  When  Polycrates  read  this  letter,  and  perceived  that  the 
advice  of  Amasis  was  good,  he  considered  carefully  with  himself 
which  of  the  treasures  that  he  had  in  store  it  would  grieve  him 
most  to  lose.  After  much  thought  he  made  up  his  mind  that  it 
was  a  signet-ring  which  he  was  wont  to  wear,  an  emerald  set  in 
gold,^  the  workmanship  of  Theodore,  son  of  Telecles,  a  Samian. 
So  he  determined  to  throw  this  away;  and,  manning  a  pente- 
conter,  he  went  on  board,  and  bade  the  sailors  put  out  into  the 
open  sea.  When  he  was  now  a  long  way  from  the  island,  he 
took  the  ring  from  his  finger,  and,  in  the  sight  of  all  those  who 
were  on  board,  flung  it  into  the  deep.  This  done,  he  returned 
home,  and  gave  vent  to  his  sorrow. 

42.  Now  it  happened  five  or  six  days  afterwards  that  a  fisher- 
man caught  a  fish  so  large  and  beautiful  that  he  thought  it  weü 
deserved  to  be  made  a  present  of  to  the  king.  So  he  took  it 
with  him  to  the  gate  of  the  palace,  and  said  that  he  wanted  to 
see  Polycrates.  Then  Polycrates  allowed  him  to  come  in,  and 
the  fisherman  gave  him  the  fish  with  these  words  following — 
"  Sir  king,  when  I  took  this  prize,  I  thought  I  would  not  carry 
it  to  market,  though  I  am  a  poor  man  who  live  by  my  trade. 
I  said  to  myself,  it  is  worthy  of  Polycrates  and  his  greatness; 
and  so  I  brought  it  here  to  give  it  to  you."  The  speech  pleased 
the  king,  who  thus  spoke  in  reply: — "Thou  didst  right  well, 
friend,  and  I  am  doubly  indebted,  both  for  the  gift,  and  for  the 
speech.  G)me  now,  and  sup  with  me."  So  the  fisherman  went 
home,  esteeming  it  a  high  honour  that  he  had  been  asked  to  sup 
with  the  king.  Meanwhile  the  servants,  on  cutting  open  the 
fish,  found  the  signet  of  their  master  in  its  belly.  No  sooner 
did  they  see  it  than  they  seized  upon  it,  and,  hastening  to  Poly- 
crates with  great  joy,  restored  it  to  him,  and  told  him  in  what 
way  it  had  been  found.  The  king,  who  saw  something  providen- 
tial in  the  matter,  forthwith  wrote  a  letter  to  Amasis,  telling 
him  all  that  had  happened,  what  he  had  himself  done,  and  what 
had  been  the  upshot — and  despatched  the  letter  to  Egypt. 

43.  When  Amasis  had  read  the  letter  of  Polycrates,  he  per- 
ceived that  it  does  not  belong  to  man  to  save  his  feUow-man 

*  The  story  of  the  fisherman  and  the  ring  has  been  adopted  by  the  Arab« 
with  variations.  [Cf.  Macculloch,  The  Childhood  of  Fiction,  p.  «oi.— 
E,  H.  B.J 


232  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iii. 

from  the  fate  which  is  in  store  for  him ;  likewise  he  felt  certain 
that  Polycrates  would  end  ill,  as  he  prospered  in  everything, 
even  finding  what  he  had  thrown  away.  So  he  sent  a  herald  to 
Samos,  and  dissolved  the  contract  of  friendship.  This  he  did, 
that  when  the  great  and  heavy  misfortune  came,  he  might  escape : 
the  grief  which  he  would  have  felt  if  the  sufferer  had  been  his' 
bond-friend. 

44.  It  was  with  this  Polycrates,  so  fortunate  in  every  under- 
taking, that  the  Lacedaemonians  now  went  to  war.  Certain; 
Samians,  the  same  who  afterwards  founded  the  city  of  Cydonia  1 
in.  Crete,^  had  earnestly  in  treated  their  help.  For  Polycrates, 
at  the  time  when  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  was  gathering  together 
an  armament  against  Egypt,  had  sent  to  beg  him  not  to  omit 
to  ask  aid  from  Samos;  whereupon  Cambyses  with  much  readi- 
ness despatched  a  messenger  to  the  island,  and  made  request 
that  Polycrates  would  give  some  ships  to  the  naval  force 
which  he  was  collecting  against  Egypt.  Polycrates  straightway 
picked  out  from  among  the  citizens  such  as  he  thought  most 
likely  to  stir  revolt  against  him,  and  manned  with  them  forty 
trirem.es,  which  he  sent  to  Cambyses,  bidding  him  keep  the  men 
safe,  and  never  allow  them  to  return  home. 

45.  Now  some  accounts  say  that  these  Samians  did  not  reach 
Egypt;  for  that  when  they  were  off  Carpathus,*  they  took 
counsel  together  and  resolved  to  sail  no  further.  But  others 
maintain  that  they  did  go  to  Egypt,  and,  finding  themselves 
watched,  deserted,  and  sailed  back  to  Samos.  There  Polycrates 
went  out  against  them  with  his  fleet,  and  a  battle  was  fought 
and  gained  by  the  exiles;  after  which  they  disembarked  upon 
the  island  and  engaged  the  land  forces  of  Polycrates,  but  were 
defeated,  and  so  sailed  off  to  Lacedaemon.  Some  relate  that  the 
Samians  from  Egypt  overcame  Polycrates,  but  it  seems  to  me 
untruly;  for  had  the  Samians  been  strong  enough  to  conquer 
Polycrates  by  themselves,  they  would  not  have  needed  to  call 
in  the  aid  of  the  Lacedaemonians.  And  moreover,  it  is  not 
likely  that  a  king  who  had  in  his  pay  so  large  a  body  of  foreign 
mercenaries,  and  maintained  likewise  such  a  force  of  native  bow- 
men, would  have  been  worsted  by  an  army  so  small  as  that  of 
the  returned  Samians.  As  for  his  own  subjects,  to  hinder  them 
from  betraying  him  and  joining  the  exiles,  Polycrates  shut  up 

*  Infra,  ch.  59. 

'  Carpathus,  the  modem  Scarpanto,  half-way  between  Rhodes  and  Crete. 
would  he  directly  in  the  passage  from  Samos  to  Egypt. 


Chap.  44-4».        Thc  CorcyrsBan  Boys  233 

their  wives  and  children  in  the  sheds  built  to  shelter  his  ships, 
and  was  ready  to  bum  sheds  and  all  in  case  of  need. 

46.  When  the  banished  Samians  reached  Sparta,  they  had 
audience  of  the  magistrates,  before  whom  they  made  a  long 
speech,  as  was  natural  with  persons  greatly  in  want  of  aid. 
Accordingly  at  this  first  sitting  the  Spartans  answered  them, 
that  they  had  forgotten  the  first  half  of  their  speech,  and  could 
make  nothing  of  the  remainder.  Afterwards  the  Samians  had 
another  audience,  whereat  they  simply  said,  showing  a  bag 
which  they  had  brought  with  them,  "  The  bag  wants  flour." 
The  Spartans  answered  that  they  did  not  need  to  have  said  "  the 
bag;  "  however,  they  resolved  to  give  them  aid« 

47.  Then  the  Lacedaemonians  made  ready  and  set  forth  to  the 
attack  of  Samos,  from  a  motive  of  gratitude,  if  we  may  believe 
the  Samians,  because  the  Samians  had  once  sent  ships  to  their 
aid  against  the  Messenians;  but  as  the  Spartans  themselves 
say,  not  so  much  from  any  wish  to  assist  the  Samians  who 
begged  their  help,  as  from  a  desire  to  punish  the  people  who 
had  seized  the  bowl  which  they  sent  to  Croesus,^  and  the  corselet 
which  Amasis,  king  of  Egypt,  sent  as  a  present  to  them.  The 
Samians  made  prize  of  this  corselet  the  year  before  they  took 
the  bowl — it  was  of  linen,  and  had  a  vast  number  of  figures  of 
animals  inwoven  into  its  fabric,  and  was  likewise  embroidered 
with  gold  and  tree-wool.^  What  is  most  worthy  of  admiration 
in  it  is,  that  each  of  the  twists,  although  of  fine  texture,  contains 
within  it  three  hundred  and  sixty  threads,  all  of  them  clearly 
visible.  The  corselet  which  Amasis  gave  to  the  temple  of 
Minerva  in  Lindus  is  just  such  another.^ 

48.  The  Corinthians  like^vose  right  willingly  lent  a  helping 
hand  towards  the  expedition  against  Samos;  for  a  generation 
earlier,  about  the  time  of  the  seizure  of  the  wine-bowl,*  they  too 
had  suffered  insult  at  the  hands  of  the  Samians.  It  happened 
that  Periander,  son  of  Cypselus,  had  taken  three  hundred  boys, 
children  of  the  chief  nobles  among  the  Corcyrgeans,  and  sent 
them  to  Alyattes  for  eunuchs;  the  men  who  had  them  in  charge 
touched  at  Samos  on  their  way  to  Sardis;  whereupon  the 
Samians,  having  found  out  what  was  to  become  of  the  boys 

*  Vide  supra,  i.  70. 

*  This  is  the  name  by  which  Hö-odotus  designates  "  cotton,"  as  is  plaia 
from  ch.  106  of  this  Book,  and  tcom.  Book  vii.  ch.  65, 

»  Vide  supra,  ii.  182. 

*  On  the  strength  of  this  passage  and  another  (v.  94),  I  should  thiafe 
it  probable  that  Periander's  reign  came  down  at  least  as  k>w  as  b.c  567. 


234  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  hi. 

when  they  reached  that  city,  first  prompted  them  to  take 
sanctuary  at  the  temple  of  Diana;  and  after  this,  when  the 
Corinthians,  as  they  were  forbidden  to  tear  the  suppliants  from 
the  holy  place,  sought  to  cut  off  from  them  all  supplies  of  food, 
invented  a  festival  in  their  behoof,  which  they  celebrate  to  this 
day  with  the  self-same  rites.  Each  evening,  as  night  closed  in, 
during  the  whole  time  that  the  boys  continued  there,  choirs  of 
youths  and  virgins  were  placed  about  the  temple,  carrying  in 
their  hands  cakes  made  of  sesame  and  honey,  in  order  that  the 
Corcyraean  boys  might  snatch  the  cakes,  and  so  get  enough  to 
live  upon. 

49.  And  this  went  on  for  so  long,  that  at  last  the  Corinthians 
who  had  charge  of  the  boys  gave  them  up,  and  took  their 
departure,  upon  which  the  Samians  conveyed  them  back  to 
Corcyra.  If  now,  after  the  death  of  Periander,  the  Corinthians 
and  Corcyrseans  had  been  good  friends,  it  is  not  to  be  imagined 
that  the  former  would  ever  have  taken  part  in  the  expedition 
against  Samos  for  such  a  reason  as  this;  but  as,  in  fact,  the  two 
people  have  always,  ever  since  the  first  settlement  of  the  island, 
been  enemies  to  one  another,  this  outrage  was  remembered,  and 
the  Corinthians  bore  the  Samians  a  grudge  for  it.  Periander 
had  chosen  the  youths  from  among  the  first  families  in  Corcyra, 
and  sent  them  a  present  to  Alyattes,  to  revenge  a  wrong  which 
he  had  received.  For  it  was  the  Corcyraeans  who  began  the 
quarrel  and  injured  Periander  by  an  outrage  of  a  horrid  nature, 

50.  After  Periander  had  put  to  death  his  wife  Melissa,  it 
chanced  that  on  this  first  affliction  a  second  followed  of  a 
different  kind.  His  wife  had  borne  him  two  sons,  and  one  of 
them  had  now  reached  the  age  of  seventeen,  the  other  of 
eighteen  years,  when  their  mother's  father,  Procles,  t3n-ant  of 
Epidaurus,  asked  them  to  his  court.  They  went,  and  Procles 
treated  them  with  much  kindness,  as  was  natural,  considering 
they  were  his  own  daughter's  children.  At  length,  when  the 
time  for  parting  came,  Procles,  as  he  was  sending  them  on  their 
way,  said,  "  Know  you  now,  my  children,  who  it  was  that  caused 
your  mother's  death?  "  The  elder  son  took  no  account  of  this 
speech,  but  the  younger,  whose  name  was  Lycophron,  was  sorely 
troubled  at  it — so  much  so,  that  when  he  got  back  to  Corinth, 
looking  upon  his  father  as  his  mother's  murderer,  he  would 
neither  speak  to  him,  nor  answer  when  spoken  to,  nor  utter  a 
word  in  reply  to  all  his  questionings.  So  Periander  at  last,  grow- 
ing furious  at  such  behaviour,  banished  him  from  his  house, 


chaf.  49-53.       Periander  and  His  Son  235 

51.  The  younger  son  gone,  he  turned  to  the  elder  and  asked 
him,  "  what  it  was  that  their  grandfather  had  said  to  them  ?  " 
Then  he  related  in  how  kind  and  friendly  a  fashion  he  had 
received  them ;  but,  not  having  taken  any  notice  of  the  speech 
which  Procles  had  uttered  at  parting,  he  quite  forgot  to  mention 
it.  Periander  insisted  that  it  was  not  possible  this  should  be 
all — their  grandfather  must  have  given  them  some  hint  or 
other — ^and  he  went  on  pressing  him,  till  at  last  the  lad  remem- 
bered the  parting  speech  and  told  it.  Periander,  after  he  had 
turned  the  whole  matter  over  in  his  thoughts,  and  felt  unwilling 
to  give  way  at  all,  sent  a  messenger  to  the  persons  who  had 
opened  their  houses  to  his  outcast  son,  and  forbade  them  to 
harbour  him.  Then  the  boy,  when  he  was  chased  from  one 
friend,  sought  refuge  with  another,  but  was  driven  from  shelter 
to  shelter  by  the  threats  of  his  father,  who  menaced  all  those 
that  took  him  in,  and  commanded  them  to  shut  their  doors 
against  him.  Still,  as  fast  as  he  was  forced  to  leave  one  house 
he  went  to  another,  and  was  received  by  the  inmates;  for  hb 
acquaintance,  although  in  no  small  alarm,  yet  gave  him  shelter, 
as  he  was  Periander's  son. 

52.  At  last  Periander  made  proclamation  that  whoever 
harboured  his  son  or  even  spoke  to  him,  should  forfeit  a  certain 
sum  of  money  to  Apollo.  On  hearing  this  no  one  any  longer 
liked  to  take  him  in,  or  even  to  hold  converse  with  him,  and  he 
himself  did  not  think  it  right  to  seek  to  do  what  was  forbidden  j 
so,  abiding  by  his  resolve,  he  made  his  lodging  in  the  public 
porticos.  When  four  days  had  passed  in  this  way.  Periander, 
seeing  how  wretched  his  son  was,  that  he  neither  washed  nor 
took  any  food,  felt  moved  with  compassion  towards  him ;  where- 
fore, foregoing  his  anger,  he  approached  him,  and  said,  "  Which 
is  better,  oh  1  my  son,  to  fare  as  now  thou  farest,  or  to  receive  my 
crown  and  all  the  good  things  that  I  possess,  on  the  one  condition 
of  submitting  thyself  to  thy  father?  See,  now,  though  my  own 
child,  and  lord  of  this  wealthy  Corinth,  thou  hast  brought  thy- 
self to  a  beggar's  life,  because  thou  must  resist  and  treat  with 
anger  him  whom  it  least  behoves  thee  to  oppose.  If  there  has 
been  a  calamity,  and  thou  bearest  me  ill  will  on  that  account, 
bethink  thee  that  I  too  feel  it,  and  am  the  greatest  sufferer, 
in  as  much  as  it  was  by  me  that  the  deed  was  done.  For 
thyself,  now  that  thou  knowest  how  much  better  a  thing  it  is 
to  be  envied  than  pitied,  and  how  dangerous  it  is  to  indulge 
*iigcr  against  parents  and  superiors,  come  back  with  me  to  thy 


236  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  in. 

home."  With  such  words  as  these  did  Periander  chide  his  son ; 
but  the  son  made  no  reply,  except  to  remind  his  father  that  he 
was  indebted  to  the  god  in  the  penalty  for  coming  and  holding 
converse  with  him.  Then  Periander  knew  that  there  was  no 
cure  for  the  youth's  malady,  nor  means  of  overcoming  it;  so  he 
prepared  a  ship  and  sent  him  away  out  of  his  sight  to  Corey ra, 
whidi  island  at  that  time  belonged  to  him.  As  for  Procles, 
Periander,  regarding  him  as  the  true  author  of  all  his  present 
troubles,  went  to  war  with  him  as  soon  as  his  son  was  gone,  and 
not  only  made  himself  master  of  his  kingdom  Epidaurus,  but 
also  took  Procles  himseK,  and  carried  him  into  captivity. 

53.  As  time  went  on,  and  Periander  came  to  be  old,  he  found 
himself  no  longer  equal  to  the  oversight  and  management  of 
affairs.  Seeing,  therefore,  in  his  eldest  son  no  manner  of  ability, 
but  knowing  him  to  be  dull  and  blockish,  he  sent  to  Corcyra  and 
recalled  Lycophron  to  take  the  kingdom.  Lycophron,  however, 
did  not  even  deign  to  ask  the  bearer  of  this  message  a  question. 
But  Periander's  heart  was  set  upon  the  youth,  so  he  sent  again 
to  him,  this  time  by  his  own  daughter,  the  sister  of  Lycophron, 
who  would,  he  thought,  have  more  power  to  persuade  him  than 
any  other  person.  Then  she,  when  she  reached  Corcyra,  spoke 
thus  with  her  brother: — "  Dost  thou  wish  the  kingdom,  brother, 
to  pass  into  strange  hands,  and  our  father's  wealth  to  be  made  a 
prey,  rather  than  thyself  return  to  enjoy  it?  Come  back  home 
with  me,  and  cease  to  punish  thyself.  It  is  scant  gain,  this 
obstinacy.  Why  seek  to  cure  evil  by  evil?  Mercy,  remember, 
is  by  many  set  above  justice.  Many,  also,  while  pushing  their 
mother's  claims  have  forfeited  their  father's  fortune.  Power  is 
a  slippery  thing — it  has  many  suitors;  and  he  is  old  and  stricken 
in  years — let  not  thy  own  inheritance  go  to  another."  Thus 
did  the  sister,  who  had  been  tutored  by  Periander  what  to  say, 
urge  ail  the  arguments  most  likely  to  have  weight  with  her 
brother.  He  however  made  answer,  "  That  so  long  as  he  knew 
his  father  to  be  still  alive,  he  would  never  go  back  to  Corinth." 
When  the  sister  brought  Periander  this  reply,  he  sent  to  his  son 
a  third  time  by  a  herald,  and  said  he  would  come  himself  to 
Corcyra,  and  let  his  son  take  his  place  at  Corinth  as  heir  to  his 
kingdom.  To  these  terms  Lycophron  agreed;  and  Periander 
was  making  ready  to  pass  into  Corcyra  and  his  son  to  return  to 
Corinth,  when  the  Corcyrseans,  being  informed  of  what  was 
taking  place,  to  keep  Periander  away,  put  the  young  man  to 


caAP.  53-56.  Siege  of  Samos  237 

death.^    For  this  reason  it  was  that  Periander  took  vengeance 
on  the  Corcyraeans. 

54.  The  Lacedaemonians  arrived  before  Samos  with  a  mighty 
armament,  and  forthwith  laid  siege  to  the  place.  In  one  of  the 
assaults  upon  the  walls,  they  forced  their  way  to  the  top  of  the 
tower  which  stands  by  the  sea  on  the  side  where  the  suburb  is, 
but  Polycrates  came  in  person  to  the  rescue  with  a  strong  force, 
and  beat  them  back.  Meanwhile  at  the  upper  tower,  which 
stood  on  the  ridge  of  the  hill,  the  besieged,  both  mercenaries 
and  Samians,  made  a  sally;  but  after  they  had  withstood  the 
Lacedaemonians  a  short  time,  they  fled  backwards,  and  the 
Lacedaemonians,  pressing  upon  them,  slew  numbers. 

55.  If  now  aU  who  were  present  had  behaved  that  day  like 
Archias  and  Lycopas,  two  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  Samos  might 
have  been  taken.  For  these  two  heroes,  following  hard  upon 
the  flying  Samians,  entered  the  city  along  with  them,  and,  being 
all  alone,  and  their  retreat  cut  off,  were  slain  within  the  walls 
"Sf  the  place.  I  myself  once  fell  in  with  the  grandson  of  this 
Archias,  a  man  named  Archias  like  his  grandsire,  and  the  son  of 
Samius,  whom  I  met  at  Pitana,  to  which  canton  he  belonged. 
He  respected  the  Samians  beyond  all  other  foreigners,  and  he 
told  me  that  his  father  was  called  Samius,  because  his  grand- 
father Archias  died  in  Samos  so  gloriously,  and  that  the  reason 
why  he  respected  the  Samians  so  greatly  was,  that  his  grandsire 
was  buried  with  public  honours  by  the  Samian  people. 

56.  The  Lacedaemonians  besieged  Samos  during  forty  days, 
but  not  making  any  progress  before  the  place,  they  raised  the 
siege  at  the  end  of  that  time,  and  returned  home  to  the  Pelo- 
ponnese.  There  is  a  silly  tale  told,  that  Polycrates  strack  a 
quantity  of  the  coin  of  his  country  in  lead,  and,  coating  it  with 
gold,  gave  it  to  the  Lacedaemonians,  who  on  receiving  it  took 
fiieir  departure.* 

This  was  the  first  expedition  into  Asia  of  the  Lacedaemonian 

Dorians.^ 

^  The  Scholiast  on  Thucyd.  i.  13,  states  that  Ihe  naval  battle  there 
spoken  of  as  the  earliest  upon  record,  took  place  in  a  war  between  Corinth 
and  Corcyra  arising  out  of  this  murder. 

•  This  tale  may  have  been  false,  yet  it  is  not  without  its  value.  It  shows 
the  general  opinion  of  the  corruptibility  of  the  Spartans.  The  peculiar 
attractions  possessed  by  the  vetitum  nefas  may  account  for  the  greater 
openness  of  the  Spartans  to  bribery  than  the  other  Greeks.  Traces  of  this 
national  characteristic  appear  in  other  parts  of  Herodotus's  History;  for 
instance,  in  the  story  of  Maeandrius  (ÜL  148),  in  that  of  Cleomenes  (v.  51), 
aad  in  that  of  Leotychidas  (vi.  72). 

•  These  words  are  emphatic.     They  mark  the  place  which  this  expedition 


238  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iii. 

57.  The  Samians  who  had  fought  against  Polycrates,  when 
they  knew  that  the  Lacedaemonians  were  about  to  forsake  them, 
left  Samos  themselves,  and  sailed  to  Siphnos.^  They  happened 
to  be  in  want  of  money ;  and  the  Siphnians  at  that  time  were  at 
the  height  of  their  greatness,  no  islanders  having  so  much  wealth; 
as  they.  There  were  mines  of  gold  and  silver  in  their  country, 
and  of  so  rich  a  yield,  that  from  a  tithe  of  the  ores  the  Siphniansi 
furnished  out  a  treasury  at  Delphi  which  was  on  a  par  with  thei 
grandest  there.  What  the  mines  yielded  was  divided  year  by^ 
year  among  the  citizens.  At  the  time  when  they  formed  thei 
treasury,  the  Siphnians  consulted  the  oracle,  and  asked  whether  i 
their  good  things  would  remain  to  them  many  years.  Thet 
Pythoness  made  answer  as  follows : — 

"  When  the  Prytanies'  seat  shines  white  •  in  the  island  of  Siphnos, 
White-browed  all  the  forum — need  then  of  a  true  seer's  wisdom — 
Danger  will  threat  from  a  wooden  host,  and  a  herald  in  scarlet." 

Now  about  this  time  the  forum  of  the  Siphnians  and  their  town- 
hall  or  prytaneum  had  been  adorned  with  Parian  marble.' 

58.  The  Siphnians,  however,  were  unable  to  understand  thcf 
oracle,  either  at  the  time  when  it  was  given,  or  afterwards  on 
the  arrival  of  the  Samians.  For  these  last  no  sooner  came  to 
anchor  off  the  island  than  they  sent  one  of  their  vessels,  with  an 
Embassage  on  board,  to  the  city.  All  ships  in  these  early  times 
were  painted  with  vermilion;  *  and  this  was  what  the  Pythonesss 
had  meant  when  she  told  them  to  beware  of  danger  "  from  a 

occupies  in  the  mind  of  Herodotus.  It  is  an  aggre.=ision  of  the  Greeks  upon 
Asia,  and  therefore  a  passage  in  the  history  of  the  great  quarrel  between 
Persia  and  Greece,  for  all  Asia  is  the  King's  (i.  4). 

^  Siphnos  (the  modern  Sifanto)  is  one  of  the  western  Cyclades. 

•The  mention  of  whiteness  here,  and  the  expression  "  then"  show  thati 
the  attack  was  to  be  made  before  the  Siphnians  had  had  time  to  colour  their  ■ 
buildings.  In  Herodotus's  time  they  were  evidently  painted,  but  "  then 
they  had  merely  the  natural  hue  of  the  white  marble.  The  Greek  custom  of  I 
painting  their  monuments  was  common  from  the  earliest  to  the  latest  times, 
and  traces  of  colour  are  found  on  the  Parthenon  and  other  buildings.  Att 
first  they  were  covered  with  painted  stucco;  and  when  marble  took  its 
place  it  received  the  same  coloured  ornaments,  for  which  it  was  as  welli 
suited  as  its  less  durable  predecessor. 

•  This  is  the  first  known  instance  of  the  use  of  Parian  marble  in  orna- 
mental building. 

*  Yet  Homer  almost  invariably  speaks  of  "  black  ships  "  {vrfes  fiiXaivai). 
Perhaps,  however,  there  is  no  contradiction  here.  For  Homer's  ships 
are  "  crimson-cheeked,"  or  "  vermilion-cheeked."  It  would  seem  thatt 
while  the  hull  of  the  vessel  was  in  the  main  black,  being  probably  covered 
with  pitch  or  some  similar  substance,  the  sides  above  the  water,  whicht 
Homer  called  the  "  cheeks  "  of  the  ship,  were  red.  Herodotus  may  not  I 
mean  more  than  this. 


Chap.  5>6o.  Pufchasc  of  Hydrca  239 

wooden  host,  and  a  herald  in  scarlet."  So  the  ambassadors 
came  ashore  and  besought  the  Siphnians  to  lend  them  ten  talents; 
but  the  Siphnians  refused,  whereupon  the  Samians  began  to 
plunder  their  lands.  Tidings  of  this  reached  the  Siphnians,  who 
straightway  sallied  forth  to  save  their  crops;  then  a  battle  was 
fought,  in  which  the  Siphnians  suffered  defeat,  and  many  of 
their  number  were  cut  off  from  the  city  by  the  Samians,  after 
which  these  latter  forced  the  Siphnians  to  give  them  a  hundred 
talents. 

59.  With  this  money  they  bought  of  the  Hermionians  the 
island  of  Hydrea,^  off  the  coast  of  the  Peloponnese,  and  this  they 
gave  in  trust  to  the  Trcezenians,  to  keep  for  them,  while  they 
themselves  went  on  to  Crete,  and  founded  the  city  of  Cydonias 
They  had  not  meant,  when  they  set  sail,  to  settle  there,  but  only 
to  drive  out  the  Zacynthians  from  the  island.  However  they 
rested  at  Cydonia,^  where  they  flourished  greatly  for  five  years. 
It  was  they  who  built  the  various  temples  that  may  still  be  seen 
at  that  place,  and  among  them  the  fane  of  Dictyna.^  But  in 
the  sixth  year  they  were  attacked  by  the  Eginetans,  who  beat 
them  in  a  sea-fight,  and,  with  the  help  of  the  Cretans,  reduced 
them  all  to  slavery.  The  beaks  of  their  ships,  which  carried  the 
figure  of  a  wild  boar,  they  sawed  off,  and  laid  them  up  in  the 
temple  of  Minerva  in  Egina.  The  Eginetans  took  part  against 
the  Samians  on  account  of  an  ancient  grudge,  since  the  Samians 
had  first,  when  Amphicrates  was  king  of  Samos,  made  war  on 
them  and  done  great  harm  to  their  island,  suffering,  however, 
much  damage  also  themselves.  Such  was  the  reason  which 
moved  the  Eginetans  to  make  this  attack. 

60.  I  have  dwelt  the  longer  on  the  affairs  of  the  Samians, 
because  three  of  the  greatest  works  in  all  Greece  were  made  by 
them.  One  is  a  tunnel,  under  a  hill  one  hundred  and  fifty 
fathoms  high,  carried  entirely  through  the  base  of  the  hill,  with 
a  mouth  at  either  end.  The  length  of  the  cutting  is  seven  fur- 
longs— the  height  and  width  are  each  eight  feet.  Along  the 
whole  course  there  is  a  second  cutting,  twenty  cubits  deep  and 
three  feet  broad,  whereby  water  is  brought,  through  pipes,  from 

*  An  island  about  twelve  miles  long,  and  only  two  or  three  broad,  ofl 
the  coast  of  the  Argolic  peninsula. 

*  Cydonia  lay  on  the  northern  coast  of  Crete,  towards  the  western  end 
of  the  island. 

*  Dictyna,  or  Dictynna,  was  the  same  as  Britomartis,  an  ancient  goddess 
of  the  Cretans.  The  Greeks  usually  regarded  her  as  identical  with  their 
Artemis  (Diana). 

I  405  I 


240  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi, 

*n  abundant  source  into  the  city.  The  architect  of  this  tunnel 
was  Eupalinus,  son  of  Naustrophus,  a  Megarian.  Such  is  the 
first  of  their  great  works ;  the  second  is  a  mole  in  the  sea,  which 
goes  all  round  the  harbour,  near  twenty  fathoms  deep,  and  in 
length  above  two  furlongs.  The  third  is  a  temple;  the  largest 
of  all  the  temples  known  to  us,^  whereof  Rhcecus,  son  of  Phileus, 
a  Samian,  was  first  architect.  Because  of  these  works  I  have 
dwelt  the  longer  on  the  affairs  of  Samos. 

61.  While  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  after  losing  his  senses, 
still  lingered  in  Egypt,  two  Magi,  brothers,  revolted  against 
him.  One  of  them  had  been  left  in  Persia  by  Cambyses  as 
comptroller  of  his  household;  and  it  was  he  who  began  the 
revolt.  Aware  that  Smerdis  was  dead,  and  that  his  death  was 
hid,  and  known  to  few  of  the  Persians,  while  most  believed  that 
he  was  still  alive,  he  laid  his  plan,  and  made  a  bold  stroke  for 
the  crown.  He  had  a  brother — the  same  of  whom  I  spoke 
before  as  his  partner  in  the  revolt — who  happened  greatly  to 
resemble  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  whom  Cambyses  his  brother 
had  put  to  death.  And  not  only  was  this  brother  of  his  like 
Smerdis  in  person,  but  he  also  bore  the  selfsame  name,  to  wit 
Smerdis.  Patizeithes,  the  other  Magus,  having  persuaded  him 
Üiat  he  would  carry  the  whole  business  through,  took  him  and 
made  him  sit  upon  the  royal  throne.  Having  so  done,  he  sent 
heralds  through  all  the  land,  to  Egypt  and  elsewhere,  to  make 
proclamation  to  the  troops  that  henceforth  they  were  to  obey 
Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  and  not  Cambyses. 

62.  The  other  heralds  therefore  made  proclamation  as  the)P 
were  ordered,  and  likewise  the  herald  whose  place  it  was  to  pro- 
ceed into  Egypt.  He,  when  he  reached  Agbatana  in  Syria, 
finding  Cambyses  and  his  army  there,  went  straight  into  the 
middle  of  the  host,  and  standing  forth  before  them  all,  made 
the  proclamation  which  Patizeithes  the  Magus  had  commanded. 
Cambyses  no  sooner  heard  him,  than  believing  that  what  the 
herald  said  was  true,  and  imagining  that  he  had  been  betrayed 
by  Prexaspes  (who,  he  supposed,  had  not  put  Smerdis  to  death 
when  sent  into  Persia  for  that  purpose),  he  turned  his  eyes  full 
upon  Prexaspes,  and  said,  "  Is  this  the  way,  Prexaspes,  that 
thou  didst  my  errand  ?  "  "  Oh  I  my  liege,"  answered  the  other, 
"  there  is  no  truth  in  the  tidings  that  Smerdis  thy  brother  has 
revolted  against  thee,  nor  hast  thou  to  fear  in  time  to  come  any 

*  Herodotus  means  no  doubt  "  the  largest  Greek  temple,"  since  the 
Egyptian  temples  were  of  much  greater  size. 


Chap.  61-64.      The  Pfophccy  Fulfilled  241 

quarrel,  great  or  small,  with  that  man.  With  my  own  hands 
I  wrought  thy  will  on  him,  and  with  my  own  hands  I  buried 
him.  If  of  a  truth  the  dead  can  leave  their  graves,  expect 
Astyages  the  Mede  to  rise  and  fight  against  thee;  but  if  the 
course  of  nature  be  the  same  as  formerly,  then  be  sure  no  ill 
will  ever  come  upon  thee  from  this  quarter.  Now  therefore  my 
counsel  is,  that  we  send  in  pursuit  of  the  herald,  and  strictly 
question  him  who  it  was  that  charged  him  to  bid  us  obey  king 
Smerdis." 

63.  When  Prexaspes  had  so  spoken,  and  Cambyses  had  ap- 
proved his  words,  the  herald  was  forthwith  pursued,  and  brought 
back  to  the  king.  Then  Prexaspes  said  to  him,  "  Sirrah,  thou 
bear'st  us  a  message,  sayst  thou,  from  Smerdis,  son  of  Cyrus.! 
Now  answer  truly,  and  go  thy  way  scathless.  Did  Smerdis  have 
thee  to  his  presence  and  give  thee  thy  orders,  or  hadst  thou 
them  from  one  of  his  officers  ?  "  The  herald  answered,  "  Truly 
I  have  not  set  eyes  on  Smerdis  son  of  Cyrus,  since  the  day  when 
king  Cambyses  led  the  Persians  into  Egypt.  The  man  who 
gave  me  my  orders  was  the  Magus  that  Cambyses  left  in  charge 
of  the  household;  but  he  said  that  Smerdis  son  of  Cyrus  sent 
you  the  message."  In  all  this  the  herald  spoke  nothing  but  the 
strict  truth.  Then  Cambyses  said  thus  to  Prexaspes : — "  Thou 
art  free  from  all  blame,  Prexaspes,  since,  as  a  right  good  man, 
thou  hast  not  failed  to  do  the  thing  which  I  commanded.  But 
tell  me  now,  which  of  the  Persians  can  have  taken  the  name  of 
Smerdis,  and  revolted  from  me?  "  "  I  think,  my  liege,"  he 
answered,  "  that  I  apprehend  the  whole  business.  The  men  who 
have  risen  in  revolt  against  thee  are  the  two  Magi,  Patizeithes, 
who  was  left  comptroller  of  thy  household,  and  his  brother,  who 
is  named  Smerdis." 

64.  Cambyses  no  sooner  heard  the  name  of  Smerdis  than  he 
was  &truck  with  the  truth  of  Prexaspes'  words,  and  the  fulfil- 
ment of  his  own  dream — the  dream,  I  mean,  which  he  had  in 
former  days,  when  one  appeared  to  him  in  his  sleep  and  told 
him  that  Smerdis  sate  upon  the  royal  throne,  and  with  his  head 
touched  the  heavens.^  So  when  he  saw  that  he  had  needlessly 
slain  his  brother  Smerdis,  he  wept  and  bewailed  his  loss:  after 
which,  smarting  with  vexation  as  he  thought  of  all  his  ill  luck,  he 
sprang  hastily  upon  his  steed,  meaning  to  march  his  army  with 
ail  haste  to  Susa  against  the  Magus.  As  he  made  his  spring, 
the  button  of  his  sword-sheath  fell  off,  and  the  bared  point 

*  Supra,  ch,  30. 


242  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

entered  his  thigh,  wounding  him  exactly  where  he  had  himself 
once  wounded  the  Egyptian  god  Apis.^  Then  Cambyses,  feeling 
that  he  had  got  his  death-wound,  inquired  the  name  of  the  place 
where  he  was,  and  was  answered,  "  Agbatana."  Now  before 
this  it  had  been  told  him  by  the  oracle  at  Buto  that  he  should 
end  his  days  at  Agbatana.  He,  however,  had  understood  the 
Median  Agbatana,  where  all  his  treasures  were,  and  had  thought 
that  he  should  die  there  in  a  good  old  age;  but  the  oracle  meant 
Agbatana  in  Syria.  So  when  Cambyses  heard  the  name  of  the 
place,  the  double  shock  that  he  had  received,  from  the  revolt  of 
the  Magus  and  from  his  wound,  brought  him  back  to  his  senses. 
And  he  understood  now  the  true  meaning  of  the  oracle,  and 
said,  "  Here  then  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  is  doomed  to  die." 

65.  At  this  time  he  said  no  more;  but  twenty  days  afterwards 
he  called  to  his  presence  all  the  chief  Persians  who  were  with  the 
army,  and  addressed  them  as  follows: — "  Persians,  needs  must 
I  tell  you  now  what  hitherto  I  have  striven  with  the  greatest 
care  to  keep  concealed.  When  I  was  in  Egypt  I  saw  in  my 
sleep  a  vision,  which  would  that  I  had  never  beheld  I  I  thought 
&  messenger  came  to  me  from  my  home,  and  told  me  that 
Smerdis  sate  upon  the  royal  throne,  and  with  his  head  touched 
the  heavens.  Then  I  feared  to  be  cast  from  my  throne  by 
Smerdis  my  brother,  and  I  did  what  was  more  hasty  than  wise. 
Ah  I  truly,  do  what  they  may,  it  is  impossible  for  men  to  turn 
aside  the  coming  fate.  I,  in  my  folly,  sent  Prexaspes  to  Susa 
to  put  my  brother  to  death.  So  this  great  woe  was  accom- 
plished, and  I  then  lived  without  fear,  never  imagining  that, 
after  Smerdis  was  dead,  I  need  dread  revolt  from  anv  other. 
But  herein  I  had  quite  mistaken  what  was  about  to  happen,  and 
so  I  slew  my  brother  without  any  need,  and  nevertheless  have 
lost  my  crown.  For  it  was  Smerdis  the  Magus,  and  not  Smerdis 
my  brother,  of  whose  rebellion  God  forewarned  me  by  the  vision. 
The  deed  is  done,  however,  and  Smerdis,  son  of  Cyrus,  be  sure 
is  lost  to  you.  The  Magi  have  the  royal  power — Patizeithes, 
whom  I  left  at  Susa  to  overlook  my  household,  and  Smerdis  his 
brother.  There  was  one  who  would  have  been  bound  beyond 
ail  others  to  avenge  the  wrongs  I  have  suffered  from  these 
Magians,  but  he,  alas !  has  perished  by  a  horrid  fate,  deprived 
of  life  by  those  nearest  and  dearest  to  him.    In  his  default, 

^  The  details  here  are  suspicious,  since  they  evidently  come  from  the 
Egyptian  priest's  who  wish  to  represent  the  death  of  Cambyses  as  a  judg- 
ment upon  him  for  his  impiety. 


Chap.  65-67.  Dcath  of  CaiTibyscs  243 

nothing  now  remains  for  me  but  to  tell  you,  0  Persians,  what  I 
would  wish  to  have  done  after  I  have  breathed  my  last.  There- 
fore, in  the  name  of  the  Gods  that  watch  over  our  royal  house, 
I  charge  you  all,  and  specially  such  of  you  as  are  Achaemenids, 
that  ye  do  not  tamely  allow  the  kingdom  to  go  back  to  the 
Medes.  Recover  it  one  way  or  another,  by  force  or  fraud;  by 
fraud,  if  it  is  by  fraud  that  they  have  seized  on  it;  by  force,  if 
force  has  helped  them  in  their  enterprise.  Do  this,  and  then 
may  your  land  bring  you  forth  fruit  abundantly,  and  your  wives 
bear  children,  and  your  herds  increase,  and  freedom  be  your 
portion  for  ever:  but  do  it  not — make  no  brave  struggle  to 
regain  the  kingdom — and  then  my  curse  be  on  you,  and  may 
the  opposite  of  all  these  things  happen  to  you—and  not  only  so, 
but  may  you,  one  and  all,  perish  at  the  last  by  such  a  fate  aj 
mine  I "  Then  Cambyses,  when  he  left  speaking,  bewailed  his 
whole  misfortune  from  beginning  to  end. 

66.  Whereupon  the  Persians,  seeing  their  king  weep,  rent 
the  garments  that  they  had  on,  and  uttered  lamentable  cries; 
after  which,  as  the  bone  presently  grew  carious,  and  the  limb 
gangrened,  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  died.  He  had  reigned  in 
all  seven  years  and  five  months,^  and  left  no  issue  behind 
him,  male  or  female.  The  Persians  who  had  heard  his  words, 
put  no  faith  in  anything  that  he  said  concerning  the  Magi 
having  the  royal  power;  but  believed  that  he  spoke  out  of 
hatred  towards  Smerdis,  and  had  invented  the  tale  of  his  death 
to  cause  the  whole  Persian  race  to  rise  up  in  arms  against  him. 
Thus  they  were  convinced  that  it  was  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus 
who  had  rebelled  and  now  sate  on  the  throne.  For  Prexaspes 
stoutly  denied  that  he  had  slain  Smerdis,  since  it  was  not  safe 
for  him,  after  Cambyses  was  dead,  to  allow  that  a  son  of  Cyrus 
had  met  with  death  at  his  hands. 

67.  Thus  then  Cambyses  died,  and  the  Magus  now  reigned  in 
security,  and  passed  himself  off  for  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus, 
And  so  went  by  the  seven  months  which  were  wanting  to  com- 
plete the  eighth  year  of  Cambyses.  His  subjects,  while  his 
reign  lasted,  received  great  benefits  from  him,  insomuch  that, 
when  he  died,  all  the  dwellers  in  Asia  mourned  his  loss  ex- 
ceedingly, except  only  the  Persians.  For  no  sooner  did  he 
come  to  the  throne  than  forthwith  he  sent  round  to  every  nation 
under  his  rule,  and  granted  them  freedom  from  war-service  and 
from  taxes  for  the  space  of  three  years. 

»  Vide  infra,  ch.  67, 


244  T'^^^  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi, 

68.  In  the  eighth  month,  however,  it  was  discovered  who  he 
was  in  the  mode  following.    There  was  a  man  called  Otanes, 
the  son  of  Phamaspes,  who  for  rank  and  wealth  was  equal  to 
the  greatest  of  the  Persians.    This  Otanes  was  the  first  to 
suspect  that  the  Magus  was  not  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  and 
to  surmise  moreover  who  he  really  was.    He  was  led  to  guess 
the  truth  by  the  king  never  quitting  the  citadel.^  and  never  call- 
ing before  him  any  of  the  Persian  noblemen.    As  soon,  there- 
fore, as  his  suspicions  were  aroused  he  adopted  the  following 
measures : — One  of  his  daughters,  who  was  called  Phaedima,  had 
been  married  to  Cambyses,  and  was  taken  to  wife,  together 
with  the  rest  of  Cambyses'  wives,  by  the  Magus.    To  this 
daughter  Otanes  sent  a  message,  and  inquired  of  her  "  who  it 
was  whose  bed  she  shared, — was  it  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  or 
was  it  some  other  man?  "    Phaedima  in  reply  declared  she  did 
not  know — Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus  she  had  never  seen,  and , 
so  she  could  not  tell  whose  bed  she  shared.    Upon  this  Otanes  i 
gent  a  second  time,  and  said,  "  If  thou  dost  not  know  Smerdis  i 
son  of  Cyrus  thyself,  ask  queen  Atossa  who  it  is  with  whom  ye ' 
both  live — she  cannot  fail  to  know  her  own  brother."    To  this  i 
the  daughter  made  answer,  "  I  can  neither  get  speech  with  i 
Atossa,  nor  with  any  of  the  women  who  lodge  in  the  palace. . 
For  no  sooner  did  this  man,  be  he  who  he  may,  obtain  the; 
kingdom,  than  he  parted  us  from  one  another,  and  gave  us  alll 
separate  chambers." 

69.  This  made  the  matter  seem  still  more  plain  to  Otanes. 
Nevertheless  he  sent  a  third  message  to  his  daughter  in  these 
words  following : — "  Daughter,  thou  art  of  noble  blood — thou 
wilt  not  shrink  from  a  risk  which  thy  father  bids  thee  encounter* 
If  this  fellow  be  not  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  but  the  man 
whom  I  think  him  to  be,  his  boldness  in  taking  thee  to  be  his 
wife,  and  lording  it  over  the  Persians,  must  not  be  allowed  to 
pass  unpunished.  Now  therefore  do  as  I  command — when  next 
he  passes  the  night  with  thee,  wait  till  thou  art  sure  he  is  fasti 
asleep,  and  then  feel  for  his  ears.  If  thou  findest  him  to  have 
ears,  then  believe  him  to  be  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  but  iff 
he  has  none,  know  him  for  Smerdis  the  Magian."  Phaedima  1 
returned  for  answer,  "  It  would  be  a  great  risk.  If  he  was? 
without  ears,  and  caught  her  feeling  for  them,  she  well  knew  he« 

*  By  the  citadel  (d/CjOOiroXts)  it  is  uncertain  whether  Herodotus  means' 
the  citadel  proper,  or  the  only  royal  palace  ai  Susa  (v.  infr.  ch.  70),  called ; 
by  the  Greeks  "  the  Memnonium,"  which  he  speaks  of  below  (v.  54),  and  I 
which  was  no  doubt  strongbr  fortified. 


Chap.  68-71.      Thc  Scvcii  ConspiratOFS  245 

would  make  away  with  her — ^nevertheless  she  would  venture." 
So  Otanes  got  his  daughter's  promise  that  she  would  do  as  he 
desired.  Now  Smerdis  the  Magian  had  had  his  ears  cut  off  in 
the  lifetime  of  Cyrus  son  of  Cambyses,  as  a  punishment  for  a 
crime  of  no  slight  heinousness.^  Phaedima  therefore,  Otanes' 
daughter,  bent  on  accomplishing  what  she  had  promised  her 
father,  when  her  turn  came,  and  she  was  taken  to  the  bed  of 
the  Magus  (in  Persia  a  man's  wives  sleep  with  him  in  their 
turns  ^),  waited  till  he  was  sound  asleep,  and  then  felt  for  his 
ears.  She  quickly  perceived  that  he  had  no  ears;  and  of  this, 
as  soon  as  day  dawned,  she  sent  word  to  her  father. 

70.  Then  Otanes  took  to  him  two  of  the  chief  Persians, 
Aspathines  and  Gobryas,^  men  whom  it  was  most  advisable  to 
trust  in  such  a  matter,  and  told  them  everything.  Now  they 
had  already  of  themselves  suspected  how  the  matter  stood. 
When  Otanes  therefore  laid  his  reasons  before  them  they  at 
once  came  into  his  views;  and  it  was  agreed  that  each  of  thc 
three  should  take  as  companion  in  the  work  the  Persian  in 
whom  he  placed  the  greatest  confidence.  Then  Otanes  chose 
Intaphernes,  Gobryas  Megabyzus,  and  Aspathines  Hydames.* 
After  the  number  had  thus  become  six,  Darius,  the  son  of 
Hystaspes,  arrived  at  Susa  from  Persia,  whereof  his  father  was 
governor.^  On  his  coming  it  seemed  good  to  the  six  to  take  him 
likewise  into  their  counsels. 

71.  After  this,  the  men,  being  now  seven  in  all,  met  together 
to  exchange  oaths,  and  hold  discourse  with  one  another.  And 
when  it  came  to  the  turn  of  Darius  to  speak  his  mind,  he  said  as 
follows: — "  Methought  no  one  but  I  knew  that  Smerdis,  the  son 
of  Cyrus,  was  not  now  alive,  and  that  Smerdis  the  Magian  ruled 
over  us;  on  this  account  I  came  hither  with  speed,  to  compass 
the  death  of  the  Magian.  But  as  it  seems  the  matter  is  known 
to  you  all,  and  not  to  me  only,  my  judgment  is  that  we  should 
act  at  once,  and  not  any  longer  delay.  For  to  do  so  were  not 
well."  Otanes  spoke  upon  this: — "  Son  of  Hystaspes,"  said  he, 
**  thou  art  the  child  of  a  brave  father,  and  seemest  likely  to 

*  See,  below,  the  story  of  Zopyrus,  which  implies  that  such  mutilation  was 
an  ordinary  punishment  (infra,  chs.  154-158). 

•Compare  Esther  ii.  12. 

*  Gobryas  appears  to  have  been  the  bow-bearer  of  Darius.  Such  an 
of&ce  might,  I  think,  have  been  held  by  a  Persian  of  very  exalted  rank. 

*  He  was  employed  by  Darius  on  occasion  of  the  Median  revolt,  and 
gained  a  great  victory  over  the  Medes  in  their  own  country. 

'  The  curious  fact,  that  Darius  became  king  in  his  father's  lifetime,  is 
confirmed  by  the  Behistun  Inscription. 


246  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iil 

show  thyself  as  bold  a  gallant  as  he.  Beware,  however,  of  rash 
haste  in  this  matter;  do  not  hurry  so,  but  proceed  with  sober- 
ness. We  must  add  to  our  number  ere  we  adventure  to  strike 
the  blov/."  "  Not  so,"  Darius  rejoined;  "  for  let  ail  present  be 
well  assured,  that  if  the  advice  of  Otanes  guide  our  acts,  we 
shall  perish  most  miserably.  Some  one  will  betray  our  plot 
to  the  Magians  for  lucre's  sake.  Ye  ought  to  have  kept  the 
matter  to  yourselves,  and  so  made  the  venture ;  but  as  ye  have 
chosen  to  take  others  into  your  secret,  and  have  opened  the 
matter  to  me,  take  my  advice  and  make  the  attempt  to-day — 
or  if  not,  if  a  single  day  be  suffered  to  pass  by,  be  sure  that  I  will 
let  no  one  betray  me  to  the  Magian.  I  my  seif  will  go  to  him, 
and  plainly  denounce  you  all." 

72.  Otanes,  when  he  saw  Darius  so  hot,  replied,  "  But  if  thou 
wilt  force  us  to  action,  and  not  allow  a  day's  delay,  tell  us,  I 
pray  thee,  how  we  shall  get  entrance  into  the  palace,  so  as  to  set 
upon  them.  Guards  are  placed  everywhere,  as  thou  thyself  well 
knowest — ^for  if  thou  hast  not  seen,  at  least  thou  hast  heard  tell 
of  them.  How  are  we  to  pass  these  guards,  I  ask  thee  ?  " 
"  Otanes,"  answered  Darius,  "  there  are  many  things  easy 
enough  in  act,  which  by  speech  it  is  hard  to  explain.  There  are 
aJso  things  concerning  which  speech  is  easy,  but  no  noble  action 
follows  when  the  speech  is  done.  As  for  these  guards,  ye  know 
well  that  we  shall  not  find  it  hard  to  make  our  way  through 
them.  Our  rank  alone  would  cause  them  to  allow  us  to  enter, — 
shame  and  fear  alike  forbidding  them  to  say  us  nay.  But 
besides,  I  have  the  fairest  plea  that  can  be  conceived  for  gaining 
admission.  I  can  say  that  I  have  just  come  from  Persia,  and 
have  a  message  to  deliver  to  the  king  from  my  father.  An  un- 
truth must  be  spoken,  where  need  requires.  For  whether  men 
lie,  or  say  true,  it  is  with  one  and  the  same  object.  Men  lie, 
because  they  think  to  gain  by  deceiving  others;  and  speak  the 
truth,  because  they  expect  to  get  something  by  their  true  speak- 
ing, and  to  be  trusted  afterwards  in  more  important  matters. 
Thus,  though  their  conduct  is  so  opposite,  the  end  of  both  is 
alike.  If  there  were  no  gain  to  be  got,  your  true-speaking  man 
would  tell  untruths  as  much  as  your  liar,  and  your  liar  would 
tell  the  truth  as  much  as  your  true-speaking  man.  The  door- 
keeper, who  lets  us  in  readily,  shall  have  his  guerdon  some  day 
or  other;  but  woe  to  the  man  who  resists  us,  he  must  forthwith 
be  declared  an  enemy.  Forcing  our  way  past  him,  we  will 
press  in  and  go  straight  to  our  work." 


Chap.  78-75.      Prcxaspcs  and  the  Magi  247 

73.  After  Darius  had  thus  said,  Gobryas  spoke  as  follows:— 
**  Dear  friends,  v/hen  will  a  fitter  occasion  offer  for  us  to  recover 
the  kingdom,  or,  if  we  are  not  strong  enough,  at  least  die  in  the 
attempt?  Consider  that  we  Persians  are  governed  by  a  Median 
Magus,  and  one,  too,  who  has  had  his  ears  cut  off!  Some  of 
you  were  present  when  Cambyses  lay  upon  his  death-bed — such, 
doubtless,  remember  what  curses  he  called  down  upon  the 
Persians  if  they  made  no  effort  to  recover  the  kingdom.  Then, 
indeed,  we  paid  but  little  heed  to  what  he  said,  because  we 
thought  he  spoke  out  of  hatred,  to  set  us  against  his  brother. 
Now,  however,  my  vote  is,  that  we  do  as  Darius  has  counselled 
— march  straight  in  a  body  to  the  palace  from  the  place  where 
we  now  are,  and  forthwith  set  upon  the  Magian."  So  Gobryas 
spake,  and  the  others  all  approved. 

74.  While  the  seven  were  thus  taking  counsel  together,  it  so 
chanced  that  the  following  events  were  happening: — The  Magi 
had  been  thinking  what  they  had  best  do,  and  had  resolved  for 
many  reasons  to  make  a  friend  of  Prexaspes.  They  knew  how 
cruelly  he  had  been  outraged  by  Cambyses,  who  slew  his  son 
with  an  arrow;  ^  they  were  also  aware  that  it  was  by  his  hand 
that  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus  fell,  and  that  he  was  the  only 
person  privy  to  that  prince's  death;  and  they  further  found  him 
to  be  held  in  the  highest  esteem  by  all  the  Persians.  So  they 
called  him  to  them,  made  him  their  friend,  and  bound  him  by 
a  promise  and  by  oaths  to  keep  silence  about  the  fraud  which 
they  were  practising  upon  the  Persians,  and  not  discover  it  to 
any  one;  and  they  pledged  themselves  that  in  this  case  they 
would  give  him  thousands  of  gifts  of  every  sort  and  kind.^  So 
Prexaspes  agreed;  and  the  Magi,  when  they  found  that  they 
had  persuaded  him  so  far,  went  on  to  another  proposal,  and  said 
they  would  assemble  the  Persians  at  the  foot  of  the  palace  wall, 
and  he  should  mount  one  of  the  towers  and  harangue  them  from 
it,  assuring  them  that  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus,  and  none  but 
he,  ruled  the  land.  This  they  bade  him  do,  because  Prexaspes 
was  a  man  of  great  weight  with  his  countrymen,  and  had  often 
declared  in  public  that  Smerdis  the  son  of  Cyrus  was  still  alive, 
and  denied  being  his  murderer. 

75.  Prexaspes  said  he  was  quite  ready  to  do  their  will  in  the 

^  Vide  supra,  ch.  35. 

■  Literally,  "  ten  thousand  of  every  thing;  "  that  is,  of  every  thing  whidb 
it  was  customary  to  give.  Similar  expressions  occur  elsewhere  in  their 
strict  proper  sense  (see  i.  50,  iv.  88,  ix.  81,  eta);  but  here  the  phrase  cais 
only  be  a  strong  hyperbole, 

T  405  *I 


248  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  111. 

matter;  so  the  Magi  assembled  the  people,  and  placed  Prexaspes 
upon  the  top  of  the  tower,  and  told  him  to  make  his  speech. 
Then  this  man,  forgetting  of  set  purpose  all  that  the  Magi  had 
in  treated  him  to  say,  began  with  Achaemenes,  and  traced  down 
the  descent  of  Cyrus;  after  which,  when  he  came  to  that  king, 
he  recounted  all  the  services  that  had  been  rendered  by  him  to 
the  Persians,  from  whence  he  went  on  to  declare  the  truth, 
which  hitherto  he  had  concealed,  he  said,  because  it  would  not 
have  been  safe  for  him  to  make  it  known,  but  now  necessity 
was  laid  on  him  to  disclose  the  whole.  Then  he  told  how,  forced 
to  it  by  Cambyses,  he  had  himself  taken  the  life  of  Smerdis,  son 
of  Cyrus,  and  how  that  Persia  was  now  ruled  by  the  Magi.  Last 
of  all,  with  many  curses  upon  the  Persians  if  they  did  not  recover 
the  kingdom,  and  wreak  vengeance  on  the  Magi,  he  threw  him- 
self headlong  from  the  tower  into  the  abyss  below.  Such  was 
the  end  of  Prexaspes,  a  man  all  his  life  of  high  repute  among  the 
Persians. 

76.  And  now  the  seven  Persians,  having  resolved  that  they 
would  attack  the  Magi  without  more  delay,  first  offered  prayers 
to  the  gods  and  then  set  off  for  the  palace,  quite  unacquainted 
with  what  had  been  done  by  Prexaspes.  The  news  of  his  doings 
reached  them  upon  their  way,  when  they  had  accomplished  about 
half  the  distance.  Hereupon  they  turned  aside  out  of  the  road, 
and  consulted  together.  Otanes  and  his  party  said  they  must 
certainly  put  off  the  business,  and  not  make  the  attack  when 
affairs  were  in  such  a  ferment.  Darius,  on  the  other  hand,  and 
his  friends,  were  against  any  change  of  plan,  and  wished  to  go 
straight  on,  and  not  lose  a  moment.  Now,  as  they  strove 
together,  suddenly  there  came  in  sight  two  pairs  of  vultures,  and 
seven  pairs  of  hawks,  pursuing  them,  and  the  hawks  tore  the 
vultures  both  with  their  claws  and  bills.  At  this  sight  the  seven 
with  one  accord  came  in  to  the  opinion  of  Darius,  and  encouraged 
by  the  omen  hastened  on  tov/ards  the  palace. 

77.  At  the  gate  they  were  received  as  Darius  had  foretold. 
The  guards,  who  had  no  suspicion  that  they  came  for  any  ill 
purpose,  and  held  the  chief  Persians  in  much  reverence,  let  them 
pass  without  difficulty — it  seemed  as  if  they  were  under  the 
special  protection  of  the  gods — none  even  asked  them  any 
question.  When  they  were  now  in  the  great  court  they  fell  in 
with  certain  of  the  eunuchs,  whose  business  it  was  to  carry  the 
king's  messages,  who  stopped  them  and  asked  what  they  wanted, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  threatened  the  doorkeepers  for 


Chap.  76-79.  Dcath  of  the  Magi  249 

having  let  them  enter.  The  seven  sought  to  press  on,  but  the 
eunuchs  would  not  suffer  them.  Then  these  men,  with  cheers 
encouraging  one  another,  drew  their  daggers,  and  stabbing  those 
who  strove  to  withstand  them,  rushed  forward  to  the  apartment 
of  the  males. 

78.  Now  both  the  Magi  were  at  this  time  within,  holding 
counsel  upon  the  matter  of  Prexaspes.  So  when  they  heard 
the  stir  among  the  eunuchs,  and  their  loud  cries,  they  ran  out 
themselves,  to  see  what  was  happening.  Instantly  perceiving 
their  danger,  they  both  flew  to  arms ;  one  had  just  time  to  seize 
his  bow,  the  other  got  hold  of  his  lance;  when  straightway  the 
fight  began.  The  one  whose  weapon  was  the  bow  found  it  of  no 
service  at  all;  the  foe  was  too  near,  and  the  combat  too  close  to 
allow  of  his  using  it.  But  the  other  made  a  stout  defence  with 
his  lance,  wounding  two  of  the  seven,  Aspathines  in  the  leg,  and 
Intaphernes  in  the  eye.  This  wound  did  not  kill  Intaphernes^ 
but  it  cost  him  the  sight  of  that  eye.  The  other  Magus,  when  he 
found  his  bow  of  no  avail,  fled  into  a  chamber  which  opened  out 
into  the  apartment  of  the  males,  intending  to  shut  to  the  doors. 
But  two  of  the  seven  entered  the"  room  with  him,  Darius  and 
Gobryas.  Gobrj^as  seized  the  Magus  and  grappled  with  him, 
while  Darius  stood  over  them,  not  knowing  what  to  do;  for 
it  was  dark,^  and  he  was  afraid  that  if  he  struck  a  blow  he 
might  kill  Gobryas.  Then  Gobryas,  when  he  perceived  that 
Darius  stood  doing  nothing,  asked  him,  "  why  his  hand  was 
idle  ?  "  "I  fear  to  hurt  thee,"  he  answered.  "  Fear  not,"  said 
Gobryas ;  "  strike,  though  it  be  through  both."  Darius  did  as 
he  desired,  drove  his  dagger  home,  and  by  good  hap  killed  the 
Magus. 

79.  Thus  were  the  Magi  slain ;  and  the  seven,  cutting  off  both 
the  heads,  and  leaving  their  own  wounded  in  the  palace,  partly 
because  they  were  disabled,  and  partly  to  guard  the  citadel, 
went  forth  from  the  gates  with  the  heads  in  their  hands,  shout- 
ing and  making  an  uproar.  They  called  out  to  all  the  Persians 
that  they  met,  and  told  them  what  had  happened,  showing 
them  the  heads  of  the  Magi,  while  at  the  same  time  they  slew 
every  Magus  who  fell  in  their  way.  Then  the  Persians,  when 
they  knew  what  the  seven  had  done,  and  understood  the  fraud 
of  the  Magi,  thought  it  but  just  to  follow  the  example  set  them, 

*  The  Persian,  like  the  Assyrian  palaces,  consisted  of  one  or  more  central 
halls  or  courts,  probably  open  to  the  sky,  on  which  adjoined  a  number  of 
ceiled  chambers  of  small  size,  without  windows,  and  only  lighted  through 
the  doorway,  which  opened  into  the  court. 


250  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iil 

»jxd,  drawing  their  daggers,  they  killed  the  Magi  wherever  they 
could  find  any.  Such  was  their  fury,  that,  unless  night  had 
closed  in,  not  a  single  Magus  would  have  been  left  alive.  The 
Persians  observe  this  day  with  one  accord,  and  keep  it  more 
strictly  than  any  other  in  the  whole  year.  It  is  then  that  they 
hold  the  great  festival,  which  they  call  the  Magophonia.  No 
Magus  may  show  himself  abroad  during  the  whole  time  that  the 
feast  lasts;  but  all  must  remain  at  home  the  entire  day.  _ 

80.  And  now  when  five  days  were  gone,  and  the  hubbub  had 
settled  down,  the  conspirators  met  together  to  consult  about  the 
situation  of  affairs.  At  this  meeting  speeches  were  made,  to 
which  many  of  the  Greeks  give  no  credence,  but  they  were  made 
nevertheless.^  Otanes  recommended  that  the  management  of 
public  affairs  should  be  entrusted  to  the  whole  nation.  "  To 
me,"  he  said,  "  it  seems  advisable,  that  we  should  no  longer  have 
a  single  man  to  rule  over  us — the  rule  of  one  is  neither  good  nor 
pleasant.  Ye  cannot  have  forgotten  to  what  lengths  Cambyses 
went  in  his  haughty  tyranny,  and  the  haughtiness  of  the  Magi 
ye  have  yourselves  experienced.  How  indeed  is  it  possible 
that  monarchy  should  be  a  well-adjusted  thing,  when  it  allows 
a  man  to  do  as  he  likes  without  being  answerable?  Such 
licence  is  enough  to  stir  strange  and  unwonted  thoughts  in  the 
heart  of  the  worthiest  of  men.  Give  a  person  this  power, 
and  straightway  his  manifold  good  things  pufi  him  up  with 
pride,  while  envy  is  so  natural  to  human  kind  that  it  cannot 
but  arise  in  him.  But  pride  and  envy  together  include  ail 
wickedness — both  of  them  leading  on  to  deeds  of  savage  violence. 
True  it  is  that  kings,  possessing  as  they  do  all  that  heart  can 
desire,  ought  to  be  void  of  envy;  but  the  contrary  is  seen  in 
their  conduct  towards  the  citizens.  They  are  jealous  of  the 
most  virtuous  among  their  subjects,  and  wish  their  death; 
while  they  take  delight  in  the  meanest  and  basest,  being  ever 
ready  to  listen  to  the  tales  of  slanderers.  A  king,  besides, 
is  beyond  all  other  men  inconsistent  with  himself.  Pay  him 
court  in  moderation,  and  he  is  angry  because  you  do  not  show 
him  more  profound  respect — show  him  profouiid  respect,  and  he 
is  offended  again,  because  (as  he  says)  you  fawn  on  him.  But 
the  worst  of  all  is,  that  he  sets  aside  the  laws  of  the  land,  puts 
men  to  death  without  trial,  and  subjects  women  to  violence* 

*  The  incredulity  of  the  Greeks  is  again  alluded  to  (infra,  vi.  43).  No 
doubt  Herodotus  had  Persian  authority  for  his  tale;  but  it  is  so  utterly 
%t  variance  with  Oriental  notions  as  to  be  absolutely  incredible. 


Chap.  8o- 82.       Choicc  of  Govcrnmcnt  251 

The  rule  of  the  many,  on  the  other  hand,  has,  in  the  first  place, 
the  fairest  of  names,  to  wit,  isonomy  ;  ^  and  further  it  is  free  from 
all  those  outrages  which  a  king  is  wont  to  commit.  There, 
places  are  given  by  lot,  the  magistrate  is  answerable  for  what  he 
does,  and  measures  rest  with  the  commonalty.  I  vote^  there- 
fore, that  we  do  away  with  monarchy,  and  raise  the  people  to 
power.     For  the  people  are  all  in  all." 

81.  Such  were  the  sentiments  of  Otanes.  Megabyzus  spoke 
next,  and  advised  the  setting  up  of  an  oligarchy : — "  In  all  that 
Otanes  has  said  to  persuade  you  to  put  down  monarchy,"  he 
observed,  "  I  fully  concur;  but  his  recommendation  that  we 
should  call  the  people  to  power  seems  to  me  not  the  best  advice. 
For  there  is  nothing  so  void  of  understanding,  nothing  so  full  of 
wantonness,  as  the  unwieldy  rabble.  It  were  folly  not  to  be 
borne,  for  men,  while  seeking  to  escape  the  wantonness  of  a 
tyrant,  to  give  themselves  up  to  the  wantonness  of  a  rude 
unbridled  mob.  The  t}Trant,  in  all  his  doings,  at  least  knows 
what  is  he  about,  but  a  mob  is  altogether  devoid  of  knowledge; 
for  how  should  there  be  any  knowledge  in  a  rabble,  untaught, 
and  with  no  natural  sense  of  what  is  right  and  fit?  It  rushes 
wildly  into  state  affairs  with  all  the  fury  of  a  stream  swollen  in 
the  winter,  and  confuses  ever>^thing.  Let  the  enemies  of  the 
Persians  be  ruled  by  democracies;  but  let  us  choose  out  from 
the  citizens  a  certain  number  of  the  worthiest,  and  put  the 
government  into  their  bands.  For  thus  both  we  ourselves  shall 
be  among  the  governors,  and  power  being  entrusted  to  the  best 
men,  it  is  likely  that  the  best  counsels  will  prevail  in  the  state." 

82.  This  was  the  advice  which  Megabyzus  gave,  and  after 
him  Darius  came  fon;\'ard,  and  spoke  as  follows : — "  All  that 
Megabyzus  said  against  democracy  was  well  said,  I  think;  but 
about  oligarchy  he  did  not  speak  advisedly ;  for  take  these  three 
forms  of  government — democracy,  oligarchy,  and  monarchy — 
and  let  them  each  be  at  their  best,  I  maintain  that  monarchy 
far  surpasses  the  other  two.  What  government  can  possibly  b« 
better  than  that  of  the  very  best  man  in  the  whole  state  ?  The 
counsels  of  such  a  man  are  like  himself,  and  so  he  governs  the 
mass  of  the  people  to  their  heart's  content;  while  at  the  same 
time  his  measures  against  evil-doers  are  kept  more  secret  than 
in  other  states.     Contrariwise,  in  ohgarchies,  where  men  vie 

*  Modem  languages  have  no  single  word  to  express  the  Greek  Ifforoßloy 
which  signified  that  perfect  equality  of  all  dvil  and  political  rights  whici 
was  the  fundamental  notion  of  the  Greek  democracy. 


252  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

with  each  other  in  the  service  of  the  commonwealth,  fierce 
enmities  are  apt  to  arise  between  man  and  man,  each  wishing 
to  be  leader,  and  to  carry  his  own  measures;  whence  violent 
quarrels  come,  which  lead  to  open  strife,  often  ending  in  blood- 
shed. Then  monarchy  is  sure  to  follow;  and  this  too  shows  how 
far  that  rule  surpasses  all  others.  Again,  in  a  democracy,  it  is 
impossible  but  that  there  will  be  malpractices:  these  mal- 
practices, however,  do  not  lead  to  enmities,  but  to  close  friend- 
ships, which  are  formed  among  those  engaged  in  them,  who  must 
hold  well  together  to  carry  on  their  villainies.  And  so  things  go 
on  until  a  man  stands  forth  as  champion  of  the  commonalty,  and 
puts  down  the  evil-doers.  Straightway  the  author  of  so  great  a 
service  is  admired  by  all,  and  from  being  admired  soon  comes  to 
be  appointed  king;  so  that  here  too  it  is  plain  that  monarchy  is 
the  best  government.  Lastly,  to  sum  up  all  in  a  word,  whence, 
I  ask,  was  it  that  we  got  the  freedom  which  we  enjoy? — did 
democracy  give  it  us,  or  oligarchy,  or  a  monarch  ?  As  a  single 
man  recovered  our  freedom  for  us,  my  sentence  is  that  we  keep 
to  the  rule  of  one.  Even  apart  from  this,  we  ought  not  to 
change  the  laws  of  our  forefathers  when  they  work  fairly;  for 
to  do  so  is  not  well." 

83.  Such  were  the  three  opinions  brought  forward  at  this 
meeting;  the  four  other  Persians  voted  in  favour  of  the  last. 
Otanes,  who  wished  to  give  his  countrymen  a  democracy,  when 
he  found  the  decision  against  him,  arose  a  second  time,  and 
spoke  thus  before  the  assembly: — **  Brother  conspirators,  it  is 
plain  that  the  king  who  is  to  be  chosen  will  be  one  of  ourselves, 
whether  we  make  the  choice  by  casting  lots  for  the  prize,  or  by 
letting  the  people  decide  which  of  us  they  will  have  to  rule  over 
them,  or  in  any  other  way.  Now,  as  I  have  neither  a  mind  to 
rule  nor  to  be  ruled,  I  shall  not  enter  the  lists  with  you  in  this 
matter.  I  withdraw,  however,  on  one  condition — none  of  you 
shall  claim  to  exercise  rule  over  me  or  my  seed  for  ever."  The 
six  agreed  to  these  terms,  and  Otanes  withdrew  and  stood  aloof 
from  the  contest.  And  still  to  this  day  the  family  of  Otanes 
continues  to  be  the  only  free  family  in  Persia;  those  who  belong 
to  it  submit  to  the  rule  of  the  king  only  so  far  as  they  them- 
selves choose ;  they  are  bound,  however,  to  observe  the  laws  of 
the  land  like  the  other  Persians. 

84.  After  this  the  six  took  counsel  together,  as  to  the  fairest 
way  of  setting  up  a  king :  and  first,  with  respect  to  Otanes,  they 
resolved,  that  if  any  of  their  own  number  got  the  kingdom, 


Chap.  83-86.         Darius  Owncd  King  253 

Otanes  and  his  seed  after  him  should  receive  year  by  year,  as  a 
mark  of  special  honour,  a  Median  robe/  and  all  such  other  gifts 
as  are  accounted  the  most  honourable  in  Persia.  And  these 
they  resolved  to  give  him,  because  he  was  the  man  who  first 
planned  the  outbreak,  and  who  brought  the  seven  together. 
These  privileges,  therefore,  were  assigned  specially  to  Otanes. 
The  following  were  made  common  to  them  ail: — It  was  to  be 
free  to  each,  whenever  he  pleased,  to  enter  the  palace  unan- 
nounced, unless  the  king  were  in  the  company  of  one  of  his 
wives;  and  the  king  was  to  be  bound  to  marry  into  no  family 
excepting  those  of  the  conspirators.^  Concerning  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  king,  the  resolve  to  which  they  came  was  the  follow- 
ing:— They  would  ride  out  together  next  morning  into  the 
skirts  of  the  city,  and  he  whose  steed  first  neighed  after  the  sun 
was  up  should  have  the  kingdom. 

85.  Now  Darius  had  a  groom,  a  sharp-witted  knave,  called 
(Ebares.  After  the  meeting  had  broken  up,  Darius  sent  for 
him,  and  said,  "  (Ebares,  this  is  the  way  in  which  the  king  is  to 
be  chosen — we  are  to  mount  our  horses,  and  the  man  whose 
horse  first  neighs  after  the  sun  is  up  is  to  have  the  kingdom. 
If  then  you  have  any  cleverness,  contrive  a  plan  whereby  the 
prize  may  fall  to  us,  and  not  go  to  another."  "  Truly,  master," 
CEbares  answered,  "  if  it  depends  on  this  whether  thou  shalt  be 
king  or  no,  set  thine  heart  at  ease,  and  fear  nothing:  I  have  a 
charm  which  is  sure  not  to  fail."  "  If  thou  hast  really  aught  of 
the  kind,"  said  Darius,  "  hasten  to  get  it  ready.  The  matter 
does  not  brook  delay,  for  the  trial  is  to  be  to-morrow."  So 
CEbares  when  he  heard  that,  did  as  follows : — When  night  came, 
he  took  one  of  the  mares,  the  chief  favourite  of  the  horse  which 
Darius  rode,  and  tethering  it  in  the  suburb,  brought  his  master's 
horse  to  the  place;  then,  after  leading  him  round  and  round  the 
mare  several  times,  nearer  and  nearer  at  each  circuit,  he  ended 
by  letting  them  come  together. 

86.  And  now,  when  the  morning  broke,  the  six  Persians, 
according  to  agreement,  met  together  on  horseback,  and  rode 
out  to  the  suburb.  As  they  went  along  they  neared  the  spot 
where  the  mare  was  tethered  the  night  before,  whereupon  the 
horse  of  Darius  sprang  forward  and  neighed.  Just  at  the  same 
time,  though  the  sky  was  clear  and  bright,  there  was  a  flash  of 

*  Garments  have  at  all  times  been  gifts  of  honoiir  in  the  East.  (Gen.  xlv. 
22;  2  Kings  V.  5;  2  Chron.  ix.  24,  etc.)  The  practice  continues  in  th« 
kaftan  of  the  present  day. 

*  So  far  as  can  be  traced,  this  nile  was  always  observed. 


2  54  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iii. 

lightning,  followed  by  a  thunder-clap.  It  seemed  as  if  the 
heavens  conspired  with  Dariu:^,  and  hereby  inaugurated  him 
king:  so  the  five  other  nobles  leaped  with  one  accord  from  their 
steeds,  and  bowed  down  before  him  and  owned  him  for  their 
king. 

87.  This  is  the  account  which  some  of  the  Persians  gave  of 
the  contrivance  of  QEbares;  but  there  are  others  who  relate  the 
matter  differently.  They  say  that  in  the  morning  he  stroked 
the  mare  with  his  hand,  which  he  then  hid  in  his  trousers  until 
the  sun  rose  and  the  horses  were  about  to  start,  when  he  suddenly 
drew  his  hand  forth  and  put  it  to  the  nostrils  of  his  master's 
horse,  which  immediately  snorted  and  neighed. 

88.  Thus  was  Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes,  appointed  king;  and, 
except  the  Arabians,  all  they  of  Asia  were  subject  to  him;  for 
Cyrus,  and  after  him  Cambyses,^  had  brought  them  all  under. 
TTie  Arabians  were  never  subject  as  slaves  to  the  Persians,  but 
had  a  league  of  friendship  with  them  from  the  time  when  they 
brought  Cambyses  on  his  way  as  he  went  into  Egypt;  for  had 
they  been  unfriendly  the  Persians  could  never  have  made  their 
invasion. 

And  now  Darius  contracted  marriages  ^  of  the  first  rank, 
according  to  the  notions  of  the  Persians:  to  wit,  with  two 
daughters  of  Cyrus,  Atossa  and  Artystone;  of  whom,  Atossa  had 
been  twice  married  before,  once  to  Cambyses,  her  brother,  and 
once  to  the  Magus,  while  the  other,  Artystone,  was  a  virgin.  He 
married  also  Parmys,  daughter  of  Smerdis,  son  of  Cyrus ;  and 
he  likewise  took  to  wife  the  daughter  of  Otanes,  who  had  made 
the  discovery  about  the  Magus.  And  now  when  his  power  was 
established  firmly  throughout  all  the  kingdoms,  the  first  thing 
that  he  did  was  to  set  up  a  carving  in  stone,  which  showed  a 
man  mounted  upon  a  horse,  with  an  inscription  in  these  words 
following: — "  Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes,  by  aid  of  his  good  horse  " 
(here  followed  the  horse's  name),  "  and  of  his  good  groom 
CEbares,  got  himself  the  kingdom  of  the  Persians." 

89.  This  he  set  up  in  Persia;  and  afterwards  he  proceeded  to 
establish  twenty  governments  of  the  kind  which  the  Persians 
call  satrapies,  assigning  to  each  its  governor,  and  fixing  the 
tribute  which  was  to  be  paid  him  by  the  several  nations.    And 

*  Tbe  PhcEnicians  and  Cyprians  woxild  be  here  alluded  to — perhaps  also 
the  Cilicians. 

•  Darius  had  married  a  daughter  of  Gobryas  before  his  accession  (viL  2). 
He  also  took  to  wife  his  niece,  Phratagune,  the  daughter  of  his  broth« 
Artanes  (viL  224). 


Chap.  87-90.  Pcrsiaii  Satrapics  255 

generally  he  joined  together  in  one  satrapy  the  nations  that 
were  neighbours,  but  sometimes  he  passed  over  the  nearer  tribes, 
and  put  in  their  stead  those  which  were  more  remote.  The 
following  is  an  account  of  these  governments,  and  of  the  yearly 
tribute  which  they  paid  to  the  king: — Such  as  brought  their 
tribute  in  silver  were  ordered  to  pay  according  to  the  Baby- 
lonian talent;  while  the  Euboic  was  the  standard  measure  for 
such  as  brought  gold.  Now  the  Babylonian  talent  contains 
seventy  Euboic  minse.^  During  all  the  reign  of  Cyrus,  and 
afterwards  when  Cambyses  ruled,  there  were  no  fixed  tributes, 
but  the  nations  severally  brought  gifts  to  the  king.  On  account 
of  this  and  other  like  doings,  the  Persians  say  that  Darius  was  a 
huckster,  Cambyses  a  master,  and  Cyrus  a  father;  for  Darius 
looked  to  making  a  gain  in  everything;  Cambyses  was  harsh 
and  reckless;  while  Cyrus  was  gentle,  and  procured  them  all 
manner  of  goods. 

90.  The  lonians,  the  Magnesians  of  Asia,^  the  ^Eolians,  the 
Carians,  the  Lycians,  the  Milyans,^  and  the  Pamphylians,  paid 
their  tribute  in  a  single  sum,  which  was  fixed  at  four  hundred 
talents  of  silver.    These  formed  together  the  first  satrapy. 

The  Mysians,  Lydians,  Lasonians,*  Cabalians,  and  Hygennians 
paid  the  sum  of  five  hundred  talents.  This  was  the  second 
satrapy. 

The  Hellespontians,  of  the  right  coast  as  one  enters  the 
straits,  the  Phrygians,  the  Asiatic  Thracians,  the  Paphlagonians, 
the  Mariandynians,  and  the  Syrians  ^  paid  a  tribute  of  three 
hundred  and  sixty  talents.    This  was  the  third  satrapy.! 

The  Cilicians  gave  three  hundred  and  sixty  white  horses,  one 
for  each  day  in  the  year,®  and  five  hundred  talents  of  silver.  Of 
this  sum  one  hundred  and  forty  talents  went  to  pay  the  cavalry 
which  guarded  the  country,  while  the  remaining  three  hundred 
and  sixty  were  received  by  Darius.    This  was  the  fourth  satrapy. 

^  Standards  of  weight  probably  passed  into  Greece  from  Asia,  whence 
the  word  mina  {ßva)  seems  certainly  to  have  been  derived.  That  the 
standard  known  to  the  Greeks  as  the  Euboic  was  an  Asiatic  one,  is  plain 
from  this  passage.  If  the  (later)  Attic  talent  was  worth  £243  15s.  of  otir 
money,  the  Euboic  (silver)  talent  would  be  £250  8s.  5d.,  and  the  Babylonian 
£292  3S.  3d. 

•  There  were  two  towns  of  the  name  of  Magnesia  in  Asia  Minor,  Magnesia 
under  Sipylus  and  Magnesia  on  the  Msander. 

'  Vide  supra,  i.  173. 

•  In  the  Seventh  Book  (ch.  77)  Herodotus  identifies  the  Cabalians  and 
the  Lasonians. 

•  That  is,  the  Cappadocians.     (Vide  supra,  i.  72.) 

•  Compare  i.  32,  and  ii.  4. 


256  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iii. 

91.  The  country  reaching  from  the  city  of  Posideium  ^  (built 
by  Amphilochus,  son  of  Ajnphiaraüs,  on  th^  confines  of  Syria 
and  Ciiicia)  to  the  borders  of  Egypt,  excluding  therefrom  a 
district  which  belonged  to  Arabia,  and  was  free  from  tax,^  paid 
a  tribute  of  three  hundred  and  fifty  talents.  All  Phoenicia, 
Palestine  Syria,  and  Cyprus,  were  herein  contained.  This  was 
the  fifth  satrapy. 

From  Egypt,  and  the  neighbouring  parts  of  Libya,  together 
with  the  towns  of  Cyren6  and  Barca,  which  belonged  to  the 
Egyptian  satrapy,  the  tribute  which  came  in  was  seven  hundred 
talents.  These  seven  hundred  talents  did  not  include  the  profits 
of  the  fisheries  of  Lake  Mceris,  nor  the  com  furnished  to  the 
troops  at  Memphis.  Com  was  supplied  to  120,000  Persians, 
who  dwelt  at  Memphis  in  the  quarter  called  the  White  Castle, 
and  to  a  number  of  auxiliaries.    This  was  the  sixth  satrapy. 

The  Sattagydians,  the  Gandarians,  the  Dadicae,  and  the 
Aparytae,  who  were  all  reckoned  together,  paid  a  tribute  of  a 
hundred  and  seventy  talents.    This  was  the  seventh  satrapy. 

Susa,  and  the  other  parts  of  Cissia,  paid  three  hundred  talents. 
This  was  the  eighth  satrapy. 

92.  From  Babylonia,  and  the  rest  of  Assyria,  were  drawn  a 
thousand  talents  of  silver,  and  five  hundred  boy-eunuchs.  This 
was  the  ninth  satrapy. 

Agbatana,  and  the  other  parts  of  Media,  together  with  the 
Paricanians  and  Ortho cory ban tes,  paid  in  all  four  hundred  and 
fifty  talents.    This  was  the  tenth  satrapy. 

The  Caspians,  Pausicae,  Pantimathi,  and  Daritae,  were  joined 
in  one  government,  and  paid  the  sum  of  two  hundred  talents. 
This  was  the  eleventh  satrapy. 

From  the  Bactrian  tribes  as  far  as  the  iEgli,  the  tribute 
received  was  three  hundred  and  sixty  talents.  This  was  the 
twelfth  satrapy. 

93.  From  Pactyica,  Armenia,  and  the  countries  reaching 
thence  to  the  Euxine,  the  sum  drawn  was  four  hundred  talents. 
This  was  the  thirteenth  satrapy. 

The  Sagartians,  Sarangians,  Thamanaeans,  Utians,  and 
Mycians,  together  with  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands  in  the 
Erythraean  sea,  where  the  king  sends  those  whom  he  banishes, 

*  Posideium  lay  about  12  miles  south  of  the  embouchure  of  the  Orontes. 

*  The  district  here  spoken  of  is  that  between  Gaza  (Cadytis)  and  Jenysus 
(vide  supra,  ch.  5),  which  Cambyses  traversed  on  his  road  to  Egypt.  Con- 
cerning the  exemption  of  the  Arabs  from  tribute,  vide  infra,  ch.  97. 


Chap.  91-97.  Amount  of  Tributc  257 

furnished  altogether  a  tribute  of  six  hundred  talents.  This  was 
the  fourteenth  satrapy. 

The  Sacans  and  Caspians  gave  two  hundred  and  fifty  talents. 
This  was  the  fifteenth  satrapy. 

The  Parthians,  Qiorasmians,  Sogdians,  and  Arians,  gave 
three  hundred.    This  was  the  sixteenth  satrapy. 

94.  The  Paricanians  and  Ethiopians  of  Asia  furnished  a 
tribute  of  four  hundred  talents.  This  was  the  seventeenth 
satrapy. 

The  Matienians,  Saspeires,  and  iUarodians  were  rated  to  pay 
two  hundred  talents.    This  was  the  eighteenth  satrapy. 

The  Moschi,  Tibareni,  Macrones,  MosyncEci,  and  Mares  had 
to  pay  three  hundred  talents.    This  was  the  nineteenth  satrapy. 

The  Indians,  who  are  more  numerous  than  any  other  nation 
with  which  we  are  acquainted,  paid  a  tribute  exceeding  that  of 
every  other  people,  to  wit,  three  hundred  and  sixty  talents  of 
gold-dust.    This  was  the  twentieth  satrapy i 

95.  If  the  Babylonian  money  here  spoken  of  be  reduced  to 
the  Euboic  scale,  it  will  make  nine  thousand  five  hundred  and 
forty  such  talents;  and  if  the  gold  be  reckoned  at  thirteen  times 
the  worth  of  silver,^  the  Indian  gold-dust  will  come  to  four 
thousand  six  hundred  and  eighty  talents.  Add  these  two 
amounts  together,  and  the  whole  revenue  which  came  in  to 
Darius  year  by  year  will  be  found  to  be  in  Euboic  money  fourteen 
thousand  five  hundred  and  sixty  talents,  not  to  mention  parts  of 
a  talent.^ 

96.  Such  was  the  revenue  which  Darius  derived  from  Asia 
and  a  small  part  of  Libya.  Later  in  his  reign  the  sum  was 
increased  by  the  tribute  of  the  islands,  and  of  the  nations  of 
Europe  as  far  as  Thessaly.  The  great  king  stores  away  the 
tribute  which  he  receives  after  this  fashion — he  melts  it  down, 
and,  while  it  is  in  a  liquid  state,  runs  it  into  earthen  vessels, 
which  are  afterwards  removed,  leaving  the  metal  in  a  solid 
mass.  When  money  is  wanted,  he  coins  as  much  of  this  bullion 
as  the  occasion  requires. 

97.  Such  then  were  the  governments,  and  such  the  amounts 

*  In  Greece  the  relative  value  of  gold  varied  at  different  times.  Hero- 
dotus says  gold  was  to  süver  as  13  to  i,  afterwards  in  Plato  and  Xenophon's 
time  (and  more  than  100  years  after  the  death  of  Alexander)  it  was  10  to  i, 
owing  to  the  quantity  of  gold  brought  in  through  the  Persian  war.  It 
long  continued  at  10  to  i  (Liv.  xxxviii.  11)  except  when  an  accident  altered 
the  proportion  of  those  metals. 

'  It  is  impossible  to  reconcile  Herodotus's  nimibers,  and  equally  im- 
possible to  say  where  the  mistake  lies. 


258  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  in. 

of  tribute  at  which  they  were  assessed  respectively.  Persia 
alone  has  not  been  reckoned  among  the  tributaries — and  for  this 
reason,  because  the  country  of  the  Persians  is  altogether  exempt 
from  tax.  The  following  peoples  paid  no  settled  tribute,  but 
brought  gifts  to  the  king:  first,  the  Ethiopians  bordering  upon 
Egypt,^  who  were  reduced  by  Cambyses  when  he  made  war  on 
the  long-lived  Ethiopians,  and  who  dwell  about  the  sacred  city 
of  Nysa,  and  have  festivals  in  honour  of  Bacchus.  The  grain 
on  whidi  Üiey  and  their  next  neighbours  feed  is  the  same  as 
that  used  by  the  Calantian  Indians.  Their  dwelling-houses  are 
under  ground.^  Every  third  year  these  two  nations  brought — 
and  they  still  bring  to  my  day — two  chcenices  '  of  virgin  gold, 
two  hundred  logs  of  ebony,  five  Ethiopian  boys,  and  twenty 
elephant  tusks.  The  Colchians,  and  tiie  neighbouring  tribes 
who  dwell  between  them  and  the  Caucasus — for  so  far  the 
Persian  rule  reaches,  while  north  of  the  Caucasus  no  one  fears 
them  any  longer — undertook  to  furnish  a  gift,  which  in  my  day 
was  still  brought  every  fifth  year,  consisting  of  a  hundred  boys, 
and  the  same  number  of  maidens.  The  Arabs  brought  every 
year  a  thousand  talents  of  frankincense.  Such  were  the  gifts 
which  the  king  received  over  and  above  the  tribute-money* 

98.  The  way  in  which  the  Indians  get  the  plentiful  supply  of 
gold,  which  enables  them  to  furnish  year  by  year  so  vast  an 
amount  of  gold-dust  to  the  king,  is  the  following: — Eastward 
of  India  lies  a  tract  which  is  entirely  sand.  Indeed  of  all 
the  inhabitants  of  Asia,  concerning  whom  anything  certain  is 
known,  the  Indians  dwell  the  nearest  to  the  east,  and  the  rising 
of  the  sun.  Beyond  them  the  whole  country  is  desert  on 
account  of  the  sand.*  The  tribes  of  Indians  are  numerous,  and 
do  not  all  speak  the  same  language  * — some  are  wandering 
tribes,  others  not.  They  who  dwell  in  the  marshes  along  the 
river  live  on  raw  fish,  which  they  take  in  boats  made  of  reeds, 
each  formed  out  of  a  single  joint.    These  Indians  wear  a  dress 

*  These  were  the  inhabitants  of  Lower  Ethiopia  and  Nubia. 

•  This  notion  probably  arose  from  their  having  mud  huts,  so  common  in 
central  Africa. 

•  [That  is,  about  two  quarts.— E.  H.  B.] 

*  The  India  of  Herodotus  is  the  true  ancient  India,  the  region  about  the  1 
Upper  Indus,  best  known  to  us  at  present  under  the  name  of  the  Punjab. 
Herodotus  knows  nothing  of  the  great  southern  peninsula. 

\  The  Hindoo  races  are  supposed  to  have  been  settled  in  India  as  early  as  ' 
1200  B.c.;   which  is  the  date  assigned  to  the  Vedas,  though  these  appear 
not  to  be  all  of  one  period.     The  aborigines  are  still  found  in  Ceylon  and 
in  Southern  India  as  well  as  in  the  hill-country  in  other  parts ;   and  their 
customs  differ  as  much  as  their  languages  from  those  of  the  Hindoos. 


Cäa».  98-102.  Indian  Tribes  259 

of  sedge,  which  they  cut  in  the  river  and  bruise  5   afterward« 
they  weave  it  into  mats,  and  wear  it  as  we  wear  a  breast-plate* 

99.  Eastward  of  these  Indians  are  another  tribe,  called 
Padaeans,  who  are  wanderers,  and  live  on  raw  flesh*  This  tribe 
is  said  to  have  the  following  customs: — If  one  of  their  number 
be  ill,  man  or  woman,  they  take  the  sick  person,  and  if  he  be  & 
man,  the  men  of  his  acquaintance  proceed  to  put  him  to  death, 
because,  they  say,  his  flesh  would  be  spoilt  for  them  if  he  pined 
and  wasted  away  with  sickness.  The  man  protests  he  is  not  ill 
in  the  least;  but  his  friends  will  not  accept  his  denial — in  spits 
of  all  he  can  say,  they  kill  him,  and  feast  themselves  on  his 
body.  So  also  if  a  woman  be  sick,  the  women,  who  are  her 
friends,  take  her  and  do  with  her  exactly  the  same  as  the  men. 
If  one  of  them  reaches  to  old  age,  about  which  there  is  seldom 
any  question,  as  commonly  before  that  time  they  have  had  some 
disease  or  other,  and  so  have  been  put  to  death — but  if  a  man, 
notwithstanding,  comes  to  be  old,  then  they  offer  him  in  sacri- 
fice to  their  gods,  and  afterwards  eat  his  flesh.^ 

100.  There  is  another  set  of  Indians  whose  customs  are  very 
different.  They  refuse  to  put  any  live  animal  to  death,*  they 
sow  no  com,  and  have  no  dwelling-houses.  Vegetables  are 
their  only  food.  There  is  a  plant  which  grows  wild  in  their 
country,  bearing  seed,  about  the  size  of  millet-seed,  in  a  calyic: 
their  wont  is  to  gather  this  seed  and  having  boiled  it,  calyx  and 
all,  to  use  it  for  food.  If  one  of  them  is  attacked  with  sickness, 
he  goes  forth  into  the  wilderness,  and  lies  down  to  die;  no  one 
has  the  least  concern  either  for  the  sick  or  for  the  dead. 

loi.  All  the  tribes  which  I  have  mentioned  live  together  like 
the  brute  beasts:  they  have  also  all  the  same  tint  of  skin^ 
which  approaches  that  of  the  Ethiopians.  Their  country  is  a 
long  way  from  Persia  towards  the  south:  nor  had  king  Darius 
ever  any  authority  over  them. 

102.  Besides  these,  there  are  Indians  of  another  tribe,  who 
border  on  the  city  of  Caspatyrus,'  and  the  country  of  Pactyica  | 
these  people  dwell  northward  of  all  the  rest  of  the  Indians,  and 
follow  nearly  the  same  mode  of  life  as  the  Bactrians.  They 
are  more  warlike  than  any  of  the  other  tribes,  and  from  them 
the  men  are  sent  forth  who  go  to  procure  the  gold.     For  it  is  in 

*  Vide  supra,  ch.  38.  The  same  custom  is  said  to  have  prevailed  among 
the  Massageta  (i.  216)  and  the  Issedonians  (iv.  26). 

"  The  repugnance  of  true  Brahmins  to  take  away  life  is  well  known. 

•  [Some  say  "  Kabul,"  others  "  Kashmere  " ;  but  we  have  no  meanf;  *d 
ascertaining  the  site  of  Caspatyrus. — E.  H.  B.] 


26o  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iii. 

this  part  of  India  that  the  sandy  desert  lies.  Here,  in  this 
desert,  there  live  amid  the  sand  great  ants,  in  size  somewhat 
less  than  dogs,  but  bigger  than  foxes.  The  Persian  king  has  a 
number  of  them,  which  have  been  caught  by  the  hunters  in  the 
knd  whereof  we  are  speaking.  Those  ants  make  their  dwellings 
under  ground,  and  like  the  Greek  ants,  which  they  very  much 
resemble  in  shape,  throw  up  sand-heaps  as  they  burrow.  Now 
the  sand  which  they  throw  up  is  full  of  gold.^  The  Indians, 
when  they  go  into  the  desert  to  collect  this  sand,  take  three 
camels  and  harness  them  together,  a  female  in  the  middle  and  a 
male  on  either  side,  in  a  leading-rein.  The  rider  sits  on  the 
female,  and  they  are  particular  to  choose  for  the  purpose  one 
that  has  but  just  dropped  her  young;  for  their  female  camels 
can  run  as  fast  as  horses,  while  they  bear  burthens  very  much 
better. 

103.  As  the  Greeks  are  well  acquainted  with  the  shape  of  the 
camel,  I  shall  not  trouble  to  describe  it;  but  I  shall  mention 
what  seems  to  have  escaped  their  notice.  The  camel  has  in  its 
hind  legs  four  thigh-bones  and  four  knee-joints.^ 

104.  When  the  Indians  therefore  have  thus  equipped  them- 
selves they  set  off  in  quest  of  the  gold,  calculating  the  time  so 
that  they  may  be  engaged  in  seizing  it  during  the  most  sultry 
part  of  the  day,  when  the  ants  hide  themselves  to  escape  the 
heat.  The  sun  in  those  parts  shines  fiercest  in  the  morning, 
not,  as  elsewhere,  at  noonday;  the  greatest  heat  is  from  the 
time  when  he  has  reached  a  certain  height,  until  the  hour  at 
which  the  market  closes.  During  this  space  he  bums  much 
more  furiously  than  at  midday  in  Greece,  so  that  the  men  there 
are  said  at  that  time  to  drench  themselves  with  water.  At  noon 
his  heat  is  much  the  same  in  India  as  in  other  countries,  after 
which,  as  the  day  declines,  the  warmth  is  only  equal  to  that 
of  the  morning  sun  elsewhere.  Towards  evening  the  coolness 
increases,  till  about  sunset  it  becomes  very  cold.^ 

105.  When  the  Indians  reach  the  place  where  the  gold  is, 

*  Modem  research  has  not  discovered  anything  very  satisfactory  either 
with  respect  to  the  animal  intended,  or  the  habits  ascribed  to  it.  Perhaps 
the  most  plausible  conjecture  is  that  which  identifies  it  with  the  Pengolin, 
or  Ant-eater,  which  burrows  on  the  sandy  plains  of  northern  India. 

■  This  is  of  course  untrue,  and  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how  Herodotus 
could  entertain  such  a  notion.  There  is  no  real  difierence,  as  regards  the 
anatomy  of  the  leg,  between  the  horse  and  the  camel. 

•  Herodotus  is  apparently  narrating  what  he  had  heard,  and  it  belongs 
to  his  simplicity  not  to  mix  up  his  own  speculations  with  the  relations  whidi 
h@  had  received  from  others. 


Chap.  103-107.  Arabian  Spices  // 

they  fill  their  bags  with  the  sand,  and  ride  away  at  the/ ' 
speed:  the  ants,  however,  scenting  them,  as  the  Persians  say, 
rush  forth  in  pursuit.  Now  these  animals  are,  they  declare, 
so  swift,  that  there  is  nothing  in  the  world  like  them :  if  it  were 
not,  therefore,  that  the  Indians  get  a  start  while  the  ants  are 
mustering,  not  a  single  gold-gatherer  could  escape.  During  the 
flight  the  male  camels,  which  are  not  so  fleet  as  the  females, 
grow  tired,  and  begin  to  drag,  first  one,  and  then  the  other;  but 
the  females  recollect  the  young  which  they  have  left  behind, 
and  never  give  way  or  flag.^  Such,  according  to  the  Persians, 
is  the  manner  in  which  the  Indians  get  the  greater  part  of  their 
gold;  some  is  dug  out  of  the  earth,  but  of  this  the  supply  is 
more  scanty.^ 

106.  It  seems  as  if  the  extreme  regions  of  the  earth  were  blessed 
by  nature  with  the  most  excellent  productions,  just  in  the  same 
way  that  Greece  enjoys  a  climate  more  excellently  tempered 
than  any  other  country.  In  India,  which,  as  I  observed  lately, 
is  the  furthest  region  of  the  inhabited  world  towards  the  east, 
all  the  four-footed  beasts  and  the  birds  are  very  much  bigger 
than  those  found  elsewhere,  except  only  the  horses,  which  are 
surpassed  by  the  Median  bi(eed  called  the  Nissean.  Gold  too  is 
produced  there  in  vast  abundance,  some  dug  from  the  earth, 
some  washed  down  by  the  rivers,  some  carried  off  in  the  mode 
which  I  have  but  now  described.  And  further,  there  are  trees 
which  grow  wild  there,  the  fruit  whereof  is  a  wool  exceeding  in 
beauty  and  goodness  that  of  sheep.  The  natives  make  their 
clothes  of  this  tree-wool.^ 

107.  Arabia  is  the  last  of  inhabited  lands  towards  the  south, 
and  it  is  the  only  country  which  produces  frankincense,  myrrh, 
cassia,  cinnamon,  and  ladanum.*  The  Arabians^  do  not  get 
any  of  these,  except  the  myrrh,®  without  trouble.  The  frankin- 
cense they  procure  by  means  of  the  gum  styrax,''  which  the 

*  Marco  Polo  relates  that,  when  the  Tatars  make  incursions  into  tb« 
country  lying  to  the  north  of  them,  they  adopt  the  same  device. 

*The  whole  of  this  region  of  Central  Asia  is  in  the  highest  degree 
auriferous. 

■  Vide  supra,  ch.  47.  "  Tree-wool "  is  exactly  the  German  name  for 
cotton  {BautnwolU). 

*  Ledanon  or  ladanon,  a  resin  or  gum. 

•  The  Arabs  supplied  Egypt  with  various  spices  and  gums  which  were 
required  for  embalming  and  other  purposes.  In  Genesis  xxxvii.  25,  the 
Ishmaelites  or  Arabs  were  going  to  Egypt  from  "  Gilead  with  their  camek 
bearing  spicery,  and  balm,  and  myrrh." 

•  Smyrna,  the  Greek  name  of  myrrh,  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  city. 
'  This  is  the  "  gum  storax  "  of  modern  commerce. 


202  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi 

Greeks  obtain  from  the  Phoenicians;  this  they  burn,  and  thereby 
obtain  the  spice.  For  the  trees  which  bear  the  frankincense 
are  guarded  by  winged  serpents,  small  in  size,  and  of  varied 
colours,  whereof  vast  numbers  hang  about  every  tree.  They  are 
of  the  same  kind  as  the  serpents  that  invade  Egypt;  ^  and  there 
is  nothing  but  the  smoke  of  the  styrax  which  will  drive  them 
from  the  trees. 

io8.  The  Arabians  say  that  the  whole  world  would  swarm 
with  these  serpents,  if  they  were  not  kept  in  check  in  the  way  in 
which  I  know  that  vipers  are.  Of  a  truth  Divine  Providence 
does  appear  to  be,  as  indeed  one  might  expect  beforehand,  a 
wise  contriver.  For  timid  animals  which  are  a  prey  to  others 
are  all  made  to  produce  young  abundantly,  that  so  the  species 
may  not  be  entirely  eaten  up  and  lost;  while  savage  and  noxious 
creatures  are  made  very  unfruitful.  The  hare,  for  instance, 
which  is  hunted  alike  by  beasts,  birds,  and  men,  breeds  so  abun- 
dantly as  even  to  superfetate,  a  thing  which  is  true  of  no  other 
animal.  You  find  in  a  hare's  belly,  at  one  and  the  same  time, 
some  of  the  young  all  covered  with  fur,  others  quite  naked, 
others  again  just  fully  formed  in  the  womb,  while  the  hare 
perhaps  has  lately  conceived  afresh.  The  lioness,  on  the  other 
hand,  which  is  one  of  the  strongest  and  boldest  of  brutes,  brings 
forth  young  but  once  in  her  lifetime,*  and  then  a  single  cub;* 
she  cannot  possibly  conceive  again,  since  she  loses  her  womb  at 
the  same  time  that  she  drops  her  young.  The  reason  of  this  is, 
that  as  soon  as  the  cub  begins  to  stir  inside  the  dam,  his  claws, 
which  are  sharper  than  those  of  any  other  animal,  scratch  the 
womb;  as  the  time  goes  on,  and  he  grows  bigger,  he  tears  it 
ever  more  and  more;  so  that  at  last,  when  the  birth  comes, 
there  is  not  a  morsel  in  the  whole  womb  that  is  sound. 

109.  Now  with  respect  to  the  vipers  and  the  winged  snakes  of 
Arabia,  if  they  increased  as  fast  as  their  nature  would  allow, 
impossible  were  it  for  man  to  maintain  himself  upon  the  earth. 
Accordingly  it  is  found  that  when  the  male  and  female  come 
together,  at  the  very  moment  of  impregnation,  the  female  seizes 
the  male  by  the  neck,  and  having  once  fastened,  cannot  be 
brought  to  leave  go  till  she  has  bit  the  neck  entirely  through. 
And  so  the  male  perishes;  but  after  a  while  he  is  revenged  upon 

*  Vide  supra,  ii.  75.     If  serpents,  they  should  be  oviparous. 

•The  fabulous  character  of  the  whole  of  this  account  was  known  to 
Aristotle. 

•According  to  travellers,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  the  lioness  to  have 
three  or  four  cubs  at  a  birth. 


Chap.  108-111. 


Cinnamon 


the  female  by  means  of  the  young,  which,  while  still  unl^ 
gnaw  a  passage  through  the  womb,  and  then  through  the  benj 
of  their  mother,  and  so  make  their  entrance  into  the  world. 
Contrariwise,  other  snakes,  which  are  harmless,  lay  eggs,  and 
hatch  a  vast  number  of  young.  Vipers  are  found  in  all  parts  of 
the  world,  but  the  winged  serpents  are  nowhere  seen  except  in 
Arabia,  where  they  are  all  congregated  together.  This  makes 
them  appear  so  numerous. 

no.  Such,  then,  is  the  way  in  which  the  Arabians  obtain 
their  frankincense ;  their  manner  of  collecting  the  cassia  ^  is  the 
following: — They  cover  all  their  body  and  their  face  with  the 
hides  of  oxen  and  other  skins,  leaving  only  holes  for  the  eyes, 
and  thus  protected  go  in  search  of  the  cassia,  which  grows  in  a 
lake  of  no  great  depth.  All  round  the  shores  and  in  the  lake 
itself  there  dwell  a  number  of  winged  animals,  much  resembling 
bats,  which  screech  horribly,  and  are  very  valiant.  These 
creatures  they  must  keep  from  their  eyes  all  the  while  that  they 
gather  the  cassia. 

III.  Still  more  wonderful  is  the  mode  in  which  they  collect 
the  cinnamon.  Where  the  wood  grows,  and  what  country  pro- 
duces it,  they  cannot  tell — only  some,  following  probability, 
relate  that  it  comes  from  the  country  in  which  Bacchus  was 
brought  up.^  Great  birds,  they  say,  bring  the  sticks  which  we 
Greeks,  taking  the  word  from  the  Phoenicians,  call  cinnamon, 
and  carry  them  up  into  the  air  to  make  their  nests.  These  are 
fastened  with  a  sort  of  mud  to  a  sheer  face  of  rock,  where  no 
foot  of  man  is  able  to  climb.  So  the  Arabians,  to  get  the 
cinnamon,  use  the  following  artifice.  They  cut  all  the  oxen  and 
asses  and  beasts  of  burthen  that  die  in  their  land  into  large 
pieces,  which  they  carry  with  them  into  those  regions,  and  place 
near  the  nests:  then  they  withdraw  to  a  distance,  and  the  old 
birds,  swooping  down,  seize  the  pieces  of  meat  and  fly  with  them 
up  to  their  nests;  which,  not  being  able  to  support  the  weight, 
break  off  and  fall  to  the  ground.^  Hereupon  the  Arabians  return 
and  collect  the  cinnamon,  which  is  afterwards  carried  from 
Arabia  into  other  countries. 

•  Cassia  and  cinaamon,  according  to  Larcher  (note  ad  loc),  are  from  the 
same  tree,  the  only  difierence  being  that  cinnamon  is  properly  the  branch 
with  the  bark  on;   cassia  is  the  bark  without  the  branch. 

•  Ethiopia  probably. 

•  The  story  evidently  belongs  to  a  whole  class  of  Eastern  tales,  wh«:em 
an  important  part  is  played  by  great  birds.  Compare  the  rocs  in  the  stca-y 
of  Sindbad  the  Sailor  in  the  Arabian  Nights,  and  the  tale  related  by  Marco 
Polo  [Travels,  p.  393  of  the  "  Everyman's  Library  "  edit.]  of  the  mines  oi 
Gokonda. 


264  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iii. 

112.  Ledanum,  which  the  Arabs  call  ladanum,  is  procured  in 
a  yet  stranger  fashion.  Found  in  a  most  inodorous  place,  it  is 
the  sweetest-scented  of  all  substances.  It  is  gathered  from  the 
beards  of  he-goats,  where  it  is  found  sticking  like  gum,  having 
come  from  the  bushes  on  which  they  browse.  It  is  used  in 
many  sorts  of  unguents,  and  is  what  the  Arabs  bum  chiefly  as 
incense. 

113.  Concerning  the  spices  of  Arabia  let  no  more  be  said. 
The  whole  country  is  scented  with  them,  and  exhales  an  odour 
marvellously  sweet.  There  are  also  in  Arabia  two  kinds  of 
sheep  worthy  of  admiration,  the  like  of  which  is  nowhere  else 
to  be  seen;  the  one  kind  has  long  tails,  not  less  than  three 
cubits  in  length,  which,  if  they  were  allowed  to  trail  on  the 
ground,  would  be  bruised  and  fall  into  sores.  As  it  is,  all  the 
shepherds  know  enough  of  carpentering  to  make  little  trucks 
for  their  sheep's  tails.  The  trucks  are  placed  under  the  tails, 
each  sheep  having  one  to  himself,  and  the  tails  are  then  tied 
down  upon  them.  The  other  kind  has  a  broad  tail,  which  is  a 
cubit  across  sometimes. 

114.  Where  the  south  declines  towards  the  setting  sun  lies 
the  country  called  Ethiopia,  the  last  inhabited  land  in  that 
direction.  There  gold  is  obtained  in  great  plenty,^  huge 
elephants  abound,  with  wild  trees  of  all  sorts,  and  ebony;  and 
the  men  are  taller,  handsomer,  and  longer  lived  than  anywhere 
else. 

115.  Now  these  are  the  furthest  regions  of  the  world  in  Asia 
and  Libya.  Of  the  extreme  tracts  of  Europe  towards  the  west 
I  cannot  speak  with  any  certainty;  for  I  do  not  allow  that  there 
is  any  river,  to  which  the  barbarians  give  the  name  of  Eridanus, 
emptying  itself  into  the  northern  sea,  whence  (as  the  tale  goes) 
amber  is  procured;*  nor  do  I  know  of  any  islands  called  the 
Cassiterides  '  (Tin  Islands),  whence  the  tin  comes  which  we  use. 
For  in  the  first  place  the  name  Eridanus  is  manifestly  not  a 

*  Vide  supra,  ch.  22. 

*  Here  Herodotus  is  over-cautious,  and  rejects  as  fable  what  we  can  see 
to  be  truth.  The  amber  district  upon  the  northern  sea  is  the  coast  of  the 
Baltic  about  the  Gulf  of  Dantzig,  and  the  mouths  of  the  Vistula  and  Niemen, 
which  is  still  one  of  the  best  amber  regions  in  the  world.  The  very  name, 
Eridanus,  lingers  there  in  the  Rhodaune,  the  small  stream  which  washes 
the  west  side  of  the  town  of  Dantzig.  The  word  Eridanus  (=  Rhodanus) 
seems  to  have  been  applied,  by  the  early  inhabitants  of  Europe,  especially 
to  great  and  strong-running  rivers. 

'  This  name  was  applied  to  the  Selinae,  or  Scilly  Isles;  and  the  imperfect 
information  respecting  the  site  of  the  mines  of  tin  led  to  the  belief  that  they 
were  there,  instead  of  on  the  mainland  (of  Cornwall). 


Chap.  112-117.    Gold  Region  of  Europe  265 

barbarian  word  at  all,  but  a  Greek  name,  invented  by  some 
poet  or  other;  and  secondly,  though  I  have  taken  vast  pains,  I 
have  never  been  able  to  get  an  assurance  from  an  eye-witness 
that  there  is  any  sea  on  the  further  side  of  Europe.  Never- 
theless, tin  and  amber  do  certainly  come  to  us  from  the  ends 
of  the  earth.^ 

116.  The  northern  parts  of  Europe  are  very  much  richer  in 
gold  than  any  other  region:  but  how  it  is  procured  I  have  no 
certain  knowledge.  The  story  runs,  that  the  one-eyed  Arimaspi 
purloin  it  from  the  griffins ;  but  here  too  I  am  incredulous,  and 
cannot  persuade  myself  that  there  is  a  race  of  men  born  with  one 
eye,  who  in  all  else  resemble  the  rest  of  mankind.  Nevertheless 
it  seems  to  be  true  that  the  extreme  regions  of  the  earth,  which 
surround  and  shut  up  within  themselves  all  other  countries, 
produce  the  things  which  are  the  rarest,  and  which  men  reckon 
the  most  beautiful. 

117.  There  is  a  plain  in  Asia  which  is  shut  in  on  all  sides  by 
a  mountain-range,  and  in  this  mountain-range  are  five  openings. 
The  plain  lies  on  the  confines  of  the  Chorasmians,  Hyrcanians, 
Parthians,  Sarangians,  and  Thamanseans,  and  belonged  formerly 
to  the  first-mentioned  of  those  peoples.  Ever  since  the  Persians, 
however,  obtained  the  mastery  of  Asia,  it  has  been  the  property 
of  the  Great  King.  A  might}»-  river,  called  the  Aces,^  flows 
from  the  hills  inclosing  the  plain;  and  this  stream,  formerly 
splitting  into  five  channels,  ran  through  the  five  openings  in  the 
hills,  and  watered  the  lands  of  the  five  nations  which  dwell 
around.  The  Persian  came,  however,  and  conquered  the 
region,  and  then  it  went  ill  with  the  people  of  these  lands. 
The  Great  King  blocked  up  all  the  passages  between  the  hills 
with  dykes  and  flood-gates,  and  so  prevented  the  water  from 
flowing  out.  Then  the  plain  within  the  hills  became  a  sea, 
for  the  river  kept  rising,  and  the  water  could  find  no  outlet. 
From  that  time  the  five  nations  which  were  wont  formerly 
to  have  the  use  of  the  stream,  losing  their  accustomed  supply  of 
water,  have  been  in  great  distress.     In  winter,  indeed,  they  liave 

*  [For  a  brief  account  of  the  amber  and  tin  trades  in  antiquity,  see  Toeer, 
History  of  Ancient  Geography,  pp.  32  sqq.,  and  for  a  note  on  amber,  W. 
Ridgeway's  art.  in  Encyclopedia  Biblica,  cols.  134-136. — E.  H.  B,] 

■The  plain  and  the  five  openings  are  probably  a  fable;  but  the  orig:in 
of  the  tzde  may  be  found  in  the  distribution  by  the  Persian  Government 
of  the  waters  (most  likely)  of  the  Heri-rud,  which  is  capable  of  being  led 
through  the  hills  ixito  the  low  country  north  of  the  range,  or  of  being 
prolonged  westward  along  the  range,  or  finally  of  being  tximed  southward 
into  the  desert. 


206  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

rain  from  heaven  like  the  rest  of  the  world,  but  in  summer, 
after  sowing  their  millet  and  their  sesame,  they  always  stood 
in  need  of  water  from  the  river.  When,  therefore,  they  suffer 
from  this  want,  hastening  to  Persia,  men  and  women  alike, 
they  take  their  station  at  the  gate  of  the  king's  palace,  and  wail 
aloud.  Then  the  king  orders  the  flood-gates  to  be  opened 
towards  the  country  whose  need  is  greatest,  and  lets  the  soil 
drink  until  it  has  had  enough ;  after  which  the  gates  on  this  side 
are  shut,  and  others  are  unclosed  for  the  nation  which,  of  the 
remainder,  needs  it  most.  It  has  been  told  me  that  the  king 
never  gives  the  order  to  open  the  gates  till  the  suppliants  have 
paid  him  a  large  sum  of  money  over  and  above  the  tribute. 

ii8.  Of  the  seven  Persians  who  rose  up  against  the  Magus, 
one,  Intaphemes,  lost  his  life  very  shortly  after  the  outbreak, 
for  an  act  of  insolence.  He  wished  to  enter  the  palace  and 
transact  a  certain  business  with  the  king.  Now  the  law  was 
that  all  those  who  had  taken  part  in  the  rising  against  the  Magus 
might  enter  unannounced  into  the  king's  presence,  unless  he 
happened  to  be  in  private  with  his  wife.^  So  Intaphemes  would 
not  have  any  one  announce  him,  but,  as  he  belonged  to  fhe  seven, 
claimed  it  as  his  right  to  go  in.  The  doorkeeper,  however,  and 
the  chief  usher  forbade  his  entrance,  since  the  king,  they  said, 
was  with  his  wife.  But  Intaphemes  thought  they  told  lies ;  so, 
drawing  his  scymitar,  he  cut  off  their  noses  and  their  ears,*  and, 
hanging  them  on  the  bridle  of  his  horse,  put  the  bridle  round 
their  necks,  and  so  let  them  go. 

119.  Then  these  two  men  went  and  showed  themselves  to 
the  lang,  and  told  him  how  it  had  come  to  pass  that  they  were 
thus  treated.  Darius  trembled  lest  it  was  by  the  common 
consent  of  the  six  that  the  deed  had  been  done;  he  therefore 
sent  for  them  ail  in  turn,  and  sounded  them  to  know  if  they 
approved  the  conduct  of  Intaphemes.  When  he  found  by  their 
answers  that  there  had  been  no  concert  between  him  and  them, 
he  laid  hands  on  Intaphemes,  his  children,  and  all  his  near 
kindred ;  strongly  suspecting  that  he  and  his  friends  were  about 
to  raise  a  revolt.  When  all  had  been  seized  and  put  in  chains,  as 
malefactors  condemned  to  death,  the  wife  of  Intaphemes  came 
and  stood  continually  at  the  palace-gates,  weeping  and  waiUng 
sore.    So  Darius  after  a  while,  seeing  that  she  never  ceased  to 

*  Supra,  ch.  84. 

"This  mode  of  punishment  has  always  been  common  in  the  East.  It» 
Infliction  by  the  revolted  Sepoys  on  our  own  countrymen  and  country- 
women during  the  Mutiny  in  1857  will  occur  to  all  readers. 


cmaf.  XX8-X20.  Oroetes  267 

stand  and  weep,  was  touched  with  pity  for  her,  and  bade  a 
messenger  go  to  her  and  say,  "  Lady,  king  Darius  gives  thee 
as  a  boon  the  life  of  one  of  thy  kinsmen — choose  which  thou 
wilt  of  the  prisoners."  Then  she  pondered  awhile  before  she 
answered,  "  If  the  king  grants  me  the  life  of  one  alone,  I  make 
choice  of  my  brother."  Darius,  when  he  heard  the  reply,  was 
astonished,  and  sent  again,  saying,  "  Lady,  the  king  bids  thee 
tell  him  why  it  is  that  thou  passest  by  thy  husband  and  thy 
children,  and  preferrest  to  have  the  life  of  thy  brother  spared. 
He  is  not  so  near  to  thee  as  thy  children,  nor  so  dear  as  thy 
husband."  She  answered,  "  0  king,  if  the  gods  will,  I  may 
have  another  husband  and  other  children  when  these  are  gone. 
But  as  my  father  and  my  mother  are  no  more,  it  is  impossible 
that  I  should  have  another  brother.  This  was  my  thought  when 
I  asked  to  have  my  brother  spared."  Then  it  seemed  to  Darius 
that  the  lady  spoke  well,  and  he  gave  her,  besides  the  life  that 
she  had  asked,  the  life  also  of  her  eldest  son,  because  he  was 
greatly  pleased  with  her.  But  he  slew  all  the  rest.  Thus  one 
of  the  seven  died,  in  the  way  I  have  described,  very  shortly 
after  the  insurrection. 

120.  About  the  time  of  Cambyses'  last  sickness,  the  following 
events  happened.  There  was  a  certain  Oroetes,  a  Persian,  whom 
Cyrus  had  made  governor  of  Sardis.  This  man  conceived  a  most 
unholy  wish.  He  had  never  suffered  wrong  or  had  an  ill  word 
from  Polycrates  the  Samian — nay,  he  had  not  so  much  as  seen 
him  in  all  his  life;  yet,  notwithstanding,  he  conceived  the  wish 
to  seize  him  and  put  him  to  death.  This  wish,  according  to  the 
account  which  the  most  part  give,  arose  from  what  happened 
one  day  as  he  vas  sitting  with  another  Persian  in  the  gate  of 
the  king's  palace.  The  man's  name  was  Mitrobates,  and  he 
was  ruler  of  the  satrapy  of  Dascyleium,^  He  and  Oroetes  had 
been  talking  together,  and  from  talking  they  fell  to  quarrelling 
and  comparing  their  merits;  whereupon  Mitrobates  said  to 
Oroetes  reproachfully,  "  Art  thou  worthy  to  be  called  a  man, 
when,  near  as  Samos  lies  to  thy  government,  and  easy  as  it  is 
to  conquer,  thou  hast  omitted  to  bring  it  under  the  dominion  of 
the  king?  Easy  to  conquer,  said  I?  Why,  a  mere  common 
citizen,  with  the  help  of  fifteen  men-at-arms,  mastered  the  island, 
and  is  still  king  of  it."    Orcetes,  they  say,  took  this  reproach 

*  Dascyleium  was  the  capital  city  of  the  great  northern  satrapy,  which 
at  this  time  (according  to  Herodotus,  supra,  ch,  90)  included  th«  whole 
of  Phrygia. 


268  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

greatly  to  heart;  but,  instead  of  seeking  to  revenge  himself  on 
the  man  by  whom  it  was  uttered,  he  conceived  the  desire  of 
destroying  Polycrates,  since  it  was  on  Polycrates'  account  that 
the  reproach  had  fallen  on  him. 

121.  Another  less  common  version  of  the  story  is  that  Orcetes 
sent  a  herald  to  Samos  to  make  a  request,  the  nature  of  which 
is  not  stated ;  Polycrates  was  at  the  time  reclining  in  the  apart- 
ment of  the  males,  and  Anacreon  the  Teian  was  with  him ;  when 
therefore  the  herald  came  forward  to  converse,  Polycrates,  either 
out  of  studied  contempt  for  the  power  of  Oroetes,  or  it  may  be 
merely  by  chance,  was  lying  with  his  face  turned  away  towards 
the  wall;  and  so  he  lay  all  the  time  that  the  herald  spake,  and 
when  he  ended,  did  not  even  vouchsafe  him  a  word. 

122.  Such  are  the  two  reasons  alleged  for  the  death  of  Poly- 
crates; it  is  open  to  all  to  believe  which  they  please.  What 
is  certain  is,  that  Orostes,  while  residing  at  Magnesia  on  the 
Maeander,  sent  a  Lydian,  by  name  Myrsus,  the  son  of  Gyges,^ 
with  a  message  to  Polycrates  at  Samos,  well  knowing  what  that 
monarch  designed.  For  Polycrates  entertained  a  design  which 
no  other  Greek,  so  far  as  we  know,  ever  formed  before  him, 
unless  it  were  Minos  the  Cnossian,  and  those  (if  there  were  any 
such)  who  had  the  mastery  of  the  Egaean  at  an  earlier  time — 
Polycrates,  I  say,  was  the  first  of  mere  human  birth  who  con- 
ceived the  design  of  gaining  the  empire  of  the  sea,  and  aspired 
to  rule  over  Ionia  and  the  islands.  Knowing  then  that  Poly- 
crates was  thus  minded,  Oroetes  sent  his  message,  which  ran  as 
follows : — 

"  Oroetes  to  Polycrates  thus  sayeth :  I  hear  thou  raisest  thy 
thoughts  high,  but  thy  means  are  not  equal  to  thy  ambition. 
Listen  then  to  my  words,  and  learn  how  thou  mayest  at  once 
serve  thyself  and  preserve  me.  King  Cambyses  is  bent  on  my 
destruction — of  this  I  have  warning  from  a  sure  hand.  Come 
thou,  therefore,  and  fetch  me  away,  me  and  all  my  wealth — 
share  my  wealth  with  me,  and  then,  so  far  as  money  can  aid, 
thou  mayest  make  thyself  master  of  the  whole  of  Greece.  But  if 
thou  doubtest  of  my  wealth,  send  the  trustiest  of  thy  followers, 
and  I  will  show  my  treasures  to  him." 

123.  Polycrates,  when  he  heard  this  message,  was  full  of  joy, 
and  straightway  approved  the  terms;  but,  as  money  was  what 
he  chiefly  desired,  before  stirring  in  the  business  he  sent  his 

»  Vide  infra,  v.  lai. 


Chap.  121-125.       Death  of  Polycratcs  269 

secretary,  Maeandrius,  son  of  Maeandrius/  a  Samian,  to  look  into 
the  matter.  This  was  the  man  who,  not  very  long  afterwards, 
made  an  offering  at  the  temple  of  Juno  of  all  the  furniture  which 
had  adorned  the  male  apartments  in  the  palace  of  Polycrates, 
an  offering  well  worth  seeing.  Oroetes  learning  that  one  was 
coming  to  view  his  treasures,  contrived  as  follows: — he  filled 
eight  great  chests  almost  brimful  of  stones,  and  then  covering 
over  the  stones  with  gold,  corded  the  chests,  and  so  held  them 
in  readiness.*  When  Maeandrius  arrived,  he  was  shown  this  as 
Oroetes'  treasure,  and  having  seen  it  returned  to  Samos. 

124.  On  hearing  his  account,  Polycrates,  notwithstanding 
many  warnings  given  him  by  the  soothsayers,  and  much  dis- 
suasion of  his  friends,  made  ready  to  go  in  person.  Even  the 
dream  which  visited  his  daughter  failed  to  check  him.  She  had 
dreamed  that  she  saw  her  father  hanging  high  in  air,  washed  by 
Jove,  and  anointed  by  the  sun.  Having  therefore  thus  dreamed, 
she  used  every  effort  to  prevent  her  father  from  going;  even 
as  he  went  on  board  his  penteconter  crying  after  him  with  words 
of  evil  omen.  Then  Polycrates  threatened  her  that,  if  he 
returned  in  safety,  he  would  keep  her  unmarried  many  years. 
She  answered,  "Oh I  that  he  might  perform  his  threat;  far 
better  for  her  to  remain  long  unmarried  than  to  be  bereft  of  her 
father!" 

125.  Polycrates,  however,  making  light  of  all  the  counsel 
offered  him,  set  sail  and  went  to  Oroetes.  Many  friends  accom- 
panied him;  among  the  rest,  Democedes,  the  son  of  Calliphon, 
a  native  of  Crotona,  who  was  a  physician,  and  the  best  skilled 
in  his  art  of  all  men  then  living.  Polycrates,  on  his  arrival  at 
Magnesia,  perished  miserably,  in  a  way  unworthy  of  his  rank 
and  of  his  lofty  schemes.  For,  if  we  except  the  Syracusans,^ 
there  has  never  been  one  of  the  Greek  tyrants  who  was  to  be 
compared  with  Polycrates  for  magnificence.  Oroetes,  however, 
slew  him  in  a  mode  which  is  not  fit  to  be  described,  and  then  hung 
his  dead  body  upon  a  cross.  His  Samian  followers  Orcetes  let 
go  free,  bidding  them  thank  him  that  they  were  allowed  their 
liberty ;  the  rest,  who  were  in  part  slaves,  in  part  free  foreigners, 
he  alike  treated  as  his  slaves  by  conquest.    Then  was  the  dream 

^  This  is  the  only  instance  in  Herodotus  of  a  Greek  bearing  the  name  of 
his  father. 

'Compare  the  similar  artifice  by  which  Hannibal  [when  in  Crete]  de- 
ceived the  Gortynians.     [Cf.  Nepos,  Life  of  Hannibal,  chap.  ix. — E.  H.  B.] 

•  Gelo,  Hiero,  and  Thrasybulus,  three  brothers,  who  successively  ruled 
over  Syracuse  from  b.c.  485  to  b.c.  466. 


270  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  hi. 

of  the  daughter  of  Polycrates  fulfilled;  for  Polycrates,  as  he 
hung  upon  the  cross,  and  rain  fell  on  him,  was  washed  by 
Jupiter;  and  he  was  anointed  by  the  sun,  when  his  own  moisture 
overspread  his  body.  And  so  the  vast  good  fortune  of  Poly- 
crates came  at  last  to  the  end  which  Amasis  the  Egyptian  king 
had  prophesied  in  days  gone  by. 

126.  It  was  not  long  before  retribution  for  the  murder  of 
Polycrates  overtook  Oroetes.  After  the  death  of  Cambyses,  and 
during  all  the  time  that  the  Magus  sat  upon  the  throne,  Oroetes 
remained  in  Sardis,  and  brought  no  help  to  the  Persians,  whom 
the  Medes  had  robbed  of  the  sovereignty.  On  the  contrary, 
amid  the  troubles  of  this  season,  he  slew  Mitrobates,  the  satrap 
of  Dascyleium,  who  had  cast  the  reproach  upon  him  in  the 
matter  of  Polycrates;  and  he  slew  also  Mitrobates's  son, 
Cranaspes, — ^both  men  of  high  repute  among  the  Persians.  He 
was  likewise  guilty  of  many  other  acts  of  insolence ;  among  the 
rest,  of  the  following : — There  was  a  courier  sent  to  him  by  Darius 
whose  message  was  not  to  his  mind — Oroetes  had  him  waylaid 
and  murdered  on  his  road  back  to  the  king;  the  man  and  his 
horse  both  disappeared,  and  no  traces  were  left  of  either. 

127.  Darius  therefore  was  no  sooner  settled  upon  the  throne 
than  he  longed  to  take  vengeance  upon  Oroetes  for  all  his  mis- 
doings, and  especially  for  the  murder  of  Mitrobates  and  his  son. 
To  send  an  armed  force  openly  against  him,  however,  he  did  not 
think  advisable,  as  the  whole  kingdom  was  still  unsettled,  and 
he  too  was  but  lately  come  to  the  throne,  while  Oroetes,  as  he 
understood,  had  a  great  power.  In  truth  a  thousand  Persians 
attended  on  him  as  a  body-guard,  and  he  held  the  satrapies  of 
Phrygia,  Lydia,  and  Ionia.  Darius  therefore  proceeded  by 
artifice.  He  called  together  a  meeting  of  all  the  chief  of  the 
Persians,  and  thus  addressed  them: — "Who  among  you,  O 
Persians,  will  undertake  to  accomplish  me  a  matter  by  skill 
without  force  or  tumult?  Force  is  misplaced  where  the  work 
wants  skilful  management.  Who,  then,  will  undertake  to  bring 
me  Oroetes  alive,  or  else  to  kill  him  ?  He  never  did  the  Persians 
any  good  in  his  life,  and  he  has  wrought  us  abundant  injury* 
Two  of  our  number,  Mitrobates  and  his  son,  he  has  slain;  and 
when  messengers  go  to  recall  him,  even  though  they  have  their 
mandate  from  me,  with  an  insolence  which  is  not  to  be  endured, 
he  puts  them  to  death.^  We  must  kill  this  man,  therefore, 
before  he  does  the  Persians  any  greater  hurt." 

*  Turkish  pashas  and  Persian  governors  have  often  had  recourse  to  similar 
»tratagams. 


Chap.  126- ia9-       Story  of  Dcmocedcs  271 

128.  Thus  spoke  Darius;  and  straightway  thirty  of  those 
present  came  forward  and  offered  themselves  for  the  work.  As 
they  strove  together,  Darius  interfered,  and  bade  them  have 
recourse  to  the  lot.  Accordingly  lots  were  cast,  and  the  task 
fell  to  Bagseus,  son  of  Artontes.  Then  Bagseus  caused  many 
letters  to  be  written  on  divers  matters,  and  sealed  them  all  with 
the  king's  signet ;  after  which  he  took  the  letters  with  him,  and 
departed  for  Sardis.  On  his  arrival  he  was  shown  into  the 
presence  of  Oroetes,  when  he  uncovered  the  letters  one  by  one, 
and  giving  them  to  the  king's  secretary — every  satrap  has  with 
him  a  king's  secretary — commanded  him  to  read  their  contents. 
Herein  his  design  was  to  try  the  fidelity  of  the  body-guard,  and 
to  see  if  they  would  be  likely  to  fall  away  from  Oroetes.  When 
therefore  he  saw  that  they  showed  the  letters  all  due  respect, 
and  even  more  highly  reverenced  their  contents,  he  gave  the 
secretary  a  paper  in  which  was  written,  "  Persians,  king  Darius 
forbids  you  to  guard  Oroetes."  The  soldiers  at  these  words  laid 
aside  their  spears.  So  Bagsus,  finding  that  they  obeyed  this 
mandate,  took  courage,  and  gave  into  the  secretary's  hands  the 
last  letter,  wherein  it  was  written,  "  King  Darius  commands  the 
Persians  who  are  in  Sardis  to  kill  Orcetes."  Then  the  guards 
drew  their  sw^ords  and  slew  him  upon  the  spot.  Thus  did  retri- 
bution for  the  murder  of  Polycrates  the  Samian  overtake  Orestes 
the  Persian. 

129.  Soon  after  the  treasures  of  Oroetes  had  been  conveyed 
to  Sardis  ^  it  happened  that  king  Darius,  as  he  leaped  from  his 
horse  during  the  chase,  sprained  his  foot.  The  sprain  was  one 
of  no  common  severity,  for  the  ankle-bone  was  forced  quite  out 
of  the  socket.  Now  Darius  already  had  at  his  court  certain 
Egyptians  whom  he  reckoned  the  best-skilled  physicians  in  all 
the  world ;'^  to  their  aid,  therefore,  he  had  recourse;  but  they 
twisted  the  foot  so  clumsily,  and  used  such  violence,  that  they 
only  made  the  mischief  greater.  For  seven  days  and  seven 
nights  the  king  lay  without  sleep,  so  grievous  was  the  pain  he 
suffered.  On  the  eighth  day  of  his  indisposition,  one  who  had 
heard  before  leaving  Sardis  of  the  skill  of  Democedes  the  Cro- 
toniat,  told  Darius,  who  commanded  that  he  should  be  brought 
with  all  speed  into  his  presence.  When,  therefore,  they  had 
found  him  among  the  slaves  of  Oroetes,  quite  uncared  for  by  any 

*  In  the  East  the  disgrace  of  a  governor,  or  other  great  man,  has  always 
involved  the  forfeiture  of  his  property  to  the  crown. 

•  On  the  celebrity  of  the  Egyptians  as  physicians,  see  Book  ii.  ch.  84. 

I  405  K 


272  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

one,  they  brought  him  just  as  he  was,  clanking  his  fetters,  andl 
all  clothed  in  rags,  before  the  king. 

130.  As  soon  as  he  was  entered  into  the  presence,  Darius  i 
asked  him  if  he  knew  medicine — to  which  he  answered  "  No," ' 
for  he  feared  that  if  he  made  himself  known  he  would  lose  alll 
chance  of  ever  again  beholding  Greece.    Darius,  however,  per- 
ceiving that  he  dealt  deceitfully,  and  really  understood  the  art, 
bade  those  who  had  brought  him  to  the  presence  go  fetch  the 
scourges  and  the  pricking-irons.^    Upon  this  Democedes  made 
confession,  but  at  the  same  time  said,  that  he  had  no  thorough  1 
knowledge  of  medicine — he  had  but  lived  some  time  with  ai 
physician,  and  in  this  way  had  gained  a  slight  smattering  of  the 
art.    However,  Darius  put  himself  under  his  care,  and  Demo- 
cedes, by  using  the  remedies  customary  among  the  Greeks,  and  1 
exchanging  the  violent  treatment  of  the  Egyptians  for  milder; 
means,  first  enabled  him  to  get  some  sleep,  and  then  in  a  very 
little  time  restored  him  altogether,  after  he  had  quite  lost  thei 
hope  of  ever  having  the  use  of  his  foot.    Hereupon  the  king; 
presented  Democedes  with  two  sets  of  fetters  wrought  in  gold;, 
so  Democedes  asked  if  he  meant  to  double  his  sufferings  because ; 
he  had  brought  him  back  to  health?    Darius  was  pleased  att 
the  speech,  and  bade  the  eunuchs  take  Democedes  to  see  his» 
wives,  which  they  did  accordingly,  telling  them  all  that  this  was ; 
the  man  who  had  saved  the  king's  hfe.    Then  each  of  the  wives 
dipped  with  a  saucer  into  a  chest  of  gold,  and  gave  so  bounti- 
fully to  Democedes,  that  a  slave  named  Sciton,  who  followed 
him,  and  picked  up  the  staters  ^  which  fell  from  the  saucers, 
gathered  together  a  great  heap  of  gold. 

131.  This  Democedes  left  his  country  and  became  attached 
to  Polycrates  in  the  following  way: — His  father,  who  dwelt  at 
Crotona,  was  a  man  of  a  savage  temper,  and  treated  him  cruelly. 
When,  therefore,  he  could  no  longer  bear  such  constant  ill- 
usage,  Democedes  left  his  home,  and  sailed  away  to  Egina. 
There  he  set  up  in  business,  and  succeeded  the  first  year  in  sur- 
passing all  the  best-skilled  physicians  of  the  place,  notwithstand- 
ing that  he  was  without  instruments,  and  had  with  him  none  of  f 
the  appliances  needful  for  the  practice  of  his  art.    In  the  second 

*  In  ancient,  as  in  modem  times,  putting  out  the  eyes  has  been  a  Persian  i 
punishment.     [See  the  story  of  Zedekiah,  Jeremiah,  xxxix.  8. — E.  H.  B.] 

*  By  staters  we  must  here  imderstand  Darics,  the  earUest  gold  coin  of  I 
Persia.     Herodotus  in  another  place  calls  them  Daric  staters  (vii.  28). 
These  were  of  very  nearly  the  same  value  as  the  staters  principally  current 
in  Greece  [i.e.  rather  over  a  guinea. — E.  H.  B.). 


cha?.  130-134.     Democedes  and  Atossa  273 

year  the  state  of  Egina  hired  his  services  at  the  price  of  a 
talent;  in  the  third  the  Athenians  engaged  him  at  a  hundred 
minae;  and  in  the  fourth  Poly  crates  at  two  talents.^  So  he  went 
to  Samos,  and  there  took  up  his  abode.  It  was  in  no  small 
measure  from  his  success  that  the  Crotoniats  came  to  be  reckoned 
such  good  physicians;  for  about  this  period  the  physicians  of 
Crotona  had  the  name  of  being  the  best,  and  those  of  Cyren^ 
the  second  best,  in  all  Greece.  The  Argives,  about  the  same 
time,  were  thought  to  be  the  first  musicians  in  Greece. 

132.  After  Democedes  had  cured  Darius  at  Susa,  he  dwelt 
there  in  a  large  house,  and  feasted  daily  at  the  king's  table,  nor 
did  he  lack  anything  that  his  heart  desired,  excepting  liberty  to 
return  to  his  country.  By  interceding  for  them  with  Darius, 
he  saved  the  lives  of  the  Egyptian  physicians  who  had  had  the 
care  of  the  king  before  he  came,  when  they  were  about  to  be 
impaled  because  they  had  been  surpassed  by  a  Greek;  and 
further,  he  succeeded  in  rescuing  an  Elean  soothsayer,'^  who  had 
followed  the  fortunes  of  Polycrates,  and  was  lying  in  utter 
neglect  among  his  slaves.  In  short  there  was  no  one  who  stood 
so  high  as  Democedes  in  the  favour  of  the  king. 

133.  Moreover,  within  a  little  while  it  happened  that  Atossa, 
the  daughter  of  Cyrus,  who  was  married  to  Darius,  had  a  boil 
form  upon  her  breast,  which,  after  it  burst,  began  to  spread  and 
increase.  Now  so  long  as  the  sore  was  of  no  great  size,  she  hid 
it  through  shame  and  made  no  mention  of  it  to  any  one;  but 
when  it  became  worse,  she  sent  at  last  for  Democedes,  and 
showed  it  to  him.  Democedes  said  that  he  would  make  her 
well,  but  she  must  first  promise  him  with  an  oath  that  if  he  cured 
her  she  would  grant  him  whatever  request  he  might  prefer; 
assuring  her  at  the  same  time  that  it  should  be  nothing  which 
she  could  blush  to  hear. 

134.  On  these  terms  Democedes  applied  his  art,  and  soon 
cured  the  abscess ;  and  Atossa,  when  she  had  heard  his  request, 
spake  thus  one  night  to  Darius ; — 

"  It  seemeth  to  me  strange,  my  lord,  that,  with  the  mighty 
power  which  is  thine,  thou  sittest  idle,  and  neither  makest  any 

*  Herodotus,  where  he  mentions  no  standard,  must  be  regarded  as  in- 
tending the  Attic,  which  was  in  general  use  throughout  Greece  in  his  own 
day.  The  salary  of  Democedes  will  therefore  be: — ist  year,  60  mina,  or 
£«43  15s.;    2nd  year,  100  mintt,  or  £406  5s.;    3rd  year,  120  mints,  or 

£487   JOS. 

'  Elis  about  this  time  appears  to  have  furnished  soothsa3ra:s  to  an 
Greece. 


274  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  m. 

conquest,  nor  advancest  the  power  of  the  Persians.  Methinks 
that  one  who  is  so  young,  and  so  richly  endowed  with  wealth, , 
should  perform  some  noble  achievement  to  prove  to  the  Persians 
that  it  is  a  man  who  governs  them.  Another  reason,  too,  should 
ui^e  thee  to  attempt  some  enterprise.  Not  only  does  it  befit 
thee  to  show  the  Persians  that  a  man  rules  them,  but  for  thy 
own  peace  thou  shouldest  waste  their  strength  in  wars  lest  idle- 
ness breed  revolt  against  thy  authority.  Now,  too,  whilst  thou 
art  still  young,  thou  may  est  well  accomplish  some  exploit;  for 
as  the  body  grows  in  strength  the  mind  too  ripens,  and  as  the 
body  ages,  the  mind's  powers  decay,  till  at  last  it  becomes  dulled  I 
to  ever>^thing." 

So  spake  Atossa,  as  Democedes  had  instructed  her.  Darius  i 
answered : — "  Dear  lady,  thou  hast  uttered  the  very  thoughts  i 
that  occupy  my  brain.  I  am  minded  to  construct  a  bridge: 
which  shall  join  our  continent  with  the  other,  and  so  carry  war : 
into  Scythia.  Yet  a  brief  space  and  all  will  be  accomplished  as  i 
thou  desirest." 

But  Atossa  rejoined: — "Look  now,  this  war  with  Scythia 
«rere  best  reserved  awhile — for  the  Scythians  may  be  conquered  I 
at  any  time.    Prithee,  lead  me  thy  host  first  into  Greece.    I  [ 
long  to  be  served  by  some  of  those  Lacedeemonian  maids  off 
whom   I   have   heard   so   much.      I   want   also   Argive,   and  I 
Athenian,  and  Corinthian  women.    There  is  now  at  the  court  a 
man  who  can  tell  thee  better  than  any  one  else  in  the  whole 
world  whatever  thou  wouldst  know  concerning  Greece,  and  I 
who  might  serve  thee  right  well  as  guide;    I  mean  him  who 
performed  the  cure  on  thy  foot." 

"  Dear  lady,"  Darius  answered,  "  since  it  is  thy  wish  that  we ! 
try  first  the  valour  of  the  Greeks,  it  were  best,  methinks,  before  i 
marching  against  them,  to  send  some  Persians  to  spy  out  the; 
land ;  they  may  go  in  company  with  the  man  thou  mentionest, , 
and  when  they  have  seen  and  learnt  all,  they  can  bring  us  back  i 
a  full  report.  Then,  having  a  more  perfect  knowledge  of  them, 
I  will  begin  the  war." 

135.  Darius,  having  so  spoke,  put  no  long  distance  between  1 
the  word  and  the  deed,  but  as  soon  as  day  broke  he  summoned  1 
to  his  presence  fifteen  Persians  of  note,  and  bade  them  take: 
Democedes  for  their  guide,  and  explore  the  sea-coasts  of  Greece. 
Above  all,  they  were  to  be  sure  to  bring  Democedes  back  withi 
them,  and  not  suffer  him  to  run  away  and  escape.  After  he  had  1 
given  these  orders,  Darius  sent  for  Democedes,  and  besought  t 


Chap.  135137.     Escapc  of  Democcdcs  275 

him  to  serve  as  guide  to  the  Persians,  and  when  he  had  shown 
them  the  whole  of  Greece  to  come  back  to  Persia.  He  should 
take,  he  said,  all  the  valuables  he  possessed  as  presents  to  his 
father  and  his  brothers,  and  he  should  receive  on  his  return  a 
far  more  abundant  store.  Moreover,  the  king  added,  he  would 
give  him,  as  his  contribution  towards  the  presents,  a  merchant- 
ship  laden  with  all  manner  of  precious  things,  which  should 
accompany  him  on  his  voyage.  Now  I  do  not  believe  that 
Darius,  when  he  made  these  promises,  had  any  guile  in  his 
heart:  Democedes,  however,  who  suspected  that  the  king  spoke 
to  try  him,  took  care  not  to  snatch  at  the  offers  with  any  haste  j 
but  said,  "  he  would  leave  his  own  goods  behind  to  enjoy  upon 
his  return — the  merchant-ship  which  the  king  proposed  to 
grant  him  to  carry  gifts  to  his  brothers,  that  he  would  accept  at 
the  king's  hands."  So  when  Darius  had  laid  his  orders  upon 
Democedes,  he  sent  him  and  the  Persians  away  to  the  coast. 

136.  The  men  went  down  to  Phoenicia,  to  Sidon,  the  Phoeni- 
cian town,  where  straightway  they  fitted  out  two  triremes  and  a 
trading-vessel,^  which  they  loaded  with  all  manner  of  preciouu 
merchandise;  and,  everything  being  now  ready,  they  set  sail 
for  Greece.  When  they  had  made  the  land,  they  kept  along 
the  shore  and  examined  it,  taking  notes  of  all  that  they  sawj 
and  in  this  way  they  explored  the  greater  portion  of  the  country, 
and  all  the  most  famous  regions,  until  at  last  they  reached 
Tarentum  in  Italy.  There  Aristophilides,  king  of  the  Taren- 
tines,  out  of  kindness  to  DemocSdes,  took  the  rudders  off  the 
Median  ships,  and  detained  their  crews  as  spies.  Meanwhile 
Democ€des  escaped  to  Crotona,  his  native  city,*  whereupon 
Aristophilides  released  the  Persians  from  prison,  and  gave  their 
rudders  back  to  them. 

137.  The  Persians  now  quitted  Tarentum,  and  sailed  to 
Crotona  in  pursuit  of  Democedes;  they  found  him  in  th« 
market-place,  where  they  straightway  laid  violent  hands  oa 
him.  Some  of  the  Crotoniats,  who  greatly  feared  the  power  of 
the  Persians,  were  willing  to  give  him  up;  but  others  resisted^ 
held  Domocedes  fast,  and  even  struck  the  Persians  with  their 
walking-sticks.  They,  on  their  part,  kept  crying  out,  "  Men  of 
Crotona,  beware  what  you  do.    It  is  the  king's  runaway  slave 

*  Literally,  "  a  round-hnüt  vessel."  It  may  be  remarked  that  the  Grsek 
writers  use  7auXos  specially,  if  not  solely,  for  a  PhcBnician  merchant-ship. 

'Crotona  was  distant  about  150  miles  along  shore  from  Tarentum 
(Taranio). 


276  The  History  ot  Herodotus      book  hi. 

that  you  are  rescuing.  Think  you  Darius  will  tamely  submit  to 
fuch  an  insult?  Think  you,  that  if  you  carry  off  the  man  from 
us,  it  will  hereafter  go  well  with  you?  Will  you  not  rather  be 
the  first  persons  on  whom  we  shall  make  war?  Will  not  your 
city  be  the  first  we  shall  seek  to  lead  away  captive?  "  Thus 
they  spake,  but  the  Crotoniats  did  not  heed  them ;  they  rescued 
Democedes,  and  seized  also  the  trading-ship  which  the  Persians 
had  brought  with  them  from  Phoenicia.  Thus  robbed,  and 
bereft  of  their  guide,  the  Persians  gave  up  all  hope  of  exploring 
the  rest  of  Greece,  and  set  sail  for  Asia.  As  they  were  depart- 
ing, Democedes  sent  to  them  and  begged  they  would  inform 
Darius  that  the  daughter  of  Milo  was  affianced  to  him  as  his 
bride.  For  the  name  of  Milo  the  wrestler  was  in  high  repute 
with  the  king.^  My  belief  is,  that  Democedes  hastened  his 
marriage  by  the  payment  of  a  large  sum  of  money  for  the 
purpose  of  showing  Darius  that  he  was  a  man  of  mark  in  his 
own  country. 

138.  The  Persians  weighed  anchor  and  left  Crotona,  but,  being 
wrecked  on  the  coast  of  lapygia,^  were  made  slaves  by  the  in- 
habitants. From  this  condition  they  were  rescued  by  Gillus, 
a  banished  Tarentine,  who  ransomed  them  at  his  own  cost,  and 
took  them  back  to  Darius.  Darius  offered  to  repay  this  service 
by  granting  Gillus  whatever  boon  he  chose  to  ask;  whereupon 
Gillus  told  the  king  of  his  misfortune,  and  begged  to  be  restored 
to  his  country.  Fearing,  however,  that  he  might  bring  trouble 
on  Greece  if  a  vast  armament  were  sent  to  Italy  on  his  account, 
he  added  that  it  would  content  him  if  the  Cnidians  undertook 
to  obtain  his  recall.  Now  the  Cnidians  were  close  friends  of  the 
Tarentines,  which  made  him  think  there  was  no  likelier  means 
of  procuring  his  return.  Darius  promised  and  performed  his 
part;  for  he  sent  a  messenger  to  Cnidus,  and  commanded  the 
Cnidians  to  restore  Gillus.  The  Cnidians  did  as  he  wished,  but 
found  themselves  unable  to  persuade  the  Tarentines,  and  were 
too  weak  to  attempt  force.  Such  then  was  the  course  which 
this  matter  took.  These  were  the  first  Persians  who  ever  came 
from  Asia  to  Greece;^  and  they  were  sent  to  spy  out  the  land! 
for  the  reason  which  I  have  before  mentioned. 

^  Milo  is  said  to  have  carried  ofl  the  prize  for  wrestling,  six  times  at  the 
Olympic,  and  seven  times  at  the  Pythian,  games.     Grote  remarks  with 
justice  that  "  gigantic  muscular  force  "  would  be  appreciated  in  Persia  > 
much  more  than  intellectual  ability. 

•The  lapygian  promontory  {Capo  diLeuca)  was  always  difl&cult  to  double. 

*  Compare  the  conclusion  of  ch.  56.     In  the  mind  of  Herodotus  this  > 


Chap.  138-140.    Syloson  and  His  Cloak  277 

139.  After  this,  king  Darius  besieged  and  took  Samos,  which 
was  the  first  city,  Greek  or  Barbarian,  that  he  conquered.  The 
cause  of  his  making  war  upon  Samos  was  the  following: — At 
the  time  when  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus,  marched  against  Egypt, 
vast  numbers  of  Greeks  flocked  thither;  some,  as  might  have 
been  looked  for,  to  push  their  trade ;  others,  to  serve  in  his  army  j 
others  again,  merely  to  see  the  land:  among  these  last  was 
Syloson,  son  of  iEaces,  and  brother  of  Polycrates,  at  that  time  an 
exile  from  Samos. ^  This  Syloson,  during  his  stay  in  Egypt,  met 
with  a  singular  piece  of  good  fortune.  He  happened  one  day  to 
put  on  a  scarlet  cloak,  and  thus  attired  to  go  into  the  market- 
place at  Memphis,  when  Darius,  who  was  one  of  Cambyses'  body- 
guard, and  not  at  that  time  a  man  of  any  account,^  saw  him,  and 
taking  a  strong  liking  to  the  dress,  went  up  and  offered  to  pur- 
chase it.  Syloson  perceived  how  anxious  he  waSj  and  by  a 
lucky  inspiration  answered :  "  There  is  no  price  at  which  I 
would  sell  my  cloak;  but  I  will  give  it  thee  for  nothing,  if  it 
must  needs  be  thine."  Darius  thanked  him,  and  accepted  the 
garment. 

140.  Poor  Syloson  felt  at  the  time  that  he  had  fooled  away 
his  cloak  in  a  very  simple  manner ;  but  afterwards,  when  in  the 
course  of  years  Cambyses  died,  and  the  seven  Persians  rose  in 
revolt  against  the  Magus,  and  Darius  was  the  man  chosen  out  of 
the  seven  to  have  the  kingdom,  Syloson  learnt  that  the  person 
to  whom  the  crown  had  come  was  the  very  man  who  had  coveted 
his  cloak  in  Egypt,  and  to  whom  he  had  freely  given  it.  So  he 
made  his  way  to  Susa,  and  seating  himself  at  the  portal  of  the 
royal  palace,  gave  out  that  he  was  a  benefactor  of  the  king.^ 
Then  the  doorkeeper  went  and  told  Darius.  Amazed  at  what 
he  heard,  the  king  said  thus  within  himself:—"  What  Greek  can 
have  been  my  benefactor,  or  to  which  of  them  do  I  owe  any- 
thing, so  lately  as  I  have  got  the  kingdom  ?  Scarcely  a  man  of 
them  all  has  been  here,  not  more  than  one  or  two  certainly, 
since  I  came  to  the  throne.  Nor  do  I  remember  that  I  am  in 
the  debt  of  any  Greek.  However,  bring  him  in,  and  let  me 
hear  what  he  means  by  his  boast."    So  the  doorkeeper  ushered 

voyage  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  It  is  the  first  step  towards  the  in- 
vasion of  Greece,  and  so  a  chief  link  in  the  chain  of  his  History,  Whether 
Darius  attached  much  importance  to  it  is  a  different  matter. 

^  Vide  supra,  ch.  39. 

■  This  could  not  be  true,  yet  it  is  a  necessary  feature  in  the  story. 

'  The  king's  benefactors  were  a  body  of  persons  whose  names  wer® 
formally  enregistered  in  the  royal  archives  (vide  infra,  viii.  85).  Sylosoß 
makes  a  claim  to  be  put  on  this  list. 


278  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi 

Syloson  into  the  presence,  and  the  interpreters  asked  him  who 
he  was,  and  what  he  had  done  that  he  should  call  himself 
a  benefactor  of  the  king.  Then  Syloson  told  the  whole  story 
of  the  cloak,  and  said  that  it  was  he  who  had  made  Darius 
the  present.  Hereupon  Darius  exclaimed,  "  Oh  1  thou  most 
generous  of  men,  art  thou  indeed  he  who,  when  I  had  no  power 
at  all,  gavest  me  something,  albeit  little?  Truly  the  favour  is 
as  great  as  a  very  grand  present  would  be  nowadays.  I  will 
therefore  give  thee  in  retiun  gold  and  silver  without  stint,  that 
thou  mayest  never  repent  of  having  rendered  a  service  to 
Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes."  "  Give  me  not,  0  king,"  replied 
Syloson,  "  either  silver  or  gold,  but  recover  me  Samos,  my 
native  land,  and  let  that  be  thy  gift  to  me.  It  belongs  now  to  a 
slave  of  ours,  who,  when  Orcetes  put  my  brother  Poiycrates  to 
death,  became  its  master.  Give  me  Samos,  I  beg;  but  give  it 
unharmed,  with  no  bloodshed — no  leading  into  captivity." 

141.  When  he  heard  this,  Darius  sent  off  an  army,  under 
Otanes,  one  of  the  seven,  with  orders  to  accomplish  all  that 
Syloson  had  desired.  And  Otanes  went  down  to  the  coast  and 
made  ready  to  cross  over. 

142.  The  government  of  Samos  was  held  at  this  time  by 
Maeandrius,  son  of  Maeandrius,^  whom  Poiycrates  had  appointed 
as  his  deputy.  This  person  conceived  the  wish  to  act  like  the 
justest  of  men,  but  it  was  not  allowed  him  to  do  so.  On  receiving 
tidings  of  the  death  of  Poiycrates,  he  forthwith  raised  an  altar 
to  Jove  the  Protector  of  Freedom,  and  assigned  it  the  piece  of 
ground  which  may  still  be  seen  in  the  suburb.  This  done,  he 
assembled  all  the  citizens,  and  spoke  to  them  as  follows: — 

"  Ye  know,  friends,  that  the  sceptre  of  Poiycrates,  and  all  his 
power,  has  passed  into  my  hands,  and  if  I  choose  I  may  rule 
over  you.  But  what  I  condemn  in  another  I  will,  if  I  may, 
avoid  myself.  I  never  approved  the  ambition  of  Poiycrates  to 
lord  it  over  men  as  good  as  himself,  nor  looked  with  favour  on 
any  of  those  who  have  done  the  like.  Now  therefore,  since  he 
has  fulfilled  his  destiny,  I  lay  down  my  office,  and  proclaim 
equal  rights.  All  that  I  claim  in  return  is  six  talents  from  the 
treasures  of  Poiycrates,  and  the  priesthood  of  Jove  the  Pro- 
tector of  Freedom,  for  myself  and  my  descendants  for  ever. 
Allow  me  this,  as  the  man  by  whom  his  temple  has  been  built, 
and  by  whom  ye  yourselves  are  now  restored  to  liberty."  As 
soon  as  Maeandrius  had  ended,  one  of  the  Samians  rose  up  and 
*  Vide  supra,  ch.  123. 


Chap.  141-145.  Masandrius  279 

said,  "  As  if  thou  wert  fit  to  rule  us,  base-bom  ^  and  rascal  as 
thou  art  I  Think  rather  of  accounting  for  the  monies  which 
thou  hast  fingered." 

143.  The  man  who  thus  spoke  was  a  certain  Telesarchus,  one 
of  the  leading  citizens.  Mseandrius,  therefore,  feeling  sure  that 
if  he  laid  down  the  sovereign  power  some  one  else  would  become 
tyrant  in  his  room,  gave  up  the  thought  of  relinquishing  it. 
Withdrawing  to  the  citadel,  he  sent  for  the  chief  men  one  by 
one,  under  pretence  of  showing  them  his  accounts,  and  as  fast 
as  they  came  arrested  them  and  put  them  in  irons.  So  these 
men  were  bounds  and  Mseandrius  within  a  short  time  fell  sick: 
whereupon  Lycaretus,^  one  of  his  brothers,  thinking  that  he 
was  going  to  die,  and  wishing  to  make  his  own  accession  to  the 
throne  the  easier,  slew  all  the  prisoners.  It  seemed  that  the 
Samians  did  not  choose  to  be  a  free  people. 

144.  When  the  Persians  whose  business  it  was  to  restore 
Syloson  reached  Samos,  not  a  man  was  found  to  lift  up  his  hand 
against  them.  Mseandrius  and  his  partisans  expressed  them- 
selves willing  to  quit  the  island  upon  certain  terms,  and  these 
terms  were  agreed  to  by  Otanes.  After  the  treaty  was  made, 
the  most  distinguished  of  the  Persians  had  their  thrones  ® 
brought,  and  seated  themselves  over  against  the  citadel. 

145.  Now  the  king  Maeandrius  had  a  lightheaded  brother — 
Charilaüs  by  name — whom  for  some  offence  or  other  he  had 
shut  up  in  prison:  this  man  heard  what  was  going  on,  and 
peering  through  his  bars,  saw  the  Persians  sitting  peacefully 
upon  their  seats,  whereupon  he  exclaimed  aloud,  and  said  ha 
must  speak  with  Maeandrius.  When  this  was  reported  to  him, 
Maeandrius  gave  orders  that  Charilaüs  should  be  released  from 
prison  and  brought  into  his  presence.  No  sooner  did  he  arrive 
than  he  began  reviling  and  abusing  his  brother,  and  strove  to 
persuade  him  to  attack  the  Persians.  "  Thou  meanest-spirited 
of  men,"  he  said,  "  thou  canst  keep  me,  thy  brother,  chained  in 
a  dungeon,  notwithstanding  that  I  have  done  nothing  worthy 
of  bonds;  but  when  the  Persians  come  and  drive  thee  forth  a 
houseless  wanderer  from  thy  native  land,  thou  lookest  on,  and 

^  Maeandrius  had  been  the  secretary  {ypaiJ./xaTi.<rTrjs)  of  Polycrates 
(supra,  ch.  123),  which  would  indicate  a  humble  origin. 

*  For  the  ultimate  fate  of  Lycaretus,  see  below,  Book  v.  ch.  27. 

'  For  a  representation  of  the  Persian  throne,  see  note  on  Book  vii.  ch.  15. 
Darius  is  mentioned  as  sitting  upon  a  throne  at  the  siege  of  Babylon  (infra, 
ch.  155),  and  Xerxes  at  Thermopylae  (vii.  211,  ad  fin.),  and  Salamis  (viii 
90).     So  Sennacherib  is  represented  in  the  Assyrian  sculptxures. 

I  4^5  *T^ 


280  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

hast  not  the  heart  to  seek  revenge,  though  they  might  so  easily 
be  subdued.  If  thou,  however,  art  afraid,  lend  me  thy  soldiers, 
and  I  will  make  them  pay  dearly  for  their  coming  here.  I 
engage  too  to  send  thee  first  safe  out  of  the  island." 

146.  So  spake  Charilaüs,  and  Maeandrius  gave  consent;  not 
(I  believe)  that  he  was  so  void  of  sense  as  to  imagine  that  his 
own  forces  could  overcome  those  of  the  king,  but  because  he  was 
jealous  of  Syloson,  and  did  not  wish  him  to  get  so  quietly  an 
unharmed  city.  He  desired  therefore  to  rouse  the  anger  of  the 
Persians  against  Samos,  that  so  he  might  deliver  it  up  to  Syloson 
with  its  power  at  the  lowest  possible  ebb;  for  he  knew  well  that 
if  the  Persians  met  with  a  disaster  they  would  be  furious  against 
the  Samians,  while  he  himself  felt  secure  of  a  retreat  at  any 
time  that  he  liked,  since  he  had  a  secret  passage  under  ground  ^ 
leading  from  the  citadel  to  the  sea.  Maeandrius  accordingly 
took  ship  and  sailed  away  from  Samos;  and  Charilaüs,  having 
armed  all  the  mercenaries,  threw  open  the  gates,  and  fell  upon 
the  Persians,  who  looked  for  nothing  less,  since  they  supposed 
that  the  whole  matter  had  been  arranged  by  treaty.  At  the 
first  onslaught  therefore  all  the  Persians  of  most  note,  men  who 
were  in  the  habit  of  using  litters,  were  slain  by  the  mercenaries ; 
the  rest  of  the  army,  however,  came  to  the  rescue,  defeated  the 
mercenaries,  and  drove  them  back  into  the  citadel. 

147.  Then  Otanes,  the  general,  when  he  saw  the  great 
calamity  which  had  befallen  the  Persians,  made  up  his  mind  to 
forget  the  orders  which  Darius  had  given  him,  "  not  to  kill  or 
enslave  a  single  Samian,  but  to  deliver  up  the  island  unharmed 
to  Syloson,"  and  gave  the  word  to  his  army  that  they  should 
slay  the  Samians,  both  men  and  boys,  wherever  they  could  find 
them.  Upon  this  some  of  his  troops  laid  siege  to  the  citadel, 
while  others  began  the  massacre,  killing  all  they  met,  some  out- 
side, some  inside  the  temples. 

148.  Maeandrius  fled  from  Samos  to  Lacedaemon,  and  con- 
veyed thither  all  the  riches  which  he  had  brought  away  from  the 
island,  after  which  he  acted  as  follows.  Having  placed  upon  his 
board  all  the  gold  and  silver  vessels  that  he  had,  and  bade  his 
servants  employ  themselves  in  cleaning  them,  he  himself  went 
and  entered  into  conversation  with  Cleomenes,  son  of  Anaxan- 
dridas,  king  of  Sparta,  and  as  they  talked  brought  him  along  to 

^  That  the  art  of  tunnelling  was  known  at  Samos  is  evident  from  what 
is  said  above  (ch.  60).  and  from  the  remains  which  have  been  found  in  the 
island. 


Chap.  146-151.  Babylon  Besicgcd  281 

his  house.  There  Cleomenes,  seeing  the  plate,  was  filled  with 
wonder  and  astonishment;  whereon  the  other  begged  that  he 
would  carry  home  with  him  any  of  the  vessels  that  he  liked. 
Mseandrius  said  this  two  or  three  times;  but  Cleomenes  here 
displayed  surpassing  honesty.^  He  refused  the  gift,  and  think- 
ing that  if  Maeandrius  made  the  same  ofEers  to  others  he  would 
get  the  aid  he  sought,  the  Spartan  king  went  straight  to  the 
ephors  and  told  them  "  it  would  be  best  for  Sparta  that  the 
Samian  stranger  should  be  sent  away  from  the  Peloponnese ;  for 
otherwise  he  might  perchance  persuade  himself  or  some  other 
Spartan  to  be  base."  The  ephors  took  his  advice,  and  let 
Maeandrius  know  by  a  herald  that  he  must  leave  the  city. 

149.  Meanwhile  the  Persians  netted  ^  Samos,  and  delivered  it 
up  to  Syloson,  stripped  of  all  its  men.  After  some  time,  how- 
ever, this  same  general  Otanes  was  induced  to  repeople  it  by  a 
dream  which  he  had,  and  a  loathsome  disease  that  seized  on  him. 

150.  After  the  armament  of  Otanes  had  set  sail  for  Samos, 
the  Babylonians  revolted,^  having  made  every  preparation  for 
defence.  During  all  the  time  that  the  Magus  was  king,  and 
while  the  seven  were  conspiring,  they  had  profited  by  the 
troubles,  and  had  made  themselves  ready  against  a  siege.  And 
it  happened  somehow  or  other  that  no  one  perceived  what  they 
were  doing.  At  last  when  the  time  came  for  rebelling  openly, 
they  did  as  follows: — having  first  set  apart  their  mothers,  each 
man  chose  besides  out  of  his  whole  household  one  woman,  whom- 
soever he  pleased;  these  alone  were  allowed  to  live,  while  all 
the  rest  were  brought  to  one  place  and  strangled.  The  women 
chosen  were  kept  to  make  bread  for  the  men;  *  while  the  others 
were  strangled  that  they  might  not  consume  the  stores. 

151.  When  tidings  reached  Darius  of  what  had  happened,  he 
drew  together  all  his  power,  and  began  the  war  by  marching 
straight  upon  Babylon,  and  laying  siege  to  the  place.    The 

*  It  was  rarely  that  the  Spartan  kings,  or  indeed  their  other  leaders, 
could  resist  a  bribe. 

•For  the  description  of  this  process  see  below,  Book  vi.  eh.  31.  Samos 
does  not  appear  to  have  suffered  very  greatly  by  these  transactions,  sine« 
in  the  Ionian  revolt,  not  twenty  years  afterwards,  she  was  able  to  furnish 
sixty  ships  (vi.  8).  The  severities  exercised  by  the  Persians  are  probably 
exaggerated. 

*  It  has  been  already  mentioned  that  Babylon  revolted  twice  from 
Darius,  once  in  the  first,  and  a  second  time  in  the  fourth  year  of  his  reign. 
It  cannot  be  determined  which  of  these  two  revolts  Herodotus  intended  to 
describe. 

*  The  "  bread-maker  "  had  not  merely  to  mix  and  bake  the  bread,  but 
to  grind  the  flour.     {Cf.  Exodus  xL  5;   Matt.  xxiv.  41.) 


282  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

Babylonians,  however,  cared  not  a  whit  for  his  siege.^  Mount- 
ing upon  the  battlements  that  crowned  their  walls,  they  in- 
suited  and  jeered  at  Darius  and  his  mighty  host.  One  even 
ahouted  to  them  and  said,  "  Why  sit  ye  there,  Persians  ?  why 
do  ye  not  go  back  to  your  homes?  Till  mules  foal  ye  will  not 
take  our  city."  This  was  said  by  a  Babylonian  who  thought 
that  a  mule  would  never  foal. 

152.  Now  when  a  year  and  seven  months  had  passed,  Darius 
and  his  army  were  quite  wearied  out,  finding  that  they  could 
not  anyhow  take  the  city.  All  stratagems  and  all  arts  had  been 
used,  and  yet  the  king  could  not  prevail — not  even  when  he 
tried  the  means  by  which  Cyrus  made  himself  master  of  the 
f^ce.  The  Babylonians  were  ever  upon  the  watch,  and  he 
found  no  way  of  conquering  them. 

153.  At  last,  in  the  twentieth  month,  a  marvellous  thing 
happened  to  Zopyrus,  son  of  the  Megabyzus  who  was  among 
the  seven  men  that  overthrew  the  Magus.  One  of  his  sumpter- 
mules  gave  birth  to  a  foal.  Zopyrus,  when  they  told  him,  not 
thinking  that  it  could  be  true,  went  and  saw  the  colt  with  his 
own  eyes;  after  which  he  commanded  his  servants  to  tell  no  one 
what  had  come  to  pass,  while  he  himself  pondered  the  matter, 
C&iling  to  mind  then  the  words  of  the  Babylonian  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  siege,  "  Till  mules  foal  ye  shall  not  take  our  city  " — 
fee  thought,  as  he  reflected  on  this  speech,  that  Babylon  might 
now  be  taken.  For  it  seemed  to  him  that  there  was  a  divine 
providence  in  the  man  having  used  the  phrase,  and  then  his 
mule  having  foaled. 

154.  As  soon  therefore  as  he  felt  within  himself  that  Babylon 
was  fat^d  to  be  taken,  he  went  to  Darius  and  asked  him  if  he 
set  a  very  high  value  on  its  conquest.  When  he  found  that 
Dariijs  did  indeed  value  it  highly,  he  considered  further  with 
himself  how  he  might  make  the  deed  his  own,  and  be  the  man 
to  t3.ke  Babylon.  Noble  exploits  in  Persia  are  ever  highly 
honoured  and  bring  their  authors  to  greatness.  He  therefore 
reviewed  all  ways  of  bringing  the  city  under,  but  found  none  by 
which  he  could  hope  to  prevail,  unless  he  maimed  himself  and 
then  went  over  to  the  enemy.  To  do  this  seeming  to  him  a 
light  matter,  he  mutilated  himself  in  a  way  that  was  utterly 
without  remedy.  For  he  cut  off  his  own  nose  and  ears,  and 
tlien,  clipping  his  hair  close  and  flogging  himself  with  a  scourge, 
he  came  in  this  qlight  before  Darius, 

*  Compare  their  confidence  when  besieged  by  Cyrus  (supra,  L  190). 


Chap.  152-156.  Zopyrus'  Projcct  283 

155.  Wrath  stirred  within  the  king  at  the  sight  of  a  man  of 
his  lofty  rank  in  such  a  condition;  leaping  down  from  his  throne, 
he  exclaimed  aloud,  and  asked  Zopyrus  w^ho  it  was  that  had  dis- 
figured him,  and  what  he  had  done  to  be  so  treated.  Zopyn^s 
answered,  "  There  is  not  a  man  in  the  world,  but  thou,  O  king, 
that  could  reduce  me  to  such  a  plight — no  stranger's  hands  have 
wrought  this  work  on  me,  but  my  own  only.  I  maimed  myself 
because  I  could  not  endure  that  the  Assyrians  should  laugh  at 
the  Persians."  "  Wretched  man,"  said  Darius,  "  thou  coverest 
the  foulest  deed  with  the  fairest  possible  name,  when  thoü 
sayest  thy  maiming  is  to  help  our  siege  forward.  How  will  thy 
disfigurement,  thou  simpleton,  induce  the  enemy  to  yield  one 
day  the  sooner?  Surely  thou  hadst  gone  out  of  thy  mind  when 
thou  didst  so  misuse  thyself."  "  Had  I  told  thee,"  rejoined  the 
other,  "  what  I  was  bent  on  doing,  thou  wouldest  not  have 
lufEered  it;  as  it  is,  I  kept  my  own  counsel,  and  so  accom- 
plished my  plans.  Now,  therefore,  if  there  be  no  failure  on  thy 
part,  we  shall  take  Babylon.  I  will  desert  to  the  enemy  as  I  am, 
and  when  I  get  into  their  city  I  will  tell  them  that  it  is  by  thee 
I  have  been  thus  treated.  I  think  they  will  believe  my  words, 
and  entrust  me  with  a  command  of  troops.  Thou,  on  thy  part, 
must  wait  till  the  tenth  day  after  I  am  entered  within  the  town^ 
and  then  place  near  to  the  gates  of  Semiramis  a  detachment  of 
thy  army,  troops  for  whose  loss  thou  wilt  care  little,  a  thousand 
men.  Wait,  after  that,  seven  days,  and  post  me  another  detach- 
ment, two  thousand  strong,  at  the  Nineveh  gates;  then  let 
tY/enty  days  pass,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time  station  near  the 
Chaldaean  gates  a  body  of  four  thousand.  Let  neither  these  nor 
the  former  troops  be  armed  with  any  weapons  but  their  swords— 
those  thou  mayest  leave  them.  After  the  twenty  days  are  over, 
bid  thy  whole  army  attack  the  city  on  every  side,  and  put  me 
two  bodies  of  Persians,  one  at  the  Belian,  the  other  at  the  Cissian 
gates ;  for  I  expect,  that,  on  account  of  my  successes,  the  Baby- 
lonians will  entrust  everything,  even  the  keys  of  their  gates,^  to 
me.    Then  it  will  be  for  me  and  my  Persians  to  do  the  rest."^ 

156.  Having  left  these  instructions,  Zopyrus  fled  towards  the 
gates  of  the  town,  often  looking  back,  to  give  himself  the  air  of 

*  Properly  "  bolt-drawers,"  which  were  very  like  those  now  used  in  the 
East — a  straight  piece  of  wood,  with  upright  pins,  corresponding  with 
those  that  fall  down  into  the  bolt,  and  which  are  pushed  up  by  this  key 
EG  as  to  enable  the  bolt  to  be  drawn  back. 

•  The  stratagem  of  Zopyrus  has  small  claims  to  be  considered  an  histodc 
fact. 


284  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

a  deserter.  The  men  upon  the  towers,  whose  business  it  was  to 
keep  a  look-out,  observing  him,  hastened  down,  and  setting  one 
of  the  gates  slightly  ajar,  questioned  him  who  he  was,  and  on 
what  errand  he  had  come.  He  replied  that  he  was  Zopyrus,  and 
had  deserted  to  them  from  the  Persians.  Then  the  doorkeepers, 
when  they  heard  this,  carried  him  at  once  before  the  Magis- 
trates. Introduced  into  the  assembly,  he  began  to  bewail  his 
misfortunes,  telling  them  that  Darius  had  maltreated  him  in  the 
way  they  could  see,  only  because  he  had  given  advice  that  the 
siege  should  be  raised,  since  there  seemed  no  hope  of  taking  the 
city.  "  And  now,"  he  went  on  to  say,  "  my  coming  to  you, 
Babylonians,  will  prove  the  greatest  gain  that  you  could  possibly 
receive,  while  to  Darius  and  the  Persians  it  will  be  the  severest 
loss.  Verily  he  by  whom  I  have  been  so  mutilated  shall  not 
escape  unpunished.  And  truly  all  the  paths  of  his  counsels  are 
known  to  me."    Thus  did  Zopyrus  speak. 

157.  The  Babylonians,  seeing  a  Persian  of  such  exalted  rank 
in  so  grievous  a  plight,  his  nose  and  ears  cut  off,  his  body  red 
with  marks  of  scourging  and  with  blood,  had  no  suspicion  but 
that  he  spoke  the  truth,  and  was  really  come  to  be  their  friend 
and  helper.  They  were  ready,  therefore,  to  grant  him  anything 
that  he  asked ;  and  on  his  suing  for  a  command,  they  entrusted 
to  him  a  body  of  troops,  with  the  help  of  which  he  proceeded  to 
do  as  he  had  arranged  with  Darius.  On  the  tenth  day  after  his 
flight  he  led  out  his  detachment,  and  surrounding  the  thousand 
men,  whom  Darius  according  to  agreement  had  sent  first,  he  fell 
upon  them  and  slew  them  all.  Then  the  Babylonians,  seeing 
that  his  deeds  were  as  brave  as  his  words,  were  beyond  measure 
pleased,  and  set  no  bounds  to  their  trust.  He  waited,  however, 
and  when  the  next  period  agreed  on  had  elapsed,  again  with  a 
band  of  picked  men  he  sallied  forth,  and  slaughtered  the  two 
thousand.  After  this  second  exploit,  his  praise  was  in  ail 
mouths.  Once  more,  however,  he  waited  till  the  interval 
appointed  had  gone  by,  and  then  leading  the  troops  to  the  place 
where  the  four  thousand  were,  he  put  them  also  to  the  sword. 
This  last  victory  gave  the  finishing  stroke  to  his  power,  and 
made  him  all  in  all  with  the  Babylonians:  accordingly  they 
committed  to  him  the  command  of  their  whole  army,  and  put 
the  keys  of  their  city  into  his  hands. 

158.  Darius  now,  still  keeping  to  the  plan  agreed  upon, 
attacked  the  walls  on  every  side,  whereupon  Zopyrus  played  out 
the  remainder  of  his  stratagem.    While  Üie  Babylonians,  crowd. 


Chap.  157160.  Babyloü  Taken  285 

ing  to  the  walls,  did  their  best  to  resist  the  Persian  assault,  he 
threw  open  the  Cissian  and  the  Belian  gates,  and  admitted  the 
enemy.  Such  of  the  Babylonians  as  witnessed  the  treachery, 
took  refuge  in  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Belus;^  the  rest,  who  did 
not  see  it,  kept  at  their  posts,  till  at  last  they  too  learnt  that 
they  were  betrayed. 

159.  Thus  was  Babylon  taken  for  the  second  ^  time.  Darius 
having  become  master  of  the  place,  destroyed  the  wall,^  and 
tore  down  all  the  gates;  for  Cyrus  had  done  neither  the  one 
nor  the  other  when  he  took  Babylon.  He  then  chose  out  near 
three  thousand  of  the  leading  citizens,  and  caused  them  to  be 
crucified,  while  he  allowed  the  remainder  still  to  inhabit  the 
city.  Further,  wishing  to  prevent  the  race  of  the  Babylonians 
from  becoming  extinct,  he  provided  wives  for  them  in  the  room 
of  those  whom  (as  I  explained  before)  they  strangled,  to  save 
their  stores.  These  he  levied  from  Üie  nations  bordering  on 
Babylonia,  who  were  each  required  to  send  so  large  a  number  to 
Babylon,  that  in  all  there  were  collected  no  fewer  than  fifty 
thousand.  It  is  from  these  women  that  the  Babylonians  of  our 
times  are  sprung. 

160.  As  for  Zopyrus,  he  was  considered  by  Darius  to  have 
surpassed,  in  the  greatness  of  his  achievements,  all  other 
Persians,  whether  of  former  or  of  later  times,  except  only  Cyrus 
— with  whom  no  Persian  ever  yet  thought  himself  worthy  to 
compare.  Darius,  as  the  story  goes,  would  often  say  that  "  he 
had  rather  Zopyrus  were  unmaimed,  than  be  master  of  twenty 
more  Babylons."  And  he  honoured  Zopjons  greatly;  year  by 
year  he  presented  him  with  all  the  gifts  which  are  held  in  most 
esteem  among  the  Persians ;  *  he  gave  him  likewise  the  govern- 
ment of  Babylon  for  his  life,  free  from  tribute;    and  he  also 

^  [Belus  (£(?/)  was  the  name  of  the  sun-god  worshipped  by  the  Babylonians. 
The  city-god  of  Babyion  was  Marduk;  but,  as  that  city  became  the  capital 
of  the  coimtry,  he  became  identified  with  Bel  (cf.  Baal),  the  "  lord." 
C£.  Sayce,  The  Religions  of  Ancient  Egypt  and  Babylonia,  p.  267. — E.  H.  B.] 

•  [The  first  captiu-e,  by  Cyrus,  is  described  in  Book  i.  chs.  190,  191. — 
E.  H.  B.] 

•  It  is  probable  that  Darius  contented  himself  with  breaking  breaches 
in  the  great  wall,  instead  of  undertaking  the  enormous  and  useless  labour 
of  levelling  the  immense  mounds  which  begirt  Babylon.  The  walls  must 
have  been  tolerably  complete  when  Babylon  stood  a  siege  against  the 
forces  of  Xerxes.  Even  in  the  time  of  Herodotus,  so  much  was  left  that 
he  could  speak  of  the  wall  as  still  encircling  the  city  (i.  178). 

•  Ctesias  mentioned  as  the  chief  of  these  presents  a  golden  hand-mill, 
weighing  six  talents,  and  worth  somewhat  more  than  £3000.  This,  accord- 
ing to  him,  was  the  most  honourable  gift  that  a  Persian  subject  could 
receive. 


286  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  hi. 

granted  him  many  other  favours.  Megabyzus,  who  held  the 
command  in  Egypt  against  the  Athenians  and  their  aUies/  was 
a  son  of  this  Zopyrus.  And  Zopyrus,  who  fled  from  Persia  to 
Athens/  was  a  son  of  this  Megabyzus. 

*  Megabyzus  married  Amytis,  daughter  of  Xerxes,  was  one  of  the  six 
superior  generals  of  the  Persian  army  in  the  Greek  campaign,  drove  the 
Athenians  out  of  Egypt,  and  put  down  the  Egyptian  revolt;  revolted 
himself  against  Artaxerxes  for  not  observing  the  terms  granted  to  Inarus, 
was  reconciled  with  him,  and  died  in  Persia  at  an  advanced  age. 

'  This  is  probably  the  latest  event  recorded  by  Herodotus.  It  is  men- 
tioned by  Ctesias  almost  immediately  before  the  death  of  Artaxerxes,  and 
so  belongs  most  likely  to  the  year  b.c.  426  or  425. 


ADDED  NOTE  BY  THE  EDITOR 

With  the  capture  of  Babylon  by  Cyrus,  the  history  of  the  Babylonians 
as  an  independent  nation  came  to  an  end.  Henceforth  it  became  a  province 
subject  to  the  various  powers  which  succeeded  one  another  in  the  hegemony 
of  western  Asia.  Under  Cambyses,  and  still  more  under  Darius  Hystaspis, 
there  were  many  manifestations  of  discontent,  which  broke  out  into  open 
revolt  soon  after  the  accession  of  the  latter  king.  A  similar  revolt  took 
place  in  Xerxes'  reign;  but  both  these  insxirrectionary  movements  were 
stamped  out.  The  people  of  Babylonia  were,  as  a  whole,  content  to  serve 
their  foreign  masters.  The  country  remained  subject  to  Persian  domina- 
tion until  the  conquests  of  Alexander  the  Great  brought  it  under  Greek 
control;  this  subsequently  giving  way  to  Parthian  supremacy.  The  im- 
poverishment of  the  country,  in  these  later  days,  led  to  the  gradual 
extinction  of  the  great  priestly  tradition  which  had  so  long  maintained 
itself.  The  knowledge  of  the  ancient  wxitings  and  speech  was  gradually 
lost,  and  not  recovered  till  the  epoch- marking  discoveries  of  Sir  Henry 
RawHnson  and  other  scholars  in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
But  now  every  year  sees  fresh  light  thrown  upon  the  history  and  religion 
of  a  once  mighty,  and  long- forgotten,  empire.     And  the  end  is  not  yet. 


THE  FOURTH  BOOK,  ENTITLED  MELPOMENE 

I.  Atter  the  taking  of  Babylon,  an  expedition  was  led  by 
Darius  into  Scythia.  Asia  abounding  in  men,  and  vast  sums 
flowing  into  the  treasury,  the  desire  seized  him  to  exact 
vengeance  from  the  Scyths,  who  had  once  in  days  gone  by 
invaded  Media,  defeated  those  who  met  them  in  the  field,  and 
so  begun  the  quarrel.  During  the  space  of  eight-and-twenty 
years,  as  I  have  before  mentioned.^  the  Scyths  continued  lords 
of  the  whole  of  Upper  Asia.  They  entered  Asia  in  pursuit  of 
the  Cimmerians,  and  overthrew  the  empire  of  the  Medes,  who 
till  they  came  possessed  the  sovereignty.  On  their  return  to 
their  homes  after  the  long  absence  of  twenty -eight  years,  a  task 
awaited  them  little  less  troublesome  than  their  struggle  with 
the  Medes.  They  found  an  army  of  no  small  size  prepared  to 
oppose  their  entrance.  For  the  Scythian  women,  when  they 
saw  that  time  went  on,  and  their  husbands  did  not  come  back, 
had  intermarried  ^vith  their  slaves. 

2.  Now  the  Scythians  blind  all  their  slaves,  to  use  them  in 
preparing  their  milk.  The  plan  they  follow  is  to  thrust  tubes 
made  of  bone,  not  unlike  our  musical  pipes,  up  the  vulva  of  the 
mare,^  and  then  to  blow  into  the  tubes  with  their  mouths,  some 
milking  while  the  others  blow.  They  say  that  they  do  this 
because  when  the  veins  of  the  animal  are  full  of  air,  the  udder 
is  forced  down.  The  milk  thus  obtained  is  poured  into  deep 
wooden  casks,  about  which  the  blind  slaves  are  placed,  and  then 
,the  milk  is  stirred  round.^  That  which  rises  to  the  top  is  drawn 
off,  and  considered  the  best  part;  the  under  portion  is  of  less 
account.  Such  is  the  reason  why  the  Scythians  blind  all  those 
whom  they  take  in  war;  it  arises  from  their  not  being  tillers  of 
the  ground,  but  a  pastoral  race. 

3.  When  therefore  the  children  sprung  from  these  slaves  and 

'    *  Vide  supra,  i.  103-106. 

•  Mares'  milk  constituted  the  chief  food  of  the  ancient  Scythians.  It 
is  still  the  principal  support  of  the  Calmuck  hordes  which  wander  over  the 
vast  steppes  north  and  west  of  the  Caspian. 

» It  is  apparent  from  this  circumstance  that  it  was  koumiss,  and  not 
(xeam,  on  which  the  Scythians  lived.  Koumiss  is  still  prepared  from 
mares'  milk  by  the  Calmucks. 

287 


288  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

the  Scythian  women  grew  to  manhood,  and  understood  the 
circumstances  of  their  birth,  they  resolved  to  oppose  the  army 
which  was  returning  from  Media.  And,  first  of  all,  they  cut  off 
a  tract  of  country  from  the  rest  of  Scythia  by  digging  a  broad 
dyke  ^  from  the  Tauric  mountains  to  the  vast  lake  of  the  Maeotis. 
Afterwards,  when  the  Scythians  tried  to  force  an  entrance,  they 
marched  out  and  engaged  them.  Many  battles  were  fought, 
and  the  Scythians  gained  no  advantage,  until  at  last  one  of 
them  thus  addressed  the  remainder:  "  What  are  we  doing, 
Scythians?  We  are  fighting  our  slaves,  diminishing  our  own 
number  when  we  fall,  and  the  number  of  those  that  belong 
to  us  when  they  fall  by  our  hands.  Take  my  advice — lay 
spear  and  bow  aside,^  and  let  each  man  fetch  his  horsewhip,^ 
and  go  boldly  up  to  them.  So  long  as  they  see  us  with  arms 
in  our  hands,  they  imagine  themselves  our  equals  in  birth  and 
bravery ;  but  let  them  behold  us  with  no  other  weapon  but  the 
whip,  and  they  will  feel  that  they  are  our  slaves,  and  flee  before 
us." 

4.  The  Scythians  followed  this  counsel,  and  the  slaves  were 
so  astounded,  that  they  forgot  to  fight,  and  immediately  ran 
away.  Such  was  the  mode  in  which  the  Scythians,  after  being 
for  a  time  the  lords  of  Asia,  and  being  forced  to  quit  it  by  the 
Medes,  returned  and  settled  in  their  own  country.  This  inroad 
of  theirs  it  was  that  Darius  was  anxious  to  avenge,  and  such  was 
the  purpose  for  which  he  was  now  collecting  an  army  to  invade 
them. 

5.  According  to  the  account  which  the  Scythians  themselves 
give,  they  are  the  youngest  of  all  nations.*  Their  tradition  is 
as  follows.  A  certain  Targitaüs  was  the  first  man  who  ever 
lived  in  their  country,  which  before  his  time  was  a  desert  without 
inhabitants.  He  was  a  child — I  do  not  believe  the  tale,  but  it 
is  told  nevertheless — of  Jove  and  a  daughter  of  the  Borysthenes. 
Targitaüs,  thus  descended,  begat  three  sons,  Leipoxais,  Arpoxais, 
and  Colaxais,  who  was  the  youngest  bom  of  the  three.  While 
they  still  ruled  the  land,  there  fell  from  the  sky  four  implements, 

^  On  the  position  of  this  dyke,  vide  infra,  ch.  20. 

•The  spear  and  the  bow  were  the  national  weapons  of  the  European. 
Scyths,  the  bow  on  the  whole  being  regarded  as  the  more  essential.  The 
spear  used  was  short,  apparently  not  more  than  five  feet  in  length. 

•  The  ancient  Scythian  whip  seems  to  have  closely  resembled  the  nogaik 
ef  the  modern  Cossacks. 

*  We  must  understand  by  the  Scyths  of  Herodotus  in  this  place,  the 
single  nation  of  Europea»  Scyths  with  which  the  Greeks  of  the  Pontus 
were  acquainted. 


cujLT.  4-8.  Origin  of  Scyths  289 

all  of  gold, — a  plough,  a  yoke,  a  battle-axe,  and  a  drinking-cup. 
The  eldest  of  the  brothers  perceived  them  first,  and  approached 
to  pick  them  up ;  when  lo  I  as  he  came  near,  the  gold  took  fire, 
and  blazed.  He  therefore  went  his  way,  and  the  second  coming 
forward  made  the  attempt,  but  the  same  thing  happened  again. 
The  gold  rejected  both  the  eldest  and  the  second  brother.  Last 
of  all  the  youngest  brother  approached,  and  immediately  the 
flames  were  extinguished ;  so  he  picked  up  the  gold,  and  carried 
it  to  his  home.  Then  the  two  elder  agreed  together,  and  made 
the  whole  kingdom  over  to  the  youngest  born. 

6.  From  Leipoxais  sprang  the  Scythians  of  the  race  called 
Auchatae;  from  Arpoxais,  the  middle  brother,  those  known  as 
the  Catiari  and  Traspians;  from  Colaxais,  the  youngest,  the 
Royal  Scythians,  or  Paralatae,  All  together  they  are  named 
Scoloti,  after  one  of  their  kings :  the  Greeks,  however,  call  them 
Scythians. 

7.  Such  is  the  account  which  the  Scythians  give  of  their 
origin.  They  add  that  from  the  time  of  Targitaüs,  their  first 
king,  to  the  invasion  of  their  country  by  Darius,  is  a  period  of  one 
thousand  years,  neither  less  nor  more.  The  Royal  Scythians 
guard  the  sacred  gold  with  most  especial  care,  and  year  by  year 
offer  great  sacrifices  in  its  honour.  At  this  feast,  if  the  man 
who  has  the  custody  of  the  gold  should  fall  asleep  in  the  open 
air,  he  is  sure  (the  Scythians  say)  not  to  outKve  the  year.  His 
pay  therefore  is  as  much  land  as  he  can  ride  round  on  horseback 
in  a  day.  As  the  extent  of  Scythia  is  very  great,  Colaxais  gave 
each  of  his  three  sons  a  separate  kingdom,  one  of  which  was 
of  ampler  size  than  the  other  two:  in  this  the  gold  was  pre- 
served. Above,  to  the  northward  of  the  furthest  dwellers  in 
Sc>^thia,  the  country  is  said  to  be  concealed  from  sight  and 
made  impassable  by  reason  of  the  feathers  which  are  shed 
abroad  abundantly.  The  earth  and  air  are  alike  full  of  them, 
and  this  it  is  which  prevents  the  eye  from  obtaining  any  view  of 
the  region.^ 

8.  Such  is  the  account  which  the  Scythians  give  of  them- 
selves, and  of  the  country  which  lies  above  them.  The  Greeks 
who  dwell  about  the  Pontus  tell  a  different  story.  According 
to  them,  Hercules,  when  he  was  carrying  off  the  cows  of  Geryon, 
arrived  in  the  region  which  is  now  inhabited  by  the  Scyths,  but 
which  was  then  a  desert.    Geryon  lived  outside  the  Pontus,  in 

»  Vide  infra,  ch.  31,  where  Herodotus  explains  that  the  so-called  feath«s 
are  snow-flakes. 


290  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

an  island  called  by  the  Greeks  Erytheia/  near  Gades,  which  is 
beyond  the  Pillars  of  Hercules  *  upon  the  Ocean.  Now  some 
say  that  the  Ocean  begins  in  the  east,  and  runs  the  whole  way 
round  the  world ;  but  they  give  no  proof  that  this  is  really  so. 
Hercules  came  from  thence  into  the  region  now  called  Scythia, 
and,  being  overtaken  by  storm  and  frost,  drew  his  lion's  skin 
about  him,  and  fell  fast  asleep.  While  he  slept,  his  mares,  which 
he  had  loosed  from  his  chariot  to  graze,  by  some  wonderful  I 
chance  disappeared. 

9.  On  waking,  he  went  in  quest  of  them,  and,  after  wandering 
over  the  whole  country,  came  at  last  to  the  district  called  "  the 
Woodland,"  where  he  found  in  a  cave  a  strange  being,  between 
a  maiden  and  a  serpent,  whose  form  from  the  waist  upwards 
was  like  that  of  a  woman,  while  all  below  was  like  a  snake. 
He  looked   at  her  wonderingly;    but  nevertheless   inquired, 
whether  she  had  chanced  to  see  his  strayed  mares  anywhere. 
She  answered  him,  "  Yes,  and  they  were  now  in  her  keeping; 
but  never  would  she  consent  to  give  them  back,  unless  he  took 
her  for  his  mistress."    So  Hercules,  to  get  his  mares  back, , 
agreed ;   but  afterwards  she  put  him  off  and  delayed  restoring ; 
the  mares,  since  she  wished  to  keep  him  with  her  as  long  as  1 
possible.    He,  on  the  other  hand,  was  only  anxious  to  secure! 
them  and  to  get  away.    At  last,  when  she  gave  them  up,  she ; 
said  to  him,  "  When  thy  mares  strayed  hither,  it  was  I  who 
saved  them  for  thee:    now  thou  hast  paid  their  salvage;   for' 
lo  I  I  bear  in  my  womb  three  sons  of  thine.    Tell  me  therefore ; 
when  thy  sons  grow  up,  what  must  I  do  with  them  ?    Wouldst  i 
thou  msh  that  I  should  settle  them  here  in  this  land,  whereof  f 
I  am  mistress,  or  shall  I  send  them  to  thee?  "    Thus  questioned, , 
they  say,  Hercules  answered,  "  When  the  lads  have  grown  to 
manhood,  do  thus,  and  assuredly  thou  wilt  not  err.    Watch 
them,  and  when  thou  seest  one  of  them  bend  this  bow  as  I  now 
bend  it,  and  gird  himself  with  this  girdle  thus,  choose  him  to 
remain  in  the  land.     Those  who  fail  in  the  trial,  send  away. 
Thus  wilt  thou  at  once  please  thyself  and  obey  me." 

10.  Hereupon  he  strung  one  of  his  bows — up  to  that  time  he 
had  carried  two — and  showed  her  how  to  fasten  the  belt.  Then 
he  gave  both  bow  and  belt  into  her  hands.  Now  the  belt  had 
a  golden  goblet  attached  to  its  clasp.  So  after  he  had  given 
them  to  her,  he  went  his  way;    and  the  woman,  when  her 

»  Cadiz. 

■  By  the  Pillars  of  Hercules  we  must  understand  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar« 


cha?.  9-11.  Origin  of  Scyths  291 

children  grew  to  manhood,  first  gave  them  severally  their  names. 
One  she  called  Agathyrsus,  one  Gelonus,  and  the  other,  who 
was  the  youngest,  Scythes.  Then  she  remembered  the  instruc- 
tions she  had  received  from  Hercules,  and,  in  obedience  to  his 
orders,  she  put  her  sons  to  the  test.  Two  of  them,  Agathyrsus 
and  Gelonus,  proving  unequal  to  the  task  enjoined,  their  mother 
sent  them  out  of  the  land;  Scythes,  the  youngest,  succeeded, 
and  so  he  was  allowed  to  remain.  From  Scythes,  the  son  of 
Hercules,  were  descended  the  after  kings  of  Scythia;  and 
from  the  circumstance  of  the  goblet  which  hung  from  the 
belt,  the  Scythians  to  this  day  wear  goblets  at  their  girdles. 
This  was  the  only  thing  which  the  mother  of  Scythes  did  for 
him.  Such  is  the  tale  told  by  the  Greeks  who  dwell  around  the 
Pontus. 

II.  There  is  also  another  different  story,  now  to  be  related, 
in  which  I  am  more  inclined  to  put  faith  than  in  any  other.  It 
is  that  the  wandering  Scythians  once  dwelt  in  Asia,  and  there 
warred  with  the  Massagetae,  but  with  ill  success ;  they  therefore 
quitted  their  homes,  crossed  the  Araxes,^  and  entered  the  land 
of  Cimmeria.  For  the  land  which  is  now  inhabited  by  the 
Scyths  was  formerly  the  country  of  the  Cimmerians.^  On  their 
coming,  the  natives,  who  heard  how  numerous  the  invading 
army  was,  held  a  council.  At  this  meeting  opinion  was  divided, 
and  both  parties  stiflBy  maintained  their  own  view;  but  the 
counsel  of  the  Royal  tribe  was  the  braver.  For  the  others 
urged  that  the  best  thing  to  be  done  was  to  leave  the  country, 
and  avoid  a  contest  with  so  vast  a  host;  but  the  Royal  tribe 
advised  remaining  and  fighting  for  the  soil  to  the  last.  As 
neither  party  chose  to  give  way,  the  one  determined  to  retire 
without  a  blow  and  yield  their  lands  to  the  invaders;  but  the 
other,  remembering  the  good  things  which  they  had  enjoyed  in 
their  homes,  and  picturing  to  themselves  the  evils  which  they 
had  to  expect  if  they  gave  them  up,  resolved  not  to  flee, 
but  rather  to  die  and  at  least  be  buried  in  their  fatherland. 
Having  thus  decided,  they  drew  apart  in  two  bodies,  the  one  ai 
numerous  as  the  other,  and  fought  together.  All  of  the  Royal 
tribe  were  slain,  and  the  people  buried  them  near  the  river 
Tyras,  where  their  grave  is  still  to  be  seen.  Then  the  rest  of 
the  Cimmerians  departed,  and  the  Scythians,  on  their  coming, 
took  possession  of  a  deserted  land. 

*  It  seems  impossible  that  the  Araxes  can  hare  represent  any  river  bat 
the  Volga. 

•  Their  name  is  still  found  in  the  modem  name.  Crimea. 


292  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

12.  Scythia  still  retains  traces  of  the  Cimmerians;  there  are 
Cimmerian  castles,  and  a  Cimmerian  ferry,  also  a  tract  called 
Cimmeria,  and  a  Cimmerian  Bosphorus.  It  appears  likewise 
that  the  Cimmerians,  when  they  fled  into  Asia  to  escape  the 
Scyths,  made  a  settlement  in  the  peninsula  where  the  Greek 
city  of  Sinope  was  aiterwards  built.  The  Scyths,  it  is  plain, 
pursued  them,  and  missing  their  road,  poured  into  Media.  For 
the  Cimmerians  kept  the  line  which  led  along  the  sea-shore,  but 
the  Scyths  in  their  pursuit  held  the  Caucasus  upon  their  right, 
thus  proceeding  inland,  and  falling  upon  Media.  This  account 
is  one  which  is  common  both  to  Greeks  and  barbarians. 

13.  Aristeas  also,  son  of  Caystrobius,  a  native  of  Procon- 
nesus,^  says  in  the  course  of  his  poem  that  rapt  in  Bacchic 
fury  he  went  as  far  as  the  Issedones.  Above  them  dwelt  the 
Arimaspi,  men  with  one  eye;  still  further,  the  gold-guarding 
Griffins ;  ^  and  beyond  these,  the  Hyperboreans,  who  extended 
to  the  sea.  Except  the  Hyperboreans,  all  these  nations,  begin- 
ning with  the  Arimaspi,  were  continually  encroaching  upon 
their  neighbours.  Hence  it  came  to  pass  that  the  Arimaspi 
drove  the  Issedonians  from  their  country,  while  the  Issedonians 
dispossessed  the  Scyths;  and  the  Scyths,  pressing  upon  the 
Cimmerians,  who  dwelt  on  the  shores  of  the  Southern  Sea,' 
forced  them  to  leave  their  land.*  Thus  even  Aristeas  does  not 
agree  in  his  account  of  this  region  with  the  Scythians. 

14.  The  birthplace  of  Aristeas,  the  poet  who  sung  of  these 
things,  I  have  already  mentioned.  I  will  now  relate  a  tale 
which  I  heard  concerning  him  both  at  Proconnesus  and  at 
Cyzicus.  Aristeas,  they  said,  who  belonged  to  one  of  the  noblest 
families  in  the  island,  had  entered  one  day  into  a  fuller's  shop, 
when  he  suddenly  dropt  down  dead.  Hereupon  the  fuller  shut 
up  his  shop,  and  went  to  teU  Aristeas'  kindred  what  had 
happened.  The  report  of  the  death  had  just  spread  through 
the  town,  when  a  certain  Cyzicenian,  lately  arrived  from  Artaca,** 
contradicted  the  rumour,  affirming  that  he  had  met  Aristeas 

•  Proconnesus  is  the  island  now  called  Marmora,  which  gives  its  modern 
appellation  to  the  Propontis  (Sea  of  Marmora). 

•Vide  supra,  iii.  116. 

•  That  is,  the  Euxine. 

•The  poem  of  Aristeas  indicated  an  important  general  fact,  viz.,  the 
perpetual  pressure  on  one  another  of  the  nomadic  hordes  which  from  time 
immemorial  have  occupied  the  vast  steppes  of  Central  and  Northern  Asia, 
and  of  Eastern  Europe. 

•  The  name  remains  in  the  modem  Erdek,  which  has  taken  the  place 
of  Cyzicus  {Bai  Kiz),  now  in  ruins,  and  is  the  see  of  an  archbishop. 


Chap.  12-16.  Aristcas  293 

on  his  road  to  Cyzicus,  and  had  spoken  with  him.  This  man, 
therefore,  strenuously  denied  the  rumour;  the  relations,  how- 
ever, proceeded  to  the  fuller's  shop  with  all  things  necessary 
for  the  funeral,  intending  to  carry  the  body  away.  But  on  the 
shop  being  opened,  no  Aristeas  was  found,  either  dead  or  alive. 
Seven  years  afterwards  he  reappeared,  they  told  me,  in  Procon- 
nesus,  and  wrote  the  poem  called  by  the  Greeks  "  The  Arimas- 
peia,"  after  which  he  disappeared  a  second  time.  This  is  the 
tale  current  in  the  two  cities  above  mentioned. 

15.  What  follows  I  know  to  have  happened  to  the  Meta- 
pontines  of  Italy,  three  hundred  and  forty  years  ^  after  the 
second  disappearance  of  Aristeas,  as  I  collect  by  comparing  the 
accounts  given  me  at  Proconnesus  and  Metapontum.^  Aristeas 
then,  as  the  Metapontines  affirm,  appeared  to  them  in  their  own 
country,  and  ordered  them  to  set  up  an  altar  in  honour  of 
Apollo,  and  to  place  near  it  a  statue  to  be  called  that  of  Aristeas 
the  Proconnesian.  "  Apollo,"  he  told  them,  "  had  come  to 
their  country  once,  though  he  had  visited  no  other  Italiots;  and 
he  had  been  with  Apollo  at  the  time,  not  however  in  his  present 
form,  but  in  the  shape  of  a  crow."  ^  Having  said  so  much, 
he  vanished.  Then  the  Metapontines,  as  they  relate,  sent  to 
Delphi,  and  inquired  of  the  god,  in  what  light  they  were  to 
regard  the  appearance  of  this  ghost  of  a  man.  The  Pythoness, 
in  reply,  bade  them  attend  to  what  the  spectre  said,  "  for  so  it 
would  go  best  with  them."  Thus  advised,  they  did  as  they  had 
been  directed:  and  there  is  now  a  statue  bearing  the  name  of 
Aristeas,  close  by  the  image  of  Apollo  in  the  market-place  of 
Metapontum,  with  bay-trees  standing  around  it.  But  enough 
has  been  said  concerning  Aristeas. 

16.  With  regard  to  the  regions  which  lie  above  the  country 
whereof  this  portion  of  my  history  treats,  there  is  no  one  who 
possesses  any  exact  knowledge.  Not  a  single  person  can  I  find 
who  professes  to  be  acquainted  with  them  by  actual  observation. 
Even  Aristeas,  the  traveller  of  whom  I  lately  spoke,  does  not 
claim — and  he  is  writing  poetry — to  have  reached  any  farther 
than  the  Issedonians.     What  he  relates  concerning  the  regions 

*  This  date  must  certainly  be  wrong.  Tlie  date  usually  assigned  to 
Aristeas  is  about  b.c.  580. 

•Metapontum  (the  modern  Basiento),  was  distant  about  50  miles  from 
Thurii,  where  Herodotus  lived  during  his  later  years, 

•  Natural  superstition  first  regarded  the  croak  of  the  crow  or  raven  as  an 
omen;  after  which  it  was  natural  to  attach  the  bird  to  the  God  of  Prophecy. 
The  crow  is  often  called  the  companion  or  attendant  of  Apollo, 


294  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iVt 

beyond  is,  he  confesses,  mere  hearsay,  being  the  account  which 
the  Issedonians  gave  him  of  those  countries.  However,  I  shall 
proceed  to  mention  all  that  I  have  leamt  of  these  parts  by  the 
most  exact  inquiries  which  I  have  been  able  to  make  concerning 
them. 

17.  Above  the  mart  of  the  Borysthenites,  which  is  situated 
in  the  very  centre  of  the  whole  sea-coast  of  Scythia,  the  iSrst 
people  who  inhabit  the  land  are  the  Callipedae,  a  Graeco-Scythic 
race.  Next  to  them,  as  you  go  inland,  dwell  the  people  called 
the  Alazonians.  These  two  nations  in  other  respects  resemble 
the  Scythians  in  their  usages,  but  sow  and  eat  com,  also  onions, 
garlic,  lentils,  and  millet.^  Beyond  the  Alazonians  reside 
Scythian  cultivators,  who  grow  com,  not  for  their  own  use,  but 
for  sale.*  Still  higher  up  are  the  Neuri.^  Northwards  of  the 
Neuri  the  continent,  as  far  as  it  is  known  to  us,  is  uninhabited. 
These  are  the  nations  along  the  course  of  the  river  Hypanis,* 
west  of  the  Borysthenes.^ 

18.  Across  the  Borysthenes,  the  first  country  after  you  leave 
the  coast  is  Hylsa  (the  Woodland).*  Above  this  dwell  the 
Scythian  Husbandmen,  whom  the  Greeks  living  near  the 
Hypanis  call  Borysthenites,  while  they  call  themselves  Olbio- 
pohtes.  These  Husbandmen  extend  eastward  a  distance  of 
three  days'  journey  to  a  river  bearing  the  name  of  Panticapes,' 
while  northward  the  country  is  theirs  for  eleven  days'  sail  up 
the  course  of  the  Borysthenes.  Further  inland  there  is  a  vast 
tract  which  is  uninhabited.  Above  this  desolate  region  dwell 
the  Cannibals,  who  are  a  people  apart,  much  unlike  the 
Scythians.  Above  them  the  country  becomes  an  utter  desert; 
not  a  single  tribe,  so  far  as  we  know,  inhabits  it. 

19.  Crossing  the  Panticapes,  and  proceeding  eastward  of  the 
Husbandmen,  we  come  upon  the  wandering  Scythians,  who 
neither  plough  nor  sow.    Their  country,  and  the  whole  of  this 

*  Millet  is  still  largely  cultivated  in  these  regions.  It  forms  almost  the 
only  cereal  food  of  the  Nogais. 

•The  corn-trade  of  the  Scythians  appears  to  have  been  chiefly,  if  not 
exclusively,  with  the  Greeks. 
«  Vide  infra,  ch.  105. 

*  The  modern  Bug  or  Boug. 

*  The  modern  Dnieper. 

*  Portions  of  this  country  are  still  thickly  wooded,  and  contrast  remairk- 
ably  with  the  general  bare  and  arid  character  of  the  steppe, 

^  Here  the  description  of  Herodotus,  which  has  been  hitherto  excellent, 
begins  to  fail.  There  is  at  present  no  river  which  at  all  corresponds  with 
his  Panticapes.  Either  the  face  of  the  country  must  have  greatly  altered 
since  his  time,  or  he  must  have  obtained  a  confused  and  incorrect  account. 


Chap.  17-2«.         The  Royal  Scythians  295 

region,  except  Hylsea,  is  quite  bare  of  trees.^  They  extend 
towards  the  esist  a  distance  of  fourteen  ^  days'  journey,  occupy- 
ing a  tract  which  reaches  to  the  river  Gerrhus.^ 

20.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Gerrhus  is  the  Royal  district, 
as  it  is  called:  here  dwells  the  largest  and  bravest  of  the 
Scythian  tribes,  which  looks  upon  all  the  other  tribes  in  the 
light  of  slaves.*  Its  country  reaches  on  the  south  to  Taurica,* 
on  the  east  to  the  trench  dug  by  the  sons  of  the  blind  slaves, 
the  mart  upon  the  Palus  Maeotis,  called  Cremni  (the  Cliffs),  and 
in  part  to  the  river  Tanais.®  North  of  the  country  of  the  Royal 
Scythians  are  the  Melanchlsni  (Black-Robes),'  a  people  of 
quite  a  different  race  from  the  Scythians.  Beyond  them  lie 
marshes  and  a  region  without  inhabitants,  so  far  as  our  know- 
ledge reaches. 

21.  When  one  crosses  the  Tanais,  one  is  no  longer  in  Scythia; 
the  first  region  on  crossing  is  that  of  the  Sauromatae,®  who, 
beginning  at  the  upper  end  of  the  Palus  Maeotis,  stretch  north- 
ward a  distance  of  fifteen  days'  journey,  inhabiting  a  country 
which  is  entirely  bare  of  trees,  whether  wild  or  cultivated.® 
Above  them,  possessing  the  second  region,  dwell  the  Budini,^® 
whose  territory  is  thickly  wooded  with  trees  of  every  kind. 

22.  Beyond  the  Budini,  as  one  goes  northward,  first  there  is  a 
desert,  seven  days'  journey  across;  after  which,  if  one  inclines 
somewhat  to  the  east,  the  Thyssagetae  are  reached,  a  numerous 
nation  quite  distinct  from  any  other,  and  living  by  the  chace. 
Adjoining  them,  and  within  the  limits  of  the  same  region,  are 
the  people  who  bear  the  name  of  lyrcss;  they  also  support 
themselves  by  hunting,  which  they  practise  in  the  following 
manner.  The  hunter  climbs  a  tree,  the  whole  country  abound- 
ing in  wood,  and  there  sets  himself  in  ambush;  he  has  a  dog  at 
hand,  and  a  horse,  trained  to  lie  down  upon  its  belly,  and  thu? 
make  itself  low;  the  hunter  keeps  watch,  and  when  he  sees  his 

•  The  general  treeless  character  of  the  steppes  is  noticed  by  all  travellers. 

•  Rennell  proposes  to  read  "  four  days'  journey  " — and  indeed  without 
some  such  alteration  the  geography  of  this  part  of  Scythia  is  utterly  in- 
explicable. 

"  Vide  infra,  ch.  56. 

•  The  analogous  case  of  the  Golden  Horde  among  the  Mongols  has  been 
adduced  by  many  writers. 

'  Taurica  appears  here  to  be  nothing  but  the  high  tract  along  the  southern 
coast  of  the  Crimea. 

•  Now  the  Don.  '  Vide  infra,  ch.  107.  •  Vide  infra,  ch.  110. 

•  The  ancient  country  of  the  Sauromatae  or  Sarmatae  (Sarmatians)  appears 
to  have  been  nearly  identical  with  that  of  the  modem  Don  Cossacks. 

"  Vide  infra,  ch.  io8. 


296  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

game,  lets  fly  an  arrow;  then  mounting  his  horse,  he  gives  the 
beast  chace,  his  dog  following  hard  all  the  while.  Beyond  these 
people,  a  little  to  the  east,  dwells  a  distinct  tribe  of  Scyths,  who 
revolted  once  from  the  Royal  Scythians,  and  migrated  into  these 
parts. 

23.  As  far  as  their  countr>',  the  tract  of  land  whereof  I  have 
been  speaking  is  all  a  smooth  plain^  and  the  soil  deep;  beyond 
you  enter  on  a  region  which  is  rugged  and  stony.  Passing  over  a 
great  extent  of  this  rough  country,  you  come  to  a  people  dwell- 
ing at  the  foot  of  lofty  mountains,^  who  are  said  to  be  all — both 
men  and  women — bald  from  their  birth,  to  have  fiat  noses,  and 
very  long  chins.  These  people  speak  a  language  of  their  own, 
but  the  dress  which  they  wear  is  the  same  as  the  Scythian. 
They  hve  on  the  fruit  of  a  certain  tree,  the  name  of  which  is 
Ponticum ;  ^  in  size  it  is  about  equal  to  our  fig-tree,  and  it  bears 
a  fruit  like  a  bean,  with  a  stone  inside.  When  the  fruit  is  ripe, 
they  strain  it  through  cloths;  the  juice  which  runs  oflF  is  black 
and  thick,  and  is  called  by  the  natives  "  aschy."  They  lap  this 
up  with  their  tongues,  and  also  mix  it  with  milk  for  a  drink; 
while  they  make  the  lees,  which  are  solid,  into  cakes,  and  eat 
them  instead  of  meat;  for  they  have  but  few  sheep  in  their 
country,  in  which  there  is  no  good  pasturage.  Each  of  them 
dwells  under  a  tree,  and  they  cover  the  tree  in  winter  with 
a  cloth  of  thick  white  felt,  but  take  off  the  covering  in  the 
summer-time.  No  one  harms  these  people,  for  they  are  looked 
upon  as  sacred, — they  do  not  even  possess  any  warlike  weapons. 
When  their  neighbours  fall  out,  they  make  up  the  quarrel;  and 
when  one  flies  to  them  for  refuge,  he  is  safe  from  all  hurt.  They 
are  called  the  Argippaeans. 

24.  Up  to  this  point  the  territory  of  which  we  are  speaking 
is  very  completely  explored,  and  all  the  nations  between  the 
coast  and  the  bald-headed  men  are  well  known  to  us.  For 
some  of  the  Scythians  are  accustomed  to  penetrate  as  far,  of 
whom  inquiry  may  easily  be  made,  and  Greeks  also  go  there 
from  the  mart  on  the  Borysthenes,  and  from  the  other  marts 
along  the  Euxine.  The  Scythians  who  make  this  journey  com- 
municate with  the  inhabitants  by  means  of  seven  interpreters 
and  seven  languages. 

25.  Thus  far  therefore  the  land  is  known;   but  beyond  the 

*  The  chain  of  the  Ural. 

•  A  species  of  cherry,  which  is  eaten  by  the  Cakaucks  of  the  present  dav 
In  almost  the  same  manner. 


Chap.  «3-28.  Thc  Isscdonians  297 

bald-headed  men  lies  a  region  of  which  no  one  can  give  any 
exact  account.  Lofty  and  precipitous  mountains,  which  are 
never  crossed,  bar  further  progress.^  The  bald  men  say,  but  it 
does  not  seem  to  me  credible,  that  the  people  who  live  in  these 
mountains  have  feet  like  goats;  and  that  after  passing  them  you 
find  another  race  of  men,  who  sleep  during  one  half  of  the  year. 
This  latter  statement  appears  to  me  quite  unworthy  of  credit. 
The  region  east  of  the  bald-headed  men  is  well  known  to  be 
inhabited  by  the  Issedonians,  but  the  tract  that  lies  to  the  north 
of  these  two  nations  is  entirely  unknown,  except  by  the  accounts 
which  they  give  of  it. 

26.  The  Issedonians  are  said  to  have  the  following  customs. 
When  a  man's  father  dies,  all  the  near  relatives  bring  sheep  to 
the  house;  which  are  sacrificed,  and  their  flesh  cut  in  pieces, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  dead  body  undergoes  the  like  treat- 
ment. The  two  sorts  of  flesh  are  afterwards  mixed  together, 
and  the  whole  is  served  up  at  a  banquet.  The  head  of  the  dead 
man  is  treated  differently :  it  is  stripped  bare,  cleansed,  and  set 
in  gold.^  It  then  becomes  an  ornament  on  which  they  pride 
themselves,  and  is  brought  out  year  by  year  at  the  great  festival 
which  sons  keep  in  honour  of  their  fathers'  death,  just  as  the 
Greeks  keep  their  Genesia.  In  other  respects  the  Issedonians 
are  reputed  to  be  observers  of  justice:  and  it  is  to  be  rera.9'-ked 
that  their  Women  have  equal  authority  with  the  men.^  Thus 
our  knowledge  extends  as  far  as  this  nation. 

27.  The  regions  beyond  are  known  only  from  the  accounts  of 
the  Issedonians,  by  whom  the  stories  are  told  of  the  one-eyed 
race  of  men  and  the  gold-guarding  griffins.  These  stones  are 
received  by  the  Scythians  from  the  Issedonians,  and  by  them 
passed  on  to  us  Greeks:  whence  it  arises  that  we  give  the  one- 
eyed  race  the  Scythian  name  of  Arimaspi,  "  arima  "  being  the 
Scythic  word  for  "  one,"  and  "  spu  "  for  '*  the  eye." 

28.  The  whole  district  whereof  we  have  here  discoursed  has 
winters  of  exceeding  rigour.  During  eight  months  the  frost  is 
so  intense  that  water  poured  upon  the  ground  does  not  form 

*  Heeren  considers  the  mountains  here  spoken  of  to  be  the  Altai  j  but  to 
me  it  seems  that  Herodotus  in  these  chapters  speaks  only  of  a  single 
mountain-chain,  and  that  is  the  Ural. 

•Compare  the  Scythian  custom  with  respect  to  the  skulls  of  enemies 
(infra,  ch.  65).  A  similar  practice  to  theirs  is  ascribed  by  Livy  to  the  Boii, 
a  tribe  of  Gauls  (xxiii.  24). 

» And  among  the  Nairs  of  Malabar  the  institutions  all  incline  to  a 
gynocracy,  each  woman  having  several  husbands,  and  property  ps^sing 
through  the  female  line  in  preference  to  the  male. 


298  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

mud,  but  if  a  fire  be  lighted  on  it  mud  is  produced.  The  sea 
freezes,  and  the  Cimmerian  Bosphorus  is  frozen  over.  At  that 
season  the  Scythians  who  dwell  inside  the  trench  make  warlike 
expeditions  upon  the  ice,  and  even  drive  their  waggons  across 
to  the  country  of  the  Sindians.  Such  is  the  intensity  of  the 
cold  during  eight  months  out  of  the  twelve;  and  even  in  the 
remaining  four  the  climate  is  still  cool.^  The  character  of  the 
winter  likewise  is  unlike  that  of  the  same  season  in  any  other 
country;  for  at  that  time,  when  the  rains  ought  to  fall  in 
Scythia,  there  is  scarcely  any  rain  worth  mentioning,  while  in 
sunmier  it  never  gives  over  raining;  and  thunder,  which  else- 
where is  frequent  then,  in  Scythia  is  unknown  in  that  part  of  the 
year,  coming  only  in  summer,  when  it  is  very  heavy.  Thunder 
in  the  winter-time  is  there  accounted  a  prodigy;  as  also  are 
earthquakes,  whether  they  happen  in  winter  or  summer* 
Horses  bear  the  winter  well,  cold  as  it  is,  but  mules  and  asses  are 
quite  unable  to  bear  it;  whereas  in  other  countries  mules  and 
asses  are  found  to  endure  the  cold,  while  horses,  if  they  stand 
still,  are  frost-bitten. 

29.  To  me  it  seems  that  the  cold  may  likewise  be  the  cause 
which  prevents  the  oxen  in  Scythia  from  having  horns.  There 
is  a  line  of  Homer's  in  the  Odyssey  which  gives  a  support  to  my 
opinion: — 

**  Lybia  too,  where  horns  bud  qviick  on  the  foreheads  of  lambkins."  • 

He  means  to  say,  what  is  quite  true,  that  in  warm  countries 
the  horns  come  early.  So  too  in  countries  where  the  cold  is 
severe  animals  either  have  no  horns,  or  grow  them  with  difficulty 
— the  cold  being  the  cause  in  this  instance. 

30.  Here  I  must  express  my  wonder — ^additions  being  what 
my  work  always  from  the  very  first  affected  —  that  in  Elis, 
where  the  cold  is  not  remarkable,  and  there  is  nothing  else  to 
account  for  it,  mules  are  never  produced.  The  Eleans  say  it  is 
in  consequence  of  a  curse;  ^  and  their  habit  is,  when  the  breed- 
ing-time comes,  to  take  their  mares  into  one  of  the  adjoining 

•  The  clearing  of  forests  and  the  spread  of  agriculture  have  tended  to 
render  the  climate  of  these  regions  less  severe  than  in  the  time  of  Hero- 
dotus. Still,  even  at  the  present  day,  the  south  of  Russia  has  a  six  months' 
winter,  lasting  from  October  to  April.  From  November  to  March  the  cold 
is,  ordinarily,  very  intense.     The  summer  is  now  intensely  hot. 

•  Odyss.  iv.  85. 

•  According  to  Plutarch,  CEnomalis,  king  of  Elis,  out  of  his  love  fo« 
horses,  laid  heavy  curses  on  the  breeding  of  mules  in  that  country. 


Chap.  29-33.  The  Hypcrboreans  299 

countries,  and  there  keep  them  till  they  are  in  foal,  when  they 
bring  them  back  again  into  Elis. 

31.  With  respect  to  the  feathers  which  are  said  by  the 
Scythians  to  fill  the  air,^  and  to  prevent  persons  from  pene- 
trating into  the  remoter  parts  of  the  continent,  or  even  having 
any  view  of  those  regions,  my  opinion  is,  that  in  the  countries 
above  Scythia  it  always  snows — less,  of  course,  in  the  summer 
than  in  the  winter-time.  Now  snow  when  it  falls  looks  like 
feathers,  as  every  one  is  aware  who  has  seen  it  come  down  close 
to  him.  These  northern  regions,  therefore,  are  uninhabitable, 
by  reason  of  the  severity  of  the  winter;  and  the  Scythians,  with 
their  neighbours,  call  the  snow-flakes  feathers  because,  I  think, 
of  the  likeness  which  they  bear  to  them,  I  have  now  related 
what  is  said  of  the  most  distant  parts  of  this  continent  whereof 
any  account  is  given. 

32.  Of  the  Hyperboreans  nothing  is  said  either  by  the 
Scythians  or  by  any  of  the  other  dwellers  in  these  regions, 
unless  it  be  the  Issedonians,  But  in  my  opinion,  even  the 
Issedonians  are  silent  concerning  them ;  otherwise  the  Scythians 
would  have  repeated  their  statements,  as  they  do  those  concern- 
ing the  one-eyed  men.  Hesiod,  how^ever,  mentions  them,  and 
Homer  also  in  the  Epigoni,  if  that  be  really  a  work  of  his.^ 

33.  But  the  persons  who  have  by  far  the  most  to  say  on  this 
subject  are  the  Delians.  They  declare  that  certain  oSerings, 
packed  in  wheaten  straw,  were  brought  from  the  country  of  the 
Hyperboreans  ^  into  Scythia,  and  that  the  Scythians  received 
them  and  passed  them  on  to  their  neighbours  upon  the  west, 
who  continued  to  pass  them  on  until  at  last  they  reached  the 
Adriatic.  From  hence  they  were  sent  southward,  and  when 
they  came  to  Greece,  were  received  first  of  all  by  the  Dodonsans. 
Thence  they  descended  to  the  Maliac  Gulf,  from  which  they 
were  carried  across  into  Euboea,  where  the  people  handed  them 
on  from  city  to  city,  till  they  came  at  length  to  Carystus. 

*  Supra,  ch.  7,  ad  fin, 

'An  epic  poem,  in  hexameter  verse,  on, the  subject  of  the  second  siege 
of  Thebes  by  the  sons  of  those  killed  in  the  first  siege.  It  was  a  sequel  to 
another  very  ancient  epic,  the  Thebsds,  which  was  upon  the  first  Thebaa 
war. 

•  Very  elaborate  accounts  have  been  given  of  the  Hyperboreans  both  in 
ancient  and  modern  times.  They  are,  however,  in  reality  not  an  historical, 
but  an  ideal  nation.  The  North  Wind  being  given  a  local  seat  in  certain 
mountains  called  Rhipaean  (from  piXTj,  "  a  blast  "),  it  was  supposed  thore 
must  be  a  country  above  the  north  wind,  which  would  not  be  cold,  and 
which  would  have  inhabitants.  Ideal  perfections  wore  gradually  ascribed 
to  this  region. 


300  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

The  Carystians  took  them  over  to  Tenos,  without  stopping  at 
Andros ;  and  the  Tenians  brought  them  finally  to  Delos.  Such, 
according  to  their  own  account,  was  the  road  by  which  the 
offerings  reached  the  Delians.  Two  damsels,  they  say,  named 
Hyperoch^  and  Laodice,  brought  the  first  offerings  from  the 
Hyperboreans;  and  with  them  the  Hyperboreans  sent  five  men, 
to  keep  them  from  all  harm  by  the  way;  these  are  the  persons 
whom  the  Delians  call  "  Perpherees,"  and  to  whom  great 
honours  are  paid  at  Delos.  Afterwards  the  Hyperboreans, 
v^hen  they  found  that  their  messengers  did  not  return,  thinking 
it  would  be  a  grievous  thing  always  to  be  liable  to  lose  the 
envoys  they  should  send,  adopted  the  following  plan: — they 
wrapped  their  offerings  in  the  wheaten  straw,  and  bearing  them 
to  their  borders,  charged  their  neighbours  to  send  them  forward 
from  one  nation  to  another,  which  was  done  accordingly,  and 
in  this  way  the  offerings  reached  Delos.  I  myself  know  of  a 
practice  like  this,  which  obtains  with  the  women  of  Thrace  and 
Paeonia.  They  in  their  sacrifices  to  the  queenly  Diana  bring 
wheaten  straw  always  with  their  offerings.  Of  my  own  know- 
ledge I  can  testify  that  this  is  so. 

34.  The  damsels  sent  by  the  Hyperboreans  died  in  Delos; 
and  in  their  honour  all  the  Delian  girls  and  youths  are  wont  to 
cut  off  their  hair.  The  girls,  before  their  marriage-day,  cut  off 
a  curl,  and  twining  it  round  a  distaff,  lay  it  upon  the  grave  of 
the  strangers.  This  grave  is  on  the  left  as  one  enters  the  pre- 
cinct of  Diana,  and  has  an  olive-tree  growing  on  it.  The  youths 
wind  some  of  their  hair  round  a  kind  of  grass,  and,  like  the 
girls,  place  it  upon  the  tomb.  Such  are  the  honours  paid  to 
these  damsels  by  the  Delians. 

35.  They  add  that,  once  before,  there  came  to  Delos  by  the 
same  road  as  Hyperoche  and  Laodic6,  two  other  virgins  from 
the  Hyperboreans,  whose  names  were  Arge  and  Opis.  Hype- 
roche and  Laodic^  came  to  bring  to  Ilithyia  the  offering  which 
they  had  laid  upon  themselves,  in  acknowledgment  of  their 
quick  labours;  but  Arg^  and  Opis  came  at  the  same  time  as 
the  gods  of  Delos,^  and  are  honoured  by  the  Delians  in  a 
different  way.  For  the  Delian  women  make  collections  in 
these  maidens'  names,  and  invoke  them  in  the  hymn  which 
Olen,  a  Lycian,  composed  for  them ;  and  the  rest  of  the  islanders, 
and  even  the  lonians,  have  been  taught  by  the  Delians  to  do  the 
like.    This  Olen,  who  came  from  Lycia.  made  the  other  old 

*  Apollo  and  Diana. 


Chap.  34-39-  Chief  Tracts  of  Asia  301 

hymns  also  which  are  sung  in  Delos.  The  Delians  add,  that 
the  ashes  from  the  thigh-bones  burnt  upon  the  altar  are  scattered 
over  the  tomb  of  Opis  and  Arge.  Their  tomb  lies  behind  the 
temple  of  Diana,  facing  the  east,  near  the  banqueting-hall  of 
the  Ceians.  Thus  much  then,  and  no  m.ore,  concerning  the 
Hyperboreans. 

36.  As  for  the  tale  of  Abaris,  who  is  said  to  have  been  a 
Hyperborean,  and  to  have  gone  with  his  arrow  all  round  the 
world  without  once  eating,  I  shall  pass  it  by  in  silence.  Thus 
much,  however,  is  clear:  if  there  are  Hyperboreans,  there  must 
also  be  Hypemotians.  For  my  part,  I  cannot  but  laugh  when 
I  see  numbers  of  persons  drawing  maps  of  the  world  without 
having  any  reason  to  guide  them;  making,  as  they  do,  the 
ocean-stream  to  run  all  round  the  earth,  and  the  earth  itself  to 
be  an  exact  circle,  as  if  described  by  a  pair  of  compasses,^  with 
Europe  and  Asia  just  of  the  same  size.  The  truth  in  this  matter 
I  will  now  proceed  to  explain  in  a  very  few  words,  making  it 
clear  what  the  real  size  of  each  region  is,  and  what  shape  should 
be  given  them. 

37.  The  Persians  inhabit  a  country  upon  the  southern  or 
Erythraean  sea;  above  them,  to  the  north,  are  the  Medes; 
beyond  the  Medes,  the  Saspirians ;  beyond  them,  the  Colchians, 
reaching  to  the  northern  sea,  into  which  the  Phasis  empties 
itself.  These  four  nations  fill  the  whole  space  from  one  sea  to 
the  other. 

38.  West  of  these  nations  there  project  into  the  sea  two 
tracts  which  I  will  now  describe;  one,  beginning  at  the  river 
Phasis  on  the  north,  stretches  along  the  Euxine  and  the  Helles- 
pont to  Sigeum  in  the  Troas ;  while  on  the  south  it  reaches  from 
the  Myriandrian  gulf,^  which  adjoins  Phcenicia,  to  the  Triopic 
prom.ontory.  This  is  one  of  the  tracts,  and  is  inhabited  by 
thirty  different  nations. 

39.  The  other  starts  from  the  country  of  the  Persians,  and 
stretches  into  the  Erythraean  sea,  containing  first  Persia,  then 
Assyria,  and  after  Assyria,  Arabia.  It  ends,  that  is  to  say  it  is 
considered  to  end,  though  it  does  not  really  come  to  a  termina- 
tion,' at  the  Arabian  gulf — the  gulf  whereinto  Darius  conducted 

*  The  belief  which  Herodotus  ridicules  is  not  that  of  the  world's  spherical 
fomi,  what  had  not  yet  been  suspected  by  the  Greeks,  but  a  false  notion 
of  the  configuration  of  the  land  on  the  earth's  surface. 

*  Or  Bay  of  Issus  [a  city  in  the  S.E.  extremity  of  Cilicia,  in  Asia  Mine*. — 
E.  H.  B.]. 

*  Since  Egypt  adjoins  Arabia. 


302  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

the  canal  which  he  made  from  the  Nile.^  Between  Persia  and 
Phoenicia  lies  a  broad  and  ample  tract  of  country,  after  which 
the  region  I  am  describing  skirts  our  sea,^  stretching  from 
Phoenicia  along  the  coast  of  Palestine-Syria  till  it  comes  to 
Egypt,  where  it  tenninates.  This  entire  tract  contains  but  three 
nations.®  The  whole  of  Asia  west  of  the  country  of  the  Persians 
is  comprised  in  these  two  regions. 

40.  Beyond  the  tract  occupied  by  the  Persians,  Medes, 
Saspirians,  and  Colchians,  towards  the  east  and  the  region  of 
the  sunrise,  Asia  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  Erythraean  sea, 
and  on  the  north  by  the  Caspian  and  the  river  Araxes,  which 
flows  towards  the  rising  sun.  Till  you  reach  India  the  country 
is  peopled ;  but  further  east  it  is  void  of  inhabitants,  and  no  one 
can  say  what  sort  of  region  it  is.  Such  then  is  the  shape,  and 
such  the  size  of  Asia. 

41.  Libya  belongs  to  one  of  the  above-mentioned  tracts,  for  it 
adjoins  on  Egypt.  In  Egypt  the  tract  is  at  first  a  narrow  neck, 
the  distance  from  our  sea  to  the  Erythraean  not  exceeding  a 
hundred  thousand  fathoms,  or,  in  other  words,  a  thousand 
furlongs ;  *  but  from  the  point  where  the  neck  ends,  the  tract 
which  bears  the  name  of  Libya  is  of  very  great  breadth. 

42.  For  my  part  I  am  astonished  that  men  should  ever  have 
divided  Libya,  Asia,  and  Europe  as  they  have,  for  they  are 
exceedingly  unequal.  Europe  extends  the  entire  length  of  the 
other  two,  and  for  breadth  will  not  even  (as  I  think)  bear  to 
be  compared  to  them.  As  for  Libya,  we  know  it  to  be  washed 
on  all  sides  by  the  sea,  except  where  it  is  attached  to  Asia. 
This  discovery  was  first  made  by  Necos,^  the  Egyptian  king, 
who  on  desisting  from  the  canal  which  he  had  begun  between 
the  Nile  and  the  Arabian  Gulf,*  sent  to  sea  a  number  of  ships 
manned  by  Phoenicians,  with  orders  to  make  for  the  Pillars  of 
Hercules,'  and  return  to  Egypt  through  them,  and  by  the 

1  This  was  the  completion  of  the  canal  which  Neco  found  it  prudent  to 
desist  from  re-opening,  through  fear  of  the  growing  power  of  Babyion.  It 
was  originally  a  canal  of  Rameses  II.,  which  had  been  filled  up  by  the  sand. 

•The  Mediterranean.     (See  Book  i.  ch.  185.) 

*  The  Assyrians  (among  whom  the  Palestine  Syrians  were  included),  the 
Arabians,  and  the  Phcenicians. 

*  Modern  surveys  show  that  the  direct  distance  across  the  isthmus  is  not 
so  much  as  80  miles. 

*  We  may  infer,  from  Neco's  ordering  the  Phoenicians  to  come  round  by 
the  "  Pillars  of  Hercules,"  that  the  form  of  Africa  was  already  known,  and 
that  this  was  not  the  first  expedition  which  had  gone  round  it. 

*  Vide  supra,  ii.  158. 

*  They  were  so  called,  not  from  the  Greek  hero,  but  from  the  Tyrian 


ceap.  40-43.  Voyage  of  Sataspes  303 

Mediterranean.  The  Phoenicians  took  their  departure  from 
Egypt  by  way  of  the  Erythraean  Sea,  and  so  sailed  into  the 
southern  ocean.  When  autumn  came,  they  went  ashore,  where- 
ever  they  might  happen  to  be,  and  having  sown  a  tract  of  land 
with  corn,  waited  until  the  grain  was  fit  to  cut.  Having  reaped 
it,  they  again  set  sail ;  and  thus  it  came  to  pass  that  two  whole 
years  went  by,  and  it  was  not  tül  the  third  year  that  they 
doubled  the  Pillars  of  Hercules,  and  made  good  their  voyage 
home.  On  their  return,  they  declared — I  for  my  part  do  not 
believe  them,  but  perhaps  others  may — that  in  sailing  round 
Libya  they  had  the  sun  upon  their  right  hand.^  In  this  way 
was  the  extent  of  Libya  first  discovered. 

43.  Next  to  these  Phoenicians  the  Carthaginians,  according  to 
their  own  accounts,  made  the  voyage.  For  Sataspes,  son  of 
Teaspes  the  Achaemenian,  did  not  circumnavigate  Libya,  though 
he  was  sent  to  do  so;  but,  fearing  the  length  and  desolateness 
of  the  journey,  he  turned  back  and  left  unaccomplished  the  task 
which  had  been  set  him  by  his  mother.  This  man  had  used 
violence  towards  a  maiden,  the  daughter  of  Zopyrus,  son  of 
Megabyzus,*  and  King  Xerxes  was  about  to  impale  him  for  the 
offence,  when  his  mother,  who  was  a  sister  of  Darius,  be^ed 
him  off,  undertaking  to  punish  his  crime  more  heavily  than  the 
king  himself  had  designed.  She  would  force  him,  she  said,  to 
sail  round  Libya  and  return  to  Eygpt  by  the  Arabian  Gulf. 
Xerxes  gave  his  consent;  and  Sataspes  went  down  to  Egypt, 
and  there  got  a  ship  and  crew,  with  which  he  set  sail  for  the 
Pillars  of  Hercules.  Having  passed  the  Straits,  he  doubled  the 
Libyan  headland,  known  as  Cape  Soloeis,^  and  proceeded  south- 
ward. Following  this  course  for  many  months  over  a  vast 
stretch  of  sea,  and  finding  that  more  water  than  he  had  crossed 
still  lay  ever  before  him,  he  put  about,  and  came  back  to  Egypt. 
Thence  proceeding  to  the  court,  he  made  report  to  Xerxes,  that 
at  the  farthest  point  to  which  he  had  reached,  the  coast  was 
occupied  by  a  dwarfish  race,*  who  wore  a  dress  made  from  the 

deity,  whose  worship  was  always  introduced  by  the  Phoenicians  in  their 
settlements. 

^  Here  the  faithful  reporting  of  what  he  did  not  himself  imagine  true  has 
stood  our  author  in  good  stead.  Few  would  have  beUeved  the  Phceniciaa 
circumnavigation  of  Africa  had  it  not  been  vouched  for  by  this  discovery. 
When  Herodotus  is  blamed  for  repeating  the  absurd  stories  which  he  had 
been  told,  it  should  be  considered  what  we  must  have  lost  had  he  made  it 
a  rule  to  reject  from  his  History  all  that  he  thought  uniikelv. 

•  Vide  supra,  iii.  i6o.  »  The  modern  Cape  Spartel. 

*  This  is  the  second  mention  of  a  dwarfish  race  in  Africa"  (see  above» 
Ü.  32). 

I4C5  L 


304  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

palm-tree.  These  people,  whenever  he  landed,  left  their  towns 
and  fled  away  to  the  mountains;  his  men,  however,  did  them 
no  wrong,  only  entering  into  their  cities  and  taking  some  o! 
their  cattle.  The  reason  why  he  had  not  sailed  quite  round 
Libya  was,  he  said,  because  the  ship  stopped,  and  would  not  go 
any  further.  Xerxes,  however,  did  not  accept  this  account 
for  true;  and  so  Sataspes,  as  he  had  failed  to  accomplish  the 
task  set  him,  was  impaled  by  the  king's  orders  in  accordance 
with  the  former  sentence.^  One  of  his  eunuchs,  on  hearing  of 
his  death,  ran  away  with  a  great  portion  of  his  wealth,  and 
reached  Samos,  where  a  certain  Samian  seized  the  whole.  I 
know  the  man's  name  well,  but  I  shall  willingly  forget  it  here. 

44.  Of  the  greater  part  of  Asia  Darius  was  the  discoverer. 
Wishing  to  know  where  the  Indus  (which  is  the  only  river  save 
one  *  that  produces  crocodiles)  emptied  itself  into  the  sea,  he 
sent  a  number  of  men,  on  whose  truthfulness  he  could  rely,  and 
among  them  Scylax  of  Caryanda,^  to  sail  down  the  river.  They 
started  from  the  city  of  Caspatyrus,*  in  the  region  called  Pac- 
tyica,  and  sailed  down  the  stream  in  an  easterly  direction  ^  to 
the  sea.  Here  they  turned  westward,  and,  after  a  voyage  of 
tlurty  months,  reached  the  place  from  which  the  Egyptian  king, 
of  whom  I  spoke  above,  sent  the  Phoenicians  to  sail  round 
Libya.*  After  this  voyage  was  completed,  Darius  conquered 
the  Indians,^  and  made  use  of  the  sea  in  those  parts.  Thus  ail 
Asia,  except  the  eastern  portion,  has  been  found  to  be  similarly 
circumstanced  ^ath  Libya.® 

45.  But  the  boundaries  of  Europe  are  quite  unknown,  and 
there  is  not  a  man  who  can  say  whether  any  sea  girds  it  round 
cither  on  the  north^  or  on  the  east,  while  in  length  it  undoubtedly 
extends  as  far  as  both  the  other  two.  For  my  part  I  cannot 
conceive  why  three  names,  and  women's  names  especially,  should 
ever  have  been  given  to  a  tract  which  is  in  reality  one,  nor  why 

*  The  fate  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  furnishes  a  curious  parallel  to  this, 

*  That  is,  the  Nile.     Vide  supra,  ii.  67. 

•  Caryanda  was  a  place  on  or  near  the  Carian  coast. 

*  Vide  supra,  iii.  102. 

*  The  real  course  of  the  Indus  is  somewhat  wgsi  of  south.  The  error  of 
Herodotus  arose  perhaps  from  the  Cabul  river  being  mistaken  for  the  true 
Indus, 

•  Vide  supra,  ch.  42. 

'  The  conquest  of  the  Indians,  by  which  we  are  to  understand  the  re- 
duction of  the  Punjab,  and  perhaps  (though  this  is  not  certain)  of  Scinde, 
preceded  (as  may  be  proved  by  the  Inscriptions)  the  Scythian  expedition. 

•  Limited,  that  is,  and  circumscribed  by  fixed  boundaries. 

•  Se6  Book  iii.  ch.  115,  sub.  fin. 


Chap.  44-40-  Scythian  Customs  305 

the  Egyptian  Nile  and  the  Colchian  Phasis  (or  according  to 
others  the  Maeotic  Tanais  and  Cimmerian  ferry)  should  have 
been  fixed  upon  for  the  boundary  lines  j^  nor  can  I  even  say 
who  gave  the  three  tracts  their  names,  or  whence  they  took  the 
epithets.  According  to  the  Greeks  in  general,  Libya  was  so 
called  after  a  certain  Libya,  a  native  woman,  and  Asia  after  the 
wife  of  Prometheus.  The  Lydians,  however,  put  in  a  claim  to 
the  latter  name,  which,  thy  declare,  was  not  derived  from  Asia 
the  wife  of  Prometheus,  but  from  Asies,  the  son  of  Cotys,  and 
grandson  of  Manes,  who  also  gave  name  to  the  tribe  Asias  at 
Sardis.  As  for  Europe,  no  one  can  say  whether  it  is  surrounded 
by  the  sea  or  not,  neither  is  it  known  whence  the  name  of 
Europe  was  derived,  nor  who  gave  it  name,  unless  we  say  that 
Europe  was  so  called  after  the  Tyrian  Europa,  and  before  her 
time  was  nameless,  like  the  other  divisions.  But  it  is  certain 
that  Europa  was  an  Asiatic,  and  never  even  set  foot  on  the  land 
which  the  Greeks  now  call  Europe,  only  sailing  from  Phoenicia 
to  Crete,  and  from  Crete  to  Lycia.  However  let  us  quit  these 
matters.  We  shall  ourselves  continue  to  use  the  names  ^  which 
custom  sanctions. 

46.  The  Euxine  sea,  where  Darius  now  went  to  war,  has 
nations  dwelling  around  it,  with  the  one  exception  of  the 
Scythians,  more  unpolished  than  those  of  any  other  region  that 
we  know  of.  For,  setting  aside  Anacharsis  ^  and  the  Scythian 
people,  there  is  not  within  this  region  a  single  nation  which  can 
be  put  forward  as  having  any  claims  to  wisdom,  or  which  has 
produced  a  single  person  of  any  high  repute.  The  Scythians 
indeed  have  in  one  respect,  and  that  the  very  most  important 
of  all  those  that  fall  under  man's  control,  shown  themselves 
wiser  than  any  nation  upon  the  face  of  the  earth.  Their  customs 
otherwise  are  not  such  as  I  admire.*  The  one  thing  of  which  I 
speak,  is  the  contrivance  whereby  they  make  it  impossible  for 
the  enemy  who  invades  them  to  escape  destruction,  while  they 
themselves  are  entirely  out  of  his  reach,  unless  it  please  them 
to  engage  with  him.    Having  neither  cities  nor  forts,  and  carry- 

*  The  earliest  Greek  geographers  divided  the  world  into  two  portions 
only,  Europe  and  Asia,  in  the  latter  of  which  they  included  Libya. 

■There  are  grounds  for  believing  Europe  and  Asia  to  have  originally 
signified  "  the  west  "  and  "  the  east "  respectively.  Both  are  Semit» 
terms,  and  probably  passed  to  the  Greeks  from  the  Phoenicians. 

•  Concerning  Anacharsis,  see  below,  ch.  76. 

'It  was  a  fashion  among  the  Greeks  to  praise  the  simplicity  and  honesty 
of  the  nomade  races,  who  weie  less  civilised  than  themselves.  Herodotoa 
intends  to  mark  his  dissent  from  such  views. 


too  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

mg  their  dwellings  with  them  wherever  they  go;  accustomed^ 
moreover,  one  and  all  of  them,  to  shoot  from  horseback;  and 
living  not  by  husbandry  but  on  their  cattle,  their  waggons  the 
only  houses  that  they  possess,^  how  can  they  fail  of  being  un- 
conquerable, and  unassailable  even? 

47.  The  nature  of  their  country,  and  the  rivers  by  which  it  isi 
intersected,  greatly  favour  this  mode  of  resisting  attacks.  For  1 
Üie  land  is  level,  well  watered,  and  abounding  in  pasture;^' 
while  the  rivers  which  traverse  it  are  almost  equal  in  number  to ) 
die  canals  of  Egypt.  Of  these  I  shall  only  mention  the  mostt 
famous  and  such  as  are  navigable  to  some  distance  from  the  sea. , 
They  are,  the  Ister,  which  has  five  mouths;  the  Tyras,  the: 
Eypanis,  the  Borysthenes,  the  Panticapes,  the  Hypacyris,  the 
Gerrhus,  and  the  Tanais.  The  courses  of  these  streams  I  shall 
norw  proceed  to  describe. 

48.  The  Ister  is  of  all  the  rivers  with  which  we  are  acquainted , 
the  mightiest.    It  never  varies  in  height,  but  continues  at  the? 
ffime  level  summer  and  winter.    Counting  from  the  west  it  iss 
the  first  of  the  Scythian  rivers,  and  the  reason  of  its  being  the: 
greatest  is,  that  it  receives  the  waters  of  several  tributaries. 
Now  the  tributaries  which  swell  its  flood  are  the  following:  first, , 
on  the  side  of  Scythia,  these  five — the  stream  called  by  the 
Scythians  Porata,  and  by  the  Greeks  Pyretus,  the  Tiarantus,  the 
Arams,  the  Naparis,  and  the  Ordessus.     The  first  mentioned  is 
a  great  stream,  and  is  the  easternmost  of  the  tributaries.    The 
Tiarantus  is  of  less  volume,  and  more  to  the  west.    The  Arams, , 
Naparis,  and  Ordessus  fall  into  the  Ister  between  these  two.    All 
the  above  mentioned  are  genuine  Scythian  rivers,  and  go  to  3 
swell  the  current  of  the  Ister. 

49.  From  the  country  of  the  Agathjnrsi  comes  down  another 
river,  the  Maris,  which  empties  itself  into  the  same;  and  from 
the  heights  of  Haemus  descend  with  a  northern  course  three 
mighty  streams,  the  Atlas,  the  Auras,  and  the  Tibisis,  and  pour 
their  waters  into  it.  Thrace  gives  it  three  tributaries,  the 
Athrys,  the  Noes,  and  the  Artanes,  which  all  pass  through  the 
country  of  the  Crobyzian  Thracians.      Another  tributary  is 

*  It  may  be  doubted  whether  the  ancient  Scythians  really  lived  entirely 
in  their  waiggons.  More  probably  their  waggons  carried  a  tent,  consisting 
of  a  light  framework  of  wood  covered  with  felt  or  matting,  which  could 
bv3  readily  transferred  from  the  wheels  to  the  ground,  and  vice  versA. 

•The  pasture  is  now  not  good,  excepting  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  rivers;  otherwise  the  picture  drawn  of  the  country  accords  exactly 
with  the  accounts  given  by  modem  travellers. 


chaf.  47-50.     Ister  and  Nile  Compared  307 

furnished  by  Paeonia,  namely,  the  Scius;  this  river,  rising  near 
Mount  Rhodop6,  forces  its  way  through  the  chain  of  Haemus,^ 
and  so  reaches  the  Ister.  From  Illyria  comes  another  stream, 
the  Angrus,  which  has  a  course  from  south  to  north,  and  after 
watering  the  Triballian  plain,  falls  into  the  Brongus,  which  falls 
into  the  Ister.*  So  the  Ister  is  augmented  by  these  two  streams, 
both  considerable.  Besides  all  these,  the  Ister  receives  also  the 
waters  of  the  Carpis  ®  and  the  Alpis,*  two  rivers  running  in  a 
northerly  direction  from  the  country  above  the  Umbrians.  For 
the  Ister  flows  through  the  whole  extent  of  Europe,  rising  in 
the  country  of  the  Celts  (the  most  westerly  of  all  the  nations 
of  Europe,  excepting  the  Cynetians),  and  thence  running 
across  the  continent  till  it  reaches  Scythia,  whereof  it  washes 
the  flanks, 

50.  All  these  streams,  then,  and  many  others,  add  their 
waters  to  swell  the  flood  of  the  Ister,  which  thus  increased 
becomes  the  mightiest  of  rivers;  for  undoubtedly  if  we  compare 
the  stream  of  the  Nile  with  the  single  stream  of  the  Ister,  we 
must  give  the  preference  to  the  Nile,^  of  which  no  tributary 
river,  nor  even  rivulet,  augments  the  volume.  The  Ister  re- 
mains at  the  same  level  both  summer  and  winter  —  owing  to 
the  following  reasons,  as  I  believe.  During  the  winter  it  runs 
at  its  natural  height,  or  a  very  little  higher,  because  in  thoss 
countries  there  is  scarcely  any  rain  in  winter,  but  constant  snow. 
When  summer  comes,  this  snow,  which  is  of  great  depth,  begins 
to  melt,  and  flows  into  the  Ister,  which  is  swelled  at  that  season, 
not  only  by  this  cause  but  also  by  the  rains,  which  are  heavy 
and  frequent  at  that  part  of  the  year.  Thus  the  various  streams 
which  go  to  form  the  Ister  are  higher  in  sunmier  than  in  winter, 
and  just  so  much  higher  as  the  sun's  power  and  attraction  are 
greater;   so  that  these  two  causes  counteract  each  other,  and 

•  This  is  untrue.     No  stream  forces  its  way  through  this  chain. 

'The  Angrus  is  either  the  western  Morava  or  the  Ibar,  most  probably 
the  lattCT.  The  Brongus  is  the  eastern  or  Bulgarian  Morava.  The 
Triballian  plain  is  thus  the  modem  Servia. 

•  As  Herodotus  plunges  deeper  into  the  European  continent,  his  know- 
ledge is  less  exact.  He  knows  the  fact  that  the  Danube  receives  two  great 
tributaries  from  the  south  (the  Drave  and  the  Save)  in  the  upper  part  of  it» 
course,  but  he  does  not  any  longer  know  the  true  direction  of  the  streams. 

•  It  is  interesting  to  find  in  Herodotus  this  first  trace  of  the  word  Alp, 
by  which,  from  the  time  of  Polybius,  the  great  European  chain  has  beea 
known. 

•The  lengths  of  the  two  rivers  are— of  the  Nile,  4000  mil«;  of  th« 
Danube,  1760  miles. 


3o8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

the  effect  is  to  produce  a  balance,  whereby  the  Ister  remains 
always  at  the  same  level.^ 

51.  This,  then,  is  one  of  the  great  Scythian  rivers;  the  next 
to  it  is  the  Tyras,  which  rises  from  a  great  lake  separating 
Scythia  from  the  land  of  the  Neuri,  and  runs  with  a  southerly 
course  to  the  sea.  Greeks  dwell  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  who 
are  called  Tyritae. 

52.  The  third  river  is  the  Hypanis.*  This  stream  rises 
within  the  limits  of  Scythia,  and  has  its  source  in  another  vast 
kke,  around  which  wild  white  horses  graze.  The  lake  is  called, 
properly  enough,  the  Mother  of  the  Hypanis.*  The  Hypanis, 
rising  here,  during  the  distance  of  five  days'  navigation  is  a 
shallow  stream,  and  the  water  sweet  and  pure;  thence,  however, 
to  the  sea,  which  is  a  distance  of  four  days,  it  is  exceedingly 
bitter.  This  change  is  caused  by  its  receiving  into  it  at  that 
point  a  brook  the  waters  of  which  are  so  bitter  that,  although 
it  is  but  a  tiny  rivulet,  it  nevertheless  taints  the  entire  Hypanis, 
which  is  a  large  stream  among  those  of  the  second  order.  The 
source  of  this  bitter  spring  is  on  the  borders  of  the  Scythian 
Husbandmen,  where  they  adjoin  upon  the  Alazonians;  and  the 
place  where  it  rises  is  called  in  the  Scythic  tongue  Exampctus, 
which  means  in  our  language,  "  The  Sacred  Ways."  The 
spring  itself  bears  the  same  name.  The  Tyras  and  the  Hypanis 
approach  each  other  in  the  country  of  the  Alazonians,*  but 
afterwards  separate,  and  leave  a  wide  space  between  their 
streams. 

53.  The  fourth  of  the  Scythian  rivers  is  the  Borysthenes.* 
Next  to  the  Ister,  it  is  the  greatest  of  them  all;  and,  in  my 
judgment,  it  is  the  most  productive  river,  not  merely  in  Scythia, 
but  in  the  whole  world,  excepting  only  the  Nile,  with  which  no 
stream  can  possibly  compare.  It  has  upon  its  banks  the  loveliest 
and  most  excellent  pasturages  for  cattle;  it  contains  abundance 
of  the  most  dehcious  fish;  its  water  is  most  pleasant  to  the  taste; 

•  The  "  balance  "  of  which  Herodotus  speaks  is  caused  by  the  increased 
volume  of  the  southern  tributaries  during  the  summer  (which  is  caused  by 
the  melting  of  the  snows  along  the  range  of  the  Alps),  being  just  sufficient 
to  compensate  for  the  diminished  volimie  of  the  northern  tributaries, 
which  in  winter  are  swelled  by  the  rains. 

•  The  Hypanis  is  undoubtedly  a  main  tributary  of  the  Dnieper. 

•  Compare  below,  ch.  86. 

•That  is,  between  the  47th  and  48th  parallels.  The  fact  here  noticed 
by  Herodotus  strongly  proves  his  actual  knowledge  of  the  geography  of 
these  countries. 

•  The  Borysthenes  is  the  Dnieper. 


Chap.  51-56.  Scythian  Rivers  309 

its  stream  is  limpid,  while  all  the  other  rivers  near  it  are  muddy  j 
the  richest  harvests  spring  up  along  its  course,  and  where  the 
ground  is  not  sown,  the  heaviest  crops  of  grass ;  while  salt  forms 
in  great  plenty  about  its  mouth  without  human  aid,^  and  large 
fish  are  taken  in  it  of  the  sort  called  Antacaei,  without  any 
prickly  bones,  and  good  for  pickling.*  Nor  are  these  the  whole 
of  its  marvels.  As  far  inland  as  the  place  named  Gerrhus, 
which  is  distant  forty  days'  voyage  from  the  sea,  its  course  is 
known,  and  its  direction  is  from  north  to  south;  but  above  this 
no  one  has  traced  it,  so  as  to  say  through  what  countries  it 
flows.  It  enters  the  territory  of  the  Scythian  Husbandmen 
after  running  for  some  time  across  a  desert  region,  and  continues 
for  ten  days'  navigation  to  pass  through  the  land  which  they 
inhabit.  It  is  the  only  river  besides  the  Nile  the  sources  of 
which  are  unknown  to  me,  as  they  are  also  (I  believe)  to  all  the 
other  Greeks.  Not  long  before  it  reaches  the  sea,  the  Borys- 
thenes  is  joined  by  the  Hypanis,  which  pours  its  waters  into  the 
same  lake.  The  land  that  lies  between  them,  a  narrow  point 
like  the  beak  of  a  ship,  is  called  Cape  Hippolaüs.  Here  is  a 
temple  dedicated  to  Ceres,  and  opposite  the  temple  upon  the 
Hypanis  is  the  dwelling-place  of  the  Borysthenites,  But 
enough  has  been  said  of  these  streams. 

54.  Next  in  succession  comes  the  fifth  river,  called  the  Panti- 
capes,  which  has,  like  the  Borysthenes,  a  course  from  north  to 
south,  and  rises  from  a  lake.  The  space  between  this  river  and 
the  Borysthenes  is  occupied  by  the  Scythians  who  are  engaged 
in  husbandry.  After  watering  their  country,  the  Panticapes 
flows  through  Hylaea,  and  empties  itself  into  the  Borysthenes. 

55.  The  sixth  stream  is  the  Hypacyris,  a  river  rising  from  a 
lake,  and  running  directly  through  the  middle  of  the  Nomadic 
Scythians.  It  falls  into  the  sea  near  the  city  of  Carcinitis, 
leaving  Hylaea  and  the  course  of  Achilles  ^  to  the  right. 

56.  The  seventh  river  is  the  Gerrhus,  which  is  a  branch 
thrown  out  by  the  Borysthenes  at  the  point  where  the  course  of 
that  stream  first  begins  to  be  known,  to  wit,  the  region  called  by 

•  The  salines  of  KinburHf  at  the  extremity  of  the  promontory  which 
forms  the  southern  shore  of  the  Hman  of  the  Dnieper,  are  still  of  the  greatest 
importance  to  Russia,  and  supply  vast  tracts  of  the  interior. 

•  Tne  sturgeon  of  the  Dnieper  have  to  this  day  a  great  reputation. 

•  This  is  the  modern  Kosa  Ttndra  and  Kosa  Djarilgatch,  a  long  and 
narrow  strip  of  sandy  beach  extending  about  80  miles  from  nearly  opposite 
Kalantchak  to  a  point  about  12  miles  south  of  the  promontory  of  Kinhurn, 
and  attached  to  the  contiaent  only  in  the  middle  by  an  isthmus  about  i? 
miles  across. 


3IO  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

the  same  name  as  the  stream  itself,  viz.  Gerrhus.  This  river  on 
its  passage  towards  the  sea  divides  the  country  of  the  Nomadic 
from  that  of  the  Royal  Scyths.     It  runs  into  the  Hypacyris. 

57.  The  eighth  river  is  the  Tanais,  a  stream  which  has  its 
source,  far  up  the  country,  in  a  lake  of  vast  size,^  and  which 
empties  itself  into  another  still  larger  lake,  the  Palus  Mseotis, 
whereby  the  country  of  the  Royal  Scythians  is  divided  from  that 
of  the  Sauromatas.  The  Tanais  receives  the  waters  of  a  tribu- 
tary stream,  called  the  Hyrgis.^ 

58.  Such  then  are  the  rivers  of  chief  note  m  Scythia.  The 
grass  which  the  land  produces  is  more  apt  to  generate  gall  in 
the  beasts  that  feed  on  it  than  any  other  grass  which  is  known 
to  us,  as  plainly  appears  on  the  opening  of  their  carcases. 

59.  Thus  abundantly  are  the  Scythians  provided  with  the 
most  important  necessaries.  Their  manners  and  customs  come 
now  to  be  described.  They  worship  only  the  following  gods, 
namely,  Vesta,  whom  they  reverence  beyond  all  the  rest,  Jupiter, 
and  Tellus,  whom  they  consider  to  be  the  wife  of  Jupiter;  and 
after  these  Apollo,  Celestial  Venus,  Hercules,  and  Mars.  These 
gods  are  worshipped  by  the  whole  nation:  the  Royal  Scythians 
offer  sacrifice  likewise  to  Neptune.  In  the  Scythic  tongue  Vesta 
is  called  Tahiti,  Jupiter  (very  properly,  in  my  judgment)  Pa^<2tts, 
Tellus  Apia,  Apollo  (Etosyrus,  Celestial  Venus  Artimpasa,  and 
Neptune  Thamimasadas,  They  use  no  images,  altars,  or 
temples,  except  in  the  worship  of  Mars;  but  in  his  worship 
they  do  use  them. 

60.  The  manner  of  their  sacrifices  is  everywhere  and  in  every 
case  the  same;  the  victim  stands  with  its  two  fore-feet  bound 
together  by  a  cord,  and  the  person  who  is  about  to  offer,  taking 
his  station  behind  the  victim,  gives  the  rope  a  pull,  and  thereby 
throws  the  animal  down;  as  it  falls  he  invokes  the  god  to  whom 
he  is  offering;  after  which  he  puts  a  noose  round  the  animal's 
neck,  and,  inserting  a  small  stick,  twists  it  round,  and  so 
strangles  him.  No  fire  is  lighted,  there  is  no  consecration,  and 
no  pouring  out  of  drink-offerings;  but  directly  that  the  beast  is 
strangled  the  sacrificer  flays  him,  and  then  sets  to  work  to  boil 
the  flesh. 

61.  As  Scythia,  however,  is  utterly  barren  of  firewood,  a  plan 

*  The  Tanais  (the  modem  Don)  rises  from  a  small  lake,  the  lake  of  Ivan- 
Oxero,  in  lat.  54'  2',  long.  38'  3'.  The  Volga  flows  in  part  from  the  great 
lake  of  Onega. 

*  Dean  Blakesley  regards  it  as  the  Seviersky,  in  which  he  finds  "  some 
▼estige  of  the  ancient  title." 


Chap.  57-62.  SaCfificCS  3  I  I 

has  had  to  be  contrived  for  boiling  the  flesh,  which  is  the  follow- 
ing. After  flaying  the  beasts,  they  take  out  all  the  bones, 
and  (if  they  possess  such  gear)  put  the  flesh  into  boilers  made  in 
the  country,  which  are  very  like  the  cauldrons  of  the  Lesbians, 
except  that  they  are  of  a  much  larger  size;  then  placing  the 
bones  of  the  animals  beneath  the  caijldron,  they  set  them  alight, 
and  so  boil  the  meat.^  If  they  do  not  happen  to  possess  a 
cauldron,  they  make  the  animal's  paunch  hold  the  flesh,  and 
pouring  in  at  the  same  time  a  little  water,  lay  the  bones  under 
and  light  them.  The  bones  bum  beautifully;  and  the  paunch 
easily  contains  all  the  flesh  when  it  is  stript  from  the  bones,  so 
that  by  this  plan  your  ox  is  made  to  boil  himself,  and  other 
victims  also  to  do  the  like.  When  the  meat  is  all  cooked,  the 
sacrificer  offers  a  portion  of  the  flesh  and  of  the  entrails,  by 
casting  it  on  the  ground  before  him.  They  sacrifice  all  sorts 
of  cattle,  but  most  commonly  horses.^ 

62.  Such  are  the  victims  offered  to  the  other  gods,  and  such 
is  the  mode  in  which  they  are  sacrificed;  but  the  rites  paid  to 
Mars  are  different.  In  every  district,  at  the  seat  of  government, 
there  stands  a  temple  of  this  god,  whereof  the  following  is  a 
description.  It  is  a  pile  of  brushwood,  made  of  a  vast  quantity 
of  fagots,  in  length  and  breadth  three  furlongs;  in  height  some- 
what less,^  having  a  square  platform  upon  the  top,  three  sides  of 
which  are  precipitous,  while  the  fourth  slopes  so  that  men  may 
walk  up  it.  Each  year  a  hundred  and  fifty  waggon-loads  of 
brushwood  are  added  to  the  pile,  which  sinks  continually  by 
reason  of  the  rains.  An  antique  iron  sword  is  planted  on  the 
top  of  every  such  mound,  and  serves  as  the  image  of  Mars: 
yearly  sacrifices  of  cattle  and  of  horses  are  made  to  it,  and  more 
victims  are  offered  thus  than  to  all  the  rest  of  their  gods.  When 
prisoners  are  taken  in  war,  out  of  every  hundred  men  they 
sacrifice  one,  not  however  with  the  same  rites  as  the  cattle,  but 
with  different.  Libations  of  wine  are  first  poured  upon  their 
heads,  after  which  they  are  slaughtered  over  a  vessel;  the  vessel 
is  then  carried  up  to  the  top  of  the  pile,  and  the  blood  poured 
upon  the  scymitar.  While  this  takes  place  at  the  top  of  the 
mound,  below,  by  the  side  of  the  temple,  the  right  hands  and 

*  It  may  be  gathered  from  Ezekiel  (xxiv.  5)  that  a  similar  custom  pre- 
vailed among  the  Jews. 

•Vide  supra,  ch.  i.  216,  where  the  same  is  related  of  the  Massagetas. 
Horses  have  always  abounded  in  the  steppes,  and  perhaps  in  ancient  tim^ 
were  more  common  than  any  other  animal. 

•  These  measures  are  utterly  incredible. 

I  405  *L 


3 1 2  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

anns  of  the  slaughtered  prisoners  are  cut  off,  and  tossed  on  high 
into  the  air.  Then  the  other  victims  are  slain,  and  those  who 
have  offered  the  sacrifice  depart,  leaving  the  hands  and  arms 
where  they  may  chance  to  have  fallen,  and  the  bodies  also, 
separate. 

63.  Such  are  the  observajices  of  the  Scythians  with  respect  to 
sacrifice.  They  never  use  swine  for  the  purpose,  nor  indeed 
is  it  their  wont  to  breed  them  in  any  part  of  their  country. 

64.  In  what  concerns  war,  their  customs  are  the  following. 
The  Scythian  soldier  drinks  the  blood  of  the  first  man  he  over- 
throws in  battle.  Whatever  number  he  slays,  he  cuts  off  all  their 
heads,  and  carries  them  to  the  king;  since  he  is  thus  entitled 
to  a  share  of  the  booty,  whereto  he  forfeits  all  claim  if  he  does 
not  produce  a  head.  In  order  to  strip  the  skull  of  its  covering, 
he  makes  a  cut  round  the  head  above  the  ears,  and,  laying  hold 
of  the  scalp,  shakes  the  skull  out;  then  with  the  rib  of  an  ox 
he  scrapes  the  scalp  clean  of  flesh,  and  softening  it  by  rubbing 
between  the  hands,  uses  it  thenceforth  as  a  napkin.  The  Scyth 
is  proud  of  these  scalps,  and  hangs  them  from  his  bridle-rein; 
the  greater  the  number  of  such  napkins  that  a  man  can  show, 
the  more  highly  is  he  esteemed  among  them.  Many  make 
themselves  cloaks,  like  the  capotes  of  our  peasants,  by  sewing 
a  quantity  of  these  scalps  together.  Others  flay  the  right  arms 
of  their  dead  enemies,  and  make  of  the  skin,  which  is  stripped  off 
with  the  nails  hanging  to  it,  a  covering  for  their  quivers.  Now 
the  skin  of  a  man  is  thick  and  glossy,  and  would  in  whiteness 
surpass  almost  all  other  hides.  Some  even  flay  the  entire  body 
of  their  enemy,  and  stretching  it  upon  a  frame  carry  it  about 
with  them  wherever  they  ride.  Such  are  the  Scythian  customs 
with  respect  to  scalps  and  skins. 

65.  The  skulls  of  their  enemies,  not  indeed  of  all,  but  of  those 
whom  they  most  detest,  they  treat  as  follows.  Having  sawn  off 
the  portion  below  the  eyebrows,  and  cleaned  out  the  inside,  they 
cover  the  outside  with  leather.  When  a  man  is  poor,  this  is  all 
that  he  does;  but  if  he  is  rich,  he  also  lines  the  inside  with  gold: 
in  either  case  the  skull  is  used  as  a  drinking-cup.  They  do 
the  same  with  the  skulls  of  their  own  kith  and  kin  if  they  have 
been  at  feud  with  them,  and  have  vanquished  tliem  in  the 
presence  of  the  king.  When  strangers  whom  they  deem  of  any 
account  come  to  visit  them,  these  skulls  are  handed  round,  and 
the  host  tells  how  that  these  were  his  relations  who  made  war 
upon  him,  and  how  that  he  got  the  better  of  them;  all  this  being 
looked  upon  as  proof  of  bravery* 


Chap.  63-68.  Enarecs  •  313 

66.  Once  a  year  the  governor  of  each  district,  at  a  set  place  in 
his  own  province,  mingles  a  bowl  of  wine,  of  which  all  Scythians 
have  a  right  to  drink  by  whom  foes  have  been  slain ;  while  they 
who  have  slain  no  enemy  are  not  allowed  to  taste  of  the  bowl,  but 
sit  aloof  in  disgrace.  No  greater  shame  than  this  can  happen  to 
them.  Such  as  have  slain  a  very  large  number  of  foes,  have 
two  cups  instead  of  one,  and  drink  from  both. 

67.  Scythia  has  an  abundance  of  soothsayers,  who  foretell  the 
future  by  means  of  a  number  of  willow  wands.  A  large  bundle 
of  these  wands  is  brought  and  laid  on  the  ground.  The  sooth- 
sayer unties  the  bundle,  and  places  each  wand  by  itself,  at  the 
same  time  uttering  his  prophecy :  then,  while  he  is  still  speaking, 
he  gathers  the  rods  together  again,  and  makes  them  up  once 
more  into  a  bundle.  This  mode  of  divination  is  of  home  growth 
in  Scythia.^  The  Enarees,  or  woman-like  men,  have  another 
method,  which  they  say  Venus  taught  them.  It  is  done  with 
the  inner  bark  of  the  linden-tree.  They  take  a  piece  of  this  bark, 
and,  splitting  it  into  three  strips,  keep  twining  the  strips  about 
their  fingers,  and  untwining  them,  while  they  prophesy. 

68.  Whenever  the  Scythian  king  falls  sick,  he  sends  for  the 
three  soothsayers  of  most  renown  at  the  time,  who  come  and 
make  trial  of  their  art  in  the  mode  above  described.  Generally 
they  say  that  the  king  is  ill,  because  such  or  such  a  person, 
mentioning  his  name,  has  sworn  falsely  by  the  royal  hearth. 
This  is  the  usual  oath  among  the  Scythians,  when  they  wish  to 
swear  with  very  great  solemnity.  Then  the  man  accused  of 
having  forsworn  himself  is  arrested  and  brought  before  the  king. 
The  soothsayers  tell  him  that  by  their  art  it  is  clear  he  has  sworn 
a  false  oath  by  the  royal  hearth,  and  so  caused  the  illness  of  the 
king — he  denies  the  charge,  protests  that  he  has  sworn  no  false 
oath,  and  loudly  complains  of  the  wrong  done  to  him.  Upon 
this  the  king  sends  for  six  new  soothsayers,  who  try  the  matter 
by  soothsaying.  If  they  too  find  the  man  guilty  of  the  offence, 
straightway  he  is  beheaded  by  those  who  first  accused  him,  and 
his  goods  are  parted  among  them:  if,  on  the  contrary,  they 
acquit  him,  other  soothsayers,  and  again  others,  are  sent  for,  t© 
try  the  case.  Should  the  greater  number  decide  in  favour  of 
the  man's  innocence,  then  they  who  first  accused  him  forfeit 
their  lives, 

*  It  was  not,  however,  confined  to  Scythia.  There  is  distinct  allusioB 
to  such  a  mode  of  divination  in  Hosea  (ii.  12) :  "  My  people  ask  coiiosel  o4 
their  stocks,  and  their  staff  declareth  unto  them." 


314  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

69*  The  mode  of  their  execution  is  the  following:  a  waggon  is 
loaded  with  brushwood,  and  oxen  are  harnessed  to  it;  ^  the  sooth- 
sayers, with  their  feet  tied  together,  their  hands  bound  behind 
their  backs,  and  their  mouths  gagged,  are  thrust  into  the  midst 
of  the  brushwood ;  finally  the  wood  is  set  alight,  and  the  oxen, 
being  startled,  are  made  to  rush  off  with  the  waggon.  It  often 
happens  that  the  oxen  and  the  soothsayers  are  both  consumed 
tc^ether,  but  sometimes  the  pole  of  the  waggon  is  burnt  through, 
aud  the  oxen  escape  with  a  scorching.  Diviners — lying  diviners, 
they  call  them — are  burnt  in  the  way  described,  for  other  causes 
besides  the  one  here  spoken  of.  When  the  king  puts  one  of 
them  to  death,  he  takes  care  not  to  let  any  of  his  sons  survive: 
ail  the  male  offspring  are  slain  with  the  father,  only  the  females 
being  allowed  to  live. 

70.  Oaths  among  the  Scyths  are  accompanied  with  the 
following  ceremonies :  a  large  earthem  bowl  is  filled  with  wine, 
and  the  parties  to  the  oath,  wounding  themselves  slightly  with 
a  knife  or  an  awl,  drop  some  of  their  blood  into  the  wine;  then 
they  plunge  into  the  mixture  a  scymitar,  some  arrows,  a  battle- 
axe,  and  a  javelin,  all  the  while  repeating  prayers;  lastly  the 
two  contracting  parties  drink  each  a  draught  from  the  bowl,  as 
do  also  the  chief  men  among  their  followers.* 

71.  The  tombs  of  their  kings  are  in  the  land  of  the  Gerrhi, 
who  dwell  at  the  point  where  the  Borysthenes  is  first  navigable. 
Here,  when  the  lang  dies,  they  dig  a  grave,  which  is  square  in 
shape,  and  of  great  size.  When  it  is  ready,  they  take  the  king's 
corpse,  and;  having  opened  the  belly,  and  cleaned  out  the  inside, 
fin  the  cavity  with  a  preparation  of  chopped  cypress,  frankin- 
cense, parsley-seed,  and  anise-seed,  after  which  they  sew  up  the 
opening,  enclose  the  body  in  wax,  and,  placing  it  on  a  waggon, 
carry  it  about  through  all  the  different  tribes.  On  this  proces- 
sion each  tribe,  when  it  receives  the  corpse,  imitates  the  example 
which  is  first  set  by  the  Royal  Scythians ;  every  man  chops  off 
a  piece  of  his  ear,  crops  his  hair  close,  and  makes  a  cut  all  round 
his  arm,  lacerates  his  forehead  and  his  nose,  and  thrusts  an 
arrow  through  his  left  hand.  Then  they  who  have  the  care  of 
the  corpse  carry  it  with  them  to  another  of  the  tribes  which  are 

^  W«  learn  from  this  that  the  ancient  Scythians,  like  the  modem  Cal- 
mucks  and  Nogais,  used  oxen  and  not  horses  to  draw  their  waggons. 

•  Modified  forms  of  same  ceremony  are  ascribed  to  the  Lydians  and 
Assyrians  by  Herodotus  (i.  74),  and  to  the  Armenians  and  Iberians  by 
Tacitus  (Arm.  xii,  47).  The  Arab  practice  (iii.  8)  is  somewhat  different. 
In  Southern  Africa  a  custom  very  Uke  the  Scythian  prevails  to  this  day. 


cha?.  69-73-  Burial  of  Kings  315 

under  the  Scythian  rule,  followed  by  those  whom  they  first 
visited.  On  completing  the  circuit  of  all  the  tribes  under  their 
sway,  they  find  themselves  in  the  country  of  the  Gerrhi,  who  are 
the  most  remote  of  ail,  and  so  they  come  to  the  tombs  of  the 
kings.  There  the  body  of  the  dead  king  is  laid  in  the  grave 
prepared  for  it,  stretched  upon  a  mattress;  spears  are  fixed  in 
the  ground  on  either  side  of  the  corpse,  and  beams  stretched 
across  above  it  to  form  a  roof,  which  is  covered  with  a  thatching 
of  osier  twigs.  In  the  open  space  around  the  body  of  the  king 
they  bury  one  of  his  concubines,  first  killing  her  by  strangling, 
and  also  his  cup-bearer,  his  cook,  his  groom,  his  lacquey,  ha 
messenger,  some  of  his  horses,  firstlings  of  ail  his  other  posses- 
sions, and  some  golden  cups;  for  they  use  neither  silver  nor 
brass.  After  this  they  set  to  work,  and  raise  a  vast  mound 
above  the  grave,  all  of  them  vying  with  each  other  and  seeking 
to  make  it  as  tall  as  possible. 

72.  When  a  year  is  gone  by,  further  ceremonies  take  place. 
Fifty  of  the  best  of  the  late  king's  attendants  are  taken,  all 
native  Scythians — for  as  bought  slaves  are  unknown  in  the 
country,  the  Scythian  kings  choose  any  of  their  subjects  that 
they  like,  to  wait  on  them — fifty  of  these  are  taken  and  strangled, 
witii  fifty  of  the  most  beautiful  horses.  When  they  are  dead, 
their  bowels  are  taken  out,  and  the  cavity  cleaned,  filled  full  of 
chaff,  and  straightway  sewn  up  again,  lliis  done,  a  number  of 
posts  are  driven  into  the  ground,  in  sets  of  two  pairs  each,  and 
on  every  pair  half  the  felly  of  a  wheel  is  placed  archwise;  then 
strong  stakes  are  run  lengthways  through  the  bodies  of  the 
horses  from  tail  to  neck,  and  they  are  mounted  up  upon  the 
fellies,  so  that  the  felly  in  front  supports  the  shoulders  of  the 
horse,  while  that  behind  sustains  the  belly  and  quarters,  the 
legs  dangling  in  mid-air;  each  horse  is  furnished  with  a  bit  and 
bridle,  which  latter  is  stretched  out  in  front  of  the  horse,  and 
fastened  to  a  peg.^  The  fifty  strangled  youths  are  then  mounted 
severally  on  the  fifty  horses.  To  effect  this,  a  second  stake  is 
passed  through  their  bodies  along  the  course  of  the  spine  to  the 
neck;  the  lower  end  of  which  projects  from  the  body,  and  is 
fixed  into  a  socket,  made  in  the  stake  that  runs  lengthi^dse  down 
the  horse.  The  fifty  riders  are  thus  ranged  in  a  circle  round  the 
tomb,  and  so  left. 

73.  Such,  then,  is  the  mode  in  which  the  kings  are  buried :  as 

*  The  practice  of  impaling  horses  seems  to  have  ceased  in  these  regicMis. 
It  was  found,  however,  among  the  Tatars  so  late  as  the  fourteenth  century» 


3i6  The  History  of  Herodotus       boor  iv. 

for  the  people,  when  any  one  dies,  his  nearest  of  kin  lay  him 
upon  a  waggon  and  take  him  round  to  all  his  friends  in  succession : 
each  receives  them  in  turn  and  entertains  them  with  a  banquet, 
whereat  the  dead  man  is  served  with  a  portion  of  all  that  is  set 
before  the  others ;  this  is  done  for  forty  days,  at  the  end  of  which 
time  the  burial  takes  place.  After  the  burial,  those  engaged  in 
it  have  to  purify  themselves,  which  they  do  in  the  following  way. 
First  they  well  soap  and  wash  their  heads;  then,  in  order  to 
cleanse  their  bodies,  they  act  as  follows :  they  make  a  booth  by 
&dng  in  the  ground  three  sticks  inclined  towards  one  another,^ 
and  stretching  around  them  woollen  felts,  wliich  they  arrange  so 
as  to  fit  as  close  as  possible:  inside  the  booth  a  dish  is  placed 
upon  the  ground,  into  which  they  put  a  number  of  red-hot 
stones,  and  then  add  some  hemp-seed. 

74.  Hemp  grows  in  Scythia:  it  is  very  like  flax;  only  that 
It  is  a  much  coarser  and  taller  plant:  some  grows  wild  about 
the  country,  some  is  produced  by  cultivation :  ^  the  Thraciana 
make  garments  of  it  which  closely  resemble  linen;  so  much  so, 
mdeed,  that  if  a  person  has  never  seen  hemp  he  is  sure  to  think 
they  are  linen,  and  if  he  has,  unless  he  is  very  experienced  in 
such  matters,  he  will  not  know  of  which  material  they  are. 

75.  The  Scythians,  as  I  said,  take  some  of  this  hemp-seed, 
and,  creeping  under  the  felt  coverings,  throw  it  upon  the  red- 
hot  stones ;  immediately  it  smokes,  and  gives  out  such  a  vapour 
as  no  Grecian  vapour-bath  can  exceed;  the  Scyths,  delighted, 
shout  for  joy,  and  this  vapour  serves  them  instead  of  a  water- 
bath;  for  they  never  by  any  chance  wash  their  bodies  with 
water.  Their  women  make  a  mixture  of  cypress,  cedar,  and 
frankincense  wood,  which  they  pound  into  a  paste  upon  a  rough 
piece  of  stone,  adding  a  little  water  to  it.  With  this  substance, 
which  is  of  a  thick  consistency,  they  plaster  their  faces  all  over, 
and  indeed  their  whole  bodies.  A  sweet  odour  is  thereby  im- 
parted to  them,  and  when  they  take  ofi  the  plaster  on  the  day 
following,  their  skin  is  clean  and  glossy. 

76.  The  Scythians  have  an  extreme  hatred  of  all  foreign 
customs,  particularly  of  those  in  use  among  the  Greeks,  as  the 
instances  of  Anacharsis,  and,  more  lately,  of  Scylas,  have  fully 
shown.  The  former,  after  he  had  travelled  over  a  great  portion 
of  the  world,  and  displayed  wherever  he  went  many  proofs  of 

^  Here  we  sec  tent-making  in  its  infancy.  The  tents  of  the  wandering 
tribes  of  the  steppes  are  now  of  a  much  more  elaborate  construction. 

•  Hemp  is  not  now  cultivated  in  these  regions.  It  forms,  however,  an 
item  of  some  importance  among  the  exports  of  Southern  Russia. 


Chap.  74-78.  StorjT  of  Anacharsis  3 1 7 

wisdom,  as  he  sailed  through  the  Hellespont  on  his  return  to 
Scythia  touched  at  Cyzicus.  There  he  found  the  inhabitants 
celebrating  with  much  pomp  and  magnificence  a  festival  to  the 
Mother  of  the  Gods/  and  was  himself  induced  to  make  a  vow 
to  the  goddess,  whereby  he  engaged,  if  he  got  back  safe  and 
sound  to  his  home,  that  he  would  give  her  a  festival  and  a 
night-procession  in  all  respects  like  those  which  he  had  seen  in 
Cyzicus.  WTien,  therefore,  he  arrived  in  Scythia,  he  betook 
himself  to  the  district  called  the  Woodland,^  which  lies  opposite 
the  Course  of  Achilles,  and  is  covered  with  trees  of  all  manner 
of  different  kinds,  and  there  went  through  all  the  sacred  rites 
with  the  tabour  in  his  hand,  and  the  images  tied  to  him. 
While  thus  employed,  he  was  noticed  by  one  of  the  Scythians, 
who  went  and  told  king  Saulius  what  he  had  seen.  Then  king 
Saulius  came  in  person,  and  when  he  perceived  what  Anacharsis 
was  about,  he  shot  at  him  with  an  arrow  and  killed  him.  To 
this  day,  if  you  ask  the  Sc}'ths  about  Anacharsis,  they  pretend 
ignorance  of  him,  because  of  his  Grecian  travels  and  adoption 
of  the  customs  of  foreigners.  I  leamt,  however,  from  Timnes, 
the  steward  of  Ariapithes,  that  Anacharsis  was  paternal  uncle 
to  the  Scythian  king  Idanthyrsus,  being  the  son  of  Gnurus, 
who  was  the  son  of  Lycus  and  the  grandson  of  Spargapithes. 
If  Anacharsis  were  really  of  this  house,  it  must  have  been  by 
his  own  brother  that  he  was  slain,  for  Idanthyrsus  was  a  son  of 
the  Saulius  who  put  Anacharsis  to  death.^ 

77.  I  have  heard,  however,  another  tale,  very  different  from 
this,  which  is  told  by  the  Peloponnesians :  they  say,  that 
Anacharsis  was  sent  by  the  king  of  the  Scyths  to  make  acquaint- 
ance with  Greece — that  he  went,  and  on  his  return  home 
reported  that  the  Greeks  were  all  occupied  in  the  pursuit  of 
every  kind  of  knowledge,  except  the  Lacedaemonians;  who, 
however,  alone  knew  how  to  converse  sensibly.  A  silly  tale  this, 
which  the  Greeks  have  invented  for  their  amusement  1  There 
is  no  doubt  that  Anacharsis  suffered  death  in  the  mode  already 
related,  on  account  of  his  attachment  to  foreign  customs,  and 
the  intercourse  which  he  held  with  the  Greeks. 

78.  Scylas,  likewise,  the  son  of  Ariapithes,  many  years  later, 
met  with  almost  the  very  same  fate.    Ariapithes,  the  Scythian 

•  Cybel6  or  Rhea,  whose  worship  (common  throughout  Asia)  passed  from 
the  Phrygians  to  the  Ionian  Greeks,  and  thence  to  their  colonies. 

•  Vide  supra,  chs.  i8,  19,  and  54. 

•  Herodotus  is  the  earliest  writer  who  mentions  Anacharsis.  There  is 
no  suf&cient  reason  to  doubt  the  fact  of  his  travels. 


3 1 8  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

king,  had  several  spns,  among  them  this  Scylas,  who  was  the 
child,  not  of  a  native  Scyth,  but  of  a  woman  of  Istria.^  Bred  up 
by  her,  Scylas  gained  an  acquaintance  with  the  Greek  language 
and  letters.  Some  time  afterwards,  Ariapithes  was  treacherously 
slain  by  Spargapithes,  king  of  the  Agathyrsi ;  whereupon  Scylas 
succeeded  to  the  throne,  and  married  one  of  his  father's  wives,* 
a  woman  named  Opoea.  This  Opcea  was  a  Scythian  by  birth, 
and  had  brought  Ariapithes  a  son  called  Oricus.  Now  when 
Scylas  found  himself  king  of  Scythia,  as  he  disliked  the  Scythic 
mode  of  life,  and  was  attached,  by  his  bringing  up,  to  the 
manners  of  the  Greeks,  he  made  it  his  usual  practice,  whenever 
he  came  with  his  army  to  the  town  of  the  Borysthenites,  who, 
according  to  their  own  account,  are  colonists  of  the  Milesians, — 
he  made  it  his  practice,  I  say,  to  leave  the  army  before  the  city, 
and,  having  entered  within  the  walls  by  himself,  and  carefully 
closed  the  gates,  to  exchange  his  Scythian  dress  for  Grecian 
garments,  and  in  this  attire  to  walk  about  the  forum,  without 
guards  or  retinue.  The  Borysthenites  kept  watch  at  the  gates, 
that  no  Scythian  might  see  the  king  thus  apparelled.  Scylas, 
meanwhile,  lived  exactly  as  the  Greeks,  and  even  offered  sacri- 
fices to  the  Gods  according  to  the  Grecian  rites.  In  this  way 
he  would  pass  a  month,  or  more,  with  the  Borysthenites,  after 
which  he  would  clothe  himself  again  in  his  Scythian  dress,  and 
so  take  his  departure.  This  he  did  repeatedly,  and  even  built 
himself  a  house  in  Borj^sthenes,  and  married  a  wife  there  who 
was  a  native  of  the  place. 

79.  But  when  the  time  came  that  was  ordained  to  bring  him 
woe,  the  occasion  of  his  ruin  was  the  following.  He  wanted  to 
be  initiated  in  the  Bacchic  mysteries,  and  was  on  the  point  of 
obtaining  admission  to  the  rites,  when  a  most  strange  prodigy 
occurred  to  him.  The  house  which  he  possessed,  as  I  mentioned 
a  short  time  back,  in  the  city  of  the  Borysthenites,  a  building  of 
great  extent  and  erected  at  a  vast  cost,  round  which  there  stood 
a  number  of  sphinxes  and  griffins  carved  in  white  marble,  was 
struck  by  lightning  from  on  high,  and  burnt  to  the  ground. 
Scylas,  nevertheless,  went  on  and  received  the  initiation.  Now 
the  Scythians  are  wont  to  reproach  the  Greeks  with  their 

» Istria,  Ister,  or  Istropolis,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Danube  or  Ister,  was  a 
colony  of  the  Milesians. 

•  Compare  Adonijah's  request  to  be  given  one  of  his  father's  (David's) 
wives  (i  Kings  ii.  17-25).  Such  marriages  were  forbidden  by  the  Jewish 
law  (Lev.  xviii.  8,  etc.),  but  they  were  no  doubt  common  among  other 
nations. 


Chap.  79-81.       Revolt  of  Octamasadas  3 1 9 

Bacchanal  rage,  and  to  say  that  it  is  not  reasonable  to  imagine 
there  is  a  god  who  impels  men  to  madness.  No  sooner,  there- 
fore, was  Scylas  initiated  in  the  Bacchic  mysteries  than  one  of 
the  Bor}-sthenites  went  and  carried  the  news  to  the  Scythians — 
*'  You  Scyths  laugh  at  us/'  he  said,  "  because  we  rave  when  the 
god  seizes  us.  But  now  our  god  has  seized  upon  your  king,  who 
raves  like  us,  and  is  maddened  by  the  influence.  If  you  think 
I  do  not  tell  you  true,  come  with  me,  and  I  will  show  him  to 
you."  The  chiefs  of  the  Scythians  went  with  the  man  accord- 
ingly, and  the  Borysthenite,  conducting  them  into  the  city, 
placed  them  secretly  on  one  of  the  towers.  Presently  Scylas 
passed  by  with  the  band  of  revellers,  raving  like  the  rest,  and  was 
seen  by  the  watchers.  Regarding  the  matter  as  a  very  great 
misfortune  they  instantly  departed,  and  came  and  told  the  army 
what  they  had  witnessed. 

80.  W^en,  therefore,  Scylas,  after  leaving  Borysthenes,  was 
about  returning  home,  the  Scythians  broke  out  into  revolt.  They 
put  at  their  head  Octamasadas,  grandson  (on  the  mother's  side) 
of  Teres.  Then  Scylas,  when  he  learned  the  danger  with  which 
he  was  threatened,  and  the  reason  of  the  disturbance,  made  his 
escape  to  Thrace.  Octamasadas,  discovering  whither  he  had  fled, 
marched  after  him,  and  had  reached  the  Ister,  when  he  was  met 
by  the  forces  of  the  Thracians.  The  two  armies  were  about  to 
engage,  but  before  they  joined  battle,  Sitalces  ^  sent  a  message  to 
Octamasadas  to  this  effect — "  Wliy  should  there  be  trial  of  arms 
betwixt  thee  and  me  ?  Thou  art  my  own  sister's  son,  and  thou 
hast  in  thy  keeping  my  brother.  Surrender  him  into  my  hands, 
and  I  will  give  thy  Scylas  back  to  thee.  So  neither  thou  nor  I 
will  risk  our  armies."  Sitalces  sent  this  message  to  Octama- 
sadas, by  a  herald,  and  Octamasadas,  with  whom  a  brother  of 
Sitalces  ^  had  formerly  taken  refuge,  accepted  the  terms.  He 
surrendered  his  own  uncle  to  Sitalces,  and  obtained  in  exchange 
his  brother  Scylas.  Sitalces  took  his  brother  with  him  and 
withdrew;  but  Octamasadas  beheaded  Scylas  upon  the  spot^ 
Thus  rigidly  do  the  Scythians  maintain  their  own  customs,  and 
thus  severely  do  they  punish  such  as  adopt  foreign  usages. 

81.  \Miat  the  population  of  Scythia  is,  I  was  not  able  to  learn 
with  certainty;  the  accounts  which  I  received  varied  from  one 
another.    I  heard  from  some  that  they  were  very  numerous 

^  Vide  infra,  viL  137.  Sitalces  was  contemporary  vrith  Herodotus.  He 
died  B.c.  424  (Thucyd.  iv.  loi). 

■  Perhaps  Sparadocus,  the  father  of  Seuthes. 


320  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

indeed ;  others  made  their  numbers  but  scanty  for  such  a  nation 
as  the  Scyths.  Thus  much,  however,  I  witnessed  with  my  own 
eyes.  There  is  a  tract  called  Exampaeus  between  the  Bory- 
sthenes  and  the  Hypanis.  I  made  some  mention  of  it  in  a  former 
place,  where  I  spoke  of  the  bitter  stream  which  rising  there 
flows  into  the  Hypanis,  and  renders  the  water  of  that  river 
undrinkable.^  Here  then  stands  a  brazen  bowl,  six  times  as  big 
as  that  at  the  entrance  of  the  Euxine,  which  Pausanias,  the  son 
of  Cleombrotus,  set  up.  Such  as  have  never  seen  that  vessel 
may  understand  me  better  if  I  say  that  the  Scythian  bowl  holds 
with  ease  six  hundred  amphorae,^  and  is  of  the  thickness  of  six 
fingers'  breadth.  The  natives  gave  me  the  following  account  of 
the  manner  in  which  it  was  made.  One  of  their  kings,  by  name 
Ariantas,  wishing  to  know  the  number  of  his  subjects,  ordered 
them  all  to  bring  him,  on  pain  of  death,  the  point  off  one  of 
their  arrows.  They  obeyed;  and  he  collected  thereby  a  vast 
heap  of  arrow-heads,  which  he  resolved  to  form  into  a  m-cmorial 
that  might  go  down  to  posterity.  Accordingly  he  made  of  them 
this  bowl,  and  dedicated  it  at  Exampseus.  This  was  all  that 
I  could  learn  concerning  the  number  of  the  Scythians. 

82.  The  country  has  no  marvels  except  its  rivers,  which  are 
larger  and  more  numerous  than  those  of  any  other  land.  These, 
and  the  vastness  of  the  great  plain,  are  worthy  of  note,  and  one 
thing  besides,  which  I  am  about  to  mention.  They  show  a  foot- 
mark of  Hercules,  impressed  on  a  rock,  in  shape  like  the  print 
of  a  man's  foot,  but  two  cubits  in  length.  It  is  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Tyras.  Having  described  this,  I  return  to  the 
subject  on  which  I  originally  proposed  to  discourse. 

83.  The  preparations  of  Darius  against  the  Scythians  had 
begun,  messengers  had  been  despatched  on  all  sides  with  the 
king's  commands,  some  being  required  to  furnish  troops,  others 
to  supply  ships,  others  again  to  bridge  the  Thracian  Bosphorus, 
when  Artabanus,  son  of  Hystaspes  and  brother  of  Darius,  en- 
treated the  king  to  desist  from  his  expedition,  urging  on  him  the 
great  difficulty  of  attacking  Scythia.^  Good,  however,  as  the 
advice  of  Artabanus  was,  it  failed  to  persuade  Darius.  He 
therefore  ceased  his  reasonings;  and  Darius,  when  bis  prepara- 
tions were  complete,  led  his  army  forth  from  Susa. 

*  Vide  supra,  ch.  52. 

•The  Greek  amphora  {aiJ.<f)opei>s)  contained  nearly  nine  of  oor  gallons; 
whence  it  appears  that  this  bowl  would  have  held  about  5400  gallons,  or 
above  85  hogsheads.  (The  "  Great  Tun  "  at  Heidelberg  holds  above  800 
hogsheads.) 

•  The  cautious  temper  of  Artabanus  again  appears,  vil.  10. 


Chap.  8a-86.   Darius  SuFvcys  the  Euxine  321 

84.  It  was  then  that  a  certain  Persian^,  by  name  CEobazus, 
the  father  of  three  sons,  all  of  whom  were  to  accompany  the 
army,  came  and  prayed  the  king  that  he  would  allow  one  of 
his  sons  to  remain  with  him.  Darius  made  answer,  as  if  he 
regarded  him  in  the  light  of  a  friend  who  had  urged  a  moderate 
request,  "  that  he  would  allow  them  all  to  remain."  CEobazus 
was  overjoyed,  expecting  that  all  his  children  would  be  excused 
from  serving;  the  king  however  bade  his  attendants  take  the 
three  sons  of  CEobazus  and  forthwith  put  them  to  death.  Thus 
they  were  all  left  behind,  but  not  till  they  had  been  deprived  of 
life.i 

85.  When  Darius,  on  his  march  from  Susa,  reached  the  terri- 
tory of  Chalcedon  ^  on  the  shores  of  the  Bosphorus,  where  the 
bridge  had  been  made,  he  took  ship  and  sailed  thence  to  the 
Cyanean  islands,^  which,  according  to  the  Greeks,  once  floateda 
He  took  his  seat  also  in  the  temple  *  and  surveyed  the  Pontus^ 
which  is  indeed  well  worthy  of  consideration.  There  is  not  in 
the  world  any  other  sea  so  wonderful:  it  extends  in  length 
eleven  thousand  one  hundred  furlongs,  and  its  breadth,  at  the 
widest  part,  is  three  thousand  tliree  hundred.^  The  mouth  is 
but  four  furlongs  wide;  and  this  strait,  called  the  Bosphoms, 
and  across  which  the  bridge  of  Darius  had  been  thrown,  is  a 
hundred  and  twenty  furlongs  in  length,  reaching  from  the 
Euxine  to  the  Propontis.  The  Propontis  is  five  hundred  fur- 
longs across,  and  fourteen  hundred  long.*  Its  waters  flow  into 
the  Hellespont,  the  length  of  which  is  four  hundred  furlongs, 
and  the  width  no  more  than  seven.'  The  Hellespont  opens 
into  the  wide  sea  called  the  iEgean. 

86.  The  mode  in  which  these  distances  have  been  measured 

is  the  following.     In  a  long  day  a  vessel  generally  accomplishes 

about  seventy  thousand  fathoms,  in  the  night  sixty  thousandi 

Now  from  the  mouth  of  the  Pontus  to  the  river  Phasis,  which  is 

the  extreme  length  of  this  sea,  is  a  voyage  of  nine  days  and 

^  Compare  the  similar  story  told  of  Xerxes,  infra,  viL  39. 
"  Chalcedon  was  situated  on  the  Asiatic  side,  at  the  point  where  th« 
Bosphorus  opens  into  the  Sea  of  Marmora. 

•  Otherwise  called  the  Symplegades  [which,  in  Greek  myth,  crushed  au 
vessels  that  tried  to  pass  between  them.  Milton  speaks  of  these  "  justling 
rocks,"  in  reference  to  the  story  of  Jason  and  the  Argonauts  (P.  L.  ii.  1017, 
8).— E.  H.  B.]. 

•  The  temple  at  the  mouth  of  the  strait  mentioned  below,  ch.  87. 

•  These  measurements  are  extremely  incorrect. 

•  By  the  length  of  the  Propontis  we  must  imderstand  here  the  distance 
from  the  lower  mouth  of  the  Bosphorus  to  the  upper  end  of  the  Hellespoat, 

'  The  length  of  the  Dardanelles  is,  as  nearly  as  possible,  40  mües.  Its 
breadth  at  the  narrowest  part  is  about  one  müe. 


322  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv.  i 

eight  nights,  which  makes  the  distance  one  million  one  hundred  | 
and  ten  thousand  fathoms,  or  eleven  thousand  one  hundred  fur-  | 
longs.  Again,  from  Sindica,  to  Themiscyra  on  the  river  Ther- 
modon,  where  the  Pontus  is  wider  than  at  any  other  place,* 
is  a  sail  of  three  days  and  two  nights;  which  makes  three 
hundred  and  thirty  thousand  fathoms,  or  three  thousand  three 
hundred  furlongs.  Such  is  the  plan  on  which  I  have  measured 
the  Pontus,  the  Bosphorus,  and  the  Hellespont,  and  such  is  the 
account  which  I  have  to  give  of  them.  The  Pontus  has  also  a 
lake  belonging  to  it,  not  very  much  inferior  to  itself  in  size. 
The  waters  of  this  lake  run  into  the  Pontus:  it  is  called  the 
Mseotis,  and  also  the  Mother  of  the  Pontus. 

87.  Darius,  after  he  had  finished  his  survey,  sailed  back  to 
the  bridge,  which  had  been  constructed  for  him  by  Mandrocles 
a  Samian.  He  likewise  surveyed  the  Bosphorus,  and  erected 
upon  its  shores  two  pillars  of  white  marble,  whereupon  he  in- 
scribed the  names  of  all  the  nations  which  formed  his  army — on 
the  one  pillar  in  Greek,  on  the  other  in  Assyrian  characters.* 
Now  his  army  was  drawn  from  all  the  nations  under  his  sway; 
and  the  whole  amount,  without  reckoning  the  naval  forces,  was 
seven  hundred  thousand  men,  including  cavalry.  The  fleet  con- 
sisted of  six  hundred  ships.  Some  time  afterwards  the  Byzan- 
tines removed  these  pillars  to  their  own  city,  and  used  them  for 
an  altar  which  they  erected  to  Orthosian  Diana.*  One  block 
remained  behind:  it  lay  near  the  temple  of  Bacchus  at  Byzan- 
tium, and  was  covered  with  Assyrian  writing.  The  spot  where 
Darius  bridged  the  Bosphorus  was,  I  think,  but  I  speak  only 
from  conjecture,  half-way  between  the  city  of  Byzantium  and  the 
temple  at  the  mouth  of  the  strait. 

88.  Darius  was  so  pleased  with  the  bridge  thrown  across  the 
strait  by  the  Samain  Mandrocles,  that  he  not  only  bestowed 
upon  him  all  the  customary  presents,  but  gave  him  ten  of  every 
kind.  Mandrocles,  by  way  of  offering  firstfruits  from  these 
presents,  caused  a  picture  to  be  painted  which  showed  the  whole 
of  the  bridge,  with  King  Darius  sitting  in  a  seat  of  honour,  and 
his  army  engaged  in  the  passage.    This  painting  he  dedicated 

*  This  is  a  mistake.  It  is  possible  that  the  Palus  Maeotis  (=  Sea  of  Azov) 
may  have  been  very  greatly  larger  in  the  time  of  Herodotus  than  it  is  at 
present.     [See  Tozer,  History  of  Ancient  Geography,  p.  81. — E.  H.  B.] 

•  It  was  natural  that  the  Persians,  who  set  up  trilingual  inscriptions  in 
the  central  provinces  for  the  benefit  of  their  Arian,  Semitic,  and  Tatar 
populations,  should  leave  bilingual  records  in  other  places. 

»  That  is,  Diana,  who  had  established  or  preserved  their  city.  (Compare 
the  Latin  "  Jupüer  Stator.") 


Chap.  87-91-  The  Tcarus  323 

in  the  temple  of  Juno  at  Samos,  attaching  to  it  the  inscription 
following: — 

"  The  fish-fraught  Bosphonis  bridged,  to  Juno's  fane 
Did  Mandrocles  this  proud  memorial  bring ; 
When  for  himself  a  crown  he'd  skill  to  gain, 
For  Samos  praise,  contenting  the  Great  King." 

Such  was  the  memorial  of  his  work  which  was  left  by  the 
architect  of  the  bridge. 

89.  Darius,  after  rewarding  Mandrocles,  passed  into  Europe, 
while  he  ordered  the  lonians  to  enter  the  Pontus,  and  sail  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Ister.  There  he  bade  them  throw  a  bridge 
across  the  stream  and  await  his  coming.  The  lonians,  ^Eolians, 
and  Hellespontians  were  the  nations  which  furnished  the  chief 
strength  of  his  navy.  So  the  fleet,  threading  the  Cyanean  Isles, 
proceeded  straight  to  the  Ister,  and,  mounting  the  river  to  thf 
point  where  its  channels  separate,^  a  distance  of  two  days* 
voyage  from  the  sea,  yoked  the  neck  of  the  stream.  Meantime 
Darius,  who  had  crossed  the  Bosphonis  by  the  bridge  over  it. 
marched  through  Thrace;  and  happening  upon  the  sources  of 
the  Teams,  pitched  his  camp  and  made  a  stay  of  three  days. 

90.  Now  the  Teams  is  said  by  those  who  dwell  near  it,  to  be 
the  most  healthful  of  all  streams,  and  to  cure,  among  other 
diseases,  the  scab  either  in  man  or  beast.  Its  sources,  which  are 
eight  and  thirty  in  number,  all  flowing  from  the  same  rock,  are 
in  part  cold,  in  part  hot.  They  lie  at  an  equal  distance  from 
the  town  of  Heraeum  near  Perinthus,^  and  ApoUonia  on  the 
Euxine,  a  two  days'  journey  from  each.  This  river,  the  Teams, 
is  a  tributary  of  the  Contadesdus,  which  runs  into  the  Agrianes, 
and  that  into  the  Hebms.*  The  Hebms  empties  itself  into  the 
sea  near  the  city  of  yEnus.* 

91.  Here  then,  on  the  banks  of  the  Teams,  Darius  stopped 
and  pitched  his  camp.  The  river  charmed  him  so,  that  he 
caused  a  pillar  to  be  erected  in  this  place  also,  with  an  inscription 
to  the  following  effect:  "  The  fountains  of  the  Teams  afford  the 

•  The  Danube  divides  at  present  near  Isatcha,  between  Brailow  and 
Ismail ;  but  we  cannot  be  certain  that  the  division  was  always  at  this 
place. 

•  Perinthus  (afterwards  Heraclea)  lay  upon  the  Propontis,  in  lat.  41*, 
long.  28',  nearly.  Its  site  is  marked  by  the  modem  Erekli  (vide  infra, 
▼.  I). 

■  The  Agrianes  is  undoubtedly  the  modern  Erkene,  which  runs  into  the 
Maritza  (Hebrus)  to  the  north  of  the  range  of  Rhodope  {Despoto  Dafi^ 
The  Contadesdus  is  the  river  of  Karishtiran. 

•  Concerning  the  site  of  vEnus,  vide  infra,  vii.  58g 


324  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

best  and  most  beautiful  water  of  all  rivers:  they  were  visited, 
on  his  march  into  Scythia,  by  the  best  and  most  beautiful  of 
men,  Darius,  son  of  Hystaspes,  king  of  the  Persians,  and  of  the 
whole  continent."  ^  Such  was  the  inscription  which  he  set  up 
at  this  place. 

92.  Marching  thence,  he  came  to  a  second  river,  called  the 
Artiscus,  which  flows  through  thie  country  of  the  Odrysians.* 
Here  he  fixed  upon  a  certain  spot,  where  every  one  of  his  soldiers 
should  throw  a  stone  as  he  passed  by.  When  his  orders  were 
obeyed,  Darius  continued  his  march,  leaving  behind  him  great 
hills  formed  of  the  stones  cast  by  his  troops. 

93.  Before  arriving  at  the  Ister,^  the  first  people  whom  he 
subdued  were  the  Getae,*  who  believe  in  their  immortality.  The 
Thracians  of  Salmydessus,  and  those  who  dwelt  above  the  cities 
of  ApoUonia  and  Mesembria — the  Scyrmiadae  and  Nipsaeans, 
as  they  are  called — gave  themselves  up  to  Darius  without  a 
struggle;  but  the  Getae  obstinately  defending  themselves,  were 
forthwith  enslaved,  notwithstanding  that  they  are  the  noblest 
s^  well  as  the  most  just  of  all  the  Thracian  tribes. 

94.  The  belief  of  the  Getae  in  respect  of  immortality  is  the 
following.  They  think  that  they  do  not  really  die,  but  that 
when  they  depart  this  life  they  go  to  Zalmoxis,  who  is  called 
also  Gebeleizis  by  some  among  them.  To  this  god  every  five 
years  they  send  a  messenger,  who  is  chosen  by  lot  out  of  the 
whole  nation,  and  charged  to  bear  him  their  several  requests. 
Their  mode  of  sending  hun  is  this.  A  number  of  them  stand  in 
order,  each  holding  in  his  hand  three  darts;  others  take  the 
man  who  is  to  be  sent  to  Zalmoxis,  and  swinging  him  by  his 
hands  and  feet,  toss  him  into  the  air  so  that  he  fails  upon  the 
points  of  the  weapons.  If  he  is  pierced  and  dies,  they  think 
that  the  god  is  propitious  to  them;  but  if  not,  they  lay  the 
fault  on  Üie  messenger,  who  (they  say)  is  a  wicked  man:  and 
so  they  choose  another  to  send  away.  The  messages  are  given 
while  the  man  is  still  alive.  This  same  people,  when  it  lightens 
and  thunders,  aim  their  arrows  at  the  sky,  uttering  threats 
against  the  god ;  *  and  they  do  not  believe  that  there  is  any  god 
but  their  own. 

*  Vide  supra,  i.  4. 

■  The  country  of  the  Odrysae  was  the  great  plain  in  the  centre  of  which 
now  stands  the  city  of  Adrianople. 

•  It  is  not  qmte  clear  by  which  route  Darius  crossed  the  Balkan. 

*  The  identity  of  the  Getaa  with  the  Goths  of  later  times  is  more  than  a 
plausible  conjecture. 

•  Compare  the  customs  of  the  Calyndians  (i.  172^.  and  the  PsyUi  fiv.  173). 


Chap.  92-97.  Stofy  of  Zalmoxis  325 

95.  I  am  told  by  the  Greeks  who  dwell  on  the  shores  of  th« 
Hellespont  and  the  Pontus,  that  this  Zalmoxis  was  in  reality  a 
man,  that  he  lived  at  Samos,  and  while  there  was  the  slave  ^  of 
Pythagoras  son  of  Mnesarchus.  After  obtaining  his  freedom  he 
grew  rich,  and  leaving  Samos,  returned  to  his  own  country. 
The  Thracians  at  that  time  lived  in  a  wretched  way,  and  were  a 
poor  ignorant  race;  Zalmoxis,  therefore,  who  by  his  commerce 
with  the  Greeks,  and  especially  with  one  who  was  by  no  means 
their  most  contemptible  philosopher,  Pythagoras  to  wit,  was 
acquainted  with  the  Ionic  mode  of  life  and  with  manners  more 
refined  than  those  current  among  his  countrymen,  had  a 
chamber  built,  in  which  from  time  to  time  he  received  and 
feasted  all  the  principal  Thracians,  using  the  occasion  to  teach 
them  that  neither  he,  nor  they,  his  boon  companions,  nor  any 
of  their  posterity  would  ever  perish,  but  that  they  would  all  go 
to  a  place  where  they  would  live  for  aye  in  the  enjoyment  of 
every  conceivable  good.  While  he  was  acting  in  this  way,  and 
holding  this  kind  of  discourse,  he  was  constructing  an  apart- 
ment underground,  into  which,  when  it  was  completed,  he 
withdrew,  vanishing  suddenly  from  the  eyes  of  the  Thracians, 
who  greatly  regretted  his  loss,  and  mourned  over  him  as  one 
dead.  He  meanwhile  abode  in  his  secret  chamber  three  full 
years,  after  which  he  came  forth  from  his  concealment,  and 
showed  himself  once  more  to  his  countrymen,  who  were  thus 
brought  to  believe  in  the  truth  of  what  he  had  taught  them. 
Such  is  the  account  of  the  Greeks. 

96.  I  for  my  part  neither  put  entire  faith  in  this  story  of 
Zalmoxis  and  his  underground  chamber,  nor  do  I  altogether 
discredit  it:  but  I  believe  Zalmoxis  to  have  lived  long  before 
the  time  of  Pythagoras.  WTiether  there  was  ever  really  a  man 
of  the  name,  or  whether  Zalmoxis  is  nothing  but  a  native  god  of 
the  Getae,  I  now  bid  him  farewell.  As  for  the  Getae  themselves, 
the  people  who  observe  the  practices  described  above,  they  were 
now  reduced  by  the  Persians,  and  accompanied  the  army  of 
Darius. 

97.  When  Darius,  with  his  land  forces,  reached  the  Ister,  he 
made  his  troops  cross  the  stream,  and  after  all  were  gone  over 
gave  orders  to  the  lonians  to  break  the  bridge,  and  follow  him 
with  the  whole  naval  force  in  his  land  march.  They  were 
about  to  obey  his  command,  when  the  general  of  the  Myti- 
lenaeans,  Goes  son  of  Erxander,  having  first  asked  whether  it  was 

*  Thracian  slaves  were  w&cj  numerous  in  Greece. 


326  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

agreeable  to  the  king  to  listen  to  one  who  wished  to  speak  his 
mind,  addressed  him  in  the  words  following : — "  Thou  art  about, 
Sire,  to  attack  a  country  no  part  of  which  is  cultivated,  and 
wherein  there  is  not  a  single  inhabited  city.  Keep  this  bridge, 
then,  as  it  is,  and  leave  those  who  built  it  to  watch  over  it.  So 
if  we  come  up  with  the  Scythians  and  succeed  against  them  as 
we  could  msh,  we  may  return  by  this  route;  or  if  we  fail  of 
finding  them,  our  retreat  will  stül  be  secure.  For  I  have  no 
fear  lest  the  Scythians  defeat  us  in  battle,  but  my  dread  is  lest 
we  be  unable  to  discover  them,  and  suffer  loss  while  we  wander 
about  their  territory.  And  now,  mayhap,  it  will  be  said,  I 
advise  thee  thus  in  the  hope  of  being  myself  allowed  to  remain 
behind ;  but  in  truth  I  have  no  other  design  than  to  recommend 
the  course  which  seems  to  me  the  best;  nor  will  I  consent  to  be 
among  those  left  behind,  but  my  resolve  is,  in  any  case,  to 
follow  thee."  The  advice  of  Goes  pleased  Darius  highly,  who 
thus  replied  to  him: — "  Dear  Lesbian,  when  I  am  safe  home 
again  in  my  palace,  be  sure  thou  come  to  me,  and  with  good 
deeds  will  I  recompense  thy  good  words  of  to-day." 

98.  Having  so  said,  the  king  took  a  leathern  thong,  and  tying 
sixty  knots  in  it,  called  together  the  Ionian  tyrants,  and  spoke 
thus  to  them: — "  Men  of  Ionia,  my  former  commands  to  you 
concerning  the  bridge  are  now  withdrawn.  See,  here  is  a  thong : 
take  it,  and  observe  my  bidding  with  respect  to  it.  From  the 
time  that  I  leave  you  to  march  forward  into  Scy thia,  untie  every 
day  one  of  the  knots.  If  I  do  not  return  before  the  last  day  to 
which  the  knots  will  hold  out,  then  leave  your  station,  and  sail 
to  your  several  homes.  Meanwhile,  understand  that  my  resolve 
is  changed,  and  that  you  are  to  guard  the  bridge  with  all  care, 
and  watch  over  its  safety  and  preservation.  By  so  doing  ye  will 
oblige  me  greatly."  When  Darius  had  thus  spoken,  he  set  out 
on  his  march  with  all  speed. 

99.  Before  you  come  to  Scj'^thia,  on  the  sea  coast,  lies  Thrace. 
The  land  here  makes  a  sweep,  and  then  Scythia  begins,  the 
Ister  falling  into  the  sea  at  this  point  with  its  mouth  facing  the 
east.  Starting  from  the  Ister  I  shall  now  describe  the  measure- 
ments of  the  sea-shore  of  Scythia.  Immediately  that  the  Ister 
is  crossed.  Old  Scythia  begins,  and  continues  as  far  as  the  city 
called  Carcinitis,  fronting  towards  the  south  wind  and  the  mid- 
day.   Here  upon  the  same  sea,  there  lies  a  mountainous  tract  ^ 

*  The  mountains  lie  only  along  the  southern  coast  of  the  Crimea.  All 
the  rest  of  the  peninsula  belongs  to  the  steppes. 


cbap.  98- loa.      The  Tauric  Territory  327 

projecting  into  the  Pontus,  which  is  inhabited  by  the  Tauri,  as 
far  as  what  is  called  the  Rugged  Chersonese,^  which  runs  out 
into  the  sea  upon  the  east.  For  the  boundaries  of  Scythia 
extend  on  two  sides  to  two  different  seas,  one  upon  the  south, 
and  the  other  towards  the  east,  as  is  also  the  case  with  Attica. 
And  the  Tauri  occupy  a  position  in  Scythia  like  that  which  a 
people  would  hold  in  Attica,  who,  being  foreigners  and  not 
Athenians,  should  inhabit  the  high  land  of  Sunium,  from 
Thoricus  to  the  township  of  Anaphlystus,  if  this  tract  projected 
into  the  sea  somewhat  further  than  it  does.  Such,  to  compare 
great  things  with  small,  is  the  Tauric  territory.  For  the  sake 
of  those  who  may  not  have  made  the  voyage  round  these  parts 
of  Attica,  I  will  illustrate  in  another  way.  It  is  as  if  in  lapygia 
a  line  were  drawn  from  Port  Brundusium  ^  to  Tarentum,  and  a 
people  different  from  the  lapygians  inhabited  the  promontory. 
These  two  instances  may  suggest  a  number  of  others  where  the 
shape  of  the  land  closely  resembles  that  of  Taurica. 

100.  Beyond  this  tract,  we  find  the  Scythians  again  in  posses- 
sion of  the  country  above  the  Tauri  and  the  parts  bordering  on 
the  eastern  sea,  as  also  of  the  whole  district  lying  west  of  the 
Cimmerian  Bosphonis  and  the  Palus  Mseotis,  as  far  as  the  river 
Tanais,  which  empties  itself  into  that  lake  at  its  upper  end.  As 
for  the  inland  boundaries  of  Scythia,  if  we  start  from  the  Ister, 
we  find  it  enclosed  by  the  following  tribes,  first  the  Agathyrsi, 
next  the  Neuri,  then  the  Androphagi,  and  last  of  all,  the 
Melanchlaeni. 

10 1.  Scythia  then,  which  is  square  in  shape,  and  has  two  of 
its  sides  reaching  down  to  the  sea,  extends  inland  to  the  same 
distance  that  it  stretches  along  the  coast,  and  is  equal  every 
way.  For  it  is  a  ten  days'  journey  from  the  Ister  ^  to  the  Bory- 
sthenes,  and  ten  more  from  the  Borysthenes  to  the  Palus  Maeotis, 
while  the  distance  from  the  coast  inland  to  the  country  of  the 
Melanchlaeni,  who  dwell  above  Scythia,  is  a  journey  of  twenty 
days.  I  reckon  the  day's  journey  at  two  hundred  furlongs. 
Thus  the  two  sides  which  run  straight  inland  are  four  thousand 
furlongs  each,  and  the  transverse  sides  at  right  angles  to  these 
are  also  of  the  same  length,  which  gives  the  full  size  of  Scythia. 

102.  The  Scythians,  reflecting  on  their  situation,  perceived 
that  they  were  not  strong  enough  by  themselves  to  cont/*,nd 

^  By  the  "  rough  "  or  "  rugged  "  Chersonese.  HerodoHis  plainly  intends 
the  eastern  part  of  the  Crimea. 

•  Brindisi.  •  [Sec  Macan's  Herodotus,  vol.  ii.  p.  32. — E.  H.  B.] 


328  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

with  the  army  of  Darius  in  open  fight.  They,  therefore,  sent 
envoys  to  the  neighbouring  nations,  whose  kings  had  already 
met,  and  were  in  consultation  upon  the  advance  of  so  vast  a 
host.  Now  they  who  had  come  together  were  the  kings  of  the 
Tauri,  the  Agathyrsi,  the  Neuri,  the  Androphagi,  the  Melan- 
chlaeni,  the  Geloni,  the  Budini,  and  the  Sauromatse. 

103.  The  Tauri  have  the  following  customs.  They  offer  in 
sacrifice  to  the  Virgin  all  shipwrecked  persons,  and  all  Greeks 
compelled  to  put  into  their  ports  by  stress  of  weather.  The 
mode  of  sacrifice  is  this.  After  the  preparatory  ceremonies, 
they  strike  the  victim  on  the  head  with  a  club.  Then,  according 
to  some  accounts,  they  hurl  the  trunk  from  the  precipice  whereon 
the  temple  stands,  and  nail  the  head  to  a  cross.  Others  grant 
that  the  head  is  treated  in  this  way,  but  deny  that  the  body  is 
thrown  down  the  cliff — on  the  contrary,  they  say,  it  is  buried. 
The  goddess  to  whom  these  sacrifices  are  offered  the  Tauri  them- 
selves declare  to  be  Iphigenia^  the  daughter  of  Agamemnon. 
When  they  take  prisoners  in  war  they  treat  them  in  the  following 
way.  The  man  who  has  taken  a  captive  cuts  off  his  head,  and 
carrying  it  to  his  home,  fixes  it  upon  a  tall  pole,  which  he 
elevates  above  his  house,  most  commonly  over  the  chimney. 
The  reason  that  the  heads  sue  set  up  so  high,  is  (it  is  said)  in 
order  that  the  whole  house  may  be  under  their  protection* 
These  people  live  entirely  by  war  and  plundering. 

104.  The  Agathyrsi  are  a  race  of  men  very  luxurious,  and 
very  fond  of  wearing  gold  on  their  persons.  They  have  wives 
in  common,  that  so  they  may  be  all  brothers,^  and,  as  members 
of  one  family,  may  neither  envy  nor  hate  one  another.  In 
other  respects  their  customs  approach  nearly  to  those  of  the 
Thracians. 

105.  The  Neurian  customs  are  like  the  Scythian.  One  genera- 
tion before  the  attack  of  Darius  they  were  driven  from  their 
land  by  a  huge  multitude  of  serpents  which  invaded  them.  Of 
these  some  were  produced  in  their  own  country,  while  others, 
and  those  by  far  the  greater  number,  came  in  from  the  deserts 
on  the  north.  Suffering  grievously  beneath  this  scourge,  they 
quitted  their  homes,  and  took  refuge  with  the  Budini.    It  seems 

*  The  virgin  goddess  of  the  Tauri  was  more  generally  identified  by  the 
Greeks  vvitb  their  own  Artenais.  The  legend  of  Iphigenia  is  probably  a 
mere  Greek  fancy,  having  the  Tauric  custom  of  ofiering  human  sacrifices 
as  its  basis. 

» This  anticipation  of  the  theory  of  Plato  {Ejep.  v.)  is  curious.  Was 
Plato  indebted  to  Herodotiis? 


Chap.  103-109.  The  Budiiii  329 

that  these  people  are  conjurers;  for  both  the  Scythians  and  the 
Greeks  who  dwell  in  Scythia  say,  that  every  Neurian  once  a 
year  becomes  a  wolf  ^  for  a  few  days,  at  the  end  of  which  time 
he  is  restored  to  his  proper  shape.^  Not  that  I  believe  this,  but 
they  constantly  affirm  it  to  be  true,  and  are  even  ready  to  back 
their  assertion  with  an  oath. 

106.  The  manners  of  the  Androphagi  ^  are  more  savage  than 
those  of  any  other  race.  They  neither  observe  justice,  nor  are 
governed  by  any  laws.  They  are  nomads,  and  their  dress  is 
Scythian;  but  the  language  which  they  speak  is  peculiar  to 
themselves.  Unlike  any  other  nation  in  these  parts,  they  are 
cannibals. 

107.  The  Melanchlaeni  *  wear,  all  of  them,  black  cloaks,  and 
from  this  derive  the  name  which  they  bear.  Their  customs  are 
Scythic. 

108.  The  Budini  are  a  large  and  powerful  nation:  they  have 
all  deep  blue  eyes,  and  bright  red  hair.  There  is  a  city  in  their 
territory,  called  Gelonus,  which  is  surrounded  with  a  lofty  wall, 
thirty  furlongs  each  way,  built  entirely  of  wood.  All  the  houses 
in  the  place  and  all  the  temples  are  of  the  same  material.  Here 
are  temples  built  in  honour  of  the  Grecian  gods,  and  adorned 
after  the  Greek  fashion  with  images,  altars,  and  shrines,  all  in 
wood.  There  is  even  a  festival,  held  every  third  year  in  honour 
of  Bacchus,  at  which  the  natives  fall  into  the  Bacchic  fury.  For 
the  fact  is  that  the  Geloni  were  anciently  Greeks,  who,  being 
driven  out  of  the  factories  along  the  coast,  fled  to  the  Budini 
and  took  up  their  abode  with  them.  They  still  speak  a  language 
half  Greek,  half  Scythian. 

109.  The  Budini,  however,  do  not  speak  the  same  language 
as  the  Geloni,  nor  is  their  mode  of  life  the  same.  They  are  the 
aboriginal  people  of  the  country,  and  are  nomads;  unlike  any 
of  the  neighbouring  races,  they  eat  lice.  The  Geloni,  on  the 
contrary,  are  tillers  of  the  soil,  eat  bread,  have  gardens,  and 
both  in  shape  and  complexion  are  quite  different  from  the 
Budini.  The  Greeks  notwithstanding  call  these  latter  Geloni; 
but  it  is  a  mistake  to  give  them  the  name.  Their  country  is 
thickly  planted  with  trees  of  all  manner  of  kinds.  In  the  very 
woodiest  part  is  a  broad  deep  lake,  surrounded  by  marshy  ground 

*  The  story  recalls  the  loup-garou  of  France.  [The  were-wolf  constantly 
appears  in  modem  folk-lore. — E.  H.  B.] 

'  As  Herodotus  recedes  from  the  sea  his  accounts  become  more  mythic, 
and  less  trustworthy.  »  Or  "  Men-eaters." 

*  Or  "  Black-cloaks."      This  is  probably  a  translation  of  the  native  namö^ 


33©  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

with  reeds  growing  on  it.  Here  otters  are  caught,  and  beavers^ 
with  another  sort  of  animal  which  has  a  square  face.  With  the 
skins  of  this  last  the  natives  border  their  capotes:^  and  they 
also  get  from  them  a  remedy,  which  is  of  virtue  in  diseases  of 
the  womb. 

110.  It  is  reported  of  the  Sauromatse,  that  when  the  Greeks 
fought  with  the  Amazons,^  whom  the  Scythians  call  Oior-pata 
or  "  man-slayers,"  as  it  may  be  rendered,  Oior  being  Scythic  for 
*'  man,"  and  pata  for  "  to  slay  " — it  is  reported,  I  say,  that  the 
Greeks  after  gaining  the  battle  of  the  Thermodon,  put  to  sea, 
taking  with  them  on  board  three  of  their  vessels  all  the  Amazons 
whom  they  had  made  prisoners;  and  that  these  women  upon  the 
voyage  rose  up  against  the  crews,  and  massacred  them  to  a  man. 
As  however  they  were  quite  strange  to  ships,  and  did  not  know 
how  to  use  either  rudder,  sails,  or  oars,  they  were  carried,  after 
the  death  of  the  men,  where  the  winds  and  the  waves  Usted.  At 
last  they  reached  the  shores  of  the  Palus  Maeotis  and  came  to  a 
place  called  Cremni  or  "  the  CliSs,"  which  is  in  the  country  of 
the  free  Scythians.  Here  they  went  ashore,  and  proceeded  by 
1-^id  towards  the  inhabited  regions;  the  first  herd  of  horses 
which  they  fell  in  with  they  seized,  and  mounting  upon  their 
backs,  fell  to  plundering  the  Scythian  territory. 

111.  The  Scyths  could  not  tell  what  to  make  of  the  attack 
upon  them — the  dress,  the  language,  the  nation  itself,  were  ahke 
unknown — whence  the  enemy  had  come  even,  was  a  marvel. 
Imagining,  however,  that  they  were  all  men  of  about  the  same 
age,^  they  went  out  against  them,  and  fought  a  battle.  Some 
of  the  bodies  of  the  slain  fell  into  their  hands,  whereby  they 
discovered  the  truth.  Hereupon  they  deliberated,  and  made  a 
resolve  to  kill  no  more  of  them,  but  to  send  against  them  a 
detachment  of  their  youngest  men,  as  near  as  they  could  guess 
equal  to  the  women  in  number,  with  orders  to  encamp  in  their 
neighbourhood,  and  do  as  they  saw  them  do — when  the  Amazons 
advanced  against  them,  they  were  to  retire,  and  avoid  a  fight — 
when  they  halted,  the  young  men  were  to  approach  and  pitch 
their  camp  near  the  camp  of  the  enemy.  All  this  they  did  on 
account  of  their  strong  desire  to  obtain  children  from  so  notable 
a  race.  « 

•  A  border  of  fur  is  commonly  seen  to  edge  the  coat  worn  by  the  Scythian« 
on  the  sepulchral  vases  and  other  remains. 

•  Some  Amazons  were  supposed  to  live  in  Asia,  others  in  Africa. 

•  That  is  to  say,  as  they  were  all  alike  beardless,  they  took  them  for  an 
army  of  youths. 


Chap.  110-115.     Story  of  thc  Amazons  331 

112.  So  the  youths  departed,  and  obeyed  the  orders  which 
had  been  given  them.  The  Amazons  soon  found  out  that  they 
had  not  come  to  do  them  any  harm;  and  so  they  on  their  part 
ceased  to  offer  the  Scythians  any  molestation.  And  now  day 
after  day  the  camps  approached  nearer  to  one  another;  both 
parties  led  the  same  life,  neither  having  anything  but  their  arms 
and  horses,  so  that  they  were  forced  to  support  themselves  by 
hunting  and  pillage. 

113.  At  last  an  incident  brought  two  of  them  together — the 
man  easily  gained  the  good  graces  of  the  woman,  who  bade  him 
by  signs  (for  they  did  not  understand  each  other's  language)  to 
bring  a  friend  the  next  day  to  the  spot  where  they  had  met — 
promising  on  her  part  *>o  bring  with  her  another  woman.  He 
did  so,  and  the  woman  kept  her  word.  When  the  rest  of  the 
youths  heard  what  had  taken  place,  they  also  sought  and  gained 
the  favour  of  the  other  Amazons. 

114.  The  two  camps  were  then  joined  in  one,  the  Scythians 
living  with  the  Amazons  as  their  wives;  and  the  men  were 
unable  to  learn  the  tongue  of  the  women,  but  the  women  soon 
caught  up  the  tongue  of  the  men.  When  they  could  thus 
understand  one  another,  the  Scyths  addressed  the  Amazons  in 
these  words, — ^"  We  have  parents,  and  properties,  let  us  there- 
fore give  up  this  mode  of  life,  and  return  to  our  nation,  and  live 
with  them.  You  shall  be  our  wives  there  no  less  than  here,  and 
we  promise  you  to  have  no  others."  But  the  Amazons  said — 
"  We  could  not  live  with  your  women — our  customs  are  quite 
different  from  theirs.  To  draw  the  bow,  to  hurl  the  javelin,  to 
bestride  the  horse,  these  are  our  arts — of  womanly  employments 
we  know  nothing.  Your  women,  on  the  contrary,  do  none  01 
these  thmgs;  but  stay  at  home  in  their  waggons,  engaged  in 
womanish  tasks,  and  never  go  out  to  hunt,  or  to  do  anything. 
We  should  never  agree  together.  But  if  you  truly  wish  to  keep 
us  as  your  wives,  and  would  conduct  yourselves  with  strict 
justice  towards  us,  go  you  home  to  your  parents,  bid  them  give 
you  your  inheritance,  and  then  come  back  to  us,  and  let  us  and 
you  live  together  by  ourselves." 

115.  The  youths  approved  of  the  advice,  and  followed  it. 
They  went  and  got  the  portion  of  goods  which  fell  to  them, 
returned  with  it,  and  rejoined  their  wives,  who  then  addressed 
them  in  these  words  following: — "  We  are  ashamed,  and  afraid 
to  live  in  the  country  where  we  now  are.  Not  only  have  we 
stolen  you  from  your  fathers,  but  we  have  done  great  damage  to 


332t  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

Scythia  by  our  ravages.  As  you  like  us  for  wives,  grant  the 
request  we  make  of  you.  Let  us  leave  this  country  together, 
and  go  and  dwell  beyond  the  Tanais."  Again  the  youths 
complied. 

ii6.  Crossing  the  Tanais  they  journeyed  eastward  a  distance 
of  three  days'  march  from  that  stream,  and  again  northward  a 
distance  of  three  days'  march  from  the  Palus  Maeotis,  Here 
they  came  to  the  country  where  they  now  live,  and  took  up  their 
abode  in  it.  The  women  of  the  Sauromatae  have  continued 
from  that  day  to  the  present  to  observe  their  ancient  customs/ 
frequently  hunting  on  horseback  with  their  husbands,  some- 
times even  unaccompanied;  in  war  taking  the  field;  and  wear- 
ing the  very  same  dress  as  the  men. 

117.  The  Sauromatae  speak  the  language  of  Scythia,  but  have 
never  talked  it  correctly,  because  the  Amazons  learnt  it  im- 
perfectly at  the  first.  Their  marriage-law  lays  it  down  that  no 
girl  shall  wed  till  she  has  killed  a  man  in  battle.  Sometimes  it 
happens  that  a  woman  dies  unmarried  at  an  advanced  age, 
having  never  been  able  in  her  whole  lifetime  to  fulfil  the 
condition. 

118.  The  envoys  of  the  Scythians,  on  being  introduced  into 
the  presence  of  the  kings  of  these  nations,  who  were  assembled 
to  deliberate,  made  it  known  to  them,  that  the  Persian,  after 
subduing  the  whole  of  the  other  continent,  had  thrown  a  bridge 
over  the  strait  of  the  Bosphorus,  and  crossed  into  the  continent 
of  Europe,  where  he  had  reduced  the  Thracians,  and  was  now 
making  a  bridge  over  the  Ister,  his  aim  being  to  bring  under 
his  sway  all  Europe  also.  "  Stand  ye  not  aloof  then  from  this 
contest,"  they  went  on  to  say,  "  look  not  on  tamely  while  we 
are  perishing — but  make  common  cause  with  us,  and  together 
let  us  meet  the  enemy.  If  ye  refuse,  we  must  yield  to  the 
pressure,  and  either  quit  our  country,  or  make  terms  with  the 
invaders.  For  what  else  is  left  for  us  to  do,  if  your  aid  be  with- 
held from  us?  The  blow,  be  sure,  will  not  light  on  you  more 
gently  upon  this  account.  The  Persian  comes  against  you  no 
less  than  against  us:  and  will  not  be  content,  after  we  are  con- 
quered, to  leave  you  in  peace.  We  can  bring  strong  proof  of 
what  we  here  advance.  Had  the  Persian  leader  indeed  come  to 
avenge  the  wrongs  which  he  suffered  at  our  hands  when  we 
enslaved  his  people,  and  to  war  on  us  only,  he  would  have  been 

1  This  is  of  course  the  origin  of  the  myth  narrated  above.  That  the 
Sarmatian  women  had  these  habits  seems  to  be  a  certain  fact. 


Chap.  116-120.  Scythian  Plan  333 

bound  to  march  straight  upon  Scythia,  without  molesting  any 
nation  by  the  way.^  Then  it  would  have  been  plain  to  all  that 
Scythia  alone  was  aimed  at.  But  now^  what  has  his  conduct 
been?  From  the  moment  of  his  entrance  into  Europe,  he  has 
subjugated  without  exception  every  nation  that  lay  in  his 
path.  All  the  tribes  of  the  Thracians  have  been  brought 
under  his  sway^  and  among  them  even  our  next  neighbours,  the 
Getae." 

119.  The  assembled  princes  of  the  nations,  after  hearing  all 
that  the  Scythians  had  to  say,  deliberated.  At  the  end  opinion 
was  divided — the  kings  of  the  Geloni,  Budini,  and  Sauromataü 
were  of  accord,  and  pledged  themselves  to  give  assistance  to  the 
Scythians;  but  the  Agathyrsian  and  Neurian  princes,  together 
with  the  sovereigns  of  the  Androphagi,  the  Melanchljeni,  and  the 
Tauri,  replied  to  their  request  as  follows : — "  If  you  had  not 
been  the  first  to  wrong  the  Persians,  and  begin  the  war,  we 
should  have  thought  the  request  you  make  just;  we  should  then 
have  complied  with  your  wishes,  and  joined  our  arms  with 
yours.  Now,  however,  the  case  stands  thus — you,  indepen- 
dently of  us,  invaded  the  land  of  the  Persians,  and  so  long  as 
God  gave  you  the  power,  lorded  it  over  them :  raised  up  now  by 
the  same  God,  they  are  come  to  do  to  you  the  like.  We,  on 
our  part,  did  no  wrong  to  these  men  in  the  former  war,  and  will 
not  be  the  first  to  commit  wrong  now.  If  they  invade  our  land, 
and  begin  aggressions  upon  us,  we  will  not  suiter  them ;  but,  till 
we  see  tliis  come  to  pass,  we  will  remain  at  home.  For  we 
believe  that  the  Persians  are  not  come  to  attack  us,  but  to 
punish  those  who  are  guilty  of  first  injuring  them." 

120.  When  this  reply  reached  the  Scythians,  they  resolved,  as 
the  neighbouring  nations  refused  their  alliance,  that  they  would 
not  openly  venture  on  any  pitched  battle  with  the  enemy,  but 
would  retire  before  them,  driving  off  their  herds,  choking  up  all 
the  wells  and  springs  as  they  retreated,  and  leaving  the  whole 
country  bare  of  forage.  They  divided  themselves  into  three 
bands,  one  of  which,  namely  that  commanded  by  Scopasis,  it 
was  agreed  should  be  joined  by  the  Sauromatae,  and  if  the 
Persians  advanced  in  the  direction  of  the  Tanais,  should  retreat 
along  the  shores  of  the  Palus  Maeotis  and  make  for  that  river; 
while  if  the  Persians  retired,  they  should  at  once  pursue  and 
harass  them.    The  two  other  divisions,  the  principal  one  under 

^  Alluding  to  the  Scythian  invasion  of  Asia  in  the  time  of  Cyaxares. 
See  Book  L  chs.  103-105,  and  supra,  ch.  i. 


334  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

the  command  of  Idanthyrsus,  and  the  third,  of  which  Taxacis 
was  king,  were  to  unite  in  one,  and,  joined  by  the  detachments 
of  the  Geloni  and  Budini,  were,  like  the  others,  to  keep  at  the 
distance  of  a  day's  march  from  the  Persians,  faUing  back  as 
they  advanced,  and  doing  the  same  as  the  others.  And  first» 
they  were  to  take  the  direction  of  the  nations  which  had  refused 
to  join  the  alliance,  and  were  to  draw  the  war  upon  them :  that 
so,  if  they  would  not  of  their  own  free  will  engage  in  the  contest, 
they  might  by  these  means  be  forced  into  it.  Afterwards,  it 
was  agreed  that  they  should  retire  into  their  own  land,  and, 
should  it  on  deliberation  appear  to  them  expedient,  join  feattle 
with  the  enemy. 

121.  When  these  measures  had  been  determined  on,  the« 
Scythians  went  out  to  meet  the  army  of  Darius,  sending  on  inn 
front  as  scouts  the  fleetest  of  their  horsemen.  Their  waggons, 
wherein  their  women  and  their  children  lived,  and  all  their: 
cattle,  except  such  a  number  as  was  wanted  for  food,  which  they^ 
kept  with  them,  were  made  to  precede  them  in  their  retreat, 
and  departed,  with  orders  to  keep  marching,  without  change  of 
course,  to  the  north. 

122.  The  scouts  of  the  Scythians  found  the  Persian  host 
advanced  three  days'  march  from  the  Ister,  and  immediately 
took  the  lead  of  them  at  the  distance  of  a  day's  march,  encamp- 
ing from  time  to  time,  and  destroying  all  that  grew  on  the« 
ground.  The  Persians  no  sooner  caught  sight  of  the  Scythian^ 
horse  than  they  pursued  upon  their  track,  while  the  enemy\ 
retired  before  them.  The  pursuit  of  the  Persians  was  directed 
towards  the  single  division  of  the  Scythian  army,^  and  thua 
their  line  of  march  was  eastward  toward  the  Tanais.  The» 
Scyths  crossed  the  river,  and  the  Persians  after  them,  still  in' 
pursuit.  In  this  way  they  passed  through  the  country  of  the« 
Sauromatae,  and  entered  that  of  the  Budini. 

123.  As  long  as  the  march  of  the  Persian  army  lay  through 
the  countries  of  the  Scythians  and  Sauromatae,  there  was  nothing! 
which  they  could  damage,  the  land  being  waste  and  barren; 
but  on  entering  the  territories  of  the  Budini,  they  came  upoa 
the  wooden  fortress  above  mentioned,^  which  was  deserted  by  its 
inhabitants  and  left  quite  empty  of  everything.  This  place  they) 
burnt  to  the  ground ;  and  having  so  done,  again  pressed  forward 
on  the  track  of  the  retreating  Scythians,  till,  having  passed 

1  The  division  of  Scopasis  (supra,  ch.  120). 
'  That  is,  the  town  Gelonus.     Vide  supra,  ch.  loS, 


Chap.  121-125.  March  of  Darius  335 

through  the  entire  country  of  the  Budini,  they  reached  the 
desert,  which  has  no  inhabitants,^  and  extends  a  distance  of 
seven  days'  journey  above  the  Budinian  territory.  Beyond  this 
desert  dwell  the  Thyssagetae,  out  of  whose  land  four  great 
streams  flow.  These  rivers  all  traverse  the  country  of  the 
Mseotians,  and  fall  into  the  Palus  Maeotis.  Their  names  are  the 
Lycus,  the  Oarus,  the  Tanais,  and  the  Syrgis.^ 

124.  When  Darius  reached  the  desert,  he  paused  from  his 
pursuit,  and  halted  his  army  upon  the  Oarus.  Here  he  built 
eight  large  forts,  at  an  equal  distance  from  one  another,  sixty 
furlongs  apart  or  thereabouts,  the  ruins  of  which  were  still 
remaining  in  my  day.*  During  the  time  that  he  was  so  occupied, 
the  Scythians  whom  he  had  been  following  made  a  circuit  by 
the  higher  regions,  and  re-entered  Scythia.  On  their  complete 
disappearance,  Darius,  seeing  nothing  more  of  them,  left  his 
forts  half  finished,  and  returned  towards  the  west.  He  imagined 
that  the  Scythians  whom  he  had  seen  were  the  entire  nation, 
and  that  they  had  fled  in  that  direction. 

125.  He  now  quickened  his  march,  and  entering  Scythia,  fell 
in  with  the  two  combined  divisions  of  the  Scythian  army,*  and 
instantly  gave  them  chase.  They  kept  to  their  plan  of  retreat- 
ing before  him  at  the  distance  of  a  day's  march;  and,  he  still 
following  them  hotly,  they  led  him,  as  had  been  previously 
settled,  into  the  territories  of  the  nations  that  had  refused  to 
Income  their  allies,  and  first  of  all  into  the  country  of  the 
Melanchlseni.  Great  disturbance  was  caused  among  this  people 
by  the  invasion  of  the  Scyths  first,  and  then  of  the  Persians. 
So,  having  harassed  them  after  this  sort,  the  Scythians  led  the 
way  into  the  land  of  the  Androphagi,  with  the  same  result  as 
before;  and  thence  passed  onwards  into  Neuris,  where  their 
coming  likewise  spread  dismay  among  the  inhabitants.  Still 
retreating  they  approached  the  Aga thyrsi;  but  this  people, 
which  had  witnessed  the  flight  and  terror  of  their  neighbours, 
did  not  wait  for  the  Scyths  to  invade  them,  but  sent  a  herald  to 
forbid  them  to  cross  their  borders,  and  to  forewarn  them,  that,  if 
they  made  the  attempt,  it  would  be  resisted  by  force  of  arms. 
The  Agathyrsi  then  proceeded  to  the  frontier,  to  defend  their 

*  Mentioned  above,  ch,  22. 

'  This  appears  to  be  the  stream  called  the  H3n-gis  in  ch.  57. 

«  The  conjecture  is  probable  that  these  supposed  "  forts  "  were  ruined 
barrows — perhaps  of  larger  size  and  better  material  than  common.  Hero- 
dotus would  hear  of  them  from  the  Greek  traders. 

*  The  divisions  of  Idan thyrsus  and  Taxacis  (supra,  ch.  120). 

I   405  M 


33^  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

countr)'  against  the  invaders.  As  for  the  other  nations,  the 
Melanchlaeni,  the  Androphagi,  and  the  Neuri,  instead  of  defend- 
ing themselves,  when  the  Scyths  and  Persians  overran  their 
lands,  they  forgot  their  threats  and  fled  away  in  confusion  to 
the  deserts  lying  towards  the  north.  The  Scythians,  when  the 
Agathyrsi  forbade  them  to  enter  their  country,  refrained;  and 
led  the  Persians  back  from  the  Neurian  district  into  their  own 
land. 

126.  This  had  gone  on  so  long,  and  seemed  so  interminable, 
that  Darius  at  last  sent  a  horseman  to  Idanthyrsus,  the  Scythian 
king,  with  the  following  message : — "  Thou  strange  man,  why 
dost  thou  keep  on  flying  before  me,  when  there  are  two  things 
thou  mightest  do  so  easily?  If  thou  deemest  thyself  able  to 
resist  my  arms,  cease  thy  wanderings  and  come,  let  us  engage  in 
battle.  Or  if  thou  art  conscious  that  my  strength  is  greater  tüan 
thine — even  so  thou  shouldest  cease  to  run  away — thou  hast  but 
to  bring  thy  lord  earth  and  water,  and  to  come  at  once  to  a 
conference." 

127.  To  this  message  Idanthyrsus,  the  Scythian  king,  replied: 
— "  This  is  my  way,  Persian,  I  never  fear  men  or  fly  from 
them.  I  have  not  done  so  in  times  past,  nor  do  I  now  fly  from 
thee.  There  is  nothing  new  or  strange  in  what  I  do;  I  only 
follow  my  common  mode  of  life  in  peaceful  years.  Now  I  will 
tell  thee  why  I  do  not  at  once  join  battle  with  thee.  We 
Scythians  have  neither  towns  nor  cultivated  lands,  which  might 
induce  us,  through  fear  of  their  being  taken  or  ravaged,  to  be 
in  any  hurry  to  fight  with  you.  If,  however,  you  must  needs 
come  to  blows  with  us  speedily,  look  you  now,  there  are  our 
fathers'  tombs  ^ — seek  them  out,  and  attempt  to  meddle  with 
them- — then  ye  shall  see  whether  or  no  we  will  fight  with  you. 
Till  ye  do  this,  be  sure  we  shall  not  join  battle,  unless  it  pleases 
us.  This  is  my  answer  to  the  challenge  to  fight.  As  for  lords, 
I  acknowledge  only  Jove  my  ancestor,^  and  Vesta,  the  Scythian 
queen.  Earth  and  water,  the  tribute  thou  askedst,  I  do  not 
send,  but  thou  shalt  soon  receive  more  suitable  gifts.  Last  of 
au,  in  return  for  thy  calling  thyself  my  lord,  I  say  to  thee,  *  Go 
weep.'  "  (This  is  what  men  mean  by  the  Scythian  mode  of 
speech.)  So  the  herald  departed,  bearing  this  message  to 
Darius. 

128.  When  the  Scythian  kings  heard  the  name  of  slavery 
they  were  filled  with  rage,  and  despatched  the  division  under 

»  The  tombs  of  the  kings  seem  to  be  meant.  •  Supra,  ch.  5. 


CHAP.  «6-131.        Symbolic  Presents  337 

Scopasis  to  which  the  Sauromatae  were  joined,  with  orders  that 
they  should  seek  a  conference  with  the  lonians,  who  had  been 
left  at  the  Ister  to  guard  the  bridge.  Meanwhile  the  Scythians 
who  remained  behind  resolved  no  longer  to  lead  the  Persians 
hither  and  thither  about  their  country,  but  to  fall  upon  them 
whenever  they  should  be  at  their  meals.  So  they  waited  tül 
such  times,  and  then  did  as  they  had  determined.  In  these 
combats  the  Scythian  horse  always  put  to  flight  the  horse  of 
the  enemy;  these  last,  however,  when  routed,  fell  back  upoji 
their  foot,  who  never  failed  to  afford  them  support;  while  the 
Scythians,  on  their  side,  as  soon  as  they  had  driven  the  horse  in, 
retired  again,  for  fear  of  the  foot.  By  night  too  the  Scythians 
made  many  similar  attacks. 

129.  There  was  one  very  strange  thing  which  greatly  ad- 
vantaged the  Persians,  and  was  of  equal  disservice  to  the  Scyths, 
in  these  assaults  on  the  Persian  camp.  This  was  the  braying  of 
the  asses  and  the  appearance  of  the  mules.  For,  as  I  observed 
before,  the  land  of  the  Scythians  produces  neither  ass  nor  mule, 
and  contains  no  single  specimen  of  either  animal,  by  reason 
of  the  cold.  So,  when  the  asses  brayed,  they  frightened  the 
Scythian  cavalry;  and  often,  in  the  middle  of  a  charge,  the 
horses,  hearing  the  noise  made  by  the  asses,  would  take  fright 
and  wheel  round,  pricking  up  their  ears,  and  showing  astonish- 
ment. This  was  owing  to  their  having  never  heard  the  noise, 
or  seen  the  fonn,  of  the  animal  before :  and  it  was  not  without 
some  little  influence  on  the  progress  of  the  war. 

130.  The  Scythians,  when  they  perceived  signs  that  the 
Persians  were  becoming  alarmed,  took  steps  to  induce  them  not 
to  quit  Scythia,  in  the  hope,  if  they  stayed,  of  inflicting  on  them 
the  greater  injury,  when  their  supplies  should  aJ together  faB, 
To  effect  this,  they  would  leave  some  of  their  cattle  exposed 
with  the  herdsmen,  while  they  themselves  moved  away  to  & 
distance:  the  Persians  would  make  a  foray,  and  take  the  beasts, 
whereupon  they  would  be  highly  elated. 

131.  This  they  did  several  times,  until  at  last  Darius  was  at 
his  wits'  end;  hereon  the  Scythian  princes,  understanding  how 
matters  stood,  despatched  a  herald  to  the  Persian  camp  with 
presents  for  the  king:  these  were,  a  bird,  a  mouse,  a  frog,  and 
five  arrows.  The  Persians  asked  the  bearer  to  tell  them  what 
these  gifts  might  mean,  but  he  made  answer  that  he  had  no 
orders  except  to  deliver  them,  and  return  again  with  all  speed  4 
If  the  Persians  were  wise,  he  added,  they  would  find  out  the 


338  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

meaning  for  themselves.    So  when  they  heard  this,  they  held  a 
council  to  consider  the  matter. 

132.  Darius  gave  it  as  his  opinion,  that  the  Scyths  intended  a 
surrender  of  themselves  and  their  country,  both  land  and  water, 
into  his  hands.  This  he  conceived  to  be  the  meaning  of  the  gifts, 
because  the  mouse  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  earth,  and  eats  the 
same  food  as  man,  while  the  frog  passes  his  life  in  the  water; 
the  bird  bears  a  great  resemblance  to  the  horse,  and  the  arrows 
might  signify  the  surrender  of  all  their  power.  To  the  explana- 
tion of  Darius,  Gobryas,  one  of  the  seven  conspirators  against 
the  Magus,  opposed  another  which  was  as  follows : — "  Unless, 
Persians,  ye  can  turn  into  birds  and  fly  up  into  the  sky,  or 
become  mice  and  burrow  under  the  ground,  or  make  yourselves 
frogs,  and  take  refuge  in  the  fens,  ye  will  never  make  escape 
from  this  land,  but  die  pierced  by  our  arrows."  Such  were  the 
meanings  which  the  Persians  assigned  to  the  gifts. 

133.  The  single  division  of  the  Scyths,  which  in  the  early  part 
of  the  war  had  been  appointed  to  keep  guard  about  the  Palus 
Maotis,  and  had  now  been  sent  to  get  speech  of  the  lonians 
stationed  at  the  Ister,  addressed  them,  on  reaching  the  bridge,  in 
these  words ; — "  Men  of  Ionia,  we  bring  you  freedom,  if  ye  will 
only  do  as  we  recommend.  Darius,  we  understand,  enjoined  you 
to  keep  your  guard  here  at  this  bridge  just  sixty  days;  then,  if 
he  did  not  appear,  you  were  to  return  home.  Now,  therefore, 
act  so  as  to  be  free  from  blame,  alike  in  his  sight,  and  in  ours. 
Tarry  here  the  appointed  time,  and  at  the  end  go  your  ways." 
Having  said  this,  and  received  a  promise  from  the  lonians  to  do  as 
they  desired,  the  Scythians  hastened  back  with  all  possible  speed. 

134.  After  the  sending  of  the  gifts  to  Darius,  the  part  of  the 

Scythian  army,  which  had  not  marched  to  the  Ister,  drew  out  in 

battle  array  horse  and  foot  ^  against  the  Persians,  and  seemed 

about  to  come  to  an  engagement.    But  as  they  stood  in  battle 

array,  it  chanced  that  a  hare  started  up  between  them  and 

the  Persians,  and  set  to  running;    when  immediately  all  the 

Scyths  who  saw  it,  rushed  off  in  pursuit,  with  great  confusion 

and  loud  cries  and  shouts.    Darius,  hearing  the  noise,  inquired 

the  cause  of  it,  and  was  told  that  the  Scythians  were  all  engaged 

in  hunting  a  hare.    On  this  he  turned  to  those  with  whom  he 

was  wont  to  converse,  and  said: — "  These  men  do  indeed  despise 

*  We  now  hear  for  the  first  time  of  the  Scythians  having  infantry.  It  is 
scarcely  possible  that  they  really  possessed  any  such  force.  The  nomade 
nations  of  these  countries  have  always  lived  on  horseback,  and  are  utterly 
helpless  on  loot. 


CHAi».  132-136.        Advice  of  Gobryas  33g 

us  utterly:  and  now  I  see  that  Gobryas  was  right  about  the 
Scythian  gifts.  As,  therefore,  his  opinion  is  now  mine  hkewise, 
it  is  time  we  form  some  wise  plan,  whereby  we  may  secure  our- 
selves a  safe  return  to  our  homes."  "  Ah  1  sire,"  Gobryas  re- 
joined, "  I  was  well  nigh  sure,  ere  I  came  here,  that  this  was  an 
impracticable  race — since  ouf  coming  I  am  yet  more  convinced 
of  it,  especially  now  that  I  see  them  making  game  of  us.  My 
advice  is,  therefore,  that,  when  night  falls,  we  light  our  fires  as 
we  are  wont  to  do  at  other  times,  and  leaving  behind  us  on  some 
pretext  that  portion  of  our  army  which  is  weak  and  unequal  to 
hardship,  taking  care  also  to  leave  our  asses  tethered,  retreat  from 
Scythia,  before  our  foes  march  forward  to  the  Ister  and  destroy 
the  bridge,  or  the  lonians  come  to  any  resolution  which  may 
lead  to  our  ruin." 

135.  So  Gobryas  advised;  and  when  night  came,  Darius 
followed  his  counsel,  and  leaving  his  sick  soldiers,  and  those 
whose  loss  would  be  of  least  account,  with  the  asses  also  tethered 
about  the  camp,  marched  away.  The  asses  were  left  that  their 
noise  might  be  heard:  the  men,  really  because  they  were  sick 
and  useless,  but  under  the  pretence  that  he  was  about  to  fall 
upon  the  Scythians  with  the  flower  of  his  troops,  and  that  they 
meanwhile  were  to  guard  his  camp  for  him.  Having  thus 
declared  his  plans  to  the  men  whom  he  was  deserting,  and 
having  caused  the  fires  to  be  lighted,  Darius  set  forth,  and 
marched  hastily  towards  the  Ister.  The  asses,  aware  of  the 
departure  of  the  host,  brayed  louder  than  ever;  and  the 
Scythians,  hearing  the  sound,  entertained  no  doubt  of  the 
Persians  being  still  in  the  same  place. 

136.  When  day  dawned,  the  men  who  had  been  left  behind, 
perceiving  that  they  were  betrayed  by  Darius,  stretched  out 
their  hands  towards  the  Scythians,  and  spoke  as  befitted  their 
situation.  The  enemy  no  sooner  heard,  than  they  quickly 
joined  all  their  troops  in  one,  and  both  portions  of  the  Scythian 
army, — alike  that  which  consisted  of  a  single  division,  and  that 
made  up  of  two,^ — accompanied  by  all  their  allies,  the  Sauro- 
matae,  the  Budini,  and  the  Geloni,  set  off  in  pursuit,  and  made 
straight  for  the  Ister.  As,  hov^ver,  the  Persian  army  was 
chiefly  foot,  and  had  no  knowledge  of  the  routes,  which  are  not 
cut  out  in  Scythia;  while  the  Scyths  were  all  horsemen  and 
well  acquainted  with  the  shortest  way ;  it  so  happened  that  the 
two  armies  missed  one  another,  and  the  Scythians,  getting  far 

*  Vide  supra,  ch.  130. 


340  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

ahead  of  tlieir  adversaries,  came  first  to  the  bridge.  Finding 
that  the  Persians  were  not  yet  arrived,  they  addressed  the 
lonians,  who  were  aboard  their  ships,  in  these  words : — "  Men 
of  Ionia,  the  number  of  your  days  is  out,  and  ye  do  wrong  to 
remain.  Fear  doubtless  has  kept  you  here  hitherto:  now, 
however,  you  may  safely  break  the  bridge,  and  hasten  back  to 
your  homes,  rejoicing  that  you  are  free,  and  thanking  for  it 
the  god^  and  the  Scythians.  Your  former  lord  and  master  we 
undertake  so  to  handle,  that  he  will  never  again  make  war  upon 
any  one." 

137.  The  lonians  now  held  a  council.  Miltiades  the  Athenian, 
who  was  king  of  the  Chersonesites  upon  the  Hellespont,^  and 
ih&ir  commander  at  the  Ister,  recommended  the  other  generals 
to  do  as  the  Scythians  wished,  and  restore  freedom  to  Ionia. 
But  Histiffius  the  Milesian  opposed  this  advice.  "  It  is  through 
Darius,"  he  said,  "  that  we  enjoy  our  thrones  in  our  several 
states.  If  his  power  be  overturned,  I  cannot  continue  lord  of 
Miletus,  nor  ye  of  your  cities.  For  there  is  not  one  of  them 
which  will  not  prefer  democracy  to  kingly  rule."  Tl-ien  the 
other  captains,  who,  till  Histiaeus  spoke,  were  about  to  vote  with 
Miltiades,  changed  their  minds,  and  declared  in  favour  of  the 
last  speaker. 

138.  The  following  were  the  voters  on  this  occasion — all  of 
them  men  who  stood  high  in  the  esteem  of  the  Persian  king: 
the  tyrants  of  the  Hellespont, — Daphnis  of  Abydos,  Hippo- 
clus  of  Lampsacus,  Herophantus  of  Parium,  Metrodorus  of  Pro- 
connesus,  Axistagoras  of  Cyzicus,  and  Ariston  of  Byzantiumj* 
the  Ionian  princes — Strattis  of  Chios,  iEaces  of  Samos,  Laodamas 
of  Phocaea,  and  Histiasus  of  Miletus,  the  man  who  had  opposed 
Miltiades.  Only  one  iEolian  of  note  was  present,  to  wit, 
Aristagoras  ^  of  Cyme. 

139.  Having  resolved  to  follow  the  advice  of  Histiaeus,  the 
Greek  leaders  further  determined  to  speak  and  act  as  follows. 
In  order  to  appear  to  the  Scythians  to  be  doing  something, 
when  in  fact  they  were  doing  nothing  of  consequence,  and  like- 
wise to  prevent  them  from  forcing  a  passage  across  the  Ister  by 
the  bridge,  they  resolved  to  break  up  the  part  of  the  bridge 
which  abutted  on  Scythia,  to  the  distance  of  a  bowshot  from  the 
river  bank;  and  to  assure  the  Scythians,  while  the  demolition 

•  Concerning  the  mode  in  which  this  sovereignty  came  into  the  family 
©f  Miltiades,  vide  mfra,  Book  vi.  chs.  34-36.  • 

•  Except  Byzantium,  all  these  places  are  on  the  Asiatic  side. 

•  Of  whom  we  hear  again,  infra,  v.  37-8. 


Chap.  137-142.  Arrival  at  Bridge  341 

was  proceeding,  that  there  was  nothing  which  they  would  not  do 
to  pleasure  them.  Such  were  the  additions  made  to  the  resolu- 
tion of  Histiseus;  and  then  Histiaeus  himself  stood  forth  and 
made  answer  to  the  Scyths  in  the  name  of  all  the  Greeks: — 
"  Good  is  the  advice  w^hich  ye  have  brought  us,  Scythians,  and 
well  have  ye  done  to  come  here  with  such  speed.  Your  efforts 
have  now  put  us  into  the  right  path;  and  our  efforts  shall  not  be 
wanting  to  advance  your  cause.  Your  own  eyes  see  that  we  are 
engaged  in  breaking  the  bridge;  and,  believe  us,  we  will  work 
zealously  to  procure  our  own  freedom.  Meantime,  while  we 
labour  here  at  our  task,  be  it  your  business  to  seek  them  out, 
and,  when  found,  for  our  sakes,  as  well  as  your  own,  to  visit 
them  with  the  vengeance  which  they  so  well  deserve." 

140.  Again  the  Scyths  put  faith  in  the  promises  of  the  Ionian 
chiefs,  and  retraced  their  steps,  hoping  to  fall  in  with  the 
Persians.  They  missed,  however,  the  enemy's  whole  line  of 
march;  their  own  former  acts  being  to  blame  for  it.  Had  they 
not  ravaged  all  the  pasturages  of  that  region,  and  filled  in  all 
the  wells,  they  would  have  easily  found  the  Persians  whenever 
they  chose.  But,  as  it  turned  out,  the  measures  which  seemed 
to  them  so  wisely  planned  were  exactly  what  caused  their 
failure.  They  took  a  route  where  water  was  to  be  found  and 
fodder  could  be  got  for  their  horses,  and  on  this  track  sought 
their  adversaries,  expecting  that  they  too  would  retreat  through 
regions  where  these  things  were  to  be  obtained.  The  Persians, 
however,  kept  strictly  to  the  line  of  their  former  march,  never 
for  a  moment  departing  from  it;  and  even  so  gained  the  bridge 
with  difficulty.  It  was  night  when  they  arrived,  and  their 
terror,  when  they  found  the  bridge  broken  up,  was  great;  for 
they  thought  that  perhaps  the  lonians  had  deserted  them. 

141.  Now  there  was  in  the  army  of  Darius  a  certain  man,  an 
Egyptian,  who  had  a  louder  voice  than  any  other  man  in  the 
world.  This  person  was  bid  by  Darius  to  stand  at  the  water's 
edge,  and  call  Histiaeus  the  Milesian.  The  fellow  did  as  he  was 
bid;  and  Histiaeus,  hearing  him  at  the  very  first  sunmions, 
brought  the  fleet  to  assist  in  conveying  the  army  across,  and 
once  more  made  good  the  bridge. 

142.  By  these  means  the  Persians  escaped  from  Scythia, 
while  the  Scyths  sought  for  them  in  vain,  again  missing  their 
track.^    And  hence  the  Scythians  are  accustomed  to  say  of  the 

*  That  Darius  led  an  expedition  into  Scythia,  across  the  Canal  of  Co»» 
stantiuople  and  the  Danube,  may  be  regarded  as  historically  c«rtaia. 


342  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

lonians,  by  way  of  reproach,  that,  if  they  be  looked  upon  as 
freemen,  they  are  the  basest  and  most  dastardly  of  all  man- 
kind— but  if  they  be  considered  as  under  servitude,  they  are 
the  faithfullest  of  slaves,  and  the  most  fondly  attached  to  their 
lords. 

143.  Darius,  having  passed  through  Thrace,  reached  Sestos  in 
the  Chersonese,  whence  he  crossed  by  the  help  of  his  fleet  into 
Asia,  leaving  a  Persian,  named  Megabazus,  commander  on  the 
European  side.  This  was  the  man  on  whom  Darius  once  con- 
ferred special  honour  by  a  compliment  which  he  paid  him  before 
all  the  Persians.  He  was  about  to  eat  some  pomegranates,  and 
had  opened  the  first,  when  his  brother  Artabanus  asked  him 
**  what  he  would  like  to  have  in  as  great  plenty  as  the  seeds  of 
the  pomegranate?  "  Darius  answered — "  Had  I  as  many  men 
like  Megabazus  as  there  are  seeds  here,  it  would  please  me 
better  than  to  be  lord  of  Greece."  Such  was  the  compliment 
wherewith  Darius  honoured  the  general  to  whom  at  this  time  he 
gave  the  command  of  the  troops  left  in  Europe,  amounting  in  all 
to  some  eighty  thousand  men. 

144.  This  same  Megabazus  got  himself  an  undying  remem- 
brance among  the  Hellespontians,  by  a  certain  speech  which 
he  made.  It  came  to  his  knowledge,  while  he  was  staying 
at  Byzantium,  that  the  Chalcedonians  made  their  settlement 
seventeen  years  earlier  than  the  Byzantines.  "  Then,"  said  he, 
"  the  Chalcedonians  must  at  that  time  have  been  labouring 
under  blindness — otherwise,  when  so  far  more  excellent  a  site 
was  open  to  them,  they  would  never  have  chosen  one  so  greatly 
inferior."  Megabazus  now,  having  been  appointed  to  take  the 
command  upon  the  Hellespont,  employed  himself  in  the  reduc- 
tion of  all  those  states  which  had  not  of  their  own  accord  joined 
the  Medes. 

145.  About  this  very  time  another  great  expedition  was 
undertaken  against  Libya,^  on  a  pretext  which  I  will  relate 
when  I  have  premised  certain  particulars.  The  descendants  of 
the  Argonauts  in  the  third  generation,*  driven  out  of  Lemnos  by 
the  Pelasgi  who  carried  off  the  Athenian  women  from  Brauron,* 

•  Vide  infra,  ch.  167. 

•  The  myth  ran,  that  in  Lemnos  at  the  time  of  the  Argonautic  expedition 
there  were  no  males,  the  women  having  revenged  their  ill-treatment  upon 
the  men  by  murdering  them  all.  The  Argonauts  touched  at  the  island,  and 
were  received  with  great  favour.  They  stayed  some  months,  and  the 
subsequent  popxilation  of  the  island  was  the  fruit  of  this  visit.  Hypsipyle. 
the  queen,  had  twin  sons  by  Jason. 

•  Vide  infra,  vi.  138. 


chaf.  143- u6.     The  Minyae  at  Sparta  343 

took  ship  and  went  to  Lacedaemon,  where,  seating  themselves  on 
Mount  Taygetum/  they  proceeded  to  kindle  their  fires.  The 
Lacedaemonians,  seeing  this,  sent  a  herald  to  inquire  of  them 
"  who  they  were,  and  from  what  region  they  had  come;  "  where- 
upon they  made  answer,  "  that  they  were  Minyae,'^  sons  of  the 
heroes  by  whom  the  ship  Argo  was  manned;  for  these  persons 
had  stayed  awhile  in  Lemnos,  and  had  there  become  their  pro- 
genitors." On  hearing  this  account  of  their  descent,  the  Lace- 
daemonians sent  to  them  a  second  time,  and  asked,  "  what  was 
their  object  in  coming  to  Lacedaemon,  and  there  kindling  their 
fires  ?  "  They  answered,  "  that,  driven  from  their  own  land  by 
the  Pelasgi,  they  had  come,  as  was  most  reasonable,  to  their 
fathers;*  and  their  wish  was  to  dwell  with  them  in  their 
country,  partake  their  privileges,  and  obtain  allotments  of  land. 
It  seemed  good  to  the  Lacedaemonians  to  receive  the  Minyas 
among  them  on  their  own  terms;  to  assign  them  lands,  and 
snrol  them  in  their  tribes.  What  chiefly  moved  them  to  this 
was  the  consideration  that  the  sons  of  Tyndarus  *  had  sailed  on 
board  the  Argo.  The  Minyae,  on  their  part,  forthwith  married 
Spartan  wives,  and  gave  the  wives,  whom  they  had  married  in 
Lemnos,  to  Spartan  husbands. 

146.  However,  before  much  time  had  elapsed,  the  Minyae 
began  to  wax  wanton,  demanded  to  share  the  throne,  and  com- 
mitted other  impieties:  whereupon  the  Lacedaemonians  passed 
on  them  sentence  of  death,  and,  seizing  them,  cast  them  into 
prison.  Now  the  Lacedaemonians  never  put  criminals  to  death 
in  the  daytime,  but  always  at  night.  When  the  Minyae,  accord- 
ingly, were  about  to  suffer,  their  wives,  who  were  not  only 
citizens,  but  daughters  of  the  chief  men  among  the  Spartans, 
entreated  to  be  allowed  to  enter  the  prison,  and  have  some  talk 
with  their  lords;  and  the  Spartans,  not  expecting  any  fraud 
from  such  a  quarter,  granted  their  request.  The  women  entered 
the  prison,  gave  their  own  clothes  to  their  husbands,  and  received 
theirs  in  exchange:  after  which  the  Minyae,  dressed  in  their 
wives*  garments,  and  thus  passing  for  women,  went  forth. 

*  Taygetum  or  Ta^getus  (Pliny)  is  the  high  mountain-range  west  of  the 
valley  of  the  Eurotas,  the  modern  Pentadactylon. 

■  The  Argonauts  generally  were  called  Minyae. 

*  According  to  some,  Hercules  himself  was  one  of  the  Argonauts  and 
accompanied  the  expedition  beyond  Lenmos.  But  the  reference  here  is 
evidently  to  Castor  and  Pollux,  the  two  great  heroes  of  Sparta,  who  arc 
always  enumerated  among  the  companions  of  Jason. 

*  Castor  and  Pollux. 

I  405  *« 


344  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

Having  effected  their  escape  in  this  manner,  they  seated  them- 
selves once  more  upon  Taygetum. 

147.  It  happened  that  at  this  very  time  Theras,  son  of  Aute- 
sion  (whose  father  Tisamenus  was  the  son  of  Thersander,  and 
grandson  of  Polynices),  was  about  to  lead  out  a  colony  from 
I^cedaemon.  This  Theras,  by  birth  a  Cadmeian,  was  uncle  on 
the  mother's  side  to  the  two  sons  of  Aristodemus,  Procles  and 
Eurysthenes,  and,  during  their  infancy,  administered  in  their 
right  the  royal  power.  When  his  nephews,  however,  on  attain- 
ing to  man's  estate,  took  the  government,  Theras,  who  could  not 
bear  to  be  under  the  authority  of  others  after  he  had  wielded 
authority  so  long  himself,  resolved  to  leave  Sparta,  and  cross  the 
sea  to  join  his  kindred.  There  were  in  the  island  now  called 
Thera,^  but  at  that  time  Callist^,  certain  descendants  of  Mem- 
bliarus,  the  son  of  Poeciles,  a  Phoenician.  (For  Cadmus,  the  son 
of  Agenor,  when  he  was  sailing  in  search  of  Europ6,  made  a 
landing  on  this  island ;  and,  either  because  the  country  pleased 
him,  or  because  he  had  a  purpose  in  so  doing,^  left  there  a 
number  of  Phoenicians,  and  with  them  his  own  kinsman  Mem- 
biiarus.  Callist6  had  been  inhabited  by  this  race  for  eight 
generations  of  men,  before  the  arrival  of  Theras  from  Lace- 
dsemon.) 

148.  Theras  now,  having  with  him  a  certain  number  of  men 
from  each  of  the  tribes,  was  setting  forth  on  his  expedition 
hitherward.  Far  from  intending  to  drive  out  the  former  in- 
habitants, he  regarded  them  as  his  near  kin,  and  meant  to  settle 
among  them.  It  happened  that  just  at  this  time  the  Minyae, 
having  escaped  from  their  prison,  had  taken  up  their  station 
upon  Mount  Taygetum;  and  the  Lacedaemonians,  wishing  to 
destroy  them,  were  considering  what  was  best  to  be  done,  when 
Theras  begged  their  lives,  undertaking  to  remove  them  from  the 
territory.  His  prayer  being  granted,  he  took  ship,  and  saüed, 
with  three  triaconters,^  to  join  the  descendants  of  Membliarus. 
He  was  not,  however,  accompanied  by  all  the  Minyae,  but  only 
by  some  few  of  them.  The  greater  number  fied  to  the  land  of 
the  Paroreats,  and  Caucons,  whom  they  drove  out,  themselves 

*  Thera  is  the  island,  or  group  of  islands,  now  known  by  the  name  of 
Saniorin,  Ijdng  to  the  south  of  the  other  Cyclades. 

•  It  is  conjectured  that  the  real  "  purpose  "  was  to  found  a  settlement 
for  dyeing,  as  the  tnurex,  which  furnished  the  precious  Tyrian  purple,  was 
plentiful  in  that  part  of  the  Mediterranean. 

»  Triaconters  were  vessels  of  30  oars,  15  on  each  side,  in  which  the  rowers 
all  sat  upon  the  same  level.  Compare  the  accoimt  given  of  pentecontCTS 
(supra,  i.  152). 


cmap.  147-151.     Colonisation  of  Libya  345 

occupying  the  region  in  six  bodies,  by  which  were  afterwards 
built  the  towns  of  Lepreum,  Macistus,  Phryxae,  Pyrgus,  Epium, 
and  Nudium;  whereof  the  greater  part  were  in  my  day 
demolished  by  the  Eleans. 

149.  The  island  was  called  Thera  after  the  name  of  its  founder« 
This  same  Theras  had  a  son,  who  refused  to  cross  the  sea  with 
him ;  Theras  therefore  left  him  behind,  "  a  sheep,"  as  he  said, 
'*  among  wolves."  From  this  speech  his  son  came  to  be  called 
(Eolycus,  a  name  which  afterwards  grew  to  be  the  only  one  by 
which  he  was  known.  This  CEolycus  was  the  father  of  ^^geus, 
from  whom  sprang  the  ^Egidae,  a  great  tribe  in  Sparta.  The 
men  of  this  tribe  lost  at  one  time  all  their  children,  whereupon 
they  were  bidden  by  an  oracle  to  build  a  temple  to  the  furies  of 
Laius  and  (Edipus;  they  complied,  and  the  mortality  ceased. 
The  same  thing  happened  in  Thera  to  the  descendants  of  these 
men. 

150.  Thus  far  the  history  is  delivered  without  variation  both 
by  the  Theraeans  and  the  Lacedaemonians ;  but  from  this  point 
we  have  only  the  Therasan  narrative.  Grinus  (they  say),  the 
fon  of  iEsanius,  a  descendant  of  Theras,  and  king  of  the  island 
of  Thera,  went  to  Delphi  to  ofier  a  hecatomb  on  behalf  of  his 
native  city.  He  was  accompanied  by  a  large  number  of  tht 
citizens,  and  among  the  rest  by  Battus,  the  son  of  Polymnesms, 
who  belonged  to  the  Minyan  family  of  the  Euphemidse.  On 
Grinus  consulting  the  oracle  about  sundry  matters,  the  Pythoness 
gave  him  for  answer,  "  that  he  should  found  a  city  in  Libya." 
Grinus  replied  to  this :  "  I,  0  king  I  am  too  far  advanced  ia 
years,  and  too  inactive,  for  such  a  work.  Bid  one  of  these 
youngsters  undertake  it."  As  he  spoke,  he  pointed  tow&r^ 
Battus;  and  thus  the  matter  rested  for  that  time.  When  the 
embassy  returned  to  Thera,  small  account  was  taken  of  the 
oracle  by  the  Theraeans,  as  they  were  quite  ignorant  where 
Libya  was,  and  were  not  so  venturesome  as  to  send  out  a  colony 
in  the  dark. 

151.  Seven  years  passed  from  the  utterance  of  the  oracle,  and 
not  a  drop  of  rain  fell  in  Thera:  all  the  trees  in  the  island, 
except  one,  were  killed  with  the  drought.  The  Theraeans  np<m 
this  sent  to  Delphi,  and  were  reminded  reproachfully,  that  they 
had  never  colonised  Libya,  So,  as  there  was  no  help  for  it, 
they  sent  messengers  to  Crete,  to  inquire  whether  any  of  the 
Cretans,  or  of  the  strangers  sojourning  among  them,  had  ever 
travelled  as  far  as  Libya:   and  these  messengers  of  theirs,  in 


346  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

their  wanderings  about  the  island,  among  other  places  visited 
Itanus/  where  they  fell  in  with  a  man,  whose  name  was  Cor6- 
bius,  a  dealer  in  purple.  In  answer  to  their  inquiries,  he  told 
them  that  contrary  winds  had  once  carried  him  to  Libya,  where 
he  had  gone  ashore  on  a  certain  island  which  was  named  Platea.* 
So  they  hired  this  man's  services,  and  took  him  back  with  them 
to  Thera.  A  few  persons  then  sailed  from  Thera  to  reconnoitre. 
Guided  by  Corobius  to  the  island  of  Platea,  they  left  him  there 
with  provisions  for  a  certain  number  of  months,  and  returned 
home  with  all  speed  to  give  their  countrymen  an  account  of  the 
bland. 

152.  During  their  absence,  which  was  prolonged  beyond  the 
time  that  had  been  agreed  upon,  Corobius'  provisions  failed  him, 
He  was  reheved,  however,  after  a  while  by  a  Samian  vessel, 
under  the  command  of  a  man  named  Colaeus,  which,  on  its  way 
to  Egypt,  was  forced  to  put  in  at  Platea.  The  crew,  informed 
by  Corobius  of  all  the  circumstances,  left  him  sufficient  food  for 
a  year.  They  themselves  quitted  the  island;  and,  anxious  to 
reach  Egypt,  made  sail  in  that  direction,  but  were  carried  out 
of  their  course  by  a  gale  of  wind  from  the  east.  The  storm  not 
abating,  they  were  driven  past  the  pillars  of  Hercules,  and  at 
last,  by  some  special  guiding  providence,  reached  Tartessus. 
This  trading  town  was  in  those  days  a  virgin  port,  unfrequented 
by  the  merchants.  The  Samians,  in  consequence,  made  by  the 
return-voyage  a  profit  greater  than  any  Greeks  before  their  day, 
excepting  Sostratus,  son  of  Laodamas,  an  Eginetan,  with  whom 
no  one  else  can  compare.  From  the  tenth  part  of  their  gains, 
amounting  to  six  talents,*  the  Samians  made  a  brazen  vessel,  in 
shape  like  an  Argive  wine-bowl,  adorned  with  the  heads  of 
griffins  standing  out  in  high  relief.*  This  bowl,  supported  by 
three  kneeling  colossal  figures  in  bronze,  of  the  height  of  seven 
cubits,  was  placed  as  an  offering  in  the  temple  of  Juno  at  Samos* 
The  aid  given  to  Corobius  was  the  original  cause  of  that  close 
friendship  which  afterwards  united  the  Cyrenaeans  and  Theraeans 
with  the  Samians. 

153.  The  Theraeans  who  had  left  Corobius  at  Platea,  when 

*  Itanus  lay  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  Crete. 

•  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  Platea  is  the  small  island  of  Bomba,  which 
lies  ofi  the  African  coast  in  the  gulf  of  the  same  name,  lat.  32°  20',  long, 

«3*  15'. 

•  About  £1460  of  our  money.  The  entire  profit  was  therefore  between 
£i4.,ooo  and  £15,000. 

*  Concerning  the  eminence  of  Samos  in  the  arts,  vide  supra,  Bk.  iiL 
ch.  60. 


Chat.  152-155.        Parentage  of  Battus  347 

they  reached  Thera,  told  their  countrymen  that  they  had 
colonised  an  island  on  the  coast  of  Libya.  They  of  Thera, 
upon  this,  resolved  that  men  should  be  sent  to  join  the  colony 
from  each  of  their  seven  districts,  and  that  the  brothers  in  every 
family  should  draw  lots  to  determine  who  were  to  go.  Battus 
was  chosen  to  be  king  and  leader  of  the  colony.  So  these  men 
departed  for  Pia  tea  on  board  of  two  penteconters. 

154.  Such  is  the  account  w^hich  the  Theraeans  give.  In  the 
sequel  of  the  history  their  accounts  tally  with  those  of  the  people 
of  Cyren6;  but  in  what  they  relate  of  Battus  these  two  nations 
differ  most  widely.  The  following  is  the  Cyrenaic  story.  There 
was  once  a  king  named  Etearchus,  who  ruled  over  Axus,  a  city 
in  Crete,  and  had  a  daughter  named  Phronima.  This  girl's 
mother  having  died,  Etearchus  married  a  second  wife;  who  no 
sooner  took  up  her  abode  in  his  house  than  she  proved  a  true 
step-mother  to  poor  Phronima,  always  vexing  her,  and  con- 
triving against  her  every  sort  of  mischief.  At  last  she  taxed  her 
with  light  conduct;  and  Etearchus,  persuaded  by  his  wife  that 
the  charge  was  true,  bethought  himself  of  a  most  barbarous  mode 
of  punishment.  There  was  a  certain  Theraean,  named  Themison, 
a  merchant,  living  at  Axus.  This  man  Etearchus  invited  to  be 
his  friend  and  guest,  and  then  induced  him  to  swear  that  he 
would  do  him  any  service  he  might  require.^  No  sooner  had  he 
given  the  promise,  than  the  king  fetched  Phronima,  and,  deliver- 
ing her  into  his  hands,  told  him  to  carry  her  away  and  throw 
her  into  the  sea.  Hereupon  Themison,  full  of  indignation  at  the 
fraud  whereby  his  oath  had  been  procured,  dissolved  forthwith 
the  friendship,  and,  taking  the  girl  with  him,  sailed  away  from 
Crete.  Having  reached  the  open  main,  to  acquit  himself  of  the 
obligation  under  which  he  was  laid  by  his  oath  to  Etearchus,  he 
fastened  ropes  about  the  damsel,  and,  letting  her  down  into  the 
sea,  drew  her  up  again,  and  so  made  sail  for  Thera. 

155.  At  Thera,  Polymnestus,  one  of  the  chief  citizens  of  the 
place,  took  Phronima  to  be  his  concubine.  The  fruit  of  this 
union  was  a  son,  who  stammered  and  had  a  lisp  in  his  speech. 
According  to  the  Cyrenaeans  and  Theraeans,  the  name  given 
to  the  boy  was  Battus:  in  my  opinion,  however,  he  was  called 
at  the  first  something  else,  and  only  got  the  name  of  Battus 
after  his  arrival  in  Libya,  assuming  it  either  in  consequence  of 
the  words  addressed  to  him  by  the  Delphian  oracle,  or  on 
account  of  the  office  which  he  held.    For,  in  the  Libyan  tongue, 

>  Of  this  practice  we  have  another  instance,  infra,  vi.  62. 


34^  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

the  word  "  Battus  "  means  "  a  king."  And  this,  I  think,  was 
the  reason  why  the  Pythoness  addressed  him  as  she  did:  she 
knew  he  was  to  be  a  king  in  Libya,  and  so  she  used  the  Libyan 
word  in  speaking  to  him.  For  after  he  had  grown  to  man's 
estate,  he  made  a  journey  to  Delphi,  to  consult  the  oracle  about 
bis  voice;  when,  upon  his  putting  his  question,  the  Pythoness 
thus  replied  to  him: — 

"  Battus,  thou  earnest  to  ask  of  thy  voice;   but  Phoebus  Apouo 
Bids  thee  establish  a  city  in  Libya,  abounding  in  fleeces;  " 

which  was  as  if  she  had  said  in  her  own  tongue,  "  King,  thou 
earnest  to  ask  of  thy  voice."  Then  he  replied,  "  Mighty  lord,  I 
did  indeed  come  hither  to  consult  thee  about  my  voice,  but  thou 
speak  est  to  me  of  quite  other  matters,  bidding  me  colonise  Libya 
— an  impossible  thing  1  what  power  have  I  ?  what  followers  ?  " 
Thus  he  spake,  but  he  did  not  persuade  the  Pythoness  to  give 
him  any  other  response;  so,  when  he  found  that  she  persisted 
m  her  former  answer,  he  left  her  speaking,  and  set  out  on  his 
return  to  Thera. 

156.  After  a  while,  everything  began  to  go  wrong  both  with 
Battus  and  with  the  rest  of  the  Theraeans,  whereupon  these  last^ 
i^orant  of  the  cause  of  their  sufferings,  sent  to  Delphi  to  in- 
quire for  what  reason  they  were  afflicted.  The  Pythoness  in 
reply  told  them,  "  that  if  they  and  Battus  would  make  a  settle- 
ment at  Cyrene  in  Libya,  things  would  go  better  with  them." 
Upon  this  the  Theraeans  sent  out  Battus  with  two  penteconters, 
and  with  these  he  proceeded  to  Libya,  but  within  a  little  time, 
not  knowing  what  else  to  do,  the  men  returned  and  arrived  o^ 
Thera.  The  Theraeans,  when  they  saw  the  vessels  approaching, 
received  them  with  showers  of  missiles,  would  not  allow  them 
to  come  near  the  shore,  and  ordered  the  men  to  sail  back  from 
whence  they  came.  Thus  compelled  to  return,  they  settled  on 
an  island  near  the  Libyan  coast,  which  (as  I  have  already  said) 
was  called  Platea.  In  size  it  is  reported  to  have  been  about 
equal  to  the  city  of  Cyrene,  as  it  now  stands. 

157.  In  this  place  they  continued  two  years,  but  at  the  end 
of  that  time,  as  their  ill  luck  still  followed  them,  they  left  the 
island  to  the  care  of  one  of  their  number,  and  went  in  a  body  to 
Delphi,  where  they  made  complaint  at  the  shrine,  to  the  efiect 
that,  notwithstanding  they  had  colonised  Libya,  they  prospered 
as  poorly  as  before.  Hereon  the  Pythoness  made  them  the 
following  answer: — 


Chap.  x56-i59-      Advicc  of  the  Oraclc  349 

•'  Knowest  thou  better  than  I,  fair  Libya  abounding  in  fleeces  ? 
Better  the  stranger  than  he  who  has  trod  it?     Oh  I   clever  Theraeans!  " 

Battus  and  his  friends,  when  they  heard  this,  sailed  back  to 
Platea:  it  was  plain  the  god  would  not  hold  them  acquitted  of 
the  colony  till  they  were  absolutely  in  Libya.  So,  taking  with 
them  the  man  whom  they  had  left  upon  the  island,  they  made 
a  settlement  on  the  mainland  directly  opposite  Platea,  fixing 
themselves  at  a  place  called  Aziris,  which  is  closed  in  on  both 
sides  by  the  most  beautiful  hills,  and  on  one  side  is  washed  by  a 
river.^ 

158.  Here  they  remained  six  years,  at  the  end  of  which  time 
the  Libyans  induced  them  to  move,  promising  that  they  would 
lead  them  to  a  better  situation.^  So  the  Greeks  left  Aziris  and 
were  conducted  by  the  Libyans  towards  the  west,  their  journey 
being  so  arranged,  by  the  calculation  of  their  guides,  that  they 
passed  in  the  night  the  most  beautiful  district  of  that  whoU 
country,  which  is  the  region  called  Irasa.  The  Libyans  brought 
them  to  a  spring,  which  goes  by  the  name  of  Apollo's  fountain, 
and  told  them — "  Here,  Grecians,  is  the  proper  place  for  you  to 
settle;  for  here  the  sky  leaks." 

159.  During  the  lifetime  of  Battus,  the  founder  of  the  colony, 
who  reigned  forty  years,  and  during  that  of  his  son  Arcesilaüs, 
who  reigned  sixteen,  the  Cyrenaeans  continued  at  the  same  level, 
neither  more  nor  fewer  in  number  than  they  were  at  the  first. 
But  in  the  reign  of  the  third  king,  Battus,  sumamed  the  Happy, 
the  advice  of  the  Pythoness  brought  Greeks  from  every  quarter 
into  Libya,  to  join  the  settlement.  The  Cyrenaeans  had  offered 
to  all  comers  a  share  in  their  lands ;  and  the  oracle  had  spoken 
as  follows: — 

"  He  that  is  backward  to  share  in  the  pleasant  Libyan  acres,* 
Sooner  or  later,  I  warn  him,  will  feel  regret  at  his  folly." 

Thus  a  great  multitude  were  collected  together  to  Cyren^,  and 
the  Libyans  of  the  neighbourhood  found  themselves  stripped 
of  large  portions  of  their  lands.  So  they,  and  their  king  Adicran, 
being  robbed  and  insulted  by  the  Cyrenaeans,  sent  messengers 

*  If  Platea  is  Bomba,  the  Aziris  of  Herodotus  must  be  sought  in  the 
valley  of  the  Tetnttntk,  the  ancient  Paliurus. 

*  The  friendly  terms  on  which  the  Greeks  stand  towards  the  natives  ai 
ike  first,  is  here  very  apparent.  Their  position  resembles  that  of  the  first 
English  settlers  in  America. 

*  The  beauty  and  fertility  of  the  Cyrenaica  are  celebrated  by  all  who 
visit  it. 


350  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

to  Egypt,  and  put  themselves  under  the  rule  of  Apries,  the 
Egyptian  monarch;  who,  upon  this,  levied  a  vast  anny  of 
Egyptians,  and  sent  them  against  Cyren6.  The  inhabitants  of 
that  place  left  their  walls  and  marched  out  in  force  to  the  district 
of  Irasa,  where,  near  the  spring  called  Thest^,  they  engaged  the 
Egyptian  host,  and  defeated  it.  The  Egyptians,  who  had  never 
before  made  trial  of  the  prowess  of  the  Greeks,  and  so  thought 
but  meanly  of  them,  were  routed  with  such  slaughter  that  but  a 
very  few  of  them  ever  got  back  home.  For  this  reason,  the 
subjects  of  Apries,  who  laid  the  blame  of  the  defeat  on  him, 
revolted  from  his  authority.^ 

i6o.  This  Battus  left  a  son  called  Arcesilaüs,  who,  when  he 
came  to  the  throne,  had  dissensions  with  his  brothers,  which 
ended  in  their  quitting  him  and  departing  to  another  region  of 
Libya,^  where,  after  consulting  among  themselves,  they  founded 
the  city,  which  is  still  called  by  the  name  then  given  to  it,  Barca. 
At  the  same  time  they  endeavoured  to  induce  the  Libyans  to 
revolt  from  Cyren^.  Not  long  afterwards  Arcesilaüs  made  an 
expedition  against  the  Libyans  who  had  received  his  brothers 
and  been  prevailed  upon  to  revolt;  and  they,  fearing  his  power, 
fled  to  their  countrymen  who  dwelt  towards  the  east.  Arcesi- 
laüs pursued,  and  chased  them  to  a  place  called  Leucon,  which 
is  in  Libya,  where  the  Libyans  resolved  to  risk  a  battle.  Accord- 
ingly they  engaged  the  Cyrenseans,  and  defeated  them  so  entirely 
that  as  many  as  seven  thousand  of  their  heavy-armed  were  slain 
in  the  fight.  Arcesilaüs,  after  this  blow,  fell  sick,  and,  whilst  he 
was  under  the  influence  of  a  draught  which  he  had  taken,  was 
strangled  by  Learchus,  one  of  his  brothers.  This  Learchus  was 
afterwards  entrapped  by  Eryxo,  the  widow  of  Arcesilaüs,  and 
put  to  death. 

i6i.  Battus,  Arcesilaüs'  son,  succeeded  to  the  kingdom,  a 
lame  man,  who  limped  in  his  walk.  Their  late  calamities  now 
induced  the  Cyrenaeans  to  send  to  Delphi  and  inquire  of  the  god 
what  form  of  government  they  had  best  set  up  to  secure  them- 
selves prosperity.  The  Pythoness  answered  by  recommending 
them  to  fetch  an  arbitrator  from  Mantinea  in  Arcadia.'    Accord- 

*  Vide  supra,  ii.  i6i. 

'  There  is  no  difficulty  in  determining  the  exact  site  of  Cyrln6.  The 
Arabic  name  Grennah  {Kvpiiv%  or  in  the  Doric  Greek  of  the  place,  KvpA.vay 
sounded  Kyräna)  is  sufficiently  close  to  mark  the  identity  of  the  ruined 
city,  which  is  so  called,  with  the  CyrSn^  of  former  times.  The  country 
around  Grennah  is  celebrated  for  its  fertility. 

•  Mantinea  was  situated  near  the  eastern  frontier  of  Arcadia« 


Chap.  160-163.      Phcretima  at  Salamis  351 

ingly  they  sent;  and  the  Mantineans  gave  them  a  man  named 
Demonax,^  a  person  of  high  repute  among  the  citizens ;  who,  on 
his  arrival  at  Cyren6,  having  first  made  himself  acquainted  with 
all  the  circumstances,  proceeded  to  enrol  the  people  in  three 
tribes.  One  he  made  to  consist  of  the  Theraeans  and  their 
vassals;  another  of  the  Peloponnesians  and  Cretans;  and  a 
third  of  the  various  islanders,^  Besides  this,  he  deprived  the 
king  Battus  of  his  former  privileges,  only  reserving  for  hira 
certain  sacred  lands  and  offices ;  ^  while,  with  respect  to  the 
powers  which  had  hitherto  been  exercised  by  the  king,  he  gave 
them  all  into  the  hands  of  the  people. 

162.  Thus  matters  rested  during  the  lifetime  of  this  Battus, 
but  when  his  son  Arcesilaüs  came  to  the  throne,  great  disturb- 
ance arose  about  the  privileges.  For  Arcesilaüs,  son  of  Battus 
the  lame  and  Pheretima,  refused  to  submit  to  the  arrangements 
of  Demonax  the  Mantinean,  and  claimed  all  the  powers  of  his 
forefathers.  In  the  contention  which  followed  AJcesüaüs  was 
worsted,  whereupon  he  fled  to  Samos,  while  his  mother  took 
refuge  at  Salamis  in  the  island  of  Cyprus.  Salamis  was  at  that 
time  ruled  by  Evelthon,  the  same  who  oSered  at  Delphi  the 
censer  which  is  in  the  treasury  of  the  Corinthians,  a  work 
deserving  of  admiration.  Of  him  Pheretima  made  request,  that 
he  would  give  her  an  army,  whereby  she  and  her  son  might 
regain  Cyren6.  But  Evelthon,  preferring  to  give  her  anything 
rather  than  an  army,  made  her  various  presents.  Pheretima 
accepted  them  all,  saying,  as  she  took  them :  "  Good  is  this  too, 
0  king !  but  better  were  it  to  give  me  the  army  which  I  crave 
at  thy  hands."  Finding  that  she  repeated  these  words  each 
time  that  he  presented  her  with  a  gift,  Evelthon  at  last  sent  her 
a  golden  spindle  and  distaff,  with  the  wool  ready  for  spinning. 
Again  she  uttered  the  same  speech  as  before,  whereupon  Evel- 
thon rejoined — "These  are  the  gifts  I  present  to  women,  not 
armies." 

163.  At  Samos,  meanwhile,  Arcesilaüs  was  collecting  troops 
by  the  promise  of  granting  them  lands.  Having  in  this  way 
drawn  together  a  vast  host,  he  sent  to  Delphi  to  consult  the 
oracle  about  his  restoration.  The  answer  of  the  Pythoness  was 
this :  "  Loxias  grants  thy  race  to  rule  over  Cyren6,  till  four 
kings  Battus,  four  Arcesilaüs  by  name,  have  passed  away. 

*  Demonax,  the  Mantinean  lawgiver. 

•  Who  would  be  principally  lonians. 

»  The  early  kings  of  the  various  Grecian  states,  like  those  of  Rome,  were 
uniformly  priests  likewise. 


352  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

Beyond  this  term  of  eight  generations  of  men,  he  wams  you  not 
to  seek  to  extend  your  reign.  Thou,  for  thy  part,  be  gentle, 
when  thou  art  restored.  If  thou  findest  the  oven  full  of  jars, 
bake  not  the  jars;  but  be  sure  to  speed  them  on  their  way.  If, 
however,  thou  heatest  the  oven,  then  avoid  the  island — else  thou 
wilt  die  thyself,  and  with  thee  the  most  beautiful  bull." 

164.  So  spake  the  Pythoness.  Arcesilaüs  upon  this  returned 
to  Cyren^,  taking  with  him  the  troops  which  he  had  raised  in 
Samos.  There  he  obtained  possession  of  the  supreme  power; 
whereupon,  forgetful  of  the  oracle,  be  took  proceedings  against 
those  who  had  driven  him  into  banishment.  Some  of  them  fled 
from  him  and  quitted  the  country  for  good ;  others  fell  into  his 
hands  and  were  sent  to  suffer  death  in  Cyprus.  These  last 
happening  on  their  passage  to  put  in  through  stress  of  weather 
at  Cnidus,  the  Cnidians  rescued  them,  and  sent  them  off  to 
Thera.  Another  body  found  a  refuge  in  the  great  tower  of 
Aglomachus,  a  private  edifice,  and  were  there  destroyed  by 
Arcesilaüs,  who  heaped  wood  around  the  place,  and  burnt  them 
to  death.  Aware,  after  the  deed  was  done,  that  this  was  what 
the  Pythoness  meant  when  she  warned  him,  if  he  found  the  jars 
in  the  oven,  not  to  bake  them,  he  withdrew  himself  of  his  own 
accord  from  the  city  of  Cyren6,  believing  that  to  be  the  island  of 
the  oracle,^  and  fearing  to  die  as  had  been  prophesied.  Being 
married  to  a  relation  of  his  own,  a  daughter  of  Alazir,  at  that 
time  king  of  the  Barcssans,  he  took  up  his  abode  with  him.  At 
Barca,  however,  certain  of  the  citizens,  together  with  a  number 
of  Cyrensan  exiles,  recognising  him  as  he  walked  in  the  forum, 
killed  him ;  they  slew  also  at  the  same  time  Alazir,  his  father-in- 
law.  So  Arcesilaüs,  wittingly  or  unwittingly,  disobeyed  the 
oracle,  and  thereby  fulfilled  his  destiny. 

165.  Pheretima,  the  mother  of  Arcesilaüs,  during  the  time 
that  her  son,  after  working  his  own  ruin,  dwelt  at  Barca,  con- 
tinued to  enjoy  all  his  privileges  at  Cyren6,  managing  the 
government,  and  taking  her  seat  at  the  council-board.  No 
sooner,  however,  did  she  hear  of  the  death  of  her  son  at  Barca, 
than  leaving  Cyrene,  she  fled  in  haste  to  Egypt.  Arcesilaüs 
had  claims  for  service  done  to  Cambyses,  son  of  Cyrus ;  since 
it  was  by  him  that  Cyren6  was  put  under  the  Persian  yoke, 
and  a  rate  of  tribute  agreed  upon.*    Pheretima  therefore  went 

» It  is  not  very  easy  to  see  how  eith«  Cyren6  o£  Barca  could  be  regarded 
as  islands. 
•  Vide  supra,  iii.  13  and  91. 


Chap  164-168.  Africaii  Nations  353 

straight  to  Egypt,  and  presenting  herself  as  a  suppliant  before 
Aryandes,  entreated  him  to  avenge  her  wrongs.  Her  son,  she 
said,  had  met  his  death  on  account  of  his  being  so  well  affected 
towards  the  Medes. 

166.  Now  Aryandes  had  been  made  governor  of  Egypt  by 
Gimbyses.  He  it  was  who  in  after  times  was  punished  with 
death  by  Darius  for  seeking  to  rival  him.  Aware,  by  report 
and  also  by  his  own  eyesight,  that  Darius  wished  to  leave  a 
memorial  of  himself,  such  as  no  king  had  ever  left  before, 
Aryandes  resolved  to  follow  his  example,  and  did  so,  till  he  got 
his  reward.  Darius  had  refined  gold  to  the  last  perfection  of 
purity  in  order  to  have  coins  struck  of  it:  Aryandes,  in  bis 
Egyptian  government,  did  the  very  same  with  silver,  so  that  to 
this  day  there  is  no  such  pure  silver  anywhere  as  the  Aryandk. 
Darius,  when  this  came  to  his  ears,  brought  another  charge,  a 
charge  of  rebellion,  against  Aryandes,  and  put  him  to  death. 

167.  At  the  time  of  which  we  are  speaking  Aryandes,  moved 
with  compassion  for  Pheretima,  granted  her  all  the  forces  which 
there  were  in  Egypt,  both  land  and  sea.  The  command  of  the 
army  he  gave  to  Amasis,  a  Maraphian ;  ^  while  Badres,  one  of 
the  tribe  of  the  Pasargadae,  was  appointed  to  lead  the  fleet. 
Before  the  expedition,  however,  left  Egypt,  he  sent  a  herald  to 
Barca  to  inquire  who  it  was  that  had  slain  king  Arcesilaüs. 
The  Barcaeans  replied  "  that  they,  one  and  all,  acknowledged 
the  deed — Arcesilaüs  had  done  them  many  and  great  injuries." 
After  receiving  this  reply,  Aryandes  gave  the  troops  orders  to 
march  with  Pheretima.  Such  was  the  cause  which  served  as  & 
pretext  for  this  expedition:  its  real  object  was,  I  believe,  the 
subjugation  of  Libya.  For  Libya  is  inhabited  by  many  and 
various  races,  and  of  these  but  a  very  few  were  subjects  of  the 
Persian  king,  while  by  far  the  larger  number  held  Darius  in  no 
manner  of  respect. 

168.  The  Libyans  dwell  in  the  order  which  I  will  now  describe. 
Beginning  on  the  side  of  Egypt,  the  first  Libyans  are  the  Adyr- 
machidae.  These  people  have,  in  most  points,  the  same  customs 
as  the  Egyptians,  but  use  the  costume  of  the  Libyans.  Their 
women  wear  on  each  leg  a  ring  made  of  bronze;  they  let  their 
hair  grow  long,  and  when  they  catch  any  vermin  on  their  persons, 
bite  it  and  throw  it  away.  In  this  they  differ  from  all  the  other 
Libyans^    They  are  also  the  only  tribe  with  whom  the  custom 

»  The  Maraphians  were  the  Persian  tribe  next  in  dignity  to  the  Pasargada». 
(Vide  supra,  i.  125.) 


354  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

obtains  of  bringing  all  women  about  to  become  brides  before  the 
king,  that  he  may  choose  such  as  are  agreeable  to  him.^  The 
Adyrmachidae  extend  from  the  borders  of  Egypt  to  the  harbour 
called  Port  Plynus. 

169.  Next  to  the  Adyrmachidae  are  the  Gilligammae,  who 
inhabit  the  country  westward  as  far  as  the  island  of  Aphrodisias. 
Off  this  tract  is  the  island  of  Platea,  which  the  Cyrenaeans 
colonised.  Here  too,  upon  the  mainland,  are  Port  Menelaüs, 
and  Aziris,  where  the  Cyrenaeans  once  lived.  The  Silphium* 
begins  to  grow  in  this  region,  extending  from  the  island  of  Platea 
on  the  one  side  to  the  mouth  of  the  Syrtis  on  the  other.  The 
customs  of  the  Gilligammae  are  like  those  of  the  rest  of  their 
countrymen. 

170.  The  Asbystae*  adjoin  the  Gilligammae  upon  the  west. 
They  inhabit  the  regions  above  Cyrene,  but  do  not  reach  to  the 
coast,  which  belongs  to  the  Cyrenaeans.  Four-horse  chariots  are 
in  more  common  use  among  them  than  among  any  other 
Libyans.  In  most  of  their  customs  they  ape  the  manners  of 
the  Cyrenaeans.* 

171.  Westward  of  the  Asbystae  dwell  the  Auschisae,  who 
possess  the  country  above  Barca,  reaching,  however,  to  the  sea 
at  the  place  called  Euesperides.  In  the  middle  of  their  territory 
is  the  little  tribe  of  the  Cabalians,  which  touches  the  coast  near 
Tauchira,^  a  city  of  the  Barcaeans.  Their  customs  are  like  those 
of  the  Libyans  above  Cyrene. 

172.  The  Nasamonians,*  a  numerous  people,  are  the  western 
neighbours  of  the  Auschisae.  In  sunmier  they  leave  their  flocks 
and  herds  upon  the  sea-shore,  and  go  up  the  country  to  a  place 
called  Augila,^  where  they  gather  the  dates  from  the  palms, 
which  in  those  parts  grow  thickly,  and  are  of  great  size,  all  of 
them  being  of  the  fruit-bearing  kind.  They  also  chase  the 
locusts,  and,  when  caught,  dry  them  in  the  sun,  after  which 

*  Compare  the  middle  age  droit  de  cuissage  ["jus  primae  noctis." — E.H.B.]- 

*  This  famous  plant,  the  laserpitium  of  the  Romans,  which  b  figured 
upon  most  of  the  Cyrenasan  and  Barcaean  coins,  was  celebrated  both  as  an 
article  of  food  and  also  for  its  medicinal  virtues.  It  formed  an  important 
clement  in  the  ancient  commerce  of  Cyrene. 

*  The  Asbystae,  being  neighbours  of  the  Cyrenaeans,  were  well  known 
to  the  Greeks. 

*  The  Cyremeans  were  famous  for  their  skill  in  chariot-driving. 

■  Tauchira  retains  its  name  as  Taukra,  Tokrah,  or  Terkera.  Considerable 
ruins  mark  the  site. 

*  They  dwelt  around  the  shores  of  the  Greater  Syrtis  (vide  supra,  ii.  32). 
'  This  place  retains  its  name  unchanged.     It  lies  on  the  great  rout« 

from  Egypt  to  Fezian. 


Chap.  169-175.  African  Nations  355 

they  grind  them  to  powder,  £uid,  sprinkling  this  upon  their  milk, 
so  drink  it.  Each  man  among  them  has  several  wives,  in  their 
intercourse  with  whom  they  resemble  the  Massagetae.  The 
following  are  their  customs  in  the  swearing  of  oaths  and  the 
practice  of  augury.  The  man,  as  he  swears,  lays  his  hand  upon 
the  tomb  of  some  one  considered  to  have  been  pre-eminently  just 
and  good,  and  so  doing  swears  by  his  name.  For  divination  they 
betake  themselves  to  the  sepulchres  of  their  own  ancestors,  and, 
after  praying,  lie  down  to  sleep  upon  their  graves ;  by  the  dreams 
which  then  come  to  them  they  guide  their  conduct.  When  they 
pledge  their  faith  to  one  another,  each  gives  the  other  to  drink 
out  of  his  hand;  if  there  be  no  liquid  to  be  had,  they  take  up 
dust  from  the  ground,^  and  put  their  tongues  to  it. 

173.  On  the  country  of  the  Nasamonians  borders  that  of  the 
Psylli,  who  were  swept  away  under  the  following  circumstances. 
The  south-wind  had  blown  for  a  long  time  and  dried  up  all  the 
tanks  in  which  their  water  was  stored.  Now  the  whole  region 
within  the  Syrtis  is  utterly  devoid  of  springs.  Accordingly  the 
Psylli  took  counsel  among  themselves,  and  by  common  consent 
made  war  upon  the  south-wind — so  at  least  the  Libyans  say,  I  do 
but  repeat  their  words — they  went  forth  and  reached  the  desert; 
but  there  the  south-wind  rose  and  buried  them  under  heaps  of 
sand :  whereupon,  the  Psylli  being  destroyed,  their  lands  passed 
to  the  Nasamonians. 

174.  Above  the  Nasamonians,  towards  the  south,  in  the 
district  where  the  wild  beasts  abound,  dwell  the  Garamantians, 
who  avoid  all  society  or  intercourse  with  their  fellow-men,  have 
no  weapon  of  war,  and  do  not  know  how  to  defend  themselves, 

175.  These  border  the  Nasamonians  on  the  south:  westward 
along  the  sea-shore  their  neighbours  are  the  Macae,  who,  by 
letting  the  locks  about  the  crown  of  their  head  grow  long,  while 
they  clip  them  close  everywhere  else,  make  their  hair  resemble 
a  crest.  In  war  these  people  use  ^  the  skins  of  ostriches  for 
shields.'  The  river  Cinyps  ^  rises  among  them  from  the  height 
called  "  the  Hill  of  the  Graces,"  and  runs  from  thence  through 
their  country  to  the  sea.  The  Hill  of  the  Graces  is  thickly 
covered  with  wood,  and  is  thus  very  unlike  the  rest  of  Libya, 
which  is  bare.    It  is  distant  two  hundred  furlongs  from  the  sea. 

*  So  the  Mahometan  law  of  ablution  allows  sand  to  be  used  where  water 
cannot  be  procured. 

'  Compare  vii.  70. 

■  Perhaps  the  Wad'  el  Khdhan  has  the  best  right  to  be  considered  tho 
ancient  Cinyps. 


356  The  History  of  Herodotus      book  iv. 

176.  Adjoining  the  Maca*  are  the  Gindanes,  whose  women 
wear  on  their  legs  anklets  of  leather.  Each  lover  that  a  woman 
has  gives  her  one;  and  she  who  can  show  the  most  is  the  best 
esteemed,  as  she  appears  to  have  been  loved  by  the  greatest 
number  of  men. 

177.  A  promontory  jutting  out  into  the  sea  from  the  country 
of  the  Gindanes  is  inhabited  by  the  Lotophagi/  who  live  entirely 
(Ml  the  fruit  of  the  lotus-tree.*  The  lotus  fruit  is  about  the 
size  of  the  lentisk  berry,  and  in  sweetness  resembles  the  date. 
The  Lotophagi  even  succeed  in  obtaining  from  it  a  sort  of  wine.* 

178.  The  sea-coast  beyond  the  Lotophagi  is  occupied  by  the 
Machlyans,  who  use  the  lotus  to  some  extent,  though  not  so 
Eiuch  as  the  people  of  whom  we  last  spoke.  The  Machlyans 
reach  as  far  as  the  great  river  called  the  Triton,  which  empties 
itself  into  the  great  lake  Tritonis.  Here,  in  this  lake,  is  an 
bland  called  Phda,  which  it  is  said  the  Lacedaemonians  were  to 
have  colonised,  according  to  an  oracle. 

179.  The  following  is  the  story  as  it  is  commonly  told.  When 
Jason  had  finished  building  the  Argo  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Pelion, 
he  took  on  board  the  usual  hecatomb,  and  moreover  a  brazen 
tripod.  Thus  equipped,  he  set  sail,  intending  to  coast  round  the 
Peloponnese,  and  so  to  reach  Delphi.  The  voyage  was  pros- 
perous as  far  as  Malea ;  but  at  that  point  a  gale  of  wind  from  the 
north  came  on  suddenly,  and  carried  him  out  of  his  course  to 
the  coast  of  Libya;  where,  before  he  discovered  the  land,  he  got 
among  the  shallows  of  Lake  Tritonis.  As  he  was  turning  it  in 
his  mind  how  he  should  find  his  way  out,  Triton  (they  say) 
appeared  to  him,  and  offered  to  show  him  the  channel,  and 
secure  him  a  safe  retreat,  if  he  would  give  him  the  tripod« 
Jason  complying,  was  shown  by  Triton  the  passage  through  the 
shallows;  after  which  the  god  took  the  tripod,  and,  carrj'ing 
it  to  his  own  temple,  seated  himself  upon  it,  and,  filled  with 
prophetic  fury,  delivered  to  Jason  and, his  companions  a  long 
prediction.    "  When  a  descendant,"  he  said,  "  of  one  of  the 

*  The  country  of  the  Lotophagi  is  evidently  the  Peninsula  of  Zarzis 
which  is  the  only  tract  projecting  from  this  part  of  the  coast.  They  are 
thus  brought  into  the  position  usually  assigned  thexn,  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  Lesser  Syrtis,  or  Gulf  of  Khabs. 

"  The  lotus  is  evidently  the  Rhamnus,  now  called  in  Arabic  Sidr,  the 
fruit  Nebk.  It  looks  and  tastes  rather  like  a  bad  crab-apple.  It  has  a 
single  stone  within  it.  To  Ulysses  it  was  as  inconvenient  as  modem  "  gold- 
diggings  "  to  ship  captains,  since  he  had  the  greatest  difl&culty  in  keeping 
kis  sailors  to  the  ship  when  they  had  once  tasted  it  (Horn.  Od.  ix.  84  to  96). 

"  Perhaps  this  is  the  origin  of  the  Homeric  myth  (Od.  ix.  74  et  seqq.). 


Chap.  176-181.    Customs  of  thc  Auscans  357 

Argo's  crew  should  seize  and  cany  o5  the  brazen  tripod,  then 
by  inevitable  fate  would  a  hundred  Grecian  cities  be  built 
around  Lake  Tritonis."  The  Libyans  of  that  region,  when  they 
heard  the  words  of  this  prophecy,  took  away  the  tripod  and 
hid  it. 

180.  The  next  tribe  beyond  the  Machlyans  is  the  tribe  of  the 
Auseans.  Both  these  nations  inhabit  the  borders  of  Lake 
Tritonis,  being  separated  from  one  another  by  the  river  Triton, 
Both  also  wear  their  hair  long,  but  the  Machlyans  let  it  grow 
at  the  back  of  the  head,  while  the  Auseans  have  it  long  in  front. 
The  Ausean  maidens  keep  year  by  year  a  feast  in  honour  of 
Minerva,  whereat  their  custom  is  to  draw  up  in  two  bodies,  and 
fight  with  stones  and  clubs.  They  say  that  these  are  rites  which 
have  come  down  to  them  from  their  fathers,  and  that  they 
honour  with  them  their  native  goddess,  who  is  the  same  as  the 
Minerva  (Athena)  of  the  Grecians.  If  any  of  the  maidens  die 
of  the  wounds  they  receive,  the  Auseans  declare  that  such  are 
false  maidens.  Before  the  fight  is  suffered  to  begin,  they  have 
another  ceremony.  One  of  the  virgins,  the  loveliest  of  the 
number,  is  selected  from  the  rest;  a  Corinthian  helmet  and  a 
complete  suit  of  Greek  armour  are  publicly  put  upon  her;  and, 
thus  adorned,  she  is  made  to  mount  into  a  chariot,  and  led 
around  the  whole  lake  in  a  procession.  What  arms  they  used 
for  the  adornment  of  their  damsels  before  the  Greeks  came  to 
live  in  their  country,  I  cannot  say.  I  imagine  they  dressed 
them  in  Egyptian  armour,  for  I  maintain  that  both  the  shield 
and  the  helmet  came  into  Greece  from  Egypt.  The  Auseans 
declare  that  Minerva  is  the  daughter  of  Neptune  and  the  Lake 
Tritonis  ^ — they  say  she  quarrelled  with  her  father,  and  applied 
to  Jupiter,  who  consented  to  let  her  be  his  child;  and  so  she 
became  his  adopted  daughter.  These  people  do  not  marry  or 
live  in  families,  but  dwell  together  like  the  gregarious  beasts* 
When  their  children  are  full-grown,  they  are  brought  before 
the  assembly  of  the  men,  which  is  held  every  third  month,  and 
assigned  to  those  whom  they  most  resemble. 

181.  Such  are  the  tribes  of  wandering  Libyans  dwelling  upon 
the  sea-coast.  Above  them  inland  is  the  wild-beast  tract:  and 
beyond  that,  a  ridge  of  sand,  reaching  from  Egyptian  Thebes 
to  the  Pillars  of  Hercules.  Throughout  this  ridge,  at  the 
distance  of  about  ten  days'  journey  from  one  another,  heaps  of 

*  This  is  the  earliest  form  of  the  legend,  and  hence  the  epithet  T/nro- 
y4v€ia,  so  frequently  applied  to  this  goddess. 


358  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

salt  in  large  lumps  lie  upon  hills.  At  the  top  of  every  hill  there 
gushes  forth  from  the  middle  of  the  salt  a  stream  of  water, 
which  is  both  cold  and  sweet.^  Around  dwell  men  who  are  the 
last  inhabitants  of  Libya  on  the  side  of  the  desert,  living,  as  they 
do,  more  inland  than  the  wild-beast  district.  Of  these  nations 
the  first  is  that  of  the  Ammonians,  who  dwell  at  a  distance  of 
ten  days'  journey  from  Thebes,*  and  have  a  temple  derived 
from  that  of  the  Theban  Jupiter.  For  at  Thebes  likewise,  as  I 
mentioned  above,®  the  image  of  Jupiter  has  a  face  like  that  of  a 
ram.  The  Ammonians  have  another  spring  besides  that  which 
rises  from  the  salt.  The  water  of  this  stream  is  lukewarm  at 
early  dawn;  at  the  time  when  the  market  fills  it  is  much  cooler; 
by  noon  it  has  grown  quite  cold;  at  this  time,  therefore,  they 
water  their  gardens.  As  the  afternoon  advances  the  coldness 
goes  ofE,  till,  about  sunset,  the  water  is  once  more  lukewarm; 
still  the  heat  increases,  and  at  midnight  it  boils  furiously.  After 
this  time  it  again  begins  to  cool,  and  grows  less  and  less  hot  till 
morning  comes.  This  spring  is  called  "  the  Fountain  of  the 
Sun." 

182.  Next  to  the  Ammonians,  at  the  distance  of  ten  days' 
journey  along  the  ridge  of  sand,  there  is  a  second  salt-hill  like 
the  Ammonian,  and  a  second  spring.  The  country  round  is 
inhabited,  and  the  place  bears  the  name  of  Augila.*  Hither  it 
is  that  the  Nasamonians  come  to  gather  in  the  dates. 

183.  Ten  days'  journey  from  Augila  there  is  again  a  salt-hill 
and  a  spring;  palms  of  the  fruitful  kind  grow  here  abundantly, 
as  they  do  also  at  the  other  salt-hills.  This  region  is  inhabited 
by  a  nation  called  the  Garamantians,^  a  very  powerful  people, 
who  cover  the  salt  with  mould,  and  then  sow  their  crops.  From 
thence  is  the  shortest  road  to  the  Lotophagi,  a  journey  of  thirty 
days.  In  the  Garamantian  country  are  found  the  oxen  which, 
as  they  graze,  walk  backwards.  This  they  do  because  their 
horns  curve  outwards  in  front  of  their  heads,  so  that  it  is  not 
possible  for  them  when  grazing  to  move  forwards,  since  in  that 

*  In  the  Oases  salt  is  in  great  abundance,  and  sometimes  a  large  space  is 
covered  with  an  incrustation  of  it,  which  breaks  like  frozen  mud  or  shallow 
water,  under  the  feet.  Springs  frequently  rise  from  the  sand  in  that  desert, 
and  sometimes  on  the  top  of  hillocks  of  sand;  where  the  water,  as  Hero- 
dotus says,  is  always  cool  and  sweet;  the  coolness  being  caused  by  the 
evaporation. 

•  Siwah,  which  is  undoubtedly  where  the  temple  of  Ammon  stood  (vide 
«upra  iii.  26),  lies  at  the  distance  of  400  geographical  miles,  or  not  less 
than  20  days'  journey,  from  Thebes.  »  Vide  supra,  ii.  42. 

«  [It  still  bears  the  name  of  Aujileh. — E.  H.  B.].     •  The  modem  Fezzan. 


chaf.  182-185.  The  Atarantians  359 

case  their  horns  would  become  fixed  in  the  ground.  Only 
herein  do  they  differ  from  other  oxen,  and  further  in  the  thick- 
ness and  hardness  of  their  hides.  The  Garamantians  have  four- 
horse  chariots,  in  which  they  chase  the  Troglodyte  Ethiopians,^ 
who  of  all  the  nations  whereof  any  account  has  reached  our  ears 
are  by  far  the  swiftest  of  foot.  The  Troglodytes  feed  on  serpents, 
lizards,  and  other  similar  reptiles.  Their  language  is  unlike  that 
of  any  other  people;  it  sounds  like  the  screeching  of  bats. 

184.  At  the  distance  of  ten  days'  journey  from  the  Garaman- 
tians there  is  again  another  salt-hill  and  spring  of  water;  around 
which  dwell  a  people,  called  the  Atarantians,  who  alone  of  all 
known  nations  are  destitute  of  names.  The  title  of  Atarantians 
is  borne  by  the  whole  race  in  common;  but  the  men  have  no 
particular  names  of  their  own.  The  Atarantians,  when  the  sun 
rises  high  in  the  heaven,  curse  him,  and  load  him  with  reproaches, 
because  (they  say)  he  bums  and  wastes  both  their  country  and 
themselves.  Once  more  at  the  distance  of  ten  days*  journey 
there  is  a  salt-hill,  a  spring,  and  an  inhabited  tract.  Near  the 
salt  is  a  mountain  called  Atlas,  very  taper  and  round ;  so  lofty, 
moreover,  that  the  top  (it  is  said)  cannot  be  seen,  the  clouds 
never  quitting  it  either  summer  or  winter.*  The  natives  call  this 
mountain  "  the  Pillar  of  Heaven; "  and  they  themselves  take 
their  name  from  it,  being  called  Atlantes.  They  are  reported 
not  to  eat  any  living  thing,  and  never  to  have  any  dreams. 

185.  As  far  as  the  Atlantes  the  names  of  the  nations  inhabit- 
ing the  sandy  ridge  are  known  to  me;  but  beyond  them  my 
knowledge  fails.  The  ridge  itself  extends  as  far  as  the  Pillars 
of  Hercules,  and  even  further  than  these  ;^  and  throughout  the 
whole  distance,  at  the  end  of  every  ten  days'  journey,  there  is  a 
salt-mine,  with  people  dwelling  round  it  who  all  of  them  build 

•  Perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  translate  "  the  Ethiopians  who  dwell  in 
holes."     Troglodytes  have  always  abounded  in  Africa. 

•  The  earlier  writers  (Homer,  Hesiod,  etc.)  intended  by  that  name  the 
Peak  of  Tenerifie,  of  which  they  had  some  indistinct  knowledge  derived 
from  Phoenician  sources.  The  later,  unacquainted  with  the  great  Western 
Ocean,  placed  Atlas  in  Africa,  first  regarding  it  as  a  single  mountain,  and 
then,  as  their  geographical  knowledge  increased,  they  found  there  was 
no  very  remarkable  mountain  in  North-western  Africa,  as  a  mountain 
chain.  Herodotus  is  a  writer  of  the  transition  period.  His  description 
is  only  applicable  to  the  Peak,  while  his  locality  is  Africa — not,  however, 
tne  western  coast,  but  an  inland  tract,  probably  south-eastern  Algeria. 
Thus  his  moimtain,  if  it  is  to  be  considered  as  having  any  foundation  at 
all  on  fact,  must  represent  the  eastern,  not  the  western,  extremity  of  th« 
Atlas  chain. 

•  Herodotus,  it  should  be  observed,  knows  that  the  African  coast  project 
beyond  the  pillars. 


360  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

their  houses  with  blocks  of  the  salt.  No  rain  falls  in  these  parts 
of  Libya;  if  it  were  otherwise,  the  walls  of  these  houses  could 
not  stand.^  The  salt  quarried  is  of  two  colours,  white  and 
purple.^  Beyond  the  ridge,  southwards,  in  the  direction  of  the 
interior,  the  country  is  a  desert,^  with  no  springs,  no  beasts,  no 
rain,  no  wood,  and  altogether  destitute  of  moisture. 

186.  Thus  from  Egypt  as  far  as  Lake  Tritonis  Libya  is  in- 
habited by  wandering  tribes,*  whose  drink  is  milk  and  their 
food  the  flesh  of  animals.  Cow's  flesh  however  none  of  these 
tribes  ever  taste,  but  abstain  from  it  for  the  same  reason  as  the 
Egyptians,  neither  do  they  any  of  them  breed  swine.  Even  at 
Cyren^,  the  women  think  it  wrong  to  eat  the  flesh  of  the  cow, 
honouring  in  this  Isis,  the  Egyptian  goddess,  whom  they  worship 
both  with  fasts  and  festivals.  The  Barcaean  women  abstain, 
not  from  cow's  flesh  only,  but  also  from  the  flesh  of  swine. 

187.  West  of  Lake  Tritonis  the  Libyans  are  no  longer 
wanderers,  nor  do  they  practise  the  same  customs  as  the  wander- 
ing people,  or  treat  their  children  in  the  same  way.  For  the 
wandering  Libyans,  many  of  them  at  any  rate,  if  not  all — con- 
cerning which  I  cannot  speak  with  certainty — ^when  their 
children  come  to  the  age  of  four  years,  bum  the  veins  at  the 
top  of  their  heads  with  a  flock  from  the  fleece  of  a  sheep: 
others  bum  the  veins  about  the  temples.^  This  they  do  to 
prevent  them  from  being  plagued  in  their  after  lives  by  a  flow 
of  rheum  from  the  head;  and  such  they  declare  is  the  reason 
why  they  are  so  much  more  healthy  than  other  men.  Certainly 
the  Libyans  are  the  healthiest  men  that  I  know;®  but  whether 
this  is  what  makes  them  so,  or  not,  I  cannot  positively  say — 
the  healthiest  certainly  they  are.  If  when  the  children  are  being 
burnt  convulsions  come  on,  there  is  a  remedy  of  which  they 
have  made  discovery.  It  is  to  sprinkle  goat's  water  upon  the 
child,  who  thus  treated,  is  sure  to  recover.  In  all  this  I  only 
repeat  what  is  said  by  the  Libyans. 

188.  The  rites  which  the  wandering  Libyans  use  in  sacrificing 

•  They  have  been  found  in  the  Oasis  of  Ammon,  and  in  the  western  part 
of  Fezzan. 

"  The  rock-salt  of  Africa  is,  in  fact,  of  three  colours. 

•  He  alludes  to  the  great  Sahara. 

•  Herodotus  here  indicates  that  he  is  about  to  resume  the  account  of  the 
sea-coast  tribes,  which  was  broken  off  at  the  end  of  ch.  180. 

•  Burning  with  a  red-hot  iron  is  still  practised  in  these  countries  for  the 
cure  of  diseases. 

•  Vide  supra,  ii.  77.  The  Tuaregs  have,  of  aU  existing  tribes,  the  best 
right  to  be  regarded  as  the  descendants  of  Herodotus's  Libyans. 


Chap.  186.191.    Chariots  and  Sepulture  361 

are  the  following.  They  begin  with  the  ear  of  the  victim,  which 
they  cut  off  and  throw  over  their  house:  this  done,  they  kill  the 
animal  by  twisting  the  neck.  They  sacrifice  to  the  Sun  and 
Moon,  but  not  to  any  other  god.  This  worship  is  common  to  all 
the  Libyans.  The  inhabitants  of  the  parts  about  Lake  Tritonis 
worship  in  addition  Triton,  Neptune,^  and  Minerva,  the  last 
especially* 

189.  The  dress  wherewith  Minerva's  statues  are  adorned,  and 
her  JEgiSf  were  derived  by  the  Greeks  from  the  women  of 
Libya.  For,  except  that  the  garments  of  the  Libyan  women 
are  of  leather,  and  their  fringes  made  of  leathern  thongs  instead 
of  serpents,  in  all  else  the  dress  of  both  is  exactly  alike.  The 
name  too  itself  shows  that  the  mode  of  dressing  the  Pallas- 
statues  came  from  Libya.  For  the  Libyan  women  wear  over 
theu-  dress  goat-skins  stript  of  the  hair,  fringed  at  their  edges, 
and  coloured  with  vermilion;*  and  from  these  goat-skins  the 
Greeks  get  their  word  ^Egis  (goat-harness).  I  think  for  my 
part  that  the  loud  cries  uttered  in  our  sacred  rites  came  ako 
from  thence;  for  the  Libyan  women  are  greatly  given  to  j^jch 
cries  and  utter  them  very  sweetly.  Likewise  the  Greeks  learnt 
from  the  Libyans  to  yoke  four  horses  to  a  chariot.^ 

190.  All  the  wandering  tribes  bury  their  dead  according  to 
the  fashion  of  the  Greeks,  except  the  Nasamonians.  They  bury 
them  sitting,  and  are  right  careful  when  the  sick  man  is  at  the 
point  of  giving  up  the  ghost,  to  make  him  sit  and  not  let  him 
die  lying  down.*  The  dwellings  of  these  people  are  made  of  the 
stems  of  the  asphodel,  and  of  rushes  wattled  together.  They 
can  be  carried  from  place  to  place.  Such  are  the  customs  of 
the  afore-mentioned  tribes. 

191.  Westward  of  the  river  Triton  and  adjoining  upon  the 
Auseans,*  are  other  Libyans  who  till  the  ground,  and  live  in 
houses:  these  people  are  named  the  Maxyans.  They  let  the 
hair  grow  long  on  the  right  side  of  their  heads,  and  shave  it 
close  on  the  left;  they  besmear  their  bodies  with  red  paint;  and 
they  say  that  they  are  descended  from  the  men  of  Troy.    Theii 

^  Vide  supra,  iL  50. 

*  Vermilion  is  abundant  in  North  Africa.  Red  shoes  are  commonly 
worn  at  Tripoli.  Red  shawls  and  mantles  are  frequent  in  the  interk«. 
The  African  nations,  too,  continue  to  excel  in  the  dressing  and  dyeing  oi 
leather. 

•  Can  Herodotus  intend  to  assert  a  connection  between  Greece  and  Libya 
Proper  in  the  ante-Homeric  times? 

*  The  ancient  Britons  often  buried  their  dead  in  a  sitting  posture,  the 
hands  raised  to  the  neck,  and  the  elbows  close  to  the  knees. 

•  Vide  supra,  ch.  180.  H^odotus  here  proceeds  in  his  enumeration  of 
the  tribe*  of  the  coast. 


362  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv 

country  and  the  remainder  of  Libya  towards  the  west  is  far  fuller 
of  wild  beasts,  and  of  wood,  than  the  country  of  the  wandering 
people.  For  the  eastern  side  of  Libya,  where  the  wanderers 
dwell,  is  low  and  sandy,  as  far  as  the  river  Triton;  but  westward 
of  that  the  land  of  the  husbandmen  is  very  hilly,  and  abounds 
with  forests  and  wild  beasts.  For  this  is  the  tract  in  which  the 
huge  serpents  are  found,  and  the  lions,  the  elephants,  the  bears, 
the  aspicks,  and  the  homed  asses.^  Here  too  are  the  dog-faced 
creatures,  and  the  creatures  without  heads,  whom  the  Libyans 
declare  to  have  their  eyes  in  their  breasts;  and  also  the  wild 
men,  and  wild  women,  and  many  other  far  less  fabulous  beasts. 

192.  Among  the  wanderers  are  none  of  these,  but  quite  other 
animals;  as  antelopes,  gazelles,  buffaloes,  and  asses,  not  of  the 
homed  sort,  but  of  a  kind  which  does  not  need  to  drink ;  ^  also 
oryxes,  whose  horns  are  used  for  the  curved  sides  of  cithems, 
and  whose  size  is  about  that  of  the  ox;  foxes,  hyaenas,  porcu- 
pines, wild  rams,  dictyes,'  jackals,  panthers,  boryes,*  land- 
crocodiles  about  three  cubits  in  length,*  very  like  lizards, 
ostriches,  and  little  snakes,  each  with  a  single  horn.  All  these 
animals  are  found  here,  and  likewise  those  belonging  to  other 
countries,  except  the  stag  and  the  wild-boar;  but  neither  stag 
nor  wild-boar  are  found  in  any  part  of  Libya.  There  are,  how- 
ever, three  sorts  of  mice  in  these  parts ;  the  first  are  called  two- 
footed;*  the  next,  zegeries,  which  is  a  Libyan  word  meaning 
"  hills ;  "  and  the  third,  urchins.  Weasels  also  are  found  in  the 
Silphium-region,  much  like  the  Tartessian.  So  many,  therefore, 
are  the  animals  belonging  to  the  land  of  the  wandering  Libyans, 
in  so  far  at  least  as  my  researches  have  been  able  to  reach. 

193.  Next  to  the  Maxyan  Libyans  are  the  Zavecians,  whose 
wives  drive  their  chariots  to  battle. 

194.  On  them  border  the  Gyzantians;  in  whose  country  a 
vast  deal  of  honey  is  made  by  bees;  very  much  more,  hov/ever, 
by  the  skill  of  men.  The  people  all  paint  themselves  red,  and 
eat  monkeys,  whereof  there  is  inexhaustible  store  in  the  hills. 

195.  Off  their  coast,  as  the  Carthaginians  report,  lies  an  island, 

^  Elephants  are  not  now  found  in  the  countries  north  of  the  desert.  It 
is  uncertain  what  animal  Herodotus  intends  by  his  "  homed  ass;  "  probably 
some  kind  of  antelope. 

•  The  wild  ass  can  live  in  the  worst  parts  of  the  desert  and  needs  probably 
less  water  than  almost  any  animal.  Still,  however,  there  are  no  doubt 
times  when  "  the  wild  asses  quench  their  thirst."     (Ps.  civ.  11.) 

•  It  is  impossible  to  say  what  animal  is  h«:e  intended. 

•  Herodotus  does  not  mention  the  camel,  which  may  have  been  intro- 
duced later. 

•  This  immense  lizard,  or  monitor,  is  very  conmion  in  parts  of  Africa. 

•  The  jerboa  {Dipus  jaculus  of  Linnaeus)  is  undoubtedly  intended. 


Chap.  192-196.  Dumb-Trading  363 

by  name  Cyraunis,  the  length  of  which  is  two  hundred  furlongs, 
its  breadth  not  great,  and  which  is  soon  reached  from  the  main- 
land. Vines  and  olive-trees  cover  the  whole  of  it,  and  there  is 
in  the  island  a  lake,  from  which  the  young  maidens  of  the 
country  draw  up  gold-dust,  by  dipping  into  the  mud  birds' 
feathers  smeared  with  pitch.  If  this  be  true,  I  know  not;  I 
but  write  w^hat  is  said.  It  may  be  even  so,  however;  since  I 
myself  have  seen  pitch  drawn  up  out  of  the  water  from  a  lake 
in  Zacynthus.  At  the  place  I  speak  of  there  are  a  number  of 
lakes ;  but  one  is  larger  than  the  rest,  being  seventy  feet  every 
way,  and  two  fathoms  in  depth.  Here  they  let  down  a  pole 
into  the  water,  with  a  bunch  of  myrtle  tied  to  one  end,  and  when 
they  raise  it  again,  there  is  pitch  sticking  to  the  myrtle,  which 
in  smell  is  like  to  bitumen,  but  in  all  else  is  better  than  the  pitch 
of  Pieria.  This  they  pour  into  a  trench  dug  by  the  lake's  side; 
and  when  a  good  deal  has  thus  been  got  together,  they  draw  it 
ofi  and  put  it  up  in  jars.  Whatever  falls  into  the  lake  passes 
underground,  and  comes  up  in  the  sea,  which  is  no  less  than  four 
furlongs  distant.  So  then  what  is  said  of  the  island  off  the 
Libyan  coast  is  not  without  likelihood. 

196.  The  Carthaginians  also  relate  the  following: — There  is 
a  country  in  Libya,  and  a  nation,  beyond  the  Pillars  of  Hercules,^ 
?yhich  they  are  wont  to  visit,  where  they  no  sooner  arrive  but 
forthwith  they  unlade  their  wares,  and,  having  disposed  them 
after  an  orderly  fashion  along  the  beach,  leave  them,  and,  re- 
turning aboard  their  ships,  raise  a  great  smoke.  The  natives, 
when  they  see  the  smoke,  come  down  to  the  shore,  and,  laying 
out  r.i^  view  so  much  gold  as  they  think  the  worth  of  the  wares^ 
withdraw  to  a  distance.  The  Carthaginians  upon  this  come 
ashore  and  look.  If  they  think  the  gold  enough,  they  take  it 
and  go  their  way;  but  if  it  does  not  seem  to  them  sufficient, 
they  go  aboard  ship  once  more,  and  wait  patiently.  Then  the 
others  approach  and  add  to  their  gold,  till  the  Carthaginians  are 
content.  Neither  party  deals  unfairly  by  the  other:  for  they 
themselves  never  touch  the  gold  till  it  comes  up  to  the  worth  of 
their  goods,  nor  do  the  natives  ever  carry  off  the  goods  till  the 
gold  is  taken  away. 

197.  These  be  the  Libyan  tribes  whereof  I  am  able  to  give 
the  names ;  and  most  of  these  cared  little  then,  and  indeed  care 
little  now,  for  the  king  of  the  Medes.  One  thing  more  also  I 
can  add  concerning  this  region,  namely,  that,  so  far  as  our  know- 

*  The  trade  of  the  Carthaginians  with  the  western  coast  of  Africa  (outside 
the  Straits  of  Gibraltar)  has  been  fully  proved. 


364  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

ledge  reaches,  four  nations,  and  no  more,  inhabit  it;  and  two 
of  these  nations  are  indigenous,  while  two  are  not.  The  two  in- 
digenous are  the  Libyans  and  Ethiopians,  who  dwell  respec- 
tively in  the  north  and  the  south  of  Libya.  The  Phoenicians 
and  the  Greek  are  in-comers.^ 

198.  It  seems  to  me  that  Libya  is  not  to  compare  for  goodness 
oi  sou  with  either  Asia  or  Europe,  except  the  Cinyps-region, 
which  is  named  after  the  river  that  waters  it.  This  piece  of 
land  is  equal  to  any  country  in  the  world  for  cereal  crops,  and  is 
in  nothing  like  the  rest  of  Libya.  For  the  soil  here  is  black, 
and  springs  of  water  abound;  so  that  there  is  nothing  to  fear 
from  drought;  nor  do  heavy  rains  (and  it  rains  in  that  part  of 
Libya)  do  any  harm  when  they  soak  the  ground.  The  returns 
of  the  harvest  come  up  to  the  measure  which  prevails  in 
Babylonia.*  The  soil  is  likewise  good  in  the  country  of  the 
Euesperites ;  ^  for  there  the  land  brings  forth  in  the  best  years  a 
hundred-fold.    But  the  Cinyps-region  yields  three  hundred-fold. 

199.  The  country  of  the  Cyrenaeans,  which  is  the  highest 
tract  within  the  part  of  Libya  inhabited  by  the  wandering 
tribes,*  has  three  seasons  that  deserve  remark.  First  the  crops 
along  the  sea-coast  begin  to  ripen,  and  are  ready  for  the  harvest 
and  the  vintage;  after  they  have  been  gathered  in,  the  crops  of 
the  middle  tract  above  the  coast-region  (the  hill-country,  as 
they  call  it)  need  harvesting;  while  about  the  time  when  this 
middle  crop  is  housed,  the  fruits  ripen  and  are  fit  for  cutting  in 
the  highest  tract  of  all.  So  that  the  produce  of  the  first  tract 
has  been  all  eaten  and  drunk  by  the  time  that  the  last  harvest 
comes  in.  And  the  harvest-time  of  the  Cyrenaeans  continues 
thus  for  eight  full  months.    So  much  concerning  these  matters, 

200.  When  the  Persians  sent  from  Egypt  by  Aryandes  to 
help  Pheretima  reached  Barca,  they  laid  siege  to  the  town, 
calling  on  those  within  to  give  up  the  men  who  had  been  guilty 
of  the  murder  of  Arcesilaüs.  The  townspeople,  however,  as  they 
had  one  and  all  taken  part  in  the  deed,  refused  to  entertain  the 
proposition.  So  the  Persians  beleaguered  Barca  for  nine  months, 
in  the  course  of  which  they  dug  several  mines  from  their  own 
lines  to  the  walls,  and  likewise  made  a  number  of  vigorous 

*  The  Egyptians  are  omitted,  because  Egypt  is  reckoned  to  Asia  (supra, 
iL  17,  iv.  39  and  41). 

•  Vide  supra,  i.  193. 

•  The  Euesperites  are  the  inhabitants  of  a  town  situated  at  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  Greater  Syrtis,  between  the  Borean  or  Northern  Pro- 
montory {Cape  Tejones)  and  Tauchira.  The  Ptolemies  changed  its  nam« 
to  Berenice,  which  has  since  been  corrupted  into  Benghazi. 

*  Kiepert  gives  the  height  of  the  upper  plateau  of  Cyrdn^  at  1700  feet. 


Chap  197-202.       Barcasans  Conquered  365 

assaults.  But  their  mines  were  discovered  by  a  man  who  was  a 
worker  in  brass,  who  went  with  a  brazen  shield  all  round  the 
fortress,  and  laid  it  on  the  ground  inside  the  city.  In  other 
places  the  shield,  when  he  laid  it  down,  was  quite  dumb;  but 
where  the  ground  was  undermined,  there  the  brass  of  the  shield 
rang.  Here,  therefore,  the  Barcaeans  countermined,  and  slew 
the  Persian  diggers.  Such  was  the  way  in  which  the  mines  were 
discovered ;  as  for  the  assaults,  the  Barcaeans  beat  them  back. 

201.  When  much  time  had  been  consumed,  and  great  numbers 
had  fallen  on  both  sides,  nor  had  the  Persians  lost  fewer  than 
their  adversaries,  Amasis,  the  leader  of  the  land-army,  perceiv- 
ing that,  although  the  Barcsans  would  never  be  conquered  by 
force,  they  might  be  overcome  by  fraud,  contrived  as  follows. 
One  night  he  dug  a  wide  trench,  and  laid  light  planks  of  wood 
across  the  opening,  after  which  he  brought  mould  and  placed  it 
upon  the  planks,  taking  care  to  make  the  place  level  with  the 
surrounding  ground.  At  dawn  of  day  he  summoned  the  Bar- 
caeans to  a  parley :  and  they  gladly  hearkening,  the  terms  were 
at  length  agreed  upon.  Oaths  were  interchanged  upon  the 
ground  over  the  hidden  trench,  and  the  agreement  ran  thus — 
"  So  long  as  the  ground  beneath  our  feet  stands  firm,  the  oath 
shall  abide  unchanged ;  the  people  of  Barca  agree  to  pay  a  fair 
sum  to  the  king,  and  the  Persians  promise  to  cause  no  further 
trouble  to  the  people  of  Barca.'*  After  the  oath,  the  Barcaeans, 
relying  upon  its  terms,  threw  open  all  their  gates,  went  out 
themselves  beyond  the  walls,  and  allowed  as  many  of  the  enemy 
as  chose  to  enter.  Then  the  Persians  broke  down  their  secret 
bridge,  and  rushed  at  speed  into  the  town — their  reason  for 
breaking  the  bridge  being,  that  so  they  might  observe  what  they 
had  sworn;  for  they  had  promised  the  Barcaeans  that  the  oath 
should  continue  "  so  long  as  the  ground  whereon  they  stood  was 
firm."  When,  therefore,  the  bridge  was  once  broken  down,  the 
oath  ceased  to  hold. 

202.  Such  of  the  Barcaeans  as  were  most  guilty  the  Persians 
gave  up  to  Pheretima,  who  nailed  them  to  crosses  all  round  the 
walls  of  the  city.^  She  also  cut  ofi  the  breasts  of  their  wives, 
and  fastened  them  likewise  about  the  walls.  The  remainder  of 
the  people  she  gave  as  booty  to  the  Persians,  except  only  the 
Battiadae,  and  those  who  had  taken  no  part  in  the  murder,  to 
whom  she  handed  over  the  possession  of  the  town. 

203.  The  Persians  now  set  out  on  their  return  home,  carryinjg 
¥dth  them  the  rest  of  the  Barcaeans,  whom  they  had  made  theii 

»  Compare  the  pxinishment  of  the  Babylonians  by  Darius  (supra,  iii.  159), 


366  The  History  of  Herodotus       book  iv. 

slaves.  Ontheir  way  they  came  to  Cyren^;  and  the  Cyrenaeans, 
out  of  regard  for  an  oracle,  let  them  pass  through  the  town. 
During  the  passage,  Bares,  the  commander  of  the  fleet,  advised 
to  seize  the  place;  but  Amasis,  the  leader  of  the  land-force, 
would  not  consent;  "  because,"  he  said,  "  they  had  only  been 
charged  to  attack  the  one  Greek  city  of  Barca."  ^  When,  how- 
ever, they  had  passed  through  the  town,  and  were  encamped 
upon  the  hill  of  Lycasan  Jove,  it  repented  them  that  they  had 
not  seized  Cyrene,  and  they  endeavoured  to  enter  it  a  second 
time.  The  Cyrenaeans,  however,  would  not  suffer  this;  where- 
upon, though  no  one  appeared  to  offer  them  battle,  yet  a  panic 
came  upon  the  Persians,  and  they  ran  a  distance  of  full  sixty 
furlongs  before  they  pitched  their  camp.  Here  as  they  lay,  a 
messenger  came  to  them  from  Aryandes,  ordering  them  home. 
Then  the  Persians  besought  the  men  of  Cyren6  to  give  them 
provisions  for  the  way,  and,  these  consenting,  they  set  off  on 
their  return  to  Egypt.  But  the  Libyans  now  beset  them,  and, 
for  the  sake  of  their  clothes  and  harness,  slew  all  who  dropped 
behind  and  straggled,  during  the  whole  march  homewards. 

204.  The  furthest  point  of  Libya  reached  by  this  Persian  host 
was  the  city  of  Euesperides.  The  Barcseans  carried  into  slavery 
were  sent  from  Egypt  to  the  king;  and  Darius  assigned  them 
a  village  in  Bactria  for  their  dwelling-place.  To  this  village 
they  gave  the  name  of  Barca,  and  it  was  to  my  time  an  in- 
habited place  in  Bactria. 

205.  Nor  did  Pheretima  herself  end  her  days  happily.  For 
on  her  return  to  Egypt  from  Libya,  directly  after  taking  ven- 
geance on  the  people  of  Barca,  she  was  overtaken  by  a  most 
horrid  death.  Her  body  swarmed  with  worms,  which  ate  her 
flesh  while  she  was  still  alive. ^  Thus  do  men,  by  over-harsh 
punishments,  draw  down  upon  themselves  the  anger  of  the  gods. 
Such  then,  and  so  fierce,  was  the  vengeance  which  Pheretima, 
daughter  of  Battus,  took  upon  the  Barcaeans. 

1  This  whole  account  of  the  danger  and  escape  of  Cyr6n6  is  exceedingly 
improbable. 

»  The  manner  of  hex  death  cannot  fail  to  recall  the  end  of  Herod  Agrippa 
(Acts  xii.  23), 


END  OF  VOL,   I* 


EVERYMAN'S     LIBRARY 

A    CLASSIFIED    LIST    OF    THE    988    VOLUMES 

I  In  each  of  the  thirteen  classifications  in  this  li§t  (except  biography) 
the  volumes  are  arranged  alphabetically  under  the  authors*  names, 
but  Anthologies  and  works  by  various  hands  are  HSted  under  titles. 
Where  authors  appear  in  more  than  one  seftion,  a  cross-reference 
is  given,  viz. :  {See  also  Fiction).  The  number  at  the  end  of  each 
item  is  the  number  of  the  volume  in  the  series. 

BIOGRAPHY 

Audubon  the  Naturalist,  Life  and  Adventures  of.     By  R.Buohanan.     601 
Baxter  (Richard),  Autobiography  of.  Ed.  by  Rev.  J.  M.  Lloyd  Thomas.  863 
Beaconsfield  (Lord),  Life  of.     By  J.  A.  Froude.     666 
Berlioz  (Hector),  Life  of.     Translated  by  Katherine  F.  Boult.     602 
Blackwell  (Dr.  Elizabeth):  Pioneer  Work  for  Women.     With  an  Inteoduo- 

tion  by  Mrs.  Fawcett.     667 
Blake  (Wuliam),  Life  of.     By  Alexander  Gilchrist.     Edited  by  Ruthven 

Todd.     971         (See  also  Poetry  and  Draäia) 
Bronte  (Charlotte),  Life  of.     By  Mrs.  Gaskell.     Intro,  by  May  Sinclair.  318 

{ßte.  also  Fiction) 
Browning  (Robert),  Life  of.     By  E.  Dowden.     701 

(See  also  Poetrt  and  Drama) 
Bumey  (Fanny),  Diary.     A  selection  edited  by  Lewis  Gibbs.     963 
Bums  (Robert),  LtEe  of.     By  J.  G.  Lockhart.     Intro,  by  E.  Rhya.      156 

(See  also  Poetry  and  Drama) 
Buxton  (Sir  Thomas  Fowell),  Memoirs  of.     Ed.  by  Charles  Buxton.     773 
Byron's  Letters.     Introduction  by  Andre  Maurois.     931 

(See  also  Poetry  and  Drama) 
Carey  (William),  Life  of:  Shoemaker  and  Älissionary.  By  George  Smith.  395 
Carlyle's  Letters  and  Speeches  of  Cromwell.     3  vols.     266-8 

„        Reminiscences.     875         (See  also  Essays  UTid  History) 
Cellini's  (Benvenuto)  Autobiography.     51 
Cibber's  (Colley)  An  Apology  for  his  Life.     668 
Columbus,  Life  of.     By  Sir  Arthur  Helps.     332 
Constable  (John),  Memoirs  of.     By  C.  R.  Leslie,  R.A.     563 
Cowper  (William),  Selected  Letters  of.     Intro,  by  W.  Hadley,  M.A.     774 

(See  also  Poetry  and  Drama) 
De  Quincey's  Reminiscences  of  the  Lake  Poets.     Intro,  by  E.  Rhys,      163 

(See  also  Essays) 
De  Retz  (Cardinal):  Memoirs.     By  Himself.     2  vols.     735-6 
Dickens  (Charles),  Life  of.     By  John  Förster.     Introduction  by  G.  K. 

Chesterton.     2  vols.     781-2         (See  also  Fiction) 
Disraeli  (Benjamin),  Life  of.     By  J.  A.  Froude.     666 
Evelyn's  Diary.     2  vols.     Introduction  by  G.  W.  E.  Russell.     220-1 
Fox  (Geoi^e),  Journal  of.  .  Text  revised  by  Norman  Penney.     754 
Franklin's  (Benjamin)  Autobiography.     316 

Gibbon  (Edward),  Autobiography  of.     511         (See  also  History) 
Gladstone,  Life  of.     By  G.  W.  E.  RusseU  ('  Onlooker ').     661 
Goethe,  Life  of.     By  G.  H.  Lewes.     Intro,  by  Havelock  Ellis.     283 
Hastings  (Warren),  Life  of.     By  Capt.  L.  J.  Trotter.     452 
Hodson  of  Hodson's  Horse.     By  Capt.  L.  J.  Trotter.     401  [958 

Hudson  (W,  H.),  Far  Away  and  Long  Ago.  Autobiography  of  his  youth, 
Hutchinson  (Col.),  Memoirs  of.  Intro.  Monograph  by  F.  P.  G.  Guizot.  317 
Johnson  (Dr.  Samuel),  Life  of.     By  James  Boswell.     2  vols.     1-2 

„  „  Lives  of  the  Poets.     770-1         (See  also  Travel) 

Keats  (John),  Life  and  Letters  of.     By  Lord  Houghton.     Introduction 

by  R.  Lynd.     801         (See  also  Poetry  and  Drama) 
Lamb  (Charles),  Letters  of.     2  vols.     342-3 

(See  also  Essays  and  For  Young  People) 
Lincoln  (Abraham),  Life  of.  By  Henry  Bryan  Bums.  783  (See  also  Oratory) 
Mahomet,  Life  of.     By  Washington  Irving.     Intro.  Prof.  B.  V.  Arnold.  513 

Issued  January  1949,         The  Publishers  regret  that  some  of  the  volumes  are  out  of  print. 
A  SelecUd  IMt  is  e^mkhk  if  pelsmes  mainly  in  stPfk, 


EVERYMAN^S      LIBRARY     •      CLASSIFIED      LIST 

BIOGRAPHY— ^0«/////^^ 

Mazzinl,  Life  of.     By  Bolton  King,  M.A.     562 

Mozart,  Life  of.     By  Edward  Holmes.     Intro,  by  Emeet  Newman.     564 

Xapoleon,  Life  of.     By  J.  G.  Lockhart.     3 

Nelson,  Life  of.     By  Robert  Sonthey.     52 

Newcastle  (First  Duke  of).  Life  of,  and  other  writings.     By  the  Duchess 

of  Newcastle.     722 
Ontram  (Sir  J.),  The  Bayard  of  India.     By  Capt.  L.  J.  Trotter.     396 
Pepys's  Diary.     Lord  Braybrooke's  1854  ed.     2  vols.     53-4 
Flutarch'3  Lires  of  Noble  Greeks  and  Romans.     Dryden's  Translation. 
Revised,  with  Introduction,  by  Arthur  Hugh  Clough.     3  vols.     407-9 
Rousseau,  Confessions  of.     2  vols.     859-60 
Scott  (Sir  Walter),  Life  of  (abridged).     By  J.  G.  Lockhart.     55 
Scott's  Lives  of  the  Novelists.     Introduction  by  Greorge  Saintsbury.     331 

(See  also  Ficnox  and  Poetry) 
Seebohm  (Frederic):  The  Oxford  Reformers.     665 
Shakespeare,  Life  and  Work  of.     By  Oliphant  Smeaton.     514 

(See  also  Poetet  axd  Dra3ia) 
Swift's  Journal  to  Stella.     Newly  deciphered  and  edited  by  J.  K.  Moor- 
head.     Introduction  by  Sir  Walter  Scott.     757 

(See  also  Essays  and  FicnoN) 
Vasari's  Lives  of  the  Painters.     Trans,  by  A.  B.  Hinds.     4  vols.     784-7 
Voltaire's  Life  of  Charles  XII.     Introduction  by  Rt.  Hon.  J.  Bums.     270 

(-See  also  Fiction) 
Walpole  (Horace),  Selected  Letters  of.     Intro,  by  W.  Hadley,  M.A.     775 
Wellington,  Life  of.     By  G.  R.  Gleig.     341 

Wesley's  Journal.     4  vols.     Intro,  by  Rev.  F.  W.  Macdonald.     105-8 
Woolman's  (John)  Journal  and  Other  Papers.     Introduction  by  Vida  D. 
Scudder.     402 

CL.\SSICAL 

^schylus'  Lyrical  Dramas.     Translated  by  Professor  J.  S.  Blackie.     62 
Aristophanes'  The  Frogs,  The  Clouds,  The  Thesmophorians.     516 

„  The    Achamians,    The   Knights,    and  The  Birds.     Frere'ä 

Translation.     Introduction  by  John  P.  Maine.     344 
Aiistotle's  Politics.     Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.     605 

„         Poetics,  etc.,  and  Demetrius  on  Style,  etc.  Edited  by  Rev.  T.  A. 
Moxon.     901 
(See  also  Philosopht) 
Caesar's  The  Gallic  War  and  OthCT  Commentaries.     Translated  by  W.  A. 

McDevitte.     702 
Cicero's  Essays  and  Select  Letters.     Intro.  Note  by  de  Quincey.     345 
Epictetus,  Moral  Discourses,  etc.     Elizabeth  Carter's  Translation.     Edited 

by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse,  M.A.     404 
Euripides'  Plavs  in  2  vols.     Introduction  by  V.  R.  Reynolds.     Translated 
bv  M.  Wodhull  and  R.  Potter,  with  Shelley's  *  Cyclops '  and  Dean 
Milman's  '  Bacchanals.'     63,  271 
Herodotus.     Rawlinson's  Translation,  omitting  his  Essays,  and  Appen- 
dices.    Edited,  with  Intro.,  by  E.  H.  Blakeney,  M.A.     2  vols.     405-6 
Homer's  Hiad.     Lord  Derby's  Translation.     453 

„        Odyssey.     Winiam  Cowper's  Translation.     454 
Horace.     Complete  Poetical  Works.     515 

Hutchinson's  (W.  M.  L.)  The  Muses'  Pageant.     3  vols.     581,  606,  and  671 
Livy's  History  of  Rome.     Vols.  I-VI.     Translated  by  Rev.  Canon  Roberts. 

603,  669,  670,  749,  755,  and  756 
Lucretius :  On  the  Nature  of  Things.     Translated  by  W.  E.  Leonard.     750 
Marcus  Aurelius'  Meditations.     Introduction  by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse.     9 
Ovid:  Selected  Works.     Edited  by  J.  C.  and  M.  J.  Thornton.     955 
Plato's  Dialogues.     2  vols.     Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.     456-7 

„       Republic.  Translate^!,  with  an  Introduction,  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.  64 
Plutarch's  MoraEa.     20  Essays  translated  by  Philemon  Holland.     565 
Sophocles'  Dramas.     Translated  by  Sir  G.  Young,  Bart.     114 
Thucydides'  Peloponnesian  War.     Crawley's  Translation.     455 
Virgil's  .ILneid-     Translated  by  E.  Fairfax-Taylor.     161 

„       Eclogues  and  Georgics.     Translated  by  T.  F.  Royds,  M.A.     222 
Xenophon's  Cyropaedia.   Translation  revised  by  Miss  F.  M.  Staweli.     672 

2 


EVERYMAN'S      LIBRARY     •      CLASSIFIED      LIST 

ESSAYS  AND  BELLES-LETTRES 

Antholoiry  of  Prose.     CJompiled  and  Edited  by  Miss  3.  L.  Edwajda.     675 
Arnold's  (Matthew)  Essays.     Introduction  by  G.  K.  Chesterton.     115 

„  „  Study  of  Celtic  Läteratnre,  and  otber  Critical  Essays, 

with  Supplement  by  Lord  Strangford,  etc.     458 
{See  also  Poetet) 
Bacon's  Essays.     Introduction  by  Oliphant  Smeaton,     10 

(See  also  Philosophy) 
Bagehot's  Literary  Studies.     2  vols.     Intro,  by  George  SampsoiL     520-1 
Belloc's  (Hilaire)  Stories,  Essays,  and  Poems.     943 
Brown's  Rab  and  his  Friends,  etc.     116 

Burke's  Reflections  on  the  French  Pkerolution  and  contingent  Essays. 
Introduction  by  A.  J.  Grieve,  M:.A.     460 
{See  also  Obatoey) 
Canton's  (William)  The  Invisible  Playmate,  W.  V.,  Her  Book,  and  In 
Memory  of  W.  V.     566 

(See  also  Foe  Youkg  People) 
Carlyle's  Essays.     2  vols.     With  Notes  by  J.  Russell  Lowell.     703-4 
„       Past  and  Present.     Introduction  by  R.  W.  Emerson.     608 
„       Saxtor  Resartus  and  Hero^  and  Hero  Worship.     278 
(See  also  Biogeaphy  and  Histoey) 
Castiglione's  The  Courtier.     Translated  by  Sip  Thomas  Hoby.     Intro- 
duction by  W.  H.  D.  Roiee.     807 
Century  of  Essays,  A.     An  Anthology  of  English  Essayists.     653 
Chesterfield's  (Lord)  Letters  to  his  Son.     823 
Chesterton's  (G.  K.)  Stories,  Essays,  and  Poems.     913 
Coleridge's  Biographia  Literaria.     Introduction  by  Arthur  Symons.     11 
„  Essays  and  Lectures  on  Shakespeare,  etc     163 

(See  also  Pobtby) 
De  la  Mare's  (Walter)  Stories,  Essays,  and  Poems.     940 
De  Quincey's  (Thomas)  Opium  Eater.     Intro,  by  Sir  G.  Douglas.     223 

„  „  The    English   Mail   Coach   and    Other   Writings. 

Introduction  by  S.  HÜI  Burton.     609 
(See  also  Biogeaphy) 
Dryden's  Dramatic  ^says.     With  an  Inta-oduction  by  W.  H.  Hudson.     563 
Elyot's  Gouemoup.     Intro,  and  Glossair  by  Prof.  Foster  Watson.     227 
Emerson's  Essays.     First  and  Second  Series.     12 

„         Nature,  Conduct  of  Life,  Essays  from  the  '  DiaJ.'     322 
„         Representative  Men.     Introduction  by  E.  Rhys.     279 
„        Society  and  Solitude  and  Other  E^ays.     567 
(See  also  Poetby) 
Florio's  Montaigne.     Introduction  by  A.  R.  Waller,  M.A.     3  Tola.     440-2 
Fronde's  Short  Studies.     Vols.  I  and  IL     13,  705 

{See  also  Histoey  and  Biogeaphy) 
Gilfillan's  Literary  Portraits.     Intro,  by  Sir  W.  Robertson  Nicoll.     348 
Goethe's   Conversataons   with    Eckermann.     Intro,   by   Haveiock    Ellis. 
851 

{See  also  FicrnoN  and  Poetet) 
Goldsmith's  Citizen  of  the  World  and  The  Bee.     Intro,  by  R.  CJhurdi.     902 

{See  also  Ficnox  and  Poetby) 
Hamilton's  The  Federalist.     519 
Hazlitt's  Lectures  on  the  English  CJomic  Writers.     411 

„        The  Round  Table  and  Shakespeare's  Characters.     65 
„       Spirit  of  the  Age  and  Lectures  on  English  Poets.     459 
Table  Talk.     321 

Plain  Speaker.     Introduction  by  P.  P.  Howe.     814 
Holmes's  Autocrat  of  the  Breakfast  Table.     66 
„        Poet  at  the  Breakfast  Table.     63 
„        Professor  at  the  Breakfast  Table.     67 
Hudson's  (W.  H.)  A  Shepherd's  Life.     Introduction  by  Em^t  Rhys.     926 
Hunt's  (Leigh)  Selected  Essays.     Introduction  by  J.  B.  Priestley,     829 
Huxleys  (Aldous)  Stories,  Esays,  and  Poems.     935 
Irving's  Sketch  Book  of  GeofErey  Crayon.     117 

{See  also  Biogeaphy  card  Histoey) 
Lamb's  Essays  of  Elia.     Introduction  by  Augustine  Birr^     14 

{See  also  Biogeaphy  and  Fob  Youkq  People) 
Landor's   Imaginary   Conversations   and   Poems:    A   seicctioa.     Sdite4 
with  Intaroduction  by  Haveio^  Ellis.     899 

3 


EVERYMAN'S     LIBRARY     •     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

ESSAYS  AND  BELLES-LETTRES-^ofifinued 

Lawrence's  (D.  H.),  Stories,  Essays,  and  Poems.     Edited  by  Desmond 

Hawkins.     958 
Lowell's  (James  Rnssell)  Among  My  Books.     607 

Macaulay's  Essays.     2  vols.     Introduction  by  A.  J.  Grieve,  M.A.     225-  6 
„  Miscellaneous  Essays  and  The  Lays  of  Ancient  Rome.     439 

(See  also  History  cmd  Obatort) 
MachiaveUl's  Prince.     Special  Trans,  and  Intro,  by  W.  K.  Marriott.     280 

(See  also  Histoet) 
Martinengo -Cesaresco  (Countess):  Essays  in  the  Study  of  Folk-S^ongs.     673 
Mazzini's  Duties  of  Man,  etc.     Introduction  by  Thomas  Jones,  M.A.     224 
Milton's  Areopagitica,  etc.     Introduction  by  Professor  O.  E.  Vaughan.  795 

(See  also  Poetry) 
Mitford's  Our  Village.     Edited,  with  Intro.,  by  Sir  John  Squire.     927 
Montagu's  (Lady)  Letters.     Introduction  by  R.  Brimley  Johnson.     69 
Newman's  On  the  Scope  and  Nature  of  University  Education,  and  a 
paper  on  Christianity  and  Scientific  Investigation.     Introduction  by 
Wilfred  Ward.     723 

(See  also  Phtlosophy) 
Osborne's  (Dorothy)  Letters  to  Sir  WiUiam  Temple.     Edited  and  con- 
notated by  Judge  Parry.     674 
Peim's  The  Peace  of  Europe,  Some  Fruits  of  Solitude,  etc.     724 
Prelude  to  Poetry,  The.     Edited  by  Ernest  Rhys.     789 
Quiller-Couch's  (Sir  Arthur)  Cambridge  Lectures.     974 

(See  also  Fiction) 
Reynold's  Discourses.     Introduction  by  L.  March  PhiUippa.     118 
Rhys's  New  Book  of  Sense  and  Nonsense.     813 
Rousseau's  Emile.     Translated  by  Barbara  Foxley.     518 

(See  also  Philosophy  ant>  Theology) 
Ruskin's  Crown  of  Wild  Olive  and  Cestus  of  Aglaia.     323 
„        Elements  of  Drawing  and  Perspective.     217 
„        Ethics  of  the  Dust.     Introduction  by  Grace  Rhys.     282 
„       Modem  Painters.     5  vols.    Introduction  by  Lionel  Cust.   208-12 
„       Pre-RaphaeUtism.     Lectures    on    Architecture    and    Painting, 
Academy  Notes,  1855-9,  and  Notes  on  the  Turner  Gallery. 
Introduction  by  Laurence  Binyon.     218 
Sesame  and  Lilies,  The  Two  Paths,  and  The  Eling  of  the  Golden 
River.     Introduction  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge.     219 
„       Seven  Lamps  of  Architecture.     Intro,  by  Selwyn  Image.     207 
'„        Stones  of  Venice.     3  vols.     Intro,  by  L.  March  PhiUipps.     213-15 
Time  and  Tide  with  other  Essays.     450 
Unto  This  Last,  The  Political  Economy  of  Art.     216 
(See  also  For  Young  People) 
Spectator,  The.     4  vols.     Introduction  by  G.  Gregory  Smith.     164-7 
Spencer's  (Herbert)  Essays  on  Education.     Intro,  by  C.  W.  Eliot.     504 
Sterne's  Sentimental  Journey  and  Journal  and  Letters  to  Eliza.     Intro- 
duction by  George  Saintsbury.     796 
{See  also  Fiction) 
Stevenson's  In  the  South  Seas  and  Island  Nights'  Entertainments.     769 
„         Virginibus    PuerisQue    and    Familiar    Studies    of   Men   and 
Books.     765 
(See  also  Fiction,  Poetry,  and  Traatel) 
Swift's  Tale  of  a  Tub,  The  Battle  of  the  Books,  etc.     347 

(See  aUo  Biography  a/id  Fiction) 
Swinnerton's  (Frank)  The  Georgian  Literary  Scene.     943 
Table  Talk.     Edited  by  J.  C.  Thornton.     906 

Taylor's    (Isaac)   Words   and   Places,    or   Etymological   Illustrations   of 
History,  Ethnology,  and  Geography.  Intro,  by  Edward  Thomas.  517 
Thackeray's   (W.  M.)  The   English  Himiorists  and  The  Four  Georges. 
Introduction  by  Walter  Jerrold.     610 
(See  also  Fiction) 
Thoreau's  Waiden.     Introduction  by  Walter  Raymond.     281 
Trench's  On  the  Study  of  Words  and  English  Past  and  Present.     Intro- 
duction by  George  Sampson.     788 
Ty tier's  Essay  on  the  Principles  of  Translation.     168 
Walton's  Compleat  Angler.     Introduction  by  Andrew  Lang.     7Ö 

4 


EVERYMAN'S     LIBRARY     •     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

FICTION 

Aimard's  The  Indian  Scout.     428 

Ainsworth's  (Harrison)  Old  St.  Paul's.     Intro,  by  W.  E.  A.  Axon.     522 

„  „  The  Admirable  Crichton.     Intro,  by  E.  Rhya.     804 

„  „  The  Tower  of  London.     400 

,  „  Windsor  Castle.     709 

„  „  Rookwood.    Intro,  by  Frank  Swinnerton.     870 

American  Short  Stories  of  the  19th  Century.  Edited  by  John  Goximos.  840 
Austen's  (Jane)  Emma.     Introduction  by  R.  B.  Johnson.     24 

„        „       Mansfield  Park.  Introduction  by  R.  B.  Johnson.     23 

„        „        Northanger    Abbey    and    Persuasion.     Introduction    by 

R.  B.  Johnson.     25 
„        „        Pride  and  Prejudice.   Introduction  by  R.  B.  Johnson.   22 
„         „        Sense  and  Sensibility.     Intro,  by  R.  B.  Johnson.     21 
Balzac's  (Honor6  de)  Atheist's  Mass.    Preface  by  George  Saintsbury.    229 
„  „  Catherine    de    M6dici.       Introduction    by    Qeoi^e 

Saintsbury.     419 
Christ  in  Flanders.  Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.  284 
Cousin  Pons.    Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.     463 
Eug6nie  Grandet.  Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.    169 
Lost  Illusions.     Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.   656 
Old  Goriot.     Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.     170 
The  Cat  and  Racket,  and  Other  Stories.     349 
The  Chouans.     Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.     285 
The  Country  Doctor.    Intro.  George  Saintsbury,  530 
The  Country  Parson.     686 

The  Quest  of  the  Absolute.  Intro,  by  George  Saints- 
bury.    286 
The  Rise  and  Fall  of  C6sar  Birotteau.     596 
The  Wild  Ass's  Skin.    Intro.  George  Saintsbury.    26 
Ursule  Mirouet.    Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.     733 
Barbusse's  Under  Fire.     Translated  by  Fitzwater  Wray.     798 
Bennett's  (Arnold)  The  Old  Wives'  Tale.     919 
Blackmore's  (R.  D.)  Loma  Doone.     304 

Borrow's  Lavengro.     Introduction  by  Thomas  Seocombe.     119 
„  Romany  Rye.     120 

(See  also  Travel) 
Bronte's  (Anne)  The  Tenant  of  Wildfell  Hall  and  Agnes  Grey.     685 
„        (Charlotte)  Jane  Eyre.     Introduction  by  May  Sinclair.     287 
„  „  Shirley.     Introduction  by  May  Sinclair.     288 

„  „         The  Professor.    Introduction  by  May  Sinclair.     417 

„  ,,  Villette.     Introduction  by  May  Sinclair.     351 

(Emily)  Wuthering  Heights,     243 
Btu-ney's  (Fanny)  Evelina.     Introduction  by  R.  B.  Johnson.     352 
Butler's  (Samuel)  Erewhon    and    Erewhon    Revisited.     Introduotiou    by 
Desmond  MacCarthy.     881 
The  Way  of  All  Flesh.     Intro,  by  A.  J.  Hopp^.     895 
CoUins'  (WUkie)  The  Woman  in  White.     464 

„  „          The  Moonstone.     Intro,  by  Dorothy  L.  Sayers.     979 

CJonrad's  Lord  Jim.     Introduction  by  R.  B.  Cunninghame  Grahame.     925 
„         Nigger  of  the  *  Narcissus,'  Typhoon,  and  the  Shadow  Line.     980 
Converse's  (Florence)  Long  Will.     328 
Dana's  (Richard  H.)  Two  Years  before  the  Mast.     588 
Daudet's  Tartarin  of  Tarascon  and  Tartarin  of  the  Alps.     423 
Defoe's  Fortunes  and  Misfortunes  of  Moll  Flanders.  Intro,  by  G.  A.  Aitken. 
„       Captain  Singleton.    Introduction  by  Edward  Garnett.    74        [837 
„       Journal  of  the  Plague  Year.  Introduction  by  G.  A.  Aitken.   289 
„       Memoirs  of  a  Cavalier.     Introduction  by  G.  A.  Aitken.     283 
„       Robinson  Crusoe.     Complete  text  of  Parts  I  and  II.     59 
Chables  Dickens's  Works.   Each  vol.  with  an  Intro,  by  G.  K.  Chesterton. 
American  Notes.     290  Edwin  Drood.     725 

Barnaby  Rudge.     76  Great  Expectations.     234 

Bleak  House.     236  Hard  Times.     292 

Chüd's  History  of  England.     291         Little  Dorrit.     293 
Christmas  Books.     239  Martin  Chuzzlewit.     241 

Christmas  Stories.     414  Nicholas  Nickleby.     238 

David  Copperfield.     243  Old  Curiosity  Shop.     173 

Dombey  and  Son.     240  Oüver  Twist.     233 


EVERYMAN*S     LIBRARY     -     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

FICTION— cofjfmued 

CteAKLBS  Dickens's  Works — continued 

Our  Mutual  Friend.     294  Sketches  by  Boz.     237 

Pickwick  Papers.     235  Tale  of  Two  Cities.     102 

Reprinted  Pieces.     744  Uncommercial  Traveller.     536 

Disraeli's  Coningsby.     Introduction  by  Langdon  Davies.     535 
Dostoevsky's  (Fyodor)  Crime  and  Punishment.  Introduction  by  Laurence 
Irving.     601. 
„  „  Letters  from  the  Underworld  and  Other  Tales. 

Translated  by  C.  J.  Hogarth.     654 
4j  „  Poor  Folk  and  the  Gambler.     Translated  by  0.  J. 

Hogarth.     711 
,i  „  The  Possessed.      Introduction   by   J.   Middleton 

Murry.     2  vols.     861-2 
,-,  „  The  House  of  the  Dead,  or  Prison  Life  in  Siberia 

Introduction  by  Madame  Stepniak.      533 
„  „  The  Brothers  Karamazov.     Translated  by  Con- 

stance Garnett.     2  vols.     802-3 
The  Idiot.     682 
Du  Maurier's  (George)  Trilby.     Introduction  by  Sir  Gerald  du  Maurier. 

With  the  original  illustrations.     863 
Dmnas'  Black  Tulip.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     174 
Chicot  the  Jester.     421 

Le  Chevalier  de  Maison  Rouge.    Intro,  by  Julius  Bramont.    614 
Marguerite  de  Valois  (*  La  Reine  Margot '),  326 
The  Count  of  Monte  Cristo.     2  vols.     393-4 
The  Forty-Five.     420 
The  Three  Musketeers.     81 
The  Vicomte  de  Bragelonne.     3 'vols.     593-5 
Twenty  Years  After.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     175 
Edgar's  Cressy  and  Poictiers.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     17 

Runnymede  and  Lincoln  Fair.   Intro,  by  L.  K.  Hughes.     320 
(See  also  For  Young  People) 
Edgeworth's  Castle  Rackrent  and  The  Absentee.     410 
Eliot's  (George)  Adam  Bede.     27 
Felix  Holt.     353 
„  „        Middlemarch.     2  vols.     854-5 

„  „        Mill  on  the  Floss.  Intro,  by  Sir  W.  Robertson  Nicoll.     326 

„  „        Romola.   Introduction  by  Rudolf  Dircks.     23^1 

„  „        Scenes  of  Clerical  Life.     468 

„  „       Silas  Marner.     Introduction  by  Annie  Matheson.     121 

English  Short  Stories.     An  Anthology.     743 
Erckmann-Chatrian's  The  Conscript  and  Waterloo.     354 

The   Story   of   a    Peasant.     Translated    by   C.    J. 
Hogarth.     2  vols.     706-7 
Fenimore  Cooper's  The  Deerslayer.     77 

.,  „  The  Last  of  the  Mohicans.     79 

„  „  The  Pathfinder.     78 

The  Pioneers.     171 
The  Pratrie.     172 
Ferrier's  (Susan)  Marriage.     Introduction  by  H.  L.  Morrow.     816 
Fielding's  Amelia.     Intro,  by  George  Saintsbury.     2  vols.     852-3 

„         Jonathan  Wild  and  The  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  Lisbon.     Intro- 
duction by  George  Saintsbury.     877 
„         Joseph  Andrews.    Introduction  by  George  Saintsbury.     467 
„         Tom    Jones.     Introduction    by    George    Saintsbury.     2    vols. 
355-6 
Flaubert's  Madame     Bovary.     Translated     by     Eleanor     Marx-Aveling. 
Introduction  by  George  Saintsbury.     808 
„        Salanambo.      Translated  by  J.  S.  Chartres.      Introduction  by 

Professor  F.  C.  Green.     869 
„        Sentimental  Education.     Translated  by  Anthony  Goldsmith. 
Forster's  (E.  M.)  A  Passage  to  India.     972  [969 

France's  (Anatole)  At  the  Sign  of  the  Reine  P6dauque  and  The  Revolt 

of  the  Angels.     Introduction  by  A.  J.  Hopp6.     967 
French  Short  Stories  of  the  19th  and  20th  Centuries.     Selected,  with 

an  Introduction,  by  Professor  F.  C.  Green.     896 
Galsworthy's  (John)  The  Cotmtry  House.     917 
Gait's  Annals  of  a  Parish.    Introduction  by  Baillie  Macdonald.    427 

6 


EVERYMAN*S     LIBRARY     »     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

FICTION— co/ifinued 

Gaskell's  (Mrs.)  Consin  PMUis,  etc.     Intro,  by  Thomas  Seccorabe.     615 
„  Cranford.     83 

„  Mary  Barton.    Introduction  by  Thomas  Seccombe.     593 

„  Sylvia's  Lovers.    Intro,  by  Mrs.  Ellis  Chadwick.     621 

Ghost  Stories.     Edited  by  John  Hampden.     952 

{See  also  Poetry  and  Drama) 
Gleig's  (G.  K.)  The  Subaltern.     708 
Goethe's  Wilhelm  Meister.     Carlyle's  Translation.     2  vol?.     599-603 

(See  oLao  Essats  and  Poetry) 
Gogol's  (Nicol)  Dead  Souls.     Translated  by  O.  J.  Hogarth.     726 

„       Taras  Bulba  and  Other  Tales.     740 
Goldsmith's  Vicar  of  Wakefield.     Introduction  by  J.  M.  D.     295 

{See  also  Essays  arid  Poetry) 
Goncharov's  Oblomov.     Translated  by  Natalie  Duddington.     878 
Gorki's  Through  Russia.     Translated  by  O.  J.  Hogarth.     741 
Grossmith's  (George  and  Weedon)  Diary  of  a  Nobody.     963 
Harte's  (Bret)  Luck  of  Roaring  Camp  and  other  Tales.     681 
Hawthorne's  The  House  of  the  Seven  Gables.   Intro.  Ernest  Rhys.    176 
The  Scarlet  Letter.     122 
„  The  Blithedale  Romance.     592 

„  The  Marble  Faun.   Intro,  by  Sir  Leslie  Stephen.     421 

„  Twice  Told  Tales.     531         {See  also  For  Young  People) 

Hugo's  (Victor)  Les  Mis6rables.   Intro,  by  S.  R.  John.   2  vols.   363-4 
„        „  Notre  Dame.    Introduction  by  A.  O.  Swinburne.   432 

„        „  Toilers  of  the  Sea.   Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.   509 

Italian  Short  Stories.     Edited  by  D.  Pettoello.     876 
James's  (G.  P.  R.)  Richelieu.    Introduction  by  Rudolf  Dircks.    357 
James's  (Henry)  The  Ambassadors.     Intro,  by  Frank  Swinnerton.     987 

„         „  The  Ttu^  of  the  Screw  and  The  Aspern  Papers.     912 

Jeffmes'  (Richard)  After  London  and  Amaryllis  at  the  Fair.     Intro,  by 

David  Garnett.     951         {See  also  Fos  YouNQ  People) 
Kingsley's  (Charles)  Alton  Lodse.     462 

„  Hereward  the  Wake.   Intro,  by  Ernest  Rhys.   298 

"  „  Hypatia.     230 

Westward  Hoi     Introduction  by  A.  Q.  Grieve.     20 
;;  „  Yeast.     611 

{See  also  Poetry  and  For  Young  People) 
„       (Henry)  Geoflrey  Hamlyn.     416 
„  ,,         Ravenshoe.     28 

Lawrence's  (D.  H.)  The  White  Peacock.     914 
Lever's  Harry  Lorrequer.     Introduction  by  Lewis  Melville.     177 
Loti's  (Pierre)  Iceland  Fisherman.     Translated  by  W.  P.  Baines.     920 
Lover's  Handy  Andy.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     178 
Lytton's  Harold.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     15 
„       Last  Days  of  Pompeii     80 

„       Last  of  the  Barons.     Introduction  by  R.  G.  WatMn.     18 
„        Rienzi.     Introduction  by  E.  H.  Blakeney,  M.A.     532 
{See  also  Travel) 
MacDonald's  (George)  Sir  Gibbie.     678         {See  also  Romance) 
Mann's  (Thomas)  Stories  and  Episodes.  Intro,  by  E.  F.  Bozman.   962 
Manning's  Mary  Powell  and  Deborah's  Diary.   Introduction  by  Katherine 
Tynan  (Mrs.  Hinkson).     324 
„  Sir  Thomas  More.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     19 

Marryat's  Jacob  Faithful.     618 

„  Mr.  Midshipman  Easy.  Introduction  by  R.  B.  Johnson.  82 

„  Percival  Keene.  Introduction  by  R.  Brimley  Johnson.   353 

„  Peter  Simple.    Introduction  by  R.  Brimley  Johnson.    232 

The  King's  Own.     580         {See  also  For  Young  People) 
Maugham's  (Somerset)  Cakes  and  Ale.     932 

Maupassant's    Short    Stories.     Translated    by    Marjorie    Laurie.     Intro- 
duction by  Gerald  Gould.     907 
Melville's  (Herman)  Moby  Dick.   Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     179 
„  „  Omoo.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     297 

„  „  Typee.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     180 

Meredith's  (George)  The  Ordeal  of  Richard  Feverel.     916 
M6rim6e's  Carmen,  with  Pr6voet*s  Manon  Lescaut.      Intro,   by  Pnllip 
Henderson.     834 


EVERYMAN*S      LIBRARY     -     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

FICTION— ^ö;///«/^^ 

Micklewlcz's  (Adam)  Pan  Tadensz.     842 

Modem  Humour.     Edited  by  Guy  Pocock  and  M.  M.  Bozman.     957 

Modern  Short  Stories.     Edited  by  John  Hadfield.     954 

Moore's  (George)  Esther  Waters.     933 

Mnlock's  John  Halifax,  Gentleman.     Introduction  by  J.  Shaylor.     123 

Neale's  (J.  M.)  The  Fall  of  Constantinople.     655 

I*altock*s  (Robert)  Peter  Wilkins:  or.  The  Flying  Indians.     Intro,  by  A.  H. 

BuUen.     676 
Pater's  Marius  the  Epicurean.     Introduction  by  Osbert  Burdett.     903 
Peacock's  Headlong  Hall  and  Nightmare  Abbey.     327 
Poe'e  Tales  of  Mystery  and  Imagination.    Intro,  by  Padraic  Colum.     336 

(See  also  Poetry) 
Provost's  Manon   Lescaut,   with   M6rim6e's   Carmen.     Introduction   by 

Philip  Henderson.     834 
Priestley's  Angel  Pavement.     938 
Pushkin's  (Alexander)  The  Captain's  Daughter  and  Other  Tales.     Trajna. 

by  Natalie  Duddington.     898 
Quüler-Couch's  (Sir  Arthur)  Hetty  Wesley.     864 

(See  also  Essays) 
RadcHffe's  (Ann)  Mysteries  of  Udolpho.     Intro,  by  R.  Austin  Freeman. 

2  vols.     865-6 
Reade's  (C.)  The  Cloister  and  the  Hearth.   Intro,  by  A.  C.  Swinburne.   29 

„  Peg  WoflBngton  and  Christie  Johnstone.     299 

Riclubrdson's  (Samuel)  Pamela.   Intro,  by  G.  Saintsbury.   2  vols.   683-4 

„  „  Clarissa.  Intro,  by  Prof.  W.  L.  Phelps.  4  vols.  882-5 

Russian  Authors,  Short  Stories  from.     Trans,  by  R.  S.  Townsend.     758 
Sand's  (George)  The  Devil's  Pool  and  Frangois  the  Waif.     534 
SchefCel's  Ekkehard:  a  Tale  of  the  Tenth  Century.     629 
Scott's  (Michael)  Tom  Cringle's  Log.     710 
Sir  Walter  Scott's  Works: 

Abbot,  The.     124  Ivanhoe.  Intro.  Ernest  Rhys.   16 

Anne  of  Geierstein.     125  Kenilworth.     135 

Antiquary,  The.     126  Monastery,  The.     136 

Black  Dwarf  and  Legend  of  Mont-     Old  Mortality.     137 

rose.     128  Peverü  of  the  Peak.     138 

Bride  of  Lammermoor.     129  Pirate,  The.     139 

Castle  Dangerous  and  the  Surgeon's     Quentin  Durward.     140 

Daughter.     130  Redgauntlet.     141 

Count  Robert  of  Paris.     131  Rob  Roy.     142 

Fair  Maid  of  Perth.     132  St.  Ronan's  WeU.     143 

Fortxmes  of  Nigel.     71  Talisman,  The.     144 

Guy  Mannering.     133  Waverley.     75 

Heart  of  Älidlothian,  The.     134  Woodstock.     Intro,   by   Edward 

Highland  Widow  and  Betrothed.     127  Gamett.     72 

(See  also  Biography  and  Poetry) 
Shchedrin's  The  Golovlyov  Family.     Translated  by  Natalie  Duddington. 

Introducton  by  Edward  Gamett.     908 
Shelley's  (Mary  Wollstonecraft)  Frankenstein.     616 
Sheppard's  Charles  Auchester.    Intro,  by  Jessie  M.  Middleton.    505 
Shorter  Novels,  Vol.   I.  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean.      Edited  by  Philip 
Henderson.     824 
„        „       Vol.  II.  Jacobean  and  Restoration.      Edited  by  Philip 
Henderson.     841 
>,      Vol.     III.  Eighteenth     Century      (Beckford's     Vathek, 
Walpole's  Castle  of  Otranto,  and  Dr.  Johnson's  Raa- 
selas).     856 
Sienklewicz  (Henryk).  Tales  from.     Edited  by  Monica  M.  Gardner.     871 

QuoVadis?    Translated  by  C.  J.  Hogarth.   970 
Smollett'e  Humphry  Clinker.     Intro,  by  Howard  Mum  ford  Jones;  Notes 
by  Charles  Lee.     975 
„        Peregrine  Pickle.     2  vols.     838-9 

„        Roderick  Random.     Introduction  by  H.  W.  Hodges.     790 
SomerviUe  and  Ross:  Experiences  of  an  Irish  R.M.     97a 
Stendhal's   Scarlet  and  Black,     Translated   by  G.   K.   Scott  Moncreiff. 

2  vols.     945-6 
Steme'M   Tristram  Shandy.     Intfoductlon  by   George  Saintsbury.     617 

8 


EVERYMAN*S     LIBRARY     -     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

FICTION— confmueä 

Stevenson's  Dr.  Jekyll  and  Mr.  Hyde.  The  Merry  Men  and  Other  Tt^es,  767 
„  The  Master  of  Ballantrae  and  The  Black  Arrow.     764 

„  St.  Ives.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     904 

,,  Treasure  Island  and  Kidnapped.     763 

(See  also  Essays,  Poetry,  and  Travel) 
Surtees'  Jorrocks'  Jaunts  and  Jollities.     817 
Swift's    Gulliver's    Travels.     Unabridged    Edition,    with    contemporary 

maps.     Introduction  by  Harold  WiUiams.     60 
Tales  of  Detection.  Edited,  with  Introduction,  by  Dorothy  L.  Sayers.     928 
Thackeray's  Rose  and  the  Ring  and  other  Stories.   Intro.  Walter  Jerrold. 
„  Esmond.     Introduction  by  Walter  Jerrold.     73  [359 

„  Newcomes.    Introduction  by  Walter  Jerrold.    2  vols.    465-6 

„  Pendennis.   Intro,  by  Walter  Jerrold.   2  vols.    425-6 

„  Roundabout  Papers.     687 

„  Vanity  Fair.   Introduction  by  Hon.  Whitelaw  Reid.     298 

„         Virginians.  Introduction  by  Waiter  Jerrold.  2  vols.    507-8 
(See  also  Essays) 
Tolstoy's  Anna  Karenina.  Trans,  by  RocheUe  S.  Townsend.  2  vols.  812-13 
Childhood,  Boyhood,  and  Youth.  Trans,  by  C.  J.  Hogarth.    591 
„        Master  and  Man,  and  other  Parables  and  Tales.     469 
„        War  and  Peace.     3  vols.     525-7 
Trollope's  (Anthony)  Barchester  Towers.     30 
„  „  Dr.  Thome.     360 

„  „  Framley  Parsonage.    Intro,  by  Ernest  Rhys.    181 

„  ,,  The   Golden  Lion  of  Granpere.      Introduction   by 

Sir  Hugh  Walpole.     761 
„  ;,  The  Last  Chronicles  of  Barset.    2  vols.    391-2 

„  „  Phineas  Finn.    Intro,  by  Sir  Hugh  Walpole.     2  vols. 

The  Small  House  at  Allington.     361  [832-3 

„  „  The  Warden.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     182 

Turgenev's  Fathers  and  Sons.   Translated  by  C.  J.  Hogarth.     742 

„  Liza,  or  A  Nest  of  Nobles.     Trans,  by  W.  R.  S.  Ralston.     677 

„  Smoke.     Translated  by  Natalie  Duddington.     988 

„  Virgin  Soil.     Translated  by  Rochelle  3.  Townsend.     528 

Twain's  (Mark)  Tom  Sawyer  and  Huckleberry  Finn.     Introduction  by 

Christopher  Morley.     976 
Voltaire's  Candide  and  Other  Tales.     938 
Walpole's  (Hugh)  Mr.  Perrin  and  Mr.  Traill.     918 
WeUs's  (H.  GJ  The  Time  Machine  and  The  Wheels  of  Chance.     915 

„  Ann  Veronica.     977 

Whyte-MelviUe's  The  Gladiators.     Introduction  by  J.  Mavrogordato.     523 
Wood's  (Mrs.  Henry)  The  Channlngs.     84 

Woolf's  (Virginia)  To  the  Lighthouse.     Intro,  by  D.  M.  Hoare.     949 
Yonge's  (Charlotte  M.)  The  Dove  in  the  Eagle's  Nest.     329 

„  „  The  Heir  of  Redcljrffe.    Intro.  Mrs.  Meynell.    362 

(See  also  For  Young  People) 
Zola's  (Emile)  Germinal.     Translated  by  Havelock  Ellis.     897 

fflSTORY 

Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle,  The.     Translated  by  James  Ingram.     624 

Bede's  Ecclesiastical  History,  etc.  Introduction  by  Vida  D.  Scudder.     479 

Burnet's  History  of  His  Own  Times.     85 

Carlyle's  French  Revolution.    IniDroduction  by  H.  Belloo.     2  vols.    31-2 
(See  also  Biography  aTid  Essays)  [M.A.     965 

Chesterton's  History  of  the  United  States.   Edited  by  Prof.  D.  W.  Brogan, 

Creasy's  Decisive  Battles  of  the  World.   Introduction  by  E.  Rhys.   300 

De  Joinville  (See  Vülehardotdn) 

Duruy's  (Jean  Victor)  A  History  of  France.     2  vols.     737-8 

Finlay's  Byzantine  Empire.     33 

„      Greece  imder  the  Romans.     185 

Fronde's  Henry  VIII.    Intro,  by  LleweUyn  Williams,  M.P.    3  vols.    372-4 
„        Edward  VI.    Intro,  by  Llewellyn  Williams,  M.P.,  B.C.L.    375 
J,        Mary  Tudor.    Intro,  by  Llewellyn  Wilüams,  M.P.,  B.C.L.    477 
„        History    of    Queen    Elizabeth's    Reign.     5    vols.     Completing 
Fronde's  'History  of  England.'  in  10  vols.     683-7 
(See  also  Essays  and  BioafiAPHY) 


EVERYMAN'S      LIBRARY     •      CLASSIFIED     LIST 

mSrORY—eofifmued 

Gibbon's  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire.    Edited,  with  Introduc- 
tion and  Notes,  by  Oliphant  Smeaton,  M.A.     6  vols.     434-6,  474-6 
(See  also  Biography) 

Green's  Short  History  of  the  English  People.     Edited  ajid  Revised  by 
L.  Cecu  Jane,  with  an  Appendix  by  R.  P.  Farley,  B.A.    2  vols.    727-8 

Grote's  History  of  Greece.   Intro,  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.   12  vols.   186-97 

Hallam's  (Henry)  Constitutional  History  of  England.     3  vols.     621-3 

Holinshed's  Chronicle  as  used  In  Shakespeare's  Plays.     Introduction  by 
Professor  Allardyce  Nicoll.     800 

Irving's  (Washington)  Conquest  of  Granada.     478 
(See  also  Essays  and  Biography) 

Josephus'  Wars  of  the  Jews.    Introduction  by  Dr.  Jacob  Hart.     712 

Lutrow's  Bohemia:   An  Historical  Sketch.     Introduction  by   President 
T.  G.  Maearyk.     Revised  edition.     432 

Macaulay's  History  of  England.     3  vols.     34-6 
(See  also  Essays  and  Oratory) 

Maine's  (Sir  Henry)  Ancient  Law.     734 

Merivale's  History  of  Rome.     (An  Introductory  vol.  to  Gibbon.)     433 

Mignet's  (F.  A.  M.)  The  French  Revolution.     713 

Milman's  History  of  the  Jews.     2  vols.     377-8 

Mommsen's  History  of  Rome.      Translated  by  W.  P.   Dickson,   LL.D. 
With  a  review  of  the  work  by  E.  A.  Freeman.     4  vols.     542-5 

Motley's  Dutch  Republic.     3  vols.     86-8 

Parkman's  Conspiracy  of  Pontiac.     2  vols.     302-3 

Paston   Letters,   The.     Based   on  edition  of  Knight.     Introduction   by 
Mrs.  Archer-Hind,  M.A.     2  vols.     752-3 

Pilgrim  Fathers,  The.     Introduction  by  John  Masefleld.     480 

Pinnow's  History  of  Germany.     Translated  by  M.  R.  Brailsford.     929 

Political  Liberty,  The  Growth  of.     A  Source-Book  of  English  History. 
Arranged  by  Ernest  Rhys.     745  [2  vols.     397-8 

Preecott's  Conquest  of  Mexico.     With  Intro,  by  Thomas  Seccombe,  M.A. 
„         Conquest  of  Peru.     Intro,  by  Thomas  Seccombe,  M.A.     301 

Sismondi's  Italian  Republics.     250 

Stanley's  Lectures  on  the  Eastern  Church.    Intro,  by  A.  J.  Grieve.    251 

Tacitus.  Vol.  I.  Annals.  Introduction  by  E.  H.  Blakeney.     273 

„        Vol.  II.  Agricola  and  Germania.   Intro,  by  E.  H.  Blakeney.  274 

Thierry's  Norman  Conquest.    Intro,  by  J.  A.  Price,  B.A.    2  vols.    198-9 

Villehardouin  and  De  Joinvllle's  Chronicles  of  the  Crusades.     Translated, 
with  Introduction,  by  Sir  F.  Marzials,  C.B.     333 

Voltaire's  Age  of  Louis  XIV.   Translated  by  Martyn  P.  Pollack.    780 

ORATORY 

Anthology  of  British  Historical  Speeches  and  Orations.     CJompIled  by 

Ernest  Rhys.     714 
Bright's  (John)  Speeches.    Selected,  with  Intro.,  by  Joseph  Sturge.    252 
Burke's  American  Speeches  and  Letters.     340         (See  also  Essays) 
Demosthenes:  Select  Orations.     546 
Fox    (Charles    James):    Speeches    (French    Revolutionary   War   Period). 

Edited,  with  Introduction,  by  Irene  Cooper  WüMs,  M.A.     759 
Lincoln's  Speeches,  etc.     Intro,  by  the  Rt.  Hon.  James  Bryoe.     206 

(See  also  Biography) 
Macaulay's  Speeches  on  Politics  and  Literature.     399 

(See  also  Essays  and  History) 
Pitt's  Orations  on  the  War  with  France.     145 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  THEOLOGY 

A  Kempis'  Imitation  of  Christ.     484 

Ancient  Hebrew  Literature.     Being  the  Old  Testament  and  Apocrypha. 

Arranged  by  the  Rev.  R,  B.  Taylor.     3  vols.     253-6 
Aquinas,  Thomas:  Selected  Writings.     Edited  by  Rev.  Fr.  D'Arcy.     953 
Aristotle's  Ethics.     Translated  by  D.  P.  Chase.     Introduction  by  Professor 

J.  A.  Smith.     547         (See  also  Classical) 
Bacon's  The  Advancement  of  Learning.     719         (Sec  also  Essays) 

lo 


EVERYMAN^S     LIBRARY     -      CLASSIFIED     LIST 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  THEOLOGY— con f^med 

Berkeley's   (Bishop)  Principles  of  Human  Knowledge,   New  Theory  ot 

Vision.     With  Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.     483 
Boehme's  (Jacob)  The  Sigrnature  of  All  Things,   with   Other  Writings. 

Introduction  by  Clifford  Bax.     569 
Browne's  Religio  Medici,  etc.     Intro,  by  Professor  G.  H.  Herford.     92 
Bnnyan's  Grace  Abounding  and  Mr.  Baiman.     Introduction  by  G.  B. 

Harrison.     815         (See  also  Romance)  [3  vols.     886-8 

Burton's  (Robert)  Anatomy  of  Melancholy.     Intro,  by  Holbrook  Jackson. 
Butler's  Analogy  of  Religion.     Introduction  by  Rev.  Ronald  Bayne.     90 
Chinese  Philosophy  in  Classical  Tunes.     Translated  and  edited  by  E.  R. 

Hugh^.     973 
Descartes'  (Rmi6)  A  Discourse  on  Method.    Translated  by  Professor  John 

Veitch.     Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay.     570 
Ellis'  (Havelock)  Selected  Essays.     Introduction  by  J.  S.  CoUis.     930 
Gore's  (Charles)  The  Philosophy  of  the  Good  Life.     921 
Hindu    Scriptures.     Edited    by    Dr.    Nicol    Macnicol.     Introduction    by 

Rabindranath  Tagore.     944 
Hobbes's  Leviathan.   Edited,  with  Intro.,  by  A.  D.  Lindsay,  M.A.     691 
Hooker's  Ecclesiastical  Polity.    Intro,  by  Rev.  H.  Bayne.    2  vols.    201-2 
Hume's   Treatise   of   Human   Nature,   and   other   Philosophical   Works. 

Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay,  M.A.     2  vols.     548-9 
James  (William):  Selected  Papers  on  Philosophy.     739 
Kant's  Critique  of  Pure  Reason.     Translated  by  J.  M.  D.  Meiklejohn. 

Introduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay,  M.A.     909 
Keble's  The  Christian  Year.     Introduction  by  J.  C.  Shairp.     690 
Eling  Edward  VI.  First  and  Second  Prayer  Books.  Intro,  by  the  Right  Rev. 
Koran,  The.     Rodwell's  Translation.     380  [E.  G.  S.  Gibson.     448 

Latimer's  Sermons.     Introduction  by  Canon  Beeching.     40 
Law's  Serious  Call  to  a  Devout  and  Holy  Life.     91 
Leibniz's  Philosophical  Writings.     Selected  and  trans,  by  Mary  Morris. 

Introduction  by  C.  R.  Morris,  M.A.     905 
Locke's  Two  Treatises  of  Civil  Govenmient.     Introduction  by  Professor 

Wuliam  S.  Carpenter.     751 
Malthus  on  the  Principles  of  Population.     2  vols.     692-3 
Mill's  (John  Stuart)  UtiliteriMiism,  Liberty,  Representative  Government. 
With  Inteoduction  by  A.  D.  Lindsay,  M.A.     482 
„     Subjection  of  Women.     (See  Wollstonecraft,  Mary,  under  Scjibnob) 
More's  Utopia.     Introduction  by  Judge  O'Hagan.     461 
New  Testament.     Arranged  in  the  order  in  which  the  books  came  to  th3 

Christians  of  the  First  Century.     93 
Newman's  Apologia  pro  Vita  Sua.    Intro,  by  Dr.  Charles  Sarolea.     636 

(See  also  Essays) 
Nietzsche's  Thus  Spake  Zarathustra.  Trans,  by  A.  Tille  and  M.  M.  Bozman. 
Paine's  Rights  of  Man.     Introduction  by  G.  J.  Holyoake.     718  [892 

Pascal's    Pens6es.     Translated    by    W.    F.    Trotter.     Introduction    by 

T.  S.  Eliot.     874  [403 

Ramayana  and  the  Mahabharata,  The.  Translated  by  Romesh  Dutt,  CLE. 
Renan's  Life  of  Jesus.  Introduction  by  Right  Rev.  Chas.  Gore,  D.D.  805 
Robertson's  (F.  W.)  Sermons  on  Christian  Doctrine,  and  Bible  Subjects. 

Each  VolTime  with  Introduction  by  Canon  Burnett.     3  vols.     37-9 
Robiason's  (Wade)  The  Philosophy  of  Atonement  and  Other  Sermons. 

Introduction  by  Rev.  F.  B.  Meyer.     6S7 
Rousseau's  (J.  J.)  The  Social  Contract,  ^«.     660     (See  also  Essays) 
St.  Augustine's  Confessions.     Dr.  Pusey's  Translation.     200 

,.  The  City  of  God.    John  Healey's  trans.,  with  selection  from 

Vives's  Commentaries.    Ed.  R.  V.  G.  Tasker,  M.A.,  B.D. 
2  vols.     982-3 
St.  Frauds:  The  Little  Flowers,  and  The  Life  of  St.  Francis.     485 
Seeley's  Ecce  Homo.     Introduction  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge.     305 
Selection  from  St.  Thomas  Aquinas.     Edited  by  The  Rev.  Father  M.  O. 

D'Arcy.     953 
Spinoza's  Ethics,  etc.     Translated  by  Andrew  J.   Boyle.     With   intro- 
duction by  Professor  Santayana.     481 
Swedenborg's  (Emmanuel)  Heaven  and  Hell.     379 

The  Divine  Love  and  Wisdom.     635 
„  „  The  Divine  Providence.     658 

The  True  Christian  Religion.      893 
II 


EVERYMAN'S      LIBRARY     •     CLASSIFIED      LIST 

POETRY  AND  DRAMA 

Anglo-Saxon  Poetry.     Edited  by  Professor  R.  K.  Gordon.     794 
Arnold's  (Matthew)  Poems,  1840-66,  including  Thyrsis.     334 
Ballads,  A  Book  of  British.     Selected  by  R.  B.  Johnson.     572 
Beaumont  and  Fletcher,  The  Select  Plays  of.     Introduction  by  Professor 

Baker,  of  Harvard  University.     506 
Björnßon's  Plays.  Vol.    I.  The    Newly    Married    Couple.     Leonardo,    A 
Gauntlet.     Trans,  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     625 
„  „         Vol.  II.  The  Editor,  The  Bankrupt,  and  The  King. 

Translated  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     696 
Blake's  Poems  and  Prophecies.     Introduction  by  Max  Plowman.     792 
Browning's  Poems,  1833-44.     Introduction  by  Arthur  Waugh.     41 
„       1844-64.     42 
Poems  and  Plays,  1871-90.     964 

The  Ring  and  the  Book.     Intro,  by  Chas.  W.  Hodell.     502 
Burns's  Poem  and  Songs.     Introduction  by  J.  Douglas.     94 
Byron's  Poetical  Works.     3  vols.     486-8 
Calderon:  Six  Plays,  translated  by  Edward  FitzGerald.     819 
Chaucer's  Canterbury  Tales.    Edited  by  Principal  Burrell,  M.A.    307 
Coleridge,  Golden  Book  of.     Edited  by  Stopford  A.  Brooke.     43 

{See  also  Essays) 
Cowper    (Wüliam),    Poems    of.     Edited    by    H.    I'Anson    Fausset.     872 

{See  also  Biograpett) 
Dante's  Divine  Comedy  (Gary's  Translation).    Specially  edited  by  Edmund 
Donne's  Poems.     Edited  by  H.  I'Anson  Fausset.     867  [Gardner.     308 

Dryden's  Poems.     Edited  by  Bonamy  Dobree.     910 
Eighteenth -Centujy  Plays.     Edited  by  John  Hampden.     818 
Emerson's  Poems.   Introduction  by  Professor  Bakewell,  YaJe,  U.S.A.    715 
English  Galaxy  of  Shorter  Poems,  The.     Chosen  and  edited  by  (Jerald 

BuUett.     959 
English  Religious  Verse.     Edited  by  G.  Lacey  May.     937 
Everyman  and  other  Interludes,  including  eight  Miracle  Plays.     Edited 

by  Ernest  Rhys.     381 
FitzGerald's  (Edward)  Omar  Khäyyäm  and  Six  Plays  of  Calderon.     819 
Goethe's  Faust.     Parts  I  and  II.     Trans,  and  Intro,  by  A.  G.  Latham.     335 

(See  also  Essays  and  Fiction) 
Golden  Book  of  Modern  English  Poetry,  The.     Edited  by  Thomas  Cald- 
well.    921 
Golden  Treasury  of  Longer  Poems,  The.     Edited  by  Ernest  Rhys.     746 
Goldsmith's  Poems  and  Plays.     Introduction  by  Austin  Dobson.     415 

{See  also  Essays  and  Fiction) 
Gray's  Poems  and  Letters.     Introduction  by  John  Drinkwater.     628 
Hebbel's  Plays.     Translated,  with  an  Introduction,  by  Dr.  O.  K.  Allen.  694 
Heine:  Prose  and  Poetry.     911 

Herbert's  Temple.     Introduction  by  Edward  Thomas.     309 
Herrick's  Hesperides  and  Noble  Numbers.     Intro,  by  Ernest  Rhys.     310 
Ibsen's  Brand.     Translated  by  F.  E.  Garrett.     716 

„      Ghosts,  The  Warriors  at  Helgeland,  and  An  Enemy  of  the  People. 

Translated  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     552 
„      Lady  Inger  of  Ostraat,  Love's  Comedy,  and  The  League  of  Youth. 

Translated  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     729 
„      Peer  Gynt.     Translated  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     747 

A  Doll's  House,  The  Wild  Duck,  and  The  Lady  from  the  Sea. 
Translated  by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     494 
„      The  Pretenders,  Pillars  of  Society,  and  Rosmersholm.    Translated 
by  R.  Farquharson  Sharp.     659 
Jonson's  (Ben)  Plays.     Intro,  by  Professor  Schelling.     2  vols.     489-90 
Kalidasa:  Shakuntala.     Translated  by  Professor  A.  W.  Ryder.     629 
Keats's  Poems.     Edited  by  Gerald  Bullgtt.     101 
Kingsley's  (Charles)  Poems.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     793 

(See  also  Fiction  and  For  Young  People) 
Langland's  (William)  Piers  Plowman.     571 

Lessing's  Laocoön,  Minna  von  Bamhelm,  and  Nathan  the  Wise.     843 
Longfellow's  Poems.     Introduction  by  Katherine  Tynan.     382 
Marlowe's  Plays  and  Poems.     Introduction  by  Edward  Thomas.     383 
Milton's  Poems.     Introduction  by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse.     384 
(Äee  also  Essays) 

X2 


EVERYMAN'S     LIBRARY     -     CLASSIFIED     LIST 

POETRY  AND  D'^^MA-^continued 

Minor  Elizabethan  Drama.     Vol.  I.  Tragedy,  Selected,  with  Introdnotion, 

by  Professor  Thomdike.     Vol.  11.  Comedy.     491-2 
Minor  Poets  of  the  18th  Centnpy.     Edited  by  H.  I' Anson  Fausset.     844 
Minor  Poets  of  the  17th  Century.     Edited  by  R.  G.  Howarth.     873 
Modem  Plays.     By  Somerset  Maugham,   R.  C.   Sherriffi,  A.  A.  Milne, 

No^  Coward,  and  Arnold  Bennett  and  E.  Knoblock.     942 
MoUdre's  Comedies.     Introduction  by  Prof.  F.  C.  Green.     2  vols.     830-1 
New  Golden  Treasury,  The.     An  Anthology  of  Songs  and  Lyrics.     695 
Old  YeUow  Book,  The.     Introduction  by  Charles  E.  HodeU.     503 
Omar  Khäyydm  (The  Rubäiyät  of).    Trans,  by  Edward  FitzGerald.     819 
Palgrave's  Golden  Treasury.     Introduction  by  Edward  Hutton.     96 
Percy's  Reliques  of  Ancient  English  Poetry.     2  vols.     148-9 
Poems  of  our  Time,  1900-42.     Ed.  by  R.  Church  and  M.  M.  BozmMi.     981 
Poe's  (Edgar  Allan)  Poems  and  Essays.     Intro,  by  Andrew  Lang.     791 

(See  also  Fiction) 
Pope  (Alexander):  Collected  Poems.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     760 
Proctor's  (Adelaide  A.)  Legends  and  LttIcs.     150 

Restoration  Plays.  A  Volume  of.  Introduction  by  Edmund  Gosse.  604 
Rossetti's  Poems  and  Translations.  Introduction  by  E.  G.  Gardner.  627 
Scott's  Poems  and  Plays.     Intro,  by  Andrew  Lang.     2  vols.     650-1 

(See  also  Biography  and  FicnoN) 
Shakespeare's  Comedies,  153 

„  Historical  Plays,  Poems,  and  Sonnets.     154 

„  Tragedies.     155 

Shelley's  Poetical  Works.     Introduction  by  A.  H.  Koszul.     2  vols.     257-3 
Sheridan's  PlayB.     95 
Silver  Poets  of  the  Sixteenth  Century.     Wyatt,  Surrey,  Sidney,  Ralegh, 

Davies.     Edited  by  Gerald  Bullett.     985 
Spenser's  Faerie  Queene.   Intro,  by  Prof.  J.  W.  Hales.   2  vols.   443-4 

„  Shepherd's    Calendeir    and    Other    Poems.     Edited    by    PhiUp 

Henderson.     879 
Stevenson's  Poems,  A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses,  Underwoods,  Songs  of 

Travel,  Ballads.     768         (See  also  Essays,  Fiction,  and  Travel) 
Swinburne's  Poems  and  Prose.     Selected  and  Edited  by  Richard  Church. 
Synge's  (J.  M.)  Plays,  Poems,  and  Prose.     968  [961 

Tchekhov.     Plays  and  Stories.     941 
Tennyson's  Poems.     Vol.  I.     Ed.  with  Intro,  by  M.  M.  Bozman.     44 

Vol.  II.     626 
Twenty  One-Act  Plays.     Selected  by  John  Hampden.     947 
Webster  and  Ford.     Plays.     Selected,  with  Introduction,  by  Dr.  G.  B. 

Harrison.     899 
Wilde  (Oscar):  Plays,  Prose  Writings,  and  Poems.     858 
Whitman's  (Walt)  Leaves  of  Grass.     Edited  by  Emory  Holloway.    673 
Wordsworth's  Shorter  Poems.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys,     i^i 
M  Longer  Poems.     Note  by  Editor.     311 

REFERENCE 

Atlas   of  Ancient  and  Classical   Geography.     Many   coloured  and   line 

Maps;  Historical  Gazetteer,  Index,  etc.     451 
Biographical  Dictionary  of  English  Literature.     449 
Biographical  Dictionary  of  Foreign  Literature.     900 
Dates,  Dictionary  of.     554 
Everyman's  English  Dictionary.     776 

Literary  and  Historical  Atlas.  I.   Europe,  Many  coloured  and  line  Maps; 

full  Index  and  Gazetteer.     496 

II.  America.  Do.  553 

„      in.  Asia.  Do.  633 

„  „  „       IV.  Africa  and  Australia.      Do.     66i 

Non-Classical  Mythology,  Dictionary  of.     632 

Reader's  Guide  to  Everyman's  Library.     Revised  edition,    covering  the 

first  950  vols.     889 
Roget's  Thesamnis  of  English  Words  and  Phrases.     2  vols.      630-1 
Smith's   Smaller  Classical   Dictionary.     Revised   and    Edited   by    E.  H. 
Wright's  An  Encyclopaedia  of  Gardening.     655        [Blakeney,  M.A.     495 

13 


EVERYMAN'S      LIBRARY     •     CLASSIFIED      LIST 

ROMANCE 

Aucassin  and  Nicolette,  with  other  Medieval  Romances.     497 
Boccaccio's    Decameron.     (Unabridged.)     Translated    by    J.    M.    Bigg. 

Introduction  by  Edward  Hutton.     2  vols.     845-6 
Bimyan's  Pilgrim's  Progress.     Introdnction  by  Rev.  H.  E.  Lewis.     204 
Burnt  Njal,  The  Story  of.     Translated  by  Sir  George  Dasent.     558 
Cervantes'    Don    Quixote.     Motteaux's    Translation.     Lockhart's    Intro- 
duction.    2  vols.     385-6 
Chretien  de  Troyes:  Eric  and  Enid.     Translated,  with  Introdnction  and 

Notes,  by  William  Wistar  Comfort.     698 
French  Medieval  Romances.     Translated  by  Engene  Mason.     557 
Geoffrey  of  Monmouth's  Histories  of  the  Kings  of  Britain.     577 
Grettir  Saga,  The.     Newly  translated  by  G.  Ainslie  Hight.     699 
Gudrun,     Done  into  English  by  Margaret  Armour.     880 
Heimskringla:  The    Olaf   Sagas.     Translated   by  Samuel    Laing.     Intro- 
duction and  Notes  by  John  Beveridge.     717 
,,  Sagas  of  the  Norse  Kings.     Translated  by  Samuel  Laing. 

Introduction  and  Notes  by  John  Beveridge.     847 
Holy  Graal,  The  High  History  of  the,  445 

Kalevala.    Introduction  by  W.  F.  Kirby,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.    2  vols.    259-60 
Le  Sage's  The  Adventures  of  Gil  Bias.   Intro,  by  Anatole  Le  Bras     2  vols. 

437-8 
Mabinogion,  The.     Translated  by  Thomas  and  Gwyn  Jones.     97 
MacDonald's  (George)  Phantastes:  A  Faerie  Romance.     732 

(See  also  Fiction) 
Malory's  Le  Morte  d' Arthur.     Intro,  by  Professor  Rhys.     2  voL?.     45-6 
Morris  (William):  Early  Romances.     Introduction  by  Alfred  Noyes.     261 

The  Life  and  Death  of  Jason.     575 
Morte  d' Arthur  Romances,  Two.    Introduction  by  Lucy  A.  Paton.     634 
Nibelungs,  The  Fall  of  the.     Translated  by  Margaret  Armour.     312 
Rabelais'  The  Heroic  Deeds  of  Gargantua  and  Pantagruel.     Introduction 

by  D.  B.  Wyndham  Lewis.     2  vols.     826-7 
Wace's    Arthurian    Romance.     Translated    by    Eugene    Mason.     Laya- 
mon's  Brut.     Introduction  by  Lucy  A.  Paton.     678 

SCIENCE 

Boyle's  The  Sceptical  Chymist.     559 

Darwin's  The  Origin  of  Species.     Introduction  by  Sir  Arthur  Keith.     811 

(See  aJso  Travel)  [by  E.  F.  Bozman.     922 

Eddington's  (Sir  Arthur)  The  Nature  of  the  Physical  World.   Introduction 

Euclid:    the    Elements  of.     Todhunter's   Edition.     Introduction  by  Sir 

Thomas  Heath,  K.C.B.     891 
Faraday's  (Michael)  Experimental  Researches  in  Electricity.     576 
Galton's  Inquiri^  into  Human  Faculty.     Revised  by  Author.     263 
George's  (Henry)  Progress  and  Poverty.     560 
Hahnemann's  (Samuel)  The  Organon  of  the  Rational  Art  of  Healing. 

Introduction  by  C.  E.  Wheeler.     663 
Harvey's  Circulation  of  the  Blood.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Parkyn.     262 
Howard's  State  of  the  Prisons.     Introduction  by  Kenneth  Ruck.     835 
Huxley's  Essays.     Introduction  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge.     47 

Select  Lectures  and  Lay  Sermons.  Intro.  Sir  OUver  Lodge.     498 
Locke's  Essay  Concerning  Human  Understanding.     Abridged  by  Raymond 

Wübum.     984 
Lyell's  Antiquity  of  Man.  With  an  Introduction  by  R.  H.  Rastall.     700 
Marx's   (Karl)  Capital.     Translated  by  Eden  and  Cedar  Paul.     Intro- 

ductlon  by  G.  D.  H.  Cole.     2  vols.     848-9 
Miller's  Old  Red  Sandstone.     103 

Owen's  (Robert)  A  New  View  of  Society,  etc.  Intro,  by  G.  D.  H.  Cole.   799 
Pearson's  (Karl)  The  Grammar  of  Science.     939 
Ricardo's  Principles  of  Political  Economy  and  Taxation.     590 
Smith's  (Adam)  The  Wealth  of  Nations.     2  vols.     412-13 
TyndaU's  Glaciers  of  the  Alps  and  Mountaineering  in  1861.     98 
White's  Selbome.     Introductibn  by  Principal  Windle.     48 
Wollstonecraft  (Mary),  The  Rights  of  Woman,  with  John  Stuart  Mill's 

The  Subjecti<m  of  Women.     825 
14 


EVERYMAN'S     LIBRARY     -     CLASSIFIED      LIST 

TRAVEL  AND  TOPOGEAPHY 

A  Book  of  the  '  Botmty.'     Edited  by  George  Mackanesa.     950 
Anson's  Voyages.     IntroducticHi  by  John  Masefield.     510 
Bates's  Naturalist  on  the  Amazon.     With  Ulnstrations.     446 
Belt's  The  Naturalist  ia  Nicaragua.    Intro,  by  Anthony  Belt,  F.L.S.     561 
Borrow's  (George)  The  Gypsi^  in  Spaia.     Intro,  by  Edward  Thomas.     697 
„  „        The  Bible  in  Spain.   Intro,  by  Edward  Thomas.    151 

„  „      Wild  Wales.     Intro,  by  Theodore  Watts-Dunton.     49 

(See  also  Fiction) 
Boswell's  Tour  in  the  Hebrid^  with  Dr.  Johnson.     387 

{See  also  Biogkaphy) 
Burton's  (Sir  Richard)  First  Footsteps  in  East  Africa.     503 
Cobbett's  Rural  Rides.    Introduction  by  Edward  Thomas.    2  vols.    638-9 
Cook's  Voltages  of  Discovery.     99 

Crövecoeur's  (H.  St.  John)  Letters  from  an  American  Farmer.     640 
Darwin's  Voyage  of  the  Beagle.     104 

(See  also  Science) 
Defoe's  Tour  through  England  and  Wales.     Introduction  by  Q.  D.  H. 

CJole.     820-1         (See  also  Fiction) 
Dennis'  CSties  and  Cemeteries  of  Etruria.     2  vols.     183-4 
Duflerin's  (Lord)  Letters  from  High  Latitudes.     499 
Ford's  Gatherings  from  Spain.    Introduction  by  Thomas  Okey.     152 
Franklin's  Journey  to  the  Polar  Sea,   Intro,  by  Capt.  R.  F.  Scott.     447 
Giraldus  Cambrensis:  Itinerary  and  Description  of  Wales.     272 
Hakhiyt's  Voyages.     8  vols.     264,  265,  313,  314,  338,  339,  388,  389 
Kinglake's  Eothen.     Introduction  by  Harold  Spender,  M.A.     337 
Lane's  Modern  Egyptians.     With  many  Illustrations.     315 
MandeviUe's  (Sir  John)  Travels.     Introduction  by  Jules  Bramont.     812 
Park  (Mungo):  Travels.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     205 
Peaks,  Passes,  and  Glaciers.     Selected  by  E.  H.  Blakeney,  M.A.     773 
Polo's  (Marco)  Travels.     Introduction  by  John  Masefield.     306 
PcM^uguese  Voyages,  1498-1663.     Edited  by  Charles  David  Ley.     986 
Roberts'  The  Western  Avernus.   Intro,  by  Ounninghame  Grahame.    762 
Speke's  Discovery  of  the  Source  of  the  Nile.     50 

Stevenson's  An  Inland  Voyage,  Travels  with  a  Donkey,  aad  Silverado 
Squatters.     766 

(See  also  Essat3,  Fiction,  a;nd  Poetry) 
Stew's  Survey  of  London.     Introduction  by  H.  B.  Wheatley.     589 
Wakefield's  Letter  from  Sydney  and  Other  Writings  on  Colonization.     828 
Waterton's  Wanderings  in  South  America.    Intro,  by  E.  Selous.     772 
Yoimg's  Travels  in  France  and  Italy.     Intro,  by  Thomas  Okey.     720 

FOR  YOUNG  PEOPLE 

Aesop's  and  Other  Fables:  An  Anthology  from  all  sources.     657 
Alcott's  Little  Men.     Introduction  by  Grace  RJiys.     512 

„       Little  Women  and  Good  Wives.   Intro,  by  Grace  Rhys.     243 
Andersen's  Fairy  Tales.     Illustrated  by  the  Brothers  Robinson.     4 
„  More  Fairy  Tales.     Illustrated  by  Mary  Shillabeer.     822 

Annals  of  Fairyland.    The  Reign  of  King  Oberen.     365 

The  Reign  of  King  Cole.     366 
Asgard  and  the  Norse  Heroes.     Translated  by  Mrs.  Boult.     689 
BakOT's  Cast  up  by  the  Sea.     539 
Ballantyne's  Coral  Island.     245 
„  Martin  Rattler.     246 

„  Ungava.     Introduction  by  Ernest  Rhys.     276 

Browne's  (Frances)  Granny's  Wonderful  Chair.    Intro,  by  Dollie  Radford. 

Bulflnch's  (Thomas)  The  Age  of  Fable.     472  [112 

„  „  Legends  of  Charlemagne.     Introduction  by  Ernest 

Rhys.     556 

Canton's  A  Child's  Book  of  Saints.     Illustrated  by  T.  H.  Robinson,     61 

(See  also  Essays) 
Carroll's  Alice  in  Wonderland,  Through  the  Looking-Qlass,  eto.       Hins- 

trated  by  the  Author.     Introducticoi  by  Ernest  Rhys.     833 
Clarke's  Tales  from  Chaucer.     537 

15 


EVERYMAN'S      LIBRARY     •     CLASSIFIED     LIS 

FOR  YOUNG  mOFLR-<o»fmueä 

CoUodi'8  Piiiocchio:  the  Story  of  a  Puooet      5S8 
Conve«e'8  (Floren^)  The  House  of  päyer.     »23 

^       ,       ^    («€«5  also  PlCTION)  ^ 

Dn^l  f'f-v?-  ^i  ^^^'  °'  ^^^^t  Greece.     721 

,  (Äee  oZso  Fiction) 

Ewmes(Mrs.)J^kampe8     Daddy    Darwin's    DovecotriHnetrated    b- 
tvt5'  g^^<l^S°**'  a?<i  The  Story  of  a  Short  Life.     731  ' 

"  mT  ^7*77  ^^  ^^"^^  ^^^*     ^troduction  by  C.  I.  Gardiner, 

„  Water  Babies  and  Glancus.  277 
Tri^^4.  ,  T^^^^^o^o  Poetry  and  Fiction) 
Kingston's  Peter  the  Whaler.     6 

»        Three  Midshipmen.     7 
Lamb's  T^^  from  Shakespeare,     ninstrated  by  A.  Rackham.     8 
(Äee  ateo  Biography  and  Essays)  «*v/*^K»xi*. 

M^^^?.^  5uM^^^=  ^  ^00^  of  Nonsense.     806 
Marryat's  Chüdren  of  the  New  Forest.     247 

il?ä®^^^^-     IJitroduction  by  R.  Erimley  Johnson.     159 
^t^^rf^^^'   J^tro^^ction  by  R.  Br^ey  JolSson.     160 
f^MfS  '^  ?^^^?f^-  I^ffodnction  by  R.  Brimley  Johnson.     370 
(Edited  by)  Ratthn  the  Reefer.     857  "*^ov*i. 

(See  also  Fiction) 
Martmeau's  Feats  on  the  Fjords,  etc.     Rlnstrated  by  A.  Rackham      429 
Mother  Goose's  Nursery  Rhymes.     lUustrated.     473       ^^^^^-     ^^^ 

pS?v  P^v^o^^^  ^^^'.  ^.^^  ^y  JoJ^  Hampden.     966 
roetry  Book  for  Boys  and  Girls.     Edited  by  Guy  Pocock      894 
Read's  (Mayne)  The  Boy  Hunters  of  the  MiiiS?Jpi:     ^2 
■D    'i'  •  »   a,r^    r^  The  Boy  Slaves.     Introduction  by  Guv  Pocopk      7Q7 
Ruskm's  The  Two  Boyhoods  and  Other  Passages.     688  "^^^"^^     ^^^ 
(See  also  Essays)  •--»«& 

t^l^A^^^  Black  Beauty.     lUustrated  by  Lucy  Kemp- Welch      748 
sfn^^S.w'^l^  ^^'^'.    Ill^trations  by  LizL  Lawson.   ^431 
If  ^Z5  T?^  f°  m^°^^  ^^^  G^^-     Edited  by  Guy  Pocock.     934 
Stowe's  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin.     371  ^^^^.     »a* 

Swiss  Family  Robinson.     lUustrations  by  Chas.  Folkard      430 

Verne's  (Jules)  Abandoned.     50  lUustrations      368 

Dropped  from  the  Clouds.    50  lUustrations.    367 
Five  Weeks  m  a  BaUoon  and  Around  the  World  in  Eiehtv 
Days.    Translated  by  Arthur  Chambers  and  P.  D^S 

^J"®  o*^  Thousand  Leagues  Under  the  Sea.     319 

"         »         ■'^  lie  feecret  of  the  Island.     50  lUiistratinnQ      «5fiQ 

Yonge's  (Chartottc  M.)  The  Book  of  Golden  oS'^iso        ^^^ 

Tlg^ances^of  Lynwood.      lUustrated   by  Dora 

The  Little  Duke.   lUustrated  by  Dora  Curtis.     470 
(See  also  Fiction)  i*xwo.        w 


Made  m  Great  Britain  at  The  Temple  Press,  Uubmrfb,  Herts     (Wj  1176) 


Date  Due 


PA40p2.A2x  1910  vi  c2 


3  9358  00055379  9 


PA        Herodotus. 

4002         The  history  of  Herodotus. 

A2x      London  :  J.  M.  Dent  ;  New  York  : 

1910      E.  P.  Button,  1910. 

v.l  % 

C.2       55379